摘要:

JOURNAL THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY OF Volume 74 1950 SUPPLEMENT ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL INCLUDING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1949 To be submitted at the Seventy-second Annual General Meeting of the Institute to be held on Friday 31 March, 1950 in Glasgow. 30 RUSSELL SQUARE LONDON W.C. THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL FOR 1949 For the Institute the outstanding event in 1949 was the grant by H.M. The King of a new Royal Charter in substitution for the original Charter of 1885 and the Supplemental Charter of 1944. The date of the grant of this new instrument of incorporation of the Institute was 14 April 1949, and the new Charter was thus available for exhibition to members at the Anniversary Meetings held in London on 29-30 April.From the Annual Dinner on 30 April a telegram was sent to His Majesty in the following terms :-“May it please your Majesty-the President Council and Members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry assembled at their Annual Dinner tender their loyal and respectful greetings to Your Majesty and expressions of their grateful thanks for the new Charter which Your Majesty was graciously pleased to grant to the Institute on the 14th day of this month.” During the course of the evening the following reply was received from His Majesty’s Private Secretary and was read to the gathering:-“The King sends his sincere thanks to the President Council and Members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry dining together this evening for the kind message of loyal greetings.His Majesty as Patron of the Institute wishes it all prosperity under its new Charter.” The terms of the new Charter had been fully discussed prior to their approval by the Annual General Meeting in 1948 and their significance for the future of the Institute was the subject of the editorial in Journal and Proceedings 1949 111 159. At the Annual General Meeting on 29 April Mr. G. Roche Lynch completed three years as President of the Institute and after delivering his Presidential Address (Journal and Proceedings 1949,111 164) inducted his successor Professor J. W. Cook into the Chair. The new President paid a tribute to the valuable services rendered by Mr. Roche Lynch during his period of office (Journal and Proceedings 1949 111 236; see also 11 85).This had covered three years of great activity in the affairs of the Institute leading to the consolidation of its position as the profes-sional organisation for chemists and to substantial developments in its services to members and the public. Following the example set in Birmingham in 1948 special arrangements were made for social events in connection with the Anniversary Meetings (Journal and Proceedings 1949 111 240). In the evening of 29 April a party of members of the Institute and their ladies numbering over 500, were received at a Conversazione in the Senate House of the University of London by the retiring President and Miss S . B. Roche Lynch,and by the new President and Mrs. Cook. This afforded an opportunity for bringing 1 1 together members of the Institute of all ages under the happiest conditions, and many of the party not only enjoyed the facilities provided in the Senate House but also welcomed the arrangements made for visiting the offices of the Institute during the evening and seeing how the work of their professional body was conducted.On the following day a number of visits were organised and in the evening Lord Goddard Lord Chief Justice of England was the principal guest at the Annual Dinner at Grosvenor House presided over by Mr. Roche Lynch. It was fortunate that the magnificent and unique presidential Badge of Office was available in time for the retiring President to wear at the Anniversary Meetings and to pass on to his successor at theAnnual Dinner. The design of this Badge was based on suggestions made by Mr.Roche Lynch and the Institute owes a debt of gratitude to him and to Johnson, Matthey & Co. Ltd. British Celanese Ltd. and Toye & Co. Ltd. for their generosity in providing the rare and precious metals and working them into the appropriate forms in preparing the synthetic fibres weaving them as a composite ribbon and dyeing it with mauveine and in under-taking the enamel and metal work involved in fabricating the Badge. A colour photograph of the Badge with an article describing its preparation and characteristics has been published in Journal and Proceedings 1949, VI 475 and has attracted wide interest among all who appreciate the significance of this valuable and singularly beautiful jewel as an embellish-ment of the dignity of the presidential office.Miniature representations of the Badge have been presented to Professor A. Findlay and Mr. G. Roche Lynch as Past Presidents. The grant of the new Charter opened the way for alterations in the By-Laws which have long been under discussion by the Council and Local Section Committees as well as at successive Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections. During the year the principles of desirable changes in the provisions of the By-Laws have been agreed and it is hoped that in the ensuing year these principles may be embodied in revised By-Laws to be submitted to a General Meeting. In the meantime two of the By-Laws have been amended to provide for the admission of citizens of the Republic of Ireland to studentship and membership of the Institute on the same terms as British subjects (Journal and Proceedings, 1949,111,232; VI 491).At a Special General Meeting held on 21 October, the Regulations defining the boundaries of electoral Districts were also amended (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 497). The increased income derived from annual subscriptions which had been raised as from the beginning of the year enabled the Council to proceed with a number of agreed improvements in the services of the Institute and to end the year with a small excess of income over expenditure for the first time since 1946. It is already clear however that further substantial improvements or extension of services will need to be carefully considered in relation to income in the face of rising costs (see Financial Statements for 1949 p.37). c 2 The Local Section organisation of the Institute has continued to develop during the year through the formation of three new Local Sections-the South-Western Counties the Dundee and District and the Western India Sections-and the revival of the Malaya Section which had been in abeyance since that country was over-run by the Japanese. The two Conferences of Hon. Secretaries held during the year again provided welcome opportunities for the discussion of a wide variety of matters, affecting not only the Sections but also the policy of the Institute as a whole. An improved scale of annual grants to Local Sections and revised conditions for their expenditure have met with general approval and Local Section Committees are now in a better position to develop their programmes on a sound basis.The membership of Local Sections at 31 December 1949 is given on p. 36. During the year much has been done to extend and improve the publications of the Institute. The Journal and Proceedings has been made more useful to members by the inclusion of an increasing number of special articles on current topics and of book reviews; editorials have been resumed and lecture summaries extended. Towards the end of the year, proposals were approved for altering the format of the Journal and the design of its cover and for the introduction of a new type face which will make for easier reading. It was decided to resume carrying advertisements in the Journal as soon as possible in 1950.Lectures and other published matter which have hitherto appeared sporadically have now been inte-grated as a numbered series of Lectures Monographs and Reports. Considerable interest in this series has already been taken by outside bodies and there has been a notable demand for certain of the items, especially the report of the conference on “The Origins and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents.” Much attention has been given during the year to the increasing impingement of trade union organisations on the field of activity of professional bodies. While it is believed that in general the trade union type of organisation is not suitable for professional men the increased pressure being put on chemists and others in certain industries to join trade unions is something which cannot be ignored.The Council and its Appointments and Economic Status Committee have been concerned during the year with several aspects of this problem and have had useful consultations with certain Government departments and the adminis-trations of the nationalised industries as well as with other professional bodies (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 508 ; Editorial VI 469). At the Annual General Meeting in 1949 authority was given to establish a Residential Clubs Fund for the purpose of providing residential accommodation in pleasant surroundings for elderly members and their wives or for their widows who are unable to maintain themselves in their own homes or to afford to live in hotels. The objects of the scheme had been discussed in an editorial in Journal and Proceedings 1949 JJ 83 and were summarised in an Appeal for support of the Fund issued to member at the end of the year.In the meantime the Residential Clubs Fund had joined with the Benevolent Funds of a number of other professional bodies in establishing an organisation known as “Crossways Trust Limited,” through which a property for the first club was purchased at West Worthing. At the end of the year two nominees of the Institute’s Fund-a married couple-were installed in this house. In appealing for capital sums for the Residential Clubs Fund the attention of members was also drawn to the urgent need for an increased regular income to the Benevolent Fund to enable the latter to meet the calls being made on it. The Council has been happy to congratulate the professional body for chemists in Australia on receiving the title of “The Royal Australian Chemical Institute.” Further steps were taken to cement the close relations that already existed among the qualifying chemical institutes in the Commonwealth and the Council looks forward to a still closer association with these organisations with similar constitutions and aims.The Council again expresses its appreciation of the work of the salaried officers and members of the staff who have continued to deal effectively with a growing amount of business and have succeeded in maintaining the Institute’s tradition of personal service to members. In December the Council took note of the fact that Miss I. Cawston, Principal Assistant Secretary had completed 40 years of devoted service to the Institute and it was agreed that a presentation be made to her by the Council at its January meeting to mark this occasion.Further details of these and other activities and events during the year are recorded under the appropriate headings below. MEMBERSHIP AND STUDENTSHIP The Council has learned with regret of the death during the year (or earlier) of the following Members and Students including a distinguished past President of the Institute Sir Robert Pickard:-Fellows Alfred Appleyard John Naish Goldsmith Thomas Lewis Bailey Samuel Davenport Fairfax Harwood Charles Thomas Bennett John William Hawley Sidney Bill brough George Winfield Hefford Herbert William Bolam James Hendrick Charles March Caines Wilfred Hermann Hoffert Alexander Thomas Cameron C.M.G.Herbert Edwin Jones Arthur Jenner Chapman Frederick Stanley Kipping F.R.S. Rhys Pendrill Charles T.D. Hugh James Lewin John Henry Coste James Macleod Joseph Davies Douglas Roy McCullagh Robert Owen Eames Archibald Carswell Melville Sir Thomas Hill Easterfield K.B.E. John Bentley Merry Vincent Edwards Bernard Willoughby Methley Thomas Wentworth Glass Henry Ablett Phillips 1 4 Sir Robert Howson Pickard F.R.S. William Pearson Skertchley Gordon Hobbs Piper Arthur Richard Smith Thomas Slater Price O.B.E. F.R.S. James Frederick Smith William Rhys-Davies Arnold John Spiller Sir Robert Robertson K.B.E. F.R.S. Herbert Frederick Stephenson George Joseph Rogers John Blair Warden Edgar Henry Rider Salmon Rowland Williams Walter Noel Bagshaw Clifford Brown William Alan Cash John Cecil Cranston Harold Richard Fawson Amiya Kumar Ghose George Frederick Harrison Raymond Arthur Lowry Henry Alexander Clifford Hardley Griffiths Associates Walter George Robertson Murray Nagesh Laxman Phalnikar George Alexander Smiley Edward Tyghe Sterne O.B.E.Fred Townend Frank Edward Whitmore Cecil Wentworth Yearsley Students Roy Johnstone Steele Changes in membership and studentship during the year are recorded below with the corresponding figures for 1948 for comparison. Twelve months ended 31 December 1948 1949 Additions and promotions : New Fellows . . Fellows re-elected . . Associated elected to Fellowship New Associates . . Associates re-elected .. Students elected to Associateship ’ New Students Students re-admitied Deaths : Fellows . . Associates Students . . Resignations : Fellows Associates Students . . Removals : Fellows . . Associates Students . . * . . . 40 1 182 448 14 167 . . 674 8 24 3 188 419 13 165 809 4 35 45 18 15 . + 2 3 9 9 53 54 53 52 6 - 122 169 229 - . The number of Fellows Associates and Students on the Register of the Institute at 31 December 1949 and at the same time in 1948 were as follows :-At 31 December 1948 1949 Increase Fellows . . 3,769 3,924 155 Associates . . 7,391 7,609 218 Total of Corporate Members 11,160 11,533 373 Students 1,912 2,276 364 - - -- - -The net increase of 373 in the number of corporate members in 1949 is notably below the figure (555) recorded in the previous year but this is due in part to removals for non-payment of subscriptions having been deferred in 1948.The total of 128 corporate members shown as having been removed in the past year therefore includes those who were due for removal in 1948 (numbering 41) and if allowance were made for this difference in practice the comparable figures for the net increase in corporate members in 1948 and 1949 would have been 514 and 414 respectively. Moreover, the whole question of removals for arrears of subscription has been reviewed and the period allowed to members for meeting their obligations has been reduced during the past year; it has also been decided to remove a number of members whose addresses have been unknown for over two years.The membership figures for 1949 given above are thus more truly representative of the active membership than those reported in recent years. If account be taken of these factors it may be concluded that the rate of growth of corporate membership of the Institute has not been notably affected by the increase in annual subscription rates that became effective from 1 January 1949. The total of new and re-elected Associates and Fellows including students elected to the Associateship was 624 in 1949 against 670 in 1948 and the resignations of corporate members were 63 against 62. Although the full effect of the increased membership sub-scriptions or of the growing financial stringency which bears so heavily on professional people may not yet have been felt it certainly seems that chemists in general continue to recognise the value of the services of the Institute and are prepared to support its work.During the year the Council took pleasure in congratulating a number of Fellows on having completed 50 (and in a few cases 60) years of mem-bership and decided that in future the annual subscription paid by a Fellow on completing 50 years of corporate membership be accepted as a life composition fee. Members on whom Life Fellowships have thus been conferred in 1949 have expressed their appreciation of this recognition of their long service to the Institute An article on the Membership of the Institute in JownaZ and Pro-ceedings 1949 IV 339 included an analysis of information derived from the published Register (1948) and the remuneration statistics (1948) under the headings of geographical distribution of members (with a map of Great Britain showing Local Section boundaries) ages of members and their periods of membership and occupation and remuneration of members.The information thus obtained has been of value in consider-ing means for the further development of the activities and services of the Institute. It is satisfactory to find that support for the chemical publishing societies through the joint subscription arrangements has also been maintained and somewhat extended. The number of joint subscribers to at least the three chartered chemical bodies increased from 3,302 at 31 December 1948 to 3,413 at the corresponding date in 1949.The overhaul of the machinery of the Conjoint Chemical Office begun in 1948 was completed in 1949 but the full advantages of the improved provisions for handling joint subscriptions will not be realised until 1950. There is reason to believe that delays which previously caused irritation to members of the co-operating bodies will now be substantially reduced if not eliminated. In order to provide additional means for consultation on the business activities of this office a Conjoint Chemical Office Management Committee (consisting of the General Secretaries of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry the Secretary of the Institute and the Manager of the C.C.O.) was set up during the year “to act in an advisory and consultative capacity in matters relating to the administration and co-ordination of the work of the C.C.O.” This Committee which is directly responsible to the Conjoint Chemical Office Committee (consisting of the Hon.Treasurer of the Chemical Council the Treasurer of the Chemical Society and the Hon. Treasurer of the Society of Chemical Industry) has already held three meetings to which the officials directly concerned with the accounts of the three chartered bodies have been invited and has made recommendations on a number of matters with a view to facilitating the business of the C.C.O. and of its relations with the co-operating bodies. The Membership Committee of the Institute has continued its work on lines referred to in the previous Report and proposals for attracting to membership of the Institute a still larger proportion of the suitably qualified chemists in the country have been discussed on several occasions by the Council.Although agreement has not yet been reached on the complex issues raised by some of these proposals much has been done in analysing the factors involved in any scheme that may be eventually adopted for associating in some way with the Institute those who have not yet completed their qualification for admission to the Associateship, while at the same time maintaining or even raising the status of the Associateship itself. I7 At the end of the year the Membership Committee had approved the final proofs of a leaflet on “The Student and the Insthte” and arrange-ments had been made for copies of this and other publicity matter to be made available not only to Local Section Officers but also to representa-tives of the Institute to be appointed in every university and recognised technical college throughout the country.By this means the objects and services of the Institute should be made known to a wider range of students of chemistry at an appropriate stage in their careers. The task of revising The Profession of Chemistry which the Committee had pre-viously agreed to undertake had to be deferred? however owing to pressure of other business but preparations for this important work were made towards the end of the year. ‘IHE COUNCIL AND COMMITTEES AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE INSTITUTE ON OTHER BODIES At the Annual General Meeting 1949 Mr.G. Roche Lynch completed his full term of office as President and was succeeded by Professor J. W. Cook. A tribute to the work of the retiring President was published, with a photograph in Journal and Proceedings 1949,11,85 and a welcome to the new President also with photograph in the following issue (1949, 111 162). The following Vice-presidents retired at the same time-Professor H. V. A. Briscoe Mr. G. Elliot Dodds Professor A. Findlay and Mr. A. J. Prince-and were succeeded by Professor H. Krall Professor R. P. Linstead Mr. G. Roche Lynch and Mr. J. A. Oriel. There were also a number of changes in the membership of the Council due to the automatic retirement of members who had served for three consecutive years.In December the Council appointed Dr. E. H. Rodd to fill the vacancy among General Members of Council caused by the resignation of Dr. L H. Lampitt on medical advice. During the year 9 meetings of the Council were held. The later date of the Annual General Meeting permitted by the amendment of By-Law 3 made it unnecessary to summon a meeting of the Council in April; in recent years the Council has met in every month except August and September. Committees of the Council and of the Institute that have been active during the period are listed below with the names of their Chairmen (since the Annual General Meeting 1949). Committees of Council Finance and House Committee . . The Treasurer Nominations Examinations and Institutions Mr.G. Roche Lynch, Publications and Library Committee . . . . Professor F. Challenger, Special Purposes Committee . . . The President Committee. Vice-president. ‘ Vice-president. r 8 Standing Committees of the Institute Appointments and Economic Status Com- Professor R. P. Linstead, Benevolent Fund Committee . . . . The Treasurer Residential Clubs Fund Committee . . . . TheTreasurer mittee. Vice-president. Ad hoc Committees of the Institute Committee on Revision of Charter and By-Laws Membership Committee . . . . . . Prof. F. Challenger, Vice- President. Advisory Committee on Indian and Pakistani Professor H. Krall, Affairs. Vice- President. The President The representatives of the Institute on Joint Committees that have been active during the year were as follows :-The Chemical Council Professor A.Findlay (Hon. Treasurer of the Chemical Council) Professor W. H. Linnell Mr. G. Roche Lynch and the Treasurer. The Joint Council of Professional Scientists Mr. H. W. Cremer Professor A. Findlay Sir William Griffiths Professor R. P. Linstead and the Secretary. The Joint Library Committee Mr. A. L. Bacharach Professor H. Burton, Mr. H. W. Cremer and Professor A. Findlay. The Joint Committee of the Institute and the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists Dr. J. F. J. Dippy Professor A. Findlay Mr. G. Roche Lynch Mr. E. T. Osborne Mr. R. W. Sutton Mr. E. J. Vaughan and the Registrar . Joint Consultative Committee of the Institute and the British Association of Chemists Mr.A. L. Bacharach Professor J. W. Cook Mr. J. A. Oriel Mr. E. T. Osborne and the Secretary. Joint Committee with the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers on Contracts of Service Dr. N. Booth Mr. R. C. Chirnside Dr. J. F. J. Dippy, Professor A. Findlay Mr. J. T. Marsh Mr. J. A. Oriel Mr. E. T. Osborne, Dr. F. Roffey Professor W. Wardlaw and Dr. F. R. Williams. Joint Committees on National Certificates : (a) with the Ministry of Education (England and Wales) Professor H. V. A. Briscoe Mr. R. C. Chirnside Mr. H. W. Cremer Professor A. Findlay and Mr. J. A. Oriel. (b) with the Scottish Education Department Professor J. W. Cook, Mr. G. E. Dodds and Dr. R. B. Strathdee. (c) with the Ministry of Education (Northern Ireland) Mr. A. N. Adamson and Dr.C. L. Wilson. The representatives of the Institute on other bodies have been as follows :-The Parliamentary and Scientific Committee Professor A. Findlay (a Vice-President of the Committee) and Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham. Sub-committee on Technical Education Mr. R. L. Collett. The Poisons Board (Pharmacy and Poisons Act 1933) Statutory Appoint-ment Mr. G. Roche Lynch. The Advisory Committee appointed under the Therapeutic Substances Act, 1925 Professor D. H. Hey. U.K. Food and Agriculture Organisation Consultative Committee Mr. A. L. Bacharach. r 9 The Headmasters’ Employment Committee of the Ministry of Labour Mr. Ministry of Health Technical Committee on Sewage and Sewage Effluents-The British National Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Society: British National Committee of the World Power Conference Dr.J. G. King. Royal Institute of British Architects Conference on Laboratory Design: The Chemical Divisional Council of the British Standards Institution : The British Biological Stains Commission Professor William Bradley. The British Chemical Ware Manufacturers’ Committee dealing with Key Industries (Scientific Equipment and Materials) Dr. A. H. Cook. The Oils Fats and Waxes Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute Mr. W. H. Simmons. The Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute on the Dyeing of Textiles Dr. H. H. Hodgson. Joint Committee on the Standardisation of Methods of Chemical Analysis of Potable Waters Mr. W. Gordon Carey. The Scientific Film Association Appraisals Committee Dr.F. L. Allen; Sciences Committee Mr. D. M. Freeland. The Chemical Trades Advisory Committee and the Chemical Trades Exam-ination Board of the Union of Lancashire and Cheshire Institutes Dr. D. W. Hill. The Committee on the Education and Training of Laboratory Technicians: Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham (Hon. Secretary to the Committee). Exploratory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute on the Education and Training of Laboratory Technicians Dr. H. Baines Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham and Mr. R. C. Rogers. The Governing Body of the Norwood Technical College Mr. S. G. E. Stevens. The Governing Body of the Hackney Technical College Mr. H. W. Vernon. The Advisory Committee for Science to the Ipswich Technical College: Russell Square Garden Commission Mr.R. B. Pilcher. A number of Fellows and Associates have continued to serve on various Committees of the British Standards Institution. The following additions to Institute representation have occurred during the year :-Technical Committee C/ 1 8-Chemical Symbols and Abbreviations Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham in succession to Dr. A. D. Mitchell. Technical Committee OSC/5-Soaps for Domestic Use Mr. H. Weatherall appointed. Technical Committee LBC/1 1-Microchemical Apparatus Dr. C. L.Wilson, in succession to Dr. Janet Matthews. Several members of the Institute have been serving on committees relating to various aspects of the Festival of Britain 1951 ; Professor R. P. Linstead is Chairman of the Chemistry Panel of the Science Committee. The Institute was also represented officially at two special events during the year :-The Centenary of the Foundation of the Queen’s University of Belfast as Queen’s College Belfast-by the President (Professor J.W . I 10 1 R. L. Collett. Methods of Chemical Analysis Mr. W. Gordon Carey. Mr. E. T. Osborne. Dr. T. W. Parker. Dr. G. M. Bennett. [Now wound up.] Dr. John Williams (in succession to Dr. J. W. Corran) Cook) ; The Jubilee Celebrations of the West Ham Municipal Technical College-by Dr. A. M. Ward. The felicitations and good wishes of the Institute were conveyed by Dr. S. Krishna C.I.E. to the ThomasonCollege of Engineering Roorkee on the occasion of its Centenary and of the inauguration of the University of Roorkee. The Coke Oven Managers’ Association has extended a continuing invitation for the President of the Institute to be an honorary member of the Association during his term of office.The grateful thanks of the Council are accorded to all who have given their valuable time in service on Committees and in representing the Institute on other bodies. CONSTITUTIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS Before the new Charter had been granted (on 14 April) the Committee on Revision of By-Laws resumed its work which had been in abeyance for over a year pending settlement of the terms of the new Charter. The whole of the existing By-Laws were examined in detail and proposals put forward for their amendment. These proposals were discussed at the two Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections held during the year (Journal and Proceedings 1949 111 264; VI 509) and at meetings of Local Section Committees before being submitted for final approval by the Council at its November meeting (Journal 1950 I.37). Particular attention was given to those chapters of the By-Laws relating to the constitution of the Council the organisation of Local Sections and the functions of the Censors; proposals were also made for amending the Regulations governing the nomination and election of District Members of Council. On the recommendation of the Committee it was agreed to make provision in the By-Laws for the election of a limited number of Honorary Fellows of the Institute and for eligibility for admis-sion to corporate membership and studentship of the Institute to be extended not only to British subjects but also to citizens of countries within the Commonwealth and of “such other countries formerly within the Commonwealth as may from time to time be prescribed by a General Meeting” (Journal and Proceedings 1949 V 436).Before the end of the year a complete statement of the substance of the agreed proposals for amending the By-Laws had been sent to the Institute’s Solicitors with instructions to redraft the By-Laws in appropriate terms for re-consideration by the Council before submission to a General Meeting-probably a Special General Meeting to be convened in the autumn of 1950. In the meantime the Annual General Meeting on 29 April 1949 had passed a resolution restoring eligibility for admission to corporate membership and studentship of the Institute to citizens of Eire (later the Republic of Ireland) who had otherwise been deprived of that privileg through ceasing to be British subjects (Journal and Proceedings 1949, 111 232).This amendment was allowed by the Privy Council on 15 September and has been duly incorporated in the printed By-Laws. In order to correct anomalies in the specification of electoral Districts in relation to the areas of Local Sections that had arisen through the formation of several new Sections in recent years a resolution re-defining the Districts for the purpose of the election of District Members of Council was submitted to and passed by a Special General Meeting held on 21 October (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 497). The effect of this was to increase by one the number of District Members of Council to take office on the date of the Annual General Meeting 1950 and to provide that each District should consist of the whole area of one or more Local Sections.During 1949 three new Local Sections were constituted. The South-Western Counties Section to serve the counties of Devon Cornwall and the southern part of Somerset was established at a meeting held on 14 May at Exeter when the inaugural address was given by the President. The Dundee and District Section covering the counties of Perthshire Angus and the north-eastern part of Fife was constituted on 14 October and the inaugural address given by the Secretary on 25 November. A petition for permission to establish the Western India Section to serve the area comprising Bombay Baroda Ahmedabad Kirkee Poona Central India and Rajputana was accepted by the Council on 21 October following the holding of a number of informal meetings in the area under the auspices of the Institute.It was with great satisfaction that the Council learned of the re-establishment of the Malaya Section whose activities had been interrupted by the Japanese invasion. The resolution passed at a meeting in Singapore on 28 October “That the Malaya Section of the Royal Institute of Chemistry now resume its meeting,” had something of the quality of Amethyst’s famous message “Have rejoined the Fleet: God Save the King,” and warmed the hearts of all who realise how many members of the Institute in Malaya suffered at the hands of the enemy. The total number of active Local Sections of the Institute has thus been raised to 29 of which 24 are in Great Britain and Ireland.A petition for the formation of a new Scottish Section the Stirlingshire and District Section was accepted in the latter part of the year and further development of Local Section organisation in India is expected on the basis of plans laid during Professor Findlay’s visit to that country. An article by Professor Findlay on “The Royal Institute of Chemistry and the Profession of Chemistry in India and Pakistan” appeared in Journal and Proceedings 1949 V 407. The growing activity of Local Sections is indicated by the imposing list of meetings held during the year (see below). A review of the develop-ment of the Birmingham and Midlands Section in the 25 years of its existence was published in Journal and Proceedings 1949 IV 325 under the title of “Silver Jubilee in the Midlands,’’ and affords an indication [ 12 of the important part played by Local Sections in furthering the objects of the Institute for the benefit of the profession and the community.Two Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections have been held during the year on 30 April and 22 October and full reports of their proceedings have been published (Journal and Proceedings 1949 111, 264; VI 506). At these Conferences the whole range of Institute affairs has been under review but special attention has been given to proposals for revision of the By-Laws (see above) and the improvement of Journal and Proceedings and to relations with employing bodies.Following further discussion on one controversial issue the Council eventually decided that it would not entertain any applications from Local Sections for permission to present Associateship or Fellowship Certificates at their meetings and suggested alternative means for receiving newly elected members at Section meetings with due ceremony (Journal and Proceedings, The Council accords its sincear thanks to the Officers and Committees of Local Sections whose efforts in the past year have been of great value in raising the prestige of the Institute and in making its aims more widely known and more fully understood. Special gratitude is due to the Hon. Secretaries on whose zeal and ability the success of these developments necessarily depends to a major extent.Tributes have been paid during the year to the work of Mr. H. G. A. Anderson and Mr. D. W. Menzies, who have completed long periods of service in this capacity for the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section and the Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section and have now been succeeded respectively by Mr. W. G. D. Wright and Dr. H. G. M. Hardie. A cordial welcome is extended to these and to Dr. C. V. Reynolds Mr. W. S. Liddle and Mr. T. A. Spillane, the Hon. Secretaries of the newly constituted (or re-constituted) South-Western Counties Dundee and District and Malaya Sections. 1949 V 435-436). FINANCE HOUSE AND STAFF MATTERS The Financial Statements for the year 1949 which form part of this Report (see pp. 37-49) have been drawn up on the same principles as were adopted for the previous two years.One minor modification however is the omission of shillings and pence from the present statements all amounts now being given to the nearest pound. This simplifies the presentation and is in accord with modern practice. Although the Institute is under no legal obligation to follow rules prescribed by the Companies Act for the presentation of the accounts of public companies consideration has been given to the provisions of the 1948 Act and in so far as these are applicable they have been duly observed in the preparation of the Institute’s accounts. It is believed that these accounts afford an accurate and informative picture of the financial transactions of the Institute during the year under review. I 13 Reference to the Balance Sheet (pp.38-39) shows that the Investment Fund has again been increased by over 22,200 as a result of the established practice of crediting that Fund with entrance fees and life composition fees received during the year. The balance on the Scientific Courses and Conferences Fund which is published as a separate account (p. 44) has diminished as a result of expenditure on the publication of papers presented at the first symposium held at St. Andrews in 1947. On the other hand, the sum of 6173 representing a surplus on the second St. Andrews symposium on “Recent Advances in the Fermentation Industries” held in 1949 has been added to the Fund but it is anticipated that this will be less than the amount required for publication of the papers which is now in hand.The Newton Chambers Prize Fund has increased by 6100 because no expenditure on awards from the Fund was made in 1949. The Council has decided to appropriate from the excess of income over expenditure in 1949 a further E500 to build up the Intermittent Publications Reserve (see Account on p. 44) against the publication of new issues of the Register of Fellows and Associates end of the Directory of Independent Consultants which it is hoped to publish in 1950. It has also been decided to transfer from the General Contingencies Reserve to the Staff Super-annuation Reserve (see separate Accounts on p. 44) the sum of &1,651, to provide premiums during the next two years in respect of past-service pensions for certain senior members of the staff.Payment of these exceptional premiums from reserves which was approved at the Annual General Meeting in 1947 will cease at the end of 1951 and the sums now provided in the Staff Superannuation Reserve are sufficient to meet this obligation. From the General Contingencies Reserve Account it will be seen that the policy of charging to this account items of expenditure of an unusual or non-recurrent nature has been continued. The amount shown under sundry creditors is 62,821 less than in 1948 when a payment of &2,488 due for the publication of the Register of Fellows and Associates had not actually been made at the end of the year. Application fees in abeyance are substantially less owing to a speed-up of the procedure for considering applications for admission.During the last few weeks in December the cash position necessitated application for a bank overdraft until the end of the year. This was discharged on 1 January 1950 when considerable sums were received as annual subscriptions. Turning to the assets side of the Balance Sheet it will be seen that &1,068 was spent during the year on office equipment. The most important item was a modern addressing machine capable of dealing with up to 3,000 addresses an hour. The increase in membership of the Institute and extension of the services provided have made it necessary to overhaul office methods and during the past two years much has been done to increase efficiency by purchasing modern machines and other equipment. Depreci-ation on office equipment has been provided for on the same basis as in 1948 namely at 74 per cent.of the value at the beginning of the year. E 14 Only one change has been made in the investments during the year. After consultation with the Institute’s brokers it was decided to sell the holding of &1,475 2+ per cent. Savings Bonds 1964-74 and to purchase, at a cost of &1,458 Newcastle upon Tyne 23 per cent. Stock 1970-75 to the nominal value of El ,503. The appearance in the Balance Sheet of an item of furniture fittings and effects with Local Sections follows a decision of the Council to purchase such capital equipment as may be considered essential for the work of the officers of a few of the larger Local Sections. It is intended that the annual depreciation of such items shall be charged to the account of the Local Section concerned.This procedure will serve to ensure that records of such equipment are duly kept and avoid charging the capital cost to the Local Section accounts in a particular year. In the early part of the year the Council decided to pay to Local Sections annual grants based on their membership at the beginning of each year without deducting from the amount of these grants any balances remaining from the previous year. By this means Local Sections will be given greater latitude in organising their programmes over successive years and may utilise any sums carried forward from a particular year for subsequent activities of a special or non-recurrent nature. In view of this decision the balances held by Local Sections at 31 December are no longer included in the balance sheet but a note of the total amount of these balances is appended.It has been decided however to continue to show in the Balance Sheet the sums held by Local Sections as permanent reserves against emergencies as the Institute retains full control over them. The fact that these reserves are higher than the whole of the balances held by Local Sections at the end of 1948 is due to the prescribed sums not being held by all Sections at that date-several Sections that now exist had not then been constituted. As a result of this change in practics, there has been an increase in the apparent expenditure by Local Sections during the year (see also below); in future the accounts will reflect the true expenditure on grants to the Sections.The House Suspense Account which appears for the first time in the Balance Sheet represents the sum advanced to the Canteen established in 1948. Turning to the General Income and Expenditure Account (pp. 40-41), it will be seen that for the first time since 1946 the year’s working has resulted in an excess of income over expenditure. This excess is due of course to the increased rates of annual subscriptions that came into opera-tion on 1 January 1949. Current subscription income has risen by &8,034 as a result of this increase and of the continuing rise in membership. Recovery of arrears of subscriptions has been more effective than in 1948, and if allowance were made for Life Fellows the current subscription income would correspond closely with the membership during the year.Other items of income are practically unaltered and call for no comment. r 15 On the expenditure side there has been a notable increase due not only to the growing membership but also to the improvement and expansion of many of the services of the Institute in accordance with the progressive policy stated by the Hon. Treasurer at the Annual General Meetings in 1948 and 1949. The reasons given for making a substantial increase in the annual subscription rates beyond what was necessary to correct actual deficits included the desirability of increasing the grants to Local Sections and of spending considerably more on the publications of the Institute. This policy has been pursued during the past year to an extent appropriate to the increased income and it is believed that in both directions good value has been obtained for the additional expenditure.Expenditure on Local Section grants is not truly comparable with that for 1948 for reasons already stated but it should also be noted that a more generous scale of annual grants was adopted in January 1949 at 520 plus 2s. 6d. per corporate member in the Section subject to a minimum total of E35. For the majority of Local Sections printing and despatch of notices of meetings and certain other matter is undertaken in the office of the Institute and the cost does not fall on Section funds though a charge for this service is included as a proportion of staff salaries and other overhead expenses in the special Local Sections Account (see pp.42-43). Overseas Sections and in view of special circumstances the London and South-Eastern Counties Section are authorised to have such printing done outside and the Institute itself meets the cost of this by way of a supplementary grant where necessary. Reference to the Publications Account (pp. 42-43) shows that this side of the Institute’s activities has been mainly responsible for the considerable increase in expenditure incurred. A net total of 56,273 as against 53,635 in 1948 has been spent on Journal and Proceedings and on the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports. This rise in expenditure is partly due to increased printing charges but mainly to the policy of improving and extending the publications. The results achieved have been substantial and it is believed that they have met with the approval of members.It is realised however that further developments in the publications will have to be considered in relation to the available funds and the extent to which other activities and services of the Institute need further support. On the other hand it will be seen that income from the sale of publications (essentially Lectures Monographs and Reports) has risen by E l 55 and there is good reason to expect that revenue from this source can be substantially increased in future years. Moreover the Council has decided to resume acceptance of advertisements in the Journal as soon as possible in 1950 and to make the Journal available again for purchase by non-members. Additional revenue from these sources can be used for further improvements in the publications.Expenditure on salaries (excluding superannuation and pensions) has risen by 51,423 partly as a result of an increase in the number of members of the staff from 24 to 26 during the year. It may be noted that in 193 (the last complete pre-war year) when the membership of the Institute was under 7,200 as compared with the present 11,500 the total number of members of the staff was already 17 and the expenditure on salaries was over E5,200. In view of the great increase in membership and of the expansion of the activities and services of the Institute that have occurred during the past 11 years it can be seen that for an institution whose work is largely dependent on the personal services of members of the staff the increase in the salary bill-from 14s.6d. to 19s. per member of the Institute-is certainly not large having regard to the general rise in standards of remuneration that has occurred during and since the war. Indeed several departments of the office are still notably overloaded and during the year the appointment of an additional clerk was authorised. Higher expenditure on printing and other office services is an inevitable consequence of the increased membership. Income tax payable by the Institute has diminished owing to the execution of a further deed of covenant for the payment of an additional E500 per annum to the Chemical Society in respect of the maintenance of its library which enables the Institute to offset E225 against taxable income.Following the increase in examination fees the cost of examinations and assessments shown in the relevant special account (pp. 42-43) is seen to be no longer a heavy burden on the general funds of the Institute despite the increase in honoraria payable to examiners and the notable rise in the cost of hiring laboratories in various centres. The deficit on the Appoint-ments Register has risen by E217 but it should be noted that during the year this service was used by over 700 members as prospective employees and also by a large number of other members acting for employers and that the service involves much personal advice to members in both capacities (see also p. 25). During the year the Institute lent to the Residential Clubs Fund a sum of E3,000 pending the result of the issue of the Appeal for support for the Fund.This sum was repaid before the end of the year. After the appropriation of E500 to the Intermittent Publications Reserve referred to above the balance shown in the income and expendi-ture account is E409. This is less than had been anticipated but some of the diminution is due to the inflation of the amount of Local Section grants through not deducting balances in the hands of Local Sections (as noted above) and to a decision to charge to the 1949 account one-half of the cost of printing and despatching Part VI of the Journal and Proceedings. Hitherto each annual account has been debited with the cost of six parts of the Journal but the Part VI included has been that issued at the end of the previous year.In future it is proposed to charge in the accounts for a particular year the cost of the six issues of the Journal pertaining to that year and to achieve this by charging six and a half parts to the 1949 and to the 1950 accounts. If these adjustments had not been made the balance on the income and expenditure account for 1949 would have been neare &l,OOO but in any event it is clear that a limit to the activities and services that can be maintained on the present income of the Institute is already being approached and any notable further expansion can only follow a corresponding increase in membership. Members who were able to visit the offices of the Institute during the Anniversary meetings in April had an opportunity of seeing the progress made in repairing the damage suffered during the war years.Further work of decoration and renovation has been carried out during the year and preliminary consideration has been given to the conversion of the labora-tory into offices when the present tenants the British Leather Manufac-turers’ Research Association vacate the premises in the spring of 1950. CHARITABLE FUNDS THE BENEVOLENT FUND Although financial assistance was given from the Benevolent Fund to only one entirely new case during the year further help was given to many beneficiaries whose circumstances had changed since their needs had been brought to the notice of the Committee in earlier years. An Associate aged 47 who had suffered a nervous breakdown in 1948, recovered sufficiently to undertake new employment but his long illness had made serious inroads on his savings and a grant of El per week was made to his wife for a period of six months in order to assist with the maintenance of his two children pending his complete recovery.A grant of &35 was also made to this Associate to provide resources during the first month of a new appointment. It is understood that his recovery is now complete and that he is in satisfactory employment. A grant of El0 and an increase of E l per week in a regular allowance were made to the widow of an Associate who died in 1947 after a very long illness leaving two young children. These children had reached an age when help on a more generous scale was essential if their education and general welfare were not to be neglected.Further grants were paid to the elderly widow of a Fellow and to a Fellow who had suffered for many years from an incurable illness. In June the Committee received a request from a Fellow for further help to assist in meeting the expenses of special treatment in hospital and loans totalling &88 were advanced for this purpose. The Committee did not feel justified in making a grant to meet the expenses of private treatment which might otherwise be secured under the National Health Service but in view of special circumstances it was agreed that much mental distress might be saved by making a loan for immediate use. Unfortunately the member died later in the year. His widow has since expressed her deep appreciation of the help received from the Fund and has promised to repay the loan in a few months The regular allowance to the widow of another Associate was increased from 30s.to 22 per week. Her three young children had reached an age when their needs made increased demands on slender resources. In December the attention of the Committee was drawn to the increasing difficulties of a Fellow who had previously received help from the Fund. He was unable to resume active work after undergoing a second serious operation in 1946 and was dependent upon an allowance of &2 8s. per week from other sources and occasional help from a married daughter. His eldest son had been killed on active service with the R.A.F. and the younger members of his family were barely self-supporting. It is the intention of the Committee to help this member with suitable gifts as occasion warrants and a Fellow of the Institute resident in the same district has promised to act as an intermediary.A highly satisfactory feature of the work of the Benevolent Fund is the genuine gratitude shown by almost all beneficiaries and their obvious desire to relieve the Fund of obligations so far as possible. The widow of a member wrote to the Committee suggesting that the allowance which had been made to her for some years should cease as she had now received additional help from other sources. On enquiry her “resources” were found to consist of 7s. 6d. per week and the provision of food and a single unheated room. Her regular allowance from the Fund has ceased but help will continue to be given in other ways.The attitude of the beneficiaries was well illustrated by a statement, submitted to the Committee in June which showed that of &3,509 granted as loans during the whole period of the existence of the Fund 22,196 had beea repaid &693 written off &50 converted to grants leaving only E570 outstanding-most of this sum representing loans granted in recent years. The Committee considered that the position was very satisfactory in view of the fact that loans were made from the Fund without creating any legal obligation to repay. During the year regular allowances amounting in all to &2,042 were paid to 17 beneficiaries for periods of more than six months; single grants totalling 2237 were made in eight further cases and loans totalling El33 were made to four persons.The scheme for the provision of funds for summer holidays for children was continued and expenditure of El86 was incurred in helping 22 children to enjoy a holiday. The annual donation to Reed’s School was maintained at E200 as in 1948 but the Committee decided to specify that half of this sum should be treated as a first instalment towards the purchase of a bursary (E300) which would provide for the education and maintenance of any one child who might be nominated by the Fund in any future year. It was understood that in any event the Governors of Reeds School were likely to give favourable consideration to nominations by bodies that had made regular donations over a period of years but the purchase of a bursary would establish priority for the consideration of the claims of the next nominee r 19 of the Fund.Five children of members of the Institute have been educated at Reed’s School during the past ten years and parents have expressed their appreciation of the excellence of the education provided. The thanks of the Committee must again be accorded to the New Zealand Section of the Royal Institute of Chemistry the New Zealand Institute of Chemistry and the Toronto branch of the Chemical Institute of Canada for their generosity in continuing to send food parcels to many regular beneficiaries of the Fund. This brief summary indicates the kind of work the Benevolent Fund Committee is doing and will continue to do as long as funds are available. Unfortunately the current account (see p.46) shows a heavy deficit (E518) for the second year in succession. Income from subscriptions (including annual subscriptions) was only &55 more than in 1948 and this increase was more than offset by a drop of El40 in donations received. In the schedule of investments held and interest received the sum of E91 is shown as interest on Post Office Savings Bank Accounts which at the end of the year amounted to E2,753 but this interest includes that derived from larger sums in the Post Office Savings Bank during a major part of the year. A bequest of 6200 was received under the will of the late Mr. G. H. Gemmell Fellow and this sum has helped to make possible a total addition of E604 to the Capital Fund but as the General Fund has been depleted by 6518 a net balance of only 62,224 is now available for current purposes.An increased income from subscriptions is clearly necessary if calls on the Fund are to be dealt with in accordance with the genuine needs of the beneficiaries. THE RESIDENTIAL CLUBS FUND At the Annual General Meeting in April a resolution was passed authorising the Institute to establish under the new Charter a Charitable Trust to be known as the “Residential Clubs Fund” and to make available from the general funds of the Institute a sum not exceeding E6,OOO to enable the new Fund to operate until resources adequate for its needs had been obtained from members or other benefactors. For some time the Council had been concerned to provide living accommodation for elderly members and their wives or for their widows, in some form of residential club for professional people whose resources were insufficient to enable them to maintain themselves in a commercially-run hotel and who were unable to cope with domestic affairs in their own homes.Particular concern was felt for those whose income from pension or savings would have been adequate for their needs at pre-war costs but whose resources had since become quite insufficient through the rise in the cost of living including the employment of domestic help. It was the original intention of the Council to endeayour to acquire such accommodation for the Institute alone and much thought was given to the problem on this basis. As stated in the Editorial in Journaland 20 Proceedings 1949 11 83 the intention was to set up residential clubs in various parts of the country where the residents would have the same measure of freedom and independence as they would have in a hotel or boarding house.They would be free to occupy themselves with such activities as appealed to them to receive visits from their friends and in general to live their own lives so long as they did not interfere with the comfort or well-being of other residents-a limitation which necessarily applies in any community. They would pay their own fees for board and lodging but these fees would be substantially less than would otherwise be charged for comparable services. It was concluded that such residential clubs would be best established in or immediately adjoining a seaside or country town with a good train service to a main centre of population so that residents would have easy access to churches libraries cinemas etc., and their friends would be able to visit them without difficulty.It was realised that in these times the establishment of such residential clubs would involve many difficulties and it was with considerable satisfaction therefore that the Council learned that a number of other professional bodies had been thinking on similar lines and were prepared to co-operate in a joint scheme. A group of such bodies agreed to estab-lish an organisation known as “Crossways Trust Limited” for this purpose and the Institute’s Residential Clubs Fund which was established by a trust deed executed by the Council in May was accepted as a participant in Crossways Trust.During the year Crossways Trust acquired property at West Worthing for the first residential club and by advancing E3,OOO as a loan to Crossways the Residential Clubs Fund secured the right of nominating three residents in this house. Rights in respect of two of these nomina-tions were exercised forthwith in favour of an elderly Fellow and his wife and this couple have been in residence at West Worthing since September. It is early yet to decide how far the objects of the Residential Clubs Fund will be fully met by clubs provided under the Crossways scheme and the Committee administering the Institute’s Fund is free to consider alternative possibilities such as running a similar “subsidised hotel” for its own members and their dependents or co-operating with one or more other professional bodies.At present the board and lodging fee at the West Worthing club is 53 per week but it will not be known if this charge will be sufficient until further conversion work on the property enables the full complement of residents to be accommodated. The indications are that with rising costs the charge will need to be increased. In any event the fees will certainly be substantially less than those charged in commercially-run hotels of similar standing as no profit is made and the co-operating bodies have provided the capital. Moreover it is recognised that where an otherwise suitable resident is unable to meet the full charges he may be helped from the Benevolent Fund on the same basis as if he were living in his own home An appeal for support of the Residential Clubs Fund was launched during the latter part of the year and a further Appeal was sent to members of the Institute with the application for annual subscriptions.So far the response to the Appeal has been disappointing for although several individuals have made generous contributions by gift or as loans (on which a majority have disclaimed interest) the number of supporters has so far been small. At 31 December the Fund had received 21,867 as donations, 2150 as contributions under deed of convenant and 23,080 as loans (on &2,240 of which interest had been disclaimed). This served to meet the immediate obligation to Crossways Trust but the Committee is anxious to secure much larger resources (of the order of E20,OOO) so as to be in a position to secure suitable property that may come into the market either through the Crossways scheme or any other scheme with which the Fund may become associated or which it may decide to operate independently.NOMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS AND INSTITUTIONS The Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee has met, as usual on the Friday morning before each meeting of the Council and, where necessary on the previous Thursday afternoon. The number of applications reported on during the year was 1,348. This figure is not strictly comparable with previous years because a simplified procedure has been adopted whereby a number of applications are referred directly to the Board of Examiners or to the Committee for Oral Examinations.All final decisions concerning acceptance or rejection of applications are of course made by the Council. Sub-Committees have been appointed to consider the amendments to the Regulations which will be needed in view of the introduction of the new General Certificate of Education and of changes in School and University Examinations. The Scottish Sub-committee has consisted of the President Mr. G. Elliot Dodds Professor H. B. Nisbet and Dr. W. M. Cumming (Convenor); and that for England and Wales of Dr. H. C. Smith (Chairman) Mr. R. C. Chirnside Dr. H. H. Hodgson Professor W. H. Linnell and Mr. A. E. Findley. This latter Committee has also been entrusted with the duty of making a thorough review of all the Regulations for Registration as a Student and for Admission to the Associateship.It is hoped that the modified Regulations will be printed before very long. A further Sub-committee consisting of Professor H. Krall (Chairman) Dr. C. Forrester and Mr. E. T. Osborne has been appointed to advise the main Committee on applications from candidates whose training has been mainly in India and Pakistan. The names of the Borough Polytechnic London the Barnsley Mining and Technical College and the Plymouth and Devonport Technical College have been added to the list of Institutions recognised for training candidates for admission to the Associateship. [ 22 By the courtesy of the Universities of Birmingham Leeds Liverpool and London the Royal Technical College Glasgow and Rhodes University College Grahamstown examinations were held in their laboratories during the year.The thanks of the Council are also accorded to a number of Fellows individually for giving facilities for examinations. The entries to examinations and the results are summarised below:-4 ssocia tesh ip Entered Passed January . . . . . . . . . . 54 23 April . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 30 290 90 September . . . . . . . . . . 116 37 Thus 31 per cent. of the candidates passed. - -- -Fellowship : Branch B Physical Chemistry . . . . . . 1 0 Branch C Organic Chemistry . . . . . . 2 I High Polymers . . . . . . 3 2 Petroleum . . . . . . 1 0 Fine Chemicals . . . . . . 1 0 of Food and Drugs and of Water. . 25 16 with special reference to-Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy, Branch F Agricultural Chemistry .. . . 1 1 Branch G Industrial Chemistry with special reference to-Petroleum . . . . Power Station Operation and Practice . . Branch I Water Supply and the Treatment of . . Branch H General Analytical Chemistry Special Examination in Textiles . . 9 7 9 Chemical Spectroscopy . . Sewage and Trade Effluents 2 2 1 0 2 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 42 25 - -The attention of the Heads of Chemistry Departments of Technical Colleges has been called to the large proportion of candidates for the Associateship who have shown themselves to be far below the standard required in their general knowledge of chemistry. Their co-operation has been invited in discouraging entries from students who although they have satisfied the Regulations by completion of an approved course seem more than unlikely to succeed in the examination.The Committee for Oral Examinations under the Chairmanship of Professor H. V. A. Briscoe with Dr. J. R. Nicholls as his deputy has r 23 held 21 meetings and has interviewed 141 candidates with the following results :-Oral Examinations Paragraph I11 . . Clause I (C) . . Inter views Associateship . . Associateship to Fellowship . . Fellowship Direct . . Students . . . . Passed . . Passed Referred Referred Declined . . Accepted Referred . . Accepted Referred . . Accepted Referred . . Accepted 48* 3 45* 19 6 4 . . 2 5 3 3 1 2 * Several of these candidates had previously been examined and referred for further study.Others were required to write essays or theses before final acceptance . Thanks are due not only to Professor Briscoe and Dr. Nicholls but also to the following members of Council who have acted as Examiners on this Committee :-Dr. H. Baines Dr. N. Booth Mr. R. C. Chirnside Dr. C. W. Herd Professor W. H. Linnell Mr. E. T. Osborne. The Council acknowledges the help of the Indian Advisory Committee and its Hon. Secretary Dr. G. J. Fowler in furnishing reports and advice on applications. No examination has been held in India this year as the number of candidates seemed to be insufficient to justify such an arrangement. The thanks of the Council are also due to the Board of Examiners and to sub-committees of Local Sections for examining candidates for exemp-tion from preliminary examinations and to the numerous members who have supplied reports on applications.STATUS PRIVILEGES AND EMPLOYMENT OF MEMBERS The general question of relations with employing bodies especially those of the nationalised industries was discussed at length at the Con-ference of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections on 22 October and state-ments on the attitude of the Institute to current developments were summarised in Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 508. The Council has taken the view that the professional and economic interests of qualified members of the profession should be adequately served by their profes-sional body and that the trade union type of organisation which was built up for the benefit of manual workers was not in general suitable for professional men and women.The Institute comprises employers and employees and the usefulness of what it has been able to do in this field is due largely to the recognition by employing bodies of the Institute’s c 24 impartiality. Its concern is with ensuring that the conditions of employ-ment of chemists enable them to give the most effective service to the State and to industry in accordance with its Charter and the best traditions of the profession. It is realised however that some pressure is being put upon chemists in certain industries to join trade unions and this matter is one to which the Appointments and Economic Status Committee is giving special attention. Negotiations on the position of Biochemists in Hospitals under the National Health Service have been continued Uuring the year.A Joint Committee of the Institute the Biochemical Society and the Association of Clinical Pathologists has been set up and this Committee will be meeting representatives of the Ministry early in the new year. Negotiations are also proceeding between the Institute and the Transport Commission concerning the position and status of chemists employed in the transport industry particularly under the Railway Executive. Completion of the “Notes on Terms of Engagement of Chemists,” being prepared by a joint committee of representatives of the Institute the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers and the Standing Com-mittee of Directors of Research Associations has been delayed but at the end of the year there was a good prospect of this document being issued shortly.The Appointments and Economic Status Committee has received a report on the administration of the Appointments Register during the year. The total number of vacancies notified was 2,109 of which 446 were brought privately to the attention of the Institute. The total number of members who availed themselves of this service in some period of the year was 746 including 16d Fellows 547 Associates and 31 senior Registered Students in their last term of training. At the present time 380 corporate members of whom 34 have intimated that they are definitely disengaged are receiving the lists. As a result of the publication of the article by the Registrar on the Appointments Register in Journal and Proceedings 1949 111 180 the number of members receiving the lists increased from an average of a little under 300 in the first six months of the year to the present figure of 380, and there has been a pronounced increase in the number of senior vacancies brought to the notice of the Institute especially by firms employing Fellows or Associates in administrative positions.The Committee has decided that it is inadvisable to extend the Appointments Register to cover unqualified or partly qualified personnel. The Remuneration Statistics published early in 1948 are still proving to be of value both to employers and employed. The Officers of the Institute have continued to give advice to many individual members on professional problems of varied kinds and ex-pressions of appreciation have been received from members for the advice given MEETINGS The following lectures were delivered during the year under the “Percy Faraday Frankland” The First P.F. Frankland Memorial Lecture (inaugurated by the Birmingham and Midlands Section), by Dr. L. H. Lampitt in Birmingham on 26 January and in Dundee on 5 May. “The Development of Chemical Processes,” by Dr. Frank Roffey on 21 October. “The Synthesis of Purine Nucleotides,” Meldola Medal Lecture by Dr. James Baddiley on 10 November. “The Synthesis of Some Natural Products by the Use of Acetylenic Precursors,” Meldola Medal Lecture by Dr. R. A. Raphael in Glasgow on 9 December. Among meetings arranged by Local Sections during the year special reference should be made to those for school children and junior students at which members of the Institute have explained the scope of chemistry as a career and indicated how entry to the profession may be effected.Reports of such meetings sponsored by the London and South-Eastern Counties the Manchester and District the East Midlands and the Bristol and District Sections have been published in Journal and Proceedings, 1949 11 91; 111 185. Mention should also be made of the highly successful exhibition arranged by the Cardiff and District Section on 2-3 December (Journal 1950 I 43 46). The following lists of meetings held by Local Sections-many of which were arranged jointly with other bodies-have been supplied by Hon. Secretaries ; Annual General Meetings and other meetings held solely for the transaction of Section business and meetings arranged by other bodies to which members were invited are not included.Aberdeen and North of Scotland:“Sulphide Precipitation and the Law of Mass Action,” by Mr. R. Belcher; “Application of Dyestuffs to Non-Textile Mater-ials,,’ by Mr. F. Parrott; “Some Factors influencing the Strengths of Acids and Bases,” by Professor D. H. Everett; “Recent Advances in Seaweed Technology,” by Dr. F. N. Woodward; P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture by Dr. L. H. Lampitt; “Peat,” by Dr. G. IS. Fraser; “Some Aspects of the Work at Rotham-sted,” by Sir William G. Ogg; “Some Recent Advances in the Chemistry of Fluorine Compounds,” by Professor H. J. EmelCus F.R.S.; “Radiations” two Christmas Lectures for senior secondary school pupils by Professor R.V. Jones, C.B. C.B.E. M.M. Belfast and District “Some Problems of the Sensitiveness of Explosives,:: by Professor A. R. Ubbelohde; “Quantitative Inorganic Paper Chromatography, by Dr. Alice Lacourt; “Some Microchemical Problems associated with Plant and Animal Nutrition,” by Mr. S. McConaghy ; “The Microchemical Determination of Oxygen in Organic Compounds,” by Dr. W. T. Chambers; “Developments in Ferrous Metallurgy,” by Dr. N. P. Inglis; “The Uses and Production of Labora-tory Animals,” by Mr. A. L. Bacharach. Visit to Ballyclare Paper Mills. [ 26 1 auspices of the Institute : Birmingham and Midlands “Recent Developments in the use of Organic Reagents in Chemical Analysis,” by Mr. G. H. Osborn; First P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture by Dr.L. H. Lampitt; “Colour,” by Mr. G. T. Chamberlain; “Degradation of High Polymer Substances,” by Professor H. W. Melville F.R.S.; Film “Atomic Physics”; “Metallic Corrosion and Corrosion Prevention,” by Dr. W. H. J. Vernon O.B.E.; “Silicones,” by Mr. R. Snadow; “Absorption Spectrophotometry applied to Metallurgical Analysis,” by Mr. E. J. Vaughan; “Anaesthetics,” by Professor H. B. Nisbet. Visits to Works of British Thomson-Houston Co. Ltd.; Rugby College of Technology and Art; Factory of H. W. Carter and Co. Ltd. BristoI and District “The Relationship between Constitution and Physiologi-cal Activity in Organic Compounds,” by Professor W. H. Linnell; “The Stability of Emulsions,” by Dr. A. S . C . Lawrence; “Synthetic Detergents,” by Mr. A.L. Waddams; “Careers,” talk and Brains Trust; “Industrial Health Hazards,” by Dr. T. A. Lloyd Davies; “Phenolic Plastics,” by Mr. N. J. L. Megson; “What is a Chemical Bond?” by Professor C . A. Coulson; “The Production and Use of Laboratory Animals,” by Mr. A. L. Bacharach. Visits to University of Bristol, Fruit and Vegetable Preservation Research Station Campden Glos.; H. W. Carter’s Royal Forest Factory. Cardiff and District “Solvents and Intermediates derived from Petroleum,” by Mr. L. W. Chubb; “Forensic Science,” by Dr. F. G. Tryhorn; “Ice Cream,” by Dr. J. H. Bushill; “Nylon,” by Mr. Bramley and Mr. Carter; “Production and Use of Laboratory Animals,” by Mr. A. L. Bacharach; “Packaging Re-search,” by Mr. J. L. Denny; “Analytical Chemistry Chemical Analysis and the Analyst,” by Mr.R. C. Chirnside; “The Manufacture and Use of Oxygen,” by Dr. N. Booth; Exhibition of Chemical Apparatus and Methods. Visits to E-Mil Glass Works H. J. Elliott Ltd. Treforest; Long Ashton Horticultural Research Station. Dublin and District “Sugar Confectionery,” by Mr. W. C. O’Neil; “What is our Bread made from?” by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones. Visit to Arklow Pottery. Dundee and District Inaugural Address “Recent Developments in the Work of the Royal Institute of Chemistry,” by Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham; Christmas Lecture “Chemistry and the Community,” by Dr. Robert Roger. East Anglia “Chemistry in Australia,” by Professor J. C. Earl; “Infra-red Absorption Spectra,” by Mr. F. J. Cripwell; “The Chemist in the Chocolate Factory,” by Mr. H. F. Bamford; “Fatty Oils as Raw Materials in Chemical Industry,” by Mr.E. 0. Phillips; “Some Achievements of the Chemical Plant Industry,” by Dr. E. H. T. Hoblyn M.B.E.; “The Discovery of Therapeutic Substances,’’ by Mr. S . Ellingworth; “The Manufacture of Camphor,” by Mr. R. S . Colborne; “Mineral Nutrition in Horticulture,” by Mr. A. C. Mason. East Midlands “Woodpulp-Some Chemical Aspects,” by Dr. J. Grant; Symposium on “Plant Diseases,” by Professor C. G. C. Chesters Mr. G. N. Robinson and Mr. G. B. Lush; “New Detergents,” by Mr. R. C. Tarring; Symposium on “Careers in Chemistry,” by Dr. G. M. Dyson Professor L. Hunter and Major A. Sumner; “Physical Chemistry and Metallurgical Research,” by Dr. T. G. Pearson; “Some Properties of Explosive Combustion in Gases,” by Dr.C. Whitworth; Symposium on “Microbalances,” by Dr. G. A. Hod&-man Mr. D. W. Wilson and Dr. C. L. Wilson; “Electrostatic Hazards in the Chemical Industry,’’ by Professor E. G. Cox; “Some Aspects of Carbohydrate Chemistry,” by Professor E. L. Hirst F.R.S. c 27 Edinburgh and East of Scotland “Amphipathic Behaviour in Colloid Sys-tems,” by Dr. T. R. Bolam; “Some Recent Advances in the Chemistry of Natural Products,” by Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S.; “Analytical Chemistry Chemi-cal Analysis and the Analyst,” by Mr. R. C. Chirnside; “Free Radicals and Hydrocarbon Chemistry,” by Professor E. C. H. Bawn; “Recent Trends in the Industrial Utilisation of Agricultural Products in North America,” by Dr. F. N. Woodward; “Radical Chemistry Applied to Problems in the Hydrocarbon, Drying Oil and Rubber Fields,” by Dr.E. El. Farmer F.R.S.; Scientific Film Evening; Two lectures to senior school children “The Scientific Detection of Crime,” by Inspector J. K. McLellan. Glasgow and West of Scotland “Some Aspects of Bakery Research,” bx Dr. J. B. M. Coppock; “Organic Chemistry in relation to Medical Research, by Sir C. R. Harington F.R.S.; “The Fourth South American Congress of Chemistry,” by Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S.; “Scotland’s Industrial Future,” by Mr. C. A. Oakley ; “Recent Macromolecular Adventures with the Electron Microscope,” by Professor W. T. Astbury F.R.S.; “Some Aspects of Chroma-tography,” by Dr. Neil Campbell; Meldola Medal Lecture “The Synthesis of some Natural Products by the use of Acetylenic Precursors,” by Dr.R. A. Raphael. Visits to Marine Biological Research Station Millport; British Silk Dyeing Co. Ltd. Balloch; Glasgow Corporation Chemical Works; W. and J. Martin and Co. Ltd. Tanneries. Huddersfield “Liquid Crystals,” by Dr. G. M. Bennett C.B. F.R.S.; “Some Applications of Science in the Detection of Crime,” by Dr. J. B. Firth; Film Show; “Aromatic Nitration,” by Professor C. K. Ingold F.R.S.; “Some Nutritional Problems concerning Bread,” by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones; “The Nature of Scientific Convictions,” by Professor M. Polanyi F.R.S. Visits to: Digley Reservoir Site; Ovenden Wood Brewery Halifax. Hull and District “Analytical Chemistry Chemical Analysis and the Analyst,” by Mr. R. C. Chirnside; “Synthetic Fats,” by Mr. P. N. Williams; “The Nature of Scientific Convictions,” by Professor M.Polanyi F.R.S.; “Production and Use of Laboratory Animals,” by Mr. A. L. Bacharach; “New Lamps for Old: Chemical Industry and Natural Resources,” by Professor A. Findlay C.B.E. ; “Leather Its Constitution and Properties,” by Dr. M. P. Balfe; “Chemistry of Railways,” by Mr. T. H. Turner; “The Development of Chemical Processes,” by Dr. F. Roffey; “Absorption Spectrophotometry,” by Mr. N. H. E. Ahlers. Visit to Grimsby Factory of British Titan Products Co. Ltd. Leeds Area “Trade Effluents,” by Mr. J. H. Gamer and Mr. M. Lovett; “The Industrial Applications of Atomic Energy,” by Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E.; Symposium on “Physical Methods in Chemical Analysis”; “The Chemist in the Photographic Industry,” by Dr. H. Baines; “Synthetic Analgesics and Anti-spasmodics,” by Professor J.W. Cook F.R.S. Liverpool and North-Western “Some Recent Studies in Diazo-Chemistry,” by Dr. H. H. Hodgson; “Some Aspects of the Selective Hydrogenation of Fats,” by Professor T. P. Hilditch F.R.S.; “Natural and Synthetic Polymers with special reference to Rubbers and Fibres,” by Dr. W. J. S . Naunton; “Recent Work on the Sulphur Compounds in Plants and Animals,” by Miss M. I. Simpson; “The Chemistry of Macrocyclic Molecules,” by Professor Prelog; “Analytical Chemistry as a Profession,” by Mr. J. F. Clark; ‘‘Mass Spectro-metric Determination of Free Radicles in Cracking and Combustion,” by Mr. G. C . Eltenton; “Aromatic Nitration,” by Pr?fessor C. K. Ingold F.R.S.; Demonstration of Laboratory Apparatus; “Service to Chemistry and Chemists,” by Dr.H. J. T. Ellingham; “Origins and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents,” by Dr. L. J. Burrage; “The Preservation of Food,” by Mr. J. F. Clark; “Some Problems of Inorganic Chemical Nomenclature,” by Professor H. Bassett; [ 28 “Synthetic Analgesics and Anti-spasmodics,” by Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S.; “The Mass Spectrometer,” by Mr. V. W. Rowlands; “Operational Research in Industry,” by Col. R. S. Strong. London and South-Eastern Counties “Efficiency and Smoke Emission of Lancashire and other Shell-type Boilers,” by Mr. W. J. Sparkes; “The Ministry of Labour and the Profession of Chemistry,” by Professor W. Wardlaw C.B.E.; “The Chemistry of Dusts,” by Professor H. V. A. Briscoe; “The Biochemistry involved in Egg-Shell Formation,” by Professor C.Tyler; “The Work of the Government Laboratory,” by Dr. G. M. Bennett C.B. F.R.S.; “Experiments on Solid Helium,” by Professor F. E. Simon C.B.E. F.R.S.; “Research and Productivity in Industry,” by Mr. C. S. Robinson C.B.E.; “Science in Criminal Investigations,” by Dr. G. E. Turfitt; “Drug Action Ions and Neutral Mole-cules,” by Professor A. Albert; “The Chemistry and Physics of Hot Stars,” by Professor F. J. M. Stratton O.B.E. D.S.O. and Mr. F. Hoyle; “Quantitative Commonsense and the Chemist,” by Dr. E. C. Wood; “Modern Methods of Organic Solvent Manufacture,” by Dr. J. L. Edgar; “The Chemistry of Semi-conducting Solids,” by Dr. J. s. Anderson; Conference on Part-time Education in Chemistry; “Recent Developments in Explosives,” by Dr. A. Forster O.B.E.; “Recent Developments in Biochemical Research,” by Dr.E. Lester Smith; Symposium on “Standardisation in the Chemical Field”; “Some Experiences of a Chemist in the Paper Industry,” by Mr. R. Carter; “The Chemist and Rubber Cables,” by Mr. B. B. Evans; “Pulp and Paper Manufacture as a Chemical Industry,” by Dr. J. Grant; “Modern Methods of Soap Manufacture,” by Mr. A. H. Charlton J.P.; “Plastics and Corrosion,” by Dr. H. Barron; “Rockets and Chemistry,” by Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths; “Chemotherapy and Essential Trace Elements,” by Professor A. Albert; “Careers for Chemists,” by Dr. N. Booth; “Some Present Trends in Bakery Research,” by Dr. J. B. M. Coppock; “By Sea and Air to South American Oil,” by Mr. J. S. Parker; “Leather Its Constitution and Properties,” by Dr.N. P. Balfe; Brains Trust: “The Chemical Protection of Crops”; “The Minor Constituents of Coal,” by Dr. A. C . Monkhouse; “Fibreglass,” by Mr. A. M. Robertson; “Chemistry of Bioluminescence and its Importance in Animal Behaviour,” by Dr. H. A. Klassens. Visits Burroughs Wellcome and Co.; The British Oxygen Co. Ltd.; West Middlesex Main Drainage Works; Bevan Cement Works (Associated Portland Cement Manufacturers Ltd.); Pharmaceutical Specialities (May and Baker), Ltd.; R. and A. Kohnstamm Ltd.; Kodak Ltd.; Stewarts and Lloyds Ltd.; Printing Packaging and Allied Trades Research Association; Royal Mint; Teneplas Ltd.; Carreras Ltd.; Yardley and Co. Ltd. Visits for Registered Students Howards and Sons Ltd.; The Chemical Research Laboratory; Wiggins Teape and Co.Manchester and District “Production of Acetylene from Hydrocarbons,” by Dr. H. Steiner; Film Show; “Some Recent Developments in Inorganic Chromatography,” by Dr. R. P. Linstead F.R.S.; “The Chemistry of the Desoxy-Sugars,” by Professor M. Stacey; Meeting for Registered Students; “Colour in the Home,” by Dr. T. VickerstafF Film display and exhibition; “Some Aldehyde-Amine Condensates,” by Dr. G. N. Burkhardt; “The New Outlook in Inorganic Chemistry,” by Dr. F. Fairbrother; “A System of Chemical Nomenclature,” by Dr. G. M. Dyson; Symposium on “Chemical Aspects of Atomic Energy”; “Some Experiences in Forensic Medicine,” by Dr. W. H. Grace. Meeting for Registered Students reading of original papers. Visits to Red Tower Lager Brewery Ltd.; Student Visit Thomas Hedley and Co.Ltd.; British Vesada Ltd.; National Coal Board Nook Colliery; Lancashire Steel Corporation Irlam; Odhams Press Ltd. Manchester. [ 29 Mid-Southern Counties “Some Aspects of Oxidation,” by Dr. C. F. Cullis; Symposium on “Laboratory Design,” by Professor N. K. Adam F.R.S., Mr. J. Haslam and Mr. R. H. Powell; “Food Science in Evolution,” by Dr. L. H. Lampitt; “Byways in Chromatography,” by Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston; ‘‘Analytical Chemistry Chemical Analysis and the Analyst,” by Mr. R. C. Chirnside; “Rheology of Lubricant Films,” by Dr. E. W. J. Mardes; “Medical Aspects of Radiation Chemistry,” by Dr. E. Edson; “Chemical Pathology,” by Dr. J. M. Barnes; “The Chemistry of Rubber,” by Mr. F. A. Jones; “The Production of Organic Laboratory Reagents,” by Dr.G. Muir; “Some Aspects of Respiration in Bacteria,” by Dr. E. C. Baskett; “Modern Developments in the Chemistry and Technology of Plastics,” by Dr. N. J. L. Megson; “Microchemistry,” by Dr. C. Ingram; “Chemistry as a Career,” by Professor W. Wardlaw C.B.E. Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast “Reactions involving Free Radicals in Solution,” by Dr. W. A. Waters; “Some Aspects of Modern Analyti-cal Chemistry,” by Dr. W. E. Elvidge; “pH Measurement,” by Professor W. F. Wynne-Jones; “X-Rays in Chemical Analysis,” by Dr. J. Gibson. North Wales “A Chemist in and out of Parliament,” by Mr. J. H. Wootton-Davies J.P.; “Metallic Corrosion and Corrosion Prevention,” by Dr. W. H. J. Vernon O.B.E.; “Forensic Chemistry,” by Dr. F. G . Tryhorn; “Advances in Carbohydrate Chemistry,” by Professor M.Stacey ; “Acetylene and Acetylenic Compounds in Organic Synthesis,” by Professor E. R. H. Jones.” Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands “The Phenol-Aldehyde Reaction,” by Mr. J. G. Moss; “Solution Analysis by Emission Spectroscopy,” by Mr. J. H. Oldfield; “The Use of Suspensions as Heavy Liquids,” by Mr. L. W. Needham; “Bubble Pressure Measurement in Analysis,” by Mr. E. J. Miles; “Raw Materials and Manufacture of Stoneware Pottery,” by Mr. G. W. M. Rees; Film Show; “Some Aspects of the Deoxidation of Steel,” by Mr. G. E. Speight; “Surface Active Agents,” by Dr. A. S . C. Lawrence. Visits Pearson and Co’s Pottery Chesterfield; Potteries-Messrs. Wedg-woods and Spode. South Wales “Solvents and Intermediates derived from Petroleum,” by Mr.L. W. Chubb; “Replica Technique for the Assessment of Surface Finish,” by Dr. J. Pearson; “The Photoelectric Determination of Suspended Solids,” by Mr. J. 0. Samuel; “The Training of Chemists for Industry” (discussion opened by Dr. W. G.Hiscock); “Aromatic Nitration,” by Professor C. K. Ingold F.R.S.; Discussion on “Bond Energies,” opened by Dr. K. W. Sykes and Dr. B. G. Gowenlock. South-Western Counties Inaugural Meeting “Chemical Activities in Chile,” by Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S.; “Corrosion Inhibitors,” by Dr. U. R. Evans, F.R.S.; “Quantitative Commonsense and the Chemist,” by Dr. E. C. C. Wood. Visit to the Lee Moor China Clay Pits. Tees-side “Reactions involving Free Hydroxyl Radicals in Solution,” by Dr. W. A. Waters; “Chemistry in Medical Research,” by Sir Charles Harington; “Berthollide Compounds,” by Dr.J. S . Anderson; “Analytical Chemistry, Chemical Analysis and the Analyst,” by Mr. R. C. Chirnside; “The Hydrogen Bond in Organic Chemistry,” by Professor L. Hunter; “Spectroscopic Evidence for the Hydrogen Bond,” by Dr. W. C . Price; “Dipole Interaction and the Hydrogen Bond,” by Dr. A. R. Martin; “Medium-purity Oxygen on the Large Scale-Its Production and Application,” by Mr. J. R. Park; “Aromatic Nitra-tion,” by Professor C. K. Ingold F.R.S.; “The Electron Microscope and some Recent Discoveries about Macromolecules,” by Professor W. T. Astbury F.R.S.; “Soil Fertility,” by Sir William Ogg. [ 30 Cape of Good Hope Symposium on “The Pollution of Rivers”; “The Treat-ment of Industrial Wastes,” by Mr.A. L. Abbott; “Varnish Chemistry,” by Dr. D. A. Sutton. India-Bangalore “Chemistry and Indian Wood Preservation,” by Dr. S. Kamesam. New Zealand Combined Annual Conference with the New Zealand Institute of Chemistry at Auckland. PUBLICATIONS AND LIBRARIES The Journal and Proceedings has been published as usual in six parts and conditions do not yet permit of making it a monthly publication. During the year the Publications and Library Committee has given constant attention to improving both the Journal and the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports. Editorials and Book Reviews have been resumed numerous special articles have been published a few illustrations have been introduced and the appearance and readability of the Journal have been improved by the use of loll1 and 819 point type in place of the previous 10 and 8 pt.In 1949 the Journal and Proceedings was more than 50 per cent. larger than in 1948 and twice as large as in 1947. Among special articles that appeared during the year (other than those to which reference is made in relevant sections of this Report) were : “The Institute Building” (p. 3); “The Office of the Institute” (p. 87). “Research and Productivity in Industry,” by Mr. C. S . Robinson C.B.E. (p. 175); “The Training of Chemists for Industry,” by Dr. W. G. Hiscock (p. 191); “Chemistry and the Manufacturer,” by Mr. W. A. Joiner (p. 356); “President Truman’s Fourth Point” (p. 425); “The Relationship between Chemistry and Other Branches of Science and Technology,” by Dr.H. J. T. Ellingham (p. 337). “The Teaching of Chemistry in Grammar Schools (i) The Main School, (ii) The Sixth Form,” by Mr. E. W. Moore (pp. 332 417); “Science and Adult Education,” by Dr. P. F. R:Venables (p. 480). Among Lectures Monographs and Reports which have now been integrated as a series of numbered items the following were issued during the year:-1. “Through Chemistry Adornment,” Fifth Dalton Lecture by Dr. C. J. T. Cronshaw . 2. “Percy Faraday Frankland.” First P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture, by Dr. L. H. Lampitt. 3. “Anaesthetics,” by Professor H. B. Nisbet. 4. “The Origins and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents.” Report of a 5. “The Function of the Expert Witness in Litigation,” by Mr. Lionel 6. “Laboratory Lay-out and Construction.” Report of a Symposium 7.“The Development of Chemical Processes,” by Dr. Frank Roffey. Conference (London November 1948). Heald K.C.; “The Protection of Chemical Inventions,” by Dr. J. G. Fife. (London April 1948). E 31 Towards the end of the year plans had been completed for altering the page size of the Journal and Proceedings (to be known in future as The Journal of the Royal Institute of Chemistry) and of the series of Lectures, Monographs and Reports and for these publications to be printed in Times Roman type. An article on Library Facilities appeared in Journal and Proceedings, 1949 VI 489 but the question of the future of the Institute’s Library was under discussion at the end of the year. The Council desires to record its sincere gratitude to those members and friends of the Institute who have contributed special articles to Journal and Proceedings to the lecturers who have given permission for their papers to be printed in the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports and to those who have undertaken the task of reviewing books.OTHER EDUCATIONAL AND SCIENTIFIC MATTERS National Certificates.-In co-operation with the Ministry of Education (England and Wales) the Scottish Education Department and the Ministry of Education (Northern Ireland) the Institute has continued to administer the scheme for National Certificates in Chemistry and in Applied Chemistry. Under the scheme for England and Wales 60 schools and colleges submitted candidates for the Ordinary and Higher Certificates in 1949. 774 candidates entered for the Ordinary National Certificate of whom 535 passed; 203 of the 258 candidates for the Higher National Certificate were successful.This represents a substantial increase on last year’s entries. Owing to some lack of understanding as to the general standard connoted by National Certificates in Chemistry the Assessors in their Report for the year 1948-49 (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 512), thought it necessary to state that successful candidates at the examination for the Ordinary Certificate attain a standard in theoretical and practical chemistry particularly organic chemistry which is definitely higher than that represented by chemistry as a principal subject in the Higher School Certificate or in an intermediate Science examination. The standard to be aimed at for the Higher National Certificate is that of a Pass Degree of a University and in chemistry this standard is attained.In conjunction with the Ministry of Education and the Institution of Chemical Engineers a scheme for the endorsement of Ordinary and Higher National Certificates in respect of supplementary courses in chemical engineering has been approved. In Scotland there has been a steady increase in the number of entries for National Certificates in Chemistry during the last few years. This year 97 of the 135 candidates obtained the Ordinary Certificate and 33 out of 51 the Higher Certificate. The first Annual Report of the Joint Committee for the award of National Certificates in Chemistry and Applied Chemistry to students in r 32 Northern Ireland was accepted and recommendations for the award of certificates to seven candidates were approved.Mr. A. N. Adamson and Dr. C. L. Wilson were appointed to represent the Institute on this Joint Committee. Scientific Courses and Conferences.-In July a very successful sympos-ium on “Recent Advances in the Fermentation Industries” was held at St. Andrews under the auspices of the Institute the arrangements being, as in 1947 in the hands of the Scottish Sections. Those attending in-cluded a number of chemists from overseas (Journal and Proceedings, 1949 V 424). Papers presented at the Symposium will be published as a booklet which will be available in due course for issue to those who attended the symposium and for purchase by others. At the end of the year an announcement was made (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI ii) of a Summer School in Analytical Chemistry to be arranged by the London and South-Eastern Counties Section with the participation of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists in London in September 1950.Awards.-An award of 150 guineas from the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund for 1948 was made to Dr. A. S. C . Lawrence in recogni-tion of his research work in colloid science with special reference to lubrication and fuel oils (Journal and Proceedings 1949 111 272). The Meldola Medal for 1948 was awarded to Dr. R. A. Raphael in recognition of the contributions he has made while under the age of 30, to the investigation of new methods of approach to the synthesis of natural compounds (Journal and Proceedings 1949 11 148).Meldola Medal Lectures were delivered by Dr. James Baddiley (Medallist 1947) in London on 10 November and by Dr. Raphael in Glasgow on 9 Decem-ber. These two lectures will be published shortly under one cover in the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports. It was again decided not to make any award of the Sir Edward Frank-land Medal and Prize as none of the essays submitted for the 1949 competition reached the required standard. Education and Training of Laboratory Technicians.-The Committee on this subject on which the Institute was represented completed its work during the year and recommended that the City and Guilds of London Institute be invited to act in consultation with appropriate bodies as the examining body for nationally recognised certificates in laboratory arts and techniques.This invitation was accepted and towards the end of the year a representative Exploratory Committee was set up by the City and Guilds of London Institute to review the field and prepare syllabuses of appropriate courses. It has been emphasised that the provision to be made is primarily for the training of technicians to be engaged in general laboratory work in teaching institutions (including schools) and in the research laboratories of academic and industrial c 33 establishments. Such technicians (laboratory stewards assistants to research workers and in the higher ranks laboratory superintendents) are not in general potential professional scientists and their needs are not properly catered for by courses (such as those for National Certificates) in a particular branch of science.They are distinguished from assistants in control laboratories whose work is specifically related to an individual science (chemistry physics etc.) and for whom established courses in those sciences are already available. EXTERNAL RELATIONS AND PUBLICITY Close relations with the scientific societies in the chemical field-the Chemical Society the Society of Chemical Industry the Faraday Society, the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists the Bio-chemical Society-have been maintained through the Chemical Council, on which these bodies and the Institution of Chemical Engineers are now represented. Direct contacts with the individual societies continue to be made from time to time on matters of common interest and many meetings of Local Sections of the Institute have been held jointly with one or more of these bodies.The Chemical Council has taken up the question of publicity for British chemistry and a Committee of Enquiry under the Chairmanship of Professor Findlay was set up during the year. At the invitation of the Chemical Council the Institute has agreed to join with other chemical bodies in developing a scheme for securing better publicity for chemistry in the press (Journal and Proceedings 1949 IV 369). The problems involved were referred to in an Editorial in Journal and Proceedings, 1949 IV 321. The Joint Council of Professional Scientists has continued to provide a link with the Institute of Physics and the Institution of Metallurgists, and will be joined in 1950 by the Institute of Biology as soon as that body is formally constituted.Increasing interest has been taken during the year in the attitude of these and other professional bodies to current problems of common concern and attention has thus been drawn to the varied constitutions and spheres of operation of professional bodies in general. The origins of these characteristics and their significance for the future of the Institute were discussed by Mr. Roche Lynch in his Presidential Address (Journal and Proceedings 1949 III 164) and a com-parison of the functions and methods of working of established professional bodies was made in an Editorial (Journal and Proceedings, 1949 VI 469).The series of articles on “The Organisation of Other Professions” has also been extended by the publication of articles on the Architectural Profession and the Pharmaceutical Profession (Journal and Proceedings 1949 I 8 ; IV 347). Discussions on the desirability of closer co-operation with the British Association of Chemists were opened with that body through the Joint 34 Consultative Committee but were not carried to any conclusion because it was felt that in view of the necessarily different approaches of the Associa-tion (as a trade union) and the Institute (as a professional body) to economic matters such co-operation would be liable to weaken the influence of both. It was recognised however that for those who desired to join a trade union the fact that the B.A.C.was entirely con-cerned with chemists should enable it to look after the interests of chemists more effectively than a trade union embracing other types of workers. Through the Parliamentary and Scientific Committee the Institute has been kept in touch with matters due for debate in Parliament and has thus been enabled to help in ensuring that the scientific aspects of import-ant issues are duly considered. The summaries of parliamentary debates involving scientific questions issued by the Committee continue to serve as a valuable source of information for inclusion in the Institute’s Journal and Proceedings. The Council is kept informed about developments in the international relations of chemistry through the British National Committee for Chemistry on which the Institute is represented.This Committee advises the Royal Society which is the adhering body in this country for the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry and is concerned with the co-ordination of other activities involving chemists in various countries. Closer contacts have been established during the year with the four qualifying professional chemical institutes in the Commonwealth-the Royal Australian Chemical Institute (which the Council has recently been happy to congratulate on the conferment by H.M. the King of the right to include the word “Royal” in its title) the Chemical Institute of Canada, the New Zealand Institute of Chemistry and the South African Chemical Institute. Arrangements have been made under what is described as the “Professional Chemical Institutes Liaison Service” (P.C.I.L.S.) for the regular exchange of a sufficient number of copies of publications to provide for the needs of branches of the four Dominion Institutes and for the interchange of “news letters” from time to time on matters of common interest.The notification of visits of members of one Institute to the country of another and the handling of individual enquiries between officers of the Institute have also been regularised. This liaison service may well develop into a more extensive Association of Commonwealth Chemical Institutes-a result that would certainly be welcomed by the Royal Institute of Chemistry. [. 35 MEMBERSHIP OF LOCAL SECTIONS The number of Members attached to each Local Section at 31 Decem-ber 1949 is given below.No. of Section Members Aberdeen and North of Scotland . . 92 Belfast and District . . 88 Birmingham and Midlands . . Bristol and District . . Cardiff and District . . Dublin and District . . Dundee and District . East Anglia . . East Midlands . . Edinburgh and East of Scotland . . Glasgow and West of Scotland Huddersfield . . Hull and District LeedsArea Liverpool and North Western . . London and South-Eastern Counties . . Manchester and District Mid-Southern Counties Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast North Wales . . Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands South Wales . . South-Western Counties * . Tees-side .. Cape of Good Hope . . India Bangalore Western India . . Malaya New Zealand . . Other Places Abroad . . 0 . . . . . . . 708 228 165 113 45 107 382 278 503 108 125 317 888 4,012 873 183 159 96 181 103 89 204 70 28 112 26 95 1,11 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR 1949 REPORT OF THE AUDITORS We have examined the Balance Sheet at 31 December 1949 of the Royal Institute of Chemistry and the Statements of the Accounts for the year ended 3 1 December 1949 with the books and vouchers, and we have obtained all the information and explanations necessary for the purpose of our audit.The investments scheduled in the Statements of Investments have been verified by Certificates of Registered Stocks and by a Certificate from the Bank of England of stocks inscribed in the name of the Institute. The market value at 31 December 1949 of investments on all accounts was less than cost and in the event of realisation any loss would be charged to the appropriate Fund. Subscriptions in arrear are not included in the Balance Sheet. Cash reserves with Local Sections have been certified by their Honorary Secretaries or Treasurers. With these reservations the Balance Sheet and Statements of Accounts are in our opinion properly drawn up in accordance with the entries in the books. J. Y . FINLAY ROBERTSON & CO. Chartered Accountants; } Hon.Auditors 1949-50 E. Q. LAWS K. A. WILLIAMS 9 February 1950 I 37 BALANCE SHEET AT 31 DECEMBER 1949 I948 fl 20,978 53,522 7,211 53,025 21 3 I75 5,404 540 4,813 4,450 231 I 66 1,662 255 672 1,713 93 2,394 €157,5/ 7 L ._ BUILDING FUND 31 December 1920 . . - . SURPLUS on Valuation of Building 31 December 1947 . . SURPLUS on Valuation of other fixed Assets 31 December 1947 INVESTMENT FUND-^ scneduled on page 44 . . on page44 NEWTON CHAMBERS PRIZE FUND * . RESERVE Accows-as scheduled on page 44 Intermittent Publications . . . . Staff Superannuation . . ,. General Contingencies . . . . SUNDRY CREDITORS Examination Fees . . . . Annual Subscriptions . . . . General . . .. . . . . . . INCOME TAX LIABILITY ACCUMULATED SURPLUS ON INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT, 1 January 1949 . . . . SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES FUND-as scheduled RECEIPTS IN ADVANCE-Application Fees in Abeyance' . . . . Add Excess of Income over Expenditure '1949 . . 1949 € 6 20,978 53,522 74,500 7,211 55,258 162 275 5,898 1,460 2,574 9,932 1,629 25 1 190 985 748 - 2,174 508 1,713 409 - 2,122 1948 L 74,500 5,000 69,500 5,000 6,814 -1,947 BANK OVERDRAFT LONDON 31 December 1949 . . 1,683 SUPERANNUATION SUSPENSE ACCOUNT . . 2,426 68,765 865 847 226 I I 933 273 2,347 LEASEHOLD BUILDING-at valuation 31 December 1947 . . Less LEASEHOLD PROPERTY REDEMPTION FUND . . . .LEASEHOLD PROPERTY REDEMPTION POLICY (surrender value) . . FURNITURE FITTINGS AND EFFECTS at valuation 1 January 1948 . . Add Additions prior t o i949 . . . . . . 592 Additions for 1949 . . . . . . 1,068 ___ Less Depreciation prior to 1949 . . . . 504 Depreciation 1949 . . . . . . 511 FURNITURE FITTINGS AND EFFECTS WITH LOCAL SECTIONS at cost 31 December 1949 . . Add Purchases prior to 1949 . . . . . . . . 46 Purchases 1949 . . . . . . . . . . 50 LIBRARY at valuation 1 January 1948 . . - 55 . . . . 47 . . 48 Less Sales prior to 1949 . . Depreciation prior to 1949 Depreciation 1949 . . INVESTMENTS (as scheduled on page 45) At cost 1 January 1949 . . Add Investments purchased during 1949 . . . . 1949 fl E 74,500 5,570 68,930 5,570 6,726 1,660 8,386 -1,015 - 7,371 35 2,003 96 2,099 150 - 1,949 68,765 1,458 70,223 .. 1,500 Less Investments sold during 1949 . . At cost 31 December 1949 . * . . 68,723 31 December 1949 . . . . 679 (Market value E64,694)' STOCK OF STATIONERY as valued by Officials of the Institute, HOUSE SUSPENSE ACCOUNT . . . 150 SUNDRY DEBTORS . . 556 PAYMENTS IN ADVANCE 184 BALANCES AT BANKERS - London (see opposite page) . . . . . . Australia and New Zealand (in steriing) . . . . 1,063 *With Local Sections (Reserve Funds) . . . . 323 - 1,386 SUPERANNUATION SUSPENSE ACCOUNT INVESTMENT-at COSt . . 2,347 (Market value €2,335) _ _ 21 57,880 * Total cash balances with Local Sections amounted to f803.[ 39 € 1,889 7,082 1,252 1,101 341 4.650 3,635 1,014 3,293 - -E24,257 -1948 € 300 733 96 486 443 484 504 3,046 1,157 9,411 1,223 789 11,423 4,341 607 455 88 102 1,054 47 --1,272 158 190 I57 103 60 200 141 52 270 690 -GENERAL INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT f 365 365 2 75 I52 -1,370 1,370 1,029 5 72 -EXPENDITURE. PREMISW Rent Rates and Siheduid "A" Tax : Insurance . . . . . . . . Repairs and Main'tenance' . . . . . . Light Water Power and Fuel Leasehold Property Redemption Fund 1 Depreciation on Furniture and Fittings . . . . Less Transfers to Special Accounts-(120/) Examinations Account (12 y ) (12 2) Local Sections Account (12 5) (9 %) Publications Account (12 %).. (5 % Appointments Register Account (6 2) STAFF-Salaries . . . . . . . . . . . . Superannuation . . . . . . . . . . Pensions . . . . . . . . . . . . Less Transfers to Special Accounts-(12%) Examinations Account (12%) (12 %) Local Sections Account (12 %) (9 6) Publications Account (12 %) (5 A) Appointments Register Account (;%) . . . . OFFICE-Printing and Stationery . . . . . . . . Postage . . . . . . . . . . . . Telephone . . . . . . Miscellaneous Office Expekes . . . . . . Contribution to Chemical Society . . . . Depreciation on Textbooks . . . . . . LOCAL SECTIONS ACCOUNT DEFICIT . . . . . . PUBLICATIONS A c c o w DEFICIT APPOINTMENTS REGISTER ACCOUNT DE'FICIT * . MISCELLANEOUS-Council and Committee Travelling Expenses .. Officers' Travelling Expenses . . . . . . Advertising . . . . . . . . . . Auditors' Fees . . . . . . . . . . Legal Expenses . . . . . . . . . . Donations PresidentialExpenses ' * ' * ' * .' Annual Luncheon and A:G.M. Expense : Special Meetings . . Conjoint Chemical Offick : Income Tax . . . . . . . . . . Intermittent Publications Reserve LIBRARY-EXAMINATIONS AND ASSESSMENTS ACCOUNT DEFICIT APPROPRIATION TO RESERVES-BALANCE EXCESS OF INCOME OVER EXPEND& i949 1949 € E € 300 755 103 570 354 484 511 3,077 - 369 369 369 184 - 1.29 1 - 1,786 10,834 1,222 789 12,845 1,541 . . ' 1,541 . . 1,541 771 - 5,394 - 975 588 82 45 1 124 - 1,769 1,189 48 - 1,237 _ . 31 5,603 6,273 1,231 1,385 134 99 157 292 70 200 321 363 405 -- 3,426 500 409 FOR THE 1948 E 18.088 620 1.980 632 2,937 €29,716 U4.257 -E 6.352 10,770 966 222 395 3 -450 I1 3i 140 -YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1949 INCOME.1949 S m m o N S -Fdlows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SuBSCRrpnONS FOR EARLIER YeARs P m DURINO 1949-INTEREST ON 1 " T S (GROSS) . . . . . . . . . . MISCELLANEOUS-Laboratory Rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fees Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sundry Receipts Australian and New'kadd AccdAts (St&%ngValua)' * .. BALANCE EXCESS OF EXPENDITURE OVER INCOW 1948 . . . . € € 1949 10,204 14,791 . . 1.127 - 26,122 334 592 8 - 934 z040 450 2.4 16 130 - 620 - €29.716 SPECIAL ACCOUNTS for the year ended 31 December 1949 Examinations and Assessments Account 1949 1948 1949 € € € Examiners' and Assessors' Fees . . . . 2,458 4,442 Examination and Assessment Fees Received . . 5,398 Printing and Stationery . . f . 243 Postage - . 66 Proportion of sidff Salkies . . . . 1,541 Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . 369 Hire of Laboratories and other Expenses . . . . 752 341 Deficit transferred to General Income and Expend%ure Akount ' ' 31 -€5,429 €4,783 €5,429 - -1948 € 2,138 692 I74 44 1,370 365 €4,783 -€ 1,834 254 790 31 0 1,370 365 €4,923 E 1,402 604 563 17 1,028 274 €3,888 E 207 157 I99 5 71 152 € I ,286 -Section Grants .. Secretaries' Conferences . . Printing and Stationery . Postage Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . Proportion of st.ak. SalGes . . Journal and Proceedings . . Lectures and Monographs . Postage Miscellaneous . . Proportion of Staff Salaries . . Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . Advertising . . . . Printing and Stationery . . Postage . . Proportion of Overhead Expenses . . Proportion of sik sa~&ies . . . . . . . . . . * . . . . .. . . . 1 . Local Sections Account . . 2,256 273 Reserves with Local Sections at 31 December 1949 carried to Balance 278 Sheet . . 323 . . 1,170 4,650 Deficit transferrid to Ge&eral Incorne'and E~penditke Acbount . . 5,603 312 . . 1,541 369 E € € -€5,926 €4,923 5,926 - -Publications Account E € € . . 2,856 254 Sale of Publications 409 . . 1,112 3,634 Deficit transferred to GLneral ihcomi*and Eipenditure A&unt * * . . 6,273 790 . . . . 14 1,541 369 -€6,682 €3,888 - €6,682 -Appointments Register Account € € € . . 190 273 Contributions received from Members 300 . . 193 1,013 Deficit transferred to General Income and &pend%ure AGount 1,231 193 771 184 -€1,531 €1,286 €1,531 - -[ 42 J r 43 INTERMTITENT PUBLICATIONS RESERVE ACCOUNT Expenditure .. 7 Balance 1 January 1949 . . 5,405 Balance 31 December i949 . . 5,898 Transfer from General Income and Expenditure Account . . 500 €5,905 €5,905 € E __ -GENERAL CONTINGENCIES RESERVE ACCOUNT € € Renovation and Repairs to Lift. . 476 Balance 1 January 1949 . . 4,813 Partitioning of Offices . . 38 Renovation of Hot Watir’System 15 Transfer to Staff Superannuation Reserve 1,65 1 Balance 31 Decembei; 1949, carried to Balance Sheet . . 2,574 Display panels . . 59 f4,8 13 E4,8 13 I__. -STAFF SUPERANNUATION RESERVE ACCOUNT Transfer to Staff Superannuation Balance 1 January 1949 . . 539 Balance 31 December i949 . . 1,460 tingencies Reserve Account . . 1,651 E2,190 E2,190 € E Account .. 730 Transfer from General Con--SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES FUND Publication “Symposium on Balance of Fund 1 January 1949 213 Coal Petroleum etc.” 239 Symposium on Recent Advances Balance 31 December 1949; in the Fermentation Industries, carried to Balance Sheet . . 162 1949-unexpended balance . . 173 Special Donation 15 2401 40 1 € E - - - sc) INVESTMENT FUND Brokerage and Stamp Duties . . Capital depreciation on invest-ments sold . . Balance 31 Decembe;,. carried to Balance Sheet 1949 f. € 6 Balance of Fund 1 January 1949 53,024 Entrance Fees . . 2,023 36 Life Composition’Fees . . 253 55,258 Investments held 1 January 1949 Investments purchased during 1949 . . €55,300 - f55,300 -INVESTMENTS E € 68,765 Investments sold during 1949 .. 1,500 1,458 ber 1949 . . . . 68,723 E70,223 Investments held at 31 Decem-- f 70,223 -1 4 4 STATEMENT OF INVESTMENTS held and Interest Commonwealth of Australia Stock 3f% 1964-74 London County Consols 3% 1959-61 . . War Stock 3+% . . War Stock 3% 1955-59 - Savings Bonds 3% 1955-65 Savings Bonds 3% 1960-70 . . - Savings Bonds 3% 1965-75 Defence Bonds 3% . . South Rhodesia Stock 2+% 1965-70 . . Conversion Srock 33% ,. Metropolitan Water Board “B” Stock 3% . . *Savings Bonds 2+% 1964-74 Port of London Authority Registered Stock 39A 1965-?k . . Defence Bonds (Conversion Issue) 23% . . National War Bonds 23% i952-54 ’ . . ,. British Transport Stock 3% British Electricity Stock 3% 1968-53 .. Newfoundland Guaranteed Siock 3% 1943-63 . . ?Newcastle-upon-Tyne Stock 23%; i 97O-j5 . . Nominal Value. € 4,000 1,000 100 9,000 1,000 500 8,500 3,000 2,404 6,000 1,000 5,467 8,000 5,000 3,000 2,800 6,5 13 1,503 -668,787 - * Sold February 1949. t Purchased February 1949 1948 € 289 2,159 75 178 200 5 2 €2,908 -1948 € 29 %; 8 u 731 n €768 c=e3 f 14,423 2,742 16 4 f17.185 -L BENEVOLENT F"D ACCOUNTS for the year ended Current Account 1949 EXPENDITURE Grants Loans granted . . Donation to Reed's School . . . . Audit Fee Regular Payments' . . Children's Holiday Grant's . . Printing and Postage .. . . . . 1949 € 23 7 2,042 133 186 200 5 1 €2,804 -1948 E 1,037 682 420 62 707 €2,908 -Subscriptions Annual SubscripGons Interest on Loans repaid Deficit withdrawh'from Capital Account 1949 1949 € - Brokerage and Stamp duties . . Balance added to Capital Fund . . 604 Capital Depreciation on Investments soid . . --€604 -1948 € 558 I62 48 €768 - -Donations Bequests Proceeds Science" Balance Sheet at 31 December 1949 Ca ital Fund-gccumulated Balance. 1 January 1949 Add Balance on Capital Account 1949 General Fund-Accumulated Balance. 1 January 1949 Less Deficit on Current Account 1949 Residential Clubs Fund' Add Contributions Receiik 1<9 : sundry creditors . . .. . . . . f 14,423 604 2,742 5 18 --f 15,027 5224 11 - -E Investments Capital Fund, 23,383 Investments 2,500 General 475 Westminster 454 Savings 373 Sundry Debtors Balances at - -f 17,262 €17.185 - -* Account now published separately below BENEVOLENT F”D Investments held Nominal Holding. E Consols 4% . . 1,m Commonwealth of Australia 3&% 1964-74 . . . . 400 Savings Bonds 3% 1965-75 . . 1,100 Defence Bonds 3% . . 1,m South Rhodesia Stock 24% 1965-75 . . . . 2,000 British Electricity Stock 3% 1968-73 . . . . 1,Ooo Post Office Savings Bank (Capital A&un$ . . . . . 753 Post Office Savings Bank (Current Account) . . 2,000 Interest on Deposit Account . . Port of London Authirity Registerkd Stoik 34%,’1965175 .. 500 Conversion Stock 31.z . . 875 Corporation of London Dede’nture ‘Stock .3% 1957 . . 1,000 Newfoundland Guaranteed Siock 3% 1943-63 . . . . 1,125 Metropolitan Water Board “B” Stock 3% - . . . . 1,513 London Trustee Savings Bank . . 1,250 -€15,516 n P 4 -and Interest Cost. € 1,078 517 398 89 1 1,017 1,100 1,000 1,145 1,840 977 1.417 1;250 753 €15,383 -RESIDENTIAL CLUBS FUND Current Account to Printing and Stationery . . . . . . . . 234 Donations . . Balance carried to Gent& Fund . . . . . U EXPENDITURE € € . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous . . 4 Received under Dekds 238 Interest accrued 1 1,778 -€2,0 17 -Balance Sheet at 31 December 1949 E E . . . . . . *Loan to Crossways Trust General Fund-Balance 31 December 1949 1.778 - 84 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,240 Interest-bearing Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . 840 Sundry Debtors Add Accrued Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Balance at Bankers j Interest-free Loans f4,859 -* Interest payable at 3 per cent. per annum from 1 January SIR ALEXANDER PEDLER FUND Current Account for the year ended 31 December, € Publication of lecture “Anaesthetics” . . . . 151 Interest Deficit 1949 deducted’from El51 -Esip Balance Sheet at 31 December 1949 E Accumulated Balance of Fund 1 January 1949 . . . . 6,825 Investments at Cost Less Deficit on Current Account 1949 . . 29 Sundry Debtors Balance at Bankers % Y 6.796 Sundry Creditors . . 165 €6,961 1_ Statement of Investments held and Interest received 1949 Nominal Holding. cost. € E British Transport Stock 3% 1968-78 . . 1,918 1,856 Treasury Stock 3% . . 3,250 3,071 British Electricity Stock; 3% 1968-73’ . . 1,600 1,578 €7,168 €6,905 Defence Bonds 2t% . . . . 400 400 - -Value 3 1 December. 2,698 €6,335 STREATFEILD MEMORIAL FUND 31 December 1949 Balance 1 January 1949 . . 119 1 Balance 31 December 1949 126 Interest . . 7 E200 War Loan 34%. Value E185. € E E Balance 1 January 1949 . . 351 Interest . . . . 5 €356 -MELDOLA F ” R 31 December 1949 E75 Commonwealth of Australia Stock 3p7. Value E73. Balance 31 December 1949 . . E Balance 1 January 1949 18 Interest . ,. 1 El9 -Balance 3 1 December 1949 . . HENDERSON MEMORIAL LEC’IZJRE FUND 31 December 1949 €1,483 17s. 7d. Met. Water Board “B” Stock 3%. Value f 1,225. € Balance 1 January 1949 49 Interest . . . . 25 E74 =cEc t € 19 E 356 -E356 __3 E Balance on Deposit 31 Decem-ber 1949 . . 74 -274 -49 PRINTED BY w. HEFFER e SONS LTD. CAMBRIDGE. ENGLAN

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI95074FP001

出版商:RSC    

年代:1950

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART I1 1950 EDITORIAL NATIONAL CHEMICAL INSTITUTIONS In the Annual Report of the Council for 1949 mention was made of the closer contacts established during the year with the four qualifying professional Chemical Institutes in the Commonwealth and of the satisfaction which the Council felt in congratulating our sister organisation in Australia on receiving from H.M. the King the right to the title “Royal.” These four Commonwealth Chemical Institutes-The Royal Austra-lian Chemical Institute the Chemical Institute of Canada the New Zealand Institute of Chemistry and the South African Chemical Institute-have constitutions aims and objects similar in most respects to those of our own Institute. Informal exchanges of information between these bodies and our own office have always been encouraged and the Officers of The Royal Institute of Chemistry were particularly happy to welcome representatives of the oversea Institutes on their visits to London for Commonwealth and international conferences in 1946 and 1947.The similarities in the structure and outlook of these Institutes have made it appropriate since then to establish more formal arrangements for the regular exchange of publications and for the interchange from time to time of news-letters dealing with matters of common interest. Regularisa-tion of these arrangements through what is now described as “The Professional Chemical Institutes Liaison Service” (PCILS) should do much to strengthen the bonds between our sister institutions in the Commonwealth and there is a prospect that it may lead to some kind of Association of Commonwealth Chemical Institutes which will be to the general advantage of the profession.The fact that in the four great Dominions chemical institutes have been built up on lines similar to the Royal Institute of Chemistry is a matter of particular interest and satisfaction to us. In Great Britain, with its long cultural and scientific history the development of existing chemical institutions can be traced back over several centuries and its various stages related to the general background of social and industrial advances. In other parts of the Commonwealth and to some extent in the U.S.A. the pattern of this development has as might be expected, many points of similarity and the differences that exist may be ascribed more to the shorter periods of evolution than to real diversities of national interests and aspirations.r 95 The tendency for persons with similar interests to meet informally to discuss particular aspects of the universe is widespread and groups of philosophers have come together for this purpose in many parts of the civilised world since ancient times. There is perhaps something peculiarly British however in the facility with which groups of like-minded people-meeting informally in coffee houses and taverns as well as in the halls of ancient seats of learning-have grown into societies and institutions of a permanent character. Although they began with no intention beyond the informal exchange of current ideas many such groups have subse-quently acquired constitutions arising out of the simple rules and regula-tions needed for the ordinary conduct of their affairs.Some acquired Royal Charters while others were content to leave to their own Officers the framing of by-laws for their governance and only later to protect these Officers from personal responsibility for the Society’s acts-including possible debts-by obtaining some suitable instrument of incorporation. From such informal beginnings sprang a number of Societies which have now become an integral part of the fabric of our civilisation. Some have remained local in character such as the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society (1781) while others of which the Royal Society (1662)-originally of London-is the outstanding example in the field of science have long been truly national in their outlook and international in their reputation.In the eighteenth century when many of these bodies were founded natural science was only gradully becoming recognised as a distinctive field of study and some of them claimed philosophical and literary as well as scientific interests. This was and still is true of the Royal Dublin Society (1731) and the Royal Irish Academy (1786). The Royal Institution of Great Britain (1799) also retains much of the flavour of the wider culture that its founders desired to promote while the con-stitution of the Royal Society of Arts (1754) had already stressed the importance of linking science with the useful arts and manufactures.The Royal Society of Edinburgh (1783) with its primary concern with the advancement of science has always been more akin in its objects to the Royal Society of London. Towards the end of the eighteenth century when the individual sciences were emerging as separate fields of study the tendency arose to found specialist societies for their promotion. The Linnean Society (1 788) the Geological Society (1807) the Astronomical Society (1820) and the Chemical Society (1841) were notable examples of this separation-a development which the Royal Society did not view with favour but was unable to prevent. It is noteworthy that in the history of most of our older institutions a time has come when a band of enthusiasts for some particular field of activity has felt an urge to pursue its own special interests in a less formal atmosphere than that provided by the established body.Such enthusiasts are apt to feel that their ardour is being damped by the unduly rigid procedure of the older body and that the outlook of the latter has become too stereotyped for it to provide a forum 1 96 appropriate to the discussion of new ideas and practices. A desire arises to escape from the restrictive authority of the older pundits and to seek again the freer atmosphere of the coffee house and the tavern. The hiving off of the Chemical Society from the Royal Society was followed in a later generation by the formation of the Faraday Society by a group of physical chemists who wanted a platform for discussion which they felt was not adequately provided by the Chemical Society.We ourselves remember the splitting off of the Electrodepositors’ Technical Society from the Faraday Society in 1925 though a formal association with the parent body was retained in this instance. Sometimes parallel with this development-though generally later-was the formation of societies concerned with the applications of science -in medicine agriculture mining and a growing number of new industries. An early example was the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain (1 841) but it was not until 188 1 that a Society specifically concerned with applied chemistry-the Society of Chemical Industry-was founded. Originally the Chemical Society had taken applied as well as pure chemistry as its purview but the rapid advances in the pure science soon proved as much as the struggling young Society felt able to sponsor.Another type of development was the emergence of institutions of a professional character-bodies concerned with setting up standards of training qualification and ethical conduct so as to protect the public against the unskilled and unscrupulous practitioner and to ensure that members of the corporate body had conditions of service suited to their status and the requirements of their work. In his presidential address to our own Institute in 1949 Mr. G. Roche Lynch traced the origins of some of these professional bodies particularly those for medicine the law and in later times for chemistry. References to similar bodies in fields such as engineering pharmacy and architecture have been made in recent issues of this Journal.It is noteworthy that the Royal Institute of Chemistry itself was founded in 1877 by a group of Fellows of the Chemical Society who had failed to persuade that Society to seek an amendment of its Charter to enable it to provide the professional services which chemists were finding necessary for the development of their rela-tions with the public and the State. We have often wondered how the status of chemists in Great Britain and the advancement of the science would have been affected if the Chemical Society had reacted differently to the proposals that were put before it in 1877 and if by maintaining its early concern with applied chemistry it had rendered the formation of a separate Society of Chemical Industry unnecessary.Such reflections are perhaps unprofitable but we believe that they are not altogether without significance in connection with the promotion of closer co-operation among the three chartered chemical bodies on which the future of the individual bodies may increasingly depend. In other parts of the Commonwealth scientific organisations have naturally been modelled largely on those in Britain-as have thei legal systems-but in many cases the various stages of development have been telescoped and some have been omitted. In Australia Canada, New Zealand and South Africa however we find national or State academies of science such as the Royal Society of Canada and the Royal Society of New South Wales. There are also a number of technological societies especially in the field of mining and metallurgy and some of these such as the Chemical Metallurgical and Mining Society of South Africa are already of mature age.The professional chemical institutes, which are analogues of the Royal Institute of Chemistry are of more recent date but are developing rapidly and have already established high reputations in their respective countries as professional organisations for chemists. It is noteworthy however that in these four Dominions there is no learned society comparable with the Chemical Society specifically devoted to the advancement of pure chemistry. Publication of papers on funda-mental advances in chemical research by workers in those countries continues to take place largely in the Journal of the Chemical Society, and to some extent in the Journal of the American Chemical Society.It is true that the publications of the national or State academies of science carry a number of chemical papers but these like the publications of our own Royal Society have a limited circulation among chemists. British chemists-including those who are Fellows of the Royal Society-generally prefer to publish in the Journal of the Chemical Society. It is interesting to note however that the Chemical Institute of Canada is represented on the Board of the Canadian Journal of Research a national research publication which may afford a useful outlet for papers on pure science. In this connection it is generally recognised that the establishment of a Journal for the publication of new knowledge in any branch of science is by no means easy.In order to attract papers from authors of the highest eminence an established reputation and circulation are necessary-and neither of these can be achieved unless contributions have already been provided by leading research workers with sufficient faith in the prospects of the periodical. Thus although the Indian Chemical Society has recently celebrated its Jubilee most of the leading Indian chemists appear still to prefer the Journal of the Chemical Society to the Journal of the Indian Chemical Society as a medium for publication. Only in the more industrially developed countries of Europe and in the United States, with its enormous numbers of qualified chemists have these difficulties been fully overcome. Thus the American Chemical Society has long had a Journal of the highest reputation and has been able to cover the whole field of pure and applied chemistry and to issue an extensive set of abstracts of papers published elsewhere.Recently that Society has tended to function increasingly as a professional body as well as a learned society. Standards of qualification for admission to membership have been laid down and on this basis membership has been accepted as 98 exempting from any pressure to join a trade union. Also the Society is becoming recognised as the proper body to look after the economic interests of chemists. These developments are of particular interest to us in this country and we understand that somewhat similar extensions of services are being provided by the Netherlands Chemical Society.Although the four main Chemical Institutes in the Commonwealth are all qualifying bodies and are primarily concerned like the Royal Institute of Chemistry with the professional interests of members there are naturally some differences in their constitutions and practices. For instance the Chemical Institute of Canada was established only a few years ago to take over the functions of the earlier Canadian Institute of Chemistry and the Canadian Chemical Association and to co-ordinate them with Local Sections of the (British) Society of Chemical Industry in Canada. It is therefore a body of composite origin with a good claim to co-ordinate all the varied interests of Canadian chemists. Joint subscription arrangements have recently been established between the Chemical Institute of Canada and our own Chemical Society and Society of Chemical Industry on lines similar to those for the three chartered chemical bodies and certain specialised societies in Great Britain.In South Africa conditions have been different and the South African Chemical Institute is still in course of establishing itself as the recognised national professional body for chemists in that country. There has been special concern with the possibility of securing a statutory registra-tion of chemists perhaps largely because of existing legislation which reserves to registered pharmacists in South Africa privileges which in Great Britain are shared with chemists. In Australia the status of the Royal Australian Chemical Institute rose particularly rapidly during the war for the Australian Government relied essentially on the Institute in organising the supply of chemists for defence services and war-time industries.In New Zealand and the Cape Province of South Africa the Royal Institute of Chemistry has long had Local Sections and the development of the national Chemical Institutes in those countries has no doubt been greatly influenced by the activities of those Sections. In the Republic of Ireland the indigenous Irish Chemical Association is in course of being replaced by a qualifying professional body the Institute of Chemistry of Ireland. The extent to which this project is suc-cessful will depend largely on how far the standards of qualification and practice established in Ireland by our own Institute through its Dublin and District Section are adopted and maintained.We may hope that the activities of the newly-formed Local Sections of the Royal Institute of Chemistry in India may similarly help to promote the establishment of a national chemical institute of the highest standing in that new Republic. Further possibilities of such developments exist in Pakistan and Ceylon. The similarities between our own Institute and the four great Chemical Institutes in the Commonwealth clearly outweigh their differences and we hope that in later issues of this Journal we may be able to publish I99 authoritative articles by officers of the oversea Institutes on the constitu-tions aims and objects of their respective bodies. The standards of their qualifications are already high and are securing increasing recognition outside the respective countries.I t seems to us therefore that the time is arriving if it has not already arrived when the profession of chemistry throughout the Commonwealth would benefit by a closer association among these independent but allied institutions. RESIDENTIAL CLUBS VACANCIES The purpose of the Residential Clubs Fund being raised by the Institute is to provide at moderate cost living accommodation and amenities under pleasant conditions for elderly members and their wives or for their widows, who are unable to cope with domestic affairs in their own homes (if they have any) and cannot afford to live in commercially-run hotels at current prices (see Journal and Proceedings 1949 11 83).As an initial step the Institute joined with a number of other professional bodies in establishing an organisation known as “Crossways Trust Ltd.,” through which a first property for this purpose was acquired last year at West Worthing. Two nominees of the Institute (a Fellow and his wife) have been living in this house since it was opened last summer. Since then work has been undertaken to extend the accommodation by internal adaptation and recently, by provision of a new wing so as to be able to increase the number of residents from 19 to about 40. A vacancy for one more resident will shortly become available to the Institute’s Residential Clubs Fund Committee and there will be two further vacancies for nominees of the Committee when the new wing is complete.The present charge for board and lodging is E3 per week but this may have to be increased somewhat to meet rising costs. It is expected that most nominees of the Institute’s Committee will be able to pay this weekly charge themselves but applications for assistance from the Benevolent Fund will be considered on the same basis as for members living in their own homes. In addition Crossways Trust has recently acquired another house at Englefield Green Surrey to accommodate elderly nominees of the participating bodies who are less able-bodied and need a measure of continuous care and attention. It will take some time to adapt the property to this purpose but the Residential Clubs Fund Committee will have the option of nominating a due proportion of the residents when the work of conversion is complete.The charges will necessarily be somewhat higher than at West Worthing owing to the additional service to be provided. Fellows and Associates of the Institute (or their widows) who are or might shortly become interested in the possibility of securing places-for themselves alone or with their wives-in either of these residences are asked to communicate with the Secretary of the Institute giving particulars about themselves and their requirements which will be treated as con-fidential CHEMISTRY MEDICINE-AND ECONOMICS Presidential Address delivered at Glasgow on 31 March 1950 by Professor J. W. Cook Ph.D. D.Sc. Sc.D. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. The title selected for this Address is intentionally provocative.The subject matter is likely to be controversial and perhaps few of my audience will agree with all I shall say. I want to make it clear at the outset, therefore that the views I shall put forward are primarily personal ones and are not meant to represent the considered opinions of the Council. On the other hand I have no reason to suppose that the Council would dissent strongly from these views. First I would remind you that the Council of the Institute has agreed to co-operate with the Chemical Council on a project concerned with publicity for British Chemistry-a matter which was mentioned in Part IV of Journal and Proceedings for 1949. Some of the problems concerned with the presentation of the achievements of chemistry to the lay public were discussed in an Editorial in the same number.It was also reported to the last Conference of Honorary Secretaries that the Committee of the Birmingham and Midlands Section plans to arrange public lectures by carefully selected speakers designed to inform the public on the nature of the scientific method and to combat misunderstandings and ignorance about the purpose of science. We all recognise the need for this and such efforts deserve every encouragement. I am convinced that the Institute should take a much more prominent part in public enlightenment about chemists and their work and about the achievements of chemistry. It is not an easy problem for chemistry perhaps more than any other science, requires for its proper appreciation some understanding of its symbolism and nomenclature and its basic concepts.But this difficulty is by no means confined to chemistry or even to science. How many laymen for example are able to understand and appreciate the works of Epstein or Picasso or the music of Schonberg or the poems of Gertrude Stein ? It seems to me in every way desirable that an attempt should be made to interpret to the public at large the achievements of modern chemistry and it is entirely fitting that the Institute should act as a medium for this purpose. I should like to spend a little time in contrasting the public attitude in regard to science in general and chemistry in particular with that towards the medical profession. The prestige of the medical profession has never been higher than it is to-day and as we chemists know well a great deal of that prestige is due to the achievements of chemical science.The chemists’ part in this has received little or no acknowledgment by the public at large and a somewhat grudging acknowledgment by the doctors themselves. This attitude of the doctors is I think due largely to ignorance as to the extent of their debt to their chemical colleagues. Much is made to-day of the wonders of medical science. For instance, in reporting the annual meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science held a few months ago the well-known newspape columnist and commentator Alistair Cooke described it as a demonstra-tion that the last 40 years have marked the golden age in preventive and curative medicine. By contrast the popular view of science is that it has become a menace to civilisation.Its practitioners are regarded as half-educated barbarians completely lacking in any sense of responsibility for the effects of their discoveries. It is true that a large share of this odium is conferred on physicists for reasons which are sufficiently obvious but the chemists have by no means escaped unscathed. This hostility to science is no new thing as was pointed out by Bertrand Russell in the third of his Reith Lectures when he also forecast a powerful anti-science movement in the present day. He suggested that in spite of this people dare not turn against the man of science as long as war is probable for the scientific side would almost certainly win. Russell went on to paint a rather cynical picture of the scientist in the role of the djinn of the Arabian Nights a slave who owes abject obedience to his master the politician.To whatever extent this may be true of the atomic physicist still somewhat dazzled to find himself so much in the centre of the stage I think that the chemist still preserves his independence. But the growing antagonism to science is real enough. To take an example from modern literature Sir Osbert Sitwell in the latest volume of his autobiography refers to himself as “a Citizen of the Sunset Age who saw the world’s great darkness gathering.” He pictures “the vaulted hall where sit in conclave the ancient philosophers. . . . What was the world like before it fell they ask was there deep sorrow ? No there was a peculiar sadness in the air, a feeling of hundreds of days leading up to this particular day.. . . It is difficult to know the end of the world when you reach it.” This of course, is a much more extreme view than that of the ordinary man. The great poets have always been rather given to gloomy prognostication. The passage by Sitwell from which I have quoted is peculiarly reminiscent of some lines written more than 200 years ago by Alexander Pope. They are the concluding lines of The Dunciad:-“Nor human Spark is left nor Glimpse divine! Lo! thy dread Empire Chaos! is restor’d; Light dies before thy uncreating word: Thy hand great Anarch! lets the curtain fall; And Universal Darkness buries All.” To descend to a more mundane plane and to strike a more cheerful note let me remind you of some of the advances in the treatment of disease.Most of you will remember the revolution in the treatment of bacterial infections which followed the discovery of the therapeutic action of prontosil and then sulphanilamide followed in rapid succession by a whole host of other sulphonamide drugs. The use of these seems now quite commonplace. A recent development in this field relates to the control of leprosy by means of sulphone drugs (4 4’-diaminodiphenyl-sulphone and its derivatives). It has been estimated that one in every 35 people in the world is affected by leprosy. Excellent results have been obtained in large-scale trials in Brazil where 26,000 people have been under treatment for leprosy with sulphetrone one of the drugs of this sulphone group.All these sulpha drugs are purely artificial products of chemical synthesis. The situation is somewhat different in regard to the newer antibiotics of which the outstanding example is penicillin. We owe the discovery of penicillin to a medical bacteriologist but without the con-tributions of the chemist and the chemical engineer to its development and manufacture very little would have been heard of the therapeutic applica-tions of this wonder drug. The value of streptomycin for the treatment of acute tubercular infections is now common knowledge and important new possibilities have been opened up by two recent new antibiotics, aureomycin and chloromycetin. These have been found effective in rickettsia1 infections and have given hope for the first time of a successful chemotherapy of virus diseases.Chloromycetin is an unusual antibiotic in that it contains in its molecule a nitro group and also is readily prepared synthetically. These two drugs are among the most versatile chemo-therapeutic agents yet discovered and have been used successfully for a variety of infective diseases. Important new advances are steadily being made in the study of anti-biotics and it is far from fantastic to suggest that perhaps the best is yet to be. Only a few weeks ago a report was published of preliminary work with a new mould product which has been named terramycin. It is stated to have an extremely low toxicity and to show promise of being useful in the treatment of numerous infections. The development of new antibiotics has by no means discouraged the activities of the synthetic chemist in his search for new drugs to treat infections.One need only recall two outstanding British successes of the last few years. There was paludrine which appears to be the best anti-malarial drug yet found and antrycide which has shown such promise in combating the scourge among ‘cattle caused in Africa by the tsetse fly. In this connection we must not overlook the new insecticides produced by the organic chemists. These have already played an important role in the suppression of insect-borne diseases. They have even been used to protect our African ground-nuts from the ravages of insect pests. The chemical study of vitamins during the last 20 years has also been attended by remarkable developments and has led to many new medicinal substances.The latest of these is vitamin BI2 which has been shown to be the long-sought anti-pernicious anaemia factor of liver. The control of this disease with daily doses of 1 pg. of pure vitamin BIZ makes this the most active therapeutic substance yet known. It is remarkable chemically as the first natural product found to contain cobalt. It is now a common-place that most of the other vitamins are available as synthetic products, manufactured in adequate quantities to meet all therapeutic requirements. We also have a vast new range of pharmacologically active drugs c 103 which the chemist has evolved. Among the morphine substitutes, pethidine and amidone have already become firmly established in clinical practice. There are indications that even more effective and more valuable synthetic analgesics have now been found.In this field at any rate the efforts of the organic chemist have received some attention in the press. This came in the form of a special article in The Times which was largely a complaint that the control of dangerous drugs had been made much more difficult by the introduction of these new synthetic products. Anti-histamine drugs of great potency are among the other new synthetic compounds which have attracted attention and these have provided remedies or palliatives for a whole host of disorders usually of a rather minor character but attended by considerable discomfort. One of the most dramatic episodes in the history of the application of organic chemistry to problems of biology and medicine took place in the years immediately following 1932 when the structures of cholesterol and the bile acids were finally elucidated.This period witnessed the chemical characterisation and partial synthesis of the various groups of steroid hormones. These comprised the three main groups of sex hormones, typified by testosterone oestradiol and progesterone and also the hormones of the adrenal cortex. Except in the case of the oestrogenic hormones, these hormones were made available for clinical use by partial synthesis from natural sterols and related plant products such as the sapogenins. Although the partial synthesis as well as the total synthesis of oestrogenic hormones has also been achieved the laborious series of chemical trans-formations involved is not well adapted to commercial preparation and it was a fortunate circumstance that this was rendered unnecessary by the discovery of easily prepared synthetic substitutes of which stilboestrol is the best known example.The synthetic hormones have proved useful not only in substitution therapy to make up for deficient secretion in the ductless glands but also in the treatment of certain forms of cancer. They are not to be regarded as cancer cures but in suitable cases considerable amelioration of symptoms and prolongation of life have been achieved. Recrudescence of interest in the steroid hormones has occurred as the result of the discovery last year by Hench and his collaborators at the Mayo Clinic of the effective treatment of rheumatoid arthritis by the compound now known as cortisone.This compound originally isolated from extracts of ox adrenals by Kendall and known as Kendall’s com-pound E has been known for a good many years and is one of nearly 30 pure steroid compounds isolated from this source. It has been prepared artificially from the more abundant bile acids by a process involving upwards of 30 stages. Its value as a drug appears by no means to be restricted to its use in the treatment of rheumatic conditions. Unfortu-nately the therapeutic doses are relatively large and must be maintained throughout life Neither isolation from natural sources nor partial synthesis from bile acids or other natural steroids by any method yet available can furnish cortisone in the quantities required for treatment o more than a very small fraction of the patients for whom it is needed.This situation presents the organic chemist with a challenge which is being accepted without hesitation in many parts of the world. The task of finding a practicable method of preparation of cortisone or a synthetic substitute is no easy one but one can scarcely doubt that a solution to the problem will be found. Possibly it will come from the further development of promising researches on the adrenocorticotropic hormone of the pituitary from which a relatively simple active peptide has been isolated. This line of approach would aim at synthesising an active peptide which would cause the adrenal gland to utilise its own synthetic potentialities. At all events the quest is likely to be eagerly pursued in many directions.I have summarised some of the outstanding achievements in modern medicinal treatment in order to emphasise the important part that the chemist has played in all these developments. The contributions of chemistry have by no means received their due share of public recognition, and I doubt even whether the average medical practitioner realises the enormous debt which he owes to the chemist. I am sure that he does not appreciate the great skill and ingenuity and the scientific imagination which have been required to produce all these new medicinal substances. Nor does he know of the tremendous amount of fruitless labour or of the bitter disappointments which have to be set against every success however small.It is .for reasons such as this that I welcome the movement to promote adequate publicity for the achievements of chemistry and the ways in which they have contributed to man’s welfare. Professor Pauling recently pointed out in a speech in the United States that chemists are particularly well qualified to speak on medical questions in order to impress scientific facts not only on the layman but on the physician who is intrinsically not a scientist. I have discussed the contributions of chemistry to medical art and practice because this is a subject which has interested me particularly. But as you well know there are many other fields in which the chemist has done much to improve the lot of man in this modern age. In many of these too public enlightenment leaves much to be desired.I wish to turn now to another aspect of the relationship between the chemical profession and the medical profession. This concerns the diagnosis rather than the treatment of disease. Diagnosis is the major function of the physician and in exercising this function he is coming increasingly to rely on the evidence furnished by the application of specialised techniques. The clinical laboratory provides an essential service in the modern hospital and the pathological bacteriological and chemical examinations which are made there contribute in a very large measure to the accurate diagnosis of disease. As the National Health Service develops the extent and importance of these ancillary services are likely to increase. Much of this laboratory diagnostic work is purely chemical in character and it is natural therefore that the Royal Institute [ 105 of Chemistry should be concerned with the standards of work carried out, and with the status of those who are engaged on it.The Council has in fact devoted considerable attention during the past year to the position of these hospital biochemists under the National Health Service. A Joint Committee has been set up consisting of repre-sentatives of the Association of Clinical Pathologists the Biochemical Society and our own Institute. This Joint Committee has drawn up a grading scheme for hospital biochemists and has suggested equivalent biochemical chemical and medical qualifications which should be accepted as qualifying for admission to the various grades.This scheme was discussed with officials of the Ministry of Health at a conference recently held in London. The attitude of the Ministry was very encouraging and 1 feel that there is good reason to expect that the steps which have been taken will help materially to secure adequate status for the biochemists and chemists who are engaged in hospital work. Closely allied to status is the question of remuneration. This is however a separate issue which is complicated by the fact that a Whitley Council machinery has been set up to deal with salaries. I shall refer to this aspect in a few moments. At this stage let me say only that the Joint Committee has suggested scales of salary which would be appropriate to the various grades of hospital biochemist and I have no doubt that due consideration will be given to these suggested scales.This is all the more likely as I understand that the Ministry has expressed its willingness to accept the Joint Committee as an advisory body on matters relating to hospital biochemists. This question of hospital biochemists has interested me greatly. It is one which has many facets. The name is not a good one for as I have already indicated much of the work of these people is purely chemical and analytical and bears little relationship to what is now understood by the term biochemistry. A much better term would be “clinical chemistry.” This seems to be the favoured description in the United States where in recent months an American Association of Clinical Chemists has been formed. To judge from some recent articles the Americans also are much concerned about the professional status of clinical chemistry the varying degrees of prestige enjoyed by those engaged in it and the very variable standards of work.With rather characteristic American forthrightness a survey was made of the accuracy of chemical analyses in a selected group of clinical laboratories. Test samples of aqueous solutions were submitted for determinations of glucose calcium and chloride. The results of this survey published about two and a half years ago showed a very discon-certing degree of variability in the values returned. I suspect that if a similar investigation were made in British hospitals the results of this would also be very revealing. If I have guessed aright that the work in some hospitals falls short of the standard of accuracy which would be expected of professionally com-petent chemists then it is a matter which should concern the Institute.Many hospitals have biochemists of considerable eminence and distinction [ 106 in charge of this work. These are men who have made notable contribu-tions to their subject and with such organisations there is no cause for misgiving. But at the other end of the scale we may have the chemical or biochemical work entirely carried out by technicians under the nominal supervision of a pathologist who may have no chemical qualification. In some quarters there has been a tendency to regard analytical work as being unimaginative and routine in nature and suitably carried out by tech-nicians.This is a very dangerous attitude and one which is perhaps partly responsible for the unfortunate lack of attention given to original work in analytical chemistry in Great Britain. While many analytical operations may properly be entrusted to trained technicians this should only be in direct association with a specialist in analytical chemistry who has a broad scientific background such as is implied by the possession of a professional qualification in chemistry. Without this abnormal results will pass unrecognised and their implications unappreciated improvements in methods will not come about and the standard of work must inevitably fall. Another factor which has perhaps been responsible for varying standards of work in hospital laboratories has been the difficulty of recruiting chemists of suitable calibre.This is partly bound up with status and conditions of service and there is no doubt that in the past these have been strongly deterrent in many cases. This brings us to the crux of the problem which is what should be the relationship between the laboratory worker and the clinician? There are those who hold the view that a hospital biochemist should be medically qualified in order that he should have full access to patients and be able to hold his own with his clinical colleagues. I have every respect for this view but it seems to me that it represents an unattainable ideal save in a few exceptional cases. A medical qualification coupled with a smattering of scientific training is liable to produce a third-rate laboratory worker.For a man who is going to engage in either diagnostic or investigational work a full scientific qualification of the standard represented by an honours degree in chemistry or biochemistry is essential. Very few men can afford the time or have the intellectual capacity to do this and in addition to pursue the long curri-culum for a medical degree. Most will have to be content with the scientific qualification. If such men of suitable quality are to be attracted to the hospital service then they will have to be received on equal terms by the medical staff and they must be deemed eligible for the highest posts. In short they must rank as scientific specialists and be accorded the same status as medical specialists. It is my conviction that there is no other way in which the hospitals can be assured of a service of clinical chemistry of adequate standard.The Joint Committee on Hospital Biochemists was set up to deal with some special problems arising out of the establishment of the National Health Service. I hope very much that it may be kept in being andgiven wider terms of reference. It seems to me that a committee of this sor could exercise a very considerable influence in reviewing and co-ordinati ng the analytical methods which are used in hospital laboratories and in ensuring a uniformly high standard of work. It has been suggested that the Institute should establish a new branch in which the Fellowship may be taken by examination-namely hospital biochemistry or as I should prefer to call it clinical chemistry.I am sure that this would have a beneficial influence on the standard of work in hospital laboratories and I hope that the Council will shortly consider this proposal. We have reason to believe that such a qualification would be welcomed by the Ministry of Health and I believe that it would receive recognition from hospital authorities. There is one other aspect of the hospital biochemist situation which I think is of great significance for the Institute and that is the machinery for determining scales of salary. The number of members of the Institute who are hospital biochemists is relatively small and the importance lies not so much in the numbers of Institute members affected as in the prin-ciples involved which may conceivably be extended in due course to much larger groups of chemical employees.A series of Whitley Councils has been set up to deal with salaries of the various categories of employees under the National Health Service and one of these is to deal with biochemists in hospitals as well as a number of other groups of hbspital employees. As far as I am aware the scales for biochemists have not yet been formulated but it is expected that this will shortly be done. The Institute has not been invited to appoint representatives on the staff side of the Whitley Council nor has it asked to do so although this form of activity is in no way precluded under the new Charter. I have given a good deal of thought to this matter and I feel sure that it would be most unwise and would weaken the influence of the Institute if it were to identify itself in this way with the sectional interests of one group of members.Moreover such action would at once align the Institute with the Trade Unions whose functions are in some respects in conflict with those of a professional Institution as was pointed out in the Editorial in a recent number of our Journal. The Council has been somewhat concerned at the pressure which is being put on chemists to join Trade Unions and this applies particularly in the nationalised industries. The Trade Unions have been built up for the benefit of the manual workers and they owe their great power to their numerical strength and to the weapon of the strike. It seems to me that for chemists as a body to yield to this pressure to join Trade Unions would amount to a tacit acquiescence in the doctrine of equalitarianism and an acceptance of the view that professional men and women should be classified socially and economically with the great body of manual workers.It would be a delusion to suppose that a relatively small scientific Trade Union could exercise such power as the numerically large bodies repre-senting industrial workers. It might even in time be swallowed up by one of the larger bodies and the process of digestion would be painful for the [ 108 members. Most important of all there seems to me to be a danger that any great drift on the part of chemists to Trade Union organisations would tend to undermine the great prestige and influence which the lnstitute now possesses.Many examples could be given of the way in which the Institute is exercising influence in the interests of its members and of the profession. Some in fact were given by the Registrar to the last conference of Honorary Secretaries of Local Sections. With regard to hospital bio-chemists I have no doubt that the form of activity in which the Institute has taken part will be of greater service to its members among these than direct representation on a Whitley Council. However the whole question of protection of economic interests is an exceedingly difficult one at the present time and if we are to see large new extensions of nationalisation and the wholesale establishment of Whitley Councils for chemists then pressure of events may cause your Council to revise its policy.Members can rest assured in any case that these matters will be kept constantly under review. This brings me to the last topic of my discourse-the place of the chemist in the new social order. This is a large and important subject and it will require another occasion to attempt to do justice to it. I must content myself now with suggesting some few aspects on which to ponder, Most of us are painfully aware that during the past 10 years the economic position of the chemist has steadily declined. This situation is not peculiar to chemists; it has been the common experience of all professional men and women. It is not even restricted to the professions. All those of similar income groups have found themselves relatively much worse off than before the war.Many factors have contributed to this. The greatest of these of course was the war itself and the impoverishment that it produced. The lowest income groups with their powerful trade unions, have largely redressed their position with the aid of the social services and the food subsidies. I am sure that no-one will wish to complain about this. But the depressed standard of living and the lack of incentives for the so-called middle classes is a matter about which we can only feel grave concern. It is easy to attribute this levelling-down process to the policy of the Labour Government and this is doubtless true to some extent. But it is only just to acknowledge that the Government has shown a readiness to alleviate hardship among middle class groups for which it has direct financial responsibility and might have done more in this direction in conditions of less financial stringency.It is interesting to note that the levelling-down of incomes has taken place even in such a capitalist country as the United States. A few months ago it was pointed out that whereas in 1929 the earnings of the American college graduate averaged about 30 per cent. more than those of the high school graduate the difference is now only about 10 per cent. In our own country it has been estimated that an income of E440 per annum in 1938 had the same purchasing power as &1,060 in 1948. Th post which carried a salary of E440 in 1938 has certainly not been upgraded to this extent. In the higher income groups the discrepancy has become increasingly greater.The commodities which required an income of Ego0 to purchase in 1938 needed an income of &2,500 ten years later and it has also been estimated that to buy the things for which an income of E2,OOO would have sufficed in 1938 would have required in 1947 an income of nearly E5,500. These figures are sufficient to show the extent to which the economic standards of the middle classes have fallen.* Another disquieting factor is the modern tendency to standardise scales of salary and to discourage initiative. A man is appointed to a post and can expect to receive a rate of remuneration based largely on his age and to receive regular increments until he reaches the maximum of the grade. Administratively this has many advantages and it evades the difficult task of assessing worth.It is a consequence of the increasing bureaucratic character of our economic system. But I doubt very much whether a system in which merit and industry go unrewarded and inefficiency and sloth unpunished is in the best interests of the community at large. Obviously one could enlarge at length on themes of this sort. The time is coming when all these encroachments on the middle-class way of life will have to be resisted. How this can be done effectively is by no means clear. But the situation is one which calls for increasing vigilance on the part of professional institutions such as ours. Possibly some measure of co-operation between all the professional institutions will be required and I think that it is not without significance that the Joint Council of Professional Scientists has recently been reconstituted and can look forward to a new lease of life.I have spoken at some length about a variety of topics and having delivered myself in somewhat serious vein of this discourse I hope that you will all derive much more enjoyment from the remaining events of these Anniversary Meetings. *These figures are derived from The English Middle Classes by Lewis and Maude (London 1949). In a recent issue of The Economist (21 January 1950) the present gross incomes required to give equivalent 1938 purchasing powers are stated as E1,160 for E500 22,700 for E1,000 E5,OOO for E1,500 and E8,000 for E2,000 showing that the disparity has grown further SEVENTY-SECOND ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING FRIDAY 31 MARCH 1950 The Seventy-Second Annual General Meeting of the Royal Institute of Chemistry was held in the Hall of the Merchants House 30 George Square, Glasgow on Friday 31 March 1950 at 10.30 a.m.Professor J. W. COOK Ph.D. D.Sc. Sc.D. F.R.S. President occupied the Chair and 75 Fellows and 77 Associates were present. The SECRETARY read the Notice convening the Meeting. Minutes.-The Minutes of the Seventy-First Annual General Meeting having been printed and circulated (Journal and Proceedings 1949 111 224-236) it was agreed that they be taken as read. ANNUAL ACCOUNTS.-The TREASURER (Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones) I beg to move the adoption of the Accounts for the year ended 31 December 1949. These call for little comment in view of the extent to which they are discussed in the section of the Council’s Report dealing with Finance House and Staff matters but I would draw your attention to one or two matters.Due mainly to the increased rate of subscriptions we have after appro-priating 2500 to the Intermittent Publications Reserve a balance of about 2400 of income over expenditure instead of a loss as we had last year approaching E3,000. As promised we have spent the increased income for the benefit of the members and 1 think all will join with me in congratulating the Publications Committee on the new form of the Journal which has brought favourable comment from all over the country and from other societies. Nevertheless, we have to exercise care to live within our income although it should be remembered that this year we have been able to increase the Investment Fund by some 22,200 by adopting our usual procedure of not using for current income purposes the Entrance Fees and Life Composition Fees which have been received during 1949.Indeed I suggest that the main accounts call for little comment apart from points emphasised in the Report of the Council but I would like to touch upon three developments which should interest you. These are the changes con-templated in the Institute’s building the Benevolent Fund and the Residential Clubs Fund. The top storey of the Institute’s building which was built as a laboratory (no longer suitable for our practical examinations) and which has until recently, been occupied by the British Leather Manufacturers’ Research Association, will be converted into much-needed offices while the existing “Library’’ will be turned into a “members’ mom.’’ It is hoped that members will use this members’ room when it becomes available and so make closer personal contact with the Institute and the Staff than has so far been possible.In my opinion, too many members just pay their annual subscription to obtain and maintain their qualification and have had little opportunity to make full use of their own Institute. These improvements to the Institute’s premises may take some time to effect and the cost will have to be met from capital but it is generally agreed that the results will be well worth while. With respect to the Benevolent Fund inembers will observe that there is a deficit on the Income and Expenditure Account of approximately the same amount as that added to the Capital Fund from donations etc.Naturally we are not anxious to balance losses on the Income and Expenditure Account in this way and I again appeal for subscriptions to the Benevolent Fund to enable it to fulfil its valuable purposes. 1 sometimes think that only a few people appreciate the magnificent work which this Fund permits to be done. One good point is that nearly half of the members contribute to the Fund but this means that more than 5,000 do not. If we could persuade another 5,000 t contribute on average even only about 5s. per head-I am informed a mere large whisky and soda a year-we should have an additional income of 21,250 per annum and this would be most helpful. Surely we can do this? Our main need for this Fund is for annual subscriptions.We are not so concerned for the time being at any rate about capital sums. There is one special reason for this namely that since the commencement of this year we have received a substantial legacy. Under the will of the late Mr. A. J. Spiller, a son of a founder member the Benevolent Fund is likely to receive a sum of approximately &9,000. Mr. Collett as Registrar of the Institute and the Rev. Mr. Leonard Spiller a half-brother of the testator were appointed executors and we are grateful to them both for undertaking the work entailed. I now come finally to the Residential Clubs Fund which has only come into existence in these last few months. As the Appeal which the President and I made clearly pointed out the real need of this Fund is for capital sums and in that respect it is different from the Benevolent Fund.Those who will be accommodated in Residential hotels hostels etc. will be paying only for the exential running expenses if the capital can be provided. Although so far the response to the appeal has been in some ways a little disappointing a sum of approximately &5,000 has been raised and this from only about 250 people. Much of this money has come as interest-free loans and this is naturally a most helpful form of contribution. Loans can be recalled at six months’ notice and the capital thus remains the property of the subscriber. There are many members who at present rates of tax will not benefit greatly from the interest, whereas the Fund can make good use of such capital sums.Perhaps the main reason for the somewhat slow response is the fact that so far we have been feeling our way and learning from experience how best to use this new Fund. We have as most of you know advanced some S3,OOO to Crossways Trust Ltd. an organisation on which is represented in addition to our own Residential Clubs Fund a number of bodies such as the Civil Service Benevolent Fund the Royal Agricultural Benevolent Institution the Incorpor-ated Benevolent Fund of the Institution of Electrical Engineers the National Association of Local Government Officers Benevolent and Orphan Fund the Incorporated Benevolent Fund of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, the Chartered Accountants Benevolent Association and the Royal United Kingdom Beneficient Association.We are grateful to Dr. Ellingham for serving as a representative of the Institute on the Board of Governors of Cross-ways Trust as well as for acting as Honorary Secretary of our own Residential Clubs Fund in addition to the Benevolent Fund. We may before long find it desirable to join with one or two other societies in purchasing a property to run more or less on our own and in that event we shall probably want a sum like E20,OOO. A further appeal will therefore, be issued and it is qonfidently hoped that the response will then be good. If we can have loans in units of E20 interest-bearing (24 per cent.) or interest-free, from an appreciable number of members we can easily raise the sum we require for this good purpose without excessive sacrifice on the part of the contributors.Will you therefore be giving this matter really serious attention? Will some of you act at once? It should not be difficult to raise the money we want when it is remembered that you do not necessarily give up the capital. Before 191 8 when money was money no less than about E21,OOO was raised for the new Institute building mainly from the members when the membership was only in the region of 1,000. Surely as a memorial for the last war we can raise the money we require especially remembering the various ways in which the money can be provided. I feel that the honour of the Institute is at stake and I cannot believe that the appeal will fail to reach the figure required. I shall be pleased to answer questions and I formally move the adoption of the Accounts.[ 112 MR. A. R. JAMIESON I think it is particularly appropriate that the first item on the agenda of the Seventy-Second Annual General Meeting is the consideration of the Financial Statements and the fact that we are showing a credit balance of EM0 odd as against a debit balance last year is also further recommendation. You have had the details of the Accounts in front of you and if you have any amendments to make or any recommendation now is the time to do it. But I myself have nothing to raise and have very much pleasure in seconding the adoption of the Financial Statements for 1949, proposed by the Treasurer. THE CHAIRMAN The Accounts have been circulated to all the members, and these Accounts are now open to discussion.Are there any questions any members would like to raise? There being no questions the motion for the adoption of the Annual Accounts was put and carried unanimously. Report of the Council for 1949.-Tm CHAIRMAN Before he gave up office my predecessor Dr. Roche Lynch had the satisfaction of announcing the grant of the new Royal Charter which will guide and circum-scribe the affairs of the Institute for many years to come. This as the Report of the Council rightly states was for the Institute the outstanding event of 1949. With the granting of the new Charter it became possible to take the next step in the revision of the By-Laws a matter to which the Council had already devoted considerable attention. The principles of the new By-Laws which will govern the procedure of the Institute within the framework of the Charter have now been agreed.The new By-Laws themselves are being drafted and I hope to be able to submit the Council’s proposals on this important subject to a Special General Meeting later in the year. When the time comes to examine these proposals in detail I think it will be found that the Institute’s usefulness and effectiveness will be increased. This will be possible partly by a greater degree of flexibility in the new By-Laws. The traditional rights of the members will be fully safeguarded. The revision of the By-Laws is by no means the only important question with which the Council has been occupied during the past year. Many matters, both great and small have received long and earnest consideration.Some indication of these discussions has been given in the published Proceedings of the Council and in the Annual Report of the Council which is now before you. Editorials in the Journal and Proceedings have been revived and these have given interesting and valuable sidelights on several of the matters which have claimed the attention of the Council. For all these reasons I do not propose to enter now into an exposition of the Report of the Council or into a detailed account of the Council’s activities. I shall in fact refer to only a few of the topics with which we have been concerned during the past year. First let me say a word about the increased subscriptions which came into effect in 1949. Rising costs were largely responsible for this of course but subsidiary reasons for the increases were the desire to give increased support to Local Section activities and to improve the publications-in particular to make the Journal and Proceedings more attractive to members.I am sure that these policies were wise. As the Council’s Report shows the number of Corporate Members had risen by the end of 1949 to more than 11,500 and there were also nearly 2,300 Registered Students. With a membership of such magnitude it is inevitable that personal relationships among members should be predominantly those which occur at the Local Section level. It is for this reason that it seems to me to be of the greatest importance that the Local Sections should be efficiently organised and vigorous and their effective working not unnecessarily impeded by lack of funds.It is very gratifying to find abundant evidence of the healthy activity of the Local Sections and of th devotion and enthusiasm of their Committees. Particularly of course should tribute be paid to the Officers of the Local Sections on whom falls the brunt of the work. Professional competence demands continual study and the large number of lectures organised by the Local Section Committees makes an impor-tant contribution to this. This is also true of the refresher courses and symposia which have been conducted under the auspices of several Sections. I am glad to welcome the three new Sections which have been constituted in 1949 bringing the total to 29. The question of presentation of Certificates to newly-elected Associates at local meetings is one which has been raised again during the past year.I am rather sorry that the Council has been unable to agree to this but the diffi-culties are such that this procedure has seemed undesirable and impracticable. This decision of the Council in no way prevents the institution of some kind of ceremony of initiation. A welcome to the new Associate by the Chairman of the Section and the signing of a book have been suggested. I heartily commend this suggestion to the consideration of Local Section committees. It is most important that the young Associate should be made to feel at home in the new chemical community which he is entering. In a recent number of an American periodical there was a report of a young man who resigned from the American Chemical Society because nobody paid any attention to him at Local Section meetings.He said he went to them and felt “like a wart on a pickle” because nobody spoke to him. This is the kind of situation in which more senior members of the Sections have a measure of responsibility. Much can be done to arouse the interest of the younger members of the profession even before they reach the Associateship stage. The Glasgow Section recently held a meeting of Registered Students at which Institute matters were discussed and explained. This is an example which could with advantage be more widely followed. The Institute is in process of appointing representatives in Universi-ties and Technical Colleges for the express purpose of informing students about the Institute and its activities and I am sure that these representatives will have it in their power to serve the Institute well.Meetings for lectures and discussions of professional affairs are not the only form of Local Section activities and in some ways an equally important part is played by meetings of a purely social character such as are regularly held by many of the Sections. I should like to refer for a moment to the Journal and Proceedings. A considerable part of the additional revenue from increased subscriptions has been devoted to the improvement of this publication and there is evidence that the new features which have been introduced have been widely appreciated. I have referred already to the new Editorials the writer of which is to be heartily congratulated on his lively and informative articles of topical interest.We have also had a series of most interesting special articles including those on the organisation of other professions. I think also that the new book reviews and the enlargement of the lecture summaries have been generally welcomed. This year we have gone a stage further. You will have seen from Part I of the Journal for 1950 issued last month that the format has been changed the title abbreviated the type improved and a table of principal contents displayed on the front cover. I feel sure that you will agree that the new layout of the cover is more attractive than the old. One does not lightly alter the format of a journal but the Council was persuaded that the advantages of this would outweigh the disadvantages.It is proposed within the next few months to restore the insertion of advertising matter and the revenue from this will offset some of the heavy costs of the improvements which have been made in the Journal-and which have already become a matter of concern to the Treasurer. As regards other publications I may perhaps mention that a new edition of The Profession of Chemistry is being prepared by a panel of experts and it is hoped to issue later this year new editions of the Register and the Directory of Independent Consultants. [ 114 In the Report of the Council mention is made of awards to be made by the Institute-in some cases in collaboration with other bodies-in respect of 1949. These matters have been decided since the end of the year and I have pleasure in announcing that the following awards have been approved:-The Meldola Medal by the Society of Maccabaeans on the recommendation of the Council of the Institute-to Dr.A. J. B. Robertson of the Davy Faraday Research Laboratory Royal Institution. Awards of 100 guineas each from the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund (administered jointly by the Institute the Institute of Metals and the Society of Chemical Industry)-to Mr. F. R. N. Nabarro M.B.E. Research Fellow in Metallurgy University of Birmingham; to Dr. C. E. Ransley of the Research Staff British Aluminium Co. Ltd.; to Dr. K. W. Sykes Lecturer in Chemistry, University College Swansea. The Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize-to Mr. T. A. Whitehall, a Registered Student in the Liverpool and North-Western Section.Reference was also made in the Report to a presentation to be made by the Council to Miss I. Cawston to mark her completion in December 1949 of 40 years of devoted service to the Institute. This presentation which was made at the January meeting of the Council consisted of a tea service in antique silver and Royal Worcester porcelain. I should like to emphasise that this was not a “retirement present,” for we look forward to having the benefit of Miss Cawston’s services to the Institute for some time to come. Finally I should like to add to what the Treasurer has said about our newly constituted Residential Clubs Fund. The objects of this Fund are I hope fully understood. But let me stress that it is not an extension of the Benevolent Fund but serves an entirely separate purpose.The response of a small number of members to the two appeals which have been issued for support of the Residential Clubs Fund has been magnificent. But I am extremely disappointed at the small number of members who have responded. We have made a modest start in meeting the needs for which the Fund was established. I feel however, that our experience has shown the necessity for a more elastic scheme and it is likely that some of the problems which have arisen can only be solved com-pletely if we can provide a residential club which will be more completely under our own control. This means that we must have at our disposal a very large sum of money and I most earnestly ask those who have not already responded, either by donation or loan to make every effort to do so.We are not asking for annual contributions. Our members who will benefit by this scheme are the victims of the circumstance that they happen to be growing old at this particular time. I do with all sincerity most warmly commend this scheme and I invite all our members who have not already responded to do what they can to further this cause. In doing so they will be helping to lessen the cares and to add to the comfort of some of our elder colleagues in the evening of their lives. There are no further matters on which I should wish to comment at this stage and I have much pleasure in proposing the adoption of the Report of the Council for 1949. DR. D. TRAILL Mr. President ladies and gentlemen this Report marks an important year in the life of the Institute.We have made various advances, and it is most gratifying to find that the membership has increased and that three new Local Sections have been inaugurated. That does show a very healthy activity. I have great pleasure in seconding the adoption of the Report. In the absence of any discussion the motion for the adoption of the Report It is a “once for all” effort. THE CHAIRMAN The Report of the Council is now open for discussion. was put and carried unanimously Election of Officers Members of Council and Censors for 1950-51.-T~~ SECRETARY read the following Report of the Scrutineers :-“We have examined the voting papers and report as follows:-The number of valid voting papers received for the election of Officers was The number of valid voting papers received for the election of General Harry Baines 1,694; George Macdonald Bennett 1,687; Ralph Clark Chirnside 1,624; Frank George Young 1,607; William Murdoch Cumming, 1,605; Herbert William Cremer 1,556; Frederick George Mann 135 1 ; Harry Weatherall 1,509; Douglas William Hill 1,474; Hugh Bryan Nisbet, 1,473; Frederick Percy Dunn 1,462; Herbert Newton Wilson 1,444; Sir William Thomas Griffiths 1,430; Ernest Harry Rodd 1,425; Frances Mary Hamer 1,415; Harold Burton 1,413; John Gaius Ashwell Griffiths 1,407; Frederick Measham Lea 1,402; Mamie Olliver 1,392; Cyril Clifford Addision 1,373; Hubert Thomas Stanley Britton 1,373; Harold Cecil Smith 1,355; Samuel Harry Jenkins 1,346; Raymond Renard Butler 1,342; Arnold Trevor Green 1,287; Herbert Henry Hodgson 1,287; Harry Munroe Napier Hetherington Irving 1,284; Douglas Vernon Nelmar Hardy 1,160; Brynmor Jones 1,142; Percy Frederick Ronald Venables 1,128; Ernest Vanstone 1,110; John Herbert Carrington 1,039; Richard Harold Morgan, 823; Elias Isaacs 771.The number of valid voting papers received for the election of Censors Alexander Findlay 1,995; Gerald Roche Lynch 1,938; Sir Ian Heilbron, 1,8 13; William Wardlaw 1,717; Clifford Walter Herd 852. The following voting papers were disallowed according to the By-Laws:-1 from a member whose subscription was in arrear; 2 in unsigned envelopes; 4 in respect of votes for Council. The total number of papers received was 2,337. 2,329. Members of Council was 2,330 and the votes were cast as under:-was 2,205 and the votes were cast as follows:-Signed H.S . ROOKE K. G. A. PANKHURST H. G. S M I ~ . THE CHAIRMAN I now formally declare the following to be duly elected President J. W. Cook. Vice-Presidents (6) Frederick Challenger Hans Krall Wilfred Herbert Linnell Reginald Patrick Linstead Gerald Roche Lynch Ernest Thomas Osborne. Scru tineers.” to the specified offices:-Won. Treasurer D. W. Kent-Jones. General and District Members of Council (43) C. C. Addison Harry Baines, G. M. Bennett H. E. Blayden H. T. S. Britton F. C. Bullock Harold Burton, R. R. Butler €3. H. Campbell R. C . Chirnside H. W. Cremer W. M. Cumming, F. P. Dunn Charles Forrester A. C. Francis A. T. Green J. G . A. Griffiths, Sir William T. Griffiths F. M. Hamer C. W. Herd D. W. HilI H.H. Hodgson, H. M. N. H. Irving A. R. Jamieson S. H. Jenkins F. M. Lea A. G. G. Leonard, B. D. W. Luff C. G. Lyons F. G. Mann J. T. Marsh R. A. Mott H. B. Nisbet, Mamie Olliver E. G. K. Pritchett E. H. Rodd J. 0. Samuel H. C. Smith, Harry Weatherall W. T. H. Williamson C. L. Wilson H. N. Wilson F. G. Young. Censors (4) Alexander Findlay Sir Ian M. Heilbron G. Roche Lynch, William Wardlaw. [ 116 Vote of Thanks to the Retiring Officers and Members of Council.-MR. A. L. BACHARACH I now find myself among the band of predecessors who have been awarded this pleasant duty. The trouble is I don’t know what the word “retiring” means. One never really knows whether it refers to those who are to be replaced by the ones whose names we have just heard or to those who will be in the new Council.As one who has served his time I can speak with some feeling on this matter. When I read the Report of the Council this year I was absolutely appalled to think of the amount of work I must have done when on the Council myself. I think it is very indicative, and I am sure the members of the Council who served during the past year realise only now how much work they have done. One is entirely unconscious of the effort one makes at the time. But that doesn’t mean that the evidence has not been revealed. The evidence of it is here in the Report. In actual fact of course it is the permanent officials of the Institute who do the bulk of the work-but the fact remains that the Council members do a lot of work. Many of us who are increasing in age try to avoid getting on to the Council, because we know that if we are elected we shall inevitably go on to one, two or possibly three sub-committees-and that is where the work comes in.I think we owe a very great debt to Council members. The fact that they axe paid in pleasurable activities and associations doesn’t make the debt to them any less and it is for that reason I ask you to accord to the retiring members of the Council-I say to the whole of the Council but particularly to iMr. Oriel (whom we are sorry to lose as a Vice-president) to Dr. Booth Mr. Denbigh, Professor Hunter Mr. Joiner Dr. Idris Jones Dr. Malkin Dr. Preece Dr. Strathdee Dr. Trail1 and Mr. W. D. Williams (who are not on the new Council), and also to Professor Linnell who has been elevated to Vice-President-your very sincere thanks for the very valuable work they have done.DR. C. L. WILSON When I was asked if I would second this proposal I said certainly I would because I knew Mr. Bacharach would put it so gracefully and so competently that there would be practically nothing left for me to say. I suppose that among Members of the Council who come to the Annual General Meeting only District Members have a completely easy conscience because it is only they who are quite sure before the Annual General Meeting that they are going either to appear or not to appear again. Some Members of the Council must depart from the Council for a time. 1 know perfectly well the amount of work they have put in for the Institute and I am very pleased to second the motion.The vote of thanks was carried with acclamation. Election of Auditors.-THE CHAIRMAN I am now pleased to move that the present Honorary Auditors Mr. E. Q. Laws and Dr. K. A. Williams be re-elected for 1950. I also move that Messrs. J. Y. Finlay Robertson and Co., Chartered Accountants be re-elected and be re-appointed at a fee of 150 guineas. THE TREASURER I am very pleased to second the motion. The proposal was put to the meeting and carried unanimously. PROFESSOR W. H. LINNELL I have great pleasure in proposing a vote of thanks to the Auditors and also to Mr. E. Q. Laws and Dr. K. A. Williams. One need only look to the fact that they have been re-elected to see that they have been held in high esteem. They do a very good job of work and I would like to say that as a mere sassenach in a succession of Scottish proposers and seconders of motions at this meeting I have much pleasure in proposing this vote of thanks to the Auditors MR.N. F. RAPPS seconded the motion. THE CHAIRMAN I take it that the motion is accepted. I would like at this stage to add my small tribute. First of all I would like to propose a vote of thanks to the Scrutineers for the very valuable and very onerous work they have carried out. You have heard read to you the numbers of votes cast in the election of the Council. All the ballet papers have to be checked and counted and the Scrutineers have spent an enormous amount of time in checking them. I would like to propose that they be accorded a very hearty vote of thanks (Applause). I would also like to take up the note struck by Mr.Bacharach, when he referred to the work done by the permanent officials. I would like to express my personal thanks to the Secretary to the Registrar to their Deputy (Mi-. Raymond) and to their staffs for the enormously valuable work they have done in the past year. Particularly I would like to mention the Principal Assistant Secretary Miss Cawston; the Assistant Secretary Mr. Arnold; and the Assistant Registrar Mr. Winder. To all of these and other members of the staff of the Institute I would like to tender my very warm thanks and I am sure I speak for all members of the Council (Applause). That I think brings us to the end of the business and I therefore declare the meeting closed. ANNIVERSARY MEETINGS GLASGOW 1950 For the second time in its history the Institute has held its Anniversary Meetings outside London and is again indebted to a Local Section-this time the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section-for making the necessary arrange-ments and for hospitality.The proceedings in Glasgow opened at 10.30 a.m. on 31 March with the Seventy-second Annual General Meeting which we were privileged to hold in the Hall of the Merchants House in George Square. This Hall with its ancient wall-panels commemorating early benefactors provided an excellent setting for the business meeting and we are greatly indebted to the Lord Dean of Guild for permission to use the Hall. A Report of the Annual General Meeting appears on page 1 1 1 and the text of the President’s Address which followed at 11.30 a.m.on page 101. In proposing a vote of thanks to the President for his address Mr. G. Roche Lynch the immediate Past President referred to his personal interest in subjects covered by the address. He agreed that the imperfect appreciation by medical men of the contributions of chemists to the provision of numerous substances of great importance in medicine was due largely to lack of understanding of the character of chemical research and especially of the difficulties to be over-come. On the other hand medical men were becoming more appreciative of the services of specialists in clinical chemistry and other fields of work directly related to the practice of medicine. The vote of thanks was carried with acclamation. While these events were in progress a party of ladies paid a visit to the establishment of Messrs.James Templeton and Company carpet manufacturers, and saw many interesting aspects of this industry. The Committee of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section entertained Members of Council and Chairmen of Local Sections to luncheon in the North British Station Hotel while most of the rest of the party took advantage of the special arrangements made for them to take luncheon at the University Union. In the afternoon an audience of over 200 gathered in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre of the University of Glasgow to hear Dr. W. M. Cumming deliver the second G. G. Henderson Memorial Lecture on “The Growth of Applied Chemistry in Glasgow.” A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by [ 118 Professor F.Challenger who referred in felicitous terms to Dr. Cumming’s wide experience-in industry as a teacher and as a director of research-and expressed not only appreciation of the lecture but also his personal regard for the lecturer and for the late Professor Henderson who had been his examiner in 1908. It is hoped to publish the text of this lecture in due course. At the conclusion of the lecture members and guests had an opportunity of visiting the laboratories in the Department of Chemistry of the University and were able to see a number of examples of the research work in progress in these fine new laboratories. At 4.30 pm. they were joined for tea in the University by the group of ladies who had paid a most interesting and enjoyable visit to the College of Domestic Science.They were grateful to Miss Isobel S. Gibson the Principal of the College and to Miss Mary Andross F.R.I.C. the Head of the Science and Nutrition Departments for this visit and all were appreciative of the hospitality of the University of Glasgow in providing tea. In the evening of 31 March members and their ladies were received at the City Chambers by the Lord Provost of Glasgow and Mrs. Warren and the President and Mrs. Cook. There can be few cities in the United Kingdom with such magnificent Chambers in which to hold a Civic Reception. After an address of welcome by the Rt. Hon. the Lord Provost (Mr. Victor D. Warren M.B.E., T.D.) to which Professor Cook as President of the Institute and Dr. David Traill as Chairman of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section replied, the company numbering nearly 400 dispersed throughout the various rooms placed at their disposal.In the Council Hall a fine programme of vocal music was provided and in the Banqueting Hall dancing took place until midnight, and included demonstrations of country dancing by members of the Scottish Country Dance Society. Refreshments were provided in the upper corridor. The cordial thanks of the Institute have been expressed to the Lord Provost for the gracious hospitality provided and for the personal welcome accorded to the Institute by him and the magistrates of the City of Glasgow. On Saturday 1 April there were alternative visits to the Ardeer Factory of Imperial Chemical Industries Limited (including a tour of the Clyde coast), and to the Creamery of the Scottish Milk Marketing Board at Mauchline Ayr-shire (including visits to neighbouring places of historic interest).There was also a tour to the Trossachs with lunch at the Trossachs Hotel and tea at Loch Katrine by kind invitation of the Corporation of Glasgow. The weather was unfortunately not very kind and the advantage therefore lay with those who had selected one of the works visits. Those who went to Ardeer-and these included the Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections whose Conference was held in the board room of the factory-were entertained to luncheon by kind invitation of the Nobel Division of Imperial Chemical Industries Limited and the thanks of the Institute to that company for their generous hospitality was expressed after luncheon by the President in replying to a speech of welcome to Ardeer by Dr.J. W. McDavid C.B.E. F.R.I.C. Chairman of the Nobel Division. In the evening the Anniversary Dinner of the Institute was held at the Central Hotel Glasgow and was attended by about 170 members and guests. In proposing the toast of The Royal Institute of Chemistry the Rt. Hon. Lord Boyd Orr of Brechin Chancellor of the University of Glasgow referred to the remarkable extent to which the advancement of chemistry during the 70 years of existence of the Institute had rendered some industries obsolete and led to the creation of others. He expressed the hope that following the grant of the new Charter to the Institute such advances would be even greater than in the past. He had noted with special interest the new powers provided for spending the funds of the Institute in co-operation with other organisations having common interests and had been pleased to see that the first use of these powers had been in establishing a Residential Clubs Fund.Reading the Journal of the Institute had impressed him with the strong social 119 sense that had been developed among chemists and he hoped that the fuller realisation by scientists of their responsibilities would lead them to make suggestions about how new knowledge could best be used for the promotion of human welfare and the advancement of civilisation. In replying to the toast the President voiced his pleasure at the presence of Lord and Lady Boyd Orr and the thanks of the members for the good wishes for the future of the Institute expressed in such felicitous terms by Lord Boyd Orr.The President then referred to the fact that five of the thirty Local Sections of the Institute were now in Scotland if one included the new Stirlingshire and District Section that was in course of being constituted. There were over 900 members of the Institute north of the Tweed and although this was rather less than one-tenth of the total membership in the United Kingdom it was by no means a bad proportion in relation to the total population and did not support the view that Scottish industrialists were less enterprising or less appreciative of research than their English counterparts. There had been a tendency to deplore the fact that so many science graduates had to cross the border in order to obtain employment but in recent years this trend was begin-ning to be reversed.A considerable number of new industries had been estab-lished in Scotland and many more were projected. This was a healthy sign and one could look forward with some degree of confidence to the strengthening of the chemical industry in Scotland which had already won great renown. The toast of the City and Corporation of Glasgow was proposed by Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones in a characteristically scintillating speech and drew a reply in very happy terms from Bailie Harold Browne the chief Magistrate of the City. The toast of “The Guests” was proposed by Dr. David Traill who referred to the pleasure that the members had in the presence of officers of cognate societies-the immediate Past President of the Chemical Society (Sir Ian Heilbron) and Lady Heilbron the President of the Society of Chemical Industry (Mr.Stanley Robson) and Mrs. Robssn and the President of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists (Mr. George Taylor). A special welcome was extended to the Principal of the University of Glasgow (Sir Hector Hetherington) and the Director of the Royal Technical College, Glasgow (Dr. D. S. Anderson) and Mrs. Anderson as well as to Lord and Lady Boyd Orr Bailie Harold Browne and Mrs. Browne Sir Andrew and Lady McCance Mr. John Ferguson (Scottish Education Department) and Mrs. Ferguson the General Secretary of the Chemical Society (Mr. J. R. Ruck-Keene) and the General Secretary of the Society of Chemical Industry (Lieut.-Col.F. J. Griffin). The proceedings concluded with a typically witty speech on behalf of the guests by Dr. D. S. Anderson. The success of a series of meetings such as these depends on a great deal of detailed work by a relatively small number of people and on this occasion the Committee of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section is to be con-gratulated on the efficiency and smoothness with which all the events were conducted and particularly on the personal touches which made them so enjoyable to members. Grateful thanks are due to all members of the Local Committee to other members of the Institute who co-operated with them, and to the Ladies Sub-committee but particular mention may be made of the major contributions of Mr. A. R. Jamieson (until recently Chairman of the Section Committee and now District Member of Council) Dr.David Traill (Chairman of the Section Committee in succession to Mr. Jamieson and Dis-trict Member of Council up to the time of the Annual General Meeting), Dr. W. M. Cumming (General Member of Council resident in the Glasgow area and until recently Director of the School of Chemistry and “Young” Professor of Chemistry at the Royal Technical Collage) Mr. H. G. A. Anderson (a former Hon. Secretary of the Section) and above all Mr. W. G. Desmond Wright the present Hon. Secretary and Dr. W. Gibb Assistant Hon. Secretary, on whom a heavy burden of responsibility and detailed work necessarily rested. 120 SUMMARIES OF LECTURES PRESERVATION OF FOOD By J. F. CLARK M.Sc. A.R.C.S.D.I.C. F.R.A.C.I. F.R.I.C. (Liverpool and North-Western Section 6 October 1949) The need for food preservation has been recognised from early times when periods of abundance alternated with periods of scarcity. With advancing civilisation and the development of urban areas the problems of uneven supply increased. Early attempts to reserve food from times of excess include the preparation of butter or ghee and cheese from milk oils from nuts and fermented beverages from grain and fruits. The use of waterglass for egg preservation in China and the salt pork used as payment for the Roman soldiers (“salarii”) are specific examples and methods of spicing and smoking are of very ancient origin. Scientific methods have developed during the last 100 years making formerly seasonal foods available all the year round.The main causes of food deterioration are biochemical i.e. bacterial and enzymic and preservation aims at either the destruction or inhibition of these causes. The methods used may combine both destruction and inhibition as in dehydration. Initial cleanliness by keeping numbers of bacteria at a minimum, is itself an aid to preservation. This is particularly the case with milk since clean milk hygienically produced has far better keeping qualities than milk produced otherwise. Pasteurisation will reduce the number of micro-organisms and although the object of this process is to destroy pathogenic bacteria there is a risk of it being used as a method of preservation with a consequent ignoring of the need for extreme cleanliness.The war emergency has led to considerable recent development in the dehy-dration of vegetables. Dehydration is expensive both in processing costs and because of the need for careful pre-treatment to remove any organism or enzyme which might affect the keeping quality or flavour of the final product. The advantages of reduced bulk and easier handling are to some extent offset by the liability of insect attack in many cases. The most successful method for long-term preservation is canning which involves enzyme destruction and almost complete sterilisation. The necessary hermetic sealing gives protection against later infection. For short-term preservation low temperature storage is generally the most satisfactory method but it presents many problems particularly with foods of high moisture content in which changes take place due to the formation of ice crystals.The use of low temperatures combined with gas storage (e.g. CO, atmosphere) is practised for the storage of fruit. The modern development of immersion in cold invert sugar solution is of interest particularly for the rapid freezing of small batches of fresh fruit. As chemists we are naturally most interested in chemical preservatives. The addition of a preservative is the cheapest and most convenient method of preserving food since preservatives in the required amount are cheap simple to use and have a negligible effect on appearance and taste. The disadvantages are that the deterioration is only delayed and in view of the similarity between digestion and bacterial or enzymic decomposition the preservative may produce untoward effects on the digestive processes.The term “preservative” is now coming to have an extended meaning covering not only substances which inhibit microbiological changes but also stabilisers anti-oxidants coatings etc., thus including the preservation of the physical state as well as the chemical composition. [ 121 The requirements for a perfect preservative are that it must be non-toxic; must not facilitate the use of unfit material or careless handling; must not retard digestion or decompose to toxic substances in the digestive system; and must be readily determinable for control purposes. Inorganic and organic substances have been used but the only two official in this country are SO and benzoic acid.Boric acid is at present allowed in margarine and bacon. Oxidising agents such as H20z and hypochlorites have antiseptic properties but rapidly lose their activity and cause change of flavour. Salt is the oldest preservative but its mode of action is not thoroughly understood; it appears to be a combination of ionic hydration reduction of oxygen solubility and a direct poisonous effect on the organisms. Other less common preservatives that have been suggested include substituted benzoic acids and their esters. Mono- and dichloroacetic acids have been recommended but they are no more efficient than benzoic acid. Surface active agents both sulphonated and quaternary ammonium com-pound types are also suggested the latter being the more effective but they are not efficient in the presence of proteins or phospholipids.The use of anti-oxidants in oils is a subject that has received great attention and many of the substances used are natural products for example tocopherols, soya extracts lecithin and cephalin. Such phenols as hydroquinone catechol and guaiacol are also active anti-oxidants as are polycarboxylic hydroxy-acids like citric and tartaric. The combination of light (particularly at the violet end of the spectrum) with moisture and traces of metals is found to promote deterioration of fatty foods, and the use of green packaging materials to absorb the ultra-violet and blue light has been found to be of value. Two compounds that are worthy of mention in fruit preservation-thiourea and ascorbic acid-prevent discoloration in cut fruits and fruit juices.The control of contamination by moulds has been studied and the following compounds are of use:-glycols (as aerial sprays in storage chambers) and calcium propionate particularly for bread. Stearic acid and its esters are also of value in preventing “staling” of bread. For the preservation of physical systems e.g. emuIsions many substances come to mind vegetable gums lecithin gelatine alginic acid pectin and methyl cellulose being some examples. In the preparation of processed cheese disodium phosphate and potassium tartrate are used. Physical methods of preservation such as cold storage and freezing give rise to no ethical objections but they often cause changes of consistency and loss of attractiveness-defects which are being progressively overcome.Chemi-cal preservation raises more subtle problems. Its cheapness and simplicity, with protection from deterioration after exposure are offset by its potentialities for disguising unsound or carelessly produced food. The lack of knowledge of the long-term effects of small doses of the substances used as preservatives must make us ultra-cautious in permitting them. Testing with animals is not enough for animal and human metabolisms are not neces-sarily comparable. The main argument in favour of the use of chemical preserva-tives is that they extend the period of availability of food and small amounts of them possibly cause less harm than would foods in a deteriorated condition. It is the chemist’s duty to see that the methods of preservation used are those which come nearest to the ideal that the food should be available to the consumer with the minimum impairment of its nutritive value in the widest sense including attractiveness and palatability consistency and freedom from injurious matter SOME PRESENT TRENDS IN BAKING RESEARCH By JOHN B.M. COPPOCK B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (London and South-Eastern Counties Section at Reading 4 November 1949) The Food Industry is at present faced with an ever-increasing number of new chemical materials possessing a wide variety of potential uses. For instance, emulsification agents might be used for extending fats and anti-oxidants for preventing rancidity development ; both inorganic and organic chemicals might be suggested as improvers of the baking quality of flour or they might find use as foaming agents or in the improvement of hygiene in the form of detergents, insecticides etc.Each of these substances may possess potentially toxic characteristics and it is of the utmost importance that we should have complete physiological data regarding any new substance which might find its way into edible products so that suitable limits may be prescribed for its use. There are three main types of materials about which detailed pharmacological data and in many cases nutritional data will be required before the Baking Industry can feel adequately safeguarded regarding their utilisation. They are (1) those which are included as ingredients whether as extenders of fat or other materials or as flavouring agents aids to better distribution of ingredients anti-oxidants or preservatives; (2) those materials used in baking operations which might be absorbed by doughs or batters during processing; (3) those materials disseminated in a bakery for the purpose of improving hygiene which might subsequently be absorbed by doughs or batters.Detailed information regarding absorption metabolism and toxicity are necessary in the case of compounds coming under (1). In the cases of com-pounds under (2) and (3) the first problem is to determine the extent to which they are absorbed by the food product under conditions specified for their use, or alternatively to determine conditions under which absorption does not occur, or occurs to a negligible extent ; this latter problem is associated with subsequent determinations of the levels at which acute or chronic toxicity become manifest.1 . Silicones Silicones have been used in America and on a restricted scale in this country for producing water-repellent glazes on baking tins so obviating the use of tin greases. When dissolved in a solvent such as solvent naptha these silicone solutions can be painted sprayed or otherwise distributed on a baking tin and, after drying to remove the inflammable solvent are cured by baking at the usual temperature. This curing produces a thin durable glaze which will stand use approximately 200 times without renewal of the coating. Investigation of the possibility of absorption of the resin by bread baked in coated tins has indicated that the maximum amount of silicone that could be taken up by a loaf was O.ooOo5 per cent.and it is not considered that this amount is of physiological importance . 2. D.D.T. Smoke Fumigation This method of removing insect life from bakeries is one which has attracted much attention. In the U.S.A. it would appear that the Federal Food and Drug Administration will not at present permit any residual DDT in foodstuffs but is considering fixing lawful maximum amounts of DDT and other insecticides that might be allowed. In our country no official statement has yet been made as to the quantity which might be permitted as a residue in baked goods. The toxicology of DDT has been examined exhaustively and it would appear that in extremely small quantities there may be little harmful results from its use although its chronic toxic effects are not yet fully understood and very careful control may be necessary.This control must extend beyond the bakery as the Ministry of r 123 Agriculture has no objection to its use as a fumigant in flour mills provided the flour does not contain more than 7 p.p.m. of DDT. Recommendations have been issued to the Baking Industry that no baked product should contain DDT in excess of this figure and complete freedom would be preferred. Investigations have indicated that prior to DDT fumigation it is necessary to remove all ingredients from a bakery to prevent absorption of DDT and that there will always be a risk of contamination of doughs and batters by DDT deposited on plant machinery and equipment and they should therefore be adequately covered.If these precautions are carried out there is little risk of absorption of DDT consequent on the smoke fumigation and the me,thod is effective in dealing with the common bakery insect pests. 3. Mineral Oil Absoiption by Bread The mode of distribution of mineral oils in doughs has been exhaustively studied. The degree of retention of the oil varies considerably with different recipes and it has been necessary to find a method of determination which would be applicable to breads and buns containing various proportions of protein fat sugar milk and egg. Earlier work indicated that mineral oil strongly adheres to the grain structure of bread even after enzyme degradation. A starch bread containing no gluten will retain much of the oil on attempted extraction and addition of gluten to a normal wheaten dough renders the mineral oil even more difficult to extract.Microscopic examination of bread doughs indicates that when mineral oil is slightly absorbed as it would be from a tin grease it is readily dispersed as a continuous film throughout the dough. It is more completely dispersed but still as a continuous film when the oil is more intimately mixed with the dough as would happen in dough-divider lubrication. The new Mineral Oils in Food Order gives a tolerance of 0.2 per cent. of mineral oil present in baked goods consequent on mechanical lubrica-tion. At this level the particles of 0 . 5 ~ or less which Frazer has shown might cause potential damage to the liver are absent and the dispersion of the oil is in the form of a continuous film which even after enzymic digestion does not appear to break up so that the likelihood of physiological damage to the consumer is remote.4. Polyoxyethylene Stearate as an Anti-staling Agent in Bread This material was first described by Favor and Johnston as a crumb softening agent for bread and already has found very extensive use in America where, however many large bakers are not in favour of it owing to the physiological uncertainty. The commercial material contains from 4 to 13 oxyethylene groups and amounts up to 0.3 per cent. ethylene glycol may be present as an impurity. In our breads a crumb softening effect is obtained with 0.2 per cent. P.O.E.S. Loaves containing P.O.E.S. showed a greater volume than controls without P.O.E.S.of slightly greater weight Using a method called a firmness test which gives the opposite of the impression of the softness of the crumb it was found that whereas the firmness of unwrapped breads containing no P.O.E.S. increased rapidly with time those containing P.O.E.S. showed only a slight increase. Even where the moisture losses of the control and of the loaf containing P.O.E.S. were identical the latter was the less firm. From these experiments it would appear that this material might have a great influence on the improvement of the keeping quality of bread. Physio-logical data which have been obtained in America and elsewhere although in the main indicating the absence of toxic properties at low levels of feeding in animals, have led to a degree of uncertainty regarding the use of this material in human nutrition.So long as there is any doubt it is the writer’s view that such mater-ials should not find their way into edible products such as bread however attractive they may be This example illustrates the urgent need for exhaustive physiological examina-tion of materials of this type before their incorporation in food is permitted. The four examples cited reveal an undeveloped avenue in research in both bakery and food science and one which holds tremendous opportunities for those who wish to follow it to the end. THE DISCOVERY OF THERAPEUTIC AGENTS By S . ELLMGWORTH M.Sc. (East Anglian Section jointly with the Ipswich Clinical Society 9 November, 1949) The discovery of new drugs requires the close co-operation of chemists and biologists the former to design and synthesise the compounds the latter to examine them and to study the diseases it is sought to cure.An essential preliminary to progress is the establishment of a laboratory technique for the “screening” of compounds ; this must be reliable sensitive and related to clinical or veterinary conditions. In dealing with infective diseases with which this paper is mainly concerned it is usually necessary to set up the infection in a suitable laboratory animal. These requirements however form a bare minimum and a study of the absorption excretion and general fate of drugs in the normal animal body is frequently as important as assessment of its anti-infective action. The synthetic chemist is compelled to think in terms of structural formulae, but unfortunately he knows comparatively little of the chemistry of the biological processes he is seeking to disorganise and he has therefore to resort frequently to “analogy thinking.” If he can point to a compound of known structure which exhibits even in slight degree the desired biological action he can endeavour by varying that structure to increase its activity or perhaps to eliminate unwanted effects and so move toward his ideal.There is no royal road to the discovery of these “leads” or starting points. The following examples of the evolution of successful drugs show the diversity of thought and method involved and also the frequent contributions made by good fortune. Suramin (Antrypol Bayer 205) one of the most widely used trypanocides (remedies for tropical sleeping sickness) owed its inspiration to a microscopic observation in an unrelated field of biological work and its evolution to empiri-cal trials backed up by experience gained in the synthetic dyestuffs industry.Arsphenamine (Salvarsan) and Mapharside two of the most successful remedies against syphilis resulted from another approach to the sleeping sickness problem the “key” substance Atoxyl having been introduced into medicine for the treatment of a disease bearing no relation to either. Salvarsan was designed on the basis of a biological hypothesis only partially true and the successful use of Mapharside negatived the long-standing idea that the arsen-oxides were too toxic for direct use in medicine.The diamidines (Pentamidine Propamidine and Stilbamidine) used against infections due to trypanosomes bacteria and leishmania were derived from aliphatic di-guanidines substances tried as trypanocides on the basis of a biological hypothesis later shown to be quite untenable. Pamaquin and Mepacrine two well-known synthetic anti-malarials were inspired partly by the structure of quinine the traditional natural remedy, and partly by chemical manipulation of methylene blue. The Chloroquin which has been recently introduced is a further variant of the same theme. The demonstration that action on bird malaria could be used to indicate probable effect on the human disease was an essential preliminary to the evolution of the earliest of these remedies.Paludrine had its origin in the empirically discovered anti-malarial action of Sulphadiazine primarily an anti-bacterial drug. The “key” substance of th research was active against bird malarias but not against the human disease; further structural variations however in which various theories of anti-malarial action were evolved-but not sustained-led to what is undoubtedly the safest of known remedies for malaria. Incidentally the entire research was dependent upon the devising of a laboratory test more sensitive than that hitherto used. How the value of Prontosil for the treatment of general bacterial infections came to be discovered has never been clear but the subsequent simplification to Sulphanilamide and the introduction of the more potent heterocyclic derivatives thereof form typical examples of the results of orthodox chemical manipulations once the “key” substance has been discovered.Penicillin was discovered as the result of a laboratory “accident,” the con-tamination of a bacterial plate culture; it was lack of chemical and biological collaboration that delayed the consummation of that discovery for over a decade. The newer antibiotics such as streptomycin aureomycin and chloromycetin are simply the result of large scale empiricism modified perhaps as time has gone on by some direction of attention toward particular types of mould growth. Nevertheless these discoveries have not been made without the application of an immense amount of patience and skill. Cortisone a new discovery with apparently far-reaching possibilities was the result of keen clinical observation and acumen backed up by skilful chemical investigation.Such is the varied mixture of reasoning patient search and good fortune which has led to some of the principal discoveries of the present century How do we stand to-day? Some eight years ago it was suggested that at any rate in the anti-bacterial field a rational approach to the design of new drugs was afforded by the discovery that p-aminobenzoic acid later shown to be a “growth factor” for various bacteria antagonised the bacteriostatic action of sulphanil-amide to which it bore considerble resemblance in chemical structure and character. Thus new antibacterials might be made by suitable slight variation of the structures of other known growth factors or “metabolites.” Although several such substances have been evolved on this basis none so far has satisfied the exacting requirements-apart from intrinsic anti-bacterial action-which must be fulfilled by a successful practical chemotherapeutic agent and claims which have appeared in print that we know how anti-bacterials work and that we know how to evolve new ones are gross over-statements of the true position.Nevertheless the “antagonist” hypothesis has undoubtedly provided a great stimulus to research and enquiry into the chemistry of bacterial growth and general cell metabolism and it is only by filling in the many gaps in our knowledge of these processes that we can hope to improve on the erstwhile standby of “analogy thinking,” the opportunities for which so often depend upon chance.In the meantime most workers in this fascinating field are encouraged by the feeling that if much hard thinking is added to a great deal of patience and industry at the bench aided by a reasonable modicum of good fortune the prospects of real success are by no means negligible. SOIL FERTILITY By Sir WILLIAM OGG M.A. B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.S.E. (Tees-side Section 17 November 1949) Soil fertility must be considered in relation to the many different types of soil which occur throughout the world and the main factors determining the types are :-Nature of the parent material climate vegetation topography and time (the age of the soil). It has been found that many though not all of the main world groups of soils are distributed in zones which correspond in a general way to the climatic and vegetation zones The soils of Britain belong mainly to what is known as the podzolic group.Under natural conditions the typical podzol develops usually under coniferous forest or heath. The topmost layer is often peaty in character and beneath this is a layer of decomposing humus. Next comes a layer rich in silica and then another containing accumulations of iron and alumina. The brown forest soils in Britain form an intermediate group between the more leached podzolised soils and the less leached soils of drier climates. A very different group is the “chernozems” or black earths which develop in semi-arid climates under a steppe vegetation. The top layer is rich in humus and there is a gradual lightening in colour downwards and finally a layer rich in calcium carbonate.The black earths constitute great wheat growing regions in Russia the United States and elsewhere. They are very fertile but they occur in regions of low rainfall and this somewhat limits their fertility. In some regions unsuitable agricultural practices have led to the loss of organic matter in these soils and the consequent loss of soil structure has brought about serious erosion problems. Erosion is also prevalent in other soil types in many parts of the world and illustrates the need to study the properties of the soils and adopt agricultural practices to suit them. Another group the “saline soils,” is associated with semi-desert conditions, but these soils can be used for agriculture if they are irrigated and drained.Those which contain soluble neutral salts (e.g. NaCl or CaSO,) are usually structureless. When there is a large amount of sodium present subsequent leaching may lead to the formation of sodium carbonate and high alkalinity. At this stage a pronounced structure develops in the soil and the subsoil tends to become very compact and impervious. In the tropics are found lateritic soils red earths and other types. They have not been sufficiently studied and attempts to utilise them for agriculture have led to unexpected and difficult problems. In the African ground-nut scheme for instance the soil in one region sets very hard after the natural vegetation has been cleared. Swamp soils are also found in the tropics e.g. in Malaya and parts of West Africa.These soils are of special interest at the moment in view of the need to increase rice production. These are broad world groups of soils but from the point of view of the individual farmer the subdivisions of these are even more important. In England and Wales about one million acres have now been covered by the Soil Survey and some work has also been done in Scotland. The results of the survey were of value in the allocation of fertilisers during the recent war. More important a knowledge of the peculiarities of the soil in a particular district is necessary if the best use is to be made of the results of experimental work. In considering soil fertility and soil management it must be recognised that farming is not a natural process. The farmer sets about growing plants which are often quite alien to his soil and which cannot survive in competition with the natural vegetation.Before the days of fertilisers the fertility of the land was maintained by applying such materials as domestic and farmyard manure, compost lime bones and blood. The supplies of organic manures are however, quite inadequate for the needs of modern agriculture which has to provide food for a greatly increased and increasing population throughout the world. Fortun-ately the introduction of fertilisers just over a century ago has made it possible to grow much larger crops and not only to maintain but to increase the fertility of many soils. The early experiments of Sir John Lawes resulted in his taking out a patent in 1842 for the manufacture of superphosphate and this was the beginning of the fertiliser industry.He and Sir Henry Gilbert worked together at Rothamsted for 57 years and laid the foundations of the present knowledge of crop nutrition. r 127 It is sometimes suggested that fertilisers are detrimental to soils plants and even to animals and human beings. There is no evidence that this is the case. Properly used they increase soil fertility and recent work has shown that they do not interfere with the activities of soil micro-organisms or earthworms. The value and importance of organic matter in the soil is fully realised but fertilisers, by enabling larger crops to be grown increase the soil organic matter. During and since the war cropping has been more intensive and larger amounts of fertilisers have been used but it is significant that the fertility of British soils has increased rather than diminished.The use of fertilisers in this country has still not reached its economic limit, particularly in the case of grassland and an increase of probably 20 per cent. in agricultural production could be achieved by their increased use and by adequate liming. Supplies of fertiliser materials are in sight for many years. Nitrogen is available in unlimited amounts from atmospheric sources and it is estimated that known reserves of phosphate and potash are adequate for a thousand years and probably much longer. Much experimental work has been done on the use of fertilisers but there are still many problems to solve. For instance only about 20 per cent.of the phos-phate applied is taken up by the crop and the remainder becomes bound up in the soil in forms not readily available. Much work is in progress at Rothamsted and elsewhere on these questions of availability and on the “placement” of fertilisers in relation to the plant. Further work is also needed on new and improved forms of fertilisers. During the past quarter of a century much attention has been devoted to the so-called “trace elements” which are necessary in minute quantities for plant growth but which are not present in adequate amount in certain soils. In some cases the deficiency affects the animal which consumes the crop. For instance, lack of cobalt in soil gives rise to a disease in sheep known as “pine.” This disease can be prevented or cured by the application of as small a quantity as 2 lb.of a cobalt salt to the acre of grazing land. There is also in progress much physical plant physiological and microbiological research which is making valuable contributions to our knowledge of soil fertility. THE MINOR CONSTITUENTS OF COAL By A. C. MONKHOUSE B.Sc. Ph.D. M.Inst.Gas E. F.R.I.C. 1949) (London and South-Eastern Counties Section at Woolwich 28 November, Of the minor constituents of coal nitrogen and sulphur are those of primary economic importance. The nitrogen content of British coals amounts to 1 to 2 per cent. It is derived mainly from the proteins and other nitrogen-containing compounds of the original plants. There is no definite information about the form of the nitrogen compounds in coal but there are indications that part of the nitrogen is associated with a carbocyclic ring.When coal is carbonised the nitrogen is distributed among the products of distillation mainly as ammonia pyridine and hydrogen cyanide but the greatest portion is left in the coke. Ammonium sulphate recovered in Great Britain from the carbonisation of coal amounts to over 300,000 tons per annum. Sulphur occurs in the organic and inorganic material and ranges from 0.5 to 4.0 per cent. in coals of this country. From the cleaning of coal during the war some 10,000 tons of iron pyrites in the form of lumps were recovered per annum and a further 25,000 tons of fines equivalent together to 5 per cent. of the sulphuric acid industry’s total requirements. The pollution of the atmosphere by oxides of sulphur from the combustion of coal has been stated to be 5 millio tons a year of which one-fifth comes from domestic appliances.Besides the damage caused by corrosion sulphur in coal is responsible for the formation of deposits on the tubes of generators and superheaters in large boilers fired by mechanical stokers at power stations. The deposits consist of a matrix of sulphate and pyrosulphate in which are embedded ash particles. When coal is carbonised the sulphur evolved as sulphuretted hydrogen is recovered in boxes containing iron oxide and the spent oxide is used for the manufacture of sulphuric acid. Some 250,000 tons in terms of 100 per cent. sulphuric acid are produced annually by this means. Organic sulphur compounds occur in the gas as carbon bisulphide carbon oxysulphide and thiophen.Phosphorus is an element in coal varying from 0.001 to 0.1 per cent. and is associated with the mineral matter as phosphate or as fluorapatite. Deposits containing 20 per cent. of phosphorus have been found in boiler systems. This is due to the volatilisation of phosphorus compounds particularly under reducing conditions and selective condensation. Phosphate deposits are difficult to remove due to their insolubility in water. The halogens chlorine and fluorine are important constituents of coal. Chlorine is present in amounts from 0.01 to 1 per cent. mainly as alkali chlorides. It is distributed throughout the coal. Certain coalfields produce coals of high chlorine content and the combustion of these types of coals in boilers can result in the formation of sulphatic deposits due to the volatilisation of the alkali chlorides and their subsequent reaction with oxides of sulphur.Chlorides have a deleterious effect on brickwork in the carbonisation of coal and may lead to disintegration of the walls of the retort or ovens. Fluorine is present in coal to the extent of 5 to 200 parts per million usually with the mineral matter as fluorapatite. It is volatilised and may be found in products of coal carbonisation such as the tar and ammonia liquor when it has corrosive effects or in coal combustion gases with effects on products such as glass in annealing kilns or malt in direct drying kilns. Arsenic which occurs in amounts from 1 to 75 parts per million is important where coal is used for direct drying of food materials.It is associated with the sulphides in the mineral matter of coal. A considerable amount of work has been undertaken on what are “trace” elements in coal associated with the coal substance. An example is germanium. The late Dr. Goldschmidt was a pioneer in this field and attributed these trace elements to the soil in which the plants grew. Other examples are boron, zinc gallium and vanadium. Vanadium compounds occur in higher propor-tions in petroleum and in jet than they do in coal. On distillation of coal many elements which are found only as traces in the original coal are obtained in higher concentrations in the tar. As much as 0-04 per cent. of zinc has been found in tar. On combustion of coal in com-mercial plant these trace elements may become concentrated in some particular part of the flue system.A deposit on a boiler tube was found to have a boron content as high as 5 per cent. and flue dust containing 0.55 per cent. of gallium has been found. These concentrations are often over 500 times that in the original coal. BYWAYS IN CHROMATOGRAPHY By T. C. J. OVENSTON B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (Mid-Southern Counties Section Porton 30 November 1949 Portsmouth, 12 January 1950) Colourless substances are just as amenable to chromatographic treatment as coloured but whereas the movement of zones of coloured substances may readily be followed by eye it has been necessary to devise more indirect means for the location of zones of colourless substances Many ingenious methods have been devised for handling different groups of compounds.Materials that fluoresce in ultraviolet light may be located by this means and compounds that quench fluorescence may be followed visually on columns of adsorbent containing a fluorescent ingredient by means of the shadows they produce. Another method is to add to the mixture to be chromatographed a coloured compound having a predetermined development behaviour relative to the colourless ingredient sought. The isolation of Vitamin D by Brockmann was aided in this way by the inclusion of a dye in the fish liver oil extracts em-ployed; in Parker’s work on the separation of nitrosoamines from aged cordite the coloured indicator zones enabled the development of the chromatogram to be stopped at the right moment and the column after extrusion to be cut up into the correct sections for elution and subsequent absorptiometric determination.A method applicable to the separation of the members of certain homologous series depends on the formation of coloured derivatives. Strain has shown how the separation of carbonyl compounds can be followed by converting them first to the 2 4-dinitrophenylhydrazones. After elution of the separate zones the original compounds can be regenerated. Similarly sugars may be separated after conversion to their coloured p-phenylazobenzoyl derivatives alcohols by means of their 3 5-dinitrobenzoyl derivatives whose zones shadow a fluorescent column and aliphatic acids as their p-phenylphenacyl esters which are visible in ultraviolet light.The streak test technique originated by Zechmeister and co-workers is applic-able only to the extruded column and does not provide means for following the cowse of development. It is most useful in qualitative and exploratory work, where streaks of three or four different reagents may be applied longitudinally to the same column. Thus potassium permanganate solution can be used for the location of zones of compounds possessing ethylenic groups Carr-Price reagent is suitable for zones of Vitamin A and sodium hydroxide solution will reveal compounds containing the trinitrobenzene group. The counterpart of this method in paper chromatography is the spraying of the paper chromatogram with an appropriate reagent to render the zones or spots visible.Recently the author has devised a scheme utilising both the streak test and the indicator zone technique for the identification of ingredients of propellant explosives. The development of mixtures of acidic substances can be followed on a column impregnated with a pH indicator. In the first application of partition chromatography by Martin and Synge silica gel containing methyl orange was used to support the aqueous phase and the resolution of acetylamino-acids was indicated by the positions of pink zones. Tiselius and Claesson have originated a technique whereby the colourless substances are passed through the column completely and the degree of resolu-tion is measured by examining the percolate continuously by means of some physical characteristic such as refractive index or electrical conductivity.This technique facilitates the use of columns of carbon black which has some valuable properties as a chromatographic adsorbent. By using a column of square cross-section having one side of thick polished glass the changing refractive index of the liquid in contact with the inside face may be observed from the outside thus enabling the method to be applied directly to the location of zones on the column itself. A method depending on the change of dielectric constant has also been proposed. Radiometric methods can be applied to follow the separation of mixtures produced in the atomic pile and the cyclotron by examination of the percolates from ion-exchange columns. Radio-tracers have found wide application in paper chromatography.For example by converting amino-acids to their p-iodo-( 131)-phenylsulphonyl derivatives they may be resolved on a paper strip which can then be cut up into equal sections and evaluated by means of a counter It has been claimed that a complete analysis of the hydrolysate of a few micro-grams of the original protein is thus possible. Paper chromatograms of penicillin and streptomycin can be evaluated by pressing the paper strips after chromatography on to a sheet of agar pre-inocu-lated with a bacterium. Zones of bactericidal activity are revealed by elliptical regions of inhibition of bacterial growth. In contrast paper chromatograms of the Vitamin B group can be pressed on to agar seeded with a mould which after incubation shows stimulated growth areas in the regions of vitamin activity.When no other device can be found the empirical method has to be used. The column may be cut up into equal sections and the separate eluates examined, or the fractions of the percolate can be collected from a flowing chromatogram. A spectacular example of the latter technique is provided by an experiment designed to concentrate the active principle from the abdominal tips of virgin female gipsy moths. The fractions were exposed to nature in suitable vessels and evaluated by the number of male moths they attracted. One fraction collected 114 males. On changing from one adsorbent to another it is usually noticed that the order of adsorption of a given group of compounds is altered. Similarly such inversions are frequently observed with the same adsorbent when the developing solvent is changed.More rarely inversions occur merely by changing the composition of a binary developing solvent. Thus on a silica gel column 20 per cent. acetone in petroleum develops dini trophenol picric acid trinitrocresol and hexanitrodiphenylamine in that order (bottom to top). With 30 per cent. acetone the dinitrophenol moves to third place and with 35 per cent. acetone to fourth place while the trinitrocresol and picric acid also change places. The transformation of compounds due to contact with the active adsorbents during chromatography provides a trap for the unwary and adsorbents must be chosen with care. During the identification as p-nitrodiethylaniline of a yellow impurity found to be discolouring normally white cordite the method of “mixed chromatograms” was employed.When the isolated trace of impurity was mixed with the authentic substance and chromatographed on silica gel no separation was observed. On repeating the experiment on aluminium oxide two yellow zones were noted. It was subsequently found that the trailing zone was due to a product of transformation occurring only when the material was placed in contact with the active aluminium oxide. The possible effect of light is also important. When anthracene is chromato-graphed on aluminium oxide a secondary zone of dianthracene is produced by the action of strong daylight or ultraviolet light. Many colourless zones have been noted to turn yellow on the sides facing the window; examples include naphthacene (by conversion to 2 3-naphthaquinone) and N-nitroso-N-ethyl-aniline and its nitro-derivatives.Zones of N,N’-dinitroso-N,N’-diethyl-benzidine turn yellow in ordinary light within a minute and then proceed to a bright green. No loss is incurred when the columns are shielded from light. Probably the most spectacular advances in chromatography in recent years have been made with the paper technique in which Consden Martin and Synge have taken a leading part. Its best known application is to the separation of the amino-acids in protein hydrolysates and the like. Ninhydrin is used to detect the zones. Solvents used include phenol n-butanol and collidine. The individual acids are commonly characterised by their RF values that is the ratio of the distance travelled by the acid to that travelled by the solvent front meas-ured in each case from the point at which the sample was placed.The RF value varies with the solvent used. A more precise method is to measure the ratio of the distance travelled by the ingredient to that travelled by a standard material which can be added. Thus in the sugar group tetramethyl-glucose can be employed as the standard since it moves faster than other sugars. The ratio 131 is here known as the R value. Proline can be used as an amino-acid standard, and the ratio is then termed the RP value. Complete separation is difficult for compounds having RP values differing by less than 10 per cent. In two-dimensional chromatography the sample is placed at one corner of a square sheet of filter paper and the normal chromatogram is developed along one side of the paper.The sheet is then turned through a right angle, and the partially resolved mixture is chromatographed across the sheet using a different solvent. In this way a better separation is gained. Another device for improving the separation depends on the application of an electric potential across the paper strip during development so that basic ingredients drift towards one side of the strip and acidic ingredients towards the other. The most recent advances in the application of paper chromatography have been in the separation of inorganic substances. The work of Linstead and co-workers in particular has provided a long-n eeded boost to inorganic chro-matography and the nature of the separations so far obtained suggests the desirability of an early revision of existing methods of group separations.MINERAL NUTRITION IN HORTICULTURE By A. C. MASON B.Sc. F.R.I.C. (East Anglian Section at Norwich 5 December 1949) The main effort in horticultural research in England is devoted to the better production of fruit and related crops which as distinct from agricultural crops, are grown in permanent plantations. The roots of fruit trees are distributed throughout a very large volume in the soil and may penetrate to considerable depths into a poor subsoil. It is therefore not surprising that after a time, fruit trees on certain types of soil show signs of deficient nutrition. On account of the capital involved in establishing an orchard it is of great economic importance to study mineral nutrition in order to rectify or prevent deficiencies.The elements generally regarded as being essential to the health of fruit trees are C H 0 N S P K Ca Mg Fe Mn Cu Zn and B. In addition other elements occur widely in fruit trees and other plants but it is not definitely estab-lished whether or not they have an essential role in the plant metabolism. Under English conditions of soil management there is never likely to be any problem over the availablilty of C H 0 S or Ca but under certain conditions any of the other elements may be deficient in the plant. Deficiency of an element may be due to shortage in the soil especially in light soils where the nutrient is likely to be leached away or it may be due to soil conditions which prevent the element from entering the plant even though it may be present in ample supply; in this respect pH and the zeolitic action of the clay fraction of the soil are important.In certain instances trees have shown typical symptoms of iron deficiency although analysis of the leaves has shown iron to be present in the tissues in ample concentration. Injection of ferrous iron into the tissues has completely removed the symptoms and restored the tree to full health. It would appear that in such cases the tree is suffering from some metabolic disorder which is not as yet understood. The general methods used for diagnosing deficiencies are based on (a) visible symptoms (b) leaf or tissue analysis and ( c ) injection. For leaf or tissue analysis care in sampling is very important on account of the variation in composition which may occur in different parts of the tree.Leaves of the same physiological age are taken from shoots of the same type. The sample is cleaned dried in an air-oven and ground to a fine powder. A 132 small portion may then be taken for spectrographic analysis using an oxy-acetylene flame. This method has the advantage of speed and sensitivity. For chemical analysis it is necessary to ash the sample in order to obtain a solution. The method of ashing is dictated by the element being sought. P, K Ca Fe Mn Cu and Zn are determined on a single 500 mg. sample which is ashed in a muffle at 450" C. Silicon is removed by the usual method; the small residue is fused with sodium bicarbonate dissolved and the solution is made up to 10 ml.Aliquots are taken for each element colorimetric methods being employed where possible. Separate portions of sample are taken for the determination of N and of B. The results of the analysis must be interpreted with caution and if possible comparisons should be made between analyses of healthy and unhealthy material sampled at the same time. The curative treatment of a mineral deficiency will depend on the elements causing trouble. For N P K and Mg it is usual to apply dressings containing these elements to the soil. It is practicable though expensive to apply the deficient element in the form of a spray to the foliage two or three times a year during the growing season. It is essential to incorporate a good wetting agent in the solution to avoid any spray damage.In other cases an injection technique with solid pellets or tablets of the deficient element may be used. HUMUS AND COAL AS MANURE By Professor N. R. DHAR D.Sc. F.R.I.C. I.E.S. (Bangalore Section 9 December 1949) According to Professor G. Bertrand a flowering lucerne plant contains the following elements :-carbon hydrogen oxygen nitrogen sulphur phosphorus, chlorine silicon calcium magnesium potassium and sodium in amounts varying from 45-37 to 0.157 per cent. The following elements are present in smaller amounts ranging from 0.0036 to 04000027 per cent. :-iron aluminium, boron copper zinc manganese fluorine titanium bromine nickel molyb- . denum iodine and cobalt. Moreover V. M. Goldschmidt and others have reported the presence of most of the above elements in coal together with zirconium lead cadmium gold silver vanadium beryllium germanium, barium strontium scandium yttrium lanthanum uranium arsenic antimony, tin bismuth rhodium palladium and platinum.A fertile soil contains the following :-carbon hydrogen nitrogen oxygen, phosphorus potassium calcium magnesium sodium boron copper iron, manganese zinc cobalt aluminium titanium molybdenum chlorine fluorine, iodine sulphur and silicon. It is clear that for the healthy growth of a crop the soil must contain those elements which form essential ingredients of plant life. From ancient times plant materials have been partially decomposed in heaps or in pits and converted into composts which are added to the fields as manure.The aim of composting is to conserve the nitrogen present in the plant materials and to add it to the soil with about ten times its weight of carbon in the form of humus which also contains most of the minerals present in the plant residues along with micro-organisms. Since 1935 the writer (Presidential Address National Academy of Sciences (India) 15 January 1937) has emphasised that the direct addition of plant materials to the fields without composting is more beneficial to crops because the energy materials such as carbohydrates cellulose lignin fats etc. when added to the soil are partially oxidised and in this process nitrogen of the air is fixed. The value of plant residues when added directly is due not only to their nitrogen content but also to the nitrogen fixed during the oxidation of their carbonaceous constituents.Hence much more humus (which is a combination of protein with lignin or cellulose or carbohydrate mixed with r 133 micro-organisms) is formed and added to the soil when plant materials are mixed directly with the soil instead of being added after composting elsewhere. The method of direct addition of plant materials to soils without composting has been adopted in Pennsylvania and California U.S.A. The chief artificial fertilkers used in industrially advanced countries are potassium salts phosphates ammonium salts urea and nitrates and for acid soils calcium carbonate also. It is clear that the above fertilisers do not supply all the materials required for the healthy growth of a plant. On the other hand plant residues when added directly or as compost supply all the materials necessary.Dhar and co-workers have shown that carbohydrates, celluloses and fats act as marked negative catalysts in the oxidation of proteins and ammonium salts or urea to nitrites and nitrates. Hence the proteins added along with plant materials liberate nitrate much more slowly and for a longer period than ammonium salts or urea. The slow liberation of nitrates from humus decreases the chance of leaching away of nitrates from soil. It has been established in Allahabad that when 100 Ib. of nitrogen are added to soil in the form of ammonium salts 601b. are lost as nitrogen gas in three or four months without benefit to the soil or the crop chiefly because of the forma-tion and decomposition of the unstable substance ammonium nitrite.Proteins also undergo oxidation and partially lose their nitrogen but in the presence of carbohydrates celluloses lignins and fats the loss is retarded and hence the crop can absorb the nitrate formed slowly for a longer period. It has been observed that peat lignite and bituminous coal when mixed with soil in a very finely divided condition are slowly oxidised and in this process fixation of nitrogen takes place. The amount of nitrogen fixed is greater in sunlight than in the dark. The estimated total nitrogen capital of the world in peat and lignite is 47,350 million tons. Moreover the carbonaceous compounds present in coal are more inert than those existing in fresh plant materials and hence when finely divided coal is added to the soil the available soil nitrogen is not readily converted into microbial proteins as is the case with plant residues.Hence finely divided coal can be mixed with soil and crops can be grown almost immediately without giving the time interval which is needed when plant materials are added directly to the soil. The growing of paddy and wheat has been found to be benefited by the addition of finely-divided lignite and bituminous coal. It is estimated that the nitrogen content of the humus in the top one foot of the cultivated lands of the world is 40,000 million tons. The amount of nitrogen fixed in all the nitrogen industries of the world was 3-54 million tons in 1937. Hence the nitrogen still present in the world soils in the first foot from the top is 11,250 times greater than the yearly nitrogen production.It is no wonder therefore that only 3 per cent. of the world crop yield was attributed to artificial nitrogenous manures at the last British Association meeting (Nature, 164 597): “At present only some three per cent. of the world food production can be attributed to the use of nitrogenous fertilisers. To raise the available food by ten per cent. that is to say one hundred million tons involves a four-fold increase in supplies of fixed nitrogen at an approximate capital cost of &1,500,OOO,OOO. This . . . would take a minimum of fifteen years to achieve.” It is interesting to note that even in the highly industrialised countries the amount of nitrogen added per acre of land before the second world war was much less than the nitrogen requirement of even one crop per year as shown below in pounds of nitrogen added per acre of land under cultivation :-Belgium (28-5) Holland (24.8) Germany (1 5*6) Denmark (10.3) Norway (6-0) Sweden (5.24) Italy (4.3) France (4.0) Great Britain (2.5) U.S.A.(1-36) Poland (0-73), Hungary (0.1 5). c 134 SOME ASPECTS OF THE U.K. PETROLEUM CHEMICALS INDUSTRY By J. M. BUTLER M.Sc. and H. L. BENNISTER M.Sc. A.R.I.C. (East Midlands Section and Society of Chemical Industry (Nottingham Section), at Loughborough 19 January 1950) As a source of organic chemicals petroleum has advantages over coal in being liquid and in having hydrogen already combined with carbon and over vegetable products in being more easily transported giving a higher weight for weight yield of synthetic chemicals and being more stable in price.Recent progress in petroleum refining e.g. catalytic cracking has led to greater availability of reactive hydrocarbons-the olefines-which can be used as “bricks” for chemical synthesis. In the U.S.A. natural gas (largely methane) has also been widely used but in the U.K. neither natural gas nor refinery gas is available. Removal of the hydrocarbon oils duty however has given an impetus to the establishment of a petroleum chemicals industry in Britain of which the first stage is the cracking of imported gas oil and the second stage is the utilisation of the large quantities of refinery gases anticipated from the great expansion in U.K. petroleum refining which is estimated to reach 19 million tons by 1953 compared with the present 8 million tons per annum.The key to future developments in Britain is found possibly in the rapid progress in the U.S.A. where over 50 per cent. of aliphatic chemicals and about 25 per cent. of all synthetic organic chemicals are derived from petroleum or natural gas although the estimated 1948 production of about 2 million tons of chemicals from petroleum is very small compared with the total output of crude oil. One example of the phenomenal rise is isopropyl alcohol the production of which has risen from 100 tons to 300,000 tons per annum in less than 30 years. The important hydrocarbons for the synthesis of organic chemicals are the paraffins and olefines. Of the former methane yields “synthesis gas” (CO + He) with steam or oxygen ; the availability of low-cost natural gas makes this process cheaper than the water-gas process using coke.Such synthesis gas gives methanol (80 per cent. of U.S. 1949 output) and higher alcohols or by a modified Fischer-Tropsch reaction using natural gas to supply the carbon monoxide and hydrogen a variety of alcohols acids aldehydes and ketones as in the Hydrocol process recently developed. Paraffins may be oxidised directly to give for example high yields of acetic acid from ethane or acetone and propionic acid from propane; they may also be chlorinated to give such products as the refrigerant methyl chloride and the ethylating agent ethyl chloride ; chlorinated higher parafhs are valuable intermediates in the manufacture of synthetic detergents.Olefines are very important in the U.K. where natural gas supplies are negligible and the petroleum chemicals industry has been planned largely on them. They are obtained by a variety of cracking processes from various feedstocks and highly effective physical and chemical methods of separation have been developed to obtain them in good yield. From the olefines alcohols are derived by hydrolysis of esters produced by absorption in sulphuric acid; thus ethylene gives ethyl alcohol propylene gives isopropyl alcohol and butylene gives secondary butyl alcohol. On dehydrogenation the latter two alcohols give acetone and methyl ethyl ketone respectively-both powerful ketonic solvents and starting points for further valuable syntheses.Oxidation of olefines gives important oxides (e.g. ethylene oxide) glycols and glycol-ether derivatives. On chlorination ethylene yields ethylene dichloride and trichlorethane intermediates in the production of vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride respectively. Under appropriate conditions propylene gives the substitution derivative ally1 chloride instead of the more usual addition 135 product-the subject of considerable development work by Shell in the U.S.A., leading ultimately to the commercial synthesis of glycerine. Some idea of the impact of the growing petroleum chemicals industry in Britain is obtained by considering how far it fulfils organic chemical require-ments in the fields of detergents textiles surface coatings and plastics. For detergents the industry provides parafhs for alkyl sulphonates ; kerosine for keryl chloride and ultimately alkyl aryl sulphonates ; ethylene for ethylene oxide condensates or “non-ionics” ; and propylene for polymers used in making alkylated aromatics and from them alkyl aryl sulphonates.Of the higher olefines those obtained from cracking of petroleum wax or shale oil are of considerable significance giving rise to the secondary alkyl sulphate synthetic detergents. The estimated ultimate quantity of paraffinic and olefinic hydrocarbons supplied by the U.K. petroleum chemicals industry for detergents manufacture is about 30,000 tons per annum equivalent to about 150,000 tons of marketed products or one-third of the annual soap production. Comparison of U.K. and U.S. productions of soap and synthetic detergents over the past 10 years indicates how the rapid upward trend of synthetic detergents in the U.S.A.against steady output of soap is being closely followed in Britain. In textiles there are four important applications :-(a) Synthesis of entirely new fibres e.g. nylon the components of which-adipic acid and hexamethylene diamine-can both be derived from petroleum ; (b) Manufacture of older fibres e.g. acetate rayon in which acetone keten and acetic anhydride play so important a part; (c) Processing of fibres and fabrics e.g. by synthetic detergents; and (4 Finishing e.g. by glyoxal or acrylic resins. For surface coating the supply of alcohols ethers ketones etc. from ethylene propylene and butylene will meet fully the solvent requirements of the industry and valuable surpluses should also become available.Aromatic compounds prepared from petroleum have interesting possibilities in this sphere either as solvents or for the manufacture of plastics and plasticiser intermediates such as phthalic anhydride. Higher alcohols for plasticiser manufacture will also come from the OX0 synthesis (olefine carbon monoxide and hydrogen). The plastics industry itself may benefit considerably from the range and flexibility of petroleum as a starting material for synthesis. Already in the U.K. ethylene is being converted into polyethylene and propylene-via iso-propanol and acetone-into methacrylate plastics. Among plastics inter-mediates which can be made are formaldehyde (from methane via methanol), vinyl chloride (from ethylene dichloride) acetic anhydride (from propylene via .acetone and keten) and maleic anhydride (from n-butylene by oxidation) as well as those products such as yhthalic anhydride and phenol hitherto derived solely from coal-tar. Each of the major projects in hand in the U.K. has distinctive features, technically and commercially and they fall naturally into four categories :-(1) Wholly oil e.g. the Shell developments at Stanlow comprising both long-established detergent manufacture and the more recent solvents and intermediates production of 24,000 tons per annum of alcohols ketones and ethers including isopropanol and its derivatives acetone diacetone mesityl oxide and methyl isobutyl ketone from propylene; and secondary butyl alcohol and methyl ethyl ketone from butylene: (2) Oil/chemical producer e.g.the Anglo-Iranian/Distillers activities as British Petroleum Chemicals at Grangemouth with a rumoured production of 35,000 tons per annum of ethanol and 25,000 tons per annum of isopropanol; (3) Oil/chemical consumers e.g. the Petrochemicals plant at Partington, which aims at a high yield of aromatic hydrocarbons as well as olefines fro which oxides glycols alcohols etc. will be obtained-most of the products being utilised by major chemical consumers on the site; (4) F’urely chemical e.g. the I.C.I. project at Wilton the first stages of which involve the manufacture of polyethylene and non-ionic detergents from ethylene, and methacrylate plastics from propylene via isopropanol and acetone.Most of these developments are located near existing or projected oil refineries and this taken in conjunction with the increases in refinery capacity already announced will ensure large and steady quantities of refinery gases becoming available for conversion into organic chemicals at the adjacent chemical plants. The value of the new industry from the view-points of technology produc-tivity and research is considerable. Great effort has been expended on the development of continuous processes and of new types of equipment for their operation and automatic control and this has led to extremely high productivity. Furthermore the pilot plants with associated research facilities now being established should ultimately earn dollars by the sale of new processes in the U.S.A.The direct saving of dollars made possible by the U.K. petroleum chemicals industry has been conservatively estimated at well over 10 million dollars per annum. In addition it will provide sterling-produced chemicals for export to developing markets in Europe hitherto supplied direct from the U.S.A., and it will stimulate the production of other basic chemicals such as sulphuric acid caustic soda chlorine and catalyst metals and oxides of which the petroleum chemicals industry itself is a major consumer. CHEMICAL ACTIVITIES OF MICRO-ORGANISMS By E. C. KNIGHT M.Sc.Tech. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. (Dublin and District Section 25 January 1950) The chemical activities of micro-organisms are due to the action of enzymes, substances produced by living cells which act as catalysts of specific reactions.Several of them have been isolated in a pure state and found to be protein in nature. They are usually thermo-labile and are only active if physical conditions are suitable. They display strict specificity towards their substrate in that they will only catalyse the alteration of one substance or of substances containing a specific chemical linkage. Enzymes can now be studied in a cell-free state and by the use of this technique it has been found that although all enzymes have the properties of proteins many of them consist of two parts one protein in nature and the other, the “prosthetic” group of a simple non-protein nature. If this part is detached from the protein moiety the enzyme loses its activity. Several enzymes may have the same prosthetic group but exhibit different substrate specificities.It is probable that the prosthetic group plays an active part in the decomposition of the substrate but that the protein moiety is responsible for its specificity. It is believed that a loose combination takes place between the substrate and enzyme protein before catalysis occurs. Maldane suggests that if the combining groups on the enzyme surface are almost in the right position to “fit” the polar groups of the substrate a state of strain will occur in the structure of any enzyme-substrate compound which may be formed hence rendering it more unstable and liable to modification. Enzymes bring about chemical changes in very simple steps the number of basic reactions including the following :-( 1) reduction (2) oxidation (3) dehydration (4) hydrolysis (5) deamination (6) decarboxylation (7) phos-phorylation (8) dephosphorylation.These reactions may all be utilised by f 137 different bacteria on the same substrate giving rise to the large diversity of substances produced by micro-organisms. The fermentation of sugar by yeast to give alcohol carbon dioxide and a number of subsidiary products has been extensively studied. Due to the work of Embden Warburg Christian Meyerhsf Cori and others the mechanism is probably better understood than that of any other microbial fermentation. Glucose is first of all phosphorylated to glucose-6-phosphate and this product is converted to fructose- 1 6-diphosphate via fructose-6-phosphate. An enzyme aldolase converts the fructose-1 6-diphosphate into dihydroxy-acetone phosphate and 3-glyceraldehyde phosphate.Glycerol is formed from the dihydroxyacetone phosphate via a-glycerophosphate. The 3-glyceraldehyde phosphate is converted through a number of intermediates to pyruvic acid and thence via acetaldehyde to alcohol and carbon dioxide. In this scheme three organic co-enzyme systems each with several stages and at least fifteen enzymes and attendant inorganic ions take part and no less than twelve stable inter-mediates are formed. Pyruvic acid is the forerunner of a number of products produced by bacteria. It is broken down by Escherichia coli to give acetic acid formic acid hydrogen and carbon dioxide under different conditions. This same organism is able to produce lactic acid from pyruvic acid either by direct reduction brought about by an enzyme “lactic dehydrogenase” or by intereaction of glyceraldehyde phosphate and pyruvic acid in the presence of water to give phosphoglyceric acid and lactic acid.Succinic acid is an interesting product of bacterial metabolism and is formed to a variable extent from either glucose or pyruvic acid by a number of bacteria, e.g. Aerobacter aerogenes Esch. coli and Propionibacteria. The interest in its production lies in the fact that it is a four-carbon compound derived from a six-carbon sugar a three-carbon triose or pyruvic acid. Using isotopic ClS carbon Werkman et a/. were able to show that carbon dioxide is assimilated during the reaction which is supposed to take place as follows:-CxO CXOOH CXOOH CXOOH CXOOH 1 CH LH2 I CH2 + I CH3 CH2 I I 1 I1 I CO + CO + CH0H-t CH + CHg I 1 1 I 1 COOH COOH COOH COOH COOH Pyruvic Oxalacetic Malic Fumaric Succinic acid acid acid acid acid Cx = C13 isotope.Other mechanisms exist however and it is known that two molecules of acetic acid can by direct dehydrogenation give rise to one molecule of succinic acid. Acetylmethylcarbinol diacetyl and 2 3-butylene glycol are produced from pyruvic acid by the organism Aerobacter aerogenes. 2 3-Butylene glycol can be readily converted by chemical means to butadiene CH2=CH-CH=CH2 a product of value in the production of synthetic rubber. Cfostridium aceto-butyficum is able to produce acetone butyl alcohol ethyl alcohol butyric acid acetic acid carbon dioxide and hydrogen when grown anaerobically on a maize meal mash or molasses.This process is worked commercially for the production of butyl alcohol and its mechanism has been the subject of much study. In the process the starch of maize meal is broken down by two extra-cellular enzymes produced by the organism namely amylase, [ 138 which breaks down the starch to maltose and maltase which converts the maltose to glucose. Acetic acid and butyric acid are formed in the early stages of growth while the pH is falling rapidly. When the pH has fallen to 4.5 these acids begin to disappear and acetone and butyl alcohol make their appearance which suggests that they are formed from the acetic and butyric acid respectively. Latest evidence indicates that the acetone is formed from acetic acid via acetoacetic acid and that acetic acid is also the precursor of butyl alcohol and butyric acid.Clostridiurn butylicurn an organism very similar to Clostridiurn aceto-butylicum produces isopropyl alcohol from glucose and again the intermediate is thought to be acetoacetic acid. Isotopic carbon studies are responsible for these latter findings and the suggested scheme put forward is shown below:-CXH,.CBOH CXH .C0.CxH2.COOH Acetoacetic acid / \ d' \ C~H,.CO.CHX C~H,.?H,.C~H,.COOH Acetone Butyric acid CXH,.CHOH.CxH CXH3 CH2. CXH2. CH@H isoPropy1 alcohol Butyl alcohol Cx = C13 isotope. 4 .1 NEW METHODS IN QUANTITATIVE INQRGANIC ANALYSIS By RONALD BELCHER F.Inst.F. F.R.I.C. (Liverpool and North-Western Section 2 February 1950) Amongst the newer acid-base indicators are Benzoyl Auramine G which has a very narrow pH interval of 5.0 to 5.6 and which has been specially recom-mended for Kjeldahl determinations ; ethyl bis-2 4-dinitrophenyl acetate, which may be used in place of phenolphthalein and is particularly useful for titrations in which yellow coloured oils or picric acid are present ; and p-ethoxy-chrysoidine which has a pH interval of 3.5 to 5.5.The acid-base indicating properties of p-ethoxychrysoidine are not particularly remarkable but it is mentioned because of its amazing range of application in other types of titration. Hoppner's indicator (mixed methyl yellow-bromocresol green) can be strongly recommended for titrations of carbonate ions. Some interesting inorganic acid-base indicators have been developed for use in solutions containing oxidising agents which would tend to destroy the usual organic indicators.Examples are thallic chloride mercuric iodocyanide and mercuric chromi thiocyanate. Naphthidine and brucine have been recommended as redox indicators in titrations with potassium &chromate. p-Ethoxychrysoidine may be used with ceric sulphate or permanganate or in titrations of zinc with ferrocyanide. It is said to be the only indicator which can be used for the last determination in the presence of perchloric acid. Other redox indicators of interest are certain diphenylamine carboxylic acids which can be used in solutions 16 N to 20 N to sulphuric acid. r 139 Some useful irreversible indicators for titrations with potassium bromate are Naphthol Blue Black and Brilliant Ponceaux.Both indicators are a distinct advance on the conventional methyl orange. Fluorescein has also been recommended being changed to eosin at the end-point. Reversible indicators are now available for this titration and represent one of the great advances in analytical chemistry of recent years. The earliest indicators of this type were inorganic but are now merely of historical interest owing to the development of suitable organic indicators. Only a few organic reversible indicators are yet known and there is room for developments in this field. The best are a-naphthoflavone and p-ethoxychrysoidine. There is not much to choose between them in bromate-arsenite titrations although the writer’s preference is for a-naphthoflavone ; p-ethoxychrysoidine is to be preferred in bromate-antimonite titrations.The Andrews’ titration with potassium iodate has been modified. In place of the organic solvent certain irreversible dyestuffs-Naphthol Blue Black, Brilliant Ponceaux and Amaranth-are recommended. Their use simplifies the titration procedure. p-Ethoxychrysoidine may be used as a reversible indicator for this same titration. Several miscellaneous indicators are now available sodium starch glycollate and sodium amylose glycollate can replace starch in iodometry and iodimetry. Chrome Azurol and Solochrome Brilliant Blue B.S. (which are the same dyestuff) have been recommended in place of Alizarin S in titrations of fluoride with thorium nitrate.Two indicators suitable for titrations of cyanides with silver nitrate are dimethylglyoxime and p-dimethylaminobenzalrhodanine. Tartrazine has been recommended in the Volhard method in place of ferric alum; there is no need to filter the precipitated silver chloride prior to the back titration. A number of new reagents has been developed during the last few years. Hypochlorites used in conjunction with sodium arsenite have a wide application, Bordeaux being used as an irreversible indicator in such titrations. More recently it has been found that Tartrazine can be used and acts reversibly. Mercurous nitrate and perchlorate have been known for some years as reagents for the titration of halides but of greater importance is their use for the direct titration of ferric ions.The reaction is stoichiometric over a wide range of concentrations. Another interesting substance is tripotassium ditungstic enneachloride which, it is claimed can be used for the same titrations as titanous chloride and is much more stable. Two new primary standards for use in oxidimetric work are ferrous ethylene-diamine sulphate and the homologous propylene compound. Their use simplifies the standardisation of ceric sulphate and permanganate. Various new methods for the determination of calcium are now available. The urea hydrolysis method is undoubtedly the best for precipitating calcium as oxalate. A new direct titration method with ferrous sulphate using Cacotheline as the indicator has been recommended. Calcium may be deter-mined down to a concentration of 5 mg.per litre by precipitation with Loretin. A survey of every known method for precipitating calcium has revealed that the only rapid and satisfactory way to separate calcium from magnesium is by precipitation as tungstate. Several interesting methods have been developed for the rapid determination of silicon. These may be divided into two classes. In the first class the silicon is precipitated as [Si(Mo,O,),]H8B,.4H~O where B represents an organic base such as hexamethylene tetramine pyridine quinoline trimethylamine etc. the determination being completed titrimetrically. In the second class the silicon is precipitated as K2SiF6 which is then titrated alkalimetrically. It is claimed that silicon in plain carbon st&ls can be determined in 20 minutes by the latter method An interesting modification of the cuprous thiocyanate method for copper has been evolved in which filtration is avoided.The determination is completed by titration with K2Cr20,. One of the most convenient methods for the titrimetric determination of sodium consists in the alkalimetric titration of sodium zinc uranyl acetate. A potentiometric study of the method has revealed that provided the right con-ditions are adhered to one molecule of the triple salt requires nine equivalents of sodium hydroxide. Acid-base indicators may be used provided the sodium does not exceed 8 mg. Potassium may be determined rapidly if great accuracy is not required as the cobaltinitrite by using standardised precipitation conditions and applying an empirical factor.It is doubtful if an accurate method with this reagent will ever be developed owing to the different compounds which can be formed. It is thought that mixed crystal formation occurs. An interesting method, which appears to hold some promise but which has yet to be tested under all conditions has recently been worked out. Potassium is precipitated as the phosphomolybdate and the precipitate titrated alkalimetrically. THE CONSTITUTION AND AVAILABILITY OF SOME VEGETABLE (DRYING) OILS By Professor T. P. HILDITCH DSc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (Newcastle- upon Tyne and North-East Coast Section 15 February ; Bristol and District Section 16 March 1950) From studies of drying oils undertaken during the past five years three conclusions of general importance have emerged :-(i) The efficiency of a vegetable oil for drying purposes has been correlated with the composition of its mixed glycerides which in turn has been shown to be a function of its fatty acid composition; (ii) The constitution of the glycerides of all the fatty oils examined conforms with that of more saturated seed fats and with the “even distribution rule.” The results obtained in the course of these studies have in fact provided much additional evidence for the uniformity with which this characteristic glyceride structure obtains in seed fats; (iii) The oils of certain species of annual plants notably sunflowers safflowers, Niger seed and tobacco all contain only linoleic and oleic acids in major pro-portions with subordinate proportions of saturated acids.Under different conditions of growth however the relative proportions of linoleic and oleic acids may vary widely e.g. in sunflower seed oils from as much as over 70 per cent. down to 20 per cent. of linoleic acid. Examination of oils from sunflower seeds of different varieties from many different regions of Africa together with those from different African seeds grown side by side in English gardens has shown clearly that difference in variety of seed has little influence upon the nature of the oil produced. The causes of merences in sunflower seed oil composition are almost wholly environmental and it is fairly clear from this work that the main factor is the rate of development or ripening of the seed in the flower heads i.e. probably the atmospheric temperature humidity and intensity of light during the seed-maturing period.The constitution of the glycerides in the oils has been obtained by elaborate separations of the oils by successive crystallisations and recrystallisations from acetone or from ether at low temperatures (down to -70” C.). In this way an oil is resolved into several groups which although still mixtures of mixed glycerides are much simpler in character than the original oil and in whic one or other of the categories tripolyethenoid dipolyethenoid or monopoly-ethenoid glycerides predominates. From the component acids of such simplified groups it is possible to evaluate approximately the general glyceride composition of each and therefrom to derive that of the whole fat. The criteria for useful drying oils of the two types-linolenic-rich and linoleic-rich-are as follows :-(i) Linolenic-rich oils (linseed type).-A content of at least 80 per cent.of combined di- and tri-polyethenoid glycerides (about 25 per cent. being tri-polyethenoid) and at least 60 per cent. of di-linoleno glycerides and trilinolenin together. From this it follows that the mixed fatty acids of the oil should contain not less than about 70 per cent. of polyethenoid (linolenic + linoleic) acids of which linolenic acid should form at least 50 per cent. of the total fatty acids of the oil. (ii) Linoleic-rich oils (sunflower etc. type).-A content of 90 per cent. or more of glycerides containing either two or three linoleo groups in each tri-glyceride molecule; i.e. the oil must not contain more than 10 per cent.of mono-linoleo glycerides. For this the proportion or linoleic acid in the total fatty acids of the oil must be 67 per cent. or higher. Alternative sources of drying oils may become available in the near future. In the linoleic-rich class as indicated above certain seeds-sunflower safflower, tobacco Niger seed-yield oil of variable composition but oils from any of these sources which contain from 67 per cent. upwards of linoleic acid are equally good and valuable “non-yellowing” drying oils; and they can all be successfully grown within .the British Commonwealth. In the linolenic-rich or linseed type of drying oils there is a number of tropical seeds which contain oils even richer in linolenic acid than linseed oil. The most practicable of these is the West African vine Tetracarpidium the cultivation of which is in the early stages of trial and development in Nigeria it produces nuts rich in oil and protein the conophor oil having a linolenic acid content of 63-65 per cent.Another group of oils including candlenut and rubberseed oils contain less linolenic acid but more linoleic acid than linseed oil and are of interest as diluents or “extenders” of linseed oil and probably will be found to have specific properties as a class of oils intermediate between the linoleic-rich and the linolenic-rich types. CHEMISTRY AND MEDICINE By Professor W. BRADLEY Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (Leeds Area Section 13 February 1950) Chemistry and medicine have grown up together during the last two thousand years and it is interesting to see what their relation has been and what it is likely to be in the future.In Ancient Egypt chemistry was already well established as a practical art concerned chiefly with metallurgy glass-making dyeing and the making of pharmaceutical preparations. Doubtless it would have continued to develop as a practical art but for the spread of Greek metaphysical thought. The Greeks regarded the physical world as composed of earth air fire and water and to these four elements Aristotle added a fifth an essence which pervaded all things. The idea of something common to all matter became reflected in the thoughts of chemists who came to regard the base metals as impure forms of the more noble ones. The transmutation of base metals into gold became a widespread study and the hypothetical effective agent the philosopher’s stone was considered to ensure health as well as prosperity.With the advent of the Renaissance alchemy declined and new thoughts emerged. Basil Valentine held that the true function of chemistry was the service E 142 of medicine. Paracelsus advocated that bodily functions were chemical in nature thereby bringing chemistry and medicine even closer. The period of iatro-chemistry or chemistry in the service of medicine brought many practical developments in chemistry but it was not to continue for long. Robert Boyle, contemptuous of the ways of the iatro-chemists argued that the future of chemistry lay in the study of composition. His views were welcomed and with the work of Lavoisier chemistry became firmly established as an experimental science.The development of medicine pursued a less fortunate course. In Ancient Greece medicine had achieved renown and the teaching of Hippocrates is remembered even to-day. But medicine declined with the fall of Greece and with the teaching of Galen it became an art burdened with dogma. So authorita-tive were the principles of Galen that only recently has medicine begun to emerge as a branch of experimental science. Chemistry developed quickly from the time of Lavoisier. Kekulk’s recogni-tion of the quadrivalency of carbon and his views on the linking of carbon atoms opened the door to organic chemistry. An organic chemical industry was established with dyestuffs as the principal interest. Following earlier practice, new compounds were tested for their value in medicine and with the discovery of antipyrine and phenacetin the pharmaceutical industry was born.Amongst the earliest organic compounds introduced into medicine and surgery were the general anaesthetics ether (Morton 1846) and chloroform (Simpson 1847) the sedatives chloral hydrate (Liebrich 1869) and barbituric acid (Fischer and von Meering 1903) and the febrifuges antipyrine (Bayer, 1884) and acetanilide (Cahn and Hepp 1886). Amy1 nitrite which has the effect of lowering the blood pressure was introduced by Guthrie in 1859 for the treatment of angina pectoris. Subsequently many compounds originally purely chemical in interest found their way into medicine. Such were cyclo-propane and trichlorethylene found to be of use as general anaesthetics and the diethylamide of nicotinic acid (Coramine) an effective stimulant of the central nervous system.To this group of compounds should be added the sulpha drugs and most of the antibiotics. The sulpha drugs first appeared as azo-dyes containing sulphonamide groups. Some were found to be active against streptococcal infections in mice and of these two came to be issued as the Prontosils (Mietsch and Klarer 1932 Domagk 1935). Trefouel and his co-workers soon demonstrated that the dyes were effective because they were reduced in the body to sulphanilamide which then acquired importance as a means of combating bacterial infections in man. Derivatives of sulphanilamide followed including sulphapyridine (Ewins and Philips 1938) sulphathiazole (Landon and Sjongers 1938) sulphaguanidine (Marshall and Bratton 1940), sulphadiazine (Robbins et al.1940) and succinylsulphathiazole (Moore and Miller 1941). In the antibiotics field the success of penicillin in combating infections by Gram-positive organisms in humans was followed by an intensive search for new metabolic products of mould and bacterial metabolism. Streptomycin excited interest because of its value in the treatment of certain forms of tuberculosis. Unfortunately evidence has accumulated that the organisms responsible for the disease become resistant to the drug. Chloro-mycetin and aureomycin have been stated to be effective against Rickettsia1 infections in man which are responsible for scrub typhus typhoid and similar diseases.Chloromycetin has the added chemical interest of containing both chloro- and nitro-groups in its molecular structure. In most other contributions of chemistry to medicine medicine has played an essential part. at least to the extent of describing the problem to be solved. The existence of the vitamins and their function as accessory food factors was recognised by Hopkins following a study of the origin of rickets. Later studies showed the existence of other factors amongst them vitamins B, B2 C E and K. E 143 All of these have been synthesised and can be produced commercially in adequate quantities. Generally the therapeutic action of the vitamins is so specific that most attempts to widen the range of useful analogues by synthesis have proved fruitless.There is an exception in the case of vitamin K which can be replaced advantageously by 2-me t h y lnaph t hoquin one. More frequently the synthesis of a natural therapeutic substance has led to the discovery of a whole class of compounds having therapeutic properties. The synthesis of cocaine led to the discovery of the local anaesthetic 8-diethyl-aminoethyl p-aminobenzoate and the synthetic spasmolytic &diethylamino-ethyl diphenylacetate was introduced following the study of atropine. Knowledge of the constitution of adrenaline and ephedrine prompted an extensive study of related simple amines and led to the discovery of benzedrine, an important stimulant of the central nervous system. One of the characteristic developments of recent times has been the rapid growth of industrial research organisations concerned with the discovery of medicinally useful compounds.The work of such teams begins with the recognition of interesting therapeutic properties in some substance. Intensive work follows on the preparation and testing of related compounds uitil something of practical value is found. By this means were discovered the antimalarials Mepacrine and Paludrine the antihistamine compounds Benadryl and Pyri-benzamine and the analgesics Pethidine and Amidone. The antimony arsenic and mercury of the iatro-chemists too have stimulated research and now find their modern expression in urea-stibamidine a remedy for protozoal infections the trypanocidal Tryparsamide and the diuretic Mersalyl. In at least one direction independent studies in chemistry and medicine have combined to produce an important result.The work of Windaus on cholesterol and of Wieland on the bile acids led to the recognition of cyclo-pentenophenanthrene as the parent nucleus of these compounds. At about the same time Doisy and Butenandt isolated the oestrus-producing hormone from natural sources. How laborious would have been the degradation work and how long delayed the knowledge of the molecular structure of this hormone had it not been possible to show by simple means that cyclopentenophenanthrene was the parent nucleus of the hormone too! The discovery of progesterone, the hormone of the corpus luteum and of testosterone the male hormone, followed quickly and both were synthesised and made available commercially.Finally a search for synthetic oestrogens led to the important stilboestrol of Dodds Lawson and Robinson. Chemistry has developed a variety of tools for research and control of procedures and many of these have found use in medicine. These include analytical methods especially micro-analytical methods and radio-active tracers. Diagnostic reagents such as the iodoacetate employed in the Huggin’s test for cancer and the numerous dyes employed as biological stains should be mentioned in this connection. On numerous occasions the expression of a need in medicine has evoked a response from chemistry. During the war the want of an agent to counteract arsenical poisoning led to the discovery of the therapeutic value of a 8-dimercaptopropane. An understanding of the cause of thyrotoxicosis led to the introduction of thiouracil and other compounds capable of reducing the basal metabolic rate of humans.The need to prolong the action of insulin was answered by the preparation of zinc-insulin and globulin-insulin. In another field the increasing scope of X-ray photography required the preparation of non-toxic compounds which after injection could be used to delineate internal organs by causing them to throw an X-ray shadow. p-Iodophenylundecoic acid 3 5-diiodo-N-methyl-y-pyridone-2 6-dicarboxylic acid and 3 5-diiodo-7-pyridone-N-acetic acid have been found suitable for the purpose. Finally, Ehrlich’s successful experiments on the use of dyes illustrate the same kind o contribution from chemistry to medicine. Methylene blue was known to stain protozoa and Ehrlich successfully extended the principle of staining to overcome a trypanosome infection in humans by means of dyes which were toxic to the invading organisms.There can be little doubt that in the future as in the past studies in melcine will continue to stimulate the individual chemical researcher and the industrial research organisation but the solution of the major problems in medicine is likely to require the closest collaboration of workers in the medical and chemical fields. BOOK REVIEWS An Introduction to Chemical Science. William H. Hatcher. 2nd Edition. (New York John Wiley & Sons Inc.; London Chapman The reviewer has read this volume with interest and regards it as one of the best text-books of chemistry for students of “Liberal Arts” Courses that he has met.An attempt and indeed a highly successful attempt is made to set forth the principles of the various branches of chemistry without laying too heavy a stress on practical and technical methods. The book is divided into four broad sections Inorganic Chemistry (strictly speaking General and Inorganic Chemistry) 221 pages; Organic Chemistry 90 pages; Food Chemistry (which is very roughly what we would understand as Biochemistry) 42 pages; and Industrial Chemistry 68 pages. This seems a reasonably well-balanced division of the main branches of chemistry for the general student. Parts I and IV are those which have received extensive overhaul in preparing the present edition. Frequently as is to be expected in simplifying chemistry in the way desired, the result must prove unsatisfying to those who have had an orthodox chemical training.On the other hand the approach to some of the topics might well prove stimulating to those concerned in turn with passing on a chemical training to the rising generation. It is inevitable that a chemical reviewer of this book must ask and must say, how far scientific accuracy has been sacrificed to the need for simplification and compression. On the whole the answer is favourable to the author but not entirely so. For example he gives the impression of being unhappy with the Debye-Huckel theory which is dealt with in one of the new chapters. The theory is written in as an appendage to the Arrhenius theory and is not properly integrated with it.In the restricted space allotted this must inevitably produce a false perspective. The explanation of the 85 per cent. ionisation of sodium chloride in 0.1 N solution must prove confusing to the liberal arts student-and even to a reader with a more extensive scientific background. Several topics are omitted which one would have expected to receive attention, however briefly in view of their fundamental importance for mankind and therefore for any student of a liberal arts course. Such for example are atomic energy and isotopic tracers-topics so familiar to the American reader for example from the pages of Life that it should have been possible to provide a scientific introduction to them for the general student. Although the approach must from time to time demand treatments which are not rigidly scientific a number of points cannot be permitted to pass with this excuse.The statement on p. 125 that inhalation of one part of sulphuretted hydrogen in 200 of air for a considerable time will prove fatal is a dangerous under-estimate of the hazard connected with one of the most toxic of common laboratory reagents. The use of the term “lyophyllic” (p. 173) may have warrant from American usage but Pp. x + 449. & Hall Ltd. 1949.) 32s. net. There is space to note only a selection of these would not be supported either by an etymologist or by a classical scholar. In a course designed for students of the humanities it is particularly out of place. To say that Cannizzaro reaffirmed Avogadro’s hypothesis “several years” after its first statement (p.180) can only be regarded as meiosis. In the matters of chemical fact or rather of mis-statement one must include the assertion (p. 199) that the alkali metals in contact with the atmosphere, form oxides of the formula M,O; and the unqualified claim (p. 204) for the monovalency of mercury. The name of element No. 95 is wrongly spelled on p. 192. This particularly from an American writer can only be attributed to careless reading or faulty proofing. It is difficult to estimate the appeal of the book in this country. Undoubtedly as has already been stated the teacher of chemistry may be stimulated by finding fresh approaches to topics with which he is already thoroughly familiar-perhaps too familiar-from the orthodox viewpoint.The sixth-form pupil and the Intermediate student of chemistry too could well use it as collateral reading. It would provide him in some cases with a framework on which to hang his more advanced knowledge in some cases with simplification of more difficult points and in some cases with useful additional general information. CECIL L. WILSON. Soils their Origin Constitution and Classification. G. W. Robinson. 3rd Edition revised and enlarged. (London George Allen & Unwin Ltd., 1949.) 32s. net. For some years it has been impossible to obtain even a secondhand copy of Professor G. W. Robinson’s excellent book. A good deal of new material has been inserted in the 3rd (revised) edition which does not however attempt to cover completely the rapidly extending field of soil science.The distinguished author presents instead selected data amply justifying his personal viewpoint and providing a powerful stimulus and a sound basis for further reflection and research. A new and simplified grading for particle size is proposed (sand silt and clay) which may lead to easy numerical specification such as 80-20-0 for a sand or 10-30-60 for a clay. Among others Marshall and Polynov are quoted on rock weathering and there is an extended discussion on humus. Continued stress is laid on leaching and conditions of drainage as determining the course of soil formation. The new term “ferrallitic,” correcting earlier over-emphasis on aluminium is a happy suggestion for those usually tropical soil materials that consist mainly of sesquioxides.The discussion of clay minerals is perhaps too highly condensed in view of their probable importance in soil classification. The brief but clear account of unsaturation and pH is adequate for the purpose. Chapter VIII (physical properties) does not refer to the measurement of specific surface by D’Hoore and Fripiat in the Congo; the admirable Munsell “Soil Color Chart” (price $1 5 ) has become available since this chapter was written. A well-balanced account is given of the water relationships of soils a subject of continuing importance and interest. Throughout the text data are quoted from different parts of the world. These examples supplement the chapter on the geography of soils which in itself is of necessity unbalanced for only the temperate part of the northern hemisphere and some few areas elsewhere have as yet been carefully studied.In his scholarly treatment of soil classification the author strongly emphasises the provisional character of all methods hitherto proposed including the system he himself outlines. This system has the advantage of being coherent; it retains for the broad classification of the major kinds of soil found in the world criteria that also help to group or distinguish the very numerous individual soils recognised in 146 detailed surveys of small areas. This system could be supplemented by adopting the usage of the French pedologists who specify parent material and parent rock somewhat as follows Red Mediterranean soil (name of soil) on terra rossa (parent material) over hard limestone (parent rock).This I learn from Dr. A. Muir follows the standard Russian practice; e.g. “Peaty podzolised gley soil on loess-like loam.” The group of soils formed from the same or similar parent material constitutes what Robinson calls a “suite.” Although best known for his important laboratory studies Professor Robinson has himself carried out soil surveys in the field the troubles of the soil surveyor are amusingly illustrated by a footnote on p. 515. “Since the execution of these maps the Anglesey suite has been merged in the Bangor suite. The former Gaerwen and Ebenezer series become etc. etc.” Some misprints occur. Thus p. 100 line 3 for the integral sign read “f”; p. 162 line 11 from bottom “about” should read “above”; p. 236 line 18, transpose “10” and “3”; p.404 line 13 for “lateritic” read “ferrallitic”; p. 451 centre for “mineral” read “minimal.” On the whole however the book is well produced. Tt will reward every careful student. H. GREENE. Annual Reports on the Progress of Applied Chemistry. Vol. XXXTTT 1948. (London The Society of Chemical Industry 1949.) 25s. net. It is welcome to see the increased size of this volume once again after the reduced size of that of 1947. It is as usual an extremely comprehensive review of applied chemistry during the year and maintains its reputation as a reference work of wide utility. Subject division into chapters is essentially the same as in 1947; but “Leather” becomes “Leather and Glue,” “Pest Control in Agri-culture” becomes “Insecticides” and a new chapter is introduced on “Anti-biotics” follouing the one on “Medicinal Substances.” Many fields have enlarged so much during the war years that difficulty is reported in condensing available material; thus Adams (p.65) says “It is yearly becoming more difficult to review adequately progress in the manufacture of intermediates; the field of organic intermediates is now so vast that to be com-prehensible a review must be confined to restricted topics.” Under “Agriculture and Horticulture” new sections are introduced on “Animal Nutrition” and “Veterinary Medicines,” but that on “Selective Weedkillers” has been omitted. This annual work is not suitable for a general review and it is quite impossible for one person to survey adequately the whole field; only a few specific observa-tions of interest to the reviewer can be made but it can be said that few subjects are not mentioned in the text.References to literature and patents are copious and any worker wishing to begin a search on the literature of any industrial problem cannot do better than refer in the first place to this volume. Each chapter deals both with the practical shop or works process and with the laboratory side. The engineering chapter deals amongst other things with soya bean extraction adsorption of gases recovery of phenols from weak aqueous solutions refining of gum turpentine high vacuum technology dust removal electrostatic precipitation estimation of dusts freeze-drying boiler water treatment and resin exchanges. The Azo-dye review covers two years and includes dyes for wool and leather, dyes for cellulose acetate rayon and lakes and pigments.Information is given on subjects of recent importance such as luminescent materials synthetic detergents the effect of cross linkages in long-chain structures on the strength and elastic properties of these materials the chemistry of silicones and their industrial significance and uses the use of radioactive phosphorus to trace migration of plasticisers in plastic production the use of Pp. 742. 147 synergists with pyrethrum insecticides growth-regulating substances in horti-culture water purification and the effects of river pollution on fish life. Electro-chemical work may be mentioned where the subject is clearly dealt with under individual metals including electroplating with rhodium and alloy depositions.It is a matter of surprise that such an enormous subject as “Food” can be dealt with in a small compass; the account covers a wide field and has to be a little restricted; however much information is given including references to quick freezing and the use of ultra-high-frequency heating in cooking. Although information is normally by reference to literature in the chapter on Fats Fatty acids Oils and Detergents very useful tables are given showing the fatty acid composition and analytical constants of some animal oils and of some vegetable seed oils. Useful composition figures are given on lesser-known essential oils. Medicinal substances covers antibiotics (also a separate chapter), vitamins and growth factors alkaloids anino-acids and polypeptides steroids and oestrogens.There is a small amount of overlapping which does not in any way detract from the general balance of the book. Thus the antibiotics the application of insecticides and the drying of grass are referred to twice. In all cases the references are in their natural context and with related subject matter. C. W. HERD. Electronic Interpretations of Organic Chemistry. A. E. Remick. 2nd Edition. Pp. vii + 600. (New York John Wiley & Sons Inc.; London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1949.) 48s. net. In the second edition of his valuable book Professor Remick has greatly expanded his extensive and critical review of the application to organic chemistry, of both the English and American schools of electronic theory by the inclusion of much new material including a new chapter on stereochemistry and the complete rewriting of the chapters on chemical physics and the electrochemical approach to oxidation-reduction reactions.This has necessitated a curtailment of the historical introduction and the omission of those sections of the appendix which were previously introduced to aid the student with a weak background in physical chemistry. In the initial presentation of the English theory (Chapter V) (and the author consistently uses the symbolism and nomenclature commonly adopted here a factor which greatly increases the value of the book to the English student) its applications are now reduced to a minimum and more detailed consideration of electron-sharing (heterolytic) and electron-pairing (homolytic) reactions is deferred to Chapters X and XI after data obtained from the fields of chemical physics kinetics and stereochemistry have been fully dealt with.This rearrangement has certain disadvantages in that different aspects of the study of a single type of reaction are widely separated; e.g. in the substitution reactions of alkyl halides duality of mechanism (uni- and bimole-cular) is dealt with at p. 73 the solvent effect at p. 281 and other aspects at p. 377. Treatment of some of the electron-sharing reactions particularly condensation is rather superficial (the Michael condensation is discussed in less than one page) and the treatment of elimination reactions lacks the clarity and precision of the summary of this field published by the main investigators themselves (J.C.S.1948 2093). In view of the author’s extensive knowledge of chemical literature (revealed by the wealth of references to original papers) it is rather surprising to find some earlier errors repeated in this new edition. Thus e.g. (p. 240) Jander’s work on reactions in liquid sulphur dioxide is still included in spite of the fact that Bateman Hughes and Ingold have long since shown (J.C.S. 1944,243) that even the experimental data are incorrect. The treatment of ester hydrolysis (p. 408) fails to distinguish clearly between uni- and bimolecular mechanisms and gener-ally favours the proposals of either Lowry or Roberts and Urey in spite of th fact that they must be invalid because both require simple proton-transfers to participate in rate-determining steps.Whilst Hughes Ingold and Taher’s proof (1940) of the electromeric hyperconjugative effect of alkyl groups by the study of the solvolysis of p-alkylbenzhydryl chlorides is included the comple-mentary proof of the mesorneric effect from the study of the p-alkylbenzaldehyde cyanohydrin equilibrium (1942) is ignored. Misprints are bound to occur in such a book but unfortunately many are of a character to confuse the student reader e.g. misplacement of arrows in electronic formulae misquotation of formulae or equation references, trivalent-carbon in formulae or reference to fission of carbon-oxygen bonds in hydrolysis of triphenylmethylamine or tert-butylaniline. Such minor defects however in no way invalidate the general value of the book which in the reviewer’s opinion is one of the most accurate readable and stimFlating presentations of this wide and rapidly developing field in which mutually consistent theories are combined and the author brings to bear his own critical faculty on the experimental evidence upon which they are based.The student new to this approach to organic chemistry will find a clear and lucid presentation of the fundamental principles of electronic theory by one whose knowledge of both physical and organic chemistry is extensive whilst the more experienced worker will find food for much stimulating thought and inspiration, even although his views may sometimes differ from those of the author. The book can be wholeheartedly recommended to both classes of reader.It is unfortunate that the dual factors of enlargement of the work and devaluation of sterling have necessitated a considerable increase in its price. J. W. BAKER. Chemical Constitution and Biological Activity. W. A. Sexton. Pp. xxi + 412. The enormous accumulation of information concerning the effect of chemical substances on biological activity during the last two or three decades has created a need for a book giving a general overall picture of the present state of know-ledge. Dr. Sexton has set himself the task of performing this useful work. The book is divided into two parts. The first part comprising nearly a quarter of the book deals with Macromolecules (proteins nucleic acids polysaccharides, etc.); Chemical Methods Determining Drug Action (interference by neutralisa-tion or competition); Some Physico-Chemical Considerations; Modification of Drugs by Living Organisms and Effects of Specific Chemical Groupings.These chapters seem to cover most of the important known effects of chemical sub-stances on biological activities with the exception of those which the author has deliberately excluded (steroids and carotenoids). Part I1 (16 chapters) deals with specific selected topics; five chapters are devoted to vitamins and growth factors together with their antagonists and derived enzymes and the remainder to Porphyrins; Choline and its Derivatives; Quinones and Quinonoid Substances; Symbiosis Parasitism and Antibiotics; Some Aspects of Hormones; Miscellaneous Bactericides and Fungicides; Anti-protozoal Drugs; Insecticides and Anthelmintics; Cancer; Plant Growth Regulators and Antigens and Anti-bodies, The book is intended primarily for chemists for whose guidance a biological introduction is provided in certain chapters.This no doubt had to be brief, but should nevertheless have been accurate and clear. The section on “Biology of Protozoa” in Chapter 17 is not very clear and is in parts inaccurate. For example one might conclude from the author’s description that Plasmodia are parasitic in man but not in the mosquito whereas of course they are parasitic in both. In the same paragraph he writes “When the (malaria) parasites reach the blood they develop into the schizonts which can (reviewer’s italics) reproduce asexually”; they always (by definition) reproduce asexually.A little later he (London E. & F. N. Spon Ltd. 1949.) 55s. net. r 149 says “The gametocytes . . . reproduce in the stomach of the mosquito.’’ The gametocytes do not reproduce in the stomach but develop there into other forms (the male or microgametes and the female or macrogametes) which unite sexually to form a zygote which becomes an oocyst reproducing by sporogony. On the subject of the life cycle of Eimeria the author states “in the host the parasite is swallowed as a cyst (the sporozoite or sporocyst) sporo-zoites being liberated in the intestine.” These terms are not synonomous; the parasite is swallowed as an oocyst which contains the sporozoites enclosed in sporocysts. Two other inaccuracies in this section should be corrected; the author states that some trypanosomes undergo no change in the insect carrier, whereas in fact all trypanosomes undergo changes in the insect host but the course of development of the different species varies.Finally the statement that protozoal parasites cannot be cultivated in vitvo except for limited periods of time is not true for all protozoa; Entarnoeba hystolytica Leishmania and some trypanosomes for example can be cultivated in vitro for an indefinite period. This small topic has been discussed at some length as the chemist with little biological knowledge might be inclined to accept the information uncritically. The rest (by far the greater part) of the chapter gives a very good account of anti-malarials and trypanocides. Amoebiasis is briefly reviewed but other diseases caused by protozoa are not mentioned e.g.leishmaniasis for which valuable drugs have been available for some time. It is of course easy in such a rapidly advancing field to point to omissions. Two helminth diseases (schistosomiasis and filariasis) for which drugs are now available are not men-tioned in the section on anthelmintics. Chloromycetin was discovered early enough to be included among the antibiotics but not early enough for its outstanding antirickettsial action to be noted while aureomycin which seems to be equally effective in rickettsia1 diseases just failed to find a place. The effect of some derivatives of diaminodiphenyl sulphone on the tubercle bacillus is discussed but the real value of these drugs is in the treatment of leprosy. The book is well produced with numerous structural formulae and copious references to the literature and is a mine of information.Very few printer’s errors have been noticed and these are not likely to lead to misunderstanding. T. M. SHARP. The Aromatic Diazo-Compounds and Their Technical Applications. K. H. Saunders. 2nd Edition. Pp. xi 4- 442. (London Edward Arnold & Co. 1949.) 50s. net. When the first edition of this book appeared in 1936 it was welcomed by all interested in diazo-chemistry the subject having been neglected by book writers for 16 years. Another 14 years have since elapsed during which period advances have been made to such an extent that the new edition has necessitated expansion from 224 to 442 pages. Moreover the concluding lament of the author in his first edition that “the non-existence of any school devoted to a steady if small volume of research on diazo-compounds is to be regretted,” will be seen to have borne fruit when the author index is studied.The subject matter is now arranged in 11 chapters of which the general lay-out has been modified to secure more efficient treatment. For example, the theories that have been advanced for the mechanism of the diazotisation process itself are now placed more appropriately with methods of diazotisation, and the formation of azo-compounds by coupling reactions is associated with their kinetics and mechanism. Other subjects dealt with are the varying stability of diazo-compounds and modes of stabilisation the ever-increasing number of diazo-reactions (for which no fewer than 6 chapters are now required) and analysis.Most academic readers however will turn eagerly to the final chapter on theories of the constitution of the diazo-compounds since in the first edition most unsatisfactory situation was shown to exist ; contrary conclusions appeared to have been drawn on many occasions from the same observation. Moreover, advocates had been found to plead for every constitution for the diazo-com-pounds which could be devised within the valency rules. The position however, has been greatly clarified and simplified since 1936 and it is the considered opinion of the reviewer that settlement of the half-century controversy is well within sight-in fact he believes that if the sequence of reactions which occurs when potassium cyanide is added to a diazonium salt should be found to involve first the formation of a coupling product which rapidly changes to an inter-mediate but unstable non-coupling compound and which then more slowly transforms into the stable anti-diazocyanide then the problem will be solved.The author has dealt with the difficult controversial situation in a manner which the reader will greatly appreciate and while being just to the various disputants he has developed a most entertaining history of an extremely lively scientific controversy. The author’s style is both critical and stimulating and should encourage the reader to benefit from the literally enormous bibliography; the comprehensive indexing deserves special praise. The reviewer dissents strongly from the author’s preliminary statement that he “has attempted a compromise between the needs of students and professional chemists and hence the work cannot be entirely satisfactory to either.’’ Tn his opinion the book will prove invaluable to any chemist who desires to learn something about diazo-chemistry.No book within his recollection contains such a wealth of theory and practice in such admirable association. All the main reactions of diazo-compounds are illustrated by detailed accounts of experiments taken from their original sources. In his own laboratory the reviewer found the first edition to be indispensable; he can predict with certainty that this revised and extended edition will meet with universal appreciation. H. H. HODGSON. Organic Reactions.Vol. V. Editor-in-Chief Roger Adams. Pp. viii + 446. (New York John Wiley & Sons Inc.; London Chapman & Hall Ltd., 1949.) 48s. net. When this series began organic chemists felt a debt of gratitude to those responsible for the conception and creation of a new type of book. Volume V is certainly as useful and as interesting as the previous volumes and the excellent standard of printing and binding is maintained. The latest volume begins with an account of the synthesis of acetylenes which is more and more finding valuable applications. The second chapter deals with what is loosely called by many chemists “cyanoethylation” what is meant is the addition to acrylonitrile of numerous other substances. This is a very useful account of a very recent development.The Diels-Alder reactions involving quinones are reviewed in Chapter 3 and with the information already available in Volume IV of the series this subject is very well covered. The preparation and decomposition of diazonium borofluorides is next described the reviewer noted that one method of decomposing these salts had been in use before the date given as a reference, but on the whole the chapter is sound. The modified Friedel-Crafts reaction using dibasic acid anhydrides the Gattermann-Koch synthesis of aldehydes and the Hoesch ketone synthesis are clearly summarised. Two other particularly welcome chapters are on the Leuckart alkylation of amines and the Darzens glycidic ester condensation the latter having recently been brought into pro-minence by Isler in his vitamin-A work.Selenium dioxide oxidations are also well reviewed. The volume cannot fail to give both help and inspiration to all organic chemists. E. E. TURNER Practical Organic Chemistry. J. J. Sudborough and T. Campbell James. 2nd Edition. Pp. xvii + 450. (London and Glasgow Blackie & Son, Ltd. 1949.) 15s. net. This is the second edition of a well-known practical text-book which first appeared in 1909 to serve as a laboratory companion to Professor Sudborough’s edition of Bernthsen’s “Organic Chemistry.” The popularity of the first edition is shown by the fact that it was reprinted eight times between 1909 and 1924. Twenty-five years have however elapsed since the last reprint and the present edition has in the words of the author’s preface “been completely revised in the light of long experience of the teaching of the subject and an endeavour has been made to incorporate modern methods of quantitative analysis new synthetic methods and such processes of degradation of organic compounds as are useful in the determination of structure.” The plan of the book is excellent.Three chapters (39 pages) on methods of purification and the like are followed by three (48 pages) on the detection and determination of elements and by two (16 pages) on chemical and physical methods for determining equivalents and molecular weights. There follow 25 chapters (269 pages) devoted to a wide range of classified preparations which are accompanied by adequate discussion of the general methods they involve. The book is rounded off by two chapters (10 pages) on some quantitative estimations one (12 pages) on reaction velocities one (35 pages) on the examina-tion of unknown substances and one (9 pages) on the preparation of inorganic reagents.The reviewer has grateful memories of the first edition and it is disappointing to have to report that his impression of the second edition is not wholly favour-able. This is largely due to an apparent failure to strike a proper balance between old and new procedures; it seems as though new matter has been added without adequate pruning of the old with the result that the book as a whole appears old-fashioned. Thus a count of the fairly numerous literature citations shows that 85 per cent. of them refer to papers published before 1920.Further-more the 17 pages devoted to Pregl’s methods of elementary micro-analysis follow 26 devoted to the older macro-methods of which one whole page is taken up by a detailed description of various types of potash bulb culminating in the astonishing statement (for 1949) that “at the present time there is a tendency to replace potash bulbs by soda-lime tubes.” This out-of-date outlook is most marked in the first eight chapters and is perhaps over-emphasised by the poor quality of many of the figures ; it is certain however that the general section of the book does not represent modern organic chemical laboratory practice. The most useful and important part of the book is however that amounting to more than half devoted to organic preparations; these are numerous and well-chosen and the authors’ long experience in teaching guarantees them to be well tried.H. N. RYDON. The British Pharmaceutical Codex-1949. Published by Direction of the Pp. xxv + 1562. The appearance of a new issue of the British Pharmaceutical Codex is an event of considerable interest and indeed of some importance to a by no means small section of the community. Members of the professions of pharmacy, chemistry medicine and many others will find this book almost and in;many cases quite indispensable. The work may be considered as an encyclopaedia of drugs pharmaceutical or medicinal chemicals and preparations. The arrangement of the subject matter has been changed considerably from that of the last (1 934) issue. The text has been divided into seven Parts of which Council of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain.(London The Pharmaceutical Press 1949.) 63s. net. [ 152 Part I General Monographs (960 pages) and Part VI Formulary (334 pages) are much the largest. The remaining five Parts comprising Antisera and Related Substances Human Blood Preparations Surgical Ligatures and Sutures, Surgical Dressings and Appendices cover 175 pages. There is a good index of 93 pages with numerous cross-references. The chemist and analyst will be impressed by the comprehensive tests and standards which are given for nearly all the chemicals crude drugs and preparations throughout the book. Methods of assay are presented in detail for every drug and galenical for which a satisfactory process is known. In this respect the book is immeasurably more complete than previous issues and is unique among British publications.As is well known the Foods and Drugs Act 1938 gives no direction regarding the fixing of standards when the “nature substance or quality” of a drug is under consideration. The value of the British Pharmaceutical Codex as a presumptive standard for non-pharmacopoeia1 substances will be considerably enhanced by the care which has been given to this large portion of so many of the monographs of the work. The “Action and Uses” or “Uses” section of the monograph on each sub-stance has been extended in most cases and brought up-to-date forming a very useful and considerable portion of the book. It has been found necessary to delete monographs on about 400 substances which appeared in the 1934 B.P.C.and a short account of each drug deleted is given in Appendix XII. This makes for completeness and it is hoped that it will be continued in future issues. Omissions of information which one might consider should have been given in the published monographs are remarkably rare but mention might be made under Aminacrine Hydrochloride of the fact that it is virtually non-staining since this is the chief reason for its inclusion in the Pharmacopoeia. A praiseworthy attempt is made to support the policy of the British Pharma-copoeia Commission in allocating non-proprietory names to drugs some of which are perhaps more widely known under brand names. Some manu-facturers are assisting in this policy by using the approved names and are thus helping to reduce the confusion and annoyance which result from one substance being known by half-a-dozen or more different brand names.Medical science advances so rapidly and the chemist is so actively producing new synthetic medicinals that it is extremely difficult to include all the more recent additions. Nevertheless there are accounts of most of the newer drugs. For example there are monographs on Proguanil Hydrochloride (Paludrine), Dimercaprol (B.A.L.) Sodium Stibogluconate (Pentostam) Lachesine Chloride, etc. There is however evidence of a time lag between the completion of the work of the various committees and the publication of the book. Although it is obvious that monographs on new drugs which are still very much in the experimental stage could not be included one feels that it should have been possible to include a reference to Streptomycin even if Aureomycin and Chloro-mycetin are too recent.Only Pethidine Hydrochloride of the morphine sub-stitutes is mentioned and the new medicinal sulphones and anti-histamines do not appear. There is an excellent monograph on Dicophane (DDT) but no mention of gamma benzene hexachloride. Surely para-aminosalicylic acid has been used sufficiently to warrant a monograph. Pharmacists and chemists have to use and examine these substances and will turn unsuccessfully to the new B.P.C. for information. Would it be possible in future issues to leave a small section to be completed just before printing and to include in it substances which are just establishing a place for themselves in pharmacy and medicine? Alternatively an up-to-date supplement might be issued along with the book.r 153 When reviewing such an excellent and comprehensive publication it would appear churlish to conclude on a note even of very mild criticism. It is done only because it is felt that something above criticism would be achieved if an effort were made to bridge the gap of a few months which probably necessarily exists between the final approval of the subject matter and its appearance in the form of such a large tome. H. BRINDLE. Introduction to Radiochemistry. Gerhardt Friedlander and Joseph W. Kennedy. Pp xiii + 412. (New York John Wiley & Sons Inc.; London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1949.) 40s. net. Radiochemistry developed side by side with the study by physicists of the radioactivity of the naturally occurring elements and with the many advances in the production and uses of artificial radioelements has recently increased very rapidly in importance.As a result a very real need has arisen for post-graduate lectures and text-books on the subject. This book has grown out of such a lecture course given by the authors at Los Alamos in 1945 and sub-sequently by Dr. Friedlander at Washington University St. Louis. No previous knowledge of nuclear physics is assumed and the necessary background of this subject together with a review of the chief phenomena of radioactivity and of methods of producing artificial radioelements is provided by the early chapters. The authors next give a quantitative treatment of decay and growth phenomena and continue with a description of the instruments and techniques for measuring radioactivity.The later chapters are devoted to the more chemical problems of the identification concentration and isolation of radioactive species tracer techniques and applications of the latter in chemistry. There is also a lengthy appendix of over 90 pages devoted mainly to a list of known inactive and active isotopes and giving the characteristics and modes of production of the latter. Each chapter has a short general bibliography and also an exceedingly valuable collection of numerical examples. This is one of the first books of its kind to appear and a very high standard has been set. It is written with great clarity and provides just the type and range of background information needed by a chemist starting radiochemical work.The general reader will also find here a straightforward introduction to the subject. The table of isotopes in the appendix though useful for reference is, in the writer’s opinion out of balance with the rest of the text and could have been shortened and replaced in part by further examples of the applications of tracers. H. J. EMELEUS. High Polymer Chemistry. W. S. Penn. Pp. xvi + 487. (London Chapman So many books have been written on the technology of high polymers that there has been a tendency during the last year or two for authors to write more from the purely scientific standpoint and to explain some of the basic facts upon which the science and technology are based.There have of course been specialised monographs and authoritative reviews but the more general kind of book has been lacking. The present volume is in the latter category and deals especially with the chemistry of high polymers less emphasis being laid on the uses to which they are put. There is now such an abundance of material that a factual recital of all of it would occupy many volumes. Compression is therefore vitally necessary and with that compression must go a critical selection and appreciation of the great variety of illustrations that may be used in de-veloping the theme of this type of book. The synthetic high polymers claim the greater part of the book and the natural polymers-rubbers cellulose proteins-are dealt with in very much & Hall Ltd.1949.) 36s. net less detail. In the limited space at his disposal the author has contrived to deal with all the main varieties of polymers and all the now classical work on the subject is mentioned. In a rapidly developing new science the almost verbatim quotations from much of the earlier work can give a very false impression of current ideas. This detracts therefore from making the book authoritative in character. Delay in publication can of course lead to this awkward situation but throughout the book there are many loose statements which would startle a practising chemist. Typical of such statements is the following taken at random. Writing of the methods of following high polymer reactions the author deals with all the usual methods and concludes with a short section on dila-tometry dismissing it as “not sufficiently accurate to be recommended.” In fact this is the most extensively used method and by far one of the most accurate methods for following polymerisations of the type mentioned.The book is unfortunately marred by numerous statements of this kind. It is to be hoped that in the subsequent edition some of these blemishes will be removed by careful sifting of current opinions about such matters. The half-tone illustrations would be more useful for a book on the technology of plastics than for a book dealing with the science of high polymer chemistry. H. W. MELVILLE. Modern Plastics. Harry Barron. 2nd Edition. Pp. xx + 779. (London: Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1949.) 50s. net. The second edition of this book is some 100 pages longer than the first edition published in 1945 and follows the same general layout.Part I deals with raw materials and general ideas on polymerisation and polymers. The phenol-formaldehyde resins and amino-plastics and their applications are covered in Part 11 plastics derived from cellulose in Part 111 and Part IV is concerned with the large group of vinyl polymers. Sections on polyamides, alkyd resins plastics based on proteins and a new chapter on silicones make up Part V and finally Part VT considers high frequency heating chemical analysis and physical testing of plastics. The expansion has been accomplished by the incorporation of fresh material on many subjects thus acetylene chemistry, low-pressure laminating resins polyvinyl chloride pastes acrylic ester polymers and polyurethanes are now described.Much of the new information is derived from the B.I.O.S. and other official reports on the German plastic industry. In most cases the new material has been sandwiched between convenient paragraphs of the old text a procedure which is unobjectionable provided that judicious alterations in the latter are made at the same time but one which can easily lead to a patchwork effect and contradictions thus we are now told first that the mechanical properties of unplasticised polyvinyl chloride are “un-satisfactory” and then lower down the same page that they are “outstanding.’* The book is written for those with “modest scientific and engineering know-ledge,” and it would therefore seem particularly important that the presentation should be accurate and clear.Unfortunately this is not always the case. Some curious statements are to be found among the assorted information on raw materials; for instance calcium cyanamide is stated to be “a leading material in the production of acrylic nitrile.” The proof-reader ought presumably to have disposed of sentences such as “There are several methods for the con-version of aliphatic diamines into diisocyanates with two benzene rings are not distillable.” A monomer is described as “a simple chemical entity which can be built up by polymerisation,” a definition not helpful to the newcomer. Although the fundamentals of polymerisation reactions are now very well known the treat-ment given is unnecessarily vague and up-to-date references are few.The r 155 chemistry of the phenolic resins is characterised as “still obscure confused and controversial,” in spite of the advances of the last ten years. The handling of the relationship between polymer structure and physical properties is superficial, and the misuse of terms with a perfectly definite scientific meaning tends to reduce some of the text to jargon:“entropy,” for instance is given the alternative meaning of “internal free energy,” and “steric factor” that of “bulkiness and restriction of movement.” However more practical aspects of polymers occupy the larger part of the book and here a great deal of useful information about the manufacture uses and properties of plastics is given. The various sections on moulding techniques will prove valuable to the reader for whom the book is intended.Such a reader will have to discount some of the somewhat eulogistic recitals of the “out-standing” properties of many of the plastics dealt with suggestive of the more flamboyant trade literature. There are many minor errors and misprints most of them carried over from the first edition. Thus soya beans are given as a source of casein; polystyrene is stated to be “unaffected” by acetone on p. 471 and to be “soluble” on p. 472, whereas it is in fact swollen by this solvent; it is implied that vinyl acetate is soluble in water; linolenic acid is mis-spelt and mis-formulated; the Monsanto Chemical Co.’s “Styramic” is attributed to Dow Chemical Co.; and commercial firms are not always given their correct designation.Such evidence of hurry and carelessness should not be found in a second edition. In a book under the present title mention might be expected of polyethylene terephthalate and the polyacrylonitrile fibres perhaps these were thought not to be true “plastics,” but this would not apply to polytetrafluoroethylene which is also omitted. C. E. HOLLIS. Canning Practice and Control. Osman Jones. 3rd edition revised and enlarged. Pp. xvi + 322. (London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1949.) 36s. net. Mr. Osman Jones is an established authority on the chemistry and technology of food manufacture particularly those processes involving the use of meat. This third edition of his book contains 17 chapters on various aspects of canning technology and numerous excellent photographs illustrating a wide variety of subjects.The subject-matter is not very well balanced however and some of the more important and difficult subjects-such as the complicated pheno-mena associated with the corrosion of cans by their contents-receive scant attention whereas others which are less directly “canning technology” are treated in detail; as examples may be quoted the elementary explanations of pH and the lengthy chapter on water supplies. The least satisfactor? feature of the book is the extraordinary number of misprints which it contains. These are not mere details for they have caused mistakes in spelling grammar and, worst of all in analytical factors and references. Such errors often so obvious, try the reader’s patience.Some puzzling passages probably result from the same cause-for example the section on the presence of zinc in the finished can concludes with eight lines concerning colouring matters a subject already covered three pages previously. Mr. Jones is at his best when he writes on those subjects with which his own researches and experience have been most closely connected. Such passages are readily distinguished by the enthusiasm which the author manages to convey to the reader. Particularly interesting and instructive is the chapter on the cannery laboratory; but the book as a whole is rather disappointing and some of the chapters are less up-to-date than would be expected. DENIS DICKINSON Modern Methods for the Analysis of Aluminium Alloys. By a Committee of Chemists convened by “A.L.A.R.” Editors G.H. Osborn and W. Stross. Pp. vii + 144. (London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1949.) This book is the outcome of a concerted effort by the chemists of a group of firms known as A.L.A.R. (the Association of Light Alloy Refiners) specialising in the refining of secondary aluminium. The methods on which these chemists were finally agreed were thought “to be theoretically sound and of a sufficiently high order of accuracy” to justify their adoption throughout the Association. This book is now offered in the belief that the methods will be useful to a wider group of analysts not all of whom need necessarily be specialists in this particular field. In the foreword reference is made to the other specialised monographs that are already available and it is suggested that the book should be thought of as a supplement to them rather than as an alternative.There is a preliminary section on “sampling” and there follow chapters under three main divisions :-Part I “The usual alloying elements and impurities,” comprises chapters on gravimetric and volumetric methods, electrolytic methods photometric methods (absorptiometric) polarographic methods. Part 11 “Less common elements,” has sections on beryllium, bismuth calcium silver and sodium. Part 111 deals with “Composite schemes of photometric analysis.” It will be noted that no section on spectrographic methods is included. The editors state that these methods although widely used would require a separate book. Those familiar with this field of analysis will know that the British Aluminium Co.have in fact published a separate monograph on spectrochemical and polarographic methods. (Pub. No. 401,3rd Edition 1949.) The appearance of yet one more analytical book of this type-the specialist monograph-serves to emphasise the view held by many analysts including the reviewer that the older omnibus textbooks covering the field from tea to tar are no longer of much value. Analysis is a craft as well as a science and a craft can never be set down wholly satisfactorily in words. Techniques worked out specifically for aluminium and its alloys merit the detailed treatment which they receive in books such as this. The highly competent analyst will know what liberties he can take with the instructions that are given and he will know wherc to supplement his knowledge on any theoretical point.The analytical operator or “tester” will find the instructions clear and unambiguous with “as much theory as he needs.” Indeed the editors have struck a very nice balance of theory to practical procedure. In Part I each element is dealt with under principle reagents required and procedure ; at the end of each section there follow appropriate references to the literature. Attention may perhaps be drawn to one minor point on p. 18. It is recom-mended that the magnesium compound with hydroxyquinoline be either-(a) dried ignited and weighed as MgO or (b) dried at 100” to 105” C. and weighed as the resulting dihydrate. The first recommendation does not properly ensure that one will weigh all the magnesium as MgO nor does the second prescribe the proper conditions for the complete conversion of the “oxinate” to dihydrate.From time to time there are similar small examples of condensed descriptions. In Chapter 11 the electrolytic methods described are those that served these companies particularly well during the war but the photographs and circuit diagram on pp. 46 and 47 lead the reader to expect more than the subsequent brief mention of the technique known as controlled cathode potential in which, by the use of an auxiliary electrode difficult separations can be effected. In Chapter I11 too the possibilities of the selective “Farrand” filters are mentioned and illustrated by transmission curves but no practical experience of their value is subsequently offered.The introduction to this part is however, 13s. 6d. net quite informative the methods that follow cover a wide range of conditions and the limitations of the technique are quite properly stressed. Chapter IV on polarographic methods is of very great practical interest and is obviously based on very extensive experience of this technique. There is shown a sense of perspective as to the relative merits of the polarographic and other methods which is not always a feature of writings in this connection. In Part 11 practical details are given for the determination of five of the elements described as “less common.” Presumably this means the elements that are less commonly determined. The descriptions of the excellent method for beryllium based on p-nitrobenzene-azo-orcinol and of a modification of the Scheuer method for sodium will be of interest.In the final section some “composite” schemes of photometric analysis are outlined and their value is assessed in the special conditions to which they are applicable. The book is well produced and the “Flexiback” binding is an important asset of a book that is to be used as a laboratory manual. It can be thoroughly recommended not only to those interested in light alloys but also to the wider group of people whom the authors have had in mind. R. C . CHIRNSIDE. The Testing of Bituminous Mixtures. D. C. Broome. 2nd Edition. Pp. vi + Tn 1938 the annual expenditure on road construction and maintenance in the United Kingdom was of the order of f70 million but roads being made for home use the expenditure on them has been severely cut with the result that their general condition is steadily deteriorating.Some day these arrears will have to be overtaken and it is now generally recognised that scientific control of materials and methods will well repay the cost of this service. Mechanical physical and chemical tests governing the quality of the materials have been standardised but the search continues for acceptable laboratory methods for testing bituminous mixtures which can be correlated with the practical results on the road. The literature of the subject is spread over many technical journals in several languages and any book which brings together a collection of the most promising methods is a valuable addition to the literature.The author is a well-known authority on some aspects of the work and he has himself made many contributions to the solution of the problem. Some exercise of his critical faculty when recording some of the newer and less tried methods would have been of value to the reader. The present volume which is designed as a laboratory manual for those called upon to carry out tests on bituminous road and building materials and their constituents is an extended and revised version of the first edition issued in 1934. The contents are divided into five sections covering the testing of tars and bitumens the testing of aggregates the testing of asphalt and tarmacadam mixtures mechanical tests on road mixtures and the equipment*of laboratories for testing bituminous mixtures.The brief description of the standardised tests may be of value to the general reader but so many of these tests depend for their repeatability on strict adherence to the standard methods and standard apparatus that the laboratory worker is well advised to obtain copies of publica-tions of the standardising bodies-the Standardisation of Tar Products Tests Committee the Institute of Petroleum the British Standards Institution and the American Society for Testing Materials. The real value of the volume is as a comprehensive guide to the many service tests that have been proposed. In every case a reference is given to the original literature and hence this book merits a place on the library shelf of all road and building materials technologists. The volume will tend to be used by technologists seeking to extend their knowledge of the newer and not yet standardised methods and it is unfortunate, 396.(London Edward Arnold & Co. 1949.) 40s. net therefore that it contains a number of errors which may not be obvious to the young worker. For example on p. 113 a formula is given for converting softening point temperature by the Kraemer-Sarnow method to the softening point temperature by the ring and ball method. On p. 116 a graph is given for the relationship between the two softening points and in the Appendix there is a softening point conversion table. The formula and the table agree, but not so the graph for the reason which is not stated that the first two conversions are applicable to asphaltic bitumen and the graph to coal tar pitch.On p. 29 the symbol # is used to designate the firmness of any material intermediate between a true fluid and a solid but on the same line it is stated that $ is a constant. At the top of p. 69 the first three lines have no meaning. On the previous page the approximate relationship between the two viscosity pots is given as T = 280Tr0 instead of T = 28 Tlo. Again on p. 74 the E.V.T. of the oil having been calculated as - 100” C. it is stated that this means, in theory that the oil would have a viscosity of 50 seconds in a 10-mm. viscometer : one has to think twice before recognising that the words “at this temperature” have dropped out. On p. 347 the subscript 3 has been omitted from W, designating energy applied in a single impact and in equation (7) W must be read for W.In equation (9) T = 1 - B but in equations (10) and (1 l) B and T are incorrectly given as both equal to C 1 /C2. The specifications for tars given in the Appendix are not strictly in conformity with the B.S. Specifications. The binding printing and diagrams are excellent. F. M. P O m R . Quantitative Analysis via Functional Groups. Sidney Siggia. (New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.; London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1949.) 24s. net. It is perhaps hardly necessary to saddle an author with responsibility for the exuberance of his publishers. We can however hardly allow the statement on the inside of the cover of this work that “Dr. Siggia’s book is the first to deal solely with the determination of organic compounds by functional group analysis” to pass without comment.In 1907 we became the happy owner of a work in German by Professor Hans Meyer entitled Anfeititng zur quanti-tativen Bestimmung der Organischen Atomgruppen published in 1904. The first edition appeared in 1897. Since that date many other works on the deter-mination of organic radicals have been published of which the one under review is perhaps the latest example. It is however entirely incorrect of the publishers to refer to the analysis of organic compounds by the determination of certain groupings as “Siggia’s method.” We also feel that in the case of serious scientific books’published in this country it is unnecessary to append a sketch of the author’s career upon the cover. I t is therefore with a feeling of relief that we turn from the publishers’ comments to the subject-matter of the book itself which deals in a very clear and adequate manner with the determination of a large number of organic radicals.Among these are several containing sulphur e.g. the thiol sulphide, disulphide and sulphonic acid groups. Here however we are at a loss to interpret the chemical nature of the “terpene mercaptan” mentioned without formula on pp. 86 and 88. A useful feature of these sections is that in several cases details are given for the determination of these different sulphur compounds in presence of each other and here as throughout the book the nature of the reactions involved is usually clearly and of course necessarily indicated. The book will undoubtedly be found useful especially as it often describes methods for the determination of rather unusual groupings e.g.the chlorohydrin, ethylene oxide vinyl ether and isocyanate groups. In the last case it is stated “thiocyanates will interfere since these compounds will isomerise to the iso-thiocyanate on heating’’ and the experimental procedure “may require heating r 159 for a few minutes.” Alkyl thiocyanates as is well known yield the iso-compounds on heating but in many cases at any rate the aromatic analogues are stable. The bare statement therefore requires some modification or amplification. Attention may be drawn to the use of the Karl Fischer reagent (iodine in anhydrous pyridine-methyl alcoholic solution containing excess of sulphur dioxide). This reacts with water iodine being converted to hqdriodic acid, and so it may be used in the determination of the water eliminated when a Schiff’s base is formed and hence of an amino-group.The reagent may also be used to estimate the water remaining after an acetic anhydride-amine mixture has been treated with a known amount of water. This gives the anhydride used and hence the amine originally present. Section 23 deals with the quantitative separation of the components of a mixture using electrodialysis adsorption chromatography and electrophoresis, which are described in moderate detail in 12 pages. Light absorption is also discussed in Section 24 and some description is given of the use of spectro-photometers. Attention may be directed to some minor defects; e.g. in the sentence “with proper precautions against elimination of oxygen” in describing the titanous chloride titration of nitro- diazo- and hydrazo-groups on p.82 for the word “against” one should clearly read “to ensure.” The descriptions of analytical procedure show evidence here and there of too rapid compilation and con-sequent repetition as in the sections on sulphonic acids and salts and in the interesting description of the determination of peroxides using arsenious oxide. The section on the analysis of dialkyl sulphides contains the words ‘‘excess bromine” three times in two lines. Such defects will no doubt be amended in a later edition. The numerous references of recent date to the original literature (usually American) and the information on the experimental error in each method of analysis greatly add to the value of the book which will no doubt prove to be a convenient laboratory aid.FREDERICK CHALLENGER PROCEEDINGS OF THE COUNCIL COUNCIL MEETING 20 JANUARY 1950 Before opening the formal proceedings the President on behalf of the Officers and Council presented a tea service in antique silver and Royal Worcester porcelain to Miss I. Cawston to mark the occasion of her completion of 40 years of devoted service to the Institute. The President paid a warm tribute to the magnificent work Miss Cawston had done for the Institute in many capacities since she joined the staff under Mr. R. B. Pilcher in 1909. Amid the acclamations of the Council, Miss Cawston expressed her appreciation of this tribute and of the presentation made to her.Constitutional and Administrative Matters Notice was given that under the provisions of the By-Laws nominations for Officers and General Members of the Council would be considered by the Council at its meeting on 17 February. It was agreed that before the meeting Members of Council should be informed of nominations made by the general body of members under By-Law 26 and invited to send suggestions for consideration by the Council in making nominations under By-Law 25. It was agreed that meetings of the Council be held on 17 February and 17 March and that the first meeting of the new Council should take place on 2 I April 1950. Minor modifications in the provisional programme of the Anniversary Meetings to be held in Glasgow on 31 March and 1 April were approved, and it was agreed that copies of the revised programme be sent to members, with appropriate application forms before the end of February.Membership of Local Sections.-A letter was received from a Fellow expressing his distress at being removed from membership of a Local Section with which he had long been associated as an officer and member of Committee because through illness he had moved to an address in the area of a neighbouring Section. It was agreed that although it was desirable-in the interest of Local Sections as well as for administrative purposes-that members of the Institute should as a general rule be allocated to the Local Section in whose area their current registered address lay the Council should be prepared to waive application of the rule in exceptional cases where distress might otherwise be caused to a senior member.It was then decided to waive the rule in the particular case before the Council and to reconsider the terms of the proposed new By-Law on the subject with a view to enabling the Council to exercise discretion in exceptional cases that might arise in the future. [ 161 Finance House and Staff Matters The report of the Finance and House Committee (16 January) which was adopted referred inter alia to accounts for payment; income and expenditure for the year ended 31 December 1949; P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture Fund ; advertisements in the Journal ; membership matters ; office accommodation. P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture Fund.-A letter was received from the Hon.Secretary of the Birmingham and Midlands Section reporting that when the appeal closed on 31 December 1949 the target figure of &1,500 had been exceeded by &lo 6s. 3d. This money was now at the disposal of the Council which would administer the Fund. It was resolved that a P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture Fund be established under deed of trust on the same lines as the Henderson Memorial Lecture Fund and that the money be invested on the advice of the Institute’s brokers. The Fund would be administered on a basis similar to that for the Henderson Memorial Lecture under conditions to be specified in the trust deed so as to provide for P. F. Frankland Memorial Lectures to be delivered, normally in Birmingham at intervals of three years or in any event not longer than four years.Ofice Accommodation.-In view of the notice given by the British Leather .Manufacturers’ Research Association to terminate their tenancy of the laboratory floor at 30 Russell Square on or before 1 May 1950, preliminary consideration was given to the utilisation of the additional space that would thus become available to the Institute. It was agreed that the library be adapted for use as a members’ room and the small room leading off it as an interview room; that the publications office thereby displaced be housed elsewhere and that provision be made for two committee rooms (larger than the existing room used temporarily for this purpose) and for additional accommodation for printing and duplicating and for filing as well as for offices for the Assistant Secretary and Assistant Registrar.It was further agreed that professional advice be obtained on the subject before decisions on matters of detail were reached. Charitable Funds Benevolent Fund.-The report of the Committee (16 January) which was adopted referred inter alia to current cases one new case and the terms of a bequest. The new case was of an Associate aged 44 who had been obliged to give up his appointment through illness from which there was little prospect of his recovery. His wife and three children under 10 years of age had inadequate income or other resources although a non-recurring grant had been made from another Benevolent organisation. It was agreed to make an immediate grant to the wife of E3 per week with effect from 1 January and to review the case in the light of new develop-ments from time to time Residential Clubs Fund.-The Committee reported (1 6 January) that in the period from the establishment of the Fund to 14 January 1950, donations and contributions under deed had amounted to &2,13 1 interest-free loans to E2,040 and interest-bearing loans to El 140.Disappointment was expressed at the small effect of the recent Appeal but it was realised that many members would probably have deferred action until later in the year. It was agreed to accept provisions made by Crossways Trust to ensure that where a co-operating Fund did not take up or disclaim, within a specified time vacancies allotted to it in a residential club under the Trust that Fund should be under an obligation to pay the full main-tenance charges for the unfilled places.A report was received that conversion work on the residential club at West Worthing had now been approved and when completed would provide for 27 residents against the present 19. There was reason to belive that even with the full complement of residents the maintenance cost per resident would exceed the &3 per week now charged for board and lodging. The Secretary reported that as a result of a personal visit he had formed a favourable opinion of the development of the amenities of the Club. Membership Matters Reports of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Com-mittee including that on cases considered at the meeting on 16 December, were adopted and 17 candidates for the Fellowship and 47 for the Associateship were duly elected to these respective grades.It was noted that 39 applications for registration as Students had been accepted and one for re-registration. On an interim report of the Committee (20 January) three additional candidates were elected to the Fellowship. The congratulations of the Council were ordered to be conveyed to Fellows and Associates whose names had appeared in the New Year’s Honours List (see Journal 1950 I 67). The resignations of 1 Fellow 17 Associates and 1 Registered Student were accepted and the names of 4 Associates who were in arrear with their subscriptions were ordered to be removed from the Register. The last annual subscriptions paid by two Fellows of advanced age and long years of membership were accepted as Life Composition fees and it was agreed that the names of four Associates of similar standing be retained on the Register without payment of further subscription.The Status of the Institute’s Qua1iJications.-Lengthy discussion took place on an interim report of the Membership Committee (19 November and 17 December 1949) on matters affecting the status of the Institute’s qualifications. The Committee had put forward a number of proposals as the basis of a possible scheme for attracting to corporate membership of the Institute a still larger proportion of the suitably qualified chemists [ 163 in the country. On a controversial point the Council was almost evenly divided and it was agreed to refer the whole matter back to the Member-ship Committee for further examination in the light of the discussion.Status Privileges and Employment of Members A statement was received that a further meeting had been held by the Joint Committee of representatives of member-firms of the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers of the Institute and of the Standing Committee of Directors of Research Associations. It was expected that the draft of an agreed document entitled “Notes on Terms of Engagement of Chemists” would shortly be available for submission to the Councils of the co-operating bodies. Publications Library and other Educational and Scientific Matters The report of the Publications and Library Committee (19 January) which was adopted referred inter alia to Lectures Monographs and Reports; invitations to review books; the future of the Institute’s library; a recommendation that the Journal should be made available for purchase by non-members at 5s.per issue or 21s. per annum. Education and Training of Laboratory Technicians.-A statement was received that the City and Guilds of London Institute’s Exploratory Committee relating to the education and training of laboratory tech-nicians had held its first meeting and had appointed a Sub-committee to prepare detailed syllabuses for courses and examinations. It was noted that the courses were intended primarily for technicians in the science laboratories of teaching institutions and the research laboratories of academic and industrial establishments who would be engaged in a wide range of laboratory arts and pratices not pertaining specifically to any one particular science-laboratory stewards assistants in research laboratories laboratory superintendents.These courses would not apply in general to technicians engaged in routine testing in control laboratories whose work was related to a particular science (e.g. chemical technicians) and whose needs were already largely catered for by National Certificate courses in those sciences. Future Development of’ Higher Technological Education.-Preliminary consideration was given to a letter from the National Advisory Council on Education for Industry and Commerce inviting the observations of the Council of the Institute on a confidential draft report on the futuredevelop-ment of higher technological education.Following discussion it was resolved to set up an ad hoc committee consisting of the President Dr. N. Booth Mr. H. W. Cremer Sir William Griffiths Dr. D. W. Hill Professor W. H. Linnell Professor R. P. Linstead and Dr. H. C. Smith with power to co-opt to advise the Council on the reply to be sent to the National Advisory Council and on general policy regarding higher technological education External Relations and Publicity The Council received the confirmed minutes of the meeting of the Chemical Council held on 25 October 1949 (Journal and Proceedings, 1949 VI 496) and a letter from the Hon. Secretary of the Chemical Council referring to principles governing allocation of grants to co-operating Societies. Approval was given to the terms of a draft letter prepared by the Joint Council of Professional Scientists for submission to the Under-Secretary of State for the Colonies over the signatures of the Presidents of the four co-operating Institutions in connection with conditions for undertaking certain types of extra-departmental work by scientists in the Colonial Service.COUNCIL MEETING 17 FEBRUARY 1950 Constitutional and Administrative Matters Nomination of Oficers and Council 1950-51 .-In accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws the Council proceeded to nominate Officers, General Members of Council and Censors to be elected for 1950-51. It was unanimously resolved to re-nominate Professor J. W. Cook to the Office of President and Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones to the Office of Hon. Treasurer. It was learned with great regret that Mr.J. A. Oriel Vice-President, had stated that owing to illness he saw little prospect of being able to take an active part in the work of the Institute in the coming year and would not therefore offer himself for re-election. It was agreed to re-nominate Professor F. Challenger Professor H. Krall Professor R. P. Linstead Mr. G . Roche Lynch and Mr. E. T. Osborne as Vice-presidents, and following a ballot to nominate Professor W. H. Linnell to the vacancy caused by the retirement of Mr. Oriel . A report was received that the following ten Fellows had been nom-inated by the general body of members under By-Law 26 Professor H. T. S . Britton Mr. J. H. Carrington Mr. A. T. Green Dr. D. V. N. Hardy Dr. H. H. Hodgson Dr. E. Isaacs Professor Brynmor Jones, Mr.R. H. Morgan Dr. E. Vanstone Dr. P. F. R. Venables. In accord-ance with By-Law 25 the Council then proceeded to nominate 24 Fellows for election as General Members of Council. It was first agreed to re-nominate the 22 existing General Members of Council who were eligible for re-election and ballot having been taken to nominate to the two remaining vacancies Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving and Professor H. B. Nisbet. Dr. Charles Forrester was re-nominated as District Member of Council for Overseas. It was agreed to nominate to the office of Censor Professor A. Findlay, Dr. C . W. Herd Professor Sir Ian Heilbron Mr. G. Roche Lynch and Professor W. Wardlaw. It was agreed to omit from the balloting papers any reference to the Local Sections to which individual candidates for election belonged as [ 165 the significant information about such candidates especially the posts held by them and their previous service as Officers of the Institute or of Local Sections and as Members of Council was duly recorded in the accompanying schedule.On this schedule the Districts represented by the District Members of Council already nominated under By-Law 30, were indicated. It was resolved to appoint the following as Scrutineers for the election of Officers Members of Council and Censors for 1950-51 Dr. K. G. A. Pankhurst Mr. H. S. Rooke and Dr. H. G. Smith. Local Section Matters.-A report was received that progress was being made towards the formal constitution of the Stirlingshire and District Section which it was hoped would come into operation in the spring of 1950.A petition was received for permission to form a new Local Section to serve the province of Madras. The petition being in order it was accepted subject to an assurance that the boundaries of the Section area would not overlap those of the existing Bangalore Section. Satisfaction was expressed at this further development of Section organisation in India following the recommendations made by Professor Findlay during his visit to the Sub-Continent. Finance House and Staff Matters The report of the Finance and House Committee (17 February), which was adopted was concerned mainly with the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 1949. On the recommendation of the Committee the Council adopted resolutions authorising transfers to and from and charges against reserve funds and the basis of assessment of depreciation of movable property and of the proportion of staff salaries and other overhead expenses to be charged to special accounts.Drafts of the financial statements and of the relevant portion of the Annual Report of the Council for the year 1949 were adopted by the Council for submission to the Annual General Meeting on 31 March 1950, subject to certain minor amendments (see Journal Supplement 1950). Collection of Subscr@tions and Fees from India.-Consideration was given to difficulties encountered by members in India in transmitting subscriptions and fees to this country but it was concluded that any arrangement for such sums to be paid through a bank in India would be impracticable unless some person resident in India who was familiar with the work of the Institute could be made responsible for dealing with transactions on behalf of the Institute.It was therefore agreed that as a majority of the members in India managed to overcome these difficulties, a note on methods of making such payments be prepared in consultation with the Chairman of the Advisory Committee on Indian and Pakistani Affairs for the information of the members concerned. 1 166 Scientt$c Societies Joint Pension and Life Assurance Scheme.-It was resolved that approval be given and the Seal of the Institute affixed to formal contracts with the Prudential Assurance Society constituting and specifying the agreements between that Company and the Institute under the scheme.Charitable Funds Benevolent Fund.-On the recommendation of the Benevolent Fund Committee (13 February) the Council adopted drafts of the financial statements for the Fund and the relevant section of the Annual Report of the Council for 1949. Information had been received that the Associate whose illness was referred to in a previous report (see page 161) had since died. It was agreed that the grant previously made for the benefit of his wife and three young children be continued until the financial circumstances had been more fully determined. Preliminary consideration was given to a new case of a widow of an Associate who died in July 1949 leaving one child now 11 years of age. As the widow was in temporary employment and was not without re-sources it was decided to seek more information before considering the need for any regular grant but to authorise the Chairman to make any temporary grant that might be required for current expenses.Residential Clubs Fund-On the recommendation of the Committee (13 February) the Council adopted the draft of the financial statements and of the relevant section of the Annual Report of the Council for 1949. It was reported that the Committee had accepted an interest-free loan of &500 offered by a Fellow since the previous meeting. The Chairman and the Secretary submitted statements on current developments of the Residential Clubs scheme. Membership Matters The Council adopted reports of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee (20 January) and elected 13 candidates to the Fellowship and 63 to the Associateship.It was reported that 105 appli-cations for registration as Students had been accepted. As a result of recommendations in an interim report of the Committee (17 February) based on the report of the Board of Examiners on the January examination for the Associateship 3 1 candidates were elected as Associates and three others approved for election on attaining their majority. A recommendation in the interim report for the election of 4 candidates to the Fellowship was also adopted. The resignations of 1 Fellow 9 Associates and 1 Registered Student were accepted with regret. The last annual subscriptions paid by 2 Fellows were accepted as Life Composition fees and the name of 1 Associate of advanced age and long 167 membership was ordered to be retained on the Register without payment of further subscription.Revision of “The Profession of Chemistry.”-Recommendations by the Membership Committee (2 1 January) on procedure for revising this publication were approved and it was agreed that Professor Challenger, as Chairman of that Committee and of the Publications and Library Committee be appointed as General Editor. The aim was to provide an informative and readable publication of medium size (about 30,000 words) with a direct appeal to prospective students of chemistry their parents and their teachers. A simple system of indexing would be adopted so as to facilitate reference to particular points and references would be given to other sources of information including Government publications.Status Privileges and Employment of Members The President reported that the Joint Committee of the Biochemical Society the Association of Clinical Pathologists and the Institute had discussed further with representatives of the Ministry of Health matters affecting the status and qualifications of various grades of hospital biochemists and that the Ministry had given general acceptance to a number of proposals made by the Joint Committee. Publications Library and other Educational and Scientific Matters The report of the Publications and Library Committee (16 February) which was adopted was concerned inter alia with the draft of the body of the Annual Report of the Council for 1949 and with recommendations for the publication of new editions of the Register of Fellows and Associ-ates and the Direcrory of Independent Consultants in 1950.It was agreed that the new Register should be on similar lines to that issued in 1948 and that the appropriate forms should be sent out with the Annual Report of the Council in March. In the new edition of the Directory provision would be made for consultants to indicate any highly specialised techniques for which they possessed the necessary equipment. External Relations and Publicity The Chemical Council.-The confirmed minutes of the meeting of the Chemical Council (20 December 1949) were received (Journal 1950, I 36). Copies of the 13th Report of the Chemical Council (1948) were also received. British National Committee for Chemistry.-The Council received minutes of the meeting of the Committee (1 1 January) referring inter alia, to Report of the 15th Conference of the International Union of Chemistry (Amsterdam 1949) and recommendations arising therefrom.Festival of Britain 1951.-A letter was received from the Acting Secretary of the Chemical Council covering a communication from the Science Director of the Festival of Britain with an invitation to conside special activities that the Institute might wish to arrange in connection with the Festival-especially those on which early publicity should be given. Members of Council were asked to consider this request with a view to its being considered at the next meeting. Representation on Other Bodies and at Special Events.-It was agreed to invite Mr.S. A. Ashmore F e h v to represent the Institute on British Standards Institution Technical Committe LBC/&Standard Distillation Apparatus. In response to a request from the Governors of the Woolwich Poly-technic it was agreed to suggest that Dr. A. M. Ward be asked to attend the Diamond Jubilee Dinner of the Polytechnic as a representative of the Institute. An invitation was received from the British Ceramic Society for the President and another of the Officers and their ladies to represent the Institute at the Jubilee meetings of the Society to be held on 25-27 April. The President agreed to accept this invitation and the Council nominated the Secretary as the other representative of the Institute. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CHEMICAL COUNCIL Abstracts of the Minutes of the Meeting held on 24 January 1950 1.Honorary Officers for 1950 were elected as follows:-Chairman, Professor A. Findlay; Vice-chairman Sir Ian Heilbron; Honorary Treasurer, Mr. F. P. Dunn; Honorary Secretary Dr. G. M. Bennett. 2. The Chairman reported that the Constitution of the Council for 1950 was as follows :-The Chemical Society Sir Wallace Akers (Ex-oflicio) Professor H. Burton Sir Ian Heilbron Professor D. H. Hey. The Royal Institute of Chemistry Professor A. Findlay Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones (Ex-oflicio) Professor W . H. Linnell Mr. E. T. Osborne. The Society of Chemical lndustry Dr. H. Baines Mr. H. W. Cremer Mr. F. P. Dunn Mr. Julian M. Leonard (Ex-oflicio). The Faraday Society Dr. G . M. Bennett Dr. R. Lessing.The Society oJ Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists Mr. Lewis Eynon Dr. J. H. Hamence. The Biochemical Society Dr. J. H. Bushill Professor Leslie Young. The In-stitution of Chemical Enqineers Mr. M. B. Donald Mr. F. A. Greene. The Association of BritiAh Chemical Manufacturers Mr. C. G. Hayman Mr. L. G. Matthews Dr. W. D. Scott Mr. R. M. Winter. 3. A vote of thanks to Professor E. K. Rideal who had retired from the Chair at the expiration of his five years’ term of office to Professor R. P. Linstead who had retired as Vice-chairman and as a Member of Council and to Dr. J. H. Birkinshaw Dr. G. M. Dyson Dr. G. Roche Lynch Mr. Stanley Robson, Mr. Foster Sproxton and Mr. G. Taylor retiring members of Council was received with acclamation and unanimously approved.4. Sir Wallace Akers Mr. F. P. Dunn Mr. C. G. Hayman Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones and Mr. Julian M. Leonard were appointed as a Committee to advise the Council on the award of grants towards the cost of publications. 5. The sum of E1,523 was granted to the Bureau of Abstracts towards the cost of supplying British Abstracts A XI1 to Joint Members. 6. Joint Student Facilities of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry were granted to four applicants. r 169 ACTIVITIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS Aberdeen and North of Scotland.-A meeting was held jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry on 20 January 1950 in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre Marischal College Aberdeen. Mr. E. A. Bradford occupied the chair and introduced Dr.H. A. Harrison of Horwich, Lancs. who gave a talk entitled “The Deflocculation of Long-fibred Pulps by Natural Mucilages.” The lecture evoked a lively discussion amongst an audience of about 40. Mr. G. F. Beecroft proposed the vote of thanks to the lecturer at the close of the meeting. A second joint meeting was held on 16 February 1950 in the lecture theatre of the Chemistry Department Marischal College Aberdeen. Mr. E. A. Bradford presided. Dr. James Taylor Director of Research Explosives Division, Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. Ardeer gave a talk on “Applications of Exothermic Solid Reactions to Jet Propulsion and Industrial Purposes.” Two films and some extremely interesting demonstrations added greatly to the enjoyment of the lecture. There was a good discussion and the meeting terminated with a vote of thanks to the lecturer proposed by Dr.R. H. Thomson. The closing meeting of the winter session was held jointly with the Local Sections of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre Marischal College Aberdeen on 9 March 1950. Professor R. M. Barrer presided and introduced the lecturer Professor H. B. Nisbet F.R.S.E. who gave a talk on “The Chemistry of Anaesthetics.” An audience of about 60 including members of the dental and medical professions, heard a most entertaining and instructive lecture which was profusely illustrated by lantern slides. The lecture was followed by a lively discussion and the proceedings terminated with a vote of thanks to the lecturer proposed by Professor W.0. Kermack. Belfast and District.-The Christmas Lecture for School Children was given on 3 January 1950 by Dr. R. H. Sloane who took as his title “The World of Sound.” The lecture was very fully illustrated by demonstrations and was thoroughly enjoyed by all the children. Dublin and District.-A meeting of the Section was held in the Chemistry Department University College Dublin on 25 January 1950. Mr. J. Andrews, Chairman presided and there was an audience of about 60. The Hon. Secretary asked members when remitting their subscriptions to remember the Benevolent Fund and asked also for support for the newly-established Crossways Trust . A lecture entitled “Chemical Activities of Micro-Organisms” was given by Dr. E. C. Knight. A lively and interesting discussion followed in which members and visitors took part.Birmingham and Midlands.-On 1 1 January a lecture entitled “The Oxidation of Cellulose and some Industrial Implications” was delivered by Dr. D. W. Hill Member of Council. A useful discussion followed and the thanks of the meeting were expressed to the lecturer by Mr. D. Entwistle. The Annual Joint Meeting with the Wolverhampton Society of Applied Science took place on 11 February at Wolverhampton when Dr. A. T. Green lectured on “Refractory Materials.” A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Dr. S. H. Jenkins and warmly accorded. Dundee and District.-A meeting jointly sponsored by the British Association (Dundee) Trust was held in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College, Dundee on 20 January 1950 when a lecture entitled “What is a Chemical [ 170 Bond?” was delivered by Dr.C. A. Coulson Professor of Theoretical Physics in King’s College London. Professor Coulson expressed pleasure at being back in Dundee where he had been a lecturer in the Mathematics Department and went on to develop his subject in lively humorous and incisive style illustrating his points with lantern slide diagrams of electron distribution patterns. The question period which followed was fully utilised by an interested and appreciative gathering. Some 130 strong the audience was the largest of its kind seen for a con-siderable time and was representative of local scientific interests professional and other. It was additionally gratifying that the British Association (Dundee) Trust was represented by Dr.J. D. M. Ross and Mr. Neil S. Snodgrass its Chairman and Hon. Secretary respectively. The former moved the vote of thanks to the speaker. Dr. Robert Roger occupied the Chair, A meeting held on 24 February 1950 in the Royal Hotel was made the occasion for an experimental debate on the proposition “That the scientist cannot evade responsibility for the misapplication of his discoveries.” Mr. H. L. Parsons led off in favour of the proposition Mr. G. F. P. Parsons expressed the opposite view and thereafter the discussion proceeded along informal lines with everyone contributing to the flow of ideas. Especial interest was focused on the dicta:-(1) that misapplication occurs when a discovery adds to the sum total of human misery (2) that the pure scientist-as opposed to the technologist-must be absolved from responsibility (3) that responsibility implies potential control over application which is far from being the prerogative of the individual scientist or of scientific bodies (4) that it is doubtful whether the scientist can accept any more responsibility than is his quota as an ordinary democratic citizen.The debate was lively and enjoyable and not without its humorous passages. It was summed up by the Chairman Mr. Andrew Dargie who adjudged the complex issue to have been well contested and without resultant advantage to either side. East Ang1ia.-Dr. E. H. T. Hoblyn M.B.E. gave a lecture at Ipswich on 14 October 1949 on “Some Achievements of the Chemical Plant Industry,” illustrated by numerous slides of items of chemical plant produced for schemes in this country and in the Colonies.After a general discussion Mr. G. H. Whyatt proposed a vote of thanks to Dr. Hoblyn for his comprehensive survey. A joint meeting with the Ipswich Clinical Society was held at the Great White Horse Hotel Ipswich on 9 November. An informal dinner preceded the lecture which was given by Mr. S. Ellingworth of I.C.I. (Pharmaceuticals) Ltd. on “The Discovery of Therapeutic Agents” (for summary see p. 125). The Chairman of the Section Mr. R. S . Colborne was the lecturer at Ipswich on 2 December his subject being “The Manufacture of Camphor.” The vote of thanks was proprosed by Mr. Porter. At Norwich Technical College on 5 December Mr.A. C. Mason of the East Malling Research Station addressed the Section on “Mineral Nutrition in Horticulture” (for summary see p. 132). After the lecture a discussion of many of the practical points raised by the lecturer took place. Mr. J. C . Mann voiced the thanks of the meeting to Mr. Mason. On 16 January 1950 at the Norwich Technical College a selection of scientific films were shown to an audience which included students of the Teachers’ Training College the Technical College and hospital nurses. Dr. J. C. Hudson of the British Iron and Steel Research Association gave an interesting and instructive lecture on “The Corrosion of Iron and Steel” at Ipswich on 1 February. After a number of questions had been answered, Mr. S. C. Porter expressed the general appreciation of the members On 20 February Dr.M. P. Balfe addressed the Section at Norwich on “Leather its Constitution and Properties.’’ The audience included representa-tives of the local boot and shoe industry who showed considerable interest in the lecture and joined in the discussion which followed. Dr. Earl proposed a vote of thanks for a very comprehensive and interesting lecture. Despite the counter-attraction of the General Election a spirited discussion on “Chemical Education,” introduced by Mr. G. H. Whyatt took place at Ipswich on 23 February. Contributions were made by members in academic, scholastic and industrial fields. East Midlands.-On 19 January a joint meeting with the Society of Chemical Industry (NottinghamSection) was held at Loughborough College when Mr.J. M. Butler of Shell Chemicals Ltd. gave a lecture on “Some Aspects of the United Kingdom Petroleum Chemicals Industry” (for summary see p. 136). The talk was well illustrated with lantern slides. The lecture by Professor Haworth on “Recent Developments in the Chem-istry of Natural Products” arranged for 16 February at the Midland Hotel, Derby was unavoidably postponed owing to Professor Haworth’s illness. Tn his absence Dr. G. M. Dyson and Mr. E. M. Bavin gave a lecture on “Anti-Tubercular Drugs.” The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held at the College of Technology Leicester on 8 March. The Honorary Secretary and Treasurer presented his annual report which showed that membership of the Section continued to increase and that the average attendance at meetings was slightly better than in the previous session.The financial report was also presented and both reports were accepted. The Chairman announced the Committee for the following year as follows :-Chairman and District Member of Council Mr. F. C. Bullock; Honorary Secretary and Treasurer Mr. E. M. Bavin; Honorary Auditor Mr. S. W. Atherley; General Members of Committee Messrs. R. Davidson W. Hunter, C. W. North L. Hunter L. P. Priestley G. M. Dyson C. F. Ward H. H. Barber G. F. Hall R. Rowlands; ex-officio Member Dr. C. C. Addison. A lecture was then given by Dr. W. H. J. Vernon on “Metallic Corrosion and Corrosion Prevention” and was illustrated by a number of slides and specimens. There was a brisk discussion which lasted until the Chairman was forced to apply the closure in view of the late hour.Edinburgh and East of Scotland.-A joint meeting with the Local Sections of the Society of Chemical Industry and the Chemical Society was held on 19 January in the North British Hotel with Professor S. J. Watson in the Chair. The speaker was Dr. H. Ainsworth Harrison whose subject was “The De-flocculation of Long-Fibred Pulp Suspensions by Mucilages.” The lecture was followed by a keen discussion in which Professor Watson Drs. A. M. Smith, J. K. Grant and T. R. Bolam and Messrs. Cameron Dodds and McLellan took part. The vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Dr. T. R. Bolam. A joint meeting with the Chemical Society the Edinburgh Section of the Society of Chemical Industry and the Edinburgh University Chemical Society, was held in the Biochemical Lecture Theatre University of Edinburgh on 7 February 1950.The speaker was Professor W. E. Garner C.B.E. F.R.S., whose subject was “The Reaction of Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen on Copper Oxide.” At the end of the lecture Dr. Tipper proposed the vote of thanks. Professor Kendall and Dr. Ludlam also spoke in appreciation of Professor Garner’s address. At the Annual General Meeting of the Section held in Edinburgh on 23 February 1950 the following Office-Bearers were elected :-Chairman Dr. 172 I. A. Preece; Vice-chairman Mr. G. Elliot Dodds; Secretary-Treasurer Mr. J. K. Grant Recorder Dr. K. F. MacBean. Messrs. R. G. Thin E. L. Hirst, C. G. Cochrane T. Manson and G. W. Walker were elected to fill vacancies on the Committee.The new Chairman paid tribute to the great services rendered to the Section by Mr. Elliot Dodds who had been Hon. Secretary for 16 years. Following the Annual General Meeting a meeting in conjunction with the Society of Chemical Industry and the Chemical Society was held in the North British Station Hotel when a lecture entitled “The Planning of Semi-Technical Scale Experiments” was given by Dr. R. Holroyd. A lively discussion followed the lecture and the vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. F. J. Bolton. Glasgow and West of Scotland-On 13 January 1950 a meeting of the Registered Students in the Section was held in the Royal Technical College. This meeting was of an informal nature and was well attended.@ Several members of the local Committee were present.The Section Chairman Mr. A. R. Jamieson presided and with him were Dr. W. M. Cumming (Member of Council) Mr. H. G. A. Anderson adviser to Students and the Hon. Secretary. Mr. Jamieson welcomed the members and introduced the speakers. Dr. W. M. Cumming in a comprehensive account of the position of Students in the Institute mentioned that the meeting was the first of its kind to be held in the Section. He referred to the Ordinary and Higher National Certificates, awarded jointly by the Institute and the Scottish Education Department. As the Institute’s Charter demanded the maintenance of high standards for the Associateship what exemptions if any could be granted to holders of the Higher National Certificate? The student representative then spoke and stressed that the standards of the Institute should be maintained in any changes proposed; the standard of the H.N.C.might be altered if necessary. The suggestion was made that a course of study for post-H.N.C. be drawn up by the Institute that examinations in this prescribed work be under the auspices of the Institute and that such examina-tions be held in Scotland at the Royal Technical College and the Heriot-Watt College. Students satisfying the examiners would be awarded the Associateship. Other points which were made were that examination questions were at times, too specialised and that a bigger choice of questions should be given in the papers. The meeting was a most valuable one; many points of interest to the evening students were dealt with and answers were given to questions on courses of study.The Section held a Film Evening jointly with the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section of the Society of Chemical Industry in the Royal Technical College Glasgow on 17 January. The Chairman Mr. A. R. Jamieson introduced a programme of technical 16 mm. sound films of general interest including “A ship comes in from Texas” (I.C.I.) “Parafin Young” (Petroleum Film Bureau), “Magie du Fer Blanc” (Tin Research Institute) and “War under the Micro-scope” (I .C.I.). The subject matter of the films covered a wide range from the manufacture of sulpliuric acid to the war against malaria; from the method of canning sardines to the local interest associated in the Royal Technical College especially with James Young.The Chairman proposed the vote of thanks to Dr. Wm. Gibb who had arranged the meeting and procured the films. The 3 I st Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 17 February, 1950 in the Royal Technical College when the following Committee was elected for the ensuing year :-Chairman Dr. David Trail1 ; Vice-chairman, [ 173 Professor F. S. Spring; Hon. Treasurer Dr. A. C . Syme; Hon. Secretary, Mr. W. G. D. Wright; Committee Members Professor J. M. Davidson Dr. C. H. Giles Professor H. Nicol Dr. R. I. Reed Mr. D. M. Ross Dr. J. Taylor and Mr. W. Watson; Honorary Auditor Dr. W. Good. The Chairman expressed the thanks of the Section to the retiring members of the Committee Professor J. W. Cook Dr. J. D. Louden and Mr. J. M. Malcolm. The Secretary expressed thanks to Mr.Jamieson the retiring Chairman for his help and devotion to the Section. Dr. W. M. Cumming also added words of appreciation of Mr. Jamieson’s work. Following the Annual General Meeting Dr. J. B. Firth of the North-Western Forensic Science Laboratory Preston delivered a lecture on “Some Apphca-tions of Science in the Detection of Crime.” There was a large and appreciative audience. The lecture was illustrated with more than 80 lantern slides giving instances of many crime cases which Dr. Firth had investigated. At the close of the lecture a cordial vote of thanks was proposed by Dr. W. M. Cumming. Huddersfie1d.-At a meeting held on 1 November 1949 at which the chair was taken by Mr. F. Robinson the lecturer Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones addressed some 35 members and guests on “Some nutritional problems concerning Bread.” The lecture was followed by a good discussion on the various issues raised.The vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. T. Simmons and seconded by Mr. G. E. Hill (Secretary of the Huddersfield Branch of the Master Bakers Association). On the evening of 18 November the Annual Dance was held at Collinson’s Cafe Huddersfield and proved a very enjoyable social occasion. On 6 December Professor M. Polanyi F.R.S. addressed the Section on “The Nature of Scientific Convictions.” At this meeting Mr. T. Ritchie (Section Treasurer) took the chair in the absence due to ilhess of Mr. F. Robinson (Section Chairman). After the lecture there was a vigorous discussion which was terminated at 10 p.m.by the Chairman. The vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Dr. W. E. Scott and seconded by Mr. E. A. C. Crouch. At the first meeting in 1950 on 10 January Mr. F. Robinson took the chair and welcomed members of the Huddersfield Branch of the Society of Dyers and Colourists. The lecturer Sir Wallace A. Akers C.B.E. addressed an audience of 120 on “Problems in the Production of Useful Power from Atomic Energy.” The closure was applied at 9.45 p.m. to the stream of questions which the lecturer was called upon to answer and an extremely hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. D. Hanson (Chairman of the Huddersfield Branch of the S.D.C.) seconded by Mr. F. Robinson (Section Chairman) and carried with acclamation. Leeds Area.-A meeting of the Section was held at the University of Leeds on 16 January 1950 Mr.G. J. Denbigh presiding. Professor W. Q. Kennedy gave a lecture on “Geochemistry and its Background.” His fascinating survey of the borderlands which form the meeting place of two sciences aroused keen interest among a large audience of chemists. The lecture was followed by a prolonged discussion and the wide field of opportunity for collaboration between chemists and geologists was made abundantly manifest. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. Trefor Davies and seconded by Mr. H. J. Ewart. On 13 February under the chairmanship of Mr. G. Brearley Professor W. Bradley lectured on “Chemistry and Medicine” (for summary see p. 142). A good discussion followed the lecture.In proposing the vote of thanks Pro-fessor McLeod paid tribute to the part which chemistry had played in revolu-tionising medicine and in enabling the physician to tackle hitherto hopeless diseases. Intimate co-operation between chemists biologists and medical men would be of the first importance in the future. [ 174 Liverpool and North-Western.-On 12 January 1950 200 members and their guests attended the 31st Anniversary Dinner and Social of the Section held in Liverpool. The Chairman Mr. J. F. Clark Liverpool City Analyst proposed the toasts of “The Royal Institute of Chemistry,” and “Newly-elected members.” Mr. H. Weatherall Member of Council toasted “The guests.” He also arranged the entertainment which was compered by Mr. N. Heron and to which Mrs. Loudon Dr.S. Paul and Mr. G. A. Dunn contributed. On 2 February at the University of Liverpool a lecture was given by Mr. R. Belcher on “New Methods of Qucrcntitative Analysis” (for summary see p. 139). The lecturer was introduced by the chairman Mr. J. F. Clark and at the con-clusion the vote of thanks was proposed and seconded by Messrs. Weatherall and Luff respectively. In the discussion which followed Messrs. Williams, Luff Weatherall Mathews Smith Stuffins and Clark took part. A meeting was held on 14 February at the Wigan and District Mining and Technical College. After being introduced by Mr. J. F. Clark (Chairman), Dr. T. S . Stephens gave a very interesting and humorous lecture on the “Anatomy of the Chemist.” The discussion which followed was almost though not quite as entertaining as the actual lecture many members taking part including Dr.Crawford Mr. Clark Mr. Ashley-Jones and Mr. Luff. The vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. Winterbottom and seconded by Dr. Terry. A joint meeting with the Institute of Petroleum and the Society of Chemical Industry was held on 1 March at the Grosvenor Hotel Chester. The Chairman, Mr. J. F. Clark introduced the speaker Professor C. E. H. Bawn who lectured on “High Polymer Solutions.” In the discussion which followed Messrs. Clarke Biske Clayden Makower, Croft-White Williams Harding and Earlam took part. A vote of thanks to the lecturer proposed and seconded by Messrs. Rapps and Biske respectively was warmly accorded by a very appreciative audience. London and South-Eastern Counties.-On 10 January a successful meeting was held jointly with the Gravesend and District Engineering Society at the Royal Clarendon Hotel Gravesend when Mr.A. V. Garner spoke on “Aluminium.” The meeting held in London at the Royal Society of Medicine Wimpole Street on 18 January was also a joint meeting this time with the London Section of the Society of Chemical Industry. Mr. A. K. Soper of Kodak Research Laboratories delivered an interesting paper on “The Physical Chemistry of the Gelatin-Water system.” A further meeting on “Careers for Chemists,” was held at Slough Public Library on 24 January with Dr. C. W. Herd in the chair. Dr. Norman Booth who introduced the subject was supported on this occasion by a panel of chemists drawn from different fields.As at a previous meeting the panel answered questions from students on chemistry as a profession. Dr. J. L. Edgar’s paper “Modern Methods of Organic Solvent Manufacture,” which is to be published as an Institute Monograph was repeated to an en-thusiastic audience at Brighton Technical College on 3 February. This meeting also was held jointly with the London Section of the Society of Chemical Industry On 6 February Dr. H. Irving spoke at Oxford University Physical Chemistry Laboratory on “Chemical Analysis-Science or Art ?’ when the Section joined forces with the Alembic Club. For those who travelled down from London the time was all too short but the evening was a most memorable one. In his lecture given at Acton Technical College on 9 February Dr. Lester Smith gave an account of Vitamin B, which included much of his own research into this interesting material.175 Mr. T. McLachan gave a lecture on “The Public Analyst and his Work,” at a joint meeting with the London Section of the British Association of Chemists, held at the Institute Russell Square on 15 February. The Film Display at Norwood Technical College on 21 February was well at tended. Owing to the General Election Dr. Scdtt Blair’s paper on “Reqnt Develop ments in Rheology,” to be given at Reading was postponed from 22 February to 8 March. Manchester and District.-The Annual General Meeting was held in the Lecture Hall at the Gas Showrooms Manchester on 25 January 1950. Dr. G. N. Burkhardt was in the Chair and he expressed his great pleasure in welcoming to Manchester Dr.H. J. T. Ellingham Secretary and Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones Hon. Treasurer of the Institute. The Chairman announced the death of Dr. A. E. G. M. Gillam whose work, both for the Institute and for the University of Manchester he briefly outlined. The minutes of the Annual General Meeting of 1949 having been read and approved the Hon. Secretary Mr. Arthur Carroll presented his annual report. This reflected a year of increasing activity and success in the affairs of the Section. In particular the year 1949 had witnessed the renewal of the Student Section the convening of meetings in centres other than Manchester, increasing publicity and the enlargement of social activities. All this had been made possible by the establishment of four permanent sub-committees each with a specific duty but all responsible to the main Committee.It was hoped to widen still further the scope of the Section’s activities and members should not need to be reminded that their active co-operation was both welcomed and desired. Retiring members of Committee to be replaced-a duty which mixes regret at losing colleagues who have given unstinting service with the pleasure of welcoming new members bringing with them a necessary infusion of fresh ideas and spirit-were Mr. J. Boulton Dr. T. W. Cunliffe and Mr. C. J. White-legg. Mr. J. Wilson has had to resign because of heavy pressure of other duties. The following is the composition of the full Committee (the year of election is stated for Members):-Officers Chairman G. N. Burkhardt; Vice-chairman S.R. Best; Hon. Secretary A. Carroll; Hon. Treasurer and Hon. Assist. Secretary E. Isaacs; Hon. Auditors M. E. Probert and R. M. Gray. District Member of Council J. T. Marsh; Member of Council D. W. Hill. Members H. M. Bunbury S. J. Fletcher G. Osgood S. W. Thomas (1947) G. M. Burrows E. L. Dawson P. F. R. Venables A. F. H. Ward (1948), M. Barak W. E. Portwood M. A. T. Rogers H. Stevenson (1949) E. R. H, Jones J. H. Carrington A. L. Hock A. N. Leather (1950). An interesting ceremony took place when book prizes were presented to two Registered Students who had been awarded them for papers read at a meeting of Students. Dr. Ellingham expressed his pleasure in being asked to present the prizes and congratulated Mr. Burgess and Mr. Cundall on their success.The Chairman then called upon Dr. Ellingham to deliver his address on “Recent Developments in the Work of the Institute.” In a broad survey of the history and growth of the Institute Dr. Ellingham paid particular attention to such subjects as the Royal Charters relations with other professional bodies, the value of the Benevolent Fund and the all-important question of the status of the profession. The Chairman at this point welcomed the presence of Officers of the Liverpool and North-Western Section and then opened the discussion which centred mainly on the impact of nationalisation and the conditions of employment of [ 176 chemists. Dr. Ellingham pointed out that as members would know from articles appearing in the Journal the Institute is giving much thought to these and cognate problems.Mid-Southem Counties.-On 5 October a well-attended meeting was held at Portsmouth when Dr. C. Ingram of Courtaulds Ltd. gave a lecture on “Microchemistry .” Dr. E. C. Baskett of Exeter College Oxford lectured on “Some Aspects of Respiration in Bacteria” at Salisbury on 10 October and on the following day he repeated the lecture at Bournemouth. At Southampton on 21 October Dr. E. Edson of the Medical Department, Ministry of Supply spoke on “Medical Aspects of Radiation Chemistry.” On the same date at Portsmouth Dr. E. W. J. Mardles of the Royal Air-craft Establishment Farnborough lectured on “Rheology of Lubricant Films.” Dr. J. M. Barnes Medical Officer-in-Charge of the Medical Research Council Toxicology Research Unit delivered a lecture on “Chemical Pathology” at Salisbury on 2 November.The lecture was repeated at Bournemouth on 3 November. At Portsmouth on 10 November Mr. F. A. Jones Chief Organic Chemist, Dunlop Rubber Co. Ltd. gave a paper on “The Chemistry of Rubber.” Mr. Jones repeated this lecture on 26 January 1950 at Farnborough. On 11 November at Farnborough Dr. G. Muir of the B.D.H. Laboratory Chemicals Group Poole spoke on “The Production of Organic Laboratory Reagents.” This lecture was given again at Southampton on 16 November and on the following day at Portsmouth. On 12 November a social outing was arranged at Southampton. About 50 members attended. After a visit to R.M.S. Andes luncheon was taken and in the afternoon a tour of old Southampton was made.The arrangements were made by Mr. R. W. Watridge and his enthusiasm and ability largely contributed to the great success of this event. Dr. T. C . J. Ovenston of the Admiralty Materials Laboratory Poole gave a lecture on “By-Ways in Chromatography” at Salisbury on 30 November and again on 12 January 1950 at Portsmouth (for summary see p. 129). On 5 December at Portsmouth Professor W. Wardlaw C.B.E. of Birkbeck College University of London dealt with “Chemistry as a Career.” “Modern Developments in the Chemistry and Technology of Plastics” was the subject of a lecture by Dr. N. J. L. Megson Officer-in-Charge of the Ad-visory Service on Plastics and Rubber Ministry of Supply at Salisbury on 7 December and at Bournemouth on the next day. On 25 January 1950 at Southampton and on the following day at Ports-mouth Messrs.Glendinning and Maclannan of the Royal Aircraft Establish-ment Farnborough spoke on “Aspects of Fire Extinction in Aircraft.” A Symposium on “Recent Advances in Paint Technology” was held at Southampton on 11 February. The speakers and subjects were Mr. L. R. Hickson (Hadfields Ltd.) “Resins Natural and Synthetic”; Dr. H. G. Rains (Jenson and Nicholson Ltd.) “Oils and Driers”; Mr. G. E. Gale (Admiralty Research Department Portsmouth) “Anti-fouling Paints”; Dr. J. G. Gillam (Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. Dyestuffs Division) “Pigments.” This Symposium was well attended. After the papers had been read there was an interval for tea and then a lively discussion ensued. Mr. R. Belcher of the University of Birmingham lectured on “New Methods in Quantitative Analysis” at Farnborough on 21 February and at Bournemouth on 22 February.Newcastle upon Tyne and North-bst Coast.-At a joint meeting with the Local Section of the Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association on 15 February at [ 177 King’s College Newcastle upon Tyne over which Mr. W. Gordon Carey presided Professor T. P. Hilditch F.R.S. delivered a most stimulating and informative lecture on “The Constitution and Availability of some Vegetable Drying Oils” (for summary see p. 141). The appreciation of the large audience was shown by the brisk discussion that followed. South Wales.-A meeting of the Section was held on 27 January in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Swansea with Mr. R. 0. Bishop, M.B.E.presiding when 85 members and visitors were present. Professor C. W. Shoppee lectured on “Chemistry and Cancer Research.” On 10 February a meeting was held jointly with the Chemical Society and the University College Chemical Society at University College Swansea with Professor C. W. Shoppee in the Chair. Professor W. Wardlaw C.B.E. de-livered a lecture on “Some Problems in Inorganic Chemistry.” Tees-side.-A large audience assembled on 11 January to hear Sir Wallace Akers speak on “Problems in the Production of Useful Power from Atomic Energy.” The lecture was remarkable for the way in which Sir Wallace, starting at a quite elementary level rapidly and surely developed a clear exposi-tion of the atomic pile. A joint meeting with the Newcastle upon Tyne Sections of the Institute and the Society of Chemical Industry was held in the University Chemical Labora-tories Durham on 24 January.Dr. F. S. Dainton spoke on “Chemical Reactions Induced by Nuclear Radiations.” The private bus hired to transport Tees-side members to and from the meeting was well filled. Mr. R. P. Bell F.R.S. spoke on “ The Speed of Some Acid-Base Reactions” on 13 February. BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REMEWED The Science of Turf Cultivation. By R. P. Faulkner. Pp. ix + 64. (London : The Technical Press Ltd. 1950.) 7s. 6d. net. Report on the Principles of Rheological Nomenclature. By J. M. Burgess and G. W. Scott Blair. Pp. 72. (Reprinted from the Proceedings of the International Congress on Rheology Holland 1948.) (Amsterdam : North-Holland Publishing Co.1949.) f. 2.50. Proceedings of a Conference on Chemical Works Safety Harrogate October, 1948. Pp. 132. (London Association of British Chemical Manufact-urers 166 Piccadilly W.l 1950.) 5s. post free. Proceedings of the Second Conference on Chemical Works Safety Scarborough, October 1949. Pp. 1 1 1. (London Association of British Chemical Manufacturers 1950.) 5s. post free. 3mproved Methods for the Quantitative Analysis of Coal Ash and Coke Ash. Fuel Research Survey Paper No. 50. Pp. 40. (London H.M. Stationery Office 1949.) Is. net. by post 1s. 2d NOTES PERSONAL Among the new Fellows of the Royal Society elected on 16 March 1950 are Professor E. R. H. Jones Fellow and Meldola Medallist Professor R. A. Morton, Fellow and Meldola Medallist and Professor M.Stacey Fellow and Meldola Medallist. Professor R. M. Barrer Fellow and Dr. R. C. Menzies Fellow are among the new Fellows elected by the Royal Society of Edinburgh on 6 March. Mr. E. B. Anderson Fellow retires at the end of April from the post of chief chemist to United Dairies Ltd. and associated companies which he has held since 1932. He has retired also from the Honorary Secretaryship of the Society of Chemical Industry. Mr. D. P. Braithwaite Associate has been appointed biochemist in the Veterinary Department Kenya. Dr. K. Bullock Fellow has been appointed reader in pharmaceutical chemistry in the University of Manchester. Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. President has been elected a Fellow of University College London. Dr.J. C. Duff Fellow deputy head of the Chemistry Department Birming-ham Central Technical College has been appointed to succeed Dr. P. D. Ritchie, Fellow as head of the Department. Dr. W. H. Garrett M.B.E. Associate has been awarded the Medal of the University of Liverpool Chemical Society for 1950 for distinguished services to chemistry. Dr. N. H. Hartshorne M.C. Fellow has been appointed reader in chemical microscopy in the University of Leeds. The title of emeritus professor in the University of London has been con-ferred on Sir Ian Heilbron D.S.O. F.R.S. Fellow who held the chair of organic chemistry at the Imperial College of Science and Technology from 1938 to 1949. Dr. E. H. T. Hoblyn M.B.E. Fellow has been appointed Director of the British Chemical Plant Manufacturers’ Association and the British Food Machinery Manufacturers’ Association.Dr. L. H. Lampitt Fellow has been awarded the International Medal of the Society of Chemical Industry. Dr. R. J. MacWalter Fellow has been appointed deputy controller of laboratories to United Dairies Ltd. and associated companies. Dr. J. Pearson Fellow head of the Chemistry Section of the British Iron and Steel Research Association Laboratories Swansea has been appointed head of the Chemistry Department of the Association. Dr. I. A. Preece Fellow has been appointed the first holder of the newly-established chair of brewing and industrial fermentation in Heriot-Watt College, Edinburgh. Dr. E. K. Rideal M.B.E. F.R.S. Fellow lately Fullerian professor of chemistry in the Royal Institution and director of the Davy Faraday Research Laboratory has been appointed to the chair of chemistry at King’s College, University of London from 1 August 1950.Professor Rideal has also been elected President of the Chemical Society for 1950-51 in succession to Sir Ian Heilbron D.S.O. F.R.S. Dr. H. D. Springall Associate has been appointed professor of chemistry in the new North Staffordshire University College which is to be opened in August at Keele near Newcastle-under-Lyme. Dr. R. L. Wain Fellow head of the Department of Physical Sciences at Wye College University of London has been granted the title of professor of agricultural chemistry in the University. [ 179 Mr. M. C. Whiting Associate has been appointed lecturer in chemistryin the University of Manchester.MELDOLA MEDAL 1949 On the recommendation of the Council of the Royal Institute of Chemistry, the Society of Maccabaeans has decided to present the Meldola Medal for 1949 to Andrew John Blackford Robertson M.A. Ph.D. in recognition of his work while under the age of 30 on explosives and on the application of the mass spectrometer to the study of chemical reactions. Robertson was educated at Hertford Grammar School and St. Christopher School Letchworth and entered St. John’s College Cambridge in 1938. After graduating in 1941 he entered the Department of Colloid Science as a member of Professor E. IS. Rideal’s team working on explosives and studied the sensitiveness of explosives to heat. Using specially developed experimental methods many high explosives were found to decompose quite smoothly, although very rapidly at elevated temperatures and the kinetic features of several decompositions were studied.The actual transition between thermal decom-position and spontaneous explosion was directly examined by novel methods with a number of high explosives. Several distinct mechanisms whereby this transformation occurs were found and various theoretical relations were deduced. The sensitiveness of solid high explosives to impact was also related to fundamental kinetic and thermal data by the “hot spot’’ theory. Robertson was awarded the Henry Humphries Prize by St. John’s College for this work and in 1946 was elected to a Fellowship. He continued experi-mental work under Professor Rideal at the Royal Institution on the catalytic pyrolysis of hydrocarbons using a simple mass spectrometer as an analytical tool and for the direct detection of free radicals.In 1948 he was appointed a Junior Research Fellow by the Managers of the Royal Institution and in 1949 to a Senior Studentship by the Commissioners for the Exhibition of 1851. In the Davy Faraday Research Laboratory of the Royal Institution he is at present developing his work on the direct study of free radical reactions. SIR GEORGE BEILBY MEMORIAL FUND AWARDS 1949 The Administrators of the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund representing the Institute of Metals the Royal Institute of Chemistry and the Society of Chemical Industry have decided to make three awards each of one hundred guineas from the Fund for 1949.These awards have been made to-F. R. N. Nabarro M.B.E. M.A. B.Sc.(Oxon.) in recognition of his application of mathematical methods to the elucidation of the mechanical properties of metals. Charles Eric Ransley M.Sc. Ph.D.(Lond.) F.I.M. in recognition of his experimental contributions to knowledge of the behaviour of gases in metals. Keble Watson Sykes M.A. B.Sc. D.Phil.(Oxon.) in recognition of his experimental contributions to the study of the combustion of carbon and its oxidation by steam. Awards from the Fund are made to British investigators in science as a mark of appreciation of distinguished work particularly in such fields as fuel economy chemical engineering and metallurgy in which Sir George Beilby’s special interests lay. In general the awards are not applicable to the more senior investigators but are granted as an encouragement to relatively young men who have done independent work of exceptional merit over a period of years.F. R. N. NABARRO was born in London in 1916 and educated at Nottingham High School and New College Oxford where he obtained Firsts in Physics [ 1go and Mathematics with distinction in Thermodynamics. In 1938 as a Senior Scholar of New College Oxford he went to the University of Bristol to work under Professor N. F. Mott and before the war he published work on the effect of internal strains on precipitation in alloys and on a simple theory of precipitation hardening. During the war he was employed by the War Office and the Army Operational Research Group of the Ministry of Supply on problems ranging from the design of radar aerial systems to a study of the effects of bombing and shelling on an army unit in the field and he was awarded the M.B.E.in 1946. Mr. Nabarro returned to Bristol as a Royal Society Warren Research Fellow in 1945 and since then has worked principally on the dislocation theory of slip. By treating a dislocation as a flexible curve with an energy proportional to its length it has been possible to remove a number of arbitrary assumptions from the theory of precipitation on the hardening and from the theory of the influence of temperature on rate.of plastic flow. These studies have greatly illuminated the theory of the mechanical strength of metal crystals and the complicated “creep” phenomena to which they are subject.Since 1947 Mr. Nabarro has been a Lecturer in Metallurgy in the University of Birmingham and is now also a Research Fellow in Metallurgy of that University. C. E. RANSLEY was born in London and educated at Wembley County School. He joined the Research Laboratories of the General Electric Company as a student-assistant and graduated in chemistry at the University of London as an external student in 1932. As a member of the metallurgical staff of these Laboratories he was engaged mainly on problems connected with tungsten molybdenum nickel and other materials used in the manufacture of lamps and thermionic valves. Early investigations included an examination of the properties of very fine filament wires orientation effects in molybdenum sheet and the development of nickel alloys for high-emission thermionic cathodes.He became interested in gas-metal reactions and was co-author with Dr. C. J. Smithells of a series of papers published in 1935-36 dealing with various aspects of the diffusion of gases through metals. He also made a study of the copper-oxygen system and developed methods for the micro-analysis of gases at low pressures. From 1940 to 1945 Dr. Ransley devoted most of his attention to the develop-ment and production of silicon mixer and rectifier crystal valves for radar applications. At the latter end of this period however an investigation was made with Mr. R. Eborall of the British Non-Ferrous Metals Research Association of the effects of hydrogen and steam on the welding behaviour of the high strength aluminium-magnesium alloys.In 1945 he took up his present position at the Research Laboratories of the British Aluminium Company at Gerrards Cross Bucks. where he is in charge of a group working mainly on various problems arising in the casting and fabrication of aluminium and its alloys. This work has included a study of gas equilibria in solid and liquid metals a part of which has already been published. Dr. Ransley serves on a number of advisory committees concerned with various aspects of metallurgical research. Much of his work has been published in the Proceedings of the Royal Society and the Journal of the Institute of Metals. K. W. SYKES went to St. Bees School Cumberland and in 1939 to the Queen’s College Oxford where he was awarded the Rigge Exhibition and the Percival Benefaction and obtained a First Class in the Final Honours School of Natural Science (Chemistry) and a Distinction in Crystallography.In 1942 he began work on wartime problems in the Physical Chemistry Laboratory at Oxford under the supervision of Professor Sir Cyril Hinshelwood. He held a Queen’s College Taberdarship from 1943 to 1945 and an Imperial r 181 Chemical Industries Fellowship from 1945 to 1948. This work soon led to a fundamental investigation of the kinetics of the reactions of the steam-carbon system which was carried on with a series of collaborators-Dr. J. Gadsby, Mr. P. Sleightholm and Dr. F. J. Long. A detailed study was first made of the mechanisms of the steam-carbon and carbon dioxide-carbon reactions ; features of this work were the complementary use of both flow and static techniques and the development of a special method of controlling the tempera-ture of endothermic reactions in flow systems.The results were published in a number of papers in the Proceedings of the Royal Society. Subsequently, attention was directed to the catalysis of these reactions by inorganic impurities in the carbon and a fundamentally new theory of this catalysis was proposed. This was presented at the International Congress on the Mechanism of the Combustion of Carbon at Nancy September 1949 and will shortly by published in the Journal de Chimie Physique. In 1948 Dr. Sykes went to University College Swansea as a Lecturer in Chemistry. Among the subjects now being studied by him is the kinetics of the reactions of carbon with compounds containing sulphur ; part of this work is being supported by the Ministry of Supply.SIR EDWARD FRANKLAND MEDAL AND PRIZE On the recommendation of the Assessor the Council has decided to award the Medal and Prize for 1949 to Thomas Albert Whitehall a Registered Student in the Liverpool and North-Western Section for his essay “On the Contribution of the Chemist to the Changing World.” NEWTON CHAMBERS AWARD The Committee of the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section of the Institute has decided that the whole of the available sum for 1949 ($100) be awarded to Mr. A. P. C. Cumming A.R.T.C. A.R.I.C. and Mr. J. A. Horn B.Sc. A.R.T.C. A.R.I.C. for their paper on “Studies in AcetyleneFlames.” SCIENCE IN PARLIAMENT E.C.A.Technical Assistance Scheme Technical Publications.-On 15 November 1949 Sir Patrick Hannon asked the Lord President of the Council if the arrangements made under the Marshall Technical Assistance Plan for the provision of technological books and publications for the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research is now operative; and to what extent he is giving publicity to this contribution to British industrial technique and research. THE LORD PRESIDENT OF THE COUNCIL (Mr. Herbert Morrison) The supply of technical publications under the Economic Co-operation Administration Technical Assistance Programme has recently been authorised and the first batch is now being obtained. Publicity for this arrangement in U.S.A. and in the U.K.has been given by the Information Office of the E.C.A. Mission to the U.K. in co-operation with British news services. Inventors (Awards to).-The Second Report of the Royal Commission on Awards to Inventors has been issued (Cmd. 7832). Since the issue of the First Report which dealt with the hearing of claims up to and including 8 November, 1948 52 claims have been decided. During the period 81 claims have been examined by the Investigating Committee with the result that 10 cases have been referred to the Commission for decision the remainder being found to be devoid of any reasonable ground for reference. Research (Secret Information).-On 18 October Mr. Baker White asked the President of the Board of Trade whether he will lay down special security E 182 regulations to cover secret documents patents and inventions brought before the National Research Development Corporation.Mr. J. EDWARDS No. Secret documents patents and inventions are un-likely to be disclosed to the Corporation. Should the need arise for such a disclosure the existing security arrangements which are normally applied to the disclosure of secret information to persons outside the Government service, will apply and these should be adequate. Fuel Research and Development.-On 13 December Mr. Blackburn asked the Minister of Fuel and Power what changes are contemplated or have been made in the organisation of research and development connected with the fuel industries since the enactment of legislation nationalising the coal gas and electricity industries.THE MINISIXR OF FUEL AND POWER (Mr. Gaitskell) The following changes have so far been made The National Coal Board have set up their own Central Research Establishment in which most of the industry’s research work will be done. The Board co-operate with other research organisations including my Department’s Safety in Mines Research Organisation the Fuel Research Station and the Pneumoconiosis Research Unit; and support the British Coal Utilisation Research Association the Coal Tar Research Association and the British Coke Research Association. The British Electricity Authority has taken over the research laboratory established by the Central Electricity Board and supports the British Electrical and Allied Industries’ Research Association. The Authority co-operates also with the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research the British Coal Utilisation Research Association and other research associations.The Gas Council has not yet decided its future organisation of research but is meanwhile supporting the Gas Research Board. In pursuance of my duty to secure the prosecution of research into methods of advancing the safety and promoting the health of mine workers I have taken over the safety in mines research stations previously financed out of the Miners’ Welfare Fund and I collaborate closely with the Medical Research Council on health researches. In addition my Department is arranging for research and development work on a number of projects-such as underground gasification of coal-which do not fall clearly within the field of any one of the nationalised industries.This work is under the direction of my Chief Scientist whom I appointed last year. As my hon. Friend is aware I also set up a Scientific Advisory Council, with a membership consisting of representitives of the nationalised industries as well as other scientists to advise me on the scientific aspect of my statutory responsibilities including the fulfilment of my functions in connection with the research programmes of the nationalised fuel industries. University Grants.-On 12 December’ Mr. Cobb asked the Chancellor of the Exchequer whether he will give an assurance that in connection with the programme of expenditure cuts now under consideration no steps will be taken to reduce the valuable work at present being undertaken by the universities with the support of the University Grants Committee; and whether in that connection he will provide some up-to-date information as to the progress being made with regard to the increased output of qualified scientists and technologists and the extent to which the recommendations of the Barlow Committee are being implemented.I would refer my hon. Friend to the statement which I made on 26 October with regard to the retard-ation of the university building programme. I am not proposing any other change in the general arrangements affecting grants to universities. As regards THE CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER (Sir S. Cripps) the second part of the Question the recommendation of the Barlow Committee that the number of university students in science and technology should be doubled has already been implemented.The statement of 26 October to which Sir Stafford referred was contained in the speech he made in the House of Commons during the debate on the Govern-ment’s proposals for dealing with the economic situation following devaluation. He then announced in addition to cuts in the housing programme etc. that the Government would curtail building work under their own direct control, including the programmes of building for defence and for the Government’s own occupation. From other smaller programmes such as those sponsored by the Home Office appropriate contributions to the aggregate reduction would be made including a saving of S1 million on the retardation of the university building programme.MISCELLANEOUS British Standards Institution Approved Names for Pest Control Products :-During the last twenty-five years great advances have been made in the develop-ment of chemicals for pest disease weed and rodent control. In the past ten years in particular many new compounds have been marketed on a world-wide scale for use in the medical veterinary agricultural and industrial fields. The chemical names of these compounds have in many instances been too com-plicated for common use and shortened forms and trade names have been devised. As there may be several of these applied to one chemical compound, confusion has arisen in commercial descriptions of products and also in the scientific literature. The problem was disclosed at the Commonwealth Entomological Con-ference in 1948 and a resolution passed urging the appointment of a committee to agree common names for established compounds.The Executive Council of the Commonwealth Agriculture Bureaux referred the recommendation to the British Standards Institution as the appropriate body in the United. Kingdom to deal with the matter. A Technical Committee for Nomenclature of Pest control Products has now been appointed by the B.S.I. and includes representa-tives of Commonwealth countries Government departments scientific societies and manufacturers’ organisations. The Committee meets under the Chairman-ship of Mr. H. J. Jones A.R.I.C. who is also Chairman of the Pest Control Products Industry Standards Committee of the Institution with Dr.Catherine Tinker A.R.I.C. as Secretary. The Committee’s terms of reference are “To prepare standards for the nomenclature for insecticidal and fungicidal chemicals and other pest control products.” It is working in the closest collaboration with the Standards organisations in Commonwealth countries and with the Inter-Departmental Committee on Pest Control in the United States of America. Standards organisations in other countries have been informed of the formation of the Committee and of its proposed programme and it is hoped that it may eventually be possible to arrive at international agreement on nomenclature EXAMINATIONS JANUARY 1950 ABSTRACT OF THE REPORT OF THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS Examinations were held as under:-Entered Passed For the Associateship.Examiners Dr. T. G. Pearson and Professor D. H. Hey. The examination was held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington and at various local centres in the periods 16 to * 4 candidates failed in part only of the examination and 10 candidates completed the examination by passing in the Translation test in which they had previously failed. On the recommendation of the Board the Council has decided that three of the unsuccessful candidates will not be allowed to present themselves again within a year and before re-entry will be required to produce evidence of having taken further training. 21 January and 24 to 27 January 1950. 71 34* EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP MONDAY 16 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m to 1 p.m.[Answer FIVE questions ONLY. and calcium; OR (b) boron in relation to aluminium and silicon. ary tests in qualitative analysis. Give formulae and equations where possible.] 1. Discuss the chemical properties of EITHER (a) lithium in relation to sodium 2. Explain referring to examples the importance of making careful prelimin-3. Discuss ONE of the following statements:-(a) “The mistaken belief that Element 72 (hafnium) would prove to be a rare earth combined with the close resemblance of hafnium to zirconium delayed the isolation of the former element.” (b) “Thallium affords one of the most remarkable illustrations of the variation of chemical character with variation in valency.” 4. Describe the laboratory and the technical preparation of iodine. State the action on the element under specified conditions of each of the following reagents :-(a) nitric acid (b) chlorine (c) potassium hydroxide (d) sulphurous acid.5. Outline the experimental evidence that supports the following statements : (a) The molecule of argon is monatomic ; (b) The molecular formula of hydrogen chloride is HC1; (c) Water is an associated liquid. 6. Comment on the following quotation:-“There are certain classes of compounds such as the carbides of the heavy metals and most of the intermetallic compounds which defy interpretation in terms of any rational valency rules.” 7. Give an account of reactions of qualitative analytical importance asso-ciated with THREE of the following:-(a) tungsten (b) molybdenum (c) vana-dium (d) thorium (e) selenium.Indicate where you can which of the reactions are characteristic and which are given by other elements. [ 185 2 to 5 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY. in aqueous solution. Give formulae and equations where possible.] Outline the methods available for studying the formation of complex ions 1. 2. Explain what is meant by the standard free energy change in a chemical reaction and describe how such energy changes are determined. 3. Outline the reasoning which has enabled an equation to be formulated relating the activity coefficient of an ion of given valency to the ionic strength of the dilute solution. Explain how the equation is modified to enable it to be applied to more concentrated solutions. (Complete mathematical arguments are not required.) The solubility of calcium fluoride CaF2 in pure water is 2.0 x lo4 moles Calculate its solubility in 0.01 molar potassium chloride per litre at 25" C.using the Debye-Huckel limiting law with the constant 0.509. 4. State indicating their significance the "laws" of photochemical import-ance associated with the following names Grothuss-Draper ; Lambert-Beer ; Einstein. Explain referring to examples the occurrence of photochemical reactions with various quantum yields. 5. EITHER (a) Give an account of the adsorption of gases on solid surfaces ; (b) Give some account of the investigation and of the nature and properties of thin films on liquid surfaces. OR 6. State Hess's Law and Kirchhoff's Law. (a) Calculate the heat of formation (x) of gaseous hydrogen chloride at 25" C.using the following data:-NH,(aq.) + HCl(aq.) = NH,Cl(aq.) A H = - 12 k.cal. (at 25" C.) Substance NH (gas) HC1 (gas) NH&L (solid) Heat of formation at Heat of solution at (b) Use the result of (a) and the following heat capacity equations to calculate the heat of formation of gaseous hydrogen chloride at 727" C. 25" C. k.cal./mole - 11 (4 - 75 25" C. k.cal./mole - 8-5 - 17.5 3- 3.9 H2 (gas) C = 6.62 3- 0-81 x 10-3T(cal. deg.-l mole-l) CI,(gas) C = 8.28 + 0.56 x 10-3T( 7 3 ) HCl(gas) C = 6-70 4- 0.84 x 10-3T( 9 7 ) 7. Explain with the aid of phase diagrams THREE of the following:-(a) the action of a salt-ice freezing mixture; (b) the phenomena accompanying the cooling of a homogeneous molten mixture of two metals that form a stable compound the compound having two interconvertible crystalline forms and none of the solid phases being mutually soluble; (c) the isothermal dehydration of a saturated solution of a hydrated salt such as copper sulphate pentahydrate ; (d) the distillation of a mixture of two liquids that form an azeotrope 8.Write an essay on ONE of the following subjects :-(a) Radioactive Indicators ; (b) Galvanic Cells; (c) The Critical State of Matter. TUESDAY 17 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] 1. Describe the methods of preparation the properties and the reactions of the mono-ethenoid aliphatic mono-carboxylic acids. Include in your answer representative examples of as many different types as possible. 2. Write notes on the uses of FOUR of the following reagents in organic chemistry :-(a) perbenzoic acid ; (b) aluminium isopropoxide ; (c) N-bromosuc-cinimide ; (d) Girard Reagent T (trimethylammonium-acetohydrazide chloride) ; (e) anhydrous hydrogen fluoride ; (f) lead tetra-acetate.3. Review the methods available for the preparation of aromatic aldehydes. Outline the reactions by means of which the aldehyde group in such compounds may be converted into (a) CHzCOOH ; (b) CH C.COOH ; (c) C i C.COOH. I CH3 4. What are the effects of the substituent R in the benzene derivative CBH,.R on (a) the rate of reaction with an electrophilic (cationoid) reagent and (6) the position of entry of the substituent group into the nucleus when R is CH, C1, NH2 and OCH,? Discuss the theoretical interpretation of these facts.5. Cite the complete evidence on which the structure of sucrose is based. 6. Write an essay on EITHER (a) Triphenylmethyl and related free radicals OR (b) The chemistry of fermentation processes. 7. Summarise the evidence upon which the constitutions of TWO of the follow-ing compounds are based :-(a) vitamin B2 (riboflavin lactoflavin) ; (b) atropine ; (c) progesterone. 2 to 3.30p.m. Translation of French and German technical literature. Practical First Group WEDNESDAY 18 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. [Lmgrhy descriptions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly.] * The mixture (A) consists of two substances.Examine it qualitatively with a view to identifying the radicals present and if possible naming the two substances. [(A) = Barium sulphate $- EITHER lead ferrocyanide OR copper ferrocyanide.] 2. The substance (B) is a steel containing about 3 per cent. of nickel. Deter-mine the percentage content of nickel gravimetrically and of iron volumetrically. Pure solid potassium dichromate is provided. (These exercises must be completed to-day.) 1. * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers THURSDAY 19 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 3. Identify the compound (C). [(C) = Sodium tungstate OR Ammonium tungstate.] 4. A system consisting of two immiscible liquids X and Y distils freely when the total pressure is equal to the atmospheric pressure.Hence making certain obvious assumptions, - wx pxMx wY PYMY -wherein W and W are the weights distilling in a given time px and p the partial pressures and Mx and My the molecular weights. Use this principle and the apparatus available in the laboratory todeter-mine the apparent molecular weight of the pure compound (D) of given density which is immiscible with water. In reporting your results draw a careful diagram of your apparatus direct attention to sources of error and indicate any precautions you may have taken to overcome them. You may need to make several determinations; therefore preserve your distillates for re-use. The thermometer supplied is not a standard instrument. FRIDAY 20 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. 1. Convert the benzaldehyde provided (1 5 g.) successively into m-nitro-benzaldehyde m-arninobenzaldehyde and rn-hydroxybenzaldehyde.Pure crys-talline specimens of rn-nitrobenzaldehyde and m-hydroxybenzaldehyde should be returned. The m-aminobenzaldehyde need not be isolated. (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) 2. Report on the nature of the substance (E). [(E) = Diacetone alcohol.] SATURDAY 21 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. Complete yesterday's exercise 1. 3. Identify the constituents of the binary mixture 0. EITHER acet-o-toluidide OR acet-p-toluidide.] [(F) = Thiourea + Practical Second Group. TUESDAY 24 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form.State yow-jinal conclusions clearly.] * 1. The mixture (G) consists of two substances. Examine it qualitatively with a view to identifying the radicals present and if possible naming the two substances. [(G) = Stannic oxide + EITHER calcium silicofluoride OR barium silicofluoride. J 2. The solution (H) contains sodium chloride and potassium iodide. Deter-mine the total halide gravimetrically and the iodide volumetrically. (Prepare a standard solution from the potassium iodate provided and conduct the titration in moderately concentrated hydrochloric acid solution using carbon tetrachloride as indicator.) Express your results in grams of sodium chloride and grams of potassium iodide per litre. (These exercises must be completed to-day.) * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers.188 WEDNESDAY 25 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 3. Identify the compound (I). [(I) = Ammonium vanadate OR sodium vanadate.] 4. A system consisting of two immiscible liquids X and Y distils freely when the total pressure is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Hence making certain obvious assumptions, wherein W and Wy are the weights distilling in a given time p and py the partial pressures and M and My the molecular weights. Use this principle and the apparatus available in the laboratory to determine the apparent molecular weight of the pure compound (J) of given density which is immiscible with water. In reporting your results draw a careful diagram of your apparatus direct attention to sources of error and indicate any precautions you may have taken to overcome them.You may need to make several determinations; therefore preserve your distillates for re-use. The thermometer supplied is not a standard instrument. THURSDAY 26 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. 1. Convert the p-nitroaniline provided (20 g.) successively into p-chloro-nitrobenzene p-chloroaniline and p-chloroacetanilide. Pure crystalline speci-mens of p-chloronitrobenzene and p-chloroacetanilide should be returned. The p-chloroaniline need not be isolated. (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) 2. Report on the nature of the substance (K). [(K) = isoPhorone.1 FXIDAY 27 JANUARY 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 1. 3. Tdentify the constituents of the binary mixture 6).[(L) = Urethane + EITHER acet-a-naphthalide OR acet- 13-naphthalide. REPORT OF THE EXAMINERS Inorganic mid Physical Chemistry. In answering the inorganic paper more candidates attempted Q. 1 (a) than Q. 1 (b). Some answers were marred by poor organisation and presentation ; facts were given in random order little effort being made to tabulate or discuss them. The reasons underlying diagonal similarities were rarely mentioned. The remark of one candidate in his answer to Q. 2 that the making of preliminary tests saves a lot of “donkey work” in the group analysis was very much to the point and it is to be hoped that candidates practise as efficiently as they wrote answers to this question. Unfortunately however some of the attempts to identify the insoluble substances set in the practical examination seemed to cast doubt on this.The characteristic variation in the chemical character of thallium with variation in valency was adequately dealt with in the answers to Q. 3 (b), but some answers to Q. 3 (a) showed only a superficial knowledge of the chemistry of hafnium and zirconium. The answers to Q. 4 were adequate although interesting points concerning the reaction of sulphur dioxide with iodine were often omitted. Quite a number of chains of evidence adduced to support the statements in Q. 5 were logically incomplete. There were some excellent answers to Q. 6 but some dealt with the Hume-Rothery rules as if they were to-day entirely empirical. Q. 7 was generally well done. There are several ways of detecting and studying complex ion formation in aqueous solution.These include solubility conductivity transport numbers, E.M.F. of half-elements partition coefficients osmotic properties and absorption spectra. In many of the answers to Q. 1 in the physical chemistry paper only two or three methods were described of which solubility and conductivity were predominant. The answers to Q. 2 showed a clearer grasp of the free energy concept than has been shown in some past examinations. The answers to the second part of Q. 3 showed that some candidates who had apparently mastered the book-work called for in the first part were unable to apply it to the simple rider. Some answers were left unchecked in a way that offended commonsense; e.g. the statement that the solubility of CaF increases from 2 x in pure water to 8 x in 0.01M potassium chloride solution.Q. 4 on photochemistry Q. 5 (a) on the adsorption of gases on solid surfaces and Q. 5 (b) on thin films on liquid surfaces appeared to be much to the candidates’ liking and some very good answers were written. Fifty candidates attempted the numerical Q. 6 only ten of them solved the first part entirely correctly and only five the second. In the first part many candidates tried to substitute directly in the given equation for the heats of formation and solution of the reactants and product instead of writing down full thermochemical equations and treating them like any other mathematical identities. This procedure demands the utmost care if mistakes in signs are to be avoided. In the second part some candidates either could not integrate the A C equation or could not insert the temperature limits correctly.In answering Q. 7 (a) most candidates gave a phase diagram correctly but a number omitted to describe the mechanism of cooling. Few candidates were able to deal with the transition in the solid phase in Q. 7 (b). Most candidates attempted Q. 8 ; selection was the weak point in the answers to Q. 8 (b) and in Q. 8 (c) critical volume was only vaguely defined and its determination went unmentioned. In the practical inorganic and physical chemistry examination most candi-dates correctly identified the single substance in answering Q. 3 but the identi-fication of the mixture of two insoluble substances Q. 1 was not well done few candidates producing an entirely correct result.Once again careful attention to 190 the preliminary tests would have provided valuable clues to the identification of the constituent radicals in the mixtures. The quantitative analytical results obtained by both groups of candidates were not as good as might have been expected and more care was evidently needed in volumetric and gravimetric manipulation. Allowance was made by the examiners for the fact that the determination of the halogens was rather easier than the determination of nickel and iron in steel. The physical exercise Q. 4 seemed to interest candidates and produced some pleasing answers. It was evident however that many of the possible theoretical and practical errors in the method were not fully appreciated.Several candidates failed to check their thermometers in spite of the warning that these were not standard instruments. Two candidates ingeniously elim-inated the meniscus error by salting out and correcting for the increase in total volume. Several candidates remarked that one of the defects of the method was that the corks might leak. Some candidates failed to realise that the sum of the two partial vapour pressures was not 760 mm. but the atmospheric pressure then prevailing which was given. The results were usually quite good. Organic Chemistry. There were few outstanding papers in organic chemistry and far too many which revealed a lack of adequate preparation or an under-estimation of the standard required. The most popular questions proved to be those on the preparation and reactions of aromatic aldehydes and on aromatic substitution.In the former several candidates seemed to hold the view that the Reimer-Tiemann reaction was applicable to hydrocarbons as well as to phenols. Many candidates showed understanding of the subject of aromatic substitution but there remained much confusion both on the experimental facts and on their theoretical interpretation. Few candidates would commit themselves on the straightforward question on unsaturated acids or showed acquaintance with the Girard reagent. Many confused the reactions of N-bromosuccinimide with those of potassium phthalimide. The use of anhydrous hydrogen fluoride in the preparation of organic fluorine compounds was frequently mentioned but little reference was made to its use as a catalyst of the Friedel-Crafts type.In the question on sucrose the significance of the word “complete” was often over-looked and many candidates assumed the constitution and configuration of the two hexose units. There were several adequate essays on triphenylmethyl but only one on the fermentation processes. The question on a vitamin an alkaloid and a hormone once again showed that whereas candidates are familiar with the organic chemistry of natural products of forty or fifty years ago the important and far-reaching developments in this field which have taken place within the past twenty-five years are almost completely neglected. This can no longer be attributed to a lack of modern text-books and the omission of this knowledge is the more surprising since many students show a remarkable if somewhat super-ficial familiarity with quite recent developments in theoretical organic chemistry.Free use is made of terms such as resonance mesomerism and hyperconjugation, and some candidates invoke T-electrons and even the Heisenberg uncertainty principle to their aid although all too frequently such theoretical peregrinations are used merely to hide a lack of that knowledge which the question is designed to bring out. The results of the practical exercises were disappointing. Attempts to prepare rn-nitrobenzaldehyde led mainly to m-nitrobenzoic acid. Whereas most candidates identified diacetone alcohol none identified isophorone ; this was due chiefly to failure to obtain a dinitrophenylhydrosazone.The identification of the binary mixtures was very unsatisfactory. Few candidates attempted a separa-tion with cold water with the result that the majority made their observations on incompletely separated mixtures and were consequently badly led astray. Norman Parr Booth. Fellows Alexander Linton Davidson Ph.C. F.C.I.C. Alfred James de Hailes. Charles Stanley Gibson O.B.E. M.A. (Oxon. and Cantab.) B.Sc. (Oxon.), M.Sc. (Manc.) Sc.D. (Cantab.) F.R.S. Henry Ward Goodwin. Archibald Alexander Hall. John Arthur Heald M.C. B.Sc. (Lond.) Bar.-at-law. Frances Mary Gore Micklethwait M.B.E. A.R.C.S. Charles Mills L.D.S. (Eng.) A.C.G.I. Walter James Rees O.B.E. D.Sc.Tech. (Sheffield). Robert Tatlock Thomson. William Williamson. William Palmer Wynne H0n.M.A.(Cantab.) D.Sc. (Lond.) Hon.D.Sc. Stanley Critchley. Associates Walter Farmer Ph.D. (Lond.). Andrew McCulloch M.Sc.Tech. (Manc.) F.1nst.F. Frederic William Kent Robinson B.Sc. (Lond.). (Sheffield) A.R.C.S. F.R.S. Registered Student Erratum.-JournaZ 1950 I 75. Under Deaths Registered Student for 197 3 James Copperthwaite read James Cowperthwaite OBITUARY Edward Anderson died on 22 January 1950 in his 61st year. He received his scientific training at the Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College (later the Royal Technical College) and gained the Associate-ship of the College. During 1912-13 he was chemist to Maddeston and Co. Ltd. fine pigment manufacturers Loughton. In 1913 he entered the laboratories of the North British Rubber Co. Ltd. Edinburgh and remained there for twenty years.In 1933 he became chemist in charge of the laboratory of the Avon India Rubber Co. Ltd. Melksham engaged in works control and development and the examination of raw materials and rubber products. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1911 and a Fellow in 1919. Kenneth Charles Guthrie Arbuthnot died on 27 July 1949 in his 62nd year. He was educated at Campbell College Belfast and entered Queens’ Univers-ity Belfast in 1908 graduating B.A. of the Royal University of Ireland and B.Sc. of Queen’s University with 1st class Honours in chemistry. After a short period as honorary demonstrater at the University he was from 1913 to 1915 assistant to Mr. R. F. Blake County Analyst Belfast. In 1915 he became junior works chemist to Blyth and Platt Ltd.Watford and remained connected with the firm in positions of increasing responsibility until shortly before his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1913 and a Fellow in 1916. John Reid Campbell died on 4 February 1950 in his 49th year. He received his early education at Dumfries Academy and the Irvine Royal Academy. After working as a laboratory assistant at H.M. Factory Gretna, 1917-18 he entered the Royal Technical College Glasgow in 1921. He gained the Associateship of the College in 1925 graduated B.Sc. (Applied Chemistry) of the University of Glasgow and was awarded the degree of Ph.D. in 1928. From 1925 to 1928 he was assistant lecturer and demonstrater at the Royal Technical College and in the latter year was appointed deputy officer-in-charge of the Coal Survey Laboratory Glasgow under the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research.He held the post until 1945 when he was appointed senior lecturer in applied chemistry at the Royal Technical.College Glasgow a position he held until the time of his death. Campbell was an Associate Member of the Institution of Chemical Engineers and a member of the Institute of Fuel. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1925 and a Fellow in 1940. James Joseph Cowperthwaite a Registered Student of the Institute died on 17 December 1949 in his 24th year. He was educated at Stand Grammar School Whitefield Manchester and entered the University of Manchester in 1943 graduating B.Sc. in 1945. Early in 1946 he was appointed assistant chemist to Donald Macpherson and Co.Ltd. Manchester. He continued his studies at the University and the Manchester College of Technology. In 1947 he obtained an appointment with Thornley and Knight Ltd. Birmingham. Stanley Critchley died on 18 January 1950 in his 26th year. Educated at Doncaster Grammar School he was appointed an analytical chemist to British Bemberg Ltd. in 1940 and remained with the firm until th time of his death. He studied at Doncaster Technical College from 1940 to 1945 as a Registered Student of the Institute. He passed the examination and was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1945. George Shevas Cruicksbnks died on 8 February 1950 in his 72nd year. He received his general education at Pollok Academy Glasgow and his scientific training at Anderson’s College Glasgow and the University of Leipzig, where he was granted the degree of Ph.D.in 1904. After two years in works practice he was appointed in 1907 lecturer and chief demonstrater in tne Department of Technical Chemistry at the Royal Technical College Glasgow. He was latterly senior lecturer in fuel technology, until his retirement in 1946. From 1920 to 1946 he was also in charge of the Chemistry Department of the Anderson College of Medicine and was an exam-iner in chemistry for the Royal Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons Glasgow, and the Royal Colleges of Physicians and of Surgeons Edinburgh. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1918. Harold Fielden died on 2 November 1948 in his 60th year, He received his early education at Halifax Secondary School and studied at the University of Leeds 1906-10 graduating B.Sc.with honours in chemistry. After a year as research chemist to Southall Bros. and Barclay Birmingham, he was appointed chemist to British Westfalite Ltd. explosives manufacturers, and in 1913 took up a similar appointment with the British South African Explosives Co. at Modderfontein Transvaal. He spent the rest of his life in the explosives industry in South Africa. In 1921 he was appointed Assistant Inspector of Explosives for the Union of South Africa and was Chief Inspector of Explosives at the time of his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1918. Albert Edward George Maxwell Gillam died on 16 January 1950 in his 50th year. He was educated at Birchfield Road Council School and Anfield Branch Technical School Liverpool where he was senior laboratory assistant in the chemical department 1917-23 and lecturer demonstrator 1923-26.He passed the examination for the Associateship of the Institute in 1926. From that year until 1933 he was assistant lecturer (part-time) at the College and also lecture assistant and private research assistant at the University of Liverpool where he obtained his M.Sc. degree in 1929 for research in chemical spectroscopy. He proceeded to the D.Sc. degree in 1937. In 1933 he was appointed research assistant in chemical spectroscopy in the University of Manchester and shortly afterwards became lecturer in the subject. He was subsequently promoted to senior lecturer in chemistry in the University, which post he held until the time of his death.He published many papers on ultra-violet radiation and absorption spectra and on the vitamins. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1926 and a Fellow in 1934. Arthur Hopwood died on 23 December 1949 in his 76th year. He received his general education at the Stockport and Manchester Technical Schools and further scientific training at the Royal College of Science London, 1896-99 obtaining the Associateship of the College in physics. He later graduated B.Sc. of the University of Manchester and proceeded to D.Sc. in 1913. He also became an Associate Member of the Institution of Electrical Engineers. r 199 In 1899 Hopwood was appointed principal and head of the Chemistry Department of Tunstall Technical School Stoke-on-Trent.In 1915 he became vice-principal and head of the Chemistry Department of the Municipal College, Portsmouth. Three years later he was appointed principal of Carlisle Technical College where he remained until his retirement in 1936 when he went to live at Cheadle Hulme Cheshire. He was advisory chemist to the South Metropolitan Gas Co. London, 1916-19 and for many years he did a good deal of industrial consulting work, particularly in ceramics. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1904 and a Fellow in 1W7. Charles Mills died on 30 July 1948 in his 76th year. He was educated at St. Mark’s College Chelsea and University College School and in 1889 entered the Central Technical College of the City and Guilds of London Institute? where he obtained the Associateship (A.C.G.I.) in chemistry.After a period as private assistant to the late Dr. H. E. Armstrong he was from 1896 to 1899 chemist to Brooks Simpson and Spiller Ltd. at the Atlas Chemical Works Hackney Wick. He then entered the Dental Hospital and qualified L.D.S. of the Royal College of Surgeons in 1901. During the Boer War he served as a dental surgeon with the army in South Africa and on the cessation of hostilities he commenced a private dental practice in Kroonstad. He followed this profession in South Africa until his retirement about 1936. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1896 and a Fellow in 1903 ANNOUNCEMENTS (For other Announcements see p . ii.) GAS EXAMINERS ADDITIONAL APPOINTMENTS The Ministry of Fuel and Power have asked the Institute to indicate to its members that under Section 55 of the Gas Act 1948 the Minister is required to appoint competent and impartial persons to carry out tests of the gas supplied by the various Gas Boards in order to ascertain whether that gas is of the prescribed calorific value and complies with the prescribed standards.It is now desired to create a panel of additional persons who have not previously acted but who would be prepared to act as Gas Examiners in various parts of Great Britain and it is thought that members of the Instituteeither those at present engaged as part-time Public Analysts or others whose duties would allow them to undertake work of this kind in a part-time capacity-might be interested.The work involves periodic visits to test stations at gasworks. At any testing place a Gas Examiner will be required to make one of three sets of tests namely:-(a) verifying tests on a recording calorimeter and on a pressure recorder, together with a test of the purity of the gas; or (b) a test by means of a non-recording calorimeter together with a spot test of pressure by means of a U-gauge and a test of the purity of the gas; or (c) a test of pressure by means of the U-gauge or a verifying test on a pressure recorder. The intervals between the tests which to a certain extent are at the discretion of the individual examiner are indicated in the directions which will be supplied to each examiner appointed. The remuneration which it is proposed to offer to the Gas Examiner includes a fee for the actual tests carried out with an additional expense allowance (covering both time spent in travelling and the cost of travelling) which will vary according to the distance travelled to make the tests.The fees proposed for tests (a) (b) and (c) are &2 0s. Od. 21 5s. Od. and 5s. respectively. As regards the additional expenses it is proposed that for the first five miles these are considered as being included in the fees alreadymen-tioned; for distances between five and ten miles a sum of 10s. would be allowed; from ten to twenty miles a sum of 203 Should an Examiner be required in exceptional circumstances to travel more than 20 miles to make a test special arrangements would be made. Applications should be sent to the Ministry of Fuel and Power Gas Standards Branch Gas Division 7 Millbank London S.W.l.SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES Summer School in Analytical Chemistry.-Four places are still available in Full Course 2 (Spectrochemical Analysis). Applications for all the Lecture Courses can still be received. The Lectures on Statistics which will be delivered at 9.30 a.m. on 6 and 8 September and at 6.15 p.m. on 5 and 7 September, are open to all members of the Institute and of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists; fee 21s. Applications should be addressed to the Hon. Secretary of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section Dr. K. G. A. Pankhurst F.R.T.C. c/o B.L.M.R.A. Milton Park Egham Surrey. c 201 Battersea Polytechnic.-Post-graduate lectures and practical courses in Microchemistry will be held under the supervision of Dr.P. F. Holt during the remainder of the 1949-50 session as follows: Summer Term (24 April to 14 July 1950) Quantitative Organic and Fee 10s. per Term. Further particulars and enrolment forms may be obtained from the Head of the Chemistry Department Battersea Polytechnic London S.W.11. Chelsea Polytechnic.-A course of five post-graduate lectures on “Selective Toxicity with special reference to Chemotherapy,” to be given by Professor Adrien Albert on Monday evenings began on 24 April 1950. Fee for the course 10s. Applications should be addressed to the Principal Chelsea Polytechnic, Manresa Road London S.W.3. Sir John Cass College.-A course of six lectures on “Polarography,” by Dr.A. J. Lindsey and Mr. J. V. Westwood to be given on Friday evenings, began on 21 April 1950. The lectures will be illustrated by means of exhibits and demonstrations. Fee for the course 15s. Further particulars and enrolment forms may be obtained from the Principal, Sir John Cass College Jewry Street Aldgate London E.C.3. Bradford Technical College.-A course of twenty lectures with demon-strations and practical work on “The Chemistry and Physics of Cellulose and Proteins with special reference to Fibres,” will be held on Mondays and Thursdays each week from 1 May to 10 July 1950. Fee for the course 21s. Forms of application to be obtained from the Principal Technical College, Bradford should be returned without delay. Conference on Isotopes in Industry.-The Department of Extra Mural Studies of the University of Birmingham in conjunction with the Birmingham Branch of the Atomic Scientists’ Association is holding a Conference on “Isotopes in Industry” from 19 to 21 May 1950 at the University Birmingham.The Conference is designed to introduce radioactive isotopes and the associated techniques to industrial scientists and technologists. Further details may be obtained from the Department of Extra Mural Studies Univer-sity of Birmingham Edmund Street Birmingham 3. Telephone Central 8541, Extension 12. Symposium on “Polymer Chemistry as Applied to Plastics.”-The Plastics and Polymer Group of the Society of Chemical Industry proposes to hold a three-day Symposium under the above title from 21 to 23 September 1950.It is intended that as far as possible contributions shall be planned to bridge the gap between those engaged in theoretical studies and those concerned with industrial applications. Communications should be addressed to the Hon. Secretary for the Sym-posium Dr. N. J. L. Megson Ministry of Supply R.716 Shell Mex House, London W.C.2. Registration Fee 10s. to members 42s. to non-members of the Society of Chemical Industry to be sent to J. R. Whinfield Esq. Hon. Treasurer Sym-posium c/o Society of Chemical Industry 56 Victoria Street London S.W.l. Cambridge Summer School 1950.-A Summer School on “The Physics and Chemistry of Free Radicals” will be held in the University Department of Physical Chemistry Cambridge from 19 to 26 August 1950.Courses of lectures and demonstrations will be given on the Structure, Spectroscopy and Mass-Spectroscopy of Free Radicals; Free Radicals produced [ 202 1 Inorganic Analysis by Light and Nuclear Radiation and their Reactions; The Role of Free Radicals in Combustion and Polymerisation; Free-Radical Reactions in Solution. The fee for the course will be 14 guineas inclusive of accommodation for seven nights. Further details and forms of application may be obtained from the Secretary of the Summer School Department of Physical Chemistry Free School Lane, Cambridge. SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS Huddersfield Technical College.-Several Open Scholarships valued between E60 and E 3 0 0 per annum are available for suitably qualified students who may wish to undertake research in the College.Further particulars and application forms may be obtained from the Principal Technical College Huddersfield. Technical State Scholarships.-The number of technical state scholarships available this year will be 120 instead of 100. Explanatory leaflets and applica-tion forms may be obtained from Principals of further education establishments or from the Ministry of Education Curzon Street London W.l. Applications must be submitted through Principals to reach the Ministry not later than 30 June. MISCELLANEOUS Payment of Annual Subscriptions and other Fees by Members Resident in India.-The Council has given careful consideration to a suggestion by the Bangalore Section that one or more banking accounts should be established by the Institute in India in order to avoid difficulties in transmitting subscrip-tions and other fees to England.Experience in the operation of similar accounts in countries outside Great Britain has shown that it is impossible to establish and maintain a system of collection and notification without serious errors and delays and the Council has therefore decided that the proposal is impracticable at the present time. In these circumstances members in India may find the following information useful. In answer to an enquiry the High Commissioner for India has stated that Postal Orders up to the value of &2 may be purchased and despatched to England at any time without restriction so that members should have no difficulty in remitting annual subscriptions in two separate amounts.The despatch of Postal Orders overseas presents certain disadvantages, however and there may be some risk of loss in transit. Members may prefer, therefore to forward remittances by bankers’ draft. It is understood that any reputable bank in India will undertake to despatch a draft for any amount on receipt of the appropriate sum. It is not essential that the person wishing to make the transfer should hold an account with the bank and although formal permission from the Reserve Bank of India is necessary such permission is readily granted and the bank undertaking the transfer will make all necessary arrangements COMING EVENTS The following list has been compiled from the latest information available. The Institute cannot hold itself responsible for changes that may be made of which it may receive no notification.Under each date meetings arranged by Local Sections of the Institute are listed first in alphabetical order of Sections. Next come meetings of The Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry. Finally meetings of other organisations are mentioned. Place names are printed in heavy type. 1950 M Y 1 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (London Section) h n L d @Xteral Meeting. “Catalysis and the Poisoning of Catalysts.” Dr. E. B. Muted at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street London W.C.l at 6.30 p.m. 2 CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Some Aspects of Aromatic Substitution.” Professor Brynmor Jones at the Washington Singer Laboratories Exeter at 5 p.m. ELECTRODEPOSITORS’ TECHNICAL SOCIETY (Midlands Centre) “Bright Silver Plating.” Mr.H. E. Hutchinson at the James Watt Memorial Institute Great Charles Street Birmingham 3. 3 THE I N ~ ~ ~ ~ u T E (Mid-Southern Counties Section) Colloquium at the Cathedral Hotel Salisbury at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands S d o n ) : Annual General Meeting at Sheffield at 6.30 p.m. 4 THE IN!~TUTE (South-Western Counties Section) Annual General Meeting. “Aspects of the Catalysed Addition and Transfer of Hydrogen in Organic Compounds.” Professor R. P. Linstead C.B.E. F.R.S. at the Wash-ington Singer Laboratories Exeter at 3 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Tilden Lecture “Recent Advances in the Chemistry of the Steroids.” Professor F. S. Spring at the Royal Institution, Albemarle Street London W.l at 7.15 p.m.CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University College of North Wales Chemical Society) “Light-scattering and Chemistry.” Dr. E. J. B. Bowen, F.R.S. in the Department of Chemistry University College of North Wales Bangor at 5.30 p.m. 5 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University College of Southampton Chemical Society) “Recent Synthetical Developments in Pyrethrum Chemistry.” Dr. S. H. Harper in the Physics Department University College Southampton at 5 p.m. 6 THE IN- (South Wales Section) Works Visit and Discussion on “Safety and Hygiene in Industry,” to be opened by Dr. Morgan at the Mond Nickel Co. Works Clydach Swansea. 8 THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section) Annual General Meeting 7 p.m. “The Photographic Latent Image.” Dr.H. Babes at Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7.45 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section) “Some Aspects Of the Chemistry of the Group VI Elements.” Dr. R. W. Pitman in the Conference Room Chemical Defence Experimental Establishment, Porton at 3.30 p.m. 1 204 May 9 THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section) “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of the Group VI Elements.” Dr. R. W. Pittman at the Municipal Technical College Bournemouth at 7.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Chemical Engineering Group) “Sili-cones-their Production and Uses.” Dr. J. W. Barrett in the Rooms of the Geological Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.1, at 5.30 p.m. 10 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Birmingham and Midland Section): Annual Election and Business Meeting at The University Edmund Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m.BRITISH ASSOCUTION OF CHEMISTS (Birmingham Section) Annual Section Meeting in the Chamber of Commerce Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. 2 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with Birmingham University Chemical Society): “The Shape of a Chemical Bond.” Professor C. A. Coulson in the Main Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Edgbaston Bir-mingham at 4.30 p.m. 12-13 THE INS^ (Scottish Sections jointly with the Chemical Society and the Scottish Sections of the Society of Chemical Industry) Joint Annual Summer Meeting at North Berwick. 14 BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS (London Section) Visit to O x f d Colleges. 15 ELECTRODEPOSITORS’ TECHNICAL SOCIETY (London Centre) “Gilding.” Mr. W. F. Overthrow at the Northampton Polytechnic St.John Street, Clerkenwell London E.C.1. 16 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group) Annual General Meeting (2.30 p.m.). “The Organisation and Work of the Agricultural Research Council.” Dr. W. K. Slater in the Chemistry Department, Royal College of Science Imperial Institute Road South Kensington, London S.W.7 at 3 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (South-Western Section jointly with the Plastics and Polymer Group) “Plastics in Relation to Local Industries.” Mr. H. V. Potter at Plymouth. 17 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section) Visit to H. J. Elliotts’ Scientific Apparatus Works Treforest Glam. 18 INSTITUTION OF MINING AND METALLURGY Meeting in the Rooms of the Geological Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.1 at 5 p.m. 19 BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at Cardiff. 20 THE INSTITUTE (South Wales Section) Discussion on “Some Difficulties in the Teaching of Chemical Theory in Schools,” to be opened by Mr, 0. J. Evans at University College Swansea at 10 a.m. 23 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Plastics and Polymer Group) Annual General Meeting at the Hotel Reubens Buckingham Palace Road, London S.W.l at 5.30 p.m. JuOe 1 CHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting for the reading of original papers in the Rooms of the Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 7.15 p.m, 3-1 2 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group) Summer Tour in Norway June 9 SOCIETY OF LEATHER TRADES’ CHEMISTS (London Group) “Forty-eight Years in the Profession of Chemistry.” Mr. R. Faraday Innes at the Leathersellers’ Technical College Tower Bridge Road London S.E.1, at 2.30 p.m. 10 THE INSTITUTE (North Wales Section) “The SlateJndustry.” Mr. B. G. F. Adlington at Llandudno at 5.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group) Summer Meeting at Jealott’s Hill Research Station Bracknell Berks. 14 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section jointly with Coventry Chemical Society) Meeting at Coventry. 15 INSTITUTION OF MINING AND METALLURGY Meeting in the Rooms of the Geological Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 5 p.m. 17 BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at Cambridge. J d Y 3-7 INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM Second Oil Shale and Cannel Coal Conference, at Glasgow. 10-14 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY Annual General Meeting at Newcastle upon Tyne.21 BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at Edinburgh GENERAL NOTICES For notices relating to matters of immediate importance see “Announcements” on pp. ii and 201 .) Notice to Associates.-Regulations and forms of application for the Fellow-ship can be obtained from the Registrar. Appointments Register.-An Appointments Register is maintained by the Institute through which Fellows Associates and some senior Registered Students can be informed of vacancies. Facilities are afforded by this Register free to authorities and firms requiring the services of qualified chemists. Prospective employers and Fellows and Associates who desire to make use of this service should communicate with the Registrar. Libraries.-The comprehensive Library of the Chemical Society Burlington House Piccadilly W.l to the maintenance of which the Institute makes sub-stantial contributions is available to Fellows Associates and Registered Students wishing to consult or borrow books from 10 a.m.to 9 p.m. on week-days (Saturdays 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.). Books may be borrowed from the Science Library Science Museum South Kensington S.W.7 on production of requisitions signed by the Registrar or the Secretary of the Institute. The use of the Goldsmiths’ Library of the University of London is also permitted to Fellows and Associates on application being made through the Office of the Institute. The Library of the Institute is open to Fellows Associates and Registered Students from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. on weekdays (not including Saturdays). Lantern Slides for Lecturers.-A list of slides of portraits of great chemists and other scientists throughout the ages can be obtained on application to the Secretary. As the slides are frequently in demand members are requested to notify their requirements at least 14 days before the date on which the slides are to be used. Joint Subscription Arrangements.-Fellows Associates and Registered Students who wish to participate in the arrangements whereby they can maintain on favourable terms their membership of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry and also if desired of the Faraday Society or the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists with substantial privileges as to publications (see special article Journal and Proceedings 1945 Part IV, p. 148) can obtain further particulars and necessary forms from the Conjoint Chemical Office 9 and 10 Savile Row London W.l. Benevolent Fund.-Contributions for 1949 may be sent to the Honorary Treasurer 30 Russell Square London W.C.l. Forms for Deeds of Covenant may be obtained from the Secretary. Covers for the Journal.-Members who desire covers (2s. each) for binding the Journal and Proceedings in annual volumes should notify the Secretary of their requirements. Covers for the years 1939 to 1948 inclusive are available. Changes of Address.-Fellows Associates and Registered Students who wish to notify changes of address are requested to give so far as possible their permanent addresses for registration. When writing from an address different from that previously given they are requested to state if the new address is to be used in future and whether the change affects the Appointments Register. All requests for changes should be addressed to the Registrar and not to the Honorary Secretaries of Local Sections. In order to facilitate identification Fellows Associates and Registered Students are asked to give their full initials on communications addressed to the Institute. In the prevailing circumstances they are also asked not invariably to expect formal acknowledgements of communications addressed to the Institute unless replies are necessary. Books can also be borrowed by post. [ 207 PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTE LECTURES MONOGRAPHS AND REPORTS “Microchemistry and its Applications.” Ronald Belcher F.R.I.C. (1 946.) 4s. 6d. net. “Soil Metabolism.” J. H. Quastel D.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.C.S. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. “A New Notation for Organic Chemistry and its Application to Library and Indexing Problems.” Lecture under the joint auspices of the Chemical Society, the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Bureau of Abstracts. G. Malcolm Dyson M.A. Ph.D. M.I.Chem.E. F.Inst.Pet., F.R.I.C. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. *“Water and Public Health.” W. Gordon Carey F.R.I.C. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. “The Life and Work of George Gerald Henderson.” First Henderson Memorial Lecture. Sir Ian Heilbron D.S.O. D.Sc. Ph.D. LL.D. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1949.) 2s. 6d. net. $“Counting Calories.” Sir Jack Drummond D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1947.) 3s. net. “Some Aspects of Nuclear Chemistry.” H. J. EmelCus D.Sc. A.R.C.S. D.I.C., F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1947.) 3s. net. $‘‘Nutritional Requirements of Man in the Light of War-time Experience.” Sir Jack Drummond D.Sc. F.R.T.C. F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. $“The Determination of Alcohol.” J. R. Nicholls D.Sc. F.R.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. $“Chemistry and Medicinal Treatment.” Sir Henry Dale O.M. G.B.E. F.R.C.P., F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. * *“Some Applications of Acetylene Compounds in Organic Synthesis.” A. W. Johnson B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.C.S. D.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. *“The Fertilisers and Feeding Stuffs Act and Some Analytical Implications.” George Taylor F.R.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. “Chemical Ciphering A Universal Code as an Aid to Chemical Systematics.” M. Gordon M.Sc. A.R.I.C. C. E. Kendall B.Sc. A.R.I.C. and W. H. T. Davison B.A. (1948.) 4s. net. Proceedings of a Colloqui2m on “The Industrial Utilisation of Agricultural Products and of Seaweed. Published jointly by The Irish Chemical Association and The Royal Institute of Chemistry. (I 948.) 5s. net. “The Chemical Research Laboratory Teddington.” R. P. Linstead C.B.E., D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. “The New Fluorocarbon Chemistry.” M. Stacey Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.T.C. (1948.) 3s. net. Symposium on “Coal Petroleum and their Newer Derivatives.” (1948.) 7s. 66. net. §‘‘Through Chemistry-Adornment.” C. J. T. Cronshaw B.Sc. D.Sc. F.R.I.C., M.I.Chem.E. F.T.I. (1949.) 3s. net. “Percy Faraday Frankland.” L. H. Lampitt D.Sc. M.I.Chem.E. F.R.I.C. (1949.) 3s. net. “Anaesthetics.” H. B. Nisbet Ph.D. D.Sc. A.H.-W.C. F.R.I.C. F.R.S.E. (1949.) 3s. net. Report of a Conference on “The Origins and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents.” (1949.) 5s. 6d. net. “The Function of the Expert Witness in Litigation.” Lionel Heald K.C. “The Protection of Chemical Inventions.” J. G. Fife M.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C., F.C.I.P.A. (1949.). 3s. net. Report of a Symposium on “Laboratory Lay-out and Construction.” (1949.) 4s. 6d. net. “The Development of Chemical Processes.” F. Roffey B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (1949.) 3s. net. Report of a Symposium on “The Hydrogen Bond.” L. Hunter Ph.D. D.Sc., F.R.I.C. W. C. Price Ph.D. Sc.D. F.R.I.C. and A. R. Martin Ph.D. D.Sc., P.R.I.C. (1950.) 3s. net. 10s. net. Gratis. First P. F. Frankland MemoriaZ Lecture. REGISTER OF FELLOWS AND ASSOCIATES 1948. REGULATIONS FOR THE ADMISSION OF STUDENTS ASSOCIATES AND FELLOWS. JOURNAL. Six Parts annually. 5s. each 21s. per annum. * Streatfeild Memorial Lectures. 0 Dalton Lectures. j- Gluckstein Memorial Lecture. 2 Tatlock Memorial r,ecture. * * Meldola Medal Lecture. [ 208

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9507400095

出版商:RSC    

年代:1950

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART I11 I950 EDITORIAL STANDARDS OF LIVING The jesting complaint that “if all the economists in the world were placed end to end they would reach-no agreed conclusion whatever,” is not to be taken as a serious criticism of a body of worthy men who are trying conscientiously to grapple with matters of vital concern to us all. It would probably be admitted however that in their field it is particularly difficult to find generally acceptable concepts which can be clearly defined and in terms of which practical problems can be quantitatively enunciated and thus made amenable to truly scientific discussion. Moreover as many of the possible conclusions about such matters have important social and political implications it is not easy to ensure that the course of any argument has not been deflected by a desire to find support for some strongly-held but not wholly rational conviction.Indeed we can hardly expect the dispassionate outlook of the physical sciences to be fully applicable to the social sciences where human values are necessarily of major significance and allowance must be made for emotional forces. “He who gazes dispassionately on the universe regards it with both eyes shut!” is the humanist’s criticism of the scientist-and on this ground the economist may well be prepared to waive any claim he might otherwise make to be a scientist. In international affairs the economists’ difficulties are probably at their greatest. We are reminded that in the early thirties experts of the highest eminence made very diverse predictions about what would happen if Britain went off the gold standard-but that only certain foreign pundits were notably disappointed at the results that followed the event.More recently when we were being urged to limit expenditure in dollars by securing essential imports from soft-currency countries wherever possible no clear answer was obtained to the question of how much more it was worth paying in sterling in order to save a dollar. The extent to which the pound was subsequently devalued may perhaps have given the answer but from the ensuing arguments about the merits of this degree of devaluation it is evident that the decision was partly determined by factors outside those of simple accountancy. Between the wars attempts were made to express in quantitative 1209 terms the relative standards of living in different countries.Taking Great Britain as 100 we seem to remember figures such as 150 for the U.S.A. 75 for Germany 50 for France and 25 for Italy. These were meant to be only very rough assessments but some allowance was said to have been made for the different needs and tastes of the populations concerned. It is naturally difficult to equate the strength of the French-man’s desire for bread soup and wine with that of the Englishman for bread cheese and beer and still more to determine in what directions their tastes would lead them if they had just a little more money. It may well be that in relation to the traditions and customs of different countries the standards of living are not in fact so diverse.The marsh Arab in his tent on the riverbank subsisting on eggs buffalo milk dates flat cakes of unleavened bread and a very occasional picking from a superannuated fowl or sheep may conclude according to his lights that he “does himself very well.” We tend therefore to discount the stories of our friends who after a week in hotels in Paris Lucerne or New York claim to have discovered how much better or worse off the average Frenchman, Swiss and American is than ourselves. We are equally unmoved by reports that the wages of coal-miners or bus drivers are so much greater or less in certain other countries without information on conditions of work and of living prices of goods they want most to buy scales of taxation-and the efficiency with which taxes are collected.And if we had all that information we doubt if we could reach,a definite conclusion on whether a particular type of worker in one country was “better off,’’ in relation to his own wants and aspirations than his opposite number in another. One cannot put oneself wholly in the other fellow’s place. On the other hand any appreciable change in standards of living in a particular country is readily detected and the magnitude of the change can generally be closely assessed by the persons concerned. We are, in fact as sensitive to such variations as to alterations in temperature-especially to decreases-though in both instances we may be misled about the amount of the change if we rely only on our feelings. Indeed, any substantial fall in the standard of living of a community-or the belief that such a fall is about to occur or is gradually taking place-is more liable to produce dismay and unrest than almost anything else except impending invasion.We suspect that popular support for war itself is often based on a real or imagined threat to an established standard of living. Except where such support is to be rallied it is one of the primary concerns of every government to foster the maintenance or elevation of the standard of living of the population-or at least of that section on which its continuance in office mainly depends. In circumstances where this cannot be fully achieved-as after a prolonged war involving heavy destruction of real wealth-the best that can be done may be to persuade the people that they are much better off than they might be and that by accepting some measure of austerity and by working harder they will soon arrive at more prosperous times In his presidential address to the Institute in March Professor Cook referred to the serious decline in the economic position of the middle classes-epecially of professional men and women on fixed salaries.The figures he gave for equivalent purchasing powers of incomes before and since the war together with those for average increases in salaries in that period give some indication of the overall magnitude of the decline. Those affected are fully conscious of the fall in the economic temperature but may not find it easy to measure the number of degrees by which it has dropped in the last few years-for we now have to work on more than one temperature scale.What we pay to the butcher the baker and the grocer is dependent not only on what has been extracted from us by direct taxation but also in no small measure on what some of us in the free exercise of our vices pay to the tobacconist the publican the cinema proprietor and the organiser of football pools! How much these not uncommon avenues of expenditure are taken into account in determining the current cost of living index we do not know but we doubt if our more abstemious colleagues realise their indebtedness to those others whose wants are paid for on a di,fferent scale of prices. A more serious matter is the lack of understanding by the average wage earner of the range of interests and desires of the professional man.He finds it difficult to realise-and the cinema does not help him-that anyone with double his own pay should not want to spend twice as much on essentially the same things as he himself likes. That people are pre-pared to spend an appreciable part of their income on the purchase of books and pictures on going to concerts the ballet or the theatre in supporting charities and above all in sending their children to increasingly expensive schools is seldom understood by those with different tastes and aspirations-and when it is may be put down to mere snobbery. We cannot but feel that any permanent separation of classes on such a basis would be the worst thing that could befall the nation and it is fortunate that there are many forces working to counteract it among which we may hope that the better provisions now being made for the education training health and welfare of young people will play a major part.In so far as we are emerging from war-time conditions a new outlook on economic matters seems to be needed. For years we have been accustomed to having our purchases of food sweets soap and clothing limited by rationing (and felt we had lost something if we omitted to draw any ration to the full) and were unable to satisfy our needs for many other commodities through shortage of supply. Already however, we are coming to realise that no such restrictions now prevent us from buying new suits having meals of more than three courses or purchasing gallons of petrol-except lack of money! It is no doubt salutary that we should thus be brought back at least partially to conditions where we can and must be selective about how we spend for an undue prolonga-tion of the war-time system would inevitably lead to atrophy of taste and 211 aspirations and what would be worse to young people not having the opportunity to develop selectiveness.Until recently the size of the Institute’s Journal and the output of Lectures Monographs and Reports were effectively limited by the paper allocation and we had grown accustomed to using all the paper available to us. With the ending of paper rationing however the Publications and Library Committee has become aware-through the representations of the Treasurer-that restraint must now be exercised if expenditure on publications is to be kept within reasonable bounds.Indeed the Financial Statements for 1949 showed that with rising costs of paper and printing, expenditure on publications had already approached the proportion of the income of the Institute that might reasonably be allocated to this service-and this in spite of the increased subscription rates introduced in 1949. It is not intended to go back on the improvements in the form and content of the Journal that have been introduced in the past few years and came into full effect in 1950 but it is believed that notable economies can be effected without adversely affecting the publication. Thus by seeing to it that individual parts do not exceed a critical size of about a hundred pages substantial extra binding costs will be avoided.By exercising some selectiveness in the matter to be included this should be easy to achieve and further economies can be effected. In the present issue the first steps in this direction have been taken by omitting “Pro-ceedings of the Council” as a separate feature and by not publishing the Report of the recent Conference of Honorary Secretaries of Local Sections. The “Proceedings of the Council” had been expanded in order to meet requests for more information on “what the Council did,” but has since been criticised-very properly-as having become largely a catalogue of acceptances of reports of committees among which were embedded a few matters of special importance and concern to members. It is pro-posed in future to report such matters in appropriate places under “Announcements” or “Notes” according to whether they may call for action by members or may merely be of interest to them.Reports of recent Conferences of Honorary Secretaries have also included some matter of little interest to the general body of members while recom-mendations on important issues have necessarily had to be referred to again following decisions on them by the Council. In future Honorary Secretaries of Local Sections will receive Minutes of Conferences but only discussions on questions leading to decisions of general significance will be reported in the Journal. These and other directions in which economy can be practised without detriment to the real value of publica-tions will be reviewed by the Committee from time to time NOTES ON TERMS OF ENGAGEMENT OF CHEMISTS These notes have been prepared by a Joint Committee of representatives of the Royal Institute of Chemistry representatives of member-firms of the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers and representatives of the Standing Committee of Directors of Research Associations.The notes supersede the document entitled “A Suggested Contract of Service for Chemists” prepared in 193 1 and made available for reference by members of the Institute on request ; they also supersede the document entitled “Suggested Clauses for Incorporation in Contracts of Service for Chemists” published in 1945 (Journal and Proceedings 1945 11 82). The Committee hopes that these notes will afford guidance to those concerned particularly the smaller employer and the younger chemist, but members of the bodies whose representatives have constituted the Joint Committee are not necessarily bound to adopt any of the suggestions made herein.Many employers of chemists have well-tried and established methods of engaging the chemists employed by them and many chemists have experience of differing terms of engagement available in different branches of industry. For this reason the Committee does not seek to formulate a formal contract or even to suggest set forms of words but instead to offer general guidance in the form of notes. The fundamental rights and obligations of employer and employee derive from the relationship itself and many matters often expressly provided for by written terms of engagement are already implied by the common law.Evidence of engagement may take many different forms-a formal comprehensive contract of service ; a formal contract covering only matters not already implied by law; or ,a comprehensive or brief letter of engagement with formal or tacit acceptance. Sometimes also certain terms of engagement are to be found in a special leaflet or handbook issued to employees or available on reference. The Committee does not regard any one method as necessarily the ideal. The relationship of employer and employee is in essence an indi-vidual matter however large the employing organisation. A mode of engagement which may be suitable for a particular employer and the chemists employed by him may be inappropriate to other employment.The Committee thinks that rigid standardisation of the mode of engage-ment of chemists would be no advantage. There are advantages however in placing upon written record the general terms and conditions of employment. Even though everyone is presumed to know the law many are glad of a reminder of it in con-venient form and a written record also serves to minimise the risk of a document containing only those terms not already implied by law being erroneously regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of the rights and obligations of the parties. l213 The principal matters normally involved in the relationship of employer and employee are the following:-(1) Parties.-When the employer is other than a single individual, the engagement should be signed on behalf of the employer by someone with authority to commit the employer.A contract of service is personal and in the absence of any contrary provision can be assigned even to a subsidiary or parent company only by consent. Thus an employee of a limited company which is liquidated and struck off the Register is not without his consent obliged to serve any other company, nor is that other concern legally obliged to employ him. His rights and obligations would not however be affected by a mere transfer of shares on however large a scale so long as the employ-ing company retained its original identity. (2) Description of Duties or Title.-It is not necessary that the terms of engagement should themselves include a detailed list of the employee's duties; if and when it is desirable that these should be in writing they may indeed be more fittingly included in some other document.It is however desirable that the terms of engagement should very briefly indicate the principal function to be performed by the employee or the title of the post occupied by him. Too broad or too narrow a reference is to be avoided. The importance of reasonable precision in the reference in terms of engagement to the function or title increases in proportion to the seniority of the post involved. (3) Period-The engagement may be for a fixed period or an indefinite term. If in the case of a fixed period the employment continues beyond the end of the period without any further terms of engage-ment being agreed then the employment becomes terminable on either side by reasonable notice.To determine what is reasonable the law has regard to all relevant circumstances such as the seniority of the post involved and the frequency of pay-ments. To obviate the difficulties so arising it is useful even in the case of a fixed period engagement for the terms of the engagement to include express provision for the period of notice required to terminate it in case it should endure beyond the end of the fixed period. In the case of an indefinite term it is useful for the same reason to provide expressly for the period of notice required for termination. [ 214 The Committee considers it desirable that both parties should possess equal rights of termination and that the period of notice required from one party should be of the same length as that required from the other.(4) Salary.-The initial salary payable and the frequency of payment should be clearly stated. Some employers indicate in the terms of engagement that the salary and/or any increment mentioned is minimum but in that event a proviso that any such increment shall be subject to the employee having given continued satisfaction in the carrying out of his duties cannot be objected to. (5) Attention to Duties.-"hat the employee shall faithfully attend to his duties is of course implied by the mere relationship of employer and employee but wording which affords the employer a clear right to require an employee to devote some part of his attention to the business of associated or subsidiary companies is unexceptionable .Subject to the above wording purporting to exercise control over the employee's use of his own time is considered objection-. able. (6) Observance of Working Instructions.-No objection can reason-ably be taken to wording requiring the employee to observe the regulations and instructions in force from time to time par-ticularly in the case of the larger employer where responsibility is necessarily much delegated. (7) Trade Secrets.-It is useful if only as a reminder to provide in express and clear terms what is already a common law obligation-namely that the employee shall preserve at all times the trade secrets of his employer. Many employers are ready to add that consent to publication of scientific work will be given where the employer's business will not thereby be prejudiced.(8) Return of Property.-A requirement calling for the handing over of property of the employer (including records of the employee's work) that may be in the custody of the employee at the termina-tion of his engagement is reasonable. (9) Inventions and Discoveries.-Terms of engagement often provide (what is in any case implied by law) that rights in inventions and discoveries made by the employee during the period of his employ-ment and relating to matters which are the subject of his duties or investigations belong to the employer. The latter's rights to patent or otherwise protect such inventions and discoveries and to require the employee to sign documents to implement such rights are accordingly reserved.[ 215 In the absence of express provision to the contrary the remuneration provided by terms of engagement is normally regarded as covering the reward of the chemist for discoveries and inventions made by him in the ordinary course of his duties to his employer. SaZary during Illness.-It is desirable to make express provision on this topic. Arrangements differ but it is equitable that the normal salary less State sickness benefit shall continue payable for a reasonable period (which may be related to length of service) before either party has a right to terminate the engagement. Holidays.-It is desirable that the length of the annual holiday to which the employee is to be entitled be clearly stated. Termination of Engagement . -An engagement becomes terminable by one of the parties upon the failure of the other to perform any of his obligations.The injured party is entitled to treat the agreement as at an end and to claim from the other damages for breach of contract. An engagement is automatically terminated by mutual consent on new terms of engagement being agreed and sub-stituted on the expiration of a fixed term on death of one of the parties or on the happening of any event stipulated in the terms of engagement to bring them to an end such as the expira-tion of due notice. Mutual Procedure for giving Notice of Termination.-When the engagement takes the form of a formal contract it is not unusual to specify the address to which notice must be sent and the mode of delivering or posting.Stamp Duty.-It is advisable for formal contracts of service to be stamped with the appropriate revenue duty (10s. if under seal, 6d. if not) as this facilitates their use inevidence. Restriction of Activities after Termination of Engagement.-There is an obligation under the common law upon an employee to preserve the trade secrets of his employer and not to entice away the employer’s old customers. Some employers however, seek to impose in the terms of engagement additional restrictions on the activities of the employee after the termination of his engagement. Nothing can deprive the employee of his right to use to his own advantage his own skill and ability but subject to that, an employer is entitled to impose such degree of additional restriction as may be essential to protect his legitimate interests.It is admittedly difficult to define the degree of additional restraint that may be regarded as reasonable in given circumstances and I216 the validity of such restraint clauses can be tested only by recourse to a court of law. It is believed to be in the interest of both parties that employers should insist only upon such restrictive clauses as are considered essential for their protection and that where a clause imposing additional restraint is included in a contract the scope and period of the restraint should be clearly stated. Adequate financial consideration for such additional restraint should be provided in the terms of engagement. Transfer between Establishments; Expenses.-Service overseas or at another establishment of the employer distant from that where the employee was engaged to work and not in contempla-tion at the time of making the engagement may constitute so great a change in practice as to suggest the desirability of revised terms of engagement.If however the engagement makes provision for service at different and widely separated establish-ments of the same employer it is reasonable that it should also provide for meeting the expenses of various kinds which the employee may thereby incur. Arbitration.-Unless terms of engagement contain provision for a dispute to be referred to arbitration litigation is the legal method of settling it. Most aspects of the law of employer and employee have received the attention of the courts of this country for many centuries and a very sound and sure legal code has thus been established.On the other hand arbitration is generally speedier and less costly than litigation. Terms of Engagement of Chemists.-The document printed above sets forth the measure of agreement on this subject reached by representatives of the Institute of member firms of the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers, and of the Standing Committee of Directors of Research Associations. As stated in the preamble it supersedes the document entitled “Suggested Clauses for Incorporation in Contracts of Service for Chemists” published in Journal and Proceedings 1945 11 82 which had been criticised as having created the impression of attempting to provide something in the nature of a model form of contract.The Joint Committee which has prepared the present document hopes that the notes will afford guidance to both employers and employees on many matters affecting their relationships. It is not possible however to deal in a formal document of this kind with the many questions that arise in connection with the terms of engagement of chemists and the Council has learned with satisfaction that Mr. R. L. Collett the Registrar who has had long and varied experience in advising employers and employees on such questions has accepted an invitation from the London and South-Eastern Counties Section to address a meeting on the subject on 15 November 1950. An article based on Mr. Collett’s address will appear in due course in this Journal THE GROWTH OF APPLIED CHEMISTRY IN GLASGOW By WILLIAM.CUMMING O.B.E. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. M.I.Chem.E. F.R.S.E. Second Henderson Memorial Lecture delivered before the Institute in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre of the University of Glasgow on 31 March 1950-Professor J. W. Cook Ph.D. D.Sc. Sc.D. F.R.S. President in the Chair. It was to be expected that one of the early Henderson Memorial Lectures would be delivered in the University in which George Gerald Henderson was student lecturer and Regius Professor. It is equally appropriate that the occasion should coincide with the Annual Meeting of the Royal Institute of Chemistry which he had served so long ulti-mately as President. His academic researches have been reviewed by Sir John Simonsen in the Royal Society Memoirs and Sir Ian Heilbron gave us an intimate sketch of the man in the First Memorial Lecture delivered in 1947.The special issue of The Alchemist in October 1937 gives a remarkable tribute from colleagues and students and from the Presidents of all three Chartered chemical organisations. I greatly appreciate the honour which has been thrust upon me by the Council of the Institute and I cannot hide the pleasure it gives me to pay my tribute to one whose personality is imprinted in the minds of all who had even brief contact with him. Unlike many who have sung his eulogy I had not the good fortune to be a student of his. But I can recollect very vividly my first meeting with t h s charming personality. I had returned from industrial life to fill the senior lectureship in organic chemistry under Professor Heilbron at the Royal Technical College.Although now at the University, Henderson sought me out at the first chemical meeting I attended and gave me a spontaneous welcome to what he called the “Glasgow School of Chemistry,” which I shall never forget. I was at once convinced that I had commenced my new duties under bright auspices and with his benediction. From that day our friendship ripened to something very lasting. He had always respect for the other man however humble. Having taken my training in pure chemistry and having fortified it with a varied industrial experience I felt the urge to enter the academic field of applied chemistry whenever opportunity offered. For sixteen years I had the privilege of building upon an already well-laid foundation, the pattern of which as was early borne upon me reflected the hand of the master Henderson.For this reason I feel it my duty to pay tribute to this aspect of his influence with which I perhaps more than any other, am competent to deal. While it is not possible nor even desirable to adhere to the historical aspect in each successive memorial lecture it is not inappropriate that in the second acknowledgment should be made of a [ 218 service which in sum total may well be no less important than that which he rendered in his other spheres of interest. Henderson’s elevation to the Regius Chair at the University in 1919 occurred at a time of considerable academic activity in Scotland. The First World War had no more than finished and in its train came a lively interchange in academic circles.His former student Ian Heilbron, had just been transferred to Liverpool. F. J. Wilson at his own request, changed over from the chair of inorganic to the chair of organic chemistry at the Royal Technical College to be succeeded in the former by R. M. Caven Thomas Gray becoming Director of the School of Chemistry. Alexander Findlay was soon to arrive at Aberdeen from Aberystswyth in place of Frederick Soddy. John Read had appeared at St. Andrews from Sydney and James Kendal had crossed the Atlantic to Edinburgh. T. S. Patterson had been elevated to the chair of organic chemistry in Glasgow and J. C . Irvine (an early student of Henderson) was about to assume the responsibilities of Vice-Chancellorship at St.Andrews. With the exception of Alexander McKenzie at Dundee who was seven years his junior the only Professor to hold a chair in Scotland prior to the First World War and to retain that status in his own country after it was George Gerald Henderson. He was of course a Scot of the Scots, and his life work was given to his native land. No wonder therefore, that he was held in such high esteem and looked upon as the “granite pillar” among his newer and younger colleagues. Henderson in a sense was therefore the focal point of the academic profession in Scotland for a long time after the close of the war. His influence extended far beyond the bounds of Gilmorehill. Few men can have put more students through their hands. His popularity in the city was not eclipsed even by that of the venerable and distinguished Vice-Chancellor of the University.Henderson served this city for 45 years a period almost equally divided between this University and the Royal Technical College. It may be claimed that his 27 years in the Royal Technical College sand-wiched as it was between his two University posts was good for both institutions from the points of view of active research and of contact with industry. This period was probably the most fruitful of his whole career. His well-known researches on the terpenes were largely com-pleted and records have shown that he built up a substantial consulting practice. His advice was sought by a wide section of the chemical industry . It was during this period that he evinced a lasting interest in the applications of chemistry.He became President of the Society of Chemical Industry in 1914 and took a leading part in the establishment of a degree in applied chemistry in the University. One service to which I would particularly refer was the survey of the chemical industry in Scotland which he made for the visit of the British Association to this city in 1901. This is the most complete record w0 have of the industry a that time and since then it has formed the basis of many annual meeting hand books for other societies . In the earlier minutes of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section of the Society of Chemical Industry his so-characteristic and familiar hand-writing appears as secretary as early as 1884 within only a few months of the inaugural meeting.Some eight years later he was in the office of chairman. During his tenure of office many historic papers were presented and processes disclosed for the first time; e.g. the manufacture of cyanides, the MacArthur-Forrest process for the extraction of gold and the pioneering developments of the Scottish shale oil industry. Henderson took a leading part in the movement to have the flash point of lamp oil raised from 73” F. to 100” F. and led a deputation to give evidence in Edinburgh. The public was becoming increasingly alarmed at the number of accidents due to the use of insufficiently refined oil. Accordingly the Local Section took the matter up with vigour. Although six years passed before the Government accepted the proposal, and the Act of Parliament remained unchanged the oil industry on its own behalf adopted and has never departed from the minimum of 100“ F.for illuminating oil. One interesting discussion took place in 1887 in which the “necessity for the practical chemist of instruction in chemical engineering as well as in the theory of the science and in laboratory practice” was stressed. I believe firmly that this and many similar discussions which are recorded had a powerful influence on the development of the work of the “Young” Chair which at that time had not even reached its majority. It was not until 1901 that George Davis published the first English textbook on chemical engineering. The fact that during the first six years of the Section’s history such names as Professors Ferguson Henderson Dittmar Mills Fawsitt, Orme Masson and Crum Brown appear in the Committee’s minutes as representing the academic side and E.C. C. Stanford Sir George Beilby, Sir J. J. Dobbie Sir Robert Pullar Sir J. N. Cuthbertson Sir James King, and Sir Charles Tennant and Messrs. R. R. Tatlock J. R. Readman, A. Crum Dr. J. Crystal and Dr. W. Wallace as representing the industrial side gives remarkable evidence of the breadth of experience which was brought to bear on all educational matters with which the Section was concerned. It is a moot point as to whether our chemical societies in general give sufficient consideration to matters of educational importance or take their proper share in chemical matters of public concern. An active local section be it Institute S.C.I.or Chemical Society can do much to direct public opinion into the right channels. The presentation of lectures or original papers is surely only one phase of their activities. The chair of technical chemistry instituted by James Young in 1870, is the oldest chair of applied chemistry in the United Kingdom. Although [ 220 Young had made a large fortune in the oil industry it is to be noted that he did not take the narrow view and endow a chair of oil technology. Its first occupant was the world-renowned W. H. Perkin who returned to academic life from his 17 years’ successful exploitation of his new synthetic dyes. A man of Young’s shrewd acumen probably desired to attract the most distinguished man he could find for his chair. We do not know the salary that was offered for Young paid the whole cost of staff and labora-tory expenses directly out of his own pocket.Unfortunately therefore, no records remain of this interesting introductory period. Perkin was followed by Gustav Bischof from Bonn whose contribu-tions to industry after his resignation from the chair in the form of his spongy iron filter and white lead process operated commercially with the collaboration of Ludwig Mond made him an international figure in the last quarter of the century. He was followed by E. J. Mills who held the chair for 28 years ; his main interests were more of an academic nature, but covered a wide field. Thomas Gray came to the chair in 1903 and for 30 years built up a strong school of fuel technology and in addition the Fuel Research Station at Greenwich in 1916 as a piece of war-service.There was therefore a strong industrial tradition established when Henderson came to the Royal Technical College in 1892. His experience with this new approach to chemical training convinced him of its sound-ness. The degree in applied chemistry of this University had therefore, been placed on a well and truly laid foundation right from its inception in 1915. It is interesting to notice the gradual evolution of a still newer conception of applied chemistry during the early years of the present century. In the earlier days chemical processes were treated on a descriptive and qualitative basis. This gradually gave place to a more mathematical and quantitative treatment of the subject. Indeed the course in technical chemistry veered more and more into the realm of what to-day is styled chemical engineering.The idea of systematic training in chemical engineering came to light in the Royal Technical College long before there was any chair of chemical engineering in the country and several decades before the Institution of Chemical Engineers was inaugurated. It is worth noting that an almost identical evolutionary process took place in the corresponding department some 20 years older, of the famous Technische Hochschule Zurich. This is important in that it suggests in my opinion that the more logical approach to chemical engineering is from chemistry rather than from engineering a view which I may say is shared by most of my colleagues on the academic side of the subject.Furthermore this natural growth has had a profound effect on the development of most of the departments of chemical engineering in this country. The department in Edinburgh University brought into being by Sir James Walker and those at Leeds and Birmingham have all been modelled on the Glasgow pattern. The degree in chemical engineering in Glasgow instituted in 1923-c 221 the first degree in this subject in this country-was in the circumstances, possibly a little premature. In so far as it neglects the fundamental subject of chemistry it will continue to be subject to adverse criticism. If we accept the definition that the chemical engineer is a person concerned with the design of chemical plant then I hold the opinion very strongly that he cannot design plant until he has had adequate experience in the operation of chemical plant.He cannot operate chemical plant intelligently without a sound knowledge of what is taking place within the plant hence the importance I place on the fundamentals of chemistry and in particular physical chemistry. The course in applied chemistry in Glasgow was designed to meet a clamant need in industry for men who could operate chemical plant or control chemical reactions on a large scale not primarily for the design of chemical plant. My own early industrial experience based as it was on a pure science degree and my subsequent experience leave me in no doubt of the need for chemists who can assume responsibility for the intelligent control of production. In any case there can hardly be even 5 per cent.of the graduates in chemical engineering at present who find employment in plant design, and these few are employed mainly on the staffs of the more important chemical plant manufacturers not usually in the chemical industry as such. I mention such facts to show the enormous influence and power that were placed in Henderson’s hands and how wisely he used them. The School of Applied Chemistry largely owes its present position in chemical engineering and chemical industrial circles to the guidance and en-couragement given by Henderson at all times and particularly after he returned to the University. I feel sure he would have given his blessing to the recent developments designed to bring the students more intimately into contact with the industry they are going to serve.As is known every student in applied chemistry of this University over the last three years has spent a month in carrying out a pre-arranged investigation in one of twenty chemical or metallurgical works in this area and in presenting a report on the work he has carried out. This is in addition to the regular fortnightly works visit on which a report has also to be presented. I have found these experi-ments extraordinarily successful of inestimable and clearly recognised, value to the student himself and the member of the staff responsible for his supervision not to mention the smaller manufacturers in whose works most of the experiments were carried out. Henderson indeed impressed this very need in more than one of his presidential addresses.At this stage I should like to stress the value of the contact with the University. The affiliation scheme of 1913 linked the Royal Technical College with the University of Glasgow. In a sense the College came out of the University in 1796 when Professor John Anderson of the chair of natural philosophy urged the necessity for training in the technologies-incidentally for both sexes. (The great Massachusetts Institute of Tech-nology did not come into being until 186 1 .) Anderson expressed the hop in his last will and testament that it would become “a Seminary of Sound Religion Useful Learning and Liberality of Sentiment.” It is probable that in recent years the development policy of the College has been iduenced too strongly by his intentions or what have been assumed to be his intentions.A college of this importance cannot be diverted from taking its place beside the world’s great technical institutions by conditions laid down more than a century and a half ago. The success of the venture backed by the goodwill and energy of prominent citizens of Glasgow with faith in the quality of its teaching and in the distinguished scientists who occupied the chairs made it an institution commanding the respect of both academic and industrial circles. It was fitting therefore that after perhaps a wayward lapse of about 120 years it should return to the Alma Mater. The University fortunately did not stop to inquire if the College had in fact fulfilled the aspirations of its founder. Perhaps they welcomed it all the more because of their opposition to Anderson’s scheme in the first instance.The reunion was not without difficulty. Henderson must have exerted a powerful influence in College circles at the time; I know suffi-cient of the man to conclude that if he had been against it the affiliation scheme would never have materialised. Of one thing there can be no doubt-and I speak from intimate experience-that he did a great service when he went to the Regius Chair of the University in clearing up the maternal and filial difficulties of those days. It is true to say that if Henderson did not completely design the affiliation he erected the machine and made it run smoothly. He carried with him the goodwill and confidence of the College and earned the esteem and respect of his newer colleagues of the University.If he left the University as a man of medium stature he returned as a giant. Suggestions have been made that time has shown the affiliation scheme to have been a mistake and that the College might if it had persisted, have earned from the Privy Council the right to issue its own degrees. Be this as it may I have always consistently pursued the belief that it was a good thing for both institutions. So far as chemistry is concerned the relationship with colleagues has always been cordial. The College representatives have taken their full share of responsibility in matters of common interest and there has been mutual respect on both sides. The contact between the two institutions could perhaps be of a less formal character.The day has surely passed in a university-but not so very long ago-when the mere application of a science was enough to condemn it in academic eyes. We fortunately are not concerned here with the thorny question of whether a university should or should not engage directly in the teaching of technology. Suffice it to say that in this case each institution has its own sphere of influence and both spheres are complementary. I should like to have seen some interchange of staff. What more appropriate than to have a member of the College staff to deal with industrial applications of chemistry without which no course in t 223 pure chemistry could be complete? I would like to have seen the appro-priate College professors accepted as members of the Senate or even of the Faculty as for example holds in similar circumstances in Manchester ; and there are many ways in which the two staffs could collaborate on research projects.For practically every chemical operation semi-large-scale plant is available and this is particularly useful in isolating and purifying raw materials and natural products. I hope it may be possible for at least some of these matters to be rectified in the course of time. Like the parallel courses in pure chemistry in other universities the course in applied chemistry has become overloaded and I am at a loss to suggest a remedy for this state of affairs which of course is being further aggravated as the sessions pass. I reckon that my recent students had to listen to twice the number of lectures that I had in my own student course, and the scope of the work must have increased several fold.The same applies of course in other faculties. We must reach a stage when it will be literally and physically impossible for the student to absorb or adsorb, let alone digest all the material presented and I have a deep respect for the student’s amazing capacity to take in and reproduce the facts and theories which he hears from the lecture table. One temporary solution is to shed more of the elementary work to the schools with which close collaboration must of course be secured. Another is to leave the more advanced and specialised work to the post-graduate years. The average chemist in industry-except the few who enter the research departments-does not need this specialised work, but his foundations must be sound particularly in analysis and ordinary school teaching certainly does not require such an exhaustive treatment of the subject as is given in most university schools to-day.The Hankey report gives interesting information in connection with this matter. Of the total of 7,500 chemists it is hoped to employ in industry in 1953 it is estimated that 1,700 with 1st or 2nd Class Honours degrees will be required or roughly less than 25 per cent. The position is admittedly very different even to-day in one or two of the larger firms but that is the figure given by 136 out of 166 firms circularised and as the Committee states “emphasises that there is a place within the industry for a man with academic qualifications other than a first or second class honours degree.” My plea is that a special course is required for this type of man and not a course which he has shown in advance he is unfitted to accept.All competent observers to-day deplore too early specialisation. Henderson was deeply concerned with these problems and we often discussed them but like myself he did not venture to suggest a solution, although his sympathies were always on the side of the student. It is obvious that a solution to this problem of increasing intensity must ultimately be found and I commend this as a subject for discussion at a Symposium to be organised possibly by the Royal Institute of Chemistry, which has taken a forward part in such deliberations in the past. The position arises as a result of the publication of literature at a alarming rate.It is hardly possible to read even the original work published in any one field of the subject. Moreover our libraries are overtaxed and understaffed and there is a growing need for more highly equipped librarians even in the departmental libraries of university schools. Reference libraries particularly in technology are few and far between and largely out of date. Could anything contribute more to the commercial prosperity of this highly industrialised country than the provision of first-class reference libraries of science and technology in all our large cities conceived on a grand scale and based on the experience of the Patent Office Library? There is no first-class reference library in technology throughout the length and breadth of Scotland.This is another problem that will have to be faced Could not the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research which has done so much for the development of industry in general sponsor some such scheme for dis-seminating knowledge to those who would use it if it were made readily available ? Let us remember that Henderson’s main interests in research were in the field of natural products. It seems to me that the whole world situation is crying out for the return to such products. Europe has depended on coal for her supplies of the element carbon; America, within the last 80 years on oil. For this reason chemistry has developed mainly in the aromatic field in the former and in the aliphatic in the latter.The lifetime of both these natural products is measured. Both have been used with “unbridled extravagance.” The world has been living luxuriously on its capital. Enlightened thought is now turning to the idea of banking our capital and rather living on the interest. Generally speaking vegetable matter at or near the surface is replaced quite rapidly. We have little information of how this occursunder the surface but we know it must take milleniums. The ways of future generations would appear therefore to lie in a greater respect for vegetable matter which is replaced by a beneficent sun once a year and often more frequently. In this connection attention might be directed for example to the increasing interest in freshwater algae e.g. ChoreZZa Vulgaris. This alga is rich in carbohydrates but by suitable change in environment its photosynthesis can yield over 70 per cent.of the dry weight as fat or over 60 per cent. as protein. It appears that cultivation can be worked on a continuous system and the initial calculations indicate that as much as 50 tons of dried material per acre can be achieved-about 30 times the amount the same area would yield in wheat. Two main lines of research open up:+) the degradation of these enormous supplies of natural vegetation preferably by enzyme or bacterial action for the production or synthesis of our simpler organic molecules ; (2) the utilisation and beneficiation-to use an expressive American term-of the complex molecules which nature has already synthesised. Recently I have become interested in the second category on the industrial scale.For example logwood or its active dyeing principle haematein known for several centuries gives a black colour on wool with a bloom and tone which it is not yet possible to achieve by synthetic dyes. And so despite a slight lack of fastness to light it continues to find an important place in the dyehouse. Research is at present being carried out to see if this latter defect may be eliminated by slight modi-fications in the structure of the molecule or in its application. Similarly, the natural tannins are not likely to be completely replaced by syntans, some of which bear no structural relationship to the natural product. This is an age of intensive synthetic chemistry but if nature can assist us in our synthesis why should she not do so? After all she has been longer at the game.Even if we successfully synthesise a compound, we still need the units from which it is built up. Henderson implanted in the hearts and minds of a large number of distinguished research students many of them now occupying the leading chairs of chemistry a love for research into natural products possibly inherited from contacts made at Continental universities during his vacation periods. Maybe the concurrent work of a distinguished Glasgow chemist E. C. C . Stanford a former President of the Society of Chemical Industry on alginic acid from seaweed influenced his mind. I am always interested to cogitate over the circumstances which may have brought about the initiation of lengthy research programmes.For example in Glasgow in 1890 T. L. Patterson a well-known sugar chemist, delivered a paper on the quantitative estimation of colouring matters by means of their absorption spectra. Had this anything to do with the field that his son T. S. Patterson cut out for himself in optical activity? Sabatier himself leaves us in no doubt on this point. He has recorded that his work on hydrogenation arose from a deep interest he evinced in the Mond nickel process announced in 1890. The formation of nickel-carbonyl suggested to him that other unsaturated gaseous molecules might similarly react with the metal to give well-defined stable volatile products. But whatever the influence may have been in Henderson’s case chemistry would have been infinitely poorer without the brilliant work which followed these men from Liverpool Manchester London and Cambridge.But in those days research was a much more leisurely affair than it is to-day. It was taken in one’s stride. There was ample time for experi-mental work and what is more important ample time for thought and reading. To-day the popular method is the research team. There is feverish activity at the bench. How many of our young research workers realise that the laboratory is only a tool? Research is not done there; it is or should be done in the head. The laboratory is not an end in itself. It is an instrument the use of which has to be learned. Too often does the young worker act merely as a pair of extra hands to a senior. This is not real training in the methods of research.It may get a Ph.D. degree but that has too often been looked upon as the end rather than the beginning of valuable work. In Scotland we have suffered from the lack of an M.Sc. degree. Too often are our research laboratories cluttered 226 with young aspirants whose only concern is to increase their market value by obtaining the Ph.D. In the absence of any regulation requiring the publication of at least the major part of a thesis before presentation, they often leave the University with the higher degree without having given publication a serious thought. Having myself turned out a large number of Ph.Ds. under conditions of individual as well as team work I am convinced that the former gives by far the better training. It allows scope to the personal attributes of each investigator and there is more satisfaction in turning out a few men of this kind than scores who have had to submit to a pattern often imposed upon them against their will.Team work has its place of course in tackling urgent national problems but this is best done by the more senior research worker. It is probably easier to inculcate enthusiasm in the young research worker in applied chemistry than in pure chemistry. It is true that the goal is usually more clearly defined and although the approach and prosecution of the research may be more difficult the young student can at least appreciate where the target lies. For example a student may be asked to investigate the conditions under which an acetylene flame, burning in air can produce carbon monoxide.Or he might be asked to determine the solubility of silica with special reference to particle size. Neither of these subjects is likely in itself to strike a major chord of enthusiasm in the beginner in research. If however these studies can be linked up with or applied to the dangers in underground workings or with silicosis then the problem takes on a different complexion. At any rate this is my personal experience. Students to-day are intensely interested in human problems. For those intending to enter industry as soon as possible the experience in designing a complicated piece of apparatus to do a specific job and of modifying it in the light of experience before any reliable results can be presented is of immense value. The training of young research workers I have always looked upon as one of my primary duties and have been fascinated by it.I have always felt it essential that the students at the outset should have a clear conception of what research really is. Henri PoincarC the distinguished physicist and one-time President of the French Republic once wrote :-“an isolated fact can be observed by all eyes; by those of the ordinary person as well as of the wise. We must believe that many before Newton had seen apples fall but they made no deduction; facts are sterile until there are minds capable of choosing between them and discerning those which conceal something and recognising that which is concealed-minds which under the bare fact see the soul of the fact.” But it is absolutely essential that the research student junior or senior should be clear on one fact-that he is not likely to get a clear answer to a problem unless he has set his mind a clear question.He is much more likely to take note [ 227 3 The same might equally well be said of the chemist and appreciate the significance of any new form of evidence or new association of ideas if he has formed a clear conception of the case to be proved or disproved. William Hamor is quoted in a recent book “The Genius of Industrial Research ” by Killeffer as giving in precise language and crystallised for the first time so far as I am aware the individual steps involved in an attack on any research problem. I quote them in full. The investigator :-“gets‘ history of problem surveys literature defines problem studies attack suggests solution determines data needed selects methods, outlines program enters experimental stage tests solvability verifies findings collects data systematises data analyses data appraises results makes deductions reaches conclusions tests conclusions plans development.” This is a statement worthy of the most careful study not only by the student but by all who have the great responsibility of guiding and directing his research progress.Although latterly terpenes occupied Henderson’s full attention and in this field he brought order out of chaos the first 20 years of his research activities it should be noted covered a variety of topics in inorganic as well as organic chemistry. In 1901 he published in conjunction with George Beilby a short study of the effect of ammonia on copper and other metals.This must have been one of our earliest scientific studies in materials of plant construction which emphasised the importance of this method of approach rather than of the acceptance or rejection of materials on ad hoc tests. It must have been known for a long time prior to that date that ammonia was fatal to copper or its alloys. This communication. for the first time made the steps in the disintegration of the metal clear. At moderately high temperatures the metal forms a nitride which becomes reduced back to the metal by the hydrogen liberated in the decomposition of the gas. This cycle of events destroys the mechanical strength and it was proved conclusively that during the process the metal and indeed many other metals when in contact with the gas passes through the plastic condition.This paper must have had a marked effect on the use of copper in the chemical industry. Incidentally the dissociation of ammonia is now being used for the hydrogenation of fatty acids. As signifying Henderson’s practical interest in industrial chemistry, I would refer to another of his works which has received little mention. In 1919 he published his “Catalysis in Industrial Chemistry,’’ which must have been written in the midst of a war in which his services were fully diverted to more urgent problems. This was the first book in English to give a general account of the subject and I would recommend it even yet to any student desirous of obtaining a good working know-ledge of the applications of catalysis.It is written in his usual lucid style. His opening sentence is worth quoting:-“The term ‘catalysis’ is now generally used to designate those chemical changes of which the progress is modified by the presence of a foreign substance and the agent which r 228 induces the effect is called the ‘catalyst’.” One can conjecture that he felt the time had come when the startling advances made within the previous 15 years should be put on record for the benefit of the student. Sabatier and his co-workers were at their zenith and had had brilliant success with hydrogenation and dehydrogenation of organic compounds with nickel. They had in fact witnessed-it must have been with intense satisfaction-its first industrial application in the hardening of oils and Henderson had already gained practical experience of their methods in some of his own researches.The synthesis of ammonia from its elements had just been achieved on the industrial scale possibly not more than a couple of years before Henderson put his pen to paper. These were great milestones on the road of theoretical and applied chemistry. He it was who took the time to stop and assess their profound significance. The trouble to-day is that those who are most competent to do this kind of work shy clear of it. Thirty years have passed since he wrote this book on industrial catalysis. During this period a voluminous literature on the subject has appeared. Possibly no other subject in chemistry has received more attention and yet we have to record that in many aspects of the work, we are not much nearer an understanding of the fundamental principles governing the applications of catalysis than are recorded in Henderson’s chapters.As he says “it is only necessary to consider the great diversity of catalytic reactions in order to realise the difficulty of formulating an explanation of the mechanism of catalysis which will be applicable to all cases.” He deals with the poisoning of catalysts or negative catalysts, with activators or promoters with the finely divided and colloidal states and mentions their chemical and physical implications. But can we yet predict with any certainty the role which a metal or compound will play in a chemical reaction? It is not an uncommon experience in this field to get the complete reverse of the effect to be anticipated.Sulphuric acid has been manufactured for 200 years but no one would say that the mechanism of the reaction in the “chamber” process an example of the so-called homogeneous catalysis or in the “contact” process an example of the so-called heterogeneous catalysis are at all well-defined. Or take a process which goes back to the dawn of history-the combustion of carbon. Despite all our work we are simply in a fog concerning the role of carbon monoxide or dioxide as to when how and where these are formed. Possibly we have neglected to take into account that since reaction takes place at a surface it may well be of a catalytic nature. At any rate the inorganic matter present in all commercial forms of carbon must inevitably bring into action forces which have so far received scanty attention.And it is this reaction which has provided all our energy for industrial purposes in the past and is likely so to do for a long time to come. Such a state of affairs gives a fertile field for the patent agent and the fact that much of the literature in recent years has appeared in the form of patent specifications does much to obscure the real issues. I 229 So far as heterogeneous catalysis is concerned-and this is much the simpler of the two types to investigate-we are far from a clear under-standing even in a case of straightforward hydrogenation of the forces acting at the surface of how activation of the molecule takes place of how it is affected by heat of activation or heat of adsorption or why for example in a bi-molecular reaction one molecule is preferentially adsorbed on a surface.Recent work presented to the American Chemical Society in which l4CO as well as ordinary CO were chemisorbed on an iron surface in the Fischer-Tropsch synthesis suggests that even the surface of the catalyst can behave as if it consisted of two distinct parts, a homogeneous and a heterogeneous. Incidentally this work has shown that intermediate carbide formation does not take place as has hitherto been believed. All chemical reactions are normally carried out in contact with a surface. To carry out a reaction in a laboratory in a glass vessel is no guarantee that that reaction will take the same course or even go at all, when that vessel has to be replaced as in most industrial operations by a metallic structure.One is reminded of a simple instance if toluene is chlorinated in glass side-chain substitution is the principal reaction ; in iron the reaction goes in favour of nuclear substitution. Yet despite a hit-and-miss approach industry has made enormous advances within these three decades. While a survey of the more im-portant of these developments would form an appropriate text for several Henderson Memorial Lectures I leave it for more competent reviewers. Time does not permit of more than a mere mention of some of these. By far the longest chapter in Henderson’s book is devoted to hydro-genation of coal. Before he had resigned from his chair the hydrogena-tion of coal in two stages at high pressure to yield motor spirit had been accomplished in this country.Running concurrently with this, mainly in Germany was the hydrogenation of carbon monoxide in one stage at atmospheric pressure to yield motor and diesel fuels and more recently at slightly increased pressures to yield alcohols acids and a host of other oxygenated products. On the petroleum side to which he briefly refers there are later catalytic reactions concerned with such things as aromatisation alkylation and the new fluidisation technique. On the subject of polymerisation, we have made great advances in the field of synthetic rubbers and plastics, providing materials with new properties. The polymerisation of the butylenes also deserves mention because of its importance in providing aviation spirit.Only one page and a half is devoted to the action of enzymes but recent applications in this field are so diverse and so profound that a separate section of the subject-biochemistry-is now entrusted with its development. If Henderson could have been induced to bring his wisdom and experience to the writing of a second edition these and many other [ 230 important aspects of catalysis would doubtless have received his critical assessment and we would all have been the better for it. We honour him for the auspicious start he made and can only hope that others equally well qualified and endowed will follow in his steps. Henderson followed a long line of distinguished men at this Univer-sity starting with William Cullen in 1747.What would Cullen have thought of those magnificent laboratories which Henderson worked so hard to bring into being but which he did not occupy? It is on record that the first laboratory cost the University E136. Not unlike present-day conditions this was 150 per cent. more than was authorised. Cullen took some part in industrial development-perhaps most by directing attention to the subject. We must never overlook however his great indirect contribution in directing the attention of his successor Joseph Black to the subject of heat ; he in turn was the inspirer of James Watt’s pioneering work on the steam engine. Black took a lively interest in the develop-ment of the manufacture of soda and actually invested some of his capital in a Glasgow venture.It was John Ferguson who in 1884 as chairman of the provisional committee brought into being the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section of the Society of Chemical Industry. By a curious coincidence the great St. Rollox Works of Tennant and the Royal Technical College were founded in the same year. The College therefore must have made an enormous contribution to the various subsequent developments of those days. The “Young” chair has been in being for 80 years 50 of them directly or indirectly under the influence of Henderson 40 of them in association with this University. During its long history five Professors have come and gone; each has made his own contribution-some large some small. In my opinion the greatest single influence even although it was largely indirect was that of the man whom we honour again this day.Having myself recently laid down the academic toga in search of new adventure I cannot conclude without paying tribute to former colleagues and friends in this and other universities in the Royal Technical College, in industry in the Royal Institute of Chemistry and in other chemical societies who have given me of their continual support and encourage-ment throughout these later years. Amongst these I must give prime place to my esteemed colleague the Regius Professor and President of this Institute. Our pathways have been different but our aims and goal have been one. To him I offer most sincere thanks and appreciation for his active interest and collaboration over the past decade and look forward with hope and confidence to a continuance of his friendship and goodwill CAREERS IN CHEMISTRY On Friday 24 March 1950 a very successful Conference for senior pupils in Secondary Grammar Schools was held under the auspices of the Leeds Area Section in the Riley Smith Hall of the University of Leeds.The decision to bring the opportunities for careers in chemistry to the notice of sixth-form boys and girls in this way was taken early in the session and the Committee were fortunate in securing the advice and co-operation of Miss E. W. Venables H.M. Science Advisor for the area and Miss B. Patch and Mr. F. L. Swift the local Hon. Secretaries of the two Associations of Science Teachers, while the eight Local Education Authorities concerned readily gave their approval to the venture.The idea was taken up with such enthusiasm by the schools that at first nearly 900 scholars asked to attend and a system of volun-tary rationing had to be introduced to bring the total down to 700 the maximum seating capacity of the hall. Despite the fact that they provided their own transport parties came from as far away as Northallerton Thirsk and Pickering, and the two Scarborough High Schools joined forces in a visit to the works of Messrs. Joseph Watson and Sons Ltd. in Leeds earlier in the afternoon. Through the generosity of a number of local firms who appreciated the value of such a conference to the chemical industry all those attending were enter-tained to high tea in the University refectories before the meeting. The proceedings were opened at 5.15 p.m.by the chairman Professor F. Challenger a Vice-president of the Institute who welcomed the great gathering as fellow-students and spoke of the satisfaction to be gained by those who remain students at heart throughout life. The attitude of mind of the student is a valuable antidote to those influences which tend to destroy individuality, but it is necessary for students of chemistry to be on their guard lest enthusiasm should lead to lack of balance; in particular whole-hearted devotion to the study of science should not be incompatible with the capacity to write and speak good English. “Wisdom exalteth her children and layeth hold of them that seek her.” Eight speakers then gave ten-minute talks on various aspects of the training and activities of the chemist.Dr. J. W. Baker Reader in the Mechanism of Organic Reactions in the University of Leeds outlined the nature of the course for an honours degree in chemistry at the University and the discipline of post-graduate research. The university is essentially a community of those seeking knowledge in which the responsibility of the staff is to help the student to learn how to study for himself the university provides the atmosphere and oppor-tunities and it is the student’s responsibility to make good use of them not only in his specialist study but also in those cultural and physical activities necessary to keep himself human. The honours degree in pure chemistry is being increas-ingly recognised as the best preliminary to any form of specialisation in the field of applied chemistry.Dr. R. L. Elliott Head of the Department of Chemistry and Dyeing at Bradford Technical College emphasised the varied character of chemical training in the technical colleges. These institutions cater for the requirements of industry for chemists of all ages from 16 to 26 and much of the training is on a part-time basis. They differ from the universities in atmosphere and approach in that while the university aims at knowledge for its own sake the technical colleges aim at scientific knowledge for the sake of quality and quantity of production and the emphasis both in study and research is on the applica-tion of knowledge to useful ends. [ 232 Mr. G. Brearley Managing Director Brotherton and Co. Ltd. spoke on the position of the chemist in industry.By “chemist” is meant one who has obtained an honours degree or the A.R.I.C. without which one may remain a laboratory technician for whom the field of employment is more limited. The chemist may be concerned with research with manufacture or with the adminis-trative and commercial side and according to his choice of these will have to deal in varying degree with the four Ps-products plant people and paper work. Young people should not enter the chemical profession merely because they get good marks in chemistry at school nor should they select the industrial side merely because they may earn more money. It is more important to enjoy congeniality of occupation a feeling of doing something really worth while, than to derive a higher income from a task which is irksome.The chemist in industry has a wide variety of opportunities for giving full expression to his own personal abilities qualities and desires and his success will depend on the soundness and wideness of his basic training and on his ability to co-operate as a member of the industrial team. Dr. W. Cule Davies Research Manager Brotherton arid Co. Ltd. described the various types of industrial research organisations and the nature of the problems with which they have to deal. Industrial research is essentially planned team-work controlled by circumstances and employing a range of workers at different levels of training. The speaker thought that inadequate attention was paid to analytical chemistry in degree courses. Professor R.E. Tunbridge Professor of Medicine in the University of Leeds, dealt with chemistry in relation to medicine. Whereas in ancient times medicine was regarded as a pre-training for chemistry to-day the chemist had provided the medical man with such fundamentally important drugs as the sulphonamides, penicillin streptomycin paludrin and so on. The audience were greatly intrigued by the similarity between the chemical formulae of cholesterol calci-ferol the sex hormones cortisone and the carcinogenic hydrocarbons. Living processes involve chemical changes hence chemistry is fundamental to the biological sciences. Besides the opportunities for fully qualified chemists there are openings for pharmacologists and dieticians while in the work of the hospitals and medical schools both chemists and laboratory technicians play an important and highly skilled part.Dr. J. R. Nicholls Deputy Government Chemist explained the organisation of the Scientific Civil Service and discussed briefly the qualifications required for entry into the various grades and the nature of the work in the different scientific establishments. Miss Mamie Olliver Chief Research Chemist Chivers and Sons Ltd., spoke on the opportunities for women in the profession of chemistry. In chemical work the values of the contributions of men and women are usually not comparable because of the different approach to problems that arise. While men tend to attack the salient points women concentrate more on details. In industry women on the plant are often at a disadvantage because they lack physical strength and because employees are less ready to take orders from them, but in the laboratory they attain greater manipulative skill and can become first-rate analysts.From the employer’s point of view the great drawback to the employment of women chemists is the wastage due to marriage. Mainly on account of the less flexible hours the married woman chemist finds it more difficult to continue her career in industry than in teaching or in academic research. Mr. W. A. Wightman Hon. Secretary of the Leeds Area Section reminded the audience that when they were fully qualified as chemists they would be members of a great profession. The Royal Institute of Chemistry is their I 2 3 3 professional organisation. It not only confers qualifications which are held in high esteem and works unceasingly to further the interests of chemists as individuals and to ensure that the standing of the profession is properly recog-nised in high places but also through its Local Sections brings its members together on terms of social equality on the common ground of chemistry.It is a very human and personal body which inspires a high degree of loyalty in its members. The meeting was then thrown open for questions which were forthcoming from all parts of the hall and from pupils masters and mistresses alike. Much interest had been aroused by Professor Tunbridge’s attractive exposition and a number of enquiries were directed towards the nature of the training for pharmacological research and the importance of the laboratory worker in hos-pital medicine.Dr. Nicholls was closely cross-examined on the annual intake of chemists into Government service at various levels the proportion of non-graduates to graduates employed and the opportunities for women in the service in general and in the forensic science laboratories in particular. Miss Olliver was able to assure an inquirer that there was ample scope for bio-chemists in the food industry. The proceedings had to be closed at 8.30 p.m., after Mr. F. L. Swift had expressed the thanks of the schools to the Leeds Area Section for the organisation of the conference. The close attention maintained by the audience throughout the whole of the three hours meeting was remarkable and the many letters of appreciation received from the schools testifying to the interest aroused among the pupils make it clear that the venture was well worth while.For all concerned it was indeed a memorable experience. 234 SUMMARIES OF LECTURES THE CHEMISTRY AND APPLICATIONS OF THERMOHARDENING PLASTICS By N. J. L. MEGSON D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.P.I. (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Plastics Institute at Gloucester, Plastics form a special section of high polymer chemistry. The type of plastic produced by a particular reaction depends on the principles of “func-tionality,” enunciated by Kienle as long ago as 1928 and later elaborated by Carothers. Polymerisations of compounds having 2 reactivities (e.g. singly unsaturated compounds) or polycondensations of two compounds each of which has a reactivity of 2 (e.g.dihydric alcohols and dibasic acids) are said to be 2 2 reactions and lead to thermoplastics. Higher reactions (e.g. 2 3 or 2 4) allow the possibility of branched-chain or ultimately cross-linked structures and lead to thermohardening resins. The latter can be formed by three main methods :-26 October 1949) (a) polycondensation (phenolic and urea resins silicones) ; (b) polymerisation of doubly unsaturated substances (diallyl phthalate, diallyl starch) ; (c) intermolecular re-arrangement (reaction of isocyanates with hydroxyl groups to give polyurethanes). Simple bifunctional polymerisations such as that of styrene are amenable to kinetic and similar treatment. Cross-linking reactions cannot so readily be examined by such means because of the intractability of the resulting products, so that indirect methods such as electrical mechanical and solubility determina-tions have to be used.Other methods are based on an organic chemical approach and include analysis of products before cross-linking occurs pyrolysis of resins followed by examination of decomposition products synthesis of intermediates and formation of resins by artificial means and examination of fine structures of intermediates e.g. by X-ray crystallography. The chemistry of phenolic resins provides a typical example of the way in which organic chemistry can usefully be employed in polymer investigations. The initial resins whether of Novolak or resole type have comparatively small molecular weights of the order of 800 that is they contain about 8 phenolic residues.The heat-hardened resins derived from them have a very high molecular weight which has not been determined because of an absence of known means of estimation. From phenolic condensations with formaldehyde, various crystalline intermediates of dihydroxydiarylmethane type have been isolated and identified while pyrolysis of Novolaks and resoles at about 550” C. has confirmed the belief that an important part of the resin structure is certainly of phenol-methylene chain type. This deduction is probably true despite recent continental work by Hultzsch by von Euler and by Zinke which has indicated in addition the likely presence of such groups as quinones substituted stilbenes and phenolic ethers. From theoretical considerations based on atomic dimensions bond angles and bond lengths it can be deduced that molecules of the phenol-methylene chain type have a semi-rigid non-planar irregular structure.Such a structure implies that heat-hardened phenolic resins contain few cross-links as compared with the number generally assumed. The geometry of the chain molecules is, in fact of the highest significance. From the molecular standpoint a heat-hardened phenolic resin will possess a sponge-like structure having numerous [ 235 holes; such a structure would account for the low tensile strength found in practice as compared with that calculated theoretically by Houwink assuming complete cross-linking. It seems unlikely that cross-linking is completely absent and that heat-hardening is caused by simple entanglement of chains.In support of these ideas recent X-ray work has demonstrated that molecules of dihydroxydichlorodiphenylmethane possess a non-planar bracket-like shape. It is likely that they are fairly rigid structures with comparatively little oppor-tunity for free rotation. Such structures in phenol-methylene chains would mean that the hydroxyl groups will be irregularly situated in space. If it be assumed that one im-portant factor in adhesion and in electrical characteristics is the polar character of such groups then it may be argued that a structure in which the groups possess some alignment or reinforcing effect will be better than the phenol-methylene structure. It appears that resins based on phenol-ethylene chains may be preferable in permitting possible alignment of hydroxyl groups and such resins are therefore being examined.Another important aspect is the effect of condensation conditions on the yieIds and types of initial products. Variations in acidity can affect enor-mously the individual yields of the three isomeric dihydroxydiphenylmethanes from phenol while the use of sodium ethoxide instead of aqueous sodium hydroxide causes formation of a dialcohol instead of a monoalcohol from 3 5 xylenol condensations. Work on condensations of mesitol (2 4 6 trimethylphenol) has shown that under certain conditions rneta substitution is possible in the phenolic nucleus and this observation provides an explanation of the heat-hardening of resins made from bifunctional phenols such as p-cresol.Much still remains to be done in the direction of making resins artificially from isomeric or homologous mixtures of intermediates which have yet to be syn-t hesised. Certain modern techniques involving thermohardening resins include low pressure moulding " post-forming " of laminated stock the moulding of resins of diallyl type the use of high frequency pre-heating in moulding and the combination of thermoplastics and thermohardening compositions. Attention is also drawn to the anti-tracking electrical properties of melamine resin mould-ings although the present state of knowledge does not provide an explanation of why such resins possess properties so different from those of say the phenolic resins. BIOLUMINESCENCE AND ITS IMPORTANCE IN ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR By H.A. KLASENS Ph.D. (London and South-Eastern Counties Section at Mitcham I3 December 1949) The process of luminescence has the great advantage above many other physical and chemical processes that it provides its own speed indicator-the intensity of the emitted light-which can easily be measured and accurately and instantly recorded. Luminescence has therefore become a most valuable tool in many fields of science. The study of bioluminescence in particular is of great importance for students of the chemistry in the living cell and of animal behaviour. Bio-luminescence is very widespread in nature and occurs in 40 different orders of animals from bacteria to fishes. Vertebrates higher than fish are non-luminescent and reported instances of luminescence amongst them must be considered as caused by luminescent bacteria.The energy necessary for the production of light comes from an oxidation reaction. The natuie of this reaction has been studied mainly by using extract from a small ostracod crustacean Cypridina hilgendorfii found near Japan, after du Bois concluded from studies of the fire-fly that two substances are required which he called luciferin and luciferase. Despite many efforts luciferin has not yet been prepared in pure crystalline state neither is its structure solved completely. The most likely structure based on its chemical activities redox potential and absorption spectrum is that of a polyhydroxybenzene with a side-chain. On oxidation in alkaline medium it undergoes first a reversible oxidation probably the formation of a quinone followed by an irreversible oxidation probably connected with destruction of the side-chain.Both processes are accelerated very strongly by luciferase. This substance has the nature of a protein and acts as a catalyst. By studying the kinetics of the reaction it can be shown that the oxidation takes place in several stages. The rate-determining reaction under normal conditions of pH and oxygen supply is the formation of a complex between luciferin and luciferase. The speed of the reaction increases at first with temperature then goes through a maximum and drops sharply above room temperature. The drop is caused by a reversible denaturation of the enzyme luciferase. In luminescent bacteria in which a steady luminescence is maintained a cycle occurs whereby luciferin is restored with the same speed as it is destroyed by oxidation.The oxidised luciferin acts as a hydrogen acceptor and probably takes as such a part in the general assimilation process. The recombination of luciferin and luciferase is again the rate-determining process. The light intensity of bacteria decreases both on cooling because of the slowing down of the reaction rate and on heating because of the denaturation of the luciferase. Pressure increase lowers the intensity at low temperatures but raises it at high temperatures. Drugs such as alcohol ether and nicotine lower the intensity. The effects of temperature pressure and drugs on the light intensity of bacteria have all been explained quantitatively by the application of thermo-dynamics.Luminescence has been used in nature fdr several purposes depending, to some extent on the way the light production is controlled. In luminescent bacteria the light production is probably a fortuitous by-product of the assimila-tion. In more highly developed animals the light organs can be very ingeniously constructed. Various accessories such as lenses reflectors and shutters are used as a means of directing the light. The immediate control of the light production is carried out in one of the following ways :-(1) Muscle control. In many animals such as Cypridina and deep-sea shrimps granules containing luciferin and luciferase are squeezed out of special glands to react in the water and form a luminescent cloud. In Pho toblepharon and Anomalops special muscle-controlled organs have been developed for harbouring luminescent bacteria.(2) Hormone control. When the animal is attacked or otherwise stimulated a hormone such as adrenaline is secreted which causes the light organs to glow (deep-sea fish). (3) Nerve control. Among animals where the light production is nerve-controlled one finds the most developed organs (fire-flies). In the large family of fire-flies four types of light emission are found deter-mined by the structure of the organ:-(a) Continuous glow (larvae and larviform female of Phengudes). The photogenic cells are supplied with oxygen by the surrounding body liquid. (b) Intermittent glow (larvae of most fire-flies Lampyris noctiluca). Air is supplied through a tree-like branching of tracheoles.[ 237 (c) Pulsation (Pyrophorm). Air inlet to photocell is controlled by special end cells but control is not perfect. (d) Flashing (Photinus Photuris). Control is an air supply and is carried out by special cylinders containing the tracheal trunk, tracheal twigs end cells epithelium and tracheoles. The end cells which act like valves are nerve-controlled. During a flash they are opened to admit air. The efficiency of the light production has only been measured in bacteria. Per watt caloric energy of the consumed food 1 lumen of light is produced. This is high for a chemiluminescent reaction but not high compared with modern light sources. The capacity of producing light is used for various purposes:-(1) illumina-tion (deep-sea fishes squids); (2) attracting prey (some glow-worms lantern fish); (3) protection (Cypridina deep-sea shrimps); (4) signalling between sexes (Odontosyllis fire-flies).In the Orient and less frequently in America synchronous flashing of thousands of fire-flies is observed. Various explanations of this phenomena have been given. The most likely explanation is a kind of trigger action. THE OXIDATION OF CELLULOSE AND SOME musrmu IMPLICATIONS By D. W. H ~ L Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. (Birmingham and Midlands Section 11 January 1950) Like that of other organic compounds the behaviour of cellulose is governed by among other things the presence of functional groups and a consideration of these indicates five possible points of attack namely (1) fission of the glycoside linkage to produce a shortenirig of the chain; (2) oxidation of the primary alcohol to either aldehyde or carboxylic acid; (3) oxidation of the secondary alcohols to mono- or di-ketones without rupture of the pyranose ring; (4) oxida-tion of the secondary alcohols to dialdehydes or dicarboxylic acids with rupture of the pyranose ring; (5) oxidatio of the terminal glucose unit.These simple conceptions arexowever complicated in a number of ways. First since the molecule contains upwards of 3,000 units and the individual units can be oxidised one at a time it is possible to prepare a series of oxy-celluloses containing anything from one unit to 100 per cent. of the units oxidised. Since much of the work at the Shirley Institute has been inspired by bleaching practice in the textile industry a great deal of it has been confined to products which from a chemical point of view are only very slightly oxidised, e.g.less than 1 per cent. of the glucose units attacked. Secondly nearly all reactions with cellulose are heterogeneous reactions and reactivity is therefore, controlled to some extent by accessibility. Thirdly the principle of accessibility extends to the micro-structure of the fibres which contain both amorphous and crystalline regions. The fibre struchre is such that a single chain molecule may be in both conditions at different places along its length. The amorphous regions of the fibres are accessible to reagents whilst the crystalline regions present a barrier to many reagents which would normally be expected to attack the material.Hence different parts of the same chain may be differently attacked. Fourthly the rate of reaction which normally controls the extent to which a reaction proceeds is complicated by the accessibility factor to such an extent that the rates for different reactions in different parts of the same chain may overlap. For these reasons the specificity of most oxidking reagents is obscured and this made the oxidation of cellulose too baffling for the early organic chemsts Until quite recently most of the work was confined to a careful examination of the effects of individual oxidising agents upon characteristic properties of cellulose such as strength viscosity acidity and reducing power. In recent years attempts have been made to oxidise cellulose with reagents which behave specifically and thereby to obtain an insight into the effects of aldehyde or carboxyl groups introduced at known positions in the molecule.Three reagents have been used with considerable success namely periodic acid, chlorous acid and nitrogen dioxide. The first is a specific reagent for the oxidation of a-glycols with splitting of the carbon-carbon bond. Considerable evidence has been accumulated to show that this specificity is retained when periodic acid is used to oxidise cellulose with the resultant production of 2 3-dialdehydes. The reagent differs from oxidants previously used in that it penetrates into the crystalline regions of the fibres and in consequence, oxidation can be carried to great lengths without destroying the fibrous character of the material.Nevertheless X-ray examination shows that the crystalline structure is completely destroyed by the oxidation process. Periodate oxycelluloses have characteristics of their own. They are highly reducing in type and there is no significant development of carboxyl groups. They are also the most alkali-sensitive of this group of compounds. Cold dilute alkali produces a complete loss of strength and decrease of nitrocellulose viscosity. The specificity of periodic acid has led to an understanding of the cause of the alkali-sensitivity of certain types of oxycelluloses which it cannot now be doubted is due to the presence of the aldehyde groups produced by the oxidation. Further oxidation of these groups by chlorous acid which oxidises them quantitatively to carboxyl groups confirms this view.Such treatment brings about an increase in the viscosity of an oxycellulose in cuprammonium hydroxide and is the only known instance of an oxidation reaction of cellulose material which so behaves. A complete explanation of this remarkable behaviour is afforded by the present conception of the chain structure of the cellulose allied with the sensitising action of the aldehyde groups. Nitrogen dioxide produces oxycelluloses different from the periodate products in that they are of an extreme acidic type. The reagent reacts equally with the amorphous and crystalline regions but the X-ray diagrams of the products (again unlike those obtained with periodic acid) show no loss of crystalline structure. This however is not the only reaction which occurs, since if uronic acid groups alone were obtained the fully oxidised materials, which are still fibrous would be expected to be polyglucuronic acids and hence to resemble alginic acid-the differences between them being stereo-chemical only.That this is very largely the case has been shown by the following series of reactions :-(u) oxidation of cellulose with nitrogen dioxide; (b) conversion of the acidic oxycellulose to the 2 3-dialdehyde by further oxidation with periodic acid; (c) conversion of the 2 3-dialdehyde to 2 3-dicarboxylic acid by treatment with chlorous acid and isolation of mesotartaric acid in the form of its acid brucine salt. There are however considerable differences in behaviour from alginic acid, which include high reduping power and considerable alkali sensitivity.We are led to assume therefore that though the main reaction is the oxidation of the primary alcohol groups side reactions occur to a limited extent but sufficiently to affect markedly the properties of the resultant oxycelluloses. There is evidence to show that these side reactions probably include the forma-tion of both dialdehydes and diketones. The often profound effects upon behaviour of very minor chemical changes are characteristic of the oxidation of cellulose. The importance of these oxidation reactions for the understanding and control of the bleaching of cellulose products and also of many other cellulose reactions including the ageing of rayon dopes cannot be over-estimated. [ 239 WITH INTENT TO DECEIVE By C.L. WILSON M.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (Belfast and District Section 20 January 1950) By the Forgery Act of 1913 forgery is the making of a false document in order that it may be used as genuine. Only the making-with intent to deceive or .defraud-is necessary for the commission of a felony. Making use of or uttering the document is a separate offence. There can be forgery without uttering and uttering without forgery. Any material alteration in a document purporting to be complete converts it into a false document. Forgery as is well known need not be concerned only with writing the interpretation placed on the term “document” being a very wide one. Thus books and pictures have frequently been forged while even more unusual objects such as the number plates of a car have been adjudged capable of being forged.It is however probably true to say that the bulk of the work of a document examiner is concerned with written documents so that he is frequently referred to in a loose way as a handwriting expert. This undoubtedly explains when one is introduced as “the handwriting expert in X . v. Y. and others,” the high rate of incidence of the question-rather coy, and usually by the feminine element-“Oh can you tell character from hand-writing?” It may also explain the extreme reluctance of many people to furnish specimens of their handwriting. In order to amass a collection of handwritings of a standard piece of writing for scientific comparisons it has proved necessary to mark the test sheet prominently as confidential and usually, in addition to supplement this with a verbal assurance.The tools employed in the examinations of documents can be loosely classi-fied as (1) mechanical (2) chemical and (3) common sense. Mechanical tools are largely those concerned with the identification of handwriting. Various methods are employed for comparisons of slopes and curves among these being scales ruled on glass. Latterly the examiner has found sheets of a transparent plastic such as Perspex very helpful for the purpose of preparing easily a wide range of scales suited to his own methods. Graphical methods of comparison of the relative heights of letters can often indicate anomalies. Tracing is one of the easiest methods of forgery to detect if the original is also available.Either squared screens or superimposed photography of the tracing and the original will give a convincing demonstration of this procedure. It is however in the minor characteristics that most clues are usually to be found. Sometimes these are “ twiddley bits,” sometimes they are unobtrusive writing habits such as the lifting of the pen or a characteristic curve in a stroke in one specific letter. Examination and comparison of a piece of genuine writing with (1) the same piece carefully copied by a person who is both a good draughtsman and conversant with the methods of detecting forgery and (2) a test specimen by this person in his own handwriting show the utter im-possibility of maintaining forged writing over any extended piece of script, without allowing some of one’s own minor characteristics to creep in and without losing some of the minor characteristics of the genuine writing.No two people write exactly alike but any one person’s writing also varies internally even within a short period of time. Nevertheless writing is charac-teristic. Many people will recollect that they can invariably identify the writing on an envelope (if already familiar to them) before opening the letter. Indeed with practice it is also possible in many cases similarly to identify with reasonable certainty by simple inspection the source of a typewritten envelope partly by the appearance of the characters and partly by typing habits. It does not follow that anyone is competent without training to comment on the genuineness of a piece of writing.It has been clearly shown in America, 1240 that there is such a thing as “expertness” in identifying handwriting. In one test in which professors in a Law school were presented with genuine specimens, careful copies careless copies and tracings of their own and their colleagues’ signatures the highest record for correct discrimination was 29 per cent. the average being 11 per cent. Only one of the professors identified correctly all his own genuine signatures! Experienced bank clerks obtained an average of 43 per cent. but this figure was almost equalled by untrained persons making visual comparison with standard signatures. However when the signatures were submitted to three specialists one of them was correct in every instance, while the other two were wrong only once giving an average identification of about 98 per cent.Chemical tests are mostly concerned with the identification of inks and paper. The multiplicity of inks nowadays is no help to the document examiner, but a range of chemical tests on the micro scale will assist in establishing the similarity or dissimilarity of inks. These tests may be applied to individual strokes but must be carried out in such a way as to damage the document as little as possible. Permission of the Court must be obtained before any such examination is made and Counsel is usually reluctant to apply for such per-mission unless he is convinced that the answer will be completely in his favour. Much work has been done on the estimation of the age of ink from its quantita-tive behaviour with reagents but as a rule only an approximate estimate of the order of the age-days weeks or months-can be obtained.The detection of anachronisms has led to proof of forgery in many famous cases use being made of the first dates of introduction of the various pigments used in inks or the various fibres used in paper-making. Carter and Pollard used the fibre method in exposing a clever series of forgeries of rare books and pamphlets of which the most notable was a copy of Tennyson’s “Morte d’hthur,’’ dated 1842 but printed on paper containing chemical wood pulp, a material not introduced till about 1874. Similarly in 1931 a document purporting to be signed by William Penn was shown to be signed with a silver ink using a steel pen.Silver inks were not in use in Penn’s time and steel pens were not invented till 1808. These last exAmples might almost be considered as falling within the third, or commonsense category-which is probably for all the aids of scientific technique the most important one. The failure of people to scrutinise docu-ments closely can be exemplified from personal knowledge by a recent case in which a cheque stolen on its journey between the printers and the bank figured. This cheque although unstamped was first cashed by a publican and was then passed without comment by the publican’s bank to the branch on which it was drawn the absence of the stamp going unnoticed not only by the publican but also by the cashier at the bank! Such points as minor alterations to a document in the course of a case as occurred in the Henry and Cornwallis cases might very well have gone un-noticed had it not been for careful scrutiny and in one instance the fore-thought of the solicitors in having the document photographed.A subsequent photograph showed clearly on comparison that the document had been re-touched. Writing over folds in paper which should have been made before the paper was folded can be clearly detected. One document examined recently to which an addition had been made contained most of the mistakes open to a forger. Four words had been added between the body of the writing and the signature. One of these words occurred earlier in the text ar,d was obviously a crude copy. The four words had been written after the paper had been folded, whereas the remainder of the text and the signature were written before folding.r 241 The ink was different. The pen was Werent. Finally ink had been spilled on the paper. The ink blots were clearly made at a different time from the main body of writing and the signature but it was equally obvious from one of the ihk blots which touched both the signature and the added writing that it had been made at the time at which the words were added and was probably under the added words. An otherwise very clever forger failed to recognise that an eye-hole in parchment was an anatomical phenomenon and not the result of age and wear. This led him to omit certain words as if they had been written on the missing portion rather than to write them round the hole or to jump over it as the writer would have done had the document been genuine.Perhaps the most outstanding case of forgery on record is the series of documents amounting to 27,000 in number produced by Vrain-Denis Lucas for the benefit of Michel Chasles an eminent mathematician. Produced at the rate of eight per day over nine years and netting about 26,000 for the forger, these included such masterpieces as a letter from Lazarus to St. Peter and a correspondence between Cmar and Cleopatra. All the documents were on paper in French! Nowadays undoubtedly less ambitious attempts than this do occasionally succeed but the way of the modern forger is hard. The more one learns about the art of forgery the less one is inclined either to adopt it as a source of livelihood or to recommend it to one’s friends.LEATHER ITS CONSTITUTION AND PROPERTIES By M. P. BALFE B.A. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (East Anglia Section at Norwich 20 February 1950) The various stages of the manufacture of leather have already been reviewed and an account given of the changes which occur in skins during tanning, whereby they are converted into leather (see Journal and Proceedings 1949, VI 488). Leather owes its importance as the base material for shoe manu-facture to some interesting properties. On account of its fibrous structure and because it is largely composed of a protein (collagen) leather has a combina-tion of properties which has not been produced in any synthetic material and which makes it the best material for boots and shoes except for certain specialised and comparatively small usages.Upper leather is flexible elastic so that the general shape of the shoe is retained and yet with a certain degree of plasticity which enables it to conform to the shape of the individual foot. Sole leather can be firm and yet sufficiently flexible is resistant to abrasion and resists the passage of liquid water because its capillary channels are filled with tannin and because the fibres swell when wet thus further constricting the capillaries. The water resistance of leather can if need be be increased by appropriate treatments and this without impairing the characteristic “breathing” property of leather; that is the capacity to transmit and to absorb water vapour. Some types of leather can transmit water vapour at a rate which is several times as great as that of the emission of water vapour from the same area of the skin of a person doing moderate work.The capacity of leather to absorb moisture from humid atmospheres while still remaining dry to the touch is also important in connection with foot comfort. Leather contains about 15 per cent. of moisture under normal atmospheric conditions and can take up an additional 20 per cent. under humid conditions such as exist in contact with the foot. Nylon the best of the synthetics in this respect holds approxi-mately 4 per cent. of moisture under normal conditions and only takes up an additional 4 per cent. from humid atmospheres INORGANIC CHROMATOGRAPHY By R. A. WELLS B.Sc. A.R.I.C. (Belfast and District Section 10 March 1950) Although application of the technique of chromatography to inorganic chemistry is only in its infancy the variety of methods adsorbents solvents, etc.available is already very large. The first separations of inorganic materials by chromatography were achieved by Schwab and co-workers in 1937.l They found that if an aqueous solution of electrolytes was passed through a column of alumina differential adsorption took place and the individual ions of the solution were found in layers. By this method separation of both cations and anions was possible but a disadvantage lay in the lack of separation between layers. A large number of other inorganic adsorbents have been tried e.g. CaCO, MgO TiO, but all were found less efficient than alumina with the exception of zinc sulphide which Bach2 has used for the separation of copper and cadmium.Later in 1937 Flood described separations he had obtained using filter paper impregnated with alumina. Erlenmeyer and Dahn (1939)4 separated a number of cations by passing a suitably buffered solution through a column of 8-hydroxyquinoline mixed with kieselguhr. In this case the separation appears to be dependent upon the relative stabilities of the metallic hydroxyquinolates. Robinson has successfully applied this method to the estimation of zinc in brazing alloy^.^ Other organic reagents have been used for column packings e.g. Burriel-Marti and Perez have used dimethylglyoxime columns for the separation of nickel from cobalt and other metals.6 Until the introduction of synthetic organic ion exchangers by Adams and Holmes in 1935 the only major application of ion exchange materials was to water softening.The new materials have found many uses in chromatography and the extension of their application has received great impetus recently from the problems facing the Atomic Energy Project in America. As a result it is now possible to separate gram quantities of rare earths from each other in a state of spectroscopic purity by means of ion exchange. Other uses of ion exchange include the separation of americium and curium the separation of zirconium and hafnium and the isolation of radio colloids. Yet another form of chromatography which has recently been applied successfully to the field of inorganic chemistry is “paper” or “partition” chromatography fist used by Martin and Synge (1944)’ for the separation of amino-acids and later studied in detail for inorganic products at the Chemical Research Laboratory.* Separations by this method may be divided into two main groups :-(a) separation on strips or sheets of filter paper of quantities of salts in the range 0.1-500pg.(b) separation on columns of cellulose of amounts of material in excess of 500pg.Q In dealing with small quantities of material a drop of the test solution (0.05 ml.) is placed near one end of a strip of Whatmans No. 1 or 3 filter paper (2.5 cm. width 20-40 cm. length). The strip is allowed to dry in air and is then hung vertically from a glass boat containing a suitable organic solvent with the end nearest the test spot immersed in the solvent.The complete apparatus is enclosed in a glass cylinder in which the atmosphere is kept saturated with respect to the organic solvent and components e.g. acid and water which may be included. To aid saturation a layer of solvent is maintained in the bottom of the cylinder together with a container of acid or water saturated with solvent. After the solvent has been allowed to diffuse down the strip sufficiently far to effect a separation the strip is removed and the solvent is allowed to evaporate. The presence and position of the separated radicals is revealed by spraying the strip with a suitable developing reagent. Williams and Kirby modified this tech-nique and used capillary ascent.lo For this a sheet of filter paper is rolled and clipped to form a cylinder and drops of the test solution are placed a few r 243 centimetres from the bottom edge.The paper cylinder is then placed vertically in a dish of solvent both cylinder and dish being enclosed in a glass tank in an atmosphere saturated with respect to the solvent. The solvent diffuses up the paper cylinder and separation takes place in the same manner as for downward movement. The conditions for the separation of the normal analytical groups of cations by paper chromatography have been worked out.8J1 Other separations include a number of rarer elements.*J2J3 Some anions have also been separated.8J4 Conditions have been established in the case of some separations for quantita-tive estimation. In most cases the strip is run in a normal fashion and is then cut into pieces to isolate each metal.Each portion of the strip is then ashed and the metal estimated in the ash by polarographically colorimetrically or by any other sufficiently sensitive method. Uranium in minerals and ores has been accurately measured by this method. Again nickel manganese cobalt copper and iron in samples of steel have been estimated by first separating all five metals on a strip with the aid of methylpropylketone containing acetone water and HC1 as solvent. Each metal after recovery from the cellulose is estimated with the aid of the polarograph. For the separation of large quantities of material columns of cellulose pulp have been used. A suitable form of pulp may be prepared by treating filter paper wood pulp cotton linters etc. with dilute nitric acid.For most purposes a starting material with a low ash content is preferred and this is rendered down by boiling with 5 per cent. w/v HNO solution. The time of boiling depends upon the starting material and the fineness of pulp required. To prevent wall effects due to creep of aqueous solution down the walls of the column the inside surface of the glass tube is treated with a water-repellant material. Dimethyldichlorosilane has been found very suitable for this purpose. The cellulose is packed as a smooth column in the presence of the organic solvent to be used and the aqueous test solution is transferred to the top of the column and eluted with further quantities of solvent ; the extracted metal is then recovered from the eluent. This method has been used both for the analytical estimation of a number of metals and for the preparation of others in a high state of purity.Uranyl nitrate is extracted quantitatively from the nitric acid solution of a large number of minerals using ethyl ether containing 5 per cent. w/v HNO,. By the use of ether containing 123 per cent. w/v HNO thorium is extracted quantitatively from the rare earth nitrates. Gold is extracted from the Pt metals with ethyl ether containing methyl alcohol and dilute hydrochloric acid and mercury from a number of other metallic chlorides with methyl acetate. Nickel cobalt, copper and iron are estimated in samples of steel using ketonic solvent^.^ The process has also been used for the preparative separation of scandium from the rare earths and of rhodium and iridium from platinum and palladium.Theoretical Considerations.-The present approach to inorganic paper chromatography is largely empirical. The factors underlying separation are fairly well understood but the extent of combination of these factors in any one separation is hard to assess. Complex formation between solvent and salt is very important strong complex formation leading to a high solubility. Partition of the inorganic material between organic and aqueous phases in the cellulose plays a major part in most of the separations. In some cases physical adsorption appears to take place. When solvents containing acid and/or water are used for paper strip separations both acidity and water gradients are detectable along the cellulose. Thus the relative stability of organic solvent-metal complexes to acid and water concentrations may aid separation.Consideration of the principles of partition has led to the definition of the term “RF value”’ as a means of describing the degree of movement of a compound. An R F value is defined as the ratio of distance moved by band/distance moved by solvent front. I 2 4 4 It is possible to obtain fairly constant RF values for the ions in most separations by rigidly fixing the conditions of extraction. Future Work-In the not too distant future it should be possible to arrive at a chromatographic substitute for the normal group separation of the metals. For this purpose it would probably be necessary to revise the groupings of the metals. Variations which are still very largely unexplored include separations on paper impregnated with organic or with ion exchange materials.Many adsorbents other than cellulose could be used in conjunction with organic solvents. The usual system for partition chromatography is a stationary aqueous phase and a mobile organic phase; by pretreatment of the cellulose with an anti-wetting agent such as a silane it is possible to arrange for a system in which the two phases are reversed. The scaling up of chromatography has an obvious importance as has the need to make the process more nearly continuous. In this connection “Radial”15 chromatography which has been used for organic separations may well have a contribution to make in the inorganic field. Chromatography with applied voltage has been used by Haugaard and KroneP for the separation of amino-acids and a similar application might aid inorganic separation.Berraz at Berkley California has achieved separations by application of a voltage drop to either end of a strip of paper which has been impregnated with an electrolyte before the test solution is app1ied.l’ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. REFERENCES Schwab and Jockers Angew. Chem. 1937 50 546. Bach Assoc. Quimica Argentina 1937 183 55. Flood Tidsskrgt for Kjemi og Bergvesen 1937 10 178. Erlenmeyer and Dahn Helv. Chim. Acta 1939 22 1369. Robinson Metallurgia 1947 37 45 107. Burriel-Marti and Perez Anal. Chim. Acta 1949 3 468. Consden Gordon and Martin Biochem. J. 1944 38 224. Burstall Davies Linstead and Wells J.Chem. SOC. 1950 516. Burstall Davies and Wells Faraday SOC. Discussions. Williams and Kirby Science 1948 107 481. Lacourt Sommereyns Degeyndt Barah and Gillard Nature 1949 163 999. Arden Burstall and Linstead 1949 Communication to Chemical Society’s Osborne and Jewsbury Nature 1949 164 443. Lederer Science 1949 110 115. Hopf Lynam and Weil Brit. Pat. Spec. 1944 No. 585,224. Haugaard and Kroner J.A.C.S. 1948 70 2135. Berraz Anales Assoc. Quim. Argentina 1943 31 96. Schwab and Dattler ibid., 691. Schwab and Ghosh ibid. 1939 52 666; 1940 53 39. 1949 7 179. Symposium on Chemistry of Heavy Elements ACTIVITIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS Aberdeen and North of Scotland.-The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held in the University Union Aberdeen on 3 May 1950 with Dr.R. B. Strathdee in the chair. The Secretary’s report the financial statement and the District Member of Council’s report were considered and duly approved. After Dr. Strathdee had intimated his desire to retire from the position of Chairman the office-bearers for the forthcoming year were elected as follows:-Chairman Dr. W. T. H. Williamson; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Dr. H. G. M. Hardie; Hon. Auditor Mr. D. W. Menzies; Committee Dr. R. B. Strathdee, Dr. J. A. Lovern Dr. M. B. Watson Messrs. J. E. Bowen H. J. Gregson and A. M. Meston. Cordial thanks were given to Dr. Strathdee for his services as Chairman during the past seven years. Birmingham and Midlands.-On 11 January Dr. D. W. Hill Member of Council delivered a lecture entitled “The Oxidation of Cellulose and some Industrial Implications” (for summary see p.238). A keen discussion ensued and a cordial vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. D. Entwistle. The customary joint meeting with the Society of Applied Science was held in Wolverhampton on 10 February. The lecturer was Dr. A. T. Green O.B.E., and his subject “Refractory Materials.” As usual the meeting was well supported . On 8 March Dr. T. Malkin Member of Council lectured on “The Chemistry of the Phospholipids.” The small but specialised audience much appreciated the lecturer’s lucid explanations and the thanks of the meeting were expressed by Mr. Garfield Thomas. A Social Evening on 17 March provided members and friends with a chance of relaxation but the number availing themselves of the opportunity was dis-couraging to the organisers.Instrumental and vocal music was interspersed with lighter fare and opportunities for conversation. Those who attended had an enjoyable evening. The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 22 March with Dr. H. C. Smith in the chair. After completion of the formal business the following committee was elected for the session 1950-51 :-Chairman Dr. S. H. Jenkins; Vice-chairman Mr. F. G. Broughall; Hon. Treasurer Mr. D. W. Parkes; Hon. Secretary Mr. E. M. Joiner; Hon. Assistant Secretary Mr. Frank Brown; District Member of Council Mr. E. G. K. Pritchett; Members Fellows, Dr. H. C. Smith Dr. F. W. Norris Mr. C. L. Evans Mr. F. A. Jones Dr. D. A. Hall; Associates Miss R.M. Fentiman Dr. H. Coates Mr. G. Barnett Mr. E. S. Tonks. Messrs. J. H. Bennitt and S. A. M. Thompson were re-elected auditors. At the conclusion of the meeting there was a short film show. On 14 April a Symposium on “Careers in Chemistry” was attended by some 250 children from senior forms of Grammar Schools in Birmingham and district. The Registrar (Mr. R. L. Collett M.B.E.) presided and short talks were delivered by a panel of speakers which included Dr. H. C. Smith Professor M. Stacey F.R.S. Mr. F. G. Broughall and Mr. C. L. Evans. The subjects dealt with were “Training,” “Research,” “Industry” and “The Public Service” respectively. Questions were asked on several of the points raised and a useful discussion ensued. On 19 April a visit was paid to the Nelson laboratories of the English Electric Co.Ltd. at Stafford. The party was received by Mr. Slator chief administra-tive officer and conducted through the chemistry physics metallurgy ceramics [ 246 and high-tension electrical laboratories. Afterwards tea was taken with the laboratory research staff. The Section chairman Dr. S. H. Jenkins thanked Mr. J. K. Brown director of research and members of his staff for a very instructive and enjoyable visit. In the evening a joint meeting with the Stafford Chemical Society was held, with Mr. J. G. Cowan President of the Society in the chair. A lecture entitled “The Chemistry of Paper Manufacture” was delivered by Mr. G. C. Hampson and a good discussion followed. Before the Birmingham members left for the return journey light refreshments were served.Dr. J. A. Newton Friend paid a tribute to Mrs. T. A. Evans and her helpers for this gesture of hospitality. This was the first Section meeting in Stafford and the occasion was a notable one. Mention must be made of the good work done by Mr. T. A. Evans in organising the proceedings. Mr. Frank Brown has been awarded a Fellowship under the auspices of the Economic Co-operation Administration and will shortly leave for the United States to spend two years in the study of chemical engineering problems. Consequent upon this appointment Mr. Brown has resigned the Assistant Secretaryship of the Section. In accepting his resignation the Committee has congratulated him on his success and expressed appreciation of the useful work he has done during his two years in office.Midland chemists were shocked to learn of the sudden death of Sir Norman Haworth on 19 March. Although he had retired from the Mason chair some 18 months previously he was still actively engaged in professional work. All who knew him well will respect his scholarship and great administrative ability: those who knew him even better will appreciate his great personal charm and his adherence to Christian principles. At a Memorial Service in Birmingham Cathedral the Section was represented by the Secretary Mr. E. M. Joiner. Cardiff and District.-The Annual General Meeting was held at the Royal Hotel Cardiff on 3rd May 1950 when the following Officers and Committee were elected Chairman Dr. J. Grant; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Mr.G. M. Kerman; Hon. Auditor Mr. S. Dixon; Committee (to retire in 1952), Messrs. P. J. C. Haywood W. T. Roberts and W. D. Williams. The meeting was followed by a supper. Dublin and District.-The Dublin Section in conjunction with the local representative of the Chemical Society the Irish Chemical Association and the Dublin Section of the Society of Chemical Industry held a series of meetings in Dublin Cork and Galway on 1 3 and 6 March 1950 respectively. At these meetings the members of the four societies had an opportunity of hearing Professor M. Stacey F.R.S. of the University of Birmingham lecture on “Deoxysugars and Nucleic Acids.” The enjoyment which his visit gave to chemists in Ireland was heightened by the arrival during his stay of the news of his election to the Fellowship of the Royal Society.The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held in the Chemistry Department Science Buildings Dublin on 22 March 1950 Mr. J. Andrews, Chairman presiding. The conjoint arrangement of the programme for the past session was re-viewed and approved and it was agreed that the Section should continue to participate in a conjoint programme with the other chemical societies in the area. The Hon. Treasurer’s report which was adopted showed a balance in hand at 31 December 1949 of E27 2s. Id. Messrs. B. G. Fagan and G. A. F. Harrison were elected Hon. Auditors for the year 1950. A ballot to f31 two places on the Committee resulted in the election of Professor T. S. Wheeler and Mr. W. J. Stringer The thanks of the members were accorded to:-the Universities for pro-viding meeting facilities; the Officers of the Section for their services; the ladies of the Chemistry Department U.C.D.with whose kind assistance light refresh-ments were served at the meeting. It was agreed subject to suitable arrangements being made to join with the Belfast Section in visiting the Alcohol Factory at Cooley Co. Louth. An ordinary meeting of the Section followed the Annual General Meeting, Mr. J. Andrews Chairman presiding over an audience which numbered over 100 members and visitors. Dr. A. E. Werner Research Chemist The National Gallery London gave a lecture entitled “The Scientific Examination of Pictures.” A most interesting discussion followed in which many members of the audience took part and Dr.Werner replied to the points raised. The Chairman expressed the thanks of those present to Dr. Werner and a most successful meeting then terminated. The Officers and Committee for the Session 1950-51 are as follows:-Chair-man Mr. J. Andrews; District Member of Council Dr. A. G. G. Leonard; Com-mittee Dr. V. C. Barry Mr. D. Crowley Mr. W. V. Griffiths Mr. J. W. Parkes, Mr. W. J. Stringer and Professor T. S. Wheeler; Hon. Treasurer Mr. C. Lipman; Hon. Secretary Mr. H. D. Thornton. Dundee and District.-On 24 March a lecture entitled “The Chemist in the Heavy Textile Industry’’ was delivered jointly by Mr. H. L. Parsons technical director of Messrs. Low and Bonar Ltd. and Mr. R. G. Reid chief research chemist of the same firm. Mr. Parsons sketched the functions and organisation of a textile research department the work it does and how it integrates with other departments.Mr. Reid illustrating his part of the lecture by the production of numerous exhibits discussed the control of textile processes and the analytical chemistry of dyed and proofed fabrics especially in jute and flax. The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 14 April in the Royal British Hotel Dundee with Mr. Andrew Dargie in the Chair. The following were elected for the ensuing year :-Chairman Mr. Dargie; Vice-Chairman Dr. Robert Roger; Hon. Secretary-Treasurer Mr. W. s. Liddle (275 Blackness Road Dundee); Committee the foregoing and Messrs. Alexander Hood Douglas M. G. Lloyd George F. P. Parsons Herbert L. Parsons and Henry A.Watson; Hon. Auditor Mr. Norman B. B. Johnstone. At a meeting held on 5 May in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Dundee a lecture entitled “The Stereochemistry of Polymers” was delivered by Professor P. D. Ritchie “Young” Professor of Technical Chemistry in the Royal Technical College Glasgow. Dr. R. Roger presided. The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides ably projected by Mr. A. S. Martin and was followed by questions. The excellence of the lecture and the appreciativeness of the large audience made a gratifying finale to the Section’s first season. East Ang1ia.-On 10 March the Section held a joint meeting with the London Section of the Society of Chemical Industry at Ipswich when Mr. F. Armitage and Mr. W. T. C . Hammond of Lewis Berger and Sons Ltd.gave an address on “Recent Developments in the Surface Coating Industry.” At Norwich on 20 March Dr. J. W. Corran lectured on “Mustard,” out-lining the many applications of this spice. The discussion which followed testified to the interest the subject had aroused. The Eighth Annual Meeting was held at the Oriental Cafe Ipswich on 15 April the Chairman of the Section presiding. The Hon. Secretary’s report recorded the ten meetings held during the session and drew attention to the contributions made by members of the Section in the cause of Technical Educa-tion. He also recorded his appreciation of the assistance received from the staff at Russell Square. The following officials and committee members were [ 248 elected for the coming session:-Chairman R.S. Colborne; Hon. Treasurer, T. P. Dee; Hon. Secretary J. Williams; Hon. Auditor G . H. Whyatt; Committee, B. J. Balfe H. F. Bamford S. H. Edgar N. G. Perkins H. A. Perry and P. J. Platt. After tea Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones the Honorary Treasurer of the Institute, gave a stimulating informal talk on the various financial activities of the Institute. The appreciation of the meeting was expressed in the vote of thanks proposed by Dr. Edgar. East Midlands.-A joint meeting of the committees of the East Midlands Section and the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section was held at the Station Hotel Chesterfield on 22 April. The meeting was preceded by a luncheon arranged by the Sheffield Section who were acting as hosts on this occasion. The main business of the meeting was to receive reports from Mr.E. J. Vaughan District Member of Council for the two Sections up to April 1949 and from Mr. F. C. Bullock the present District Member. Mr. Vaughan’s report was read in his absence by Mr. Barraclough Secretary of the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section. Both reports were accepted and the thanks of the Sections were expressed to their authors. The chairman of each Section referred to the fact that owing to the con-stitution of the East Midlands Section as a separate District this would be the last of the joint committee meetings. The feeling was expressed that these meetings had been of considerable value and their cessation although foreseen. was regretted. Edinburgh and East of Scotland.-At a joint meeting with the Chemical Society and the Edinburgh Section of the Society of Chemical Industry in the North British Station Hotel on I6 March Dr.M. Ritchie gave a very interesting lecture on “Some Aspects of Photo-oxidation with special reference to Chloro-phyll.” Professor S. J. Watson presided. Huddersfie1d.-On 7 February 1950 in the Large Hall of the Huddersfield Technical College a joint meeting with the College Chemical Society was held, at which Dr. R. Spence of A.E.R.E. Harwell gave a lecture entitled “The By-products of Atomic Energy.” The chair at this meeting was taken by Mr. J. King student-chairman of the College Chemical Society and the vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. F. Hobson (College Chemical Society) and seconded by Mr.T. Ritchie (R.I.C.). The 30th Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 7 March at Field’s Cafk Huddersfield under the chairmanship of Mr. F. Robinson. The reports of the Hon. Treasurer (Mr. T. Ritchie) and the Hon. Secretary (Mr. E. A. C. Crouch) reflected the activities of the Section which included two works visits the annual dance and six lectures. The vote of thanks to the two retiring members of Committee Mr. T. Ritchie and Mr. L. G. Cratchley was proposed by the Hon. Secretary. The Section Committee now consists of the following members :-Chairman, Mr. F. Robinson; Hon. Treasurer Mr. R. Raw; Hon. Secretary Mr. E. A. C. Crouch; and Dr. W. E. Scott Dr. J. R. Atkinson Mr. D. Hanson and Mr. T. Waterton. Immediately following the Annual General Meeting an Ordinary Meeting was held at which Professor W.T. Astbury F.R.S. gave a lecture entitled “Macromolecular Studies with the Electron Microscope.’’ The lecture was profusely illustrated with lantern slides. The vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. T. Ritchie and seconded by Mr. R. Raw. On 14 April a joint meeting with the Manchester and District Branch of the Tnstitute of Physics was held at the Huddersfield Technical College at which Dr. J. S. Anderson (A.E.R.E. Harwell) gave a lecture entitled “Conductivity, Catalysis and Surface Reactions on Solids.” The Chair at this meeting was r 249 taken by Professor F. A. Vick (Institute of Physics) and after the discussion which followed the lecture he thanked Dr. Anderson on behalf of the two organisations and indicated the experimental nature of this meeting the fist in which the Manchester Branch of the Institute of Physics had participated outside Manchester.In associating himself with the expression of thanks, Mr. F. Robinson (Chairman Huddersfield Section R.I.C.) hoped that further joint meetings of the two organisations might be arranged in the future. Liverpool and North-Western.-On 8 March in the Lecture Theatre of the Widnes Municipal Technical College a lecture entitled “A Modern Contact Sulphuric Acid Plant,” was given by Mr. W. J. Murphy. Messrs. Bottomley, Boddican Lowe Speakman Newman and Moffatt took part in the lively discussion which followed. A vote of thanks proposed by Mr. W. Bottomley and seconded by Mr. Holt was heartily accorded by the members present.After the Annual General Meeting of the Section held in the University of Liverpool on 4 April the Chairman Mr. J. F. Clark introduced Professor F. S. Fowweather who delivered a lecture entitled “The Laboratory Examina-tion of Service Recruits.” Messrs. Phillips Saul Jeffries and Leigh took part in the discussion which followed. A cordial vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. P. N. Williams and seconded by Mr. Turner. Manchester and District.-On 14 March a meeting convened by Dr. I. E. Balaban was held in the Central Library Lecture Hall Stockport. Mr. J. H. Carrington gave a concise survey of rubber chemistry which in spite of the compression imposed by so large a subject presented an informative and interest-ing picture even to the non-specialist.The Ladies Evening is now a well established and popular meeting and this year it was held in the Lecture Theatre of the Gas Showrooms Town Hall, Manchester on 22 March with Dr. G. N. Burkhardt in the chair. The subject was-appropriately-“ Gas Appliances and Gas Utilisation.” The lecturer, Mr. Howell a senior official of the North-Western Gas Board gave his audience an insight into the manner in which domestic gas appliances are tested so as to conform with the rigorous requirements of the British Standards Institution specifications and into the very diverse problems which the technicians of the gas industry have to face in supplying fuel to such varied industries as for example paint steel bakery and cotton. The audience of well over 100 appreciated both the address and the illustra-tive lantern slides and a lively discussion followed.After a buffet supper during which it was possible to inspect a number of domestic gas appliances the evening was completed by films illustrating the scientific application of gas in the home and industry. A stimulating meeting was held at the University of Manchester on 27 March under the chairmanship of Dr. Burkhardt. Professor E. R. H. Jones gave a talk on the Organic Chemistry Department of the University of Man-Chester. Introducing the lecturer the chairman said that it was with pride and satisfaction that he referred to the election of Professor Jones as a Fellow of the Royal Society. Professor Jones said that he regarded this honour as one which could be shared equally by himself and the Chemistry Department of the University.He then went on to give a survey of the work of the Depart-ment since 1851-a period rich in well-known professorial names which pro-vided both challenge and stimulation-dealing in some detail with more recent research on vitamin synthesis tri-terpenes plant growth hormones steroids and acetylenic compounds. That the audience were deeply impressed and interested was obvious from the variety of questions asked and the chairman’s request to show appreciation of Professor Jones’s lecture received a hearty response The second meeting to be held at Bolton took place on 28 March at the Municipal Technical College but the attendance in contrast to the previous meeting was disappointing. The lecturer Dr.F. L. Rose of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. gave a pleasantly informal and fascinating talk on “Some Problems in Chemotherapeutic Research.” Dr. E. M. Stoddart convened the meeting. The lecturer’s delight in his subject was very infectious and many questions were asked. On 27 April a meeting was held at the Engineers’ Club Manchester at which Dr. W. H. Thompson F.R.S. gave a very interesting talk on “Recent Applications of Infra-red Spectroscopy.” Dr. G. N. Burkhardt presided. The audience showed by their applause their great appreciation of the lecture. North Wales.-At a meeting held at Ruabon Grammar School on 24 February Dr. A. T. Green O.B.E. Director of Research to the British Pottery Research Association and the British Refractories Research Association, gave a lecture on “Research and the Clay Industries.” Some 25 members of the Section paid a visit on 29 April to the Nickell Research Laboratories and factory of Monsanto Chemicals Ltd.Ruabon. In the morning the visitors were shown around the Nickell Laboratories by Dr. M. J. Rose and Mr. W. H. Ritchie and were then conducted over some of the production units by Dr. E. W. Bodycote and Mr. E. V. Weekes. After lunch taken at the invitation of the Management of Monsanto Chemi-cals Ltd. Professor M. G. Evans of the University of Manchester addressed the meeting on “The Kinetics of Oxidation Reactions.” After a brisk discussion the vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. G. C. Wickham. Dr. S. R. Illingworth expressed the thanks of the meeting to the Management of Monsanto Chemicals Ltd.for their hospitality. South Wales.-On 3 March members of the Section participated in a meeting arranged by The Chemical Society and the University College of Swansea Chemical Society held at University College Swansea with Professor C. W. Shoppee presiding. Professor F. E. King lectured on “Synthetical Investiga-tions in the Series of Cyclic Imines.” On 10 March Dr. F. G. Tryhorn Director of the Home Office Forensic Science Laboratory Nottingham lectured on “Chemistry and Biology in a Forensic Science Laboratory” at a meeting of the Section held at University College Swansea with Professor C. W. Shoppee in the Chair. The audience included representatives of the Department of Biology in the College and of the Borough Constabulary.In pursuance of the policy of holding meetings in different centres in the Section area a meeting was held on 24 March at the Technical College Llanelly, by the kind permission of the Board of Governors. Mr. D. Luther Phillips presided and Dr. J. Pearson Head of the Chemistry Department British Iron and Steel Research Association lectured on “The Disposal of Spent Pickle Liquor .” The Thirty-second Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 28 April at the Grand Hotel Swansea with Mr. R. 0. Bishop M.B.E. presiding. The Annual Report and Financial Statement were received and adopted. In the Report mention was made of the arrangements to extend the activities of the Section by holding two meetings during May-a works visit and dis-cussion at the Mond Nickel Refinery and a discussion meeting intended especially for teachers-and a first meeting of the Section in Aberystwyth to be held in July.Officers and members of the Committee for the ensuing session were elected as follows:-Chairman Dr. A. G. Ramsay; Hon. Secretary Mr. E. E. Ayling; Committee Professor C. W. Shoppee Dr. I. Jones Messrs. R. 0. Bishop, [ 251 R. G. Cox D. L. Phillips and E. S. Squire; with Mr. J. 0. Samuel District Member of Council ex officio. Messrs. J. W. Adye and M. L. Hughes were re-elected as Hon. Auditors. The Secretary gave a brief report of the Conference of Honorary Secretaries, outlining discussions on Higher National Certificates qualifications in tech-nology the Journal social responsibilities in science and participation in the Festival of Britain.Mr. Dudley Williams District Member of Council during the past year, then spoke of Council activities during that period. He referred to the coming revision of the By-laws the issue of a new Register and the formation of new Sections. The work of various Committees was then described and mention was made of the participation of the Institute in the compiling of a document, “Notes on Terms of Engagement of Chemists” (see p . 213). In expressing thanks to Mr. Williams for his talk the meeting recorded its indebtedness to him for his services both to the Welsh District and to the South Wales Section during his term of office as District Member of Council. Stirlingshire and District.-The first meeting of the Section was held on 3 May in the Temperance Cafk Falkirk at which Mr.R. J. Loveluck presided. There was an excellent attendance and considerable interest was shown. The Chairman reviewed the events leading up to the formation of the Section. The proposed Rules and Constitution were adopted and the Officers and members of Committee for the 1950-51 session elected. These are Chairman, Lt.-Col. F. M. Potter; Vice-chairman Mr. E. 0. Wisbey; Honorary Secretary-Treasurer Dr. F. S. Fowkes; Ordinary Members Mr. J. M. Haig Mr. R. J. Loveluck Dr. W. B. Peutherer Dr. M. A. Pyke Mr. D. M. Webster and Mr. A. White. The Hon. Auditors are Mr. J. B. Kitchin and Dr. J. K. Thomson. Arrangements are being made to hold an Inaugural Dinner and Address for the Section in October if possible. Tees-side.-It has been the aim of the Section for several years to include in each annual programme a symposium contributed wholly or partly by Tees-side men.This year Mr. D. A. Dowden and Dr. P. W. Reynolds spoke on “Heterogeneous Catalysis” on 10 March. Dr. R. R. Goodall gave a lecture illustrated by experiments on “Partition Chromatography” on 24 March. We were glad to welcome a party from Barnard Castle on this occasion. At the Annual General Meeting on 28 April the following were elected to the Committee:-C. E. Beynon A. G. Carter B. Harris and W. W. Stevenson. A vote of thanks was passed to the retiring members of Committee Mr. H. M. Lowe Dr. G. Milner and Dr. A. Robertson. There was no change in the officers of the Section. After the Annual General Meeting Dr. H.J. T. Ellingham spoke on “Recent Developments in the Work of the Institute.” The following points from the subsequent discussion are worth recording. Concern was expressed about the policy of the Institute in dealing with problems arising from the employment of chemists in nationalised industries. It was admitted that the Institute’s methods had been successful in the past but grave doubts were expressed about their effectiveness in dealing with the boards of nationalised industries and combating the tendency to treat even scientific employees en masse. Another member said that to his knowledge reputable chemists who had spent years in the coal industry were being indirectly pressed to join a trade union; in his opinion the situation was grave. A large majority of those present were of the opinion that “Activities of Local Sections” should be discontinued as a regular feature of the Journal this part of the Journal very often resembled a school magazine.Appreciation was expressed of the work of the Section in helping members to brush up their chemistry without undue strain Cape.-A meeting of the Section was held in the Chemistry Department, University of Cape Town on 10 February 1950 when Dr. T. H. Mead gave a very interesting lecture on “Molecular Distillation.” Members of the Section were invited to attend a meeting of the Western Province Section of the South African Chemical Tnstitute which was held in the Drawing Office of the Cape Explosive Works Ltd. at Somerset West on 3 March. The speaker was Mr. E. N. Costa whose subject was “Chemistry in the Wine Industry.” The 25th Annual General Meeting was held at the Athenaeum Newlands, on 24 March.Eleven members of the Section and a number of visitors were present. The following officers and committee were elected for the year 1950-51 :-Chairman Professor E. Newbery; Hon. Secretary Mr. H. W. Schirach; Hon. Treasurer Mr. H. E. Krumm; Committee members Mr. F. E. A. Leibbrandt Professor W. Pugh Dr. A. H. Spong; Hon. Auditors Mr. E. N. Costa Mr. W. H. Seath. A presentation of a pen and pencil was made to Dr. Helen M. Schwartz who has acted as Hon. Secretary for the past five years and who is leaving Cape Town shortly for a tour of duty in Great Britain. After conclusion of the formal business of the evening the retiring chairman, Mr.Abbott read a most informative paper on “What is a satisfactory water Western India.-This Section was formally inaugurated on 13 February by Sir Shanti Bhatnagar O.B.E. F.R.S. The Section serves the area of the States of Bombay Saurashtra Rajasthan Madhya Pradesh and Madya Bharet. Informal meetings had been held since the autumn of 1949 pending completion of the necessary official arrangements for constituting the new Section. supply.” PAPERS READ AT MEETINGS OF LOCAL SECTIONS Since the first list of papers deposited in the Institute Library was published (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 532) the following papers have been received. They were all read at meetings of the London and South-Eastern Counties Sec-tion :-1949. 18. The Manufacture of Soap.By J. Charlton. 19. Some Present Trends in Baking Research. By J. B. M. Coppock (Summary Journal 1950 11 123). 20. The Minor Constituents of Coal. By A. C. Monkhouse (1950 11, 128). 1950. 21. The Public Analyst and his Work. By T. McLachlan. 22. The Functions of the Chemist in a large Industrial Organisation. 23. The Chemistry of some Actinomycetic and Bacterial Antibiotics. By J. Dewar. By R. Slack BOOK REVIEWS Molecules and Crystals in Inorganic Chemistry. A. E. Van Arkel. Translated by J. C. Swallow. Pp. ix + 234. (London Butterworths Scientific Publications Ltd. 1949.) 17s. 6d. (postage 9d.). This book claims to be “for students in their first year of science or medicine.” It is “devoted almost entirely to the correlation of structure and properties that can be derived from a consideration of the heteropolar bond.” The text develops the author’s belief that even though the electrostatic interpretation of chemical bonding “can only be regarded as an approximation of the general theory yet it clarifies a large part of chemistry.” The scope of the book is difficult to reconcile with the intention that it is for the use of first year students.A clearer idea of the contents would have been given by a more specific title such as “The electrostatic interpretation of chemical bonding in molecules and crystals.” Within this rather limited but very important field a fairly elementary and very clear discussion is presented of some of the consequences of the balance between electrostatic forces and other repulsion forces for the stability of various compounds.Because of the lucid treatment the book forms a valuable if somewhat limited introduction to the theory of heteropolar bonding. It could be read with benefit by science students beginning a systematic study of quantitative valency theory in molecules and crystals. However the very fact that the author aims to develop electrostatic inter-pretations of chemical bonding to the utmost extent makes the book somewhat unbalanced particularly for inexperienced readers. Properties of chemical bonds which cannot be interpreted solely on the basis of electrostatic effeets are relegated to a very late stage in the text and are not systematically confronted with heteropolar bond properties. Even on the basis of a semi-empirical comparison between bond properties in covalent systems and properties cal-culated from heteropolar theory an illuminating approach to covalent bonding might have been developed without calling for much more mathematical apparatus.It seems doubtful if a book of this kind can be included with benefit in a course for students in the fist year of medicine since the chemical concepts, though valuable and illuminating would call imperatively for much comple-mentary matter from the lecturer and medical curricula are already very crowded. But the book gives a useful approach to valency theory for students in their first year of science provided the limited scope aimed at by the author is clearly realised. The present translation corresponds with the third Dutch edition since 1941.Though its place in courses of teaching may be different in the two countries, the popularity of the Dutch work seems likely to be matched by the English edition. A. R. UBBELOHDE. The Chemistry and Physiology of Growth. Edited by A. K. Parpart. Pp. vii + 293. (Princeton University Press; London Geoffrey Cumberlege, Oxford University Press 1949.) 36s. net. This book represents a collection of revised papers first presented at a conference in Princeton in 1946. The editor is at pains to point out in the introduction the continuity of thought which underlies the papers. The discussion begins with a chapter on the synthesis of proteins which are not only the chief structural components of the living cell but also comprise the enzymes which guide its activity.This leads to a discussion on the molecular morphology of the cell. Factors which affect the growth of plants and animals are dealt with under the heading of “Plant Growth Hormones” and “Vitamins [ 254 and Growth Factors.” Cells arise from pre-existing cells and much knowledge concerning cell multiplication and the growth of micro-organisms has recently been accumulated; the kinetics of this form the subject of the fifth chapter. The biological reactions involved are next considered under the heading of “Cellular Metabolism and Growth.” Proceeding from the individual cell to the multicellular adult organism it is necessary to consider problems of differentiation (Chap. 7) and problems of organisation (Chap. 8). What may happen when such organisation breaks down may of course throw light on the mechanism of normal growth and organisation and the ninth chapter deals with neoplastic (cancerous) growth.Finally as an example of one of the chief regulatory mechanisms controlling the manifold activities of a complex organism the hormones of the adrenal gland are considered in the final chapter. It was inevitable that the writers concerned with describing their own particular aspects of the problem would not all achieve the same degree of relevance to the main theme. For example whilst it is undoubtedly true that the vitamins and other animal growth factors are of importance to the problem as a whole we know far too little as yet about the detailed mode of action of some of the vitamins especially the newly isolated ones to see at all clearly how say the anti-stiffness factor or folic acid fit into the picture.Moreover, since the chapter was written so much recent work has appeared especially about vitamin BI2 that it is now perhaps too much out-of-date to be really useful. Again the chapter on cellular metabolism though very readable and an excellent summary is difficult to incorporate into the wider theme with which this book is primarily concerned. On the other hand some of the essays dealing with the more general problems are admirable not only as summaries of existing knowledge but as attempts to define the problems and orientate logical concepts and especially to visualise the relationship in increasing complexity from molecular structure through molecular organisation to cell structure and cell organisation.The reviewer would particularly recommend the long chapter on “Differential Growth” by Paul Weiss and also that on “Problems of Organisation” by J. S. Nicholas. But this is perhaps not a fair judgment; at least the earlier chapters and the two final chapters are almost as informative interesting and stimulating. J. YUDKIN. Acetylene and Carbon Monoxide Chemistry. J. W. Copenhaver and M. H. Bigelow. Pp. xvi + 357. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation ; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1949.) 60s. net. Of the findings of the British and American investigation teams that entered Germany after the war none created more interest in chemical circles than the epoch-making technological advances in the use of acetylene and carbon monoxide as industrial raw materials.The novelty of these developments, carried out under the zgis of Dr. J. W. Reppe lay in the audacious use of high pressures and unconventional catalysts. Since that time many reviews have appeared describing the basic processes and products but workers in the field have been much hampered by the difficulty of access to detailed practical in-formation concerning the reactions; such facts could only be acquired by a tedious time-consuming search among mounds of F.I.A.T. B.I.O.S. P.B. and German patent reports. The need for a comprehensive factual treatise on these modern developments has been evident for some time and the publication of the above book is therefore very welcome. It was early realised that the natural author of such a survey of his life’s work was Dr.Reppe himself and the preface of this book describes with mild irony how this project was rendered impracticable by Bizonian bureaucracy and Dr. Reppe’s recalcitrant personality. Tribute must be paid to the courage and [ 255 initiative of the two American authors in shouldering such a Herculean task, involving the sifting of 28 tons of documents and the correlation of the informa-tion so obtained. It would have been only too easy to have put forward the results as a dry and indigestible mass of data but in fact the book is so superbly written and presented that the reviewer must needs restrain himself from gushing over it . The book opens with an account of German developments in the “con-ventional” chemistry of acetylene (e.g.chlorination hydration hydrogenation, etc.) and then goes on to deal with the novel technical processes of vinylation, ethynylation cyclupolyolefine formation and carbon monoxide carbonylation ; it ends with a detailed description of the evolution and nature of the safety precautions employed in working with acetylene under high pressures in the presence of heavy metal acetylides. All the processes are described in scrupu-lous detail with a wealth of checked experimental data much of which has been hitherto unpublished. The treatment is critical throughout and the authors have not hesitated to indicate the probable course of further developments. Every series of related reactions is followed by an easily assimilable flow-sheet and the provision of a compound index at the end of certain chapters is a welcome asset.The style is clear concise and eminently readable leavened as it is with humour (as exemplified by the highly theatrical extracts from Reppe’s descriptions) and an obvious feeling for the subject. The print is clear and the errors trivial and remarkably few. The book happily describing the results of a close and fruitful collaboration between the organic chemist physical chemist and chemical engineer should make interesting reading for members of all these three classes of investigators and is certainly indispensable to those actively engaged in the field. R. A. RAPHAEL. Advanced Organic Chemistry. G. W. Wheland. 2nd edition. Pp. xi + 799. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall, Ltd.1949.) 64s. net. This is an interesting and thoughtful advanced text-book with new features in a treatment which derives in the main from that of classical organic chemistry. It is descriptive and non-mathematical except on a few topics. From the vast field which could be included under the title a quite limited range of subjects is selected and these are thoroughly discussed. “The primary guiding and unifying principle . . . is the structural theory in its broadest sense,” and in the first half of the book structure is the central topic with some 300 pages devoted mainly to isomerism including steroisomerism. In this generation when considerable re-integration of chemistry is taking place, in spite of the vigour of specialised branches there are great advantages in discussions which include together the structural basis and the relations between structure and reactivity with more kinetic and other physical evidence than is presented in this part of the book.But the method chosen simplifies the pres-entation of clear chemical argument and that is there in full measure most readable and precisely stated. In the later chapters the balance changes as they proceed through consideration of racemisation and inversion reactions strain theory and steric hindrance resonance and. electrostatic effects to molecular rearrangements including tautomerism and free radicals. Some chapters such as those on acids and bases addition compounds and electrostatic effects are restricted in their scope but others are fuller and in general deal excellently with their topics.The first chapter consists of a critical examination of fundamental concepts concerning molecular structure “to call attention to the complexity of even the most familiar ideas of chemistry which ‘everyone understands’ but whic practically no-one ever takes the trouble to define precisely and unambiguously.” This theme recurs repeatedly in later chapters and although the discussion is most valuable there is some tendency to overstate the critical thesis as in parts of the discussion of the similarities between covalency and electrovalency. The discussion of fundamental concepts involves a critical examination of terminology. It remains to be seen whether chemists in general will follow the author in this matter.For instance the definition of molecules leads to the classification of tetramethylammonium nitrate as a “stoichiometric mixture,” which therefore cannot have a molecular formula. Similarly methylammonium formate and ammonium acetate are “stoichiomers.” In stereochemistry too the quest for precision influences the terms and treat-ment. “Diastereomer” is used for any non-enantiomorphic stereoisomer-a wider conception than is usual. A valuable section on the principles of sym-metry forms the basis for the subsequent treatment. The author gives clear rules for the use of projection formulae in stereo-chemistry and minimises the use of three-dimensional diagrams ; he deprecates the common arbitrary assumption of a particular configuration for say D-glyceric aldehyde or D-glucose.Many chemists will consider that learning to think in three-dimensions is essential to sound stereochemistry. For this it is better to choose a conventional configuration for key compounds with a clear understanding that an arbitrary assumption is involved and then use diagrams which represent structures in three dimensions for the discussion of relationships to other compounds. These points are referred to because they concern fundamental general questions and are a special feature of this book but they only occupy a small part of it and the discussion involving them is so clearly stated that the reader can appreciate it and profit from it whether the terminology and treatment become general or not. This book is intended for students who have already had good courses in elementary organic and physical chemistry.In using it they will find it a mine of information including much on recent work their understanding will be greatly deepened and in particular their critical faculties will be developed. G. N. BURKHARDT. Boron Trifluoride and its Derivatives. Pp. ix + 3 15. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc. ; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1949.) 40s. net. Boron trifluoride is a substance which has been known for well over a hundred years. It is only within the past decade however that owing to its remarkable catalytic qualities it has been developed commercially. The appearance of the present book is both valuable and timely since many of the reactions such as isomerisation alkylation and polymerisation for which boron trifluoride is so useful are important in the petroleum industry.British chemists will find the excellent summaries contained in this book most helpful to have at hand. Nearly a thousand references many of them in the patent literature have been carefully scrutinised and the results ably presented. The first part of the book deals with the highly interesting history of boron trifluoride with its methods of preparation and purification and with the physical properties of the gas. Its remarkable chemical properties are then outlined and since it is the most powerful electron acceptor known it is readily apparent that there are few chemical substances with which it will not react to some extent. Even argon under pressure and at low temperatures can be shown by thermal analysis to form six addition compounds with it.The number of co-ordination compounds formed by boron trifluoride is astonishingly great and some of them such as the fluo-borates which are dealt H. S . Booth and D. R. Martin. r 257 with at some length in the book are very useful. The diazonium fluoborates have been the subject of extensive research since they provide a means of introducing fluorine into aromatic molecules. Useful tables showing the properties of aryl fluorides have been compiled. The lengthy chapter on boron trifluoride and its derivatives as catalysts in organic chemistry should be read by every chemist interested in synthesis for one is indeed astonished at the breadth and variety of the applications. The book concludes with useful chapters on the specialised analysis and on the practical handling of this valuable new reagent.The authors are to be complimented on having compressed a wealth of mainly new information into a relatively small space without making their account a mere catalogue of names and reactions. One might perhaps have expected a somewhat more critical presentation but nevertheless this is a valuable book which one can recommend without reserve. M. STACEY. The Industrial Chemistry of the Fats and Waxes. T. P. Hilditch. 3rd edition. Pp. xi + 604. (London Bailliere Tindall & Cox 1949.) 27s. 6d. The new edition of Professor Hilditch’s book is assured of a great welcome, not only because it is a great book in its own right but also because we have produced very few books on oils and fats in this country for a number of years and this one so adequately fills the gap.The United States of America has been luckier during the last decade claiming works by Jamieson and Bailey, among others as its recent contribution to the literature of the subject; at the moment of writing we can point to Hilditch alone as the upholder of our claim to be among the leaders in the development and description of the chemistry of fats and waxes. This is the third edition of the work; the second edition appeared in 1941 and was re-printed in 1943 1945 and 1947. It is thicker than its predecessors and covers much the same ground but in a more comprehensive manner. It includes accounts of the main technical developments that have occurred since 1941 and among these may be mentioned continued progress in the manufacture of syn-thetic detergents the application of solvent segregation and low-temperature crystallisation to the technical separation of oils into more useful fractions, progress in the theoretical aspects of the autoxidation and polymerisation of the drying oils and the attempted widening of the range of oils available for the manufacture of paints and varnishes.Characteristically Professor Hilditch makes one of his most important points in the preface to the new edition. He records that he has replaced the nomenclature of former editions by the Geneva system and that he has finally rejected the rule adopted by the Chemical Society and the Bureau of Abstracts in November 1946 whereby the carboxylic group is invariably regarded as a subs tituent group.The number of fatty acids alcohols etc. dealt with by those interested in the chemistry of fats has always been very small compared with the number of compounds that have to be named in other branches of organic chemistry; and the trivial names oil chemists have adopted have almost always been capable of simple adaptation to show the relationship of compounds. Thus the relation-ship of oleyl alcohol to oleic acid is immediately obvious from their names. Similarly it is equally obvious if one gives to these compounds the nomenclature used by Professor Hilditch in this edition of his book; they are respectively octadec-9-en01 and octadec-9-enoic acid. But by the Chemical Society’s rule oleic acid would become hepta-8-decene-1 -carboxylic acid though the alcohol is still octadec-9-enol.Confusion seems inevitable with this system and Pro-fessor Hilditch hopes that the rule will be abandoned in favour of the system he prefers. [ 258 He might like however to consider dispensing with these formal systems of nomenclature altogether and substituting for them Dyson’s ciphering system. One does not often need to speak of the fatty compounds by their systematic names their trivial names sufficing for all ordinary occasions; and there can be no possible doubt that the Dysonian enunciation is clearer more concise and more elegant than the circumlocutions of the classic nomenclature. Com-pare with the names above stearic acid C18.X ; oleic acid C18.E1 ,9.X ; oleyl alcohol CI8.E1,9.Q; with X to represent the terminal OOH group of the fatty acid Q to represent the hydroxyl group of the alcohol El to denote a cis- double bond in the -9- position and CI8 showing the basic 18-carbon chain all is clear and simple.K. A. WILLIAMS. Freeze-Drying Drying by Sublimation. Earl W. Flosdorf. Pp. vii + 280. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1949.) 40s. net. The author is well known for his considerable original work on the principles and technique of drying by means of freezing methods. He has in this the first book and indeed the only book published on the subject joined to his own work the existing information on the processes involved. The fundamental principle of the method is drying by the sublimation of ice a technique which has been known for very many years and which was transformed into workable procedure some fifteen years ago.The war-time application of the technique to the drying of such invaluable medical products as blood plasma and amorphous penicillin gave the necessary impetus to the improvement of manufacturing methods and the required stimulus to the application of “freeze-drying” to many other medical materials and also to certain quickly-perishable food-stuffs. It is very evident from the author’s account of the application of this process that only the very fringe of the field has been touched. The complete process involves two stages of drying. The first stage which is the true freeze-drying process necessitates freezing of the product followed by the removal of ice by sublimation under high vacuum while the material is being heated.It is of course obvious that the heat is controlled in such a manner that thawing does not take place. The first stage is continued until 98 to 99 per cent. of the total original water content is removed the exact figure varying with the product under treatment. The second stage of drying which takes place under vacuum at as high a temperature as the product will stand, reduces the total water content to 0.5 per cent. or less. The advantages of the process-apart from those normally associated with drying methods such as the checking of bacterial and enzymatic changes-are, primarily that the loss of volatile constituents at the low temperature used is small and that denaturation of constituents normally sensitive to rise in tempera-ture is negligible.A most interesting effect arising from the gradual sublima-tion of ice is that the dissolved constituents do not undergo concentration in the remaining solvent. The fact that the virility of bacterial cultures is not notice-ably impaired after they have been dried by this method is an indication of the biological delicacy of the process of extracting water from the tissues under treatment . While freeze-drying is now commonly used in the biological and pharma-ceutical fields it has yet to be developed into commercially economic processes for the preservation of food-stuffs. The apparatus and procedure now used for the desiccation of orange juice milk meat and other such material are more expensive than the more usual methods of preservation such as spray and roller process drying canning and quick-freezing.The higher cost is not sufficientl compensated by the greater apparent freshness of the “freeze-dried” products when reconstituted. The author states in his preface “probably few will read the book from cover to cover.” This is a modest estimate of the value of the matter contained in this book which is recommended for reading from beginning to end by all who are interested in the preservation of biological material whether it be for research medical use food or other industrial application. M. BOGOD. Chemical Engineering Plant Design. Frank C. Vilbrandt. New 3rd edition. (London New York and Toronto McGraw-Hill Book This book contains some 550 pages of which all but the final 150 are dis-appointing.The reasons for disappointment are two; the title of the book is misleading to British readers and the contents are not particularly useful. In a preface the author states that “chemical engineering design is divided into equipment design and plant design; it is the purpose of this book to deal only with the latter . . .” This exclusion of what British readers would regard as plant is not sufficiently clear at the outset. The introduction and the next six chapters discuss foundations drainage, piping pumps buildings and power in a manner which suggests that their purpose is only to remind the reader of the more important factors to be con-sidered for most of the matter will have been covered in much greater detail by any chemical engineering student long before graduation and indeed it would be quite impossible to do any reliable design from the information given.Much of this information is contained in Chemical Engineers’ Handbook edited by Perry to which the author makes liberal reference. A chapter on flowsheets follows which is well written in considerable detail and contains one fully worked out example for a plant making gamma-benzene hexachloride material balances and equipment specifications being given. “Selection of process equipment” is next dealt with in some 100 pages given over to catalogues of materials of construction and the main types of process equipment. Design of such equipment is not considered but rather the main functions are mentioned and examples of the relevant manufacturers’ question-naires gven.In the following chapters “Plant layout and elevation” and “Location of chemical plant” are discussed in the manner typical of the earlier chapters. “Preconstruction costing” is covered in the final 150 pages this section being outstandingly better than earlier ones. A well laid-out scheme shows the relative costs of different types of house foundation floor and roof con-structions. Costs of equipment of various types are given in tables and graphs, with factors for differing materials of construction and types of industry ; depreciation rates and formulae for predicting the total cost of a plant are fully presented. This section ends with an example of preconstruction costing for the benzene hexachloride plant previously considered.The value of these latter pages is considerable even though the figures quoted being American, must be handled with care in this country. The overall impression given by this book is that deletion of two thirds would leave a valuable reference work. Pp. x + 608. Company Inc. 1949.) 51s. JAMES S . FORSYTH The Art and Science of Brewing. C. A. Kloss. Pp. x + 121. (London: 12s. 6d. net. In a sense this book replaces The Brewing Industry by Julian L. Baker, written over forty years ago. The present author has set out to explain why, although the brewing industry undertakes scientific research and employs chemists in its individual breweries yet beer is not made from chemicals.The latter notion dies hard in some parts of the country! The chemist the layman and even the practical brewer himself will find matters of interest although to the first named the chemistry will be almost absurdly elementary and to the last the technical sections will appear in the same light. After a brief history of beer come sections on chemistry and brewing materials and operations. A section on the craft of the cooper is unusual in such books and welcome for that reason. Attractive features are the chapter on Brewing Research Organisations here and abroad and another on famous scientists, Pasteur Koch Hansen Winge and H. T. Brown. By these means something of the atmosphere of brewing science is conveyed to chemists and the ordinary reader will realise how much brewing and other branches of science e.g.medical have in common and have benefited from each other’s researches. All is written in a readable and attractive style and with scientific accuracy notwithstanding the fact that the author has written primarily for the layman. Stuart and Richards 1949.) R. H. HOPKINS. BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED Name Index of Organic Reactions. By T. S. Wheeler and J. E. Gowan. Pp. 46. (London Society of Chemical Industry 1950.) Symposium on Particle Size Analysis. Supplement to Trans. Ins?. Chem. Eng. (1947). Pp. 145. (London Institution of Chemical Engineers.) 42s. A Problem in Chemical Engineering Design The Manufacture of Mononitro-toluene. By J. M. Coulson and F. E. Warner. Pp. 55. (London: Institution of Chemical Engineers 1949.) 15s.6d. British Standards. The following Standards may be obtained from British Standards Institution 24-28 Victoria Street London S.W. 1 at the prices stated:-1636 Part 1 1950. Terms used in Spectrographic Analysis. Part 1 : 572 1950. Interchangeable Conical Ground Glass Joints. 2s. net, 684 1950. 7s. 6d. net post free. Chart outlining the Provisions of the Pharmacy and Poisons Act 1933 and the Poisons Rules 1949 relating to sales of insecticides fungicides weed-killers rodenticides etc. Association of British Insecticide Manufacturers, 166 Piccadilly London W.l. 5s. net. Emission Spectrography. post free. 2s. net post free. Methods of Analysis of Oils and Fats. Is. (cash with order) OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF COUNCIL 1950-51 PRESIDENT: JAMES WILFRED COOK hr.D.D.W Sc.D F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDESTS: FREDERICK CHALLENGER PILD. D.Sc. HANS KRALL B.A M.Sc. WILFRED HERBERT LINNELL. PH.D. D.Sc. REGINALD PATRICK LINSTEAD C.B.E. M.A. D.Sc. F.R.S. GERALD ROCHE LYNCH O.B.E M.B B.S. D.P.H. ERNEST THOMAS OSBORNE O.B.E. M.A. HON. TREASURER: DOUGLAS WILLIAM KENT-JONES B.SC. PH.D. MEMBERS OF COUNCIL: CYRIL CLIFFORD ADDISON PH.D. D.Sc. F.1~fl.P. HARRY BAINES D.Sc. HON. F.R.P.S. GEORGE MACDONALD BENNEIT C.B Sc.D. F.R.S. HERBERT EDWARD BLAYDEN B.Sc. Newcastle upon Tyne and North-&st Coast Tees-sfde. HUBERT THOMAS STANLEY BRITTON D.Sc. D.I.C. FREDERICK CECIL BULLOCK B.Sc. Eat Midlands. HAROLD BURTON hr.D. D.Sc. RAYMOND RENARD BUTLER M.Sc. F.I.I.A. HUGH HANNAY CAMPBELL B.Sc.A.H.-W.C. M.P.S. Edinburgh and E a t of Scotland. RALPH CLARK CHIRNSIDE. HERBERT WILLIAM CREMER O.B.E. M.Sc. M.1.CHEM.E. WILLIAM MURDOCH CUMMING O.B.E. D.Sc. M.I.CHEM.E. FREDERICK PERCY DUNN B.Sc. A.R.C.S. CHARLES FORRESTER K-i-H. PH.D. A.H.-W.C. F.1"r.F A.M.I.CHEM.E. F.R.S.E. Overseas. ARTHUR CLARENCE FRANCIS A.H.-W.C. Leek Area; Huddersfifd. ARNOLD TREVOR GREEN O.B.E. D.Sc. F.1~sr.P M.I.Cm.E. HON.M.INST.GAS E. JOHN GAIUS ASHWELL GRIFFITHS. B.A. PH.D. SIR WILLIAM THOMAS GRIFFITHS D.Sc. F.Im.P. F.I.M. FRANCES MARY HAMER M.A. D.Sc. Sc.D. CLIFFORD WALTER HERD B.Sc. hr.D. London and South-&tern Counties; East Anglia. DOUGLAS WILLIAM HILL PH.D. D.Sc. HERBERT HENRY HODGSON M.A. B.Sc. PH.D. HARRY MUNROE NAPIER HETHERINGTON IRVING M.A. D.PHIL. L.R.A.M.ARCHIBALD ROBERT JAMIESON. B.Sc. Gfasgow and West of Scotland. SAMUEL HARRY JENKINS hr.D. D.Sc. FREDERICK MEASHAM LEA O.B.E D.Sc. ALFRED GODFREY GORDON LEONARD B.Sc. PH.D. F.R.C.Sc.1 F.I.C.I. Dubfin and District. BERNARD DUNSTAN WILKINSON LUFF Liverpool and North- Western. CHARLES GEORGE LYONS M.A. PH.D. Bristol and District; Mid-Southern Counties; South- Western FREDERICK GEORGE MA" Sc.D. D.Sc. F.R.S. JOHN THOMPSON MARSH M.Sc. F.T.I. Munchester 4 Distrfct. REGINALD ARTHUR MOIT D.Sc, A.1.Mm.E. SheflieZd South Yorkshire and North Midlands; Counties. Hull and District. HUGH BRYAN NISBET PH.D. D.Sc. A.H.-W.C. F.INST.FW. M.INsr.F. F.R.S.E. MAMIE OLLIVER. M.Sc. ERIC GEORGE KEMP PRITCHETT. B.Sc. Birmingham and Midlands. ERNEST HARRY RODD D.Sc. A.C.G.I.D.I.C. JOHN OSWALD SAMUEL M.Sc. M.1~sr.F. South Wales; Card# and District; North Wales. HAROLD CECIL SMITH M.Sc. PH.D. HARRY WEATHERALL. WILLIAM TURNER HORACE WILLIAMSON B.Sc. hr.D F.R.S.E. Aberdeen and North of Scotland; Dun&e and District. CECIL LEEBURN WILSON M.Sc. hr.D. &Ubst und Dfstrict. HERBERT NEWTON WILSON. FRANK GEORGE YOUNG hr.D D.Sc. F.R.S. comprised in their Districts.] [District Members of Council are indicated by the appropriate references in italics to the Local Sections t 262 CENSORS 1950-5 1 THE PRESIDENT ex-oficio. ALEXANDER FINDLAY. C.B.E M.A. D.Sc. LL.D. SIR IAN MORRIS HEILBRON D.S.O. D.W LL.D. F.R.S. GERALD ROCHE LYNCH O.B.E M.B. B.S. D.P.H. WILLIAM WARDLAW C.B.E. D.Sc. COMMITTEES FOR 1950-51 COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL Pinance and House Committee THE PRESIDENT AND THE HONORARY TREASURER* WITH J.G. A. GRIFFITHS C. W. HERD D. W. HILL H. H. HODGSON H. M. N. H. IRVING H. KRALL, W. H. LINNELL G. ROCHE LYNCH C. G. LYONS AND M. OLLIVER. Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee THE PRESIDENT G. ROCHE LYNCH* E. T. OSBORNEt AND THE COUNCIL IN COMMIITEE. Publications and Library Committee THE PRESIDENT WITH F. CHALLENGER* F. P. DUNN C. W. HERD D. W. HILL H. H. HODGSON S. H. JENKINS B. D. W. LUFF H. B. NISBET M. OLLIVER, E. H. RODD AND C. L. WILSON. Special Purposes Committee THE PRESIDENT* THE HON. TREASURER AND E. T. OSBORNE w r r ~ SUCH OTHER MEMBERS OF COUNCIL AS MAY BE INVITED BY THE COUNCIL TO PARTICULAR MEETINGS. STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE INSTITUTE Advisory Committee on Indian and Pakistani Affairs H.B. DUNNICLIFF A. FINDLAY C. FORRESTER, Appointments and Economic Status Committee THE PRESIDENT N. BOOTH H. BURTON R. P. LIN-H. KRALL* E. T. OSBORNE AND Sm JOHN SIMONSEN. STEAD* J. T. MARSH E. T. OSBORNE AND F. G. YOUNG w m POWER TO CO-OPT. Benevolent Fund Committee THE PRESIDENT AND THE HON. TREASURER* WITH THE FINANCE AND HOUSE COMMITTEE (Miss) E. A. M. BRADFORD D. M. FREELAND AND E. M. HAWKINS. Residential Clubs Fund Committee THE PRESIDENT AND THE HON. TREASURER* WITH THE FINANCE AND HOUSE COMMITTEE (MISS) E. A.M. BRADFORD D. M. FREELAND AND E. M. HAWKINS. Scientific Courses committee F. CHALLENGER* WITH THE PUBLICATIONS AND LIBRARY COM-MITTEE C. C. ADDISON N. BOOTH H. H. CAMPBELL C. FORRESTER F. M. HAMER, E. M. JOINER W.H. LINNELL AND D. TRAILL. AD HOC COMMITTEES OF THE INSTITUTE Cmrnmittee on Revision of By-Laws THE PRESIDENT* WITH A. L. BACHARACH L. V. COCKS G. E. DODDS A. FINDLAY E. M. JOINER D. W. KENT-JONES H. KRALL G. ROCHE LYNCH AND E. T. OSBORNE. Membership Committee THE PRESIDENT AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE PUBLICATIONS AND LIBRARY COMMITTEE (F. CHALLENGER*) w r r ~ H. T. S. BRITTON L. V. COCKS A. FINDLAY C. W. HERD T. MALKIN R. B. STRATHDEE AND D. TRAILL. * Indicates Chairman. t Indicates Vice-Chairman. REPRESENTATIVES ON JOINT COMMITTEES Tbe aemical Council (for 1950) A. FINDLAY W. H. LINNELL. E. T. OSBORNE AND THE HON. Joint Council of Professional Scientists (for 1950) THE PRESIDENT R. P. LINSTEAD AND THE SECRETARY. Joint Library Committee (for 1950) A. L. BACHARACH H.BURTON H. W. CREMER AND-A. FINDLAY. Joint Committee of the Institute and the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists G. M. BENNETT F. C. BULLOCK A. R. JAMIESON G. ROCHE LYNCH E. T. OSBORNE. E. J. VAUGHAN WITH THE REGISTRAR. TREASURER. Joint Consultative Committee of the Institute and the British Association of Chemists A. J. W. COOK. C. W. HERD AND E. T. OSBORNE wrm THE SECRETARY. Joint Committees on National Certificates : L. BACHARACH, (0) with the Ministry of Education (England and Wales) R. C. CHIRNSIDE H. W. CREMER A. FINDLAY H. H. HODGSON AND E. H. RODD. (b) with the Scottish Education Department W. M. CUMMING. J. WEIR W. T. H. WILLIAMSON (1. W. COOK HAS BEEN APPOINTED CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE). (c) with the Ministry of Education (Northern Ireland) A.N. ADAMSON AND C. L. WILSON. c 263 REPRESENTATIVES OF THE INSTITUTE ON OTHER BODIES The Parliamentary and Scientific Committee (for 1950) A. FINDLAY AND H. J. T. ELLINGHAM. The Poisons Board (Pharmacy and Poisons Act 1933) Statutorv Appointment G. ROCHE LYNCH. The Advisory Committee appointed under the Therapeutic Substances Act 1925 D. H. HEY. The National Committee for Chemistry of the Royal Society E. T. OSBORNE. The British National Committee of the World Power Conference J. G. KING. The Chemical Divisional Council of the British Standards Institution G. M. BENNETT. The British Chemical Ware Manufacturers’ Committee dealing with Key Industries (Scientific Equipment and The Oils Fats and Waxes Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute W.H. SIMMONS. Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute on the Dyeing of Textiles H. H. HODGSON. Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute on Laboratory Technicians’ Work H. BAINES, The Chemical Trades Advisory Committee and the Chemical Trades Examination Board of the Union of The Scientific Film Association Appraisals Committee F. L. ALLEN; Sciences Committee D. M. FREELAND Materials) A. H. COOK. H. J. T. ELLINGHAM AND R. C. ROGERS. Lancashire and Cheshire Institutes D. W. HILL. BOARD OF EXAMINERS FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP AND FELLOWSHIP 1950-51 Chairman THE PRESIDENT. Representatives of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee G. M. BENNETT H. BURTON. Examiners for the Associuteshlp D.H. HEY B.Sc. PH.D. (LoND.) M.Sc. (WALES) D.Sc. (MAN.). THOMAS Examiners for the Fellowship: F. CHALLENGER AND W. H. LINNELL. GIBSON PEARSON PH.D. (DUNELM.) D.Sc. (LoND.). *Branch A -INORGANIC CHEMISTRY’ WILLIAM WARDLAW C B E D SC (DUNELM.). *Branch B*-PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. R G W NORRISH M ScD” ( C ~ N ~ A B ) F R.S. *Branch C:-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY :- D H HEY B.Sc. PkD (h~’.),’ M.Sc. (V(;kd) D.Sc. (MANC.) Branch D -BIOCHEMISTRY R. A. MORTON PH.D D.Sc. (LIv.). Branch E.‘-THE C H E M I ~ Y INCLUDINQ MICR~SCOPY”OF FOOD AND DRUGS AND OF WATER GEORGE SHIRE CM.G M B B.S B.Sc. (LoND.) M.R.C.S L.R.C.P. Branch F.-AGRICULTLJR~L ‘CHEM~R; ‘k. 0.’ DAVIES. M.&. (WALE$. Branch G.-~NDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY (GENERAL .CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY) W. PRESTON M.Sc. pH. I) (LoND.) M.1.Cm.E.Examiners in the special sections of Branch G will be appointed as required. Branch H . ~ E N E R A L ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY R. C. CHJRNSIDE AND J. HASLAM MSc. (vrcr.) BranchI.-WAmR SUPPLY AND THE TREATMENT OF SEWAGE AND TRADE EFFLUENrS w. GORDON CAREY. TAYLOR,’ O.B.E. THERAPEUTICS ~HARMACOLOOY AND MICROSCOPY C. H. HAMP Assistant Examiner A. D. MITCHELL D.Sc. (LoND.). Oral Examinations H. V. A. BRISCOE D.Sc. (LoND.) Chairman; J. R. NICHOLLS C.B.E. D.Sc. (LO-.) * For candidates accepted under the old Regulations. HON. AUDITORS 1950-51: EDWARD QUENTIN LAWS B.Sc. KENNETH ALAN WILLIAMS B.Sc. PH.D. M.1~m.m. AUDITORS 1950-51: MESSRS. J. Y. FINLAY ROBERTSON & CO. Chartered Accountants. SOLICITORS : MESSRS. MARKBY STEWART & WADESONS 5 Bishopsgate London E.C.2.BANKERS : THE WESTMINSTER BANK LTD. Bloomsbury Branch- 214 High Holborn. London W.C.1. SECRETARY: REGISTRAR : RONALD LESLIE COLLETT M.B.E M.A. F.R.I.C. DEPUTY EXECUTIVE OFFICER: LEONARD WILLIAM RAYMOND I.S.O. B.A. B.Sc. A.R.C.S. F.R.I.C. PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY! HAROLD JOHANN THOMAS ELLINGHAM B.Sc. PH.D. A.R.C.S. M.I.CHEM.E. F.I.M. F.R.1.C ASSISTANT SECRETARY: D. A. ARNOLD. A.C.I.S. ISABEL CAWSTON. ASSISTANT REGISTRAR. L. W. WINDE NOTES PERSONAL Dr. D. H. R. Barton Fellow has been appointed to the University readership in organic chemistry tenable at Birkbeck College London from 1 October, 1950. Dr. A. Colin-Russ Fellow has been appointed senior chemist-microbiologist to the Premier Yeast Co. Ltd. Greenford. Sir Ian Heilbron D.S.O.F.R.S. Fellow has been appointed chairman of the Advisory Council for Scientific and Industrial Research in succession to Sir Geoffrey Heyworth. Dr. N. J. L. Megson Fellow has been appointed a representative of the Society of Chemical Industry on the Chemical Council Committee of Enquiry on Publicity for British Chemistry on the resignation owing to pressure of work of Mr. H. V. Potter Fellow. Professor H. B. Nisbet Member of Council has been appointed Principal of Heriot-Watt College Edinburgh. Mr. J. A. Wallwork Associate has been appointed to the Board of the Gardinol Chemical Co. Ltd. At a special degree Congregation of the University of Leeds on 19 May the degree of D.Sc. honoris causa was conferred on Emeritus Professor R. W. Whytlaw-Gray O.B.E.F.R.S. Fellow who held the chair of chemistry and was administrative head of the chemistry departments in the University from 1923 to 1945. Dr. C. L. Wilson Member of Council has been appointed reader in analytical chemistry in Queen’s University Belfast. INSTITUTE AFFAIRS Recognised Colleges.-The Council has agreed to add the name of the Cambridgeshire Technical College and School of Art to the list of Institutions recognised for training candidates for the Associateship. This recognition is for an initial period of two years. Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections Retirements.-The Council has expressed sincere thanks to Mr. G. Elliot Dodds for the valuable services he has rendered to the Institute in the capacity of Hon. Secretary of the Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section over a period of many years.Mr. Elliot Dodds has been succeeded in this office by Mr. J. K. Grant. The Council has learned that Dr. H. M. Schwartz has resigned her office as Hon. Secretary of the Cape Section as she is shortly coming to England to work for a year at the Low Temperature Research Laboratory at Cambridge. The Council has expressed its high appreciation of the work of Dr. Schwartz in developing this oversea Section of the Institute and extends to her a cordia1 welcome to this country. She is being succeeded as Hon. Secretary of the Cape Section by Mr. H. W. Schirach. Status of the Institute’s Qualifications.-Since its inception in 1947 the Membership Committee has been concerned with means whereby a still larger proportion of the suitably qualified chemists in the country might be attracted to membership of the Institute.In this connection the Committee has been led to examine the status of the Institute’s qualifications and to consider if any extension of the requirements for admission to the Associateship or the Fellow-ship was desirable. Reference has been made in earlier issues of this Journal to interim reports submitted by the Membership Committee to the Council on this subject and the thanks of the Council have been accorded to the Committee for the extensive investigations they have made. It has been c 265 concluded however that no major modifications in the regulations for admission to the established grades of corporate membership are warranted at present, and it has been agreed at least for the time being not to consider further a suggestion that there might be a temporary grade of non-corporate membership between those of Registered Student and Associate.Although this aspect of the work of the Membership Committee has now been suspended for a period of two years the Council recognises that the information and opinions collected may be of considerable value in this or other connections in the future. JUBILEE CELEBRATIONS Electrodepositors’ Technical Society Silver Jubilee.-The silver jubilee of the foundation of the Society was celebrated by a conference held at Eastbourne on 19-22 April. The five technical sessions included papers on electropolishing, alloy deposition metal cleaning and miscellaneous fields of electrodeposition, and discussions on education in the electroplating industry and on the inter-pretation of specifications.On 20 April the Society was accorded a Civic Reception in the Winter Garden by the Mayor of Eastbourne and on the following day the Conference Dinner was held in the Grand Hotel. The objects of the Society have been to promote the development of electro-plating and allied processes and to bring together all who are engaged in the industry or interested in its scientific background. Great advances in the field of electrodeposition have taken place in the past twenty-five years and the Society may well be proud of the part that it has played in fostering these developments not only by the publication of scientific and technical papers in its Journal but also by promoting a closer understanding among the people of varied outlooks who have been brought together under its aegis.The principal officers of the Society are at present Mr. A. W. Wallbank, F.R.I.C. President; Mr. F. L. James Hon. Treasurer; Dr. S. Wernick F.R.I.C., F.I.M. Hon. Secretary. The Society has three centres of activity-London, Birmingham (Midlands Centre) and Sheffield (Sheffield and North-East Centre). In London regular meetings of the Society have been held since its inception at the Northampton Polytechnic Institute and these meetings were continued without a break during the war-though not always without some interruption by enemy activity. The Secretary of the Institute (Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham) who is a past President of the Society attended the final session of the Conference thereby expressing informally the interest of the Institute in the completion by the Society of twenty-five years of useful work.British Ceramic Society Jubilee.-The Society originated in a discussion group of potters interested in the science and technology of their industry but it was not until October 1900 that it became established as an organised body with Mr. William Burton as its first President. From the outset the avowed object of the Society has been the discussion of subjects relating to the clay working industries and the scope of its work is indicated by the three existing “Sections,” relating respectively to Pottery Refractory Materials and Building Materials. Since 1900 (except during the war years) there have been regular meetings of the Society and the papers presented and discussions held have been published in the Society’s Transactions together with abstracts of papers of ceramic importance from other periodicals.In 1903 Dr. J. W. Mellor was elected Secretary of the Society and Editor of its Transactions and he acted as Hon. General Secretary from 1905 to 1938. Throughout this period it was Dr. Mellor’s aim to widen the scope of the Society to increase its membership and to enlarge the sphere of its influence and it is recognised that the present [ 266 high standing and international reputation of this body are due in great measure to the success of his efforts. The activities of the Society were considerably reduced during the war but regular meetings were resumed in 1946.In the following year Dr. A. T. Green O.B.E. F.R.I.C. who had been Secretary of the Refractory Materials Section since 1930 was appointed Hon. General Secretary of the Society and it was on him that the duty largely fell of organising the celebration of the fiftieth anniversary of its foundation-a task that he performed with enthusiasm and outstanding success. The Jubilee Meeting of the British Ceramic Society was held at Stoke-on-Trent and Buxton on 25-27 April. The technical sessions of the three Sections afforded an opportunity for the presentation of papers reviewing half a century of progress in their respective fields and a concluding general session was devoted to papers and discussion on education for the ceramic industries. The proceedings opened with a Reception by the Lord Mayor of Stoke-on-Trent (Alderman Dr.A. P. Spark J.P.) followed by an address by Professor W. T. Astbury F.R.S. and luncheon in the King’s Hall by invitation of the Lord Mayor and Corporation of the City of Stoke-on-Trent (a federal city comprising Stoke Hanley Burslem Longton Tunstall and Fenton-the six pottery towns). In the afternoon an Exhibition of Pottery (all intended alas, for export) was opened at Hanley and in the evening the President’s Dinner was held at the Palace Hotel Buxton and followed by dancing. Technical sessions occupied most of 26 April which concluded with the Jubilee Dinner in the King’s Hall Stoke-on-Trent at which a company of about 350 had the memorable experience of dining off exquisite services of china that had been presented to the city by some of the principal pottery firms and are normally used only at the installation banquets of successive Lord Mayors.The morning of the following day was devoted to visits to a number of potteries in the area, and visitors concluded that the combination of art and science involved in the development of this highly English industry is still a potent influence in the production of things of beauty as well as of utility. Guests of the Society at the Jubilee Meeting including many distinguished visitors from overseas were cordially welcomed by the President Mr. M. S , Whitehouse M.B.E. The Institute was represented by its President and Mrs. Cook and by its Secretary and Mrs. Ellingham. Professor Cook proposed the toast of “The British Ceramic Society’’ at the Jubilee Dinner and Mr.Stanley Robson (President of the Society of Chemical Industry) that of “The British Ceramic Industry.” The Presidents of the Institution of Chemical Engineers and the Institution of Gas Engineers were also present to do honour to the Society on this notable occasion in its history. HEALTH CONGRESS The Health Congress of the Royal Sanitary Institute was held this year at Eastbourne on 24-28 April. The field was divided into sections devoted respec-tively to Preventive Medicine; Engineering and Architecture; Maternal and Child Health; Veterinary Hygiene; Food and Nutrition; Housing and Town Planning; Tropical Hygiene. There were also conferences of Medical Officers of Health Engineers and Surveyors Sanitary Inspectors and Health Visitors.The Congress was attended by 2,300 delegates from over 1,OOO Local Authorities, Government Departments and other interested bodies. The delegate of the Institute was Mr. F. C. Bullock Member of Council, who has furnished a report on the proceedings to the Council. The section of the Congress on Food and Nutrition was presided over by Mr. A. L. Bacharach and a number of papers by other members of the Institute were presented THE INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY OF IRELAND A new body with this title has been established in the Republic of Ireland and was incorporated under the Companies Acts on 28 January 1950. By its Memorandum and Articles of Association it is constituted as a qualifying professional organisation for chemists in the Republic and has aims and objects closely similar to those of the Royal Institute of Chemistry and of the Chemical Institutes in Australia Canada New Zealand and South Africa.In some respects however it is the successor of the differently constituted Irish Chemical Association which now disappears as a separate body. The Institute of Chemistry of Ireland will be composed of Fellows (F.I.C.I.) and Ordinary Members (M.I.C.I.). Candidates for admission as Ordinary Members will normally be required to hold “an honours degree having Chemistry as a major subject from a University recognised by the Institute or an equivalent qualification from a recognised body” and to have had “at least one year’s practice at a level satisfactory to the Institute in any branch of Chemistry approved by the Institute.” For admission to the Fellowship a further four years of such practice will be demanded and a minimum age of 30 years is prescribed.The Council is empowered however “to admit as Fellows or Ordinary Members persons of such standing and experience in the Profession of Chemistry as make it desirable that they should be Members of the Institute.” Provision is also made for the Council “to elect as Honorary Fellows a number of distinguished persons of international repute in Chemistry provided that at no time shall there be more than five such Honorary Fellows.” There will be associated with the Institute (a) Student Associate Members (“persons preparing themselves at a University to enter the Profession of chemistry”) and (b) Non-Professional Associate Members (Laboratory Technicians).It has been realised that since the formation of the Republic of Ireland as a country outside the Commonwealth qualified chemists in the Republic might find the need for establishing their own professional organisation which would be recognised by the Government of the Republic. At the Annual General Meeting of the Royal Institute of Chemistry in 1948 the Committee of the Dublin and District Section of the R.I.C. had raised the question of the possible relationship between such a national Institute of Chemistry of Ireland and the R.I.C. It appeared that this relationship could hardly be closer than that among the Chemical Institutes in the Commonwealth which though independent bodies were coming to regard one another as sister organisations in view of their similar constitutions and common objects.It was felt to be best to allow any more formal association among them to evolve naturally. If this happens the fact that the Republic of Ireland is outside the Common-wealth would not necessarily preclude the attachment of the Institute of Chemistry of Ireland to such a group. In any event co-operation between the R.I.C. and the new Institute appears to be desired by both and the Council of the R.I.C. has congratulated the Institute of Chemistry of Ireland on its establishment and expressed good wishes for its future. That the high standards of qualification and professional ethics established by the R.I.C. and exemplified in Ireland through the members of the Dublin and District Section will be followed by the Institute of Chemistry of Ireland is further assured by the nomination of Dr.A. G. G. Leonard as the first President of the new body. As District Member of the R.T.C. Council for the Republic of Ireland Dr. Leonard will be in a special position to foster cordial relations between the two Institutes-and nobody could be found with better prospects of success SCIENCE IN PARLIAMENT Iodisation of Domestic Salt.-On 22 March Mr. Hastings asked the Minister of Food whether the Food Standards Committee have yet completed their inquiry into the measures necessary to give effect to the Medical Research Council’s recommendation that all domestic salt supplied in Great Britain should be iodised as a measure of protection against goitre.THE MINISTER OF FOOD (Mr. Webb) The Medical Research Council after extensive examination have recommended that all table and cooking salt should be iodised for the prevention of goitre and thyroid enlargement. This recom-mendation has been endorsed by the Ministry of Health Standing Committee on Medical and Nutritional Problems and it has the full approval of my right hon. Friends the Secretary of State for Scotland and the Minister of Health. The Food Standards Committee were asked to advise on what measures would be necessary to give effect to the medical recommendation. They have recently completed their inquiries and have recommended a standard of com-position for iodised salt which can be enforced by chemical analysis. The Committee received evidence from representatives of the salt industry who have concurred in the recommendation as a permanent measure and from other expert witnesses and have advised that within one year from the date of an Order all pre-packed free-running salt should be treated with small traces of iodide and that within two years all other pre-packed salt should be similarly treated.I understand that this would mean that production of cut-lump salt would have to be discontinued. I am advised that if salt production as between pre-packed free-running salt and other salt used in the home remains substantially in the same proportion as in 1948 slightly more than half the population of Great Britain would benefit within the first year from the Medical Research Council’s recommendation and that the entire population would benefit by the end of two years.A copy of the Food Standards Committee’s report has been placed in the Library and I am arranging for the Report to be issued for publication to-morrow. Steps will not be taken to give effect to the Committee’s recom-mendations until all concerned (the trade and technical interests the Medical Profession and indeed the public) have had full opportunity to make any representations they wish. The Food Standards Committee will be open to receive representations until 30 June 1950. Iron Foundries (Dust).-On 30 March Mr. M. MacPherson asked the Minister of Labour what are the present arrangements for research on the sub-ject of dust in iron foundries; what have been the findings of such research so far; and to what extent these findings have been put into practice in the foun-dries.THE MINISTER OF LABOUR (Mr. Isaacs) Arrangements for seeking further knowledge as to the various problems connected with dust in iron foundries fall broadly into two groups namely research in research institutions especially into such questions as the possibility of using less dangerous materials for various processes and secondly experimental work in the foundries themselves in trying out methods of suppressing dust and other changes in working methods. Also, the Factory Department have carried out a special inquiry into the incidence of silicosis among various classes of foundry workers the results of which are about to be published and are making further tests of atmospheres in foundries.The findings of research so far indicate that certain dusts should be regarded as dangerous to health and that others may be generated in such substantial quantities that they should so far as possible be suppressed or removed near the points of origin. Various measures have in view of this been taken to reduce dust in foundries and further experimental work as to improving methods of doing so is being tried in some foundries. In the meantime special [ 269 attention has been paid to precautions in connection with the process known as blasting which has recently been made the subject of more stringent regulations, In addition regulations have recently been proposed to impose restrictions on the use of dangerous parting powders. Technological Training.-In the House of Lords on 14 March Lord Calverley raised the question of Technological Training asking H.M.Government “what is their immediate policy towards the development of higher branches of technology.” In his speech opening the discussion Lord Calverley quoted from both Mr. Churchill and the late President Roosevelt to indicate the importance which must be attached to technology and mentioned a few of the war-time inventions which had played a vital part in the conflict. Referring to the Parliamentary and Scientific Committee’s Report on Colleges of Technology and Technological Manpower he said :-I have been considerably helped by the all-Party Parliamentary Committee for the Study of Scientific and Technical Knowledge. I did not belong to that Committee when I was a member of another place because I was not qualified to render much service to that illustrious Committee.The Committee con-sisted of 200 members of both Houses under the presidency of Sir John Anderson and included men like the noble Viscount Lord Samuel and the noble Lord Lord Marley-I am sorry the noble Lord is not here because I should have asked him to take part in this debate. The noble and learned Viscount the Lord Chancellor in a debate in 1947 expressed his concern about higher technical education and told us that we were entitled to larger grants under various advisory boards. In spite of all this very little has been done. Lord Calverley then referred to the 27 colleges of advanced technology in the country and the inability of many of them to grant degrees.He con-sidered it was “high time His Majesty’s Government stated definitely that they are prepared to give graduate status to these technical colleges” and after referring to the position of particular colleges appealed for a “ sympathetic answer on this anomaly.” Viscount Caldecote while supporting the demand for a Government state-ment thought the value of degrees would be lost if they were granted indis-criminately. Universities did provide something Merent from technical colleges. Lord Chorley urged that the technologists which industry required could best be provided by expanding the technical faculties of universities instead of embarking on grandiose schemes which would take years to carry out. The Marquess of Aberdeen as Governor of a Scottish technical institution, urged closer co-operation between technical colleges and universities.Lord Cherwell said the higher technical institutions should have the same status as universities. He instanced the German Technical University of Aix-la-Chapelle which had 3,000 full-time students in residence 50 full pro-fessors and 50 honorary professors. Lord Webb-Johnson said that the education at many institutions was of university standard. He pointed out the anomaly that although post-graduate students from all over the world came to the Royal College of Surgeons the University Grants Committee was not even competent to visit it. The com-mittee’s terms of reference should be revised. LORD DARWEN Lord-in-Waiting replying on behalf of the Government said the output of technologists at universities since the war had doubled and training facilities in technical colleges had been increased.The problem of how to improve the status and qualifications of technical colleges was difficult. “We have never in this country contemplated single-faculty universities,” he said. “To confer university status on technical colleges would be contrary t our traditions. There is abundant evidence that to give these colleges the power to grant degrees would be widely opposed.” Lord Darwen said that the Minister of Education had referred the problem two years previously to the National Advisory Council on Education for Industry and Commerce. Without anticipating the conclusions of the Advisory Council, its proposals would not preclude the development of new types of institutions, particularly for post-graduate training on the lines followed abroad if they were deemed advisable.Lord Calverley expressed himself as disappointed with the Government reply and added “So far as the policy of the Ministry of Education is con-cerned I think we know just as much now when the debate is over as we did when it began.” Mr. Tomlinson Minister of Education listened to the debate from the steps of the Throne. University Grants (Technology).-On 16 March Mr. Higgs asked the Chancellor of the Exchequer what grants in aid are at present provided to assist universities in setting up post-graduate schools in various branches of technology; and whether he will give details of such arrangements.THE CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER (Sir S. Cripps) At the suggestion of the University Grants Committee a number of universities are instituting or expanding post-graduate courses of advanced instruction in technological subjects. These are intended mainly for graduates in technology who have already spent a few years in industry and the subjects represented in the courses include the three main branches of engineering metallurgy mining and chemical engineering. Other courses are under consideration. To meet the cost of these courses additional recurrent grants have so far been promised of the following amounts 1949-50 E15,500; 1950-51 U2,000; 1951-52 f57,000. These special arrangements are additional to the normal programmes of post-graduate study which are being carried on by universities with the aid of the quinquennial grants announced in 1947.Scientific Resources (Utilisation).-On 5 May Mr. M. Philips Price (Chair-man of the Parliamentary and Scientific Committee) was fortunate in being the first hon. Member for 12 years to draw a Private Member’s Motion. His motion “That in the opinion of this House there should be the fullest develop-ment and utilisation of Britain’s exceptional scientific resources and manpower, with a view to ensuring effective progress in the development of our industry, agriculture and the Colonies and a material improvement of our economic position in the world,” was agreed to without opposition. In the course of the debate almost every aspect of the subject was touched upon and a summary of some of the more important contributions will be referred to in a later issue of this Journal.[ 271 THE REGISTER NEW FELLOWS (P) Bondi Jonas Ph.D. (Berlin). (0) Sen Professor Nirmal Kumar, (P) Forrest James B.Sc. Ph.D. B.A. (Calcutta) M.A. D.Sc. (W) Schofield Kenneth B.Sc. Ph.D. (Glas .). (Dacca). (Dunelm.). ASSOCIATES ELECTED (H) Albans John William B.Sc. (C) Arnold Michael Henry Miller, (P) Brent Maurice B.Sc. Ph.D. (Q) Burrow Kenneth. (Q) Coucill Joe Harrop. (0) Cullen James Henry Joseph. (P) Evans Edward Michael B.Sc., Ph.D. (Lond.),A.R.C.S.,D.I.C. (P) Finch Roland Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). (M) Goodall Allen James B.Sc. (Lond.). (D) Gregson Harry B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.). (N) Harral James Charles. (0) Harris Tennyson.(T) Hibbert Sydney B.Sc. (Lond.). (C) Kent Paul Welberry B.Sc. Ph.D. (FF) Liddle William Stewart B.Sc. (0) MacArthur Arthur. (Lond.). B.A. B.Sc. (Oxon.). (Lond.) A.R.C.S. D.I.C. (Birm.). (St. Andrews). TO THE FELLOWSHIP (K) Marke Douglas John Burrows, B.Sc. Ph.D. (Bris.). Martin Robert Mitchell B.Sc. (Glas.) M.P.S. (S.A.). (K) McLean Angus B.Sc. (Glas.), A.R.T.C. (R) Moignard Lionel Arthur M.A., B.Sc.,D.Phil.(Oxon.) M.1nst.F. (N) Moore Walter Robert Alfred Dennis B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Mundy Cecil Walter AndrC. (H) Murfin John Webster B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Ross Francis Fraser B.A. B.Sc. (Oxon.). (P) Shearing Leonard Albert B.Sc. (Lond.). (C) Stein Walter Dr. rer. nat. (Prague). (P) Taylor Leonard B.Sc. (Lond.). (WW) Thomson Thomas Gordon Herd B.Sc.Ph.D. (Edin.). (0) Townsend Leonard George, M.Sc. (Lond.) M.Inst.Gas E. (0) Walker Norman B.Sc. Ph.D. (Leeds) . NEW ASSOCIATES (Q) Abbott Cyril Frank B.Pharm., (P) Abell Barry Peter B.A. B.Sc. (N) Allan Eric B.Sc. (Lond.). B.Sc. (Lend.). (Oxon.). (Q) Ames Thomas Rawlinson B.Sc., (Manc.). (J) Anderson Ronald James B.Sc. (St. Andrews) (P) Austing Cyril Edward. (U) Baig Eric Norman B.Sc. (Delhi), B. Sc.Tech. (Manc .) . (P) Black Robert Monro M.Sc. (Lond.). (F) Conan Henry Robert B.A. B.Sc. (Oxon.). (K) Currie Leslie Robert B.Sc., Ph.D. (Edin.). (D) Davies Caleb Thomas. (P) Drinkwater Harold Geoffrey, B.A. (Oxon.). (D) Ewart John Archibald Douglas, B.A. (Oxon.). (P) Fogg Alan Hampson M.A, B.Sc. (Oxon.).(U) Gamlen George Albert M.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Gangolli Sharat Dattatraya, B.Sc. (B.H.U.) (B) Gewing Mrs. Gisela Dr.Phi1. (Vienna). (0) Golby William George Nelson, B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Hamilton Lester Dewie Good-child B.A. (Cantab.). (P) Heacock Ronald Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Hodges John Roberts B.Pharm. (Wales). ( S ) James Thomas Ernest B.Sc. (Dunelm.). (0) Jones Gordon Leslie M.P.S. (E) Kingston Miss Margaret Gwen-llian B.Sc. (Wales). (P) Klatzkin Miss Chloe Ph.C., B.Pharm. Ph.D. (Lond.). (P) Lewis Clement Alexander B.Sc. (Lond.). (E) Mieszkis Kazimierz Wiktor. (P) Mulley Richard Derek B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Nixon Gilbert Andrew B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Page Walter. (H) Panton Francis Harry M.B.E., B.%. (Lond.). Pitchandi Narayanasamy M.Sc.(Madras) A.I.I.Sc. (P) Powell Edgar Wyndham B.A. (Oxon.). (H) Russell Harold James B.Sc. (Lond.). Saboor Muhammad Abdus, M.Sc. (Dacca) Ph.D. (Lond.). (P) Schmeidler Gunther Arthur, B.Sc. Ph.D. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. (P) Srivastava Ram Saran M.Sc. (Luc know). (L) Stewart Peter Alexander B.Sc., Ph.D. (St. Andrews). (P) Still Miss Bessie Margaret B.Sc., Ph.D. (Lond.). Varadan Kalianapuram Sarang-apani Srinivasa M.A. M.Sc. (Madras). (C) Waldron Miss Deirdre Mary, B.Sc. (Birm.). (P) Walker Deryck George B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) White Donald William B.Sc. (Manc.). (S) Woodhead Charles Alfred Bevan, A.M.Inst.Gas E. (N) Wright John Wedgwood B.Sc., Ph.D. (Glas.). NEW STUDENTS (P) Atkinson Edmund Philip. (C) Eden Alan James. (R) Aylett Kenneth Clarence.(R) Edgley Ronald. (P) Bennett Murray. (0) Edwards Alan. (D) Bennett Royston Henry. (P) Elkington Alfred William Roy. (P) Brockett Ronald William. (P) Ellison Michael. (E) Brooking Herbert Lewis. (P) Floyd Peter Russell. (P) Brown John Edward. (P) Goodchild Geoffrey. (M) Burton Fred. (P) Goodwin Raymond Wilbert (P) Churcher Thomas Christopher. Lindfield. (P) Clarke Stanley Arthur. (P) Gould Ralph Cecil. (D) Clifford Derek Reginald. (P) Hallett Ernest Leo. (E) Cook Anthony Edward Charles. (P) Halliburton John Ewen. (H) Cooke Granville Harry. (P) Hancock James William. (P) Cooper Roger James. (J) Hedderick John Barclay. (P) Couche Bernard David. (0) Hill Albert William. (0) Davidson William. (C) Hollick David Arthur. (E) Davies Arthur Evan.(0) Huartson Alan. (D) Davies Herbert Colin. (C) Davis Howard Alfred Constan- ($) Hutchinson William Miles. (0) Doyle Denis. (E) Dunton Robert Leonard. (T) Jones Edward George Howel. (H) Eabry Victor Edward. (T) Jones Norman. (0) Eaton Peter Millhouse. (D) Hunt Robert Charles. (0) Iredale Frederick Stanley. (Q) Isherwood Kenneth. (0) Jowett David Herbert. tine Pax. r 273 (Q) Kay Geoffrey. (P) Prentice Albert George. (J) Kornander Alfons Anzelm. (C) Preston Russell Arthur. (P) Landau Dennis Marcus. (0) Rawcliffe Fred (Jun.). (P) Lee Derek Charles. (0) Reid Lawrence Alan. (P) Lee Kenneth Lyall. (L) Roberts George Stanley. (H) Lewis Kenneth George. (0) Roberts Keith John. (P) Ley John Barry (0) Rudd John Kenneth. (0) Mason Jack. (P) Showler Alan John.(0) Maxfield Brian. (P) Simpson Edgar George. (P) McHale David. (0) Sparks Raymond Frederick. (0) McKenna Kenneth Charles. (Q) Milhench Stephen. (J) Stewart Andrew. (P) Miller Robert Percy. (K) Stewart Duncan McDonald. (Q) Monaghan James Edward. (P) Swan David Hugh. (P) Mooney Eric Francis. (0) Twist Reginald James. (P) Moran John Joseph. (0) Walmsley Dennis. (P) Mortimer-Ford Frank Bernard. (Q) Walmsley Fred. (Q) Nuttall Alan. (P) Welham Clifford Edward. (W) Q’Callaghan Anthony James. (P) White Ronald Anderson. (0) O’Hare Charles Donald. (H) Wilford John Malcolm. (T) Parry Edgar. (P) Wilkinson Raymond Westrop. (K) Paterson George Clelland. (P) Williams Roy. (K) Peacock John Williamson. (Q) Williamson Miss Vera. (Q) Peters Kenneth.(0) Wilson William. (P) Phelps Clive Alan. (0) Winstanley David Eric. (Q) Pinless Walter. (W) Stander Derek. RE-REGISTERED STUDENTS o() Black Duncan Alexander. (0) Freeland Ambrose. Corrigenda.-Journal 1950 11 197. Under New Students for (S) Rigg, Tyson BSc. (Lond.) read (S) Rigg Tyson B.Sc. (Dunelm.). DEATHS Fellows Albert Richard Mansfield. Edward Sharratt B.Sc. Ph.D. (Birm.). Edward Ernest Howard Thorne O.B.E. Harold George Tribley A.C.G.F.C. Associate William Laverty. Gavin Lawson Ph.C. M.P.S. Brian Maxwell Shaw B.Sc. (Lond.). Regret has been expressed to Mr. James Joseph Cowperthwaite B.Sc., formerly a Registered Student of the Institute and now in the service of Thornley and Knight Ltd. Birmingham whose career was referred to in an obituary notice in the Journal 1950 11 198.The notice should have referred to James Cowperthwaite a Registered Student who died as the result of an accident in 17 December 1949 in his 23rd year. He was a student at the Royal Technical College Salford. [ 274 OBITUARY Norman Parr Booth died on 18 February 1950 in his 72nd year. He received his early education at King Edward VI Grammar School, Camp Hill and entered Mason College Birmingham in 1894. From 1898 to 1901 he worked in the laboratories of the Apothecaries’ Hall London. In 1901 he became the first qualified chemist to be employed by Cadbury Brothers Ltd. and took a large part in the many developments of the succeeding years. In 191 1 he set up the research laboratory under the immediate care of the late A.W. Knapp who subsequently succeeded him as chief chemist. Booth was appointed managing director and chairman of Cadbury-Fry-Pascall Ltd. at Hobart Tasmania in 1923 and held these posts until his retirement in 1938. In 1939 he paid a final visit to this country. During the recent war he took a very active part in industrial technical and social work in Tasmania; among other activities he was a member of the Food Standards Committee and the Tasmania Committee of the Council for Scientific Research for Australia. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1900 and a Fellow in 1903. Alexander Linton Davidson died on 28 February 1950 in his 62nd year. He was educated at Montrose Academy and continued his scientific studies at the School of the Pharmaceutical Society and King’s College London, qualifying Ph.C.He held appointments successively with Allen and Hanburys Ltd. London, Southall Brothers and Barclay Ltd. Birmingham Boots Pure Drug Co. Ltd., Nottingham and Marmite Food and Pharmaceutical Products Ltd. Burton-on-Trent . He served in the Gordon Highlanders during the 1914-18 war and sub-sequently emigrated to Canada. After holding appointments with Acetate Products Ltd. New Westminster C. E. Frost and Co. Montreal and Malt Products CQ. of Canada Ltd. Guelph and spending a short time in the Uni-versity of Toronto he became research chemist to the Forest Products Labora-tories of Canada at McGill University Montreal. In 1926 he transferred to the Department of Health Laboratories Ottawa as Dominion Analyst.At the time of his death he was Assistant to the Director Food and Drugs Division, Department of National Health and Welfare. Davidson was a Fellow of the Chemical Institute of Canada. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1913 and a Fellow in 1916. Cecil William Dear died on 4 February 1950 in his 45th year. He was educated at St. Peter’s Lowden Church of England School and the County School Chippenham and in 1923 was apprenticed as a chemist to the British Thomson- Houston Co. Ltd. He studied meanwhile at Rugby Technical School. In 1926 he became assistant analyst to Mr. S. Judd Lewis and con-tinued his studies at the Sir John Cass Technical Institute graduating B.Sc of the University of London with 1st Class Honours in chemistry in 1931. In 1928 he was appointed assistant analyst to The British Drug Houses Ltd.and in 1932 became one of their technical representatives. From 1933 to 1942 he was chief analytical chemist to Cooper McDougall and Robertson, Ltd. at Berkhamsted. He then joined the Royal Air Force and was a radar officer. He served subsequently in the Chemical Industries Branch B.A.O.R., at Minden Dusseldorf and Bochum. In 1948 he took up an appointment with the Ministry of Supply (Atomic Development). He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1931. [ 275 Alfred James DeHailes died on 28 December 1949 in his 90th year. He worked in the laboratories of Mr. G. W. Wigner (1876-79) and Dr. T. Redwood (1 880-85) and studied meanwhile at the Pharmaceutical Society, King’s College the City of London College and the Birkbeck Institution.In 1885 he established an analytical practice at Hornsey Rise. Not long afterwards he entered into partnership with the late T. H. Redwood and carried on the consulting practice after the latter’s death in 1892 until 1936. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1888. Charles Stanley Gibson died on 24 March 1950 in his 67th year. He was educated at Manchester Grammar School and in 1902 proceeded to. Corpus Christi College Oxford with an open scholarship in natural science. He graduated B.A. with Second Class Honours in chemistry in 1905. From 1906 to 1909 he was research assistant to Professor W. J. Pope and during this period he graduated B.Sc. (Oxon.) and M.Sc.Tech. of the University of Manchester. He was for three years Goldsmiths’ senior student of the Uni-versity of Oxford.From 1909 to 1912 he continued research work and was lecturer and demonstrator in the University of Cambridge where he graduated M.A. In 1912 he was appointed professor of chemistry in H.H. The Maharaja’s College Trivandrum South India but returned to the University of Cambridge in 1916 and was honorary adviser to the Chemical Warfare Committee of the Ministry of Munitions 1916-19. For his services he was awarded the O.B.E. in 1919. During 1919-20 he was professor of chemistry in the Egyptian School of Medicine Cairo and in 1921 was appointed to the chair of chemistry at Guy’s Hospital Medical School University of London from which he retired last year with the title of emeritus professor.From 1939 to 1945 he was senior gas adviser in south-east England. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1931. Gibson was honorary secretary of the Chemical Society from 1924 to 1933 and vice-president 1933-36. In 1938 he was president of the chemistry section of the British Association. He was the author of “Essential Principles of Organic Chemistry” and published numerous papers on stereo-chemistry chemotherapy and the organic compounds of gold. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1917 and served as a Member of Council 1929-32. He was awarded the Sc.D. of the University in 1932. Archibald Alexander Hall died in June 1949 in his 70th year. He was educated at Liverpool College and entered University College (now the University) Liverpool in 1896 graduating B.Sc.of the Victoria University in 1899 and M.Sc. in 1903. From 1901 to 1904 he studied at the University of Jena and was awarded the degree of Ph.D. He subsequently held appointments as assistant lecturer in chemistry and in agricultural chemistry at Armstrong College Newcastle upon Tyne. During the 1914-18 war he served with the South Staffordshire Regiment in France, and from 1917 was seconded to the Royal Engineers being Gas Officer 8th Division and later chemical adviser to the 13th Corps. After the war he returned to Armstrong College as lecturer in agricultural chemistry. He was later appointed Warden of Henderson Hall King’s College, Newcastle upon Tyne from which post he retired in 1944. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1919 and a Fellow in 1924 and served on the Council 1938-41.[ 276 John Hanley died on 18 April 1950 in his 80th year. He was educated privately and received his scientific training at University College (now The University) Liverpool. He then became a student in the laboratory of Norman Tate under Watson Gray. After a short period at Bancrofts he joined J. Bibby and Sons Ltd. as a chemical engineer in 1896. He did much pioneer work for the firm and was their chief chemist for many years prior to his retirement in 1936. Hanley was an authority on milk edible oils and fats. After his retirement he carried on a consulting practice until his home and laboratory were wrecked by a bomb during the recent war. He was a member of the Institution of Chemical Engineers.For many years he served as Hon. Treasurer of the Committee of the Learned Societies of Liverpool. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1894 and a Fellow in 1901, and served as District Member of Council for the Liverpool and North-Western District from 1921 to 1924. John Arthur Heald died on 6 April 1950 in his 57th year. Educated at Sedgebrook Grammar School Grantham he entered University College Nottingham in 1912. He enlisted in the Royal Engineers in 1914 and served in “E” Special Coy. in France being mentioned in despatches and awarded the Military Cross. He was granted the war degree of B.Sc. by the University of London in 1917. In 1919 he entered the Clayton Branch of Levinstein Ltd. and in 1922 was appointed a chemist in the Government Laboratory.He studied meanwhile at the Chelsea Polytechnic and passed the Institute’s Examination in Branch E in 1925. In 1933 he was called to the Bar. Heald rose to the rank of senior chemist in the Government Laboratory and at the time of his death was in the War Department Food Supplies Laboratory. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1919 and a Fellow in 1925. Francis Mary Gore Micklethwait died on 25 March 1950 in her 83rd year. Educated privately and at Swanley Horticultural College she entered the Royal College of Science London in 1898 being awarded the Associateship of the College in 1901. She continued research work at the College-mainly in collaboration with the late Sir Gilbert Morgan-until 1912 and was for some t h e the holder of a Beit Research Fellowship.For her services during the period of the 1914-18 war she was awarded the M.B.E. in 1919. She was then for some time in the research Department of Boots Pure Drug Co. Ltd. Nottingham and in 1920-21 was at Swanley Horticultural College. Subsequently much of her time was occupied in compiling the index of the revised edition of Thorpe’s Dictionary of Applied Chemistry completed in 1927. Miss Micklethwait was joint author of numerous papers on organic chemistry in the Journal of the Chemical Society and Berichte. She was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1904 and a Fellow in 1907. Andrew McCulloch died on 21 March 1950 in his 56th year. He was educated at Mottram Grammar School Cheshire and received his scientific training in the School of Technology of the Victoria University, Manchester obtaining the Associateship of the School.After a short period as assistant chemist at the Davyholme Sewage Works of the Manchester Corporation he enlisted in the R.A.M.C. in 1915 and was engaged on water supplies in Egypt and Palestine. 277 On his return to civil We he obtained an appointment in the fuel research laboratories of the Manchester College of Technology and later became lecturer in fuel. He was awarded the degree of M.Sc.Tech. of the University of Man-Chester in 1928 and was elected a Fellow of the Institute of Fuel in 1940. In 1947 he was appointed chief research engineer to the Research Council of Alberta Canada and in 1949 joined the Coal Research Laboratory of the Carnegie Institute of Technology Pittsburgh U.S.A.He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1918. Walter James Rees died on 4 April 1950 in his 71st year. He received his early education at Bridge Street Technical School Birming-ham. In 1896 he became an assistant in the physics laboratory at Mason College and was a part-time student at Birmingham Municipal Technical School. He studied chemistry at the Royal College of Science London, 1899-1900 and resumed part-time study at Birmingham in 1901 in which year he was appointed senior assistant in the laboratory of Chance Brothers and Co. Ltd. at Smethwick. In 1907 he became chief chemist to the firm. About 1918 Rees was appointed lecturer on refractory materials in the Department of Applied Science University of Sheffield.He subsequently graduated B.Sc.Tech. of the University proceeded to M.Sc.Tech. and in 1940 to D.Sc.Tech. He received a Sir George Beilby Memorial Award in 1932. After his retirement from the University in 1943 he practised as a consultar’ on refractories and clay technology. He was awarded the O.B.E. in 1944. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1917 and acted as special p - h e r in Branch G. Industrial Chemistry on several occasions. Edward Sharratt died on 11 March 1949 in his 39th year. He received his early education at Queen Mary’s Grammar School Walsall, and entered the University of Birmingham in 1930 graduating B.Sc. with First Class Honours in chemistry in 1933 and Ph.D. in 1936. In 1936 he was appointed research assistant to the Earthenware (now the British Pottery) Research Association at the North Staffordshire Technical College Stoke-on-Trent.He continued his studies at the College and was awarded the silver medal for advanced pottery in 1937. In 1940 he became research chemist to Murex Welding Processes Ltd. Waltham Cross and held this position until the time of his death. Sharratt published several papers in the Journal of the Chemical Society, Transactions of the Ceramic Society and other journals. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1933 and a Fellow in 1946. Brian Maxwell Sbaw died on 30 March 1950 in his 31st year. He was educated at the Ashburton School and the Polytechnic Croydon, and entered the service of the late Edward Hinks Public Analyst of Southwark, in 1937.He attended evening classes at The Sir John Cass Technical Institute and graduated B.Sc. of the University of London with Second Class Honours in Chemistry in 1944. In the same year he became a research chemist to Imperial Chemical Industries (Paints) Ltd. Slough later becoming Paints Division Analyst. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1944. Robert Tatlock Thomson died on 20 February 1950 in his 95th year, At an early age Thomson-one of five brothers who all engaged in chemistry -entered the laboratory of his uncle the late R. R. Tatlock attending classes meanwhile in the University of Glasgow. In 1888 they founded the analytical 278 and consulting practice of R. R. Tatlock and Thomson in Glasgow. For some years the teaching of practical chemistry was combined with the analytical work.On Tatlock’s death Thomson became senior partner and until recent years remained actively associated with the practice which is still carried on on the original site in Bath Street. At various times he held the positions of Gas Examiner to the City of Glasgow and Public Analyst and Official Agricultural Analyst to the Counties of Dun-harton and Stirling the City of Perth and the Burghs of Falkirk Stirling, Clydebank Rutherglen Airdrie Coatbridge Hamilton and Motherwell. He was a Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Thompson published several papers alone or with Tatlock on the analysis of food water etc. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1887. William Williamson died on 19 March 1950 in his 84th year.He was educated at Gordon’s College Aberdeen and received his scientific training at the Royal College of Science London. In 1897 he entered H.M. Customs London as a chemist and from 1901 to 1904 was employed in the Customs Branch of the Government Laboratory. He then transferred to the Government Laboratory in Clement’s Inn and was there until 1912 when he went back to the Custom House. During 1923-24 he went as chief chemist to organise the new Irish Free State Laboratory. Dublin. He returned to the Government Laboratory London as super-intending chemist in charge of the Custom House Laboratory in 1925 and held this post until his retirement in 1928. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1925. William Palmer Wynue died on 16 February 1950 in his 90th year.Educated at King Edward VI Grammar School Birmingham he served an apprenticeship with a firm of manufacturing pharmacists before entering the Royal College of Science London in 188 1. He obtained the Associateship of the College and graduated B.Sc. of the University of London with First Class Honours in chemistry in 1884. He later proceeded to the D.Sc. degree. After a short period as lecturer in chemistry at Rutherford College New-castle upon Tyne he became private research assistant to the late Professor H. E. Armstrong in 1886-an association which led to the researches on the chemistry of naphthalene with which his name is always connected and which he was able to pursue again at Cambridge in his later years. In 1887 he was appointed lecture-demonstrator and later lecturer in chemistry at the Central Technical College of the City and Guilds of London Institute.From 1890 to 1902 Wynne was assistant professor of chemistry at the Royal College of Science and from then until 1904 professor of chemistry in the School of the Pharmaceutical Society. In 1904 he was appointed to the Firth chair of chemis-try in the University of Sheffield from which he retired in 1931 with the title of emeritus professor. He was Dean of the Faculty of Science in the University from 1911 to 1931. Wynne was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1896 and received the honorary degrees of M.A. (Cantab.) and D.Sc. (Sheffield). He was an Hon. Member of Sidney Sussex College and an Hon. Fellow of the Imperial College. Me took a very active part in professional and scientific affairs.He was editor of the Journal of the Chemical Society (1899-1902) Hon. Secretary of the Society (1 898-9 and 1903-5) and President (1 923-5). The British Associa-tion elected him President of Section B for the meeting at Birmingham in 1913. Me was a member of the University Grants Committee from 1933 to 1943. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1887 served as an Examiner ((19OO-04) and was a Member of Council from 1905 to 1908. [ 279 ANNOUNCEMENTS (For other Announcements see p . ii.) LABORATORY TECHNICIANS In an earlier issue of this Journal (1950 11 164) reference was made to the preparation by the City and Guilds of London Institute of syllabuses for courses and examinations in Laboratory Technicians’ Work.Regulations and syllabuses for the Laboratory Technicians’ Intermediate Certificate Examination, to come into operation in the Session 1950-51 have now been issued and copies may be obtained from The Superintendent Department of Technology City and Guilds of London Institute 31 Brechin Place London S. W.7. The scheme envisaged is a three-year part-time course requiring attendance for approximately 180 hours per year (day or evening) with an examination by the City and Guilds of London Institute at the end of the third year. The suggested curriculum covers I Science and Drawing; 11 General Laboratory Techniques and Organisation including Laboratory Workshop Practice; 111 Specialised Laboratory Techniques-each candidate will be expected to take only one of the following Physics Laboratory Techniques Chemistry Laboratory Techniques Biology Laboratory Techniques Combined (Physics, Chemistry Biology) Techniques Physiology and Pharmacology Laboratory Techniques Anatomy Laboratory Techniques Animal House Techniques, Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Techniques Electrical Engineering Laboratory Techniques Metallurgy Laboratory Techniques.For all candidates the first year’s course may be the same. In Sections I and I1 the syllabuses are common to all. The selected specialised laboratory techniques and related ancillary science and drawing are intended to be introduced gradually in the second year and to be completed in the third year. These syllabuses represent an elaboration of those outlined by the earlier Committee on the Education and Training of Laboratory Technicians on whose recommendation the City and Guilds of London Institute undertook to act in consultation with appropriate bodies as the examining body for nationally recognised Certificates in laboratory arts and techniques (Journal and Proceedings 1949 V 438-9; VI 495).Among the bodies represented on the Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute set up for this purpose are The Institute of Physics the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Physiological Society the Biological Council the Institutions of Mechanical Electrical and Chemical Engineers, the Institution of Metallurgists the Anatomical Society of Great Britain the Science Technologists Association (an organisation for technicians in science laboratories) the Institute of Medical Laboratory Technology the Science Masters’ Association the Association of University Teachers the Association of Technical Institutions the Association of Principals of Technical Institutions and the Association of Teachers in Technical Institutions together with repre-sentatives of industry industrial research associations Government depart-ments trades unions etc.It may be concluded that all aspects of the problem have thus been considered and that the scheme now put forward will receive support from all concerned. Classes to operate the above Certificate Course will be started at L.C.C. Paddington Technical College Saltram Crescent W.9 next September. Students may attend the Course either on three evenings per week or on one day and one evening per week.In order to prepare certain junior laboratory personnel for entry to the Certificate Course a one-year Preliminary Course of one day per week will also be run. Enquiries concerning the Course should be made to Mr. .R. C. Rogers, M.Sc. A.R.C.S. A.R.I.C. Senior Lecturer in Chemistry who is directing the Laboratory Technicians’ Courses at the Paddington Technical College. r 280 GERMAN IN SCIENCE COURSES An important industrial organisation has informed the Institute that recent investigation has disclosed the fact that a high proportion of young chemists have professed inability to read simple technical literature in the German language. In view of the large amount of chemical literature written in German such a state of affairs is undesirable.Some years ago the Institute ceased to insist on a knowledge of foreign languages in considering applications for Registration as Students of the Insti-tute but a translation test in both French and German has always been applied in the Institute’s own examination for the Associateship and the Council has recently referred back several applications for admission to the Associateship from honours graduates who have applied for exemption from the Institute’s examination because they have admitted that they have never done any German. It appears that not all universities insist that all candidates in the honours school of chemistry or applied chemistry should have a knowledge of German. In some universities although no course in German is prescribed students are expected to acquire this knowledge on their own initiative during their course.The Council wishes to draw the attention of all teachers and students to the desirability of complying with the Institute’s requirements in this respect. SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES Courses at Acton Technical College.-( 1) A course of Lecture-Demonstrations on Microchemical Analysis will be held during the Autumn Term 1950 on Fridays at 7.30 p.m. beginning 22 September. (a) Microchemical Analysis in General and Inorganic Chemistry four lectures by Miss I. H. Hadfield (22 September-13 October). (b) Semi-micro and Microchemical Technique applied to Organic Chemistry : four lectures by Miss M. Corner (20 October-10 November). (c) Microchemical Analysis in Metallurgical Operations one lecture by Mr.C. Whalley (17 November). (d) Microchemical Analysis applied in Analysis of Oils and Fats four lectures by Mr. C. Whalley (24 November-15 December). The course is intended for industrial chemists research workers and others who may be interested in modern microchemical technique. Fee for the full course 20s. (2) A series of advanced courses in the Chemistry and Technology of Plastics will be held during the Session 1950-51. The courses are part-time and are designed for chemists and engineers engaged in the industries associated with the use of plastics. Sessional fee for courses on Chemistry and Technology of Plastics or Plastic Machines and Mould Design and Technology of Plastics 35s.; single subject 20s. Further particulars of the above Courses and Registration Forms may be obtained from the Principal Acton Technical College High Street Acton, London W.3.Courses at Chelsea Polytechnic.-( 1) Six Post-graduate Lectures on “Syn-thetic Perfumery Chemicals Their Preparations and Olfactory Properties,” by Mr. A. J. Krajkeman will be given on Fridays 13 October to 17 November, 1950 at 7.30 p.m. Fee for the Course 10s. (2) Biochernistry.-Four groups of five lectures on Biochemistry will be given by Dr. E. M. Crook and Dr. F. L. Warren during the Autumn and Spring Terms on Mondays at 7.15 p.m. beginning 2 October 1950. The lectures are designed for students who have a knowledge of chemistry to degree standard and wish to acquire a knowledge of general biochemistry.Fee for the whole Course 40s.; for each part 10s ( 3 ) The Chemistry and Microscopy of Food Drugs and Water.-A special course of lectures and practical work based on the syllabus for the Fellowship of the Royal Institute of Chemistry Branch E will be given for 1 st-year students on Tuesday and Thursday evenings during two complete sessions beginning 26 September. Responsible Lecturer Mr. R. G. Minor; Lecturer in Materia Medica Mr. E. S. Mayer; Lecturer in Bacteriology Mr. A. W. G. Chetham; Assistant Lecturers and Demonstrators Mr. A. J. M. Bailey and Mr, W. R. Rankin. Course Fee for each Session E4 4s.; Laboratory Fee 5s.; Membership Is. Further particulars of the above Courses may be obtained from the Principal, Chelsea Polytechnic Manresa Road London S.W.3.East Ham Technical College.-A course of six lectures on “The History of Chemistry,” by Mr. H. H. Neville began on 5 June 1950. Fee for the Course, 10s. Particulars may be obtained from the Principal East Ham Technical College Barking Road East Ham London E.6. Symposium on “Polymer Chemistry as Applied to Plastics.”-The Plastics and Polymer Group of the Society of Chemical Industry proposes to hold a three-day Symposium under the above title from 21 to 23 September 1950. It is intended that as far as possible contributions shall be planned to bridge the gap between those engaged in theoretical studies and those concerned with industrial applications. Communications should be addressed to the Hon. Secretary for the Sym-posium Dr. N. J. L. Megson Ministry of Supply R.716 Shell Mex House, London W.C.2.Registration Fee 10s. to members 42s. to non-members of the Society of Chemical Industry to be sent to J. R. Whinfield Esq. Hon. Treasurer Sym-posium c/o Society of Chemical Industry 56 Victoria Street London S.W.l. Cambridge Summer Schools 1950.-(a) A Summer School in Electron Microscopy will be held in the Cavendish Laboratory Cambridge by the courtesy of Sir Lawrence Bragg O.B.E. F.R.S. from 18 to 29 July inclusive. The School will provide a grounding in the theory and applications of the electron microscope. It is intended for those who are already or in the near future will be operating it in physical chemical or biological laboratories. Syllabus and form of application for admission may be obtained from G. F.Hickson MA. Secretary of the Board of Extra-Mural Studies Stuart House Cambridge. (6) A Summer School on “The Physics and Chemistry of Free Radicals” will be held in the University Department of Physical Chemistry Cambridge, from 19 to 26 August 1950. Courses of lectures and demonstrations will be given on the Structure, Spectroscopy and Mass-Spectroscopy of Free Radicals; Free Radicals produced by Light and Nuclear Radiation and their Reactions; The Role of Free Radicals in Combustion and Polymerisation; Free-Radical Reactions in Solution. The fee for the course will be 14 guineas inclusive of accommodation for seven nights. Further details and forms of application may be obtained from the Secretary of the Summer School Department of Physical Chemistry Free School Lane, Cambridge.MISCELLANEOUS Festival of Britain.-Consideration has been given by the Council and by Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections at their Conference on 1 April to special activities that might be arranged by the Institute alone or in conjunction with r 282 other bodies during the period of the Festival-May to September 1951, inclusive. It has been agreed that it would be desirable for one or more public lectures to be arranged drawing attention to the contributions of chemistry to the life and well-being of the community and that such public lectures would best be organised in collaboration with other bodies through the Chemical‘ Council. The Chemical Council has been informed accordingly and is giving active consideration to the arrangement of such lectures.The Future of Higher Technological Education.-In Part I1 of this Journal (page 164) reference was made to the setting up of an Ad Hoc Committee of the Institute to advise the Council on observations to be made on a confidential Draft Report on this subject issued by the National Advisory Council on Educa-tion for Industry and Commerce. In the course of its work this Committee had the advantage of consultation with representatives of a number of other professional bodies and prepared a draft statement which was accepted subject to two minor amendments by the Council for submission to the National Advisory Council. Although this document is marked “strictly confidential” in order to meet the desire of the National Advisory Council to avoid undue publicity at this stage of consultation with professional bodies there has been no restriction of its circulation to other institutions or organisations that have been invited to discuss the draft proposals of the National Advisory Council.Members of the Institute who are concerned in such discussions and have not received a copy of the document are invited to make application to the Secretary of the Institute. Metals in the Service of Mankind.-An Exhibition under this title will be open at the Science Museum South Kensington London S.W.7 from 7 July to 30 September 1950 on Weekdays 9.30 a.m. to 6.30 p.m. and on Sundays, 2.30 to 6.30 p.m. Admission free. An Exhibition Handbook can be obtained from the Museum or from the Secretary The Institution of Metallurgists 4 Grosvenor Gardens London, S.W.1 (ls.by post 1s. 2d.). University of London Library Photographic Department .-This Department is now in operation. It is primarily designed to serve the needs of the Univer-sity Library but is available to library readers (including Members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry who apply for readers? tickets through the office of the Institute). The Department is equipped to produce photostat and microfilm copies. Particulars of the service may be obtained from The Goldsmiths’ Librarian, University of London Senate House W.C. 1 COMING EVENTS The following list has been compiled from the latest information available. The Institute cannot hold itself responsible for changes that may be made of which it may receive no notification.Under each date meetings arranged by Local Sections of the Institute are listed first in alphabetical order of Sections. Next come meetings of The Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry. Finally meetings of other organisations are mentioned. Works and other visits are not included. Place names are printed in heavy type. 1950 June 9 SOCIETY OF LEATHER TRADES’ CHEMISTS (London Group) “Forty-eight Years in the Profession of Chemistry.” Mr. R. Faraday Innes at the Leathersellers’ Technical College Tower Bridge Road London S.E. 1, at 2.30 p.m. 10 THE INSTITUTE (North Wales Section) “The Slate Industry.” Capt. E. Andrewes and Mr. D. Pritchard at the John Bright Grammar School, Llandudno at 2.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group) Summer Meeting at Jealott’s Hill Research Station BracknelI Berks.14 THE INS- (Birmingham and Midlands Section jointly with Coventry Chemical Society) “Some Unusual Properties of Dusts.” Professor H. V. A. Briscoe at the Technical College Coventry at 6.30 p.m. 15 INSTITUTION OF MINING AND METALLURGY Meeting in the Rooms of the Geological Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 5 p.m. 17 BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at Cambridge. J d Y 1 THE INSTTWTE (South Wales Section jointly with the University College of Wales Agricultural Society) “The Effect of Chemicals on Biological Processes.” Dr. P. T. Thomas in the Edward Davies Chemical Laboratories University College of Wales Aberystwyth at 3 p.m. 3-7 INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM Second Oil Shale and Cannel Coal Conference, at Glasgow.10-14 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY Annual General Meeting at Newcastle upon Tyne. 14 ROYAL SANITARY INSTITUTE Sessional Meeting at Great Yarmouth. 21 BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at Edinburgh. August-Sep tember 30 August-3 September. INSTITUTION OF PRODUCTION ENGINEERS Summer 30 August-6 September BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF School of Production Engineering at St. Peter’s Hall Oxford. SCIENCE. Annual Meeting in Birmingham. September 3-9 THE INSTITUTE AND THE SOCIETY OF PUBLIC ANALYSTS AND OTHER ANALYTI-CAL CHEMISTS Summer School in Analytical Chemistry in London. 1284 GENERAL NOTICES For notices relating to matters of immediate importance see “Announcements” onpp. ii and 280.) Notice to Associates.-Regulations and forms of application for the Fellow-ship can be obtained from the Registrar.Appointments Register.-An Appointments Register is maintained by the Institute through which Fellows Associates and some senior Registered Students can be informed of vacancies. Facilities are afforded by this Register free to authorities and firms requiring the services of qualified chemists. Prospective employers and Fellows and Associates who desire to make use of this service should communicate with the Registrar. Libraries.-The comprehensive Library of the Chemical Society Burlington House Piccadilly W.l to the maintenance of which the Institute makes sub-stantial contributions is available to Fellows Associates and Registered Students wishing to consult or borrow books from 10 a.m.to 9 p.m. on week-days (Saturdays 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.). Books can also be borrowed by post. Books may be borrowed from the Science Library Science Museum South Kensington S.W.7 on production of requisitions signed by the Registrar or the Secretary of the Institute. The use of the Goldsmiths’ Library of the University of London is also permitted to Fellows and Associates on application being made through the Office of the Institute. The Library of the Institute is open to Fellows Associates and Registered Students from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. on weekdays (not including Saturdays). Lantern Slides for Lecturers.-A list of slides of portraits of great chemists and other scientists throughout the ages can be obtained on application to the Secretary.As the slides are frequently in demand members are requested to notify their requirements at least 14 days before the date on which the slides are to be used. Joint Subscription Arrangements.-Fellows Associates and Registered Students who wish to participate in the arrangements whereby they can maintain on favourable terms their membership of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry and also if desired of the Faraday Society or the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists with substantial privileges as to publications (see special article Journal and Proceedings 1945 Part IV, p. 148) can obtain further particulars and necessary forms from the Conjoint Chemical Office 9 and 10 Savile Row London W.l. Benevolent Fund.-Contributions for 1950 may be sent to the Honorary Treasurer 30 Russell Square London W.C.1.Forms for Deeds of Covenant may be obtained from the Secretary. Covers for the Journal.-Members who desire covers (3s. each) for binding the Journal and Proceedings in annual volumes should notify the Secretary of their requirements. Covers for the years 1939 to 1949 inclusive are available. Changes of Address.-Fellows Associates and Registered Students who wish to notify changes of address are requested to give so far as possible their permanent addresses for registration. When writing from an address different from that previously given they are requested to state if the new address is to be used in future and whether the change affects the Appointments Register. All requests for changes should be addressed to the Registrar and not to the Honorary Secretaries of Local Sections.In order to facilitate identification Fellows Associates and Registered Students are asked to give their full initials on communications addressed to the Institute. In the prevailing circumstances they are also asked not invariably to expect formal acknowledgements of communications addressed to the Institute unless replies are necessary. 1285 PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTE LECTURES MONOGRAPHS AND REPORTS “Microchemistry and its Applications.” Ronald Belcher F.R.I.C. (1 946.) 4s. 6d. net. “Soil Metabolism.” J. H. Quastel D.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.C.S. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. “A New Notation for Organic Chemistry and its Application to Library and Indexing Problems.” Lecture under the joint auspices of the Chemical Society, the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Bureau of Abstracts. G. Malcolm Dyson M.A. Ph.D. M.I.Chem.E. F.lnst.Pet., F.R.I.C. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. *“Water and Public Health.” W. Gordon Carey F.R.I.C. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. First Henderson Memorial Lecture. Sir Ian Heilbron D.S.O. D.Sc. Ph.D. LL.D. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1949.) 2s. 6d. net. $“Counting Calories.” Sir Jack Drummond D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1947.) 3s. net. “Some Aspects of Nuclear Chemistry.” H. J. EmelCus D.Sc. A.R.C.S. D.I.C., F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1947.) 3s. net. $“Nutritional Requirements of Man in the Light of War-time Experience.” Sir Jack Drummond D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. $“The Determination of Alcohol.” J. R. Nicholls D.Sc. F.R.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. §‘‘Chemistry and Medicinal Treatment.” Sir Henry Dale O.M. G.B.E. F.R.C.P., F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. **“Some Applications of Acetylene Compounds in Organic Synthesis.” A. W. Johnson B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.C.S. D.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. *“The Fertilisers and Feeding Stuffs Act and Some Analytical Implications.” George Taylor F.R.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. “Chemical Ciphering A Universal Code as an Aid to Chemical Systematics.” M. Gordon M.Sc. A.R.I.C. C. E. Kendall B.Sc. A.R.I.C. and W. H. T. Davisori B.A. (1948.) 4s. net. Proceedings of a Colloqui2m on “The Industrial Utilisation of Agricultural Products and of Seaweed. Published jointly by The Irish Chemical Association and The Royal Institute of Chemistry. (1948.) 5s. net. “The Chemical Research Laboratory Teddington.” R. P. Linstead C.B.E., D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1948.) ,?s. net. “The New Fluorocarbon Chemistry. M. Stacey Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. Symposium on “Coal Petroleum and their Newer Derivatives.” (1948.) 7s. 6d. net. $“Through Chemistry-Adornment.” C. J. T. Cronshaw B.Sc. D.Sc. F.R.I.C., M.I.Chem.E. F.T.I. (1949.) 3s. net. “Percy Faraday Frankland.” L. H. Lampitt D.Sc. M.I.Chem.E. F.R.I.C. (1949.) 3s. net. “Anaesthetics.” H. B. Nisbet Ph.D. D.Sc. A.H.-W.C. F.R.I.C. F.R.S.E. (1949.) 3s. net. Report of a Conference on “The Origins and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents.” (1949.) 5s. 6d. net. “The Function of the Expert Witness in Litigation.” Lionel Heald K.C. “The Protection of Chemical Inventions.” J. G. Fife M.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C., F.C.I.P.A. (1949.) 3s. net. Report of a Symposium on “Laboratory Lay-out and Construction.” (1949.) 4s. 6d. net. “The Development of Chemical Processes.” F. Roffey B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (1949.) 3s. net. Report of a Symposium on “The Hydrogen Bond.” L. Hunter Ph.D. D.Sc., F.R.I.C. W. C. Price Ph.D. Sc.D. F.R.I.C. and A. R. Martin Ph.D. D.Sc., F.R.I.C. (1950.) 3s. net. Gratis. “The Life and Work of George Gerald Henderson.” First P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture. REGISTER OF FELLOWS AND ASSOCIATES 1948. REGULATIONS FOR THE ADMISSION OF STUDENTS ASSOCIATES AND FELLOWS. JOURNAL. Six Parts annually. 5s. each 21s. per annum. 10s. net. * Streatfeild Memorial Lectures. 0 Dalton Lectures. t Gluckstein Memorial Lecture. Tatlock Memorial Lecture. * * Meldola Medal Lecture. t 286

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9507400209

出版商:RSC    

年代:1950

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART IV I 950 EDITORIAL ANCILLARY SUBJECTS Over-specialisation is rightly deplored but opinions differ widely on what constitutes an excessive degree of specialisation in the education and training of the scientist. The applications of chemistry extend into all fields of industry and indeed of human affairs in general and there are, therefore few realms of knowledge or experience wholly outside the concern of the chemist. In the universities attempts have been made to introduce some more humanistic studies into science curricula. Variable results have been achieved depending largely on the methods adopted and the atmosphere with which the experiment has been invested. The inclusion of compulsory “cultural” subjects in ordinary undergraduate courses seems to have been less acceptable to students in this country than in the United States and it may well be that better results can be achieved here by providing facilities for students to develop such interests through their own societies.Our academic friends tell us that the present generation of students responds particularly well to encouragement in this direction and has devoted much enthusiasm to the activities of a wide variety of college societies with literary philosophical artistic or musical objects while greatly benefiting from the contacts thus established with people in other walks of life. In our experience students have never been backward in taking opportunities for “discussing the universe” provided they can do so at times and in places chosen by themselves and in the informal atmosphere provided by societies and discussion groups under their own auspices.Any attempt to bring these activities within the scope of the academic course might detract seriously from their value and if examinations were imposed matters of absorbing interest might be converted into mere “subjects” demanding the minimum of attention necessary to secure a “pass.” The case may be different in fields with a more obviously vocational significance and in some places students have taken reasonably kindly to the inclusion of Economics German-or even “English”-in the science degree course. However this may be there is general agreement that an honours course in chemistry should include a study of some at least of the other sciences.Even here however opinions differ on which if any of these sciences should be obligatory and to what stage they should be pursued. r 287 It would probably be generally accepted that the study of physics and mathematics to what used to be called Intermediate standard is desirable, if not essential for all chemists but the value of compulsory extension of these studies to a more advanced stage is open to question. On the other hand a good case can also be made for every chemist to take a biological subject to Intermediate or higher standard. In general it would perhaps be agreed that at least one branch of science-physical or biological-should be followed to a higher level provided that a wide freedom of choice is given. In our view danger lies in limiting that freedom of choice for students of chemistry differ greatly in their proclivities especially in the extent of their flair for mathematics-which is something almost as personal as appreciation of music.It would be unfortunate if through pressure of numbers of students and shortages of staff and of laboratory facilities university students were pressed unduly into a common mould by making physics and mathematics the necessary or only readily available ancillary subjects for post-Inter-mediate study. Many chemists who have achieved eminence especially on the organic side and in biochemistry have done so without taking courses of physics or mathematics to this level and some are convinced that if they had they would never have succeeded in passing the appro-priate examinations.In this they may be wrong for as Professor John Perry observed it is wonderful to see what apparently very difficult examinations can be passed by students with no real knowledge of the subject! It is certainly true that the good examinee can usually manage to scrape through the kind of test that is often considered adequate for an ancillary subject but we wonder if the effort involved for someone with little capacity for a particular subject would not be more profitably diverted to some other field with a more direct appeal. Much depends of course on the teacher and on the trouble he is prepared to take to make his subject attractive to students whose main interests lie elsewhere. Too often we suspect that students coming from another department are not warmly welcomed by harassed lecturers whose primary concern is naturally with their own undergraduates and whose personal desire is to find time to get on with their research work.From our own experience we have no doubt that the presentation of one’s own subject as ancillary to something else calls for much special attention and effort if it is to be at all effective. Thus it is necessary to learn a good deal about the principles of the other science to discover something of the way in which its exponents approach common problems and particularly to be able to talk sufficient of the language of that science for students to appreciate the connection with their main field of work. Pure mathe-maticians may find special difficulty in adapting their outlook to meet the needs of students of other sciences and some may even resent the “purity” of their subject being sacrificed for technological ends.Professors of engineering have therefore been inclined to demand special types of courses in mathematics for their students and to arrange for these courses I288 to be given by the less pure mathematicians-or it is whispered even by engineers ! Chemists have seldom received such special treatment and in some colleges the extent of their understanding and enthusiasm for higher mathematics has depended on access to such textbooks as those of Mellor and Partington while their approach to physics has been more readily made through courses in physical chemistry than through those given in the Physics Department.The student of chemistry may indeed feel that a rigid requirement that he should pursue physics and mathe-matics as such substantially beyond Intermediate standard is a little unfair for he knows that the student of physics has to take only mathe-matics as an ancillary subject (and may have no opportunity for adding any other-not even chemistry) while the student of mathematics has no such demands niade on him at all as his subject is presumably regarded by the university authorities as completely self-sufficient. In some quarters it is maintained that the development of modern chemistry has made it imperative for all students of the subject to have a wider knowledge of physics and a much more extensive mathematical equipment than sufficed for earlier generations.There is no doubt that such additional studies would be desirable if they could be made digestible by the average student and could be administered without disturbing his appetite or upsetting the intake of his principal forms of mental nourish-ment. It seems to us important however that we should not lose our sense of proportion in these matters and should from time to time, reconsider the purpose of studies in ancillary subjects. Nobody will deny that to those who are able to appreciate the beauty of form of mathematical expressions and deductions the further study of mathematics may be a delight as well as of considerable intellectual value. But this is also true of music and there are probably as many students of chemistry with a highly developed appreciation of music as of mathe-matics-and those in either category can be relied upon to follow their bent without any special provision being made for them.On a lower plane it is easy to show that the chemist with an extensive knowledge of appropriate aspects of modern physics and considerable mathematical equipment can tackle many of the problems which arise in chemical research especially in the field of physical chemistry. We are, however reminded of an occasion on which an eminent chemist expressed in the presence of Lord Rutherford his envy of the ability of the physicist to solve his own mathematical problems and Rutherford’s typical rejoinder “Mathematics ! What do I care for mathematics ! When I want mathematics done I employ a mathematician!” The chemist may seldom be able to afford to take such a robust attitude but we cannot help feeling that he is inclined to over-estimate the effects of his own limitations and to allow himself to be unduly dazzled by the magnificence of achievements that he cannot emulate.It may well be that the average chemist is unable to follow completely the mathematical treatment of Debye and Hiickel for correlating the properties of electrolyte [ 289 solutions but we take leave to doubt if he would be better off as a chemist if he could-unless of course he was concerned in producing an alternative solution of this or some similar problem. On the other hand, we believe that it behoves every student of chemistry to examine carefully the premises from which such deductions proceed and to note the simpli-fying assumptions that may be introduced (not always obviously) so that he may understand exactly what is being put into the mathematical machine and hence the probable range of application of the relationships that emerge.Failure to do this has led some chemists including a few writers of text-books to draw conclusions from the mathematical handling of problems within their own field which do not follow from the original premises and were certainly not intended by those who made the deduct-ions. Mathematical physicists themselves are often (but not always) surprisingly modest men and in any event usually state reasonably clearly the assumptions that they have made and the limitations within which they have been working.If the chemist cannot at the same time be a mathematician a physicist and a biologist-and the days of von Helmholtz when this was possible, have long since passed- he nevertheless can and ought to use his critical faculties to ensure that in matters that affect his own work he is not being deceived by apparently universally applicable and unanswerable conclu-sions of those who work under other disciplines or are masters of other techniques. This obligation is of particular significance when the chemist passes over to a specialist such as the statistician a mass of his own experimental data which he hopes may come back to him reduced to a simple but highly revealing generalisation. He will probably avoid gross errors of interpretation such as that of the woman who when expecting an addition to an existing family of four took fright on reading that ‘every fifth child born into the world is a Chinaman,’ but it behoves him to make sure that the generalisation arrived at is consistent with and could follow from the data supplied and in particular is not likely to be invalidated by factors of which the statistician was not apprised and which he could not be expected to take into account.The chemist who recognises his own limitations should also appreciate those of the other specialists with whom he works and this is perhaps one of the principal reasons why every scientist should know something of the mode of thought and terminology of those who specialise in what to him are ancillary subjects. In these days we all have to get expert advice on a variety of matters-from filling up income tax forms to growing chrysan-themums-and it is becoming increasingly recognised that if the advice is to be useful we must know enough about the other fellow’s subject to put our questions in a form that he can understand and to decide if his answers are so reasonable that we cannot do what we are always inclined to do-disregard the advice we have been given! f 290 THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEMIST By T.S. STEVENS B.Sc. D.Phil. A.R.I.C. (Based on a Lecture given before the Liverpool and North-Western Section of the Institute at Wigan and District Mining and Technical College 14 February, 1950). This investigation arose from a sense of profound dissatisfaction with a well-known work of Wilhelm Ostwald’s devoted to an analysis of the manner in which peculiarities of natural aptitude and favourable environment may lead to the production of major scientific work.He writes:-“The school in its present state is an apparatus rather for the destruction than for the development of future originality . . . In all cases where the development of a specific talent is concerned it should be totally avoided.” Ostwald’s main conclusions are very plausible-that first-class scientific investigators should be educated as little as possible and should be compulsorily retired at 55 (chair occupied by 4‘a venerable ruin sitting there as his own monument”) and that woman’s place is the home-but it cannot be denied that they are based on an inadequate foundation of ascertained fact.The attempt has now been made to arrange more extensive data as far as possible in the form of a ‘composite biography’ *of an ideal ‘average chemist.’ Few would question the propriety of commencing the biography with the words “The great chemist was born of poor but honest parents”-but even this cannot be maintained. Cavendish for example inherited a huge fortune, which in later years he threatened to withdraw from the hands of his bankers if they persisted in bothering him about it. The attribute of honesty owing to the amiable reticence of biographers appears more universal than that of poverty ; but is it not recorded that MendelCeff’s father was a horse-dealer ? There appears to be a tendency for celebrated chemists to be members of large families.Thus Kolbe was the eldest of fifteen and Mendelkff was the youngest child of his parents who with typical Slavonic exuberance and inaccur-acy estimated their offspring at anything from eleven to seventeen individuals. As a schoolboy the future great chemist is frequently an indifferent performer with a marked distaste for Latin syntax. Mendeleeff was noted as an idle fellow and like Ostwald had a life-long contempt for classical education. Berzelius was described by his headmaster as a youth with good talents bad habits and doubtful prospects. Indiscipline however is not inconsistent with precocity and early maturity. Quoting Ostwald again “The certainty of method first acquired in riper years is more than out-weighed by the courage and freedom from prejudice predominantly associated with youth.” W.H. Perkin’s discovery of the first coal-tar dye at the age of 18 was not his first piece of original research; Davy’s experiments on the fusion of ice by friction were carried out when he was 17. But for extreme examples we must consider the physicists Kelvin matriculated at 10 and one of the illustrious Bernouilli family Jean Bernoujlli 111 was awarded his Ph.D. at 13. Liebig was appointed to a professorial chair at 21 by the government of Hesse. “Think,” wrote Ostwald “what an uproar about academic freedom there would be to-day if a Minister of Education had the courage to nominate a professor who had not even passed his school leaving examination and indeed been removed from school as an unsuitable pupil. What a stride we have since made in Germany towards the ideal Chinese system.” Of those who entered the Hermetic courts through the side-gate of juvenile pyrotechny there may be mentioned Berzelius Liebig Wurtz Kolbe Frankland, Ostwald and Ramsay.Wohler was ungallant enough to have his little sister work the bellows while he made potassium in the kitchen fire. The young van’t Hoff with all the true Dutchman’s commercial sagacity gave chemical displays [ 291 to his friends and relations-and charged for admission. The profits moreover, were mainly devoted to extending the business. The famous American teacher Ira Remsen gives an interesting account of his first chemical experiment. “While reading a text-book of chemistry,” he writes “I came upon the statement ‘nitric acid acts upon copper’.. . Copper was more or less familiar to me for copper cents were then in use. I had seen a bottle marked ‘nitric acid‘ on a table in the doctor’s office where I was then ‘doing time’. . . Having nitric acid and copper I had only to learn what the words ‘acts upon’ meant. Then the statement ‘nitric acid acts upon copper’ would be something more than mere words. . . I opened the bottle marked ‘nitric acid,’ poured some of the liquid on the copper and prepared to take an observation. But what was this wonderful thing I beheld? The cent was. already changed and it was no small change either. A greenish-blue liquid foamed and fumed over the cent and over the table. The air in the neighbour-hood of the performance became coloured dark red.. . I tried to get rid of the objectionable mess by picking it up and throwing it out of the window which i had meanwhile opened. I learnt another fact-nitric acid not only acts upon copper but it acts upon fingers. The pain led to another unpremeditated experiment. I drew my fingers across my trousers and another fact was dis-covered. Nitric acid acts upon trousers. Taking everything into consideration, that was the most impressive experiment. . . I have ever performed.” Many were introduced to our science by their training in medicine or pharmacy. Ramsay took up chemistry to pass the time after breaking his leg in a football match. Von Baeyer concluded that he was too stupid for mathematics and physics and chose chemistry on the advice of a friend who declared that a little cramming every three months would suffice for that subject.Similarly Emil Fischer’s father decreed that as Emil was too thick in the head to be a busi-ness man he would have to go to college. A few eminent chemists have been model students but many others have fallen woefully short. In the Swedish universities there are four classes of Ph.D, degree-‘summa cum laude,’ ‘magna cum laude,’ ‘cum laude,’ and ‘non sine laude.’ Berzelius and Arrhenius sad to say each got a ‘fourth,’-Arrhenius probably because he put his dissociation theory into his thesis. The more wordly-wise van’t Hoff on the other hand submitted a conventional ‘pot-boiler,’ and kept his explosive matter for later. Serious offences against academic and other discipline have been all too common among the brightest ornaments of ow science.Liebig was jailed for taking part in a riot and it is officially recorded that he “made scurrilous remarks about those in authority, and knocked the hat from the head not only of Police Officer Schramm but also of Councillor Heim.” Similarly J. R. Mayer co-discoverer of the principle of the conservation of energy was imprisoned for taking part in a forbidden organi-sation and was released only after hunger-striking for six days. Quoting Ostwald again “Specially gifted pupils can be recognised by their dissatisfaction with what standardised instruction has to offer them.” Even when the independent investigator has embarked on his career he has often had to wait long for recognition. Berzelius had the mortification of seeing his first scientific paper rejected by the Swedish Academy which “did not approve of the new chemical nomenclature” used by him.Van’t Hoff’s classical memoir on stereochemistry was very roughly handled by Kolbe then editor of the “Journal fur praktische Chemie.” He deplored that “apparently erudite and profound but in reality trivial and inane ‘Naturphilosophie,’ like a kitchen-wench fashionably dressed and her face newly made up whom it is attempted to smuggle into good society where she does not belong. Whoever considers this apprehension exaggerated let him read if he can the pamphlet which has recently appeared abounding in flights of fancy by Messrs. van’t HOE and Herrman on ‘The Arrangement of Atoms in Space’. . . A Dr. J. H. van’t Hoff of the Veterinary College at Utrecht has it seems no taste for exact chemical investigation.He judged it more suitable to mount his Pegasus (evidently borrowed from the Veterinary College) and to announce in his ‘La chimie dans l’espace’ how from the chemical Parnassus attained by his dauntless flight the atoms appeared to him in the universe of space. . . Such a treatment of scientific questions which is not far removed from a belief in witch-craft and table-rapping, is considered admissible even by Wislicenus. Wislicenus thus shows that he has withdrawn from the ranks of the exact investigators and gone over to the camp of the ‘Naturphilosophen’ of ominous memory who are separated from the spiritualists only by a thin medium.” Recognition on the other hand has sometimes come from unexpected quarters.Crookes’ invention of the radiometer was rapturously acclaimed in a Belgian newspaper “Nous avons un sujet palpitant d’intkret un sujet Cnorme, immense prodigieux une dkouverte qui changera peut-6tre la face du monde. Vous voyez que ce n’est pas de la petite biere. La lumikre force motrice.” Priestley’s earliest triumph was the Royal Society’s Copley medal awarded for the discovery of soda-water. Many prominent investigators have displayed terrifying industry in their work and many have publicly prided themselves on the fact. Thus for example spake Liebig “He who does not ruin his health by study achieves nothing in chemistry nowadays. I have faithfully conformed to this advice. For many years four and even three hours’ sleep were enough for me.One night’s sitting up over my books was nothing; only when two or three followed one another did I think I had acquired merit.” Madame Curie again spent twelve hours a day working up pitchblende residues with her husband while her old father-in-law stayed at home to bath the baby. There are seriously cases in which overwork or the less easily analysable strain of the highest creative effort leads to breakdown. Thus Couper who formulated the ‘Structure Theory’ at the same time as KekulC and with greater clarity and mastery suffered at the age of 27 a breakdown which ended his work for good. Davy and Faraday suffered from recurrent prostration-Faraday’s last letter to Schonbein is pathetic “Again and again I tear up my letters for I write nonsense.I cannot spell or write a line continously. Wether i shall recover-this confusion-do not know. I will not write any more.” In a few cases the drama has ended abruptly in suicide. Thus the well-loved Victor Meyer drank HCN and Boltzmann fordid himself at the age of 62. In the long run most eminent chemists have secured an academic appoint-ment of some kind ; but this has not always been an unmixed blessing. Priestley, for example held a post in the Dissenting Academy at Warrington in which he gave instruction in Latin Greek Hebrew French Italian the Theory of Language Elocution Oratory and Criticism Logic History and General Policy Civil Law and Anatomy. Mendelkff had endless difficulty in attempting to mediate between reactionary authorities and revolutionary students ; he was finally rapped across the knuckles by the officials for his pains and resigned his chair.Chemists have exhibited very varied reactions to their own discoveries. Some, like Cavendish close up oyster-wise and publish only with extreme reluctance ; while others tell the world with the rapturous haste of a hen which has just fulfilled its cosmical purpose. Wohler hastened to announce his synthesis of urea in a letter to Berzelius “Ich kann so zu sagen mein chemisches Wasser nicht halten und muss Ihnen sagen dass ich Harnstoff machen kann. . .” Von Baeyer always wore an ancient and parti-coloured bowler hat in the laboratory-and even in bed if rumour speaks true-and when an important new compound was isolated he would raise his hat to it with a ceremonious sweep.Gay-Lussac, on the other hand celebrated Liebig’s completion of the analysis of fulminic acid by waltzing round the laboratory with his astonished and embarrassed collaborator. [ 293 The interests of chemists outside their science have been more varied and extensive than is generally realised. Mountaineering for example has been fearfully prevalent ; witness Frankland Victor Meyer Langmuir and especially Norman Collie whose important pioneer work in the Canadian Rockies is well known. H. 0. Jones a high authority on nitrogen bases perished on Mont Blanc while on his honeymoon. Davy who managed to combine scientific integrity with an addiction to angling was a minor poet of repute. Van’t Hoff, too had a bad attack of poetry in his youth his favourites being Byron Heine and Burns.He wrote an ‘Elegy on the Death of a Lady Student at Bonn,’ in the metre of ‘Childe Harold’-creditable but not quite up to Byronic standard. MendelCeff was also a Byronist on occasions but was usually content with Fennimore Cooper and Jules Verne-he had the “Journey to the North Pole” read to him on his death-bed. The more sophisticated von Baeyer on the other hand read French novels of the realist school in unnameable quantities. Many chemists eminent and otherwise have a weakness for detective stories but A. W. Stewart went one better by writing them between revisions of his “Recent Advances.” The Drama also has had its devotees. Laurent wrote the words and music of a comic opera and a play by Moissan just missed being produced at the Odeon.Victor Meyer as a lad was inordinately fond of theatricals and was with diffi-culty restrained from going on the professional stage. To the end of his life he retained a cultivated taste for actresses. Chemists have shown great differences in their degree of matrimonial enter-prise. They range over the whole gamut from misogynists like Cavendish who discharged his female servants if they allowed themselves to be seen to Hofmann, who is recorded by his biographer to have been ‘very sensitive to female beauty.’ His intentions were strictly honourable; he was four times married and left eleven children. Even the pious Quaker John Dalton writes to his brothers : “I see the belles of New Bond Street every day. I am more taken up with their faces than their dress.Some of the ladies seem to have their dresses so tight around them as a drum others throw them round like a blanket. I do not know how it happens but I fancy pretty women look well anyhow.” Berzelius relates how at the age of fifty-six he began to feel himself lonely and consulted an intimate friend who declared “By a judicious choice it is not too late to enjoy this experience (of marriage).” Berzelius went straight to his old friend President Poppius and demanded the hand of his eldest daughter thirty-two years his junior. Strangely enough his suit was successful and the couple hit it off remarkably well. Some men of genius have not been entirely free from personal eccentricity. Faraday’s biographer writes “At the Royal Institution after dinner we nearly always had our games just like boys-sometimes at ball or with horse-chestnuts instead of marbles Faraday appearing to enjoy them as much as I did and generally excelling us all.Sometimes we rode round the theatre on a velocipede, which was then a new thing.” Bunsen took a trip in the country with his mathe-matical colleague Konigsberger ; they shared a room in an inn and Bunsen was seen to put on a clean shirt and collar before retiring to bed. Konigsberger asked the reason for this and Bunsen pointed out with an air of simple cunning, that it would save time in the morning. At one period Davy’s apparent changes in girth puzzled his friends till it was discovered that owing to an overwhelming pressure of “dates,” he was in the habit of putting on the suitable garb for one function over as much as possible of his dress for the previous one.Ramsay has described his first meeting with Mendelkeff “A peculiar foreigner every hair of whose head acted in independence of every other came up bowing. I said ‘Vielleicht sprechen Sie Deutsch.’ He replied ‘Ja ein wenig. Ich bin Mendeleeff.’ I did not say ‘Ich bin Ramsay,’ but ‘Ich heisse Ramsay,’ which was perhaps more modest. He said he was raised in East Siberia and [ 294 knew no Russian even till he was seventeen years old. 1 suppose he is a Kalmuck, or one of those outlandish creatures.” It would appear that the subtle Kalmuck had gently extended the innocent Scotsman’s leg for Mendelkeff was a student in Petersburg before he was seventeen. When that same Mendelkff delivered his Faraday lecture to the Chemical Society he was handed a purse containing his honorarium.He immediately tumbled the coins out on the table declaring that nothing would induce him to accept money from the Society which had paid him the compliment of inviting him to do honour to the memory of Faraday. On another occasion he showed his independence by refusing to be presented to the Tsar until he received permission to wear what he liked and to retain his way-ward coiffure. The man in fact has become a tradition not least in connexion with a balloon ascent made for meteorological purposes ; for the peasant women long recounted how “Dmitri Ivanovitch flew on a bubble and pierced the sky, and for this the authorities made him a chemist.” MendelCeff was not the only chemist to show a degree of pardonable vanity.When von Baeyer expressed his admiration for the chemical discoveries of Berthelot who had just become a Minister of State in a cabinet that lasted for six months the latter complained petulantly “Je ne suis pas grand chimiste; je suis homme d’etat.” Sir William Crookes again on receiving a ‘handle’ to his name chose as the motto for his coat of arms the bilingual pun “Ubi Crux ibi Lux.” While many chemists have led humdrum lives others have had more colour-ful careers. Thus Cavendish “kept himself to himself” to the last. Feeling ill on returning from a Royal Society meeting he rang for his servant and said, “Mind what I say I am going to die. When I am dead but not till then go to my brother Frederick and tell him of the event.Go.” An hour passed; Cavendish growing weaker again rang for his valet. “Repeat what I have ordered you to do. Give me the lavender water. Go.” After another half-hour the servant found him dead. Cannizzaro’s career will serve by way of contrast to Cavendish’s. Born in Palermo he studied medicine there and at Pisa and returned to Sicily to become an artillery officer in the revolutionary army of 1847-49. After the fall of Palermo he escaped to France under sentence of death-one of the few who were never pardoned by the Neapolitan government. In 1858 he published his famous “Outline of a Course of Chemical Philosophy,” and two years later was back in Sicily with the expedition which followed Garibaldi becoming a member of the provisional government.Cannizzaro was then called to the chair of chemistry in Palermo and finally to Rome; he became a senator with high positions in the Ministry of Education and in the customs and excise depart-ments. Cannizzaro’s great age (he lived to be eighty-four) is not an isolated phenom-enon. In Bugge’s “Das Buch der grossen Chemiker” there are fifty-one biographies of chemists born after 1700. Classified according to age at death, they give the following results:-40-50 4; 50-60 4; 60-70 17; 70-80 14; 80-90 10; Guillotined 1,; Committed suicide 1 Total 51. The record however is held by Chevreul famous for his pioneer work on the fats. He was born three years before the production of Lavoisier’s “Traite Elementaire,” and died at the age of one hundred and three by which time Langmuir was a schoolboy and Bohr had emerged from babyhood.In conclusion be it said that the infinite variety of chemical personality awakens some fellow-feeling for W. W. Jacobs’ sailor who complained that there wasn’t one average woman in fifty SUMMARIES OF LECTURES THE CORROSION OF IRON AND STEEL By J. C . HUDSON D.Sc. D.I.C. A.R.C.S. F.I.M. (East Anglia Section at Ipswich 4 February 1950). The problem of the corrosion of iron and steel will be discussed under four heads (1) magnitude ; (2) causes ; (3) investigation ; (4) solution. 1. Magnitude of the Problem. The fact that unless the necessary preventive steps are taken iron and steel will rust under most conditions of industrial use is a serious source of trouble and loss.How serious can best be estimated by two simple calculations based on the output of finished steel in Great Britain in 1948 which was rather more than 12 million tons. (a) If the whole output in its finished form which ranges from heavy castings to thin wire had been freely exposed without a protective coating to an industrial atmosphere like that of Sheffield no less than one-tenth of it would have rusted away at the end of one year’s exposure-a loss of about l+ million tons of steel. (6) The total surface area of this steel was approxi-mately 12,000 million sq. ft. or 500 sq. miles. The cost of painting the whole of this with two coats of good oil paint would be something like Z120 million at present prices. Bearing in mind that these figures relate to only one year’s out-put it may be conservatively estimated that the annual cost of rusting and its prevention to this country is of the order of 2100 millions.2. Its Causes. The corrosion of metals is a natural phenomenon and the rusting of iron is no exception to this statement. Two conditions are essential for rusting of the ordinary type-the presence of moisture and the presence of oxygen. Knowledge of the part played by moisture in atmospheric rusting is largely based on the work of W. H. J. Vernon who showed that rusting is inappreciable in atmospheres whether polluted or not of less than about 70 per cent. relative humidity. In atmospheres with a humidity exceeding a “critical” value of about 80 per cent. relative humidity there is an increase in the rate of rusting but the rate remains low for iron exposed to humid but pure air.If however the air is polluted with a small percentage of sulphur dioxide the rate of rusting leaps up as soon as the critical humidity is exceeded. The practical bearing of these facts on rusting in Great Britain is obvious. Meteorological data show that the relative humidity of the atmosphere exceeds 70 per cent. for roughly three-quarters of the year. Hence the conditions are generally such as to permit of rusting but the severity of the rusting is determined by the atmospheric pollution and in fact as experimental data have shown is roughly proportional to it. For example in the highly polluted air of Sheffield iron rusts at the rate of about 5 mils (0-005 in.) per year but in the pure air of the Welsh hills the rate is only 1 mil per year.3 . Its Investigation. In view of the universal use of iron and steel the problems arising from their corrosion and its prevention have excited world-wide interest and much research has been carried out by individual workers and corporate bodies. In Great Britain, for example a Corrosion Committee now under the direction of the British Iron and Steel Research Association has been studying the problem since 1928 ; similar national committees exist in Belgium France Holland Sweden and the United States One method of experiment is to prepare specimens of various types of iron or steel with or without protective treatment and to expose these to given conditions of service e.g. the atmosphere immersion in sea-water or burial in the soil.The effects of corrosion are observed by inspecting the specimens at suitable intervals where practicable and at the end of the test when it is usual to measure the loss of weight or of mechanical strength due to exposure. Field tests of this type are of great value in the development of more resistant ferrous metals or of better protective coatings. In the case of the Corrosion Committee’s work they have led to the production of an anti-corrosive paint for the underwater parts of ships’ hulls that has been adopted by the Admiralty for use on new construction. Field tests on a larger scale may be made on an actual structure as for example by building tubes of different compositions into a boiler or by painting parts of a ship’s hull in different ways.In parallel with field tests it is essential to conduct fundamental research into the theory and mechanism of corrosion. British scientists including the late G. D. Bengough U. R. Evans J. N. Friend and W. H. J. Vernon have made important contributions to knowledge in this field. 4. Its Solution. Considered broadly there are three possible solutions of the corrosion problem (a) to accept it as a necessary evil and to allow for it by the provision *of extra weight of metal; (b) to render the corrosive medium innocuous by suitable treatment ; (c) to exclude the corrosive medium from the steel surface by providing a protective coating. Counteracting corrosion by the provision of extra thickness of plate or section is an obvious step which should not be despised.Some parts are made far too thin to give good service under the corrosive conditions to which they are exposed. When centrifugally cast (spun iron) pipes were introduced about 25 years ago their superior mechanical properties enabled their wall thickness to be reduced by up to one-third as compared with the older vertically cast iron pipes ; for example a spun iron pipe with a 0-33 in. wall is equivalent mechanically to a vertically cast iron pipe with a 0.43 in. wall. It may well be that the complaints that buried spun iron pipes fail (by bursting or perforation) more rapidly than the older vertically cast pipes is partly associated with their smaller wall thickness. The prevention of corrosion by treatment of the corrosive medium is a specialised problem and finds its greatest application in corrosion by industrial waters.The corrosion of iron and steel in many types of plant such as boilers and refrigerators can be greatly reduced by de-aeration suitable water treatment and the addition of inhibitors. Exclusion of the corrosive medium can be accomplished in two ways (a) by the use of a corrosion resistant or “self-healing” steel which produces its own barrier against the corrosive agent ; (b) by the provision of a protective coat-ing of which paint or a more resistant non-ferrous metal are the best known examples. A distinction is necessary between the rust-resisting steels proper which are virtually non-corrodible under certain conditions of exposure and the so-called low-alloy steels which although anything up to six times more resistant than ordinary steel still rust when exposed to the atmosphere.The former contain perhaps 25 per cent. of alloying elements such as chromium and nickel whereas in the latter the alloying additions generally do not exceed one or two per cent. In an industrial atmosphere ordinary steel rusts at the rate of about 5 mils per annum the best low-alloy steels at the rate of 1 mil per annum and an ordinary rust-resisting steel of the 18-8 chromium-nickel type at the rate of 0.1 mil per annum. (The non-ferrous metals aluminium copper lead and zinc corrode at rates of the order of 0.3 to 0.7 mils per annum). [ 297 The rust-resisting steels proper owe their high corrosion resistance to the fact that their surface is covered with a film of chromium oxide which is renewed immediately by rapid oxidation of the surface every time it is disrupted.The low-alloy steels on the other hand depend for their increased rust resistance on the formation of an adherent and relatively impermeable surface layer of rust. This is built up gradually as corrosion proceeds and low-alloy steels rust there-fore just like ordinary steel but much less intensely. It is believed that the superior protective properties of the rust on low-allow steels are associated with the gradual concentration in it of insoluble basic sulphates of the alloying elements such as chromium copper and nickel contained in them. The sulphate content of the rust rises with increasing corrosion resistance of the steel, as is shown in the following table :-Correlation between Sulphate Content of Rust and Rate of Rusting of Low-Alloy Steels Alloying elements in the steel Per cent.(approx.) Sulphate content of rust SO per cent. Rate of rusting, Mils per year. None Mn 1.5 CU 0-4* Cu 0.5 Mn 1.4 Cr 0.8. Cu 0.3 Cu 1.0 Ni 1.7 Ni 2-8 2-34 2.78 2.49 2.8 1 2.8 1 3.37 3.16 4.07 3.46 3.19 2.97 1-55 1.47 I -34 * Except in this case which relates to a single steel all the results are average values for at least 2 steels of similar compositions. By far the most essential factor in ensuring successful protection of iron or steel by paint is correct pre-treatment of the surface. The only trustworthy procedure is to remove the millscale (the oxide of iron film present on all hot-rolled steel) either by pickling or by gritblasting and to apply the priming coat of paint immediately to the clean and preferably warm steel surface.Two coats of paint applied to steel surfaces in this condition should protect it adequately in normal circumstances for ten years. The same paints when applied over surfaces prepared by the usual method of exposure to the weather followed by hand-cleaning would fail within two years. The best metals for general use as protective coatings on steel are zinc and aluminium. Zinc can be applied by a variety of methods-hot-dipping cement-ation (sherardising) electrodeposition and spraying-but so far the only method readily available for coating heavy structural parts with aluminium is spraying.Under certain conditions lead tin and other metals also constitute useful protective coatings for steel. If a protective coating is to be effective it must not only be correctly chosen and properly applied but it must also be of adequate thickness. In general terms for the protection of steel against corrosion in an industrial atmosphere, paint films should be at least 5 mils thick corresponding to 3- or 4-coat work, and zinc coatings should have a minimum weight of 2 oz. per sq. ft. of surface, corresponding approximately to a thickness of 3 mils THE CHEMISTRY OF THE PHOSPHOLIPIDS By T. MALKIN Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. (Birmingham & Midlands Section 8 March 1950). The phospholipids are fat-like substances containing phosphorus and nitrogen which occur with fats in most living cells.They have long been divided into three main types namely lecithin (I) kephalin (11) and sphingo-myelin (111) but to these must now be added phosphatidyl serine (IV) recently found in ox-brain by Folchl. CH,OCOR CH,OCOR CHOCOR I I I/ I fi CHOCOR l o + 1 + I ? a CH,-0-P-0-CH,CH,NMe CH,-O-P-O-CH,CH,NH, 0 I -0 -(1) lecithin CII) kephalin (phosphatidyl-choline) (phosphatid yl-ethanolamine) NHCOR CH20COR CHOCOR I CH,(CH2), CH CH CH CH CHaOH I I 0 NH2 I I I 0 = P-O-CHZCHZNM% + CHs-O-P-O-CH,CH COOH 0 sphingomyelin phosphatidyl-serine (RCO = fatty acyl group.) In (I) (11) and (IV) the phosphate group may be attached to the p-carbon of the glycerol. Until the early 1920’s the main sources of phospholipids were egg-yolk (hEm#os) and brain but since that time “lecithin”* has been extracted commercially (400 tons annually in Britain) from ground-nut cottonseed and soyabean oils in which it occurs to the extent of 1-2 per cent.This product has unusual surface properties and it is widely used in chocolate and margarine manufacture. In the former a fractional percentage of lecithin added during mixing brings about a remarkable reduction in viscosity. Of the above four types lecithin has been most fully studied and structure (I) is well established apart from doubt as to whether both a- and p-compounds occur. The existence of a-lecithin has been established by the isolation of an optically active glycerophosphoric acid from the hydrolysis products ; although p-glycerophosphoric acid has also been isolated this is not indubitable proof of the existence of p-lecithin because of the known equilibria between a- and 8-phosphoric acids and their derivatives.* Commercial lecithin is a mixture of I I1 and IV with combined inositol and sugars. r 299 Kephalin which invariably accompanies lecithin is distinguished and separ-ated from it by its insolubility in alcohol and this unexpected difference in the light of the similar structures (I) and (11) has long raised doubts concerning its structure. Recent work has however clarified the position and it is now known that the alcohol-insoluble fraction hitherto known as kephalin is mainly phosphatidyl serine (IV) combined to some extent with inositol and sugars.2 Compounds of formula (11) do occur but as would be expected they are soluble in alcohol and are found together with lecithin in the alcohol soluble fraction.In sphingomyelin the base sphingosine, CH3(CH2)12CH CH. CH. CH .CHzOH, I I OH NH2 N-acylated with lignoceric or nervonic (1 5-tetracosenoic) acid takes the place of the diglyceride fragment in (I) (11) and (IV). Contrary to earlier views the hydroxyl groups are now known not to be adjacent3 but it is still not known which hydroxyl is esterified with choline phosphate. It is of interest that sphingomyelin which is particularly associated with the nervous system has not so far been found in plants. Although there have been many attempts to synthesise phospholipids this has only quite recently been achieved.The main lines of attack are indicated in the following scheme :-RCOO.CH2 RCOO.CH 0 ,_____ POCl I j C1 Hi 0. CH2CH,N Me, c1 -+ I I (A) CHOH -RCOO.CH RCOO.CH2 I J HO.CH 0 RCOO.CH 0 ,OAg BrCH, I I I + CH* -+ c 1 OH RCOCl I 11 (C) CH-0-P/ I - 3 CH-GP< RCO0.CH2 \O Ag BrNMe, I \OH HO.CH, I RCOO.CH2 0 1 II CH-O-P-OCH~CH,NM% t I I \ + RCOO.CH2 0 The difficulty in route (A) is to avoid formation of a diphosphate (RO), POCI in the first step which leads to loss of yield and troublesome purification. This difficulty is only partially overcome by using the less reactive phenyl-phosphoryl chloride Ph0-POCl2 and the still less reactive (PhO),POCI does not appear to react with a a’-&glycerides. Although it has been claimed that glycerophosphoric acid can be acetylated with fatty acids-route (Cbseveral workers have failed to confirm this and whilst the route (B) via the silver salt of phosphatidic acid appears promising yields so far obtained are disappointing.Of course with ethanolamine as a reactant the amino group must be protected (carbobenzoxy or phthalyl group) and all protecting groups whether of the ethanolamine or of the phosphorylating agent should preferably be removable without catalytic hydrogenation or the synthesis will be restricted to saturated phospholipids. It must be borne in mind also in the synthesis of a-phospho-lipids that a /3-diglycerides readily change to aa-compounds When this paper was read the only reliable synthesis was that of /3-kephalin by using route (A) with ethanolamine protected as stated above but quite recently Baer and Kates6 have published a synthesis of a-lecithin using phenylphosphoryl chloride (PhO.POClp) instead of POCl in route (A).REFERENCES 1. 2. 3. 4. J.A.C.S. 1947 69 1384. 5. J.A.C.S. 1950 72 942. Folch and Schneider J . Biol. Chem. 1941 137 51. Folch and Schneider loc. cit.; Folch and Woolley J . Biol. Chem. 1942 142, 963; Folch ibid 1942 146 35; Hutt Malkin Poole and Watt Nature, 1950 165 314. Carter et al. J. Biol. Chem. 1941 142 449. See also Hunter Roberts and Kester ibid 1948 70, 3244. A MODERN CONTACT SULPHURIC ACID PLANT By W. J. MURPHY B.Sc. A.R.I.C. (Liverpool and North-Western Section at Widnes 8 March 1950). Despite changes in design and modifications to sulphuric acid plants in general the fundamentals of sulphuric acid manufacture remain unchanged and may be summarised thus (1) Combustion of sulphur or sulphur-bearing materials with air to produce a S02/02 gas mixture in the desired ratio for conversion to SO,; (2) Catalytic oxidation of SO2 to SO3; (3) Absorption of SO in strong sulphuric acid.The contact plant to be described incorporates recent developments in the field of sulphuric acid manufacture. It is of the hot gas type burning sulphur as a raw material and using a vanadium catalyst for the effective conversion of SO2 to SO3. Conversion efficiency is in the region of 98 per cent. and weekly production calculated as 94 per cent. sulphuric acid varies between 420 and 550 tons depending upon the type of conversion used.Imported Louisiana sulphur of 993 per cent. purity is used. The impurities in the sulphur moisture and bitumen are removed prior to combustion. The presence of moisture in the sulphur burner would produce dilute acid detrimental to plant structure. The sulphur is melted heating being by steam coils at 80 lb./ sq. in. and run into a settling tank where it is maintained at 140°C. at which temperature sulphur has its optimum viscosity for satisfactory pumping. It is pumped to the sulphur burner through 3/4 in. steam-jacketed pipes by a sub-merged cast-iron positive displacement rotary pump driven electrically through an adjustable reduction gear which allows accurate control of sulphur feeding. Air for combustion is supplied to the sulphur burner by a Roots-Connersville positive pressure blower of capacity 310,000 cu.ft./hr. The air is initially freed from entrained dust by drawing it through cylindrical filters packed with wire wool. It must be free from moisture prior to combustion otherwise acid mist formation will occur at a later stage of the process. Drying is effected by draw-ing the air through a drying tower down which flows 94 per cent. sulphuric acid. The drying tower is a mild steel cylindrical vessel 20 ft. high and 10 ft. in diameter, lined with acid-resisting brick. The top of the tower is fitted with an acid dis-tributing plate containing 88 holes each having a calibrated nozzle. 94 per cent. sulphuric acid is pumped to the top of the tower and is distributed over the plate and through the nozzles which project into cast iron tubes 2 in.diameter and 2 ft. long projecting downwards into the body of the tower. The remainder of the tower is packed with Raschig rings varying in diameter from 2 in. at the bottom of the tower to 1 in. at the top. The air after drying and prior to enter-ing the sulphur burner is heated to 240°C. by circulating around the tubes of the secondary SO cooler The sulphur burner consists of a mild steel cylindrical vessel 25 ft. high and 13 ft. in diameter lined with 9 in. refractory brick. It is divided into two com-partments by an arch of refractory brick constructed two-thirds of the way up. This arch supports a pyramid of refractory brickwork so that sulphur entering at the top centre of the burner is distributed over a large surface area.Air is also admitted through the top centre of the burner. The combustion of sulphur with air to form sulphur dioxide is an exothermic reaction 2,212 C.H.U./lb. sulphur being evolved. The temperature of the outgoing gases from the sulphur burner is about 90°C. which is considerably higher than the optimum temperature (425°C.) required for converting SO2 to SO,. The gases must therefore be cooled. This may be effected in two ways : (1) a waste heat boiler and (2) a primary SO2 cooler. The waste heat boiler is of the water-tube type. The steam tubes are divided by a central bame which directs the flow of hot sulphur dioxide gas down over one series of tubes and up over the remainder. Temperature control is effected by means of a by-pass mushroom valve which adjusts the volume of gas passing over the steam tubes.When the valve is fully shut the entire gas flow passes over the tubes and the maximum heat transfer takes place. Steam is generated at 220 lb./sq. in. corresponding to a temperature of 202°C. At this temperature the tubes are above the dew-point of SO and water vapour should these be present in the gas stream. Steam is generated in the boiler at a rate of approxi-mately 3 lb. of steam per llb. of sulphur and is utilised on the plant for supplying the sulphur-melters and settling tank after reduction to the appropriate pressures, and as a source of low-pressure steam for evaporation purposes at other parts of the works. The gases cooled to 450"C. carry some dust which is removed by filtration. The filters are cast-iron cylindrical vessels 10 ft.in diameter supported on pedestals. They are packed to a depth of 18 in. with silica chips varying in size from 1/16 in. at the gas intake to 1/4 in. at the outlet. The efficiency of the filters is indicated by measuring the pressure drop across the filter bed. Two filters are available one being used at a time the second serving as a standby when the first requires cleaning. Good operational practice necessitates chang-ing filters every six months. The hot gases entering the filter at the top are distributed over the filter bed by means of an internal baffle and leave the filter at the bottom at a temperature of 425"C. ready for conversion. The oxidation of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide is an exothermic reaction and may be regarded as a reversible process : 2S02 + 0 + 2S03 -!- 685 C.H.U./lb.sulphur. The relationship between the equilbrium constant K for this reaction and temper-ature is given by log K = L-.- - 10.755 where 11 400 T T is the temperature in degrees absolute. Apart from this temperature effect on conversion efficiency it is clear from the law of mass action that the formation of SO3 is favoured by increasing either the O2 or the SO2 content of the gas mixture. Plant practice favours the former method. However with converter entrance gas containing a very large excess of oxygen supplied at a low rate the rate of production of SO would be low. A compromise is reached by keeping the excess of oxygen reasonably low the gas mixture being supplied to the converter at a relatively rapid rate.Using stoichiometric quantities the gas mixture would consist of 14 per cent. SO2 and 7 per cent. 02 corresponding to a conversion of 91 per cent. In practice a gas mixture containing 13.9 per cent. O2 and 7 per cent. SO2 is used and a conversion efficiency of 97.5 per cent. is obtained when the inlet gases are at a temperature of 425°C. 302 Conversion may be effected in two or four stages. In the two stage conver-sion two converters are employed. In the first converter the gases enter at 425°C. and inside the converter the temperature rises rapidly to 575°C. The velocity of reaction increases with rise in temperature and equilibrium is readily attained. Because of this a small quantity of catalyst (about 3,000 litres) is employed and 80 per cent.conversion is effected. The outlet gases are cooled from 575°C. to 425°C. by passing through a tubular cooler around which cold air is circulated. The hot air from the cooler is utilised to preheat the water supply to the waste heat boiler. The cooled gases are then passed through the second converter and here the temperature rise is only 50°C. Hence the rate of reaction is very much slower and considerably more catalyst (6,700 litres) is employed to effect an overall conversion of 97.5 per cent. The outlet gases at a temperature of 475°C. are cooled to 215°C. by passing through a tubular cooler around the tubes of which combustion air is circulated prior to entering the sulphur burner thereby preheating the air to 240°C. With four stage conversion one converter 30 ft.high is employed and with a burner gas containing 9 per cent. SO the following conditions obtain : Inlet Temp. Outlet Temp. Temp. Rise Catalyst Bed No. 1 Stage 435°C. 585°C. 150°C. 2,090 litres. No. 2 , 440°C. 520°C. 80°C. 2,900 9 , No. 3 , 445°C. 460°C. 15°C. 2,900 9 v 5,460 9 No. 4 , 435°C. 435°C. -An overall conversion efficiency of 98 per cent. is obtained. The gases are further cooled to about 100°C. before the absorption stage. Although SO gas has a great avidity for water efficient absorption can only be obtained using sulphuric acid of a strength varying between 98.3 and 99.0 per cent. The system x.SO,.y.H,O has its lowest vapour pressure at an acid concen-tration of 98.5 per cent. If the absorbing acid used is stronger than 98.5 per cent.unabsorbed SO will pass through to the atmosphere the quantity escaping increasing with increase in acid strength. If the absorbing acid is weaker than 98.5 per cent. the SO gas on contact with water vapour will form acid mist difficult to absorb. Temperatures of the SO3 gases and acid are not critical but are kept wjthin limits to minimise the escape of SO3 gas and plant corrosion. The acid temperature is maintained between 60 and 80°C. and the SO gas enters the absorber at 100°C. The absorption system comprises two absorption towers similar in con-struction to the acid drying tower two mild steel tiled rectangular circulating tanks four cast-iron vertical centrifugal circulating pumps and two cast-iron dilution vessels. Sulphur trioxide cooled to 100°C.enters the bottom of the first absorber in counter current to 98.5 per cent. sulphuric acid circulated over the tower at a rate of approximately 300 gal./&. Unabsorbed SO gas leaves at the top of the tower and enters No.2 tower at the bottom where it again meets a counter current of 98-5 per cent. acid. In the first absorber the acid is fed in at the top through eight 2 in. distribution pipes and is distributed by splash to effect the maximum absorption. No. 2 absorber distributor plate is designed so that entrainment of acid mist in the exit gases is reduced to a minimum. During absorption the acid strength increases about 0-6 per cent. The acid flows from the absorbers by gravity to a dilution vessel where the strength is adjusted to 98-5 per cent.by water supplied through a rotameter at approximately 100 gal./hr. The diluted acid is then circulated through water coolers and returned to the circulation tank from where a portion is recirculated over the absorbers and the remainder bled off for dilution to 94 per cent. strength. The 94 per cent. acid is cooled and returned to the second circulating tank whence a portion is recirculated over the drying tower for drying the combustion air while the remainder is pumped to storage tanks and made available for sales. The diluted 94 per cent. acid from the drying tower is returned to the 94 per cent. dilution vessel where its strength is re-adjusted. Pressures and temperatures are regulated from a central control room. Strengths of inlet and outlet sulphur gases and of acid are determined hourly and temperatures at the more important points are recorded continuously by means of potentiometric recorders.There is adequate standby equipment to ensure continuous operation and the plant is operated by one man per shift. THE SCIENTIFIC EXAMINATION OF PICTURES by A. E. A. WERNER M.A. M.Sc. D.Phil. A.R.I.C. (Dublin and District Section 22 March 1950). Although many famous scientists such as Humphry Davy Michael Faraday and Wilhelm Ostwald did on occasion use their specialised knowledge to solve specific problems concerning paintings the intensive application of scientific methods to the examination of pictures is comparatively recent and is confined to only a few art centres. This lecture deals with the results that have been achieved in two fields ; the first is concerned with the use of scientific methods in the general problem of the conservation of pictures and the second is concerned with assisting the art-historian in the attribution of disputed paintings and the unmasking of fakes.In order to appreciate the problems involved in the conservation of pictures a knowledge of picture-mechanics is necessary. This subject deals with all the stresses and strains to which a painting-conceived from the purely mechanical point of view as a system of closely associated layers-is exposed. A painting has a stratified structure in which there are four essential layers. Starting from the back these are : (i) the support usually wood or canvas; (ii) the ground (or gessu) consisting usually of an inert substance such as chalk or gypsum in glue although in later years white lead in oil was sometimes used; (iii) the paint layer proper consisting essentially of pigment particles embedded in a binding medium usually either egg tempera or oil; and (iv) the varnish which serves as a protective surface coating and enhances the brilliance of a picture.The cleaning process which is confined to the removal of old varnish is but one facet of the whole discipline of picture conservation which relates to all these layers. The commonest source of trouble to which pictures are subject is paint cleavage which is an inevitable consequence of their stratified nature. Paint cleavage occurs when the ground and paint layers which have become progres-sively more brittle with time are no longer able to follow the dimensional changes which the support undergoes as it responds to changes in the relative humidity (R.H.) of the environment.The bond of adhesion between the layers is over-come and blisters develop at various points either on or beneath the surface of the paint depending upon the exact location of the plane of cleavage. The only certain way of preventing paint cleavage (which is particularly prevalent with paintings on a wood support) is to ensure strict control of the R.H. by means of air-conditioning When the pictures from the National Gallery were stored during the war in a slate quarry which had been specially air-conditioned to maintain an almost constant R.H. of 58 per cent. at 65"F. paint cleavage wa reduced to a minimum.In the absence of air-conditioning the development of paint cleavage can be greatly diminished by applying to the back of the panel a moisture barrier i.e. a material which reduces the intake and output of moisture from and to the surroundings thus decreasing to a minimum the undesired dimensional changes. Experiments have shown that polythene sheeting is an ideal material for this purpose. It is a stable inert material has a very low moisture permeability and is easy to apply. Incidentally the idea of applying a moisture barrier to the back of a panel is not a new one. Van Eyck‘s famous painting “Jan Arnolfini and his Wife” has a layer of gesso covered with pitch on the back; this protection is undoubtedly responsible for the almost perfect state of preservation of this painting.If paint cleavage is neglected there is a grave danger that paint flakes may become completely detached. In order to prevent such paint loss the blisters are reattached an electrically heated spatula being used to force in through the fine cracks an adhesive-usually a molten beeswax-resin mixture or a dilute solution of gelatin. Experiments are at present being carried out to perfect this technique by using an adhesive mixture which will spread out from the cracks under the blister thus ensuing a more perfect adhesion between paint and ground over a larger area. To assist the restorer in his work of picture conservation science has provided various diagnostic techniques which are used to obtain the maximum amount of information about the condition of the painting before and during its restoration.The most important of these scientific tools is X-ray photography. The degree of absorption of the X-rays as they pass through the picture depends upon the specific absorption power of the pigments present and upon the relative thick-nesses of the paint layers. It is particularly fortunate that lead white has been so extensively used as an artist’s pigment. Owing to its high absorption power, the X-ray photograph very frequently bears a striking resemblance to the super-ficial pictorial image. In order to obtain an X-ray photograph which will exhibit the necessary delicate gradations in photographic intensity and yield the maximum of information about the painting low voltages of 10-15 KV.are used with current of about 15 rnilliamps and an exposure of 30 to 60 secs. depending upon the thickness of the support. Exact recording of physical data is necess-ary; otherwise the interpretation of the X-ray photograph may be misleading. Examination of paintings under ultra-violet light (down to about 3000A) is used to detect retouchings and traces of old varnish in shadows; the old varnish exhibits a strong lemon-yellow fluorescence whereas retouchings fluoresce less than the original paint. Infra-red photography is also of considerable value because the infra-red rays penetrate through surface varnish and the uppermost paint layers with the result that much can be revealed which is not apparent to the naked eye. Scientific methods may under favourable circumstances be used to produce compelling objective evidence about the authenticity of a disputed painting.The pigments present in a painting can be identified by microchemical tests (using in particular some of the newer organic reagents for metals) comparison of the pigment particles under the microscope with authentic specimens and determination of their optical characteristics. This last criterion was used with success in the recent van Meegeren forgery case when it was necessary to dis-tinguish between two cobalt pigments namely smalt-a pigment still in use in the time of Vermeer-and cobalt blue-a modern pigment also known as Thenard’s blue because it was discovered by that chemist in 1802 and shortly afterwards introduced into painting. Determination of the refractive index by following the movement of the Becke line proved the presence of cobalt blue with which by chance a specimen of ultramarine used by van Meegeren had been adulterated.Examination of the medium as regards its behaviour towards solvents may provide useful evidence about the probable age of a painting and inspection of the craquelure-that network of h e crackle characteristic of every old painting-[ 305 under the microscope may also be instructive. This age craquelure of genuine old painting always contains dirt which is a heterogeneous mixture of dust, fatty material and particles of disintegrated varnish. The craquelure of van Meegeren’s pseudo-Vermeers contained a homogeneous blackish fluid-a sort of Indian ink-which had been used to imitate the appearance of genuine dirt.Finally X-ray photography may be used to unmask the work of a faker. In the case of a painting on canvas a potential buyer will be impressed by the characteristics of old material on the back and front edges; it is therefore a common practice among fakers to obtain an old painting clean off as completely as possible the original painting and use the canvas. It is rarely possible to remove the paint layer entirely ; in favourable circumstances X-ray photography will reveal underneath the superficial pictorial image recognisable areas of the original painting. In the case of the pseudo-Vermeer “Last Supper” the scientific evidence was strikingly confirmed because it was possible to identify these underlying recognisable areas in the X-ray photograph with those in a photograph of a painting by A.Hondius known to have been purchased by van Meegeren ! ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY AT THE SCIENCE MUSEUM From 5 August until 10 September the Science Museum in South Kensington will contain a special display of old and new apparatus used in chemical analysis. Its purpose is to show the development of modern refined methods of analysis and also the way in which new discoveries in other branches of science may be pressed into the service of the analytical chemist. Some of the apparatus will be working and in particular there will be a push-button demonstration of the principles of radio-chemical analysis in which visitors will be able to bring radioactive specimens in turn in front of a device for measuring their activity.Microbiological analysis (analysis of substances by means of their effects on the growth of bacteria and moulds) is another new technique the principles of which will be explained with the aid of laboratory specimens. This small exhibition was originally planned for the benefit of the two hundred analysts who will be attending the Royal Institute of Chemistry (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Summer School in Analytical Chemistry which is to take place early in September. It was later decided however to present it in a form suitable also for the general public and the Science Museum has prepared the display with the co-operation of leading instrument manufacturers, Government departments and senior staff in some of London’s technical colleges.The Science Museum is open from 10 a.m. until 6 p.m. on weekdays and from 2.30 p.m. until 6 p.m. on Sundays BOOK REVIEWS The Chemical Elements and their Compounds. N. V. Sidgwick. Vol. I pp. xxxii i- 853; Vol. 11 pp. vi -k 849. (Oxford The Clarendon Press 1950). 70s. net. When Sidgwick’s brilliant book “The Electronic Theory of Valency” appeared in 1927 the author made a promise to his readers. He stated in his Preface “In the present volume the general principles of the theory are discussed and I propose in a second volume to consider their application to the individual elements in detail.” World events have contributed in a large measure to the delay in the publication of this eagerly awaited addition to chemical literature. Now that it has appeared it is assured of a most enthusiastic welcome from the general body of chemists both at home and abroad.Let it be said immediately that the new book is in two substantial volumes. A striking characteristic of Sidgwick’s “Electronic Theory of Valency” was that he co-ordinated and elucidated in a most remarkable way the widest diversity of material facts. In the Preface Sidgwick states his view that inorganic text-books are usually so overburdened with the details of mineralogy metallurgy technical chemistry and analysis that hardly any space is left for the consideration of theoretical relations. Therefore he has kept in the background the analytical metallurgical and technical details. The general plan of this book is based on the Periodic Table and the author sets out to discuss in detail the properties of the elements and their compounds in the light of modern ideas of atomic and molecular structure.He considers that an appropriate title might well be “rational inorganic chemistry”-except that in the new book carbon is given its proper place as by far the best known of the elements. He therefore discusses in the chapter dealing with carbon the more important principles though not the details of organic chemistry. The references have been brought up to the summer of 1948 and as Sidgwick emphasises many of the statements in his book already need correction and amplification-but that is inevitable in so rapidly advancing a subject . This brings the reviewer to a matter of outstanding importance to British chemistry.It will be perused by chemists both senior and junior and they will appreciate that although our knowledge of the chemical elements and their compounds is very extensive very much remains to be discovered. It will be quite clear that the study of the less known elements is of great theoretical interest and is yielding results of consider-able industrial value. British chemists are for the most part content to leave this work of exploration to their colleagues in other lands. It is the earnest hope of the reviewer that this new book will arouse in many of our gifted young chemists a desire to take up investigations in modern inorganic chemistry. It gives infinite scope to every category of chemist. Sidgwick has catalysed activity in chemical thought throughout his long and distinguished scientific career and it will be very fitting if a wide and renewed interest in the field of inorganic chemistry by British chemists should date from the publication of this new work.For here is the perfect guide to achievements in modern inorganic chemistry written in Sidgwick’s lucid elegant and incisive style. The author index and subject index are admirable and the whole book is splendidly documented. Considering the scope and the size of the book the price for the two volumes is most reasonable. His new publication is a triumph in that respect. The appearance of this work is most timely. The production is worthy of the Clarendon Press. W. WARDLAW. 307 Phenomena Atoms and Molecules. Irving Langmuir. Pp. xi -+ 436.(New The work of Irving Langmuir is so familiar to chemists and physicists that any book written by him-and this is his first-is certain of a warm welcome. It is written in eighteen chapters which contain a collection of twenty of the author’s papers roughly one-tenth of the number which have appeared since 1909. The first three chapters deal with general topics such as the philosophy of science and the world control of atomic energy. These are followed by anc account of the classical work on surface chemistry and heterogeneous catalysis. A considerable amount of space is then devoted to a discussion of flames of atomic hydrogen and the dissociation of hydrogen into atoms. Finally there are selected papers on topics such as valency the condensation and evaporation of gas molecules and the mobility of adsorbed atoms.The book is written throughout with that stimulating clarity of expression which has characterised all Langmuir’s publications in scientific journals. The elegance and simplicity of his experiments the meticulous attention to detail and the insight of the interpretation will continue to be a model and inspiration for other research workers. In a collection of papers such as this some repetition is. inevitable but there is an undue amount of duplication in the material relating. to incentives in Russia and the planning of science. This is however likely t o be the least interesting section. The book should be of general interest to all workers in physical chemistry and allied fields for in addition to a large amount of factual and theoretical matter it contains many sidelights on Langmuir’s method of formulating and solving problems.The production of the book is good and there are few serious typographical errors apart from that in the head-ing of pp. 243-257. There is a complete bibliography of the author’s papers, arranged according to subject matter. York Philosophical Library Inc. 1950). $10. H. J. EMEL~US. The Chemistry of Organic Medicinal Products. Glenn L. Jenkins and Walter H. Hartung. 3rd Edition. Pp. ix + 745. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1949). 60s. net. The object of this work is to present the growing number of important medicinal products in a systematic manner within the framework of structural organic chemistry and the authors have been mainly successful in attaining this goal.The latest edition has been completely revised and new or rewritten sections have been included on such subjects as the sulphonamides antibiotics anti-histamine and other agents which have received much attention in recent years. Intended primarily for students taking more advanced studies in pharma-ceutical and related biological and medicinal sciences this book tries to cater also for those with only an elementary knowledge of organic chemistry a section in practically every chapter being devoted to the elementary chemistry of the functional groups present in the more complex molecules dealt with later in the chapter. Whilst this attempt is to be commended a book which both teaches organic chemistry in a satisfactory manner and gives a detailed account of the chemistry and the properties of a large group of medicinal products must necessarily be both difficult to produce and bulky.It may be that the limitation of size made it impossible for the authors to deal with the chemistry of many of the products in a more thorough manner. Much obsolete matter contained in earlier editions has been eliminated but the present work still contains material particularly that which is anecdotal, which could advantageously be replaced by more detailed information for the advanced student and perhaps more of the modern work on the relationship between structure and activity The elementary organic chemistry given will no doubt be passed over by the advanced student but it may be somewhat confusing to those with little know-ledge of the subject.The practice of giving verbal descriptions of general methods of organic preparations unaccompanied by or replacing chemical equations lacks conciseness and clarity. Statements such as “Acetylene also undergoes polymerisation reactions a property which is employed to advantage in the commercial preparation of products like Neoprene,” and “Benzene does not occur naturally,” are liable to misinterpretation by the beginner in organic chemistry. It is doubtful whether the inclusion of tables giving the physical properties of members of homologous series can be justified in a work of this type which surely is not intended as a reference book of organic chemistry. Whilst the list of medicinal products dealt with is fairly comprehensive the chemistry of some of the more complex compounds is dismissed with a formula or a few words.It is to be regretted that some important modern compounds have been omitted especially as space has been devoted to non-medicinal products such as insecticides and horticultural agents which although of great interest hardly fall within the domain of this subject. The book is well printed with clear structural formulae and in addition to a partly classified general bibliography at the end has a list of original papers, reviews and text-books with each chapter which should be of assistance to those wishing to study specialised branches of the subiect. K. BOWDEN. Hopkins and Biochemistry 1861-1947. A Commemoration Volume edited by Joseph Needham and Ernest Baldwin.Pp. ix + 361. (Cambridge: W. Heffer and Sons Ltd. 1949.) 18s. net. The First International Congress of Biochemistry was held in August 1949. When the Committee of the Biochemical Society resolved to convene this Con-gress it had no hesitation in deciding to hold the Congress in Cambridge where Sir Frederick Gowland Hopkins had worked for close on 50 years and had done so much to establish biochemistry as a science with its own independent disci-pline. There could have been no more appropriate choice of venue. The detailed arrangements for the Congress were delegated by the Biochemical Society Committee to a Congress Committee and one of the most felicitous offers made to the Congress Committee came from a group of Hopkins’ senior colleagues at Cambridge to prepare the Commemoration Volume under review, a copy of which was given to every member attending the Congress.The volume opens with a unique and hitherto unpublished “Autobiography of Frederick Gowland Hopkins 1937 Aet. 76”-one of the most moving human documents in the scientific literature of this century. It is appro-priately followed by an appreciation of Hopkins’ teaching and scientific influence, written by Dr. Marjory Stephenson only a few weeks before her own untimely death. Dr. Leslie J. Harris then contributes a catena of excerpts from Hopkins’ published scientific papers and rightly contents himself with “merely providing a connecting link between the separate quotations.” Dr. and Mrs. Joseph Needham to both of whom Hopkins “stood for more than 25 years in loco parentis,” give a delightful account of their impressions of Hopkins’ personal influence and characteristics.More than half of the volume is devoted to the reprinting of a number of Hopkins’ earlier addresses and scientific communications many of which have become difficult of access. The inclusion of these papers was a very happy thought since they cover a period of 32 years and many of them afforded Hopkins an opportunity of typically thinking aloud with very happy results (the adjective might more appropriately and affectionately have an “0” in 309 place of “a”). The later portions of the volume include three selections from “Brighter Biochemistry,” the comic journal of the Sir William Dunn Institute of Biochemistry at Cambridge published annually between 1923 and 193 1; a roster of Hopkins’ collaborators colleagues and technical assistants; and a bibliography of Hopkins’ publications.The volume includes about a dozen photographs of Hopkins alone and in groups most of them typically informal and ranging in date from 1892 to 1943. It can have been given to few really distinguished men of science to inspire in their colleagues and students the quite remarkable affection which Hopkins inspired. The Needhams attribute this to his extraordinary charm and kind-ness and I feel certain that their opinion is correct. There have been other distinguished founders of scientific schools who were technically superior to Hopkins though I feel that Hopkins’ summing-up of himself on page 25 of his autobiography is not one to which most of his former students would subscribe.But I have never met or heard of anyone who was so perfectly the “beloved leader.” Members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry whatever their age and what-ever branch of chemistry they profess will find this book an intellectual feast. To those of us who are proud to claim however unworthily the title of bio-chemist it will be a most treasured possession since in the course of a long life (1 861-1 947) Hopkins saw biochemistry grow and contributed more than any other person to its growth from a period when it could be said of it that “Tier-chemie ist nur Schmierchemie” to the time when it can rightly claim to be an independent science still in process of vigorous growth and development.It is therefore fitting to close this review with the last sentence of the Needhams’ article “One never came across anybody at all like him and now one is sure one never will.” HAROLD RAISTRICK. Principles and Practice in Organic Chemistry. H. J. Lucas and D. Pressman. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London Chapman The subject matter of this book is introduced by a chapter on the fundamental principles of reaction rate equilibrium and free energy change. This is followed by eleven chapters on the technique and practice of organic chemistry. The remainder of the book (chaps. 13-44) except for two chapters on chromato-graphy and qualitative organic analysis deals with the preparation and the reactions of the commoner types of organic compounds.A notable feature is the emphasis which is placed on a proper understanding of the physical basis of the essential operations of organic chemistry such as fractionation crystallisation drying and extraction. The chapter on fractional distillation may be taken as an illustration. It contains an adequate treatment of the vapour pressure curves of binary mixtures and a discussion of their bearing on the process of separation by distillation. There is also a general account of the simpler types of fractionating columns and of the factors which determine their working efficiency. The chapters on crystallisation vacuum distillation and sublimation are equally satisfactory. In that part of the book concerned with the preparation of organic com-pounds the general treatment consists in a discussion of the methods of preparation of each group of compounds followed by suitable practical examples.The instructions for each preparation are given in careful detail and supplemented by additional notes. The authors claim on the dust cover that this book is intended to serve as a laboratory manual for students of organic chemistry and also as a book of reference. It does indeed present a well-balanced introduction to the practice Pp. xii + 557. and Hall Ltd. 1949.) 48s. net of organic chemistry and can be recommended with confidence to students who are receiving training in practical organic chemistry. There are occasional words or phrases which are strange to the English student such as “H.T.H.” (p. 221) “bird shot sodium’’ (p.322) “ampoules of butene” (p. 153). The inclusion of lists of questions after each preparation is also alien to the British habit. But these Americanisms in no way detract from the obvious merits and usefulness of the book. The printing is clear and misprints are few. The reviewer hopes that when a new edition is called for the authors may include some reference to molecular distillation as well as a fuller account of chromatography and more examples of its use. In the chapter on fractionation some account of lagging columns for precise fractionation and also of the rating of the efficiency of columns would be useful. W. J. HICKINBOTTOM. A Review of Recent Advances in X-Ray Analysis. Sir W. Lawrence Bragg; The Impact of Radioactivity on Inorganic Chemistry.H. J. Emelbus. Post-Graduate Lectures given to the Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association. Pp. 99. (Cambridge W. Heffer and Sons Ltd. for Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association London 1950). 12s. 6d. net. This little book can be most warmly recommended to all those who seek an attractive and authoritative introduction to two of the most striking developments in that wide field which lies between physics and chemistry. Crystal analysis and radioactivity are now both so important that they have virtually become separate sciences but at the same time they serve to unite the major sciences of chemistry and physics into a single whole. As a result of X-ray crystal analysis a chemical formula passes beyond a bare statement of the relative numbers and positions of atoms and becomes a molecular structure capable of exact measure-ment; while by radioactive tracer methods a chemical equation becomes replaced by a detailed study of the behaviour and history of specified atoms in the molecule.The book before us consists of the seventh and eighth series of Post-Graduate Lectures sponsored by the Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association and given in the Royal Institution during 1947 and 1948. A bare three lectures on each topic can do but little justice to these subjects but the material is carefully selected and deserves careful study. In the first lecture Sir Lawrence Bragg describes the nature of X-ray analysis by analogy with the optical grating and discusses the problems involved by means of illustrations from the field of inorganic structure analysis.In the second lecture he deals with lattice imperfections and discusses the structure of metals and alloys. The third and longest lecture is devoted to the X-ray analysis of organic compounds of all kinds. In every case the treatment is brought up to date by reference to structures only recently solved or still in process of study. Professor EmelCus begins with a brief and very interesting account of natural and artificial radioactivity atomic fission and the chemistry of the transuranic elements. The experimental study of radioactive substances and the production of radioactive tracers are next described. The final lecture deals with methods of separating radioisotopes and with some of the many applications of radio-elements as tracers.Exchange reactions and biological applications are dealt with briefly in a few pages. It is a pity that a somewhat fuller treatment of these topics could not have been included. have not time to read the longer standard works on these subjects. The book will be of particular value to Honours students and others who J. M. ROBERTSON Progress in Chromatography 1938-1947. L. Zechmeister. Pp. xviii t 368. (London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950). 45s. net. As the title indicates this volume follows on from where the writer took us in his previous work and brings us as far as 1947. It should not surprise any-one working in this field to note that many familiar techniques such as paper chromatography of inorganic compounds radio-active substances sugars, purines etc.find no mention in this book since all these developments important as they are have taken place since 1947. In the present “Chromatographic Age,” with its unprecedented rate of development no comprehensive work could hope to be much more up-to-date than this. The book begins with a chapter dealing with the general principles involved in chromatography. The theory is dealt with sketchily which is undoubtedly wise in the circumstances since in the field of adsorption chromatograms with which this book is largely concerned theory has contributed little of an immediately practical value. Ion exchange columns are also dealt with briefly. A chapter on methods follows which also introduces the reader in a preliminary manner to partition chromatography on columns and on filter paper and to the chroma-tographic boundary method in its various forms.The next 21 chapters constitute the body of the work. The chromatographic methods are described here which can be applied to the separations of chloro-phylls porphyrins bile pigments carotenoids various other pigments and dyestuffs lipoids carbohydrates amino-acids and peptides sterols terpenes, various aromatic compounds alkaloids vitamins antibiotics enzymes and inorganic compounds-a mixed bag but it must needs be so with a general technique of this kind. No attempt is made and rightly so to provide a critical account. The book aims at completeness in its survey of the literature and each method has been taken at its face value. This book constitutes therefore a most valuable work of reference for those who wish to look up a method for the purification of a particular type of compound.It is to be hoped that a further volume will follow in not too many years’ time which could include the spectacular advances that have been made recently. C . E. DENT. Advanced Chemical Calculations. S. J. Smith. Pp. viii + 454. (London: Teachers of Physical Chemistry are fully aware of the value of calculations for ensuring a proper understanding of their subject but frequently difficulty is experienced in finding a sufficient variety of examples. The present book goes far to make good this deficiency. It provides a well-selected set of over one thousand problems of which nearly two hundred examples are worked in detail and all are provided with the answers.About half of these examples deal with the earlier sections in physical chemistry which include :-kinetic theory of gases; molecular weights in gases and in solutions; gas-liquid and solid-liquid systems and partition coefficients; law of mass action equilibria and kinetics; abnormalities in gases and in solu-tions; thermochemistry first law of thermodynamics Kirchhoff’s equation; mass action applied to the ionic theory; electrical conductivity and transport numbers. Then follow some 350 problems in volumetric analysis acidimetry-alkalimetry and oxidation-reduction reactions and calculations in organic chemistry. It is significant of the modern approach to the teaching of these important branches of practical chemistry that they are preceded by the theory of the processes on which they are based.The remainder of the book (about 1 0 0 pages) deals with thermodynamics; and its extended scope will be appreciated when it is realised that the following 1312 1 Macmillan and Co. Ltd. 1950.) 17s. net headings are quite adequately provided with examples :-second law of thermo-dynamics; the Clapeyron-Clausius equation and its general integration; vapour pressure boiling point and latent-heat formulae; activity coefficients; the Gibbs-Helmholtz van’t Hoff reaction isotherm and isochore equations; standard free energy; electrode potential of systems in solution concentration cells diffusion potentials standard electrode potentials and activities of ions oxidation-reduction potentials; electrodeposition of metals and overvoltage; third law; Nernst’s Heat Theorem applied to condensed and to gaseous systems; calculation of free energy change.An appendix dealing with some ma thematical deductions and various tables of mathematical and physico-chemical data occupy the last ten pages. These worked examples and exercises will be of great value to the student working up to an Honours degree standard. Little is to be said in adverse criticism excepting that the choice of symbols is not always a favourable one. It is desirable to make the use of symbols as uniform as possible and the recommendations of the Joint Committee of 1937 should have been adopted as far as possible. Even the symbols chosen are sometimes used inconsistently. Thus p and P are used indiscriminately to denote vapour pressure of solvent or of solution and osmotic pressure.The use of for the last would have been an advantage. For temperature T should be reserved for the absolute scale and 8 or t for the Celsius scale. A clear idea of the appropriate symbols is of considerable importance and it is desirable to bring such calculations into line with the current usage of symbols in lectures and in the literature. A careful revision of some of the symbols would therefore greatly enhance the value of this book. Apart from this criticism the reviewer feels that much praise is due to the author for this most useful compilation of physico-chemical problems and he has little doubt that many physical chemists will share his gratitude. S. R. CARTER. Solvents. T. H. Durrans.6th Edn. revised and enlarged. Pp. xv + 242. This excellent book first appeared in 1930 in the series of Monographs on Applied Chemistry under the editorship of Dr. E. Howard Tripp. It appeared at a time of considerable activity in developing and using cellulose lacquers and soon became established as a work of reference and of guidance in that highly specialised branch of industry. The author defined a “solvent” as a substance by means of which a solid may be brought to a fluid state-a definition which, although defective and inadequate expresses the general idea underlying the use of “solvents” in cellulose-lacquer formulations. The book was admirably planned as a work of two parts; the first being a clear statement of the broad underlying principles involved in the use of solvents; the second a critical consideration of the individual solvents concerned.It formed a welcome addition to the shelves of many technical people and went to a second edition in the following year a third edition in 1933 and so on until it now appears as the sixth edition revised and enlarged in the light of further information and experience. The author set out to facilitate “the intelligent use of these solvents in the cellulose-lacquer industry” and the new edition shows that he has not departed from this purpose. Comparing the present volume with the previous editions one se,es a close adherence to the original arrangement a steady incorporation of new knowledge gathered from the wide fields of scientific and technical publications and the dropping out from time to time of matter which has fallen into doubt or become of less practical importance.The present edition may be accepted as giving the most up-to-date knowledge and experience in this particular field. (London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950). 21s. net The eight chapters which form the first or more theoretical part of the book, deal with solvent action solvent power plasticising solvents solvent balance, viscosity vapour pressure and evaporation rates inflammability and toxicity. In each case the content has been critically revised whilst the chapter on toxicity has been largely rewritten in the light of recent discoveries and opinions. The nine chapters which constitute the second part of the book give in considerable detail the reasons for using the various substances enumerated in lacquer formu-lation and their physical and chemical characteristics.This part of the book deals with hydrocarbons and sundry solvents; alcohols and their ethers; ketones; esters; glycols and their ethers; cyclohexane derivatives; chloro-compounds; furans and plasticising solvents. Appendices give the trade names of materials and their probable composition solubility tables and a list of plasticiser proportions. J. VARGAS EYRE. Physical Properties of Glass. J. E. Stanworth. Pp. viii + 224. (Oxford: The publication within two years of three monographs dealing with the properties of glass in addition to the many papers on the subject in various journals is a measure of the rapidly expanding interest in and importance of this aspect of glass research.J. M. Stevels has dealt with progress in the theory of the physical properties of glass J. N. Haward has collected information on the strength properties of plastics and glass and now J. E. Stanworth has produced this excellent summary of experimental and theoretical research on those physical properties which have a bearing on present theories of the structure of inorganic glasses. It has become more and more apparent during the last decade that further improvements and new procedures in the manufacture and use of glass will depend upon the attainment of a deeper insight into the nature of the bond types and atomic arrangements present in the glass structure. In addition, such knowledge will lead to a better appreciation of the behaviour of the solid and liquid states in general.After a general review of the chemical compositions of various types of glass, the author gives a short but comprehensive summary of progress made in the conception of the structure of glass from the fundamental ideas of Zachariasen and subsequent X-ray diffraction studies by Warren and his co-workers to the latest developments based on the colours obtainable in glass and work on refractivity. One criticism which may be made here is of the tendency to accept Weyl’s so-called co-ordination theory of colour without discussion or comment. This may probably be attributed to the author’s rigid application of the analogy between glasses and crystals. The chapter on some properties of glass in the solid state includes 40 pages on the mechanical strength of glass.Although this is written in an admirably clear manner and the subject of strength properties is not generally well under-stood it necessarily duplicates the material of Haward’s recent monograph, which itself may be considered by many workers to be too short to summarise adequately the information available. The up-to-date information and experimental results on properties in the transformation range provide a most interesting and stimulating chapter on a subject which has received a relatively large amount of attention at intervals over many years. The sections on viscosity and surface tension are somewhat meagre and sketchy probably due to the paucity of available information and as pointed out by the author to the fact that progress in research on such high-temperature properties depends upon the development of a satisfactory theory of the liquid state in general.Clarendon Press 1950). 21s. net. r 314 It is clear that research on glass properties has made considerable progress beyond the stage of merely collecting factual data and attempting to treat all properties as additive functions and must now take advantage of the most modern apparatus experimental techniques and theories. It is to be hoped that in the near future work on ultra-violet and infra-red spectroscopy and magnetic properties will have reached such a stage that a further edition of this monograph will become necessary. The present volume adequately fulfils the purpose for which the Oxford monographs are intended.The production and printing are up to the standard expected in publications from the Clarendon Press. H. COLE. Industrial Chemistry. E. Raymond Reigel. 5th Edn. Pp. xiii + 1015. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1949.) 56s. net. On reading this comprehensive treatise the first reaction is one of regret that no comparable volume has recently been published in this country. The figures for production and cost so freely quoted are all based on U.S. output, and similar British data would be of the greatest value. The book makes an attempt to cover the whole field of industrial chemistry. This was an ambitious venture in 1928 when the 1st Edition appeared and is doubly so for the 5th Edition today.The inevitable result is that the book is a compromise between a reference work and an interesting but somewhat elementary text-book. The problems at the end of each chapter are wasted for the former purpose and are hardly comprehensive enough for a text-book. Again the lengthy descriptions of cracking processes for petroleum are rather difficult for the undergraduate student to follow but are inadequate for reference purposes. The subject matter is perhaps inevitably a little uneven. No one reviewer can possibly comment from personal experience on all the sections but the writer notes that gas-works ammonia liquor is still said to be “limed” for liberation of fixed ammonia a process that ceased to be economic many years ago. On the other hand the section on industrial gases reviews much of the latest published work on oxygen production full attention being paid to the problem of thermal regeneration.Nitre pots which are shown in the figures for sulphuric acid chamber plant are of historical interest only although it is only fair to add that this is indicated in the text. The account of nitric acid production from “atmospheric” ammonia could be improved by some account of the latest processes involving the use of oxygen. The chapter on explosives includes much novel matter based on developments in the last war but it is a pity that no mention is made of the continuous processes for large scale manu-facture which have been described elsewhere. The chapters on patents and on chemical plant are felt to be a little out of place in this present volume.Professor Reigel has already published the latter section in an expanded form under the title “Chemical Machinery,” and it might have been omitted for this reason alone. The account of constructional materials is far too short to be of any real use. Several important materials are not mentioned at all and others are merely named with little or no indication of their use. The same criticism applies to the chapters on metals where only cast iron and steel are dealt with in any detail. The book was evidently revised before the detailed Official Reports on the German Chemical Industry were fully available. Many novel developments are therefore omitted although some few are given notably one on the production of 90 per cent. hydrogen peroxide Despite these criticisms the book is an able and invaluable review of American Chemical Industry in the immediate post-war years.It is excellently printed and illustrated and there is a helpful bibliography at the end of each chapter. The final summing-up must be a reiteration of the first impression-that this most meritorious production indicates the outstanding need for a British counterpart. F. RUMFORD. BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEWED BUT NOT REVIEWED Luminescence of Solids. By Humboldt W. Leverenz. Pp. xv + 569. (New York John Wiley & Sons Inc.; London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1950.) 96s. net. Weltsystem Weltather und die Relativitatstheorie. By Karl Jellinek. Pp. xv -I- 450. (Basel Wepf & Co. 1949.) S. Fr. 45. The Acceleration of Particles to High Energies.Pp. xi + 58. (London The Institute of Physics 1950.) 10s. 6d. net. (postage 10d). Technical Publications 1947. Pp. xi + 499. (The Standard Oil Company (New Jersey) 1950.) Trilinear Chart of Nuclear Species. By William H. Sullivan. (New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.; London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1949.) 20s. net. The Chart consists of six sheets which when properly assembled, present on a single continuous lo+ in. high strip the systematics of and physical constants data for all experimentally identified nuclear species (nuclides) known from information available by approximately June 1949. By Oliver Lyle. 2nd Edn. revised and enlarged. Pp. 525. (London Chapman & Hall Ltd. 1950.) 32s. net. 27th Annual Report on Safety in Mines Research 1948.Pp. 112. (London: His Majesty’s Stationery Office 1950.) 3s. 6d. net. British Standard 1647 1950. (London British Standards Institu-tion 24-28 Victoria Street S.W.l.) Technology for Sugar Refinery Workers. pH Scale. 2s. net post free ACTIVITIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS Birmingham and Midlands.-The Midland Chemists Garden Party at the Botanical Gardens Edgbaston was held on 3 June with an improved attendance and better weather than last year. The light entertainment and games were an obvious delight to all the children and to not a few of the adults. There was a successful exhibition of scientific apparatus despite the intense heat which made both the inspection and the demonstration an exacting task. In the evening a Dance was held and was much enjoyed by those present.All who participated in these functions will be grateful to Dr. R. Gaddie for his excellent organisation. The final meeting of the Session was held at Coventry on 15 June when Professor H. V. A. Briscoe delivered a lecture on “Some Peculiar Properties of Dust,” which was followed by a good discussion. A cordial vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. E. M. Joiner who also referred appreciatively to the helpful co-operation of Mr. H. V. Field Principal of Coventry Technical College and to the good work of Dr. H. C. Smith who organised the meeting. In the afternoon a party from Birmingham joined members in the Coventry area for a visit to Keresley Colliery. The party was conducted underground by Mr. Hudson Deputy Manager a tour was made of the coal face and the mechan-ical cutter was inspected.The proceedings in Coventry concluded very pleasantly with an informal supper which was attended by His Worship The Mayor of Coventry Professor Briscoe Mr. H. V. Field and the colliery officials. Bristol and District.-The meetings held during the second part of the session were again divided between Bristol and Gloucester. All were held jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry and one of the Gloucester meetings was held jointly with the Plastics Institute. Four papers read at Bristol in the University Chemistry Lecture Theatre, were :-“Management of Chemical Manufacture,” by Dr. W. G. Hiscock, Director National Smelting Co. Avonmouth; “Studies on some Organic Fluorine Compounds,” by Professor M.Stacey The University Birmingham; “Studies on Electron Transfer Reactions,” by Professor M. G. Evans The University Manchester (Chemical Society Tilden Lecture); “The Constitution and Availability of some Vegetable Fatty Oils,” by Professor T. P. Hilditch, The University Liverpool. In Gloucester at the Technical College the two papers read were:-“Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Vinyl Polymers,” by Professor C. E. H. Bawn The University Liverpool; “Forensic Chemistry,” by M. E. B. Parkes Director, South-Western Forensic Science Laboratories Bristol. The Chairman Mr. E. Lewis opened the proceedings and the Hon. Secretary presented his report on the year’s activities. A ballot was again necessary to elect two members of the Committee from four members nominated and this resulted in the election of Dr.T. Malkin and Dr. D. Woodcock. The Section Committee had since the formation of the Gloucester Sub-Section considered it desirable to increase the size of the Committee and the meeting approved the proposal to alter the number from seven to nine. It was agreed that the two new vacancies arising should be filled by members nominated by the Committee and at a later date Mr. W. W. Reid and Mr. A. J. Edwards were elected. Dr. H. J. Willavoys and Mr. H. S. Howes were re-elected Hon. Auditors and Mr. B. W. Minifie was re-elected Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. The Chairman proposed a vote of thanks to the University for the facilities granted for lectures and Committee meetings. After the final Gloucester meeting on 17 March a short discussion was held on the programme for the next Session.Many suggestions were forthcoming On 16 March the Annual General meeting of the Section was held and it is apparent that there is quite a large student and schoolboy following in the district which will be taken into account when arranging future lectures. At the end of this meeting a vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Reed Principal of the Gloucester Technical College for providing accommodation in the College and for his help in promoting interest in the first series of Institute lectures in Gloucester. On 17 May a summer outing was arranged to Messrs. H. J. Elliott’s “E”MIL Scientific Apparatus Works Treforest Glam. The party of thirty-three travelled by train from Bristol to Cardiff where there was time before lunch to visit places of interest in the city.After lunch members were conveyed by coach to the ‘%‘’MIL works where they were received by Mr. J. T. Simmons Works Manager. The party was divided into groups and during nearly two hours was shown every operation in the manu-facture and calibration of all types of thermometers and graduated glassware. At the end of the visit Mr. G. H. Moore proposed a vote of thanks to Mr. Simmons and his staff for the trouble they had taken in making the tour of the works so interesting. The party then proceeded by coach to Cowbridge for tea and thence to Cardiff via the coast road through Ogmore-by-sea and Southerndown. Belfast and District and Dublin and District.-A pleasant outing took place on 13 May when members of the Belfast and Dublin Sections and their friends joined forces for a visit to the Alcohol Factory at Carrickmacross.The two parties met for lunch at Ballymascanlon Hotel Dundalk after which they proceeded to the factory where they were received by Dr. Van Der Lee Dr. J. Breen and members of the Staff who divided the party into groups and conducted them through the factory. Here the visitors saw the various stages of the manufacture of absolute alcohol from molasses and of power methylated spirit. Following the visit the party returned to Ballymascanlon for tea during which the Chairmen of the two Sections (Mr. J. Andrews Dublin and Mr. A. N. Adamson Belfast) expressed the appreciation of the members to the directors of Ceimici Teoranta for permitting the visit and to their staff for the trouble they had taken to make it both interesting and enjoyable.The weather was exceptionally fine and many of the seventy people present expressed the hope that a similar joint outing would be arranged next session. Glasgow and West of Scotland.-During the summer months three visits were arranged to factories in Glasgow. On 24 May a party visited the Rubber Works of Messers. George MacLellan and Co. Ltd. Maryhill where members were able to see the manufacture of a large range of rubber products. The plant used for the preparation mixing and curing of the rubber was of special interest. On 1 June the extensive factories of Albion Motors Ltd. Scotstoun were visited. This is the only factory in Scotland manufacturing commercial motor vehicles.Members were very interested in the engineering processes seen and the visit was greatly appreciated. A large party went to the Regent Flour Mills of the Scottish Co-operative Wholesale Society on 20 June. Members followed the process from the unload-ing of the grain through the various stages of blending and purification to the final milling. They also visited the laboratories where a number of interest-ing demonstrations had been arranged. On each visit tea was provided by the hosts and the Section is greatly indebted to the courtesy of the firms concerned who helped in every possible way to make the visits of practical value and interest. r 318 London and South-Eastern Counties.-During the period from January to June 1950 the Section has carried out an ambitious programme of scientific meetings visits to works and factories and of social events and the success of the programme as a whole has justified the policy of expanded activities planned by the Section Committee.In order to make members’ responsibilities regard-ing attendances at meetings less onerous and to give opportunities for meeting scientific associates who are members of other organisations a number of meetings have been held under the joint auspices of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section and the corresponding section of the Society of Chemical Industry the British Association of Chemists the Microchemistry Group of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists the Alembic Club and also on occasion with local scientific organisations such as the Gravesend and District Engineering Society the Woolwich Polytechnic Scientific Society the West Ham Municipal College Chemical Research Club, the Welwyn Garden City Scientists’ Club and the Luton Scientific Association.It will be noted that a number of meetings have been held at Colleges in the London district and that the emphasis is on science and on the younger genera-tion of coming scientists-the students-and there is evidence that this policy is showing dividends. It is not possible in this short account to give any details of the meetings or in fact even a complete list. At the risk of making invidious distinctions (and this is not intended) some meetings do call for special comment.Dr. N. Booth’s lecture on “Careers for Chemists,” Dr. J. L. Edgar’s lecture on “Modern Methods of Organic Solvent Manufacture,” Dr. E. Lester-Smith’s lecture on ‘‘Vitamin BIZ,” Mr. T. McLachlan’s talk on “The Public Analyst and his Work,” and lectures by Dr. F. M. Hamer on “Photographic Sensitisers,” Dr. J. Dewar on “The Function of the Chemist in large Industrial Organisa-tions,” and Dr. R. Slack on “Antibiotics” stand out in the reviewer’s memory. The most noteworthy event of the period was the Symposium on “The Physical Chemistry of Drug Action,” held jointly with the London Section of the Society of Chemical Industry at University College at which Professor Sir Cyril Hinshelwood Professor F. A. Paneth Professor A. Albert and Dr. H. R. Ing spoke. This was very well attended and many members took part in the discussion.The proceedings are reported in Nature (1950 166 88). Since this review covers only the Spring session social activity was not extensive but there was a visit to the Dartford Vegetable Parchment Mills and one Social-Dance which was very well attended. A film display was given at Norwood Technical Institute and a film was shown at Dr. Dewar’s lecture referred to above. These have aroused a certain amount of friendly criticism about the use of films and the type of films which should be shown but there is little doubt that this type of meeting is fully appreciated. Mid-Southern Counties.-The Annual Summer Outing was held on 24 June and took the form of a visit to the Gardens of the Royal Horticultural Society at Wisley.Parties of members and their friends from Bournemouth Ports-mouth Southampton and Salisbury assembled for lunch at the Anchor Hotel, Ripley and then went on to the Gardens. After over two hours’ inspection of the Gardens the party numbering 85 returned to the Anchor Hotel for tea, after which the Chairman Dr. J. M. Wright briefly welcomed the visitors and thanked all the members who had helped to make the outing so successful. The Annual General Meeting was held at the Guild Hall Salisbury on 6 May 1950 the Chairman Dr. C. G. Lyons presiding. The Officers and Committee for 1950-5 1 were declared as follows :-Chair-man Dr. J. M. Wright; Vice-chairman Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. R. W. Watridge; Hon. Secretary Mr. G. H. Osborn; Committee Dr.E. W. J Mardles (Farnborough) Dr. A. R. Burkin (Southampton) Mr. A. L. Williams (Portsmouth) Mr. A. S. Carlos (Bournemouth) Mr. S. R. Finn (Salisbury), Mr. C. M. Bere (Portsmouth) Mr. A. G. Hill (Bournemouth) Mr. D. R. Davies (Salisbury). Dr. Lyons thanked the members for the support they had given him during his two years as Chairman and for electing him as their first District Member of Council. Dr. Wright then took the Chair. The Hon. Secretary reported that 31 lec-tures had been given during the year and a successful symposium on “Recent Advances in Paint Technology” had been held at Southampton. One social outing had been arranged. Mr. R. W. Watridge Hon. Treasurer presented a very satisfactory financial report which was adopted. Dr.Lyons proposed a vote of thanks to the Hon. Treasurer and Hon. Secretary. This was supported by Mr. Farran and carried with acclamation. Dr. Wright moved a vote of thanks to Dr. Lyons for the great service he have given to the Section during its formative years. This was seconded by Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston and warmly accorded. Dr. Wright proposed and Dr. Lyons seconded a vote of thanks to the retiring members of the Committee. Thanks were expressed also to persons and institutions outside the Institute who had given the Section very valuable assistance. After tea a very interesting and informative lecture on “Photography,” by the Kodak Advisory Service was held at the Bishop Wordsworth School. Dr. Lyons thanked the lecturer and Dr. Ovenston thanked Dr. Wright for making the arrangements.Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast.-The Annual Meeting of the Section was held on 26 May 1950. The business meeting was preceded by refreshments and followed by a film show which was appreciated by the audience. Mr. Gordon Carey the retiring Chairman welcomed Dr. J. Gibson the Chairman elect and thanked the retiring Committee for the work they had done in the past session. The present constitution of the Committee is :-Chairman Dr. J. Gibson; Hon. Treasurer Mr. W. Marsden; Hon. Secretary Dr. J. 0. Harris; Hon. Auditors Dr. E. E. Aynsley and Dr. H. R. Thirsk; Vice-chairman Mr. W. G. Carey; Members Mr. H. E. Blayden (ek-officio Member of Council) Mr. R. T. Falconer Dr. K. H. Jack Mr. T. H. Jones Dr. W. M. Madgin and Mr. R. Robinson.Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands.-At the first Section meeting in 1950 held on 11 January at the Grand Hotel Sheffield Dr. F. G . Tryhorn, Director of the Home Office Forensic Science Laboratories at Nottingham, gave a very interesting lecture on “Forensic Chemistry.” Mr. W. F. Andrews, the Section Chairman presided and a vote of thanks on behalf of the large audience present was proposed by Mr. G. E. Speight. On 16 February at the Grand Hotel with Dr. D. H. Peacock in the Chair Mr. G. Robinson gave a paper on “Some Applications of Inorganic Chromatography.” In a contribution to the discussion by Dr. A. S. C. Lawrence and Mr. Barby, some organic aspects of chromatography were considered. On 2 March, Mr. E. P. Underwood of the Sheffield City Analysts’ Laboratory gave a paper on “Food and Public Health” at the Royal Victoria Station Hotel with Mr.H. C. Hillary in the Chair. On 9 March Mr. P. Hamer of the I.C.I. Alkali Division lectured on “The The next two meetings were devoted to papers by Section members Treatment of Water for Industrial Purposes” to a joint meeting with Sheffield members of the Chemical Society. This meeting was held in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre of the University of Sheffield Mr. H. C. Hillary presiding. After a lively discussion the vote of thanks was proposed by Dr. A. H. Lamberton. A joint meeting with the Industrial Applications Section of the Royal Statistical Society was held on 30 March at the Royal Victoria Station Hotel, Sheffield. The subject was “Variability in Chemical Analyses,” and the analytical results obtained in a co-operative investigation were discussed.Mr. A. H. Dodd opened the discussion from the statistical viewpoint and Dr. T. B. Smith dealt with possible sources of error from the chemical standpoint. On 19 April a party visited the Doncaster works of Messrs. Crompton, Parkinson Ltd. where in the course of a most interesting tour the various stages in the production of accumulators and both filament and discharge lamps were seen. After tea at the Doncaster Co-operative Emporium the party reassembled in Doncaster Technical College for an excellent lecture and demon-stration on “Luminescent Materials,” given by Mrs. G. F. Morgan of the Lamp Research Department of Messrs. Crompton; Parkinson Ltd. Mr. W. F.Andrews was in the chair. Votes of thanks to Mrs. Morgan and to Messrs. Crompton Parkinson Ltd. were proposed by Dr. D. H. Peacock and Mr. H. C. Hi llary respectively. The Annual General Meeting of the Section was held on 24 May in the Mining Department Lecture Theatre at the Applied Science Department of the University of Sheffield. The Chairman of the Section Mr. W. F. Andrews, was in the chair. When the minutes of the 1949 Annual General Meeting had been read and approved the Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Mr. K. C. Barra-clough presented the Annual Report on Section activities and the Financial Statement. The constitution of the committee had remained unchanged during the year but Messrs. T. R. Lynam and G. W. C. Milner were now due to resign. Mr. Milner having been co-opted to fill a casual vacancy was eligible for re-election and Dr.G. H. Willis was nominated by the committee to fill the other vacancy. Officers and members of committee confirmed in office for the ensuing session by the meeting were therefore as follows Chairman Mr. W. F. Andrews; Descending Vice-chairman Mr. G. E. Speight; Ascending Vice-Chairman Mr. H. C. Hillary; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer Mr. K. C. Barra-clough; Hon. Auditor Mr. A. H. Dodd; Ordinary Members of Committee, Dr. A. S. C. Lawrence Messrs. E. J. Miles G. W. C. Milner L. W. Needham, J. H. Oldfield Dr. D. H. Peacock Messrs. E. P. Underwood D. J. D. Unwin (Hon. Recorder) and Dr. G. H. Willis. Dr. R. A. Mott the first joint District Member of Council for the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section and the Hull and District Section serves as an ex-officio member of the Section Committee.Sincere thanks were expressed to Mr. T. R. Lynam for his valuable services on the Section Committee. Following the Annual General Meeting Sir Harold West Managing Director of Messrs. Newton Chambers and Co. Ltd. kindly attended to present the Newton Chambers Awards for 1948 and 1949. For 1948 the full award of El00 was given to Dr. I. A. Brownlie for a paper on “Tetryl Dermatitis and its Prevention,” with a consolation prize of 525 to Mr. E. H. W. Searle for a paper on “Chemical Dermatitis.” The 1949 award was divided between Messrs. A. P. C. Cumming and J. R. Horn co-authors of a paper on “A Study in Acetylene Flames,” each author receiving E50.After the presentation, summaries of the two principal prize-winning papers were given by the authors. South Wales.-A very successful meeting was held on 6 May at the Mond Nickel Refinery Clydach Swansea by the kind invitation of the Refinery Manager Dr. A. G. Ramsay. I 3 2 1 During the morning members and guests were conducted on a short tour of the Refinery and were then entertained at lunch by the Refinery Management. In the afternoon they assembled with Dr. A. G. Ramsay presiding for a discussion on “Safety and Hygiene in Industry,” which was opened by Brigadier J. Gwynne Morgan C.B.E. Chief Medical Officer The Mond Nickel Co. Ltd. After a very interesting discussion the thanks of the meeting were expressed to Brigadier Morgan for opening the discussion and to Dr.Ramsay and the Management of the Refinery for entertaining the members and visitors. Subse-quently those present were entertained at tea. A meeting was held on 20 May in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Swansea under the chairmanship of Dr. A. G. Ramsay. The meeting was intended primarily for teachers of chemistry and was well attended. Mr. 0. J. Evans of the Amman Valley Grammar School opened a discussion on “Some difficulties in the teaching of chemical theory in schools,” considering such topics as the teaching of symbols valency formulae and equations; the evolution of ideas on acids bases and salts throughout the course; electrolysis and the ionic theory; and atomic structure and the electronic theory of valency. A number of the teachers present and members of the College staff participated in the discussion.Following the meeting those present lunched together in the College Refectory. On 1 July a meeting of the Section was held for the first time in Aberystwyth. During the morning a party of 31 members and friends travelled from the Swansea area by motor-coach and on arrival in Aberystwyth were joined by local members for lunch. In the afternoon a meeting was held jointly with the University College of Wales Agricultural Society in the Edward Davies Chemical Laboratories of the University College of Wales Aberystwyth Dr. A. G. Ramsay presiding. Dr. Charles Evans of the Department of Biochemistry of the University College deputising at very short notice for Dr. P. T. Thomas, delivered a very interesting lecture on “The Effect of Chemicals on Biological Processes,” to an audience of about 60.The thanks of the meeting to Dr. Evans were expressed by Professor C. W. Shoppee supported by Mr. R. 0. Davies President of the College Agricultural Society. The Chairman thanked Professor C. W. Davies for affording facilities for the meeting and for entertain-ing those present to tea after the meeting. New Zealand.-The 23rd Annual Meeting was held in the Council Room, Department of Scientific and Industrial Research Wellington on 17 February, 1950. Dr. C. R. Barnicoat (Palmerston North) was elected Chairman of the Section for 1950-51. In the annual report for 1949 it was noted that the Section membership was 96 (33 Fellows 63 Associates). The 1949 Joint Annual Conference with the New Zealand Institute of Chemistry was held at Auckland and was attended by 204 members of the two Institutes.The Hon. T. H. McCombs M.P. Minister of Scientific and Industrial Research opened the Conference. Owing to Mr. F. J. T. Grigg’s absence in the United Kingdom his Presidential Address was postponed. Dr. I. W. Wark gave a public address on “Government Research as an aid to Secondary Industries” and lectures were given also by Dr. Rees and Dr. Williams. Papers were presented on antibiotics biochemistry soil silicates and related materials analytical chemistry structural methods food technology and the utilisation of New Zealand’s natural products. Visits were made to several industrial plants Government establishments and laboratories and there was an exhibition of chemicals apparatus and books.Appreciative letters have been received from recipients of food parcels sent under the joint scheme. Dr. Dixon has continued to give much time to this matter and thanks are due to him. [ 322 HONORARY REPRESENTATIVES OF THE INSTITUTE IN UNIVERSITIES UNIVERSITY COLLEGES AND TECHNICAL COLLEGES In universities and in colleges recognised for the training of candidates for the Associateship of the Institute advice to students on Institute matters has customarily been given by the head of the chemistry depart-ment or other members of the staff. It was suggested by the Membership Committee however that there would be an advantage in having in each of these institutions a member of the Institute who had been specifically appointed as an Honorary Representative and to whom students and others might address enquiries about the scientific and professional services available to them through the Institute and the other chemical bodies.This suggestion was adopted by the Council and invitations to act as Honorary Representatives were issued by the President to appropriate members of the Institute in the various universities and colleges in the United Kingdom. The functions of an Honorary Representative were stated to be somewhat on the following lines: (1) To interest students in the aims objects and work of the Institute and to put before them the advantages of becoming Registered Students at the appropriate stage of their courses; to inculcate into them a sense of their professional duty to support not only the Institute but also the Societies which publish new knowledge on which their work will afterwards depend.(2) To interest any of his colleagues who may not yet be members of the Institute in those aspects of its work of which they may not be fully aware. (3) To act generally as a liaison between the university or college and the Council and the officers of Local Sections of the Institute. The Representatives have been provided with copies of the “Regula-tions for the Admission of Students Associates and Fellows” and of the new booklet “The Student and the Institute,” and copies of other relevant literature will be sent to them from time to time. The list of appointments is not yet complete but those whose names are given below have already agreed to act as Honorary Representatives in the specified universities and colleges.Additional names will be reported in later issues of this Journal. Honorary Representatives in Universities and University Colleges ABERDEEN The University . . . . Dr. R. B. Strathdee O.B.E., BELFAST Queen’s University . . . . Dr. C. L. Wilson BIRMINGHAM The University . . . . Dr. S. R. Carter BRISTOL The University . . Dr. T. Malkin CAMBRIDGE The University . . . . Dr. F. G. Mann F.R.S. T.D. 323 DURHAM The University : Durham Colleges . . . . . . . . . . King’s College Newcastle . . . . EDINBURGH The University Exeter University College of the SouthIWest of England . . . . . . Hull University College .. . . LEEDS The University . . . . . . . . Leicester University College . . . . LIVERPOOL The University . . . . . . Bedford College for Women . . . . Birkbeck College . . . . . . King’s College . . . . . . Queen Mary College . . NOTTINGHAM The University . . OXFORD The University . . . . READING The University . . . . . . ST. ANDREWS The University . . . . . . University College Dundee . . . SHEFFIELD The University . . . . . . Southampton University College . . WALES The University : University College of Wales Aberystwyth University College of North Wales Bangor University College of South Wales and Monmouthshire Cardiff . . . . University College of Swansea . . GLASGOW The University . . . . . . LONDON The University : Imperial College of Science and Technology MANCHESTER The Victoria University.. . . Dr. C. W. Gibby Dr. J. 0. Harris Dr. E. G. V. Percival Dr. K. Schofield Dr. J. Bell Professor Brynmor Jones Professor F. Challenger Professor L. Hunter Dr. A. Hickling Dr. J. W. Smith Dr. D. J. G. Ives Mr. A. A. Eldridge Professor D. H. Hey Dr. Cecilie M. French Dr. G. N. Burkhardt Dr. C. C. Addison Dr. H. M. N. H. Irving Dr. G. H. Cheesman Dr. D. M. G. Lloyd Dr. Robert Roger Dr. D. H. Peacock Dr. A. R. Burkin Col. L. J. Hudleston M.C. Dr. W. Rogie Angus Dr. S. T. Bowden Mr. E. E. Ayling Honorary Representatives in Technical Colleges Aberdeen Robert Gordon’s Technical College Birmingham Central Technical College . . Blackburn Municipal Technical College .. Bradford Technical College . . . . . . Bridgend Technical College . . . . . . Brighton Technical College . . . . . . Bristol College of Technology . . . . . . Burnley Municipal College . . . . . . Cardiff Technical College Chelmsford Mid-Essex Technical College & School of Art . . . . . . Coventry Technical College Dagenham South-East Essex Technical College & School of Art . . . . . . Derby Technical College . . Gillingham Medway Techncial ’College‘ . . Glasgow The Royal Technical College . . Halifax Municipal Technical College . . Huddersfield Technical College . . Chesterfield Technical College . . . . . . . . Dr. M. B. Watson Dr. J. C. Duff Mr. A. Walton Dr. R. L. Elliott Dr. D. P. Evans Dr. T. J. Morrison Mr.G. H. Moore Dr. A. E. Wales Mr. W. D. Williams Mr. F. W. F. Hendry Mr. N. J. Booth Dr. H. C. Smith Dr. D. Ridge Dr. A. G. Catchpole Dr. H. I. Stonehill Mr. H. G. A. Anderson Dr. L. Hey Dr. G. R. Ramage [ 324 Kingston upon Hull Municipal Technical College . . 1 . . . Lancaster Lancaster & Morecambe Technical College Leicester College of Technology & Commerce Liverpool City of Liverpool College of Tech-nology . . . . . . . . London : Acton Technical College . . . . Battersea Polytechnic . . . . . . Borough Polytechnic . . . . Chelsea Polytechnic. . . . . . . . The Northern Polytechnic . . The Polytechnic Regent Street . . . . College & School of Art . . West Ham Municipal College . . Woolwich Polytechnic .. . . . . Newcastle upon Tyne Rutherford College of Technology . . . . Newport (Mon.) Technical College Nottingham Nottingham & District TechniLl College Paisley Technical College & School o f k t . . Plymouth Plymouth & Devonport Technical College . . . . Portsmouth Municipal College Preston Harris Institute St. Helens Municipal Technical College . , Salford Royal Technical College . . Stockport College for Further Education Stoke-on-Trent North Staffordshire Technical College . . . . Sunderland Technical College . . . . Treforest Glamorgan Technical College . . Wolverhamton Wolverhampton & Staffordshire Technical College . . Wrexham Denbighshire Technical Coikge . . Leeds College of Technoiogy .. . . L.C.C. Norwood Technical College . . Sir John Cass College Walthamstow South-West Essex Technicai Loughborough College . . Rugby College of Technology &'Arts . . Mr. L. Balmforth Mr. W. K. Wilde Dr. W. R. Burnham Mr. L. P. Priestley Mr. A. E. Findley Dr. J. H. Skellon Dr. F. R. Goss Mr. J. Goodspeed Dr. H. K. Dean Dr. W. Gerrard Dr. J. T. Stock Dr. D. Richardson Dr. A. J. Lindsey Mr. R. W. Jukes Dr. F. L. Allen Dr. G. H. Jeffery Dr. R. F. Phillips Mr. Emlyn Jones Mr. L. McGraghan Mr. J. R. Rowlands Mr. J. S. McLean Dr. F. A. Royle Mr. C. M. Bere Mr. E. Taylor Dr. J. S. Wignall Mr. A. V. Harrison Dr. E. G. Edwards Mr. S . G. Lawrence Mr. H. V. Thompson Dr. J. Gibson Mr. L. H. Thomas Dr. F. R. Harris Dr.S . R. Illingworth I 325 EXAMINATIONS APRIL 1950 ABSTRACT OF THE REPORT OF THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS Examinations were held as under:- Entered Passed For the Associateship. Examiners Dr. T. G. Pearson and Professor D. H. Hey. The examination was held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington and at the University of Leeds theoretical papers being taken also at various local centres in the periods 28 to 3 1 March 12 to 15 April 17 and 18 April 19 50. Unless otherwise stated the examinations were held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the Univer-sity of London South Kensington in the week beginning Monday 17 April 1950. For the Fellowship. Branch C Organic Chemistry. General Examiner Professor D.H. Hey. With special reference to High Polymers. With special reference to Fine Chemicals. Examiner Dr. J. R. Nicholls C.B.E. Branch E The Chemistry Including Microscopy of Food and Examiners Mr. G . Taylor O.B.E. and Dr. C. H. Drugs and of Water. Hampshire C.M.G. Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Examiners Mr. R. C. Chirnside and Mr. J. Haslam. Examiner Professor R. A. Morton. At the University of Liverpool. Special Examination in Spectrochemical Analysis. 157 54* 1 0 1 I 1 0 13 7 t 3 2 1 1 177 65 - -- -* 5 candidates completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in those parts in which they had previously failed and 17 candidates failed in part only of the examination (10 in the Translation test).1 candidate completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in that part in which he had previously failed and 2 candidates failed in part only of the examination. EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP MONDAY 17 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY. drawn from the chemistry of calcium aluminium and selenium. Give formulae and equations where possible.) Illustrate the meaning of the terms “metal” and “non-metal” by examples I . 326 2. When Mendeleeff put forward the periodic classification he sketched the properties of three undiscovered elements now known as gallium scandium and germanium. Outline the characteristic properties of these elements and show that they conform to those expected from the positions of the elements in the periodic table.Indicate by means of equations and brief notes the methods of preparing TWO of the following pairs of compounds :-(a) diborane (B2Hs) and “sodium perborate,” using a boron mineral as the source of boron ; (6) carborundum and silicoformic anhydride (H2Si203) using silica as the source of silicon ; (c) nitrogen trichloride and hydroxylamine using sodium nitrate as the source of nitrogen. Comment on features of interest in the structure or properties of THREE of the chosen compounds. 4. 3. Write informative notes on THREE of the following :-(a) the formation of “compounds” by the inert gases; (b) the allotropy of hydrogen; (c) the glow of phosphorus; ( d ) the oxides of sulphur ; (e) the distinctive properties of fluorine. 5. Compare the chemistry of EITHER (a) titanium OR (b) rhenium with that of neighbouring elements in the periodic table.6. Describe and exemplify some of the applications of FOUR of the following reagents in analytical chemistry :-(a) hydrogen peroxide ; (b) ceric sulphate ; (c) metals (as reducing agents) ; ( d ) acetates ; (e) potassium cyanide ; (f) thiourea ; (g) quinaldinic acid ; (h) 8-hydroxyquinoline. 7. Write as essay on ONE of the following topics :-(a) Inorganic chemical reactions in non-aqueous solvents; (b) The use of the electrical discharge in inorganic preparative work ; (c) The manipulation of gases and volatile liquids; (d) The application of microchemical techniques in inorganic chemistry. 2 to 5p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY. Give formulae and equations where possible.] Outline the basis of the kinetic theory of gases mentioning the restrictions applicable to an ideal gas.Show that the theory is in accord with Boyle’s Law, Avogadro’s Hypothesis and Graham’s Law of Diffusion. 2. Briefly describe three methods of determining the vapour pressure of a liquid. State the Clapeyron equation and indicate some of its uses. The normal boiling point of a liquid of molecular weight 120 is 61.5” C. and its latent heat of vaporisation is 59-0 cal. gram-l. Calculate the approximate value of its vapour pressure at 50.0” C . The gas constant is 1 ~ 9 9 cal. deg. -l mole-l. What inference can be drawn from the values of the latent heat and boiling point? 3. Give an account of some of the important changes in the theory of valency resulting from the study of the structure of solids by means of X-rays.4. EITHER (a) Derive expressions relating the E.M.F. of a reversible cell to the following factors concerning the cell reaction :-(i) the free energy change (ii) the heat change and (iii) the activities of the substances participating. Use the third expression to derive (iv) a general equation for the potential of a reversible electrode and give its particular form when the electrode consists of (v) copper in 1 contact with copper sulphate solution and (vi) oxygen in contact with a solution containing hydroxyl ions. OR (b) Explain the meaning of the terms (i) concentration cell with transference, (ii) concentration cell without transference and (iii) liquid junction potential.Calculate the E.M.F. of a gas concentration cell consisting of two hydrogen electrodes at 25" C. the gas pressures being 10 atmos. and 1 atmos. respectively; F = 96,500 coulombs; R = 8.312 joules deg.-l mole-l and log = 2.303 log,,. 5. Explain what is meant by K, the ion product constant of water. Discuss the hydrolysis of salts in aqueous solution. 6. Select THREE reactions of industrial importance and discuss the factors affecting (a) their occurrence and progress and (b) the compositions of the reacting systems at equilibrium. 7. Describe the preparation of typical emulsions and discuss their nature and properties. 8. EITHER (a) Describe the mass spectrograph and enumerate some of the important results that have come from its use. Explain the difference between the physical and chemical atomic weight scales.Calculate the quantity of energy which would be liberated if protons and neutrons combined to give a gram atom of helium nuclei. The physical atomic weights of the proton neutron and helium nucleus are respectively 1.00759 1.00893 and 4.00389. The velocity of light is 3 x 101Ocm. sec.-l OR (b) Explain how the study of molecular absorption spectra has added to our knowledge of primary photochemical processes. TUESDAY 18 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [hswer FOUR q U e S f h S ONLY.] 1. Describe the preparation of a Grignard reagent giving the essential details. By means of formulae indicate how phenylmagnesium bromide reacts with (a) benzyl methyl ketone (b) ethyl orthoformate and (c) acetonitrile. 2. How may the mono-chloro derivatives of formula C,H,C1 be prepared from toluene? Compare and discuss the properties of the chlorine atom in (a) benzyl chloride (6) benzoyl chloride (c) chlorobenzene and (d) 2 4-dinitro-chlorobenzene.3. An organic compound containing only carbon hydrogen and oxygen gave the following results on anaylsis C 62.06 ; H 10.34 per cent. A determin-ation of its molecular weight showed that it was less than 65. Suggest possible structural formulae for the compound and indicate what chemical tests you would employ to distinguish between the various possibilities. 4. Write notes on the preparation and properties of FOUR of the following :-(a) butadiene (b) methylacetylene (c) acetylacetone ( d ) morpholine (e) semi-carbazide. Cite the evidence on which the constitution of phenanthrene is based.Outline methods which can be used for the synthesis of phenanthrene and of its simpler derivatives. Give the names and structural formulae of THREE natural compounds of differing types which contain phenanthrene or reduced phenan-threne systems. Give an account of the chemistry of the heterocyclic compounds (excluding sugars) containing oxygen as a constituent atom of the heterocyclic ring. 5. 6 7. Discuss the evidence on which the accepted constitutions of TWO of the following are based :-(a) adrenaline (b) xanthine (c) histamine ( d ) pyridoxine (adermin vitamin BJ (e) pelargonidin (f) P-carotene. 2 to 3.30p.m. [The use of dictionaries is allowed.] FRENCH TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH : On peut expliquer la reduction par l’hydroghe naissant en supposant que 1’Ctape essentielle est l’addition de deux-ou plus rarement d’undlectrons pour donner un complexe de transition chargk.On examine certaines reductions qui pense-t-on cornportent deux Clectrons et l’on discute l’influence du solvant sur la premiere Ctape et sur les Ctapes suivantes de la rCduction la reductibilitk plus ou moins grande en fonction de la structure et la position d‘addition des protons un anion mksomere. GERMAN TRANSLATE INTO ENGLISH : Die gebrauchlichste Methode der Isolirung der Terpenderivate aus den Pflanzen ist auf ihre Eigenschaft mit Wasserdampf sich leicht zu verfliichtigen, begriindet. Die Pflanzentheile aus denen das Oel gewonnen werden soll, werden in einer Metallblase mit Wasserdampf behandelt ; die auf den wasserigen Destillaten schwimmende olige Schicht wird je nach der Menge entweder abgehoben oder ausgeathert und nach dem Trocknen mit wasserfreiem Mag-nesiumsulfat zunachst einer fractionirten Destillation in weiteren Grenzen un terworfen.Practical First Group TUESDAY 28 MARCH 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. Make concise notes of State 1. Analyse qualitatively the mixture (A) which contains several radicals. [(A) = Antimony sulphate cadmium chloride ferrous sulphate and either calcium or strontium oxalate.] (This exercise must be completed to-day.) your final conclusions clearly.]* 2. Determine the concentration in grams per litre of iodide and iodate ions The iodate should be determined volumetrically and the total iodine gravi-An approximately 0.1 N solution of sodium thiosulphate is provided.in solution (B) which is a slightly alkaline solution of the potassium salts. metrically. (The volumetric exercise must be completed to-day. The gravimetric determination may be completed tomorrow.) WEDNESDAY 29 MARCH 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Complete the quantitative exercise started yesterday. 3. Identify the single substance (C). * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers. [(C) = Either zinc or nickel uranyl acetate.] [ 329 4. Determine the mutual solubilities of the organic liquid (D) and water at the room temperature using the method outlined below.[(D) = n-Butyl alcohol .] Outline of Method of Determining Mutual Solubilities Measure a quantity of water in a 50 ml. burette pour in a layer of the organic liquid and quickly measure the volume of the latter. Shake until equilibrium is attained and re-measure the volumes of the two layers. Repeat the experiment using different volumes of the organic liquid and water. The data obtained the density of the dry organic liquid which is given and the density of pure water are sufficient to allow you to calculate the mutual solubilities, which should be expressed in two ways :-(a) the number of ml. of solvent and solute which give 100 ml. of (b) the percentage composition by weight of the solution. solution ; and You will find the following hint helpful in calculating the results.Begin with Let x ml. of water and a ml. of the organic liquid give 1 ml. of lower layer. Let y ml. of water and b ml. of the organic liquid give 1 ml. of upper layer. Comment on the method making a careful note of all sources of error and of the statement :-the steps you take to overcome them. THURSDAY 30 MARCH 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. [(E) = Dilute aqueous solution of either ethyl alcohol and acetaldehyde or formaldehyde and formic acid or acetone and pyridine.] (This exercise must be completed to-day.) 2. Convert the o-nitroaniline provided (log.) successively into p-toluene-sulphon-o-nitroanilide p-toluenesulphon-0-ni tromethylanilide and o-nitromethyl-aniline. Pure crystalline specimens of the three compounds should be returned and their melting points recorded.1. Report on the nature of the liquid (E). (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) FRIDAY 31 MARCH 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercies 2. 3. Investigate the substances (F) and (G) with a view to their identification. (G) = f(F) = Either semicarbazide hydrochloride or guanidine carbonate. Either phenylmethylpyrazolone or phenylcinchoninic acid (“cinchophen”).] Practical Second Group WEDNESDAY 12 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly.]* Analyse qualitatively the mixture (H) which contains several radicals.[(H) = Either potassium antimony1 tartrate arsenious acid and calcium and magnesium sulphates or potassium oxalate arsenious oxide and stannous, strontium and magnesium sulphates.] 1. (This exercise must be completed to-day.) * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers. r 330 2. Determine the concentration in grams per litre of sulphate and thiosulphate The thiosulphate should be determined volumetrically and the total sulphur An approximately 0.05 N solution of iodine is provided. ions in solution (I) which is an aqueous solution of the sodium salts. gr avi me trically . ( The volumetric exercise must be completed to-day . The gravimetric determination may be completed tomorrow.) THURSDA Y 13 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Complete the quantitative exercise started yesterday.3. Identify the single substance (J). [(J) = Either potassium titanifluoride 4. Determine the mutual solubilities of the organic liquid (K) and water at [(K) = set-Butyl or potassium tit anioxala t e . ] the room temperature using the method outlined on p. 330. alcohol.] FRIDAY 14APRIL 1950 10a.m. to4.30p.m. [(L) = Either salicylic acid containing 10 per cent. of P-naphthol or p-chloroacetanilide containing 10 per cent. of /3-naphthylamine or p-acetotoluidide containing 10 per cent. of p-bromoaniline.] (This exercise must be completed to-day.) 2. From the phthalimide provided (10 g.) prepare pure specimens of anthr-anilic acid o-chlorobenzoic acid and o-chlorobenzanilide. Pure crystalline specimens of the three compounds should be returned and their melting points recorded.(This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) 1. Report on the nature of the sample (L). SATURDAY 15 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 2. 3. Investigate the substances (M) and (N) with a view to their identification. [(M) = Either methylurea or glycine. (N) = Either acetoacetanilide or sul pha pyricl he.] EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP BRANCH C ORGANIC CHEMISTRY MONDAY 17 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. (Answer THREE questions ONLY.) 1. Review the methods available for the conversion of open chain compounds into carbocyclic compounds. 2. Give an account of the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds containing two nitrogen atoms in the heterocyclic ring. 3. Indicate how the strengths of organic acids and bases depend on their composition and structure and show how this knowledge has been applied in the development of theories for the interpretation of the mechanisms of organic reactions.r 331 4. Review the chemistry of starch with particular reference to recent develop-ments. 5. Discuss with the aid of typical examples the chemistry of the production and uses of direct cotton dyes. 6. Write an essay on EITHER (a) Antimalarial drugs OR (b) The antirachitic vitamins. 2 to 5 p.m. (Answer THREE questions ONLY.) 1. Review the chemistry of the isoquinoline alkaloids. 2. Give an account of the carotenoid pigments. 3. Illustrate the uses of tracer elements in the elucidation of the mechanisms of organic reactions.4. Discuss the evidence for the classification of organic reactions into heterolytic and homolytic processes and illustrate the distinctive features of each type with special reference to addition reactions. 5. Give an account of the production of organic compounds by micro-organisms. 6. Write an essay on EITHER (a) Total syntheses in the steroid group OR (6) The chemistry of the triterpenes. TUESDAY and WEDNESDAY 18 and 19 .4PRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day. (Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. Make concise notes of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. State your final conclusions clearly.)” 1. The compounds (A) (B) and (C) may be represented as RCH,Br, R’COOEt and R”CN. By converting each compound by a different route into the aldehydes RCHO R’CHO and R”CH0 you are required to determine whether R R’ and R” are the same or different.The identification of the compounds (A) (B) and (C) is NOT required. Specimens of any compounds prepared in this investigation should be returned. The choice of methods rests entirely with the candidate but each of the com-pounds A B and C must be converted into the appropriate aldehyde by a different method. For guidance on the choice of methods candidates are advised to consult the following papers: 1. McFadyen and Stevens J . Chern. Suc. 1936 584; 2. Stephen J. Chem. Suc. 1925 1874; 3. Angyal and Rassak J. Chem. SOC. 1949 2700. Caution. Compound A has lachrymatory and vesicant properties and should be handled with care.[(A) = Benzyl bromide (B) = ethyl bromobenzoate (C) = p-toluic nitrile.] (This exercise may be extended over four days.) The sample (D) is a specimen of a salt of a primary aromatic amine. 2 . You [(D) = 80 per cent. are required to determine the percentage of the group NH2. p-nitroaniline + 20 per cent. sodium chloride.] (This exercise must be completed by the end of the second day.) * This note was repeated on each of the two following papers. 332 THURSDAY 20 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Continue exercise 1. 3. Report on the nature of the liquid (E). [(E) = 85 per cent. water 5 per cent. each methyl alcohol acetone and pyridine.] (This exercise must be completed to-day.) FRIDAY 21 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Complete exercise 1. 4. Investigate the compounds (F) and (G) with a view to their identification.[(F) = Amidopyrine. (G) = 2-Chloro-5-nitropyridine.] BRANCH C ORGANIC CHEMISTRY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO FINE CHEMICALS MONDAY 17 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. As for Branch C Organic Chemistry p. 33 1. 2 to 5 p.m. (Answer Question 1 and THREE others.) I . Two recently introduced synthetic analgesics are :-(a) 4-propionyl-4-m-hydroxyphenyl- 1 -methylpiperidine and (b) 6-dimethylamino-4 4-diphenyl-3-heptyl acetate. morphine. Write down the structural formula of each and show its relationship to that of Suggest a possible route for the synthetic production of each. 2. An apparently pure amorphous substance has been prepared from biological material. Describe the methods available for determining its homo-geneity or otherwise.3. Give an account of some of the important reactions which result in the production of fine chemicals on an industrial scale from (a) acetylene and (b) petroleum hydrocarbons. 4. It is desired to study the properties of the isomeric phenylalkylamines of the formula C,H,. (C3H8N). Write down the formulae of the various isomers and suggest methods for their preparation. 5. Describe the preparation and principal reactions of (a) the alkyl cyanides and (b) the alkyl isocyanides. Discuss the constitutions ascribed to these compounds. How may racemic mixtures be resolved and how may optically active substances be racemised. Include in your answer methods which are applicable to compounds other than acids and bases. 7. Give an account of the use of malonic cyanoacetic and acetoacetic esters in organic synthesis with particular reference to the preparation of cyclic compounds.6. TUESDAY to FRIDAY 18 to 21 APRIL 1950; 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day. As for Branch C Organic Chemistry pp. 332 333. [ 333 BRANCH C ORGANIC CHEMISTRY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO HIGH POLYMERS MONDAY 17 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.n?. As for Branch C Organic Chemistry p. 331. 2 to 5 p.m. (Answer FOUR questions ONLY.) Explain the term polyfunctionality. Outline the essential features of (a) condensation polymerisation and (b) addition polymerisation with special reference to the mechanism of the two processes. Review the chemistry of the processes involved in the production of nylon and closely related fibres.Compare and contrast the characteristic features of cotton wool silk and rayon with special reference to the relationship between chemical constitution and physical properties. 4. Explain with the aid of examples the terms co-polymerisation cross linking chain transfer and depolymerisation. 5. Review critically the methods available for the determination of the molecular weights of high polymers. 6. Write an essay on EITHER (a) Emulsion polymerisation OR (b) Vulcani-sat; on. 1. 2. 3. BRANCH E THE CHEMISTRY INCLUDING MICROSCOPY, OF FOOD AND DRUGS AND OF WATER MONDAY 17 APRIL 1950 10 to 11.30 a.m. I. Discuss the fundamental purposes and principal provisions of EITHER (a) The Milk (Special Designation) (Raw Milk) Regulations 1949 ; OR (b) the Condensed Milk Regulations and the Dried Milk Regulations.2. Write a short essay on the chemical composition and nutritional value of fish. Indicate the special types of spoilage that affect fish and by what tests such spoilage can be detected and estimated. 11.30 a.m. to 1 p.m. (THREE questions ONLY to be answered). 1 . Write short notes on the pharmacology and therapeutics of the follow-ing :-(a) ouabain (b) atropine (c) phenobarbitone ( d ) sodium sulphate, (e) chloral hydrate. 2. Describe the methods of assay of Vitamin A. 3. Give an account of the pharmacology and therapeutic uses of EITHER opium 4. Discuss the use of drugs in the treatment of malaria. OR belladonna. 2 to 5 p.m. (FOUR questions to be answered.) 1. What determinations would you make in a sample of jam in order to ascertain whether it is of Full Fruit Standard? [ 334 2.Trace very briefly the history of the manufacture of margarine. Outline the method of analysis you would apply to a sample of present-day production submitted under the Food and Drugs Act. 3. How would you detect the presence and estimate the amount of the following substances when present singly in the atmosphere of a confined space :-sulphur dioxide carbon tetrachloride ethylene oxide hydrogen cyanide? The Royal Commission on Sewage Disposal prescribes a maximum figure of 2 parts per 100,OOO for the biochemical oxygen demand of an effluent. Discuss the use of this figure when dealing with an effluent flowing into a river or stream. In what circumstances may the figure for the biological oxygen demand obtained by the standard method be an untrue indication of the character of the effluent? 5.Name the principal enzymes in milk. Indicate how they can be detected. 6. Give examples of which you have personal knowledge of the application 4. of chromatographic technique to food analysis. TUESDAY 18 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Report on the sample (A) labelled Plum Jam (Full Fruit Standard). (This exercise may be finished tomorrow.) 2. Determine the lead in the food colour (B). WEDNESDAY 19 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Finish yesterday’s exercise 1. 3. Determine the iron phosphoric acid and calcium in the chemical food (C). THURSDAY 20 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 4. Determine the amount of edible oil in the salad cream (D).5 . Examine the fruit juice (E) for added colouring matter. 6. Make a microscopical examination of the water deposit (F) and give sketches of the organisms identified. FRIDAY 21 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 7. Report on the sample of wine (G). 8. Identify the specimens (H) (T) and (J). SATURDAY 22 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. (Reports of all microscopical examinations should be accompanied by annotated sketches.) 1. (a) Make a microscopical examination of the vegetable powders (K) and (LA Make sketches and notes of the structures seen. Identification of the powders is not required. (b) Identify microscopically the powdered drug (M) and examine it carefully for extraneous materials. 2. Identify microscopically the vegetable powders (N) (0) (P) (Q) and (R).3. Identify the poison in the stomach contents (S). [ 335 BRANCH H GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY MONDAY 17 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. (Answer FOUR questions.) 1. Discuss the methods of determination of inorganic peroxides persulphates, percarbonates and perborates. 2. Describe the methods that are available for the analytical examination of mixtures of ortho- meta- and para-cresols containing small amounts of xylenols and phenol. 3. Discuss the importance of statistical methods in the interpretation of analytical results. 4. Write an essay on the use of radiochemical methods of analysis. 5. Discuss the value of the polarograph in the determination of organic 6. Indicate briefly the applications and methods of use of FIVE of the follow-compounds.ing reagents :-1 2-cyclohexanedione dioxime, iodine monochloride, ammonium benzoate, sodium hypophosphite, 8-hydroxyquinaldine, toluene-3 4-dithiol, chloramine-T, met hylfluorone. 7. Infra-red and ultra-violet absorption spectra are of increasing value to the analyst engaged in organic work. Discuss this statement. 2 to 5p.m. (Answer FOUR questions.) 1. Outline very briefly the principles and methods of X-ray diffraction analysis. What information may be obtained from the use of this technique'? 2. Discuss modern developments in the design and operation of laboratory fractionating columns. 3. Give an account of any recent work about which you have read concern-ing the theoretical basis for the selection of organic precipitants. 4.Give a critical account of the methods available for the determination of water. Illustrate your answer by reference to the determination of water in :-(a) mineral oil (b) coal (c) wheat (d) manganese ore (e) liquid sulphur dioxide. 5. Discuss the precipitation of metals as sulphides from acid solution. Suggest a scheme for the quantitative separation of lead and zinc from a solution containing in addition barium iron aluminium calcium and magnesium. Describe any modifications or improvements that have taken place in the classical methods for :-(a) the decomposition and solution of refractory silicates, (b) the determination of alkalis in such materials. 6. Outline a scheme of analysis for the main constituents of a firebrick. [ 336 7. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of potentiometric conducto-metric and amperometric methods of titration.TUESDAY 18 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5p.m. 1. Report qualitatively on the substances (A) and (B). [(A) = Germanium chloride. (B) = 7-Alumina.] (This exercise to be completed by noon.) 2. Determine the total manganese and the MnOz in the sample of manganese ore (C). WEDNESDAY 19 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5p.m. 3. Examine the sample of Works effluent (D) which is known to have caused serious corrosion of a concrete sewer. Prepare a report stating the nature of the effluent the probable cause of the damage and making recommendations for suitable treatment of the effluent before its discharge. [(D) contained sulphuric and nitric acids.] make as complete an analysis as time permits.and magnesium’ tungstate or cadmium chlorophosphate.] 4. Identify qualitatively the constituents of the sample of phosphor (E) and [(E) = Either cadmium borate THURSDAY 20 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 5 . Examine and report on the sample of temperature-indicating paint (F). [(F) = Silver mercuric iodide in a mixture of xylene butyl alcohol and a glyptal.] FRlDAY 21 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Carry out an examination of the shoe cleaning liquid (G). 6. [(G) = Carbon tetrachloride isopropyl alcohol and Cellosolve.] SPECIAL EXAMINATION IN SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS MONDA Y 17 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. (Answer FOUR questions.) Give a concise general account of the theory of atomic and molecuiar spectra with the object of demonstrating that you understand ‘spectral notations,’ spectral terms’ and ‘electronic vibrational and rotational energy.’ 1.2. Discuss THREE of the following:-(a) the selection of spectrographs for different methods of spectro-chemical analysis ; (b) the selection of light sources; (c) resolving power ; (d) measurement of wave-length. 3. Describe the methods available for the measurement of intensity of 4. Give an account of EITHER modern photoelectric spectrophotometers OR 5. Examine methods of calculation in the application of spectrophotometry spectral lines. Discuss ONE method in detail. infra-red spectrophotometers suitable for examining solutions. to quantitative analysis. [ 337 2 to 5 p.m. (Answer FOUR questions.) I . Discuss the processing and calibration of the photographic plate in relation to obtaining trustworthy results in a spectroscopic laboratory.2. Write an essay on the quantitative spectrographic analysis of aluminium and its alloys. 3. Describe what you would do in the following circumstances:-several ox eyes have been dissected and the retinas lenses corneas choroids and so on, have been separated and placed in clean pyrsx beakers; you are asked to find out what you can about the distribution of trace metals (e.g. Cu and Zn) in the eye. 4. Give an account of the methods available for dealing with ONE of the following problems :-(a) the determination of vitakn A in fish liver oils; (b) the determination of linoleic and linolenic acid in mixed fatty acids ; (c) the determination of benzene in aliphatic hydrocarbons and in ethanol ; (d) the determination of the purity of lead.5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of arc and spark circuits in quantitative spectrographic analysis. 6. Give examples of analytical problems for which colorimetric (or perhaps fluorimetric) methods of analysis are to be preferred to spectrographic methods. Your answer should show a critical appreciation of the relative merits of differ-ent techniques under particular circumstances within your experience. TUESDAY to FRIDAY 18 to 21 APRIL 1950 10 a.m. to 5p.m. each day. proceed to make a quantitative study. significance of the absorption curve. provided. 1. Carry out a qualitative examination of (A) and describe how you would 2. Determine the ultra-violet absorption of the substance (B) and discuss the 3.Report on the suitability for spectroscopy of the graphite electrodes REPORT OF THE EXAMINERS Examination for the Associateship Inorganic and Physical Chemistry. The general standard of the answers to the inorganic paper was satisfactory and many were commendably concise. Answers to Q. 2 and Q. 5 involved a knowledge of the chemistry of many more elements than those mentioned in the question and some of the answers showed that candidates had a good grounding in the broad principles of systematic inorganic chemistry and a useful knowledge of the individual peculiarities of the elements which are the stock-in-trade of the competent practitioner. In the answers to 4 . 3 too many candidates incorrectly prepared diborane by the action of hydrochloric acid on magnesium boride and nitrogen trichloride by “sparking” nitrogen with chlorine.The parts of Q. 4 dealing with (a) the formation of “compounds” of the inert gases (6) the allotropy of hydrogen and (d) the oxides of sulphur were popular. Several candidates were not familiar with more than one class of inert gas “compound” ; at least half the answers to (b) attributed the existence of ortho- and para-hydro-gen to differences in the direction of electronic spin and in answering (d) a [ 338 disproportionate time was devoted to unimportant details of the chemistry of sulphur dioxide. Most candidates attempted Q. 6 and there were some excellent accounts of the analytical applications of hydrogen peroxide of metals as reducing agents and of acetates.Few candidates appeared to have used ceric sulphate in the laboratory whilst mention of the use of potassium cyanide was confined to the separation of cadmium from copper in group analysis. In Q. 7 the majority of candidates chose to write on inorganic chemical reactions in non-aqueous solvents and many of the essays were well arranged and discriminating. The essays on the use of the electrical discharge in inorganic preparative work were less well done as they tended to consist of lists of individual reactions chosen without regard for the illustration of general methods or principles. There were few answers to Q. 7 (c) and most revealed very little acquaintance with vacuum technique such as that used by Stock in manipulating the hydrides of boron and silicon.The few answers to Q. 7 (d) dealing with microchemical techniques generally showed a satisfactory acquaintance with laboratory methods, but again the answers tended to be incoherent. In the answers to the physical chemistry paper those to the descriptive questions (3) (6) (7) and (8) were on the whole better than those to Q. (l) (2) and (4) which required some mathematics but on the whole the calculations were more satisfactory than in some recent examinations. Q. 1 was not well answered. Many of the derivatives of the expression pv = +rnni? gave the correct result through a compensation of errors. The symbols used were often not clearly defined and many answers were badly arranged. In Q. 2 it was surprising to find that a number of candidates used Dumas’ or Victor Meyer’s methods of measuring densities as methods of deter-mining vapour pressure.Several vapour pressure apparatus were sketched which would on evacuation have filled the pump with mercury. The isopiestic and dew point methods were sometimes described without making it clear that they are only applicable to solutions. In the calculations several candidates used the approximation &P = dp A T dT instead of the integrated form; this is scarcely adequate even as an approxi-mation with such a large value of A T as that given in the rider. Only a few candidates saw the point concerning Trouton’s rule. Q. 3 was not very popular ; some of the answers were very good whilst others were completely off the point. Not many candidates attempted Q.4 (a) dealing with reversible cells and some of them became confused by failing to keep clearly before them the conventions regarding the sign of the E.M.F. and electrode potential; indeed one or two changed their conventions in mid-answer. Q. 4 (b) was more popular and was reasonably well answered. Q. 5 was very well done but a few candidates seemed to think that Kw = 10-14 in all circumstances and several became deeply involved with the conceptions “conjugate acid” and “conjugate base.” This question also produced an almost perfect howler which illustrates the virtue of simple language : “Ionisation is the criteria which takes place when a substance submits to unsym-metrical cleavage.” Many answers to Q. 6 were good but little originality was shown in the choice of processes these being almost entirely confined to the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid the obsolete Birkeland-Eyde process the manufacture of quicklime or the production of water gas.Almost all candidates attempted Q. 7 dealing with emulsions and there were some excellent answers. Surprisingly enough however several confused emulsions with colloids in general and gave the Bredig arc as a method of preparing them. Q. 8 (a) dealing with the mass spectrograph was also attempted by the majority and was generally well done including the calculation. Several did not recognise the energy units resulting from the use of the equation E = mc2. r 339 It is perhaps significant that one candidate who was very knowledgeable con-cerning the mass spectrograph had no idea how to measure the vapour pressure of a liquid or to handle the Clapeyron equation.Q. 8 (b) on the significance of molecular absorption spectra in primary photochemical processes was selected by few but most of those who attempted it did so very creditably. In the practical inorganic and physical examination the qualitative work was in general only of moderate standard. In identifying the mixture (A) many candidates overlooked the presence of oxalate and few of those who detected it took precautions to eliminate it before proceeding to the group analysis. The flame tests given by calcium or strontium were often misinterpreted as being due to potassium or lithium. In identifying the single substance (C) few candidates used the formation of the triple sodium uranyl salt to confirm their identification, and several missed nickel or zinc.The lack of adequate confirmatory tests was also apparent in the work of the second group of candidates who had the mixture (H) and the single substance (J) for qualitative investigation. The results of the gravimetric and volumetric exercises were again generally only of moderate accuracy. Even in the volumetric standardisations which merely called for reasonable care and manipulative skill many of the results were far less accurate than is required of a candidate for this professional examination. Repeated criticism of the inaccurate calculation of results appears to be in vain. The results of no less than 71 candidates were considerably improved by the Exam-iner’s recalculation! In the physical exercise on the determination of the mutual solubility of butyl alcohol and water few candidates realised that the method of calculation suggested was specially devised to make allowance for volume changes; many cited the volume change on mixing as an unavoidable source of error.A number made no attempt to criticise the method or to calculate the results. Organic Chemistry. The answers to the questions on theoretical organic chemistry showed a definite and welcome improvement over the standard attained in recent examin-ations but the general weakness in the practical work persists and quite a high proportion of the unsuccessful candidates must attribute their failure in the examination to this cause. The question on the Grignard reactions and that on the aromatic halogen compounds proved to be very popular and were well within the capacity of most of the candidates but a surprisingly large number could not write the correct formula for either ethyl orthoformate or acetonitrile.The preparation of m-chlorotoluene from toluene caused some difficulty and, instead of discussing the properties of the chlorine atom in the various aromatic compounds several candidates confined their discussion to the effect of the chlorine atom on the nucleus. The problem question which was simple and straightforward was answered satisfactorily by most candidates. There were very few answers to the question on phenanthrene and in the question on the heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen many confined their answers to the furan system.The general standard of the work in the practical examination was disappoint-ingly low. In the first group of candidates many failed to report the presence of water in the liquid (E) and some apparently did not even suspect its presence, although it accounted for 85 per cent. by volume of the liquid. Similarly in the second group a surprisingly large number of candidates failed to realise that the sample (L) was not a pure compound. The preparative work was rarely tackled with confidence and in the identifications many candidates seemed to be floundering out of their depth. There is evidence of a too slavish adherence to the systems advocated by one or other of the numerous text-books on qualita-tive organic analysis which when used unintelligently can so easily lead to false trails.[ 340 Translation. The simple translations again appeared to present unexpected difficulties. It is hard to believe that so many students of chemistry had never encountered the word “ausgeathert” previously and whatever the dictionary may say about the meaning of the word “Metallblase” every candidate for this examination might be expected to know that steam distillations are not usually carried out in metallic globes bulbs bubbles or bladders! Examination for the Fellowship Branch E: Water. The theoretical work generally showed a satisfactory all-round knowledge. In the practical exercises some candidates found difficulty in completing their work owing mainly to insufficiently careful survey and planning at the beginning of the day.The results of the determination of lead in the dye-stuff containing 80 parts per million of lead were rather widely scattered. The analytical work in the examination of a full fruit standard jam was good but too much reliance on calculations based on figures for only two items was evident in some cases. The determination of phosphorus in the chemical food led to some inaccuracies. There was a very general tendency to regard an intense natural colour in the fruit juice as due to an added coal-tar dye. Examination of the wine including an accurate determination of the alcohol content and the identification of the methyl alcohol presented little difficulty ; more attention however might have been given to an estimation of the amount of methyl alcohol.The microscopic identification of starches was very good. Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Candidates entering for this branch of the Fellowship are expected to have more than a superficial acquaintance with fields of work outside their day-to-day experience. In the practical examination they have an opportunity to display a number of the qualities over and above sound chemical knowledge and analytical skill, that go to make a good analyst. Among these are the ability to record and to interpret evidence as it is accumulated and in this latter they are obviously aided by a wide though perhaps more superficial knowledge of ancillary subjects. It is perhaps useful to refer again to the fact that candidates are expected to be able to make a discriminating use of reference books to supplement their knowledge in unfamiliar fields.The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of PASS LIST EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP Bakes William Eric Municipal Technical College Hull. Barron Gordon Technical College Sunderland. Brady George William Forster B.Sc. (Lond.) Technical College Sunderland. Brookbank John Anthony B.A. (Cantab.) University of Cambridge and Royal Brown Colin Willgoose B.Sc. (Lond.) Royal Technical College Salford. Burnell William Henry College of Technology Leeds. Chadwick Derek Bagnall Royal Technical College Salford. Collins Harold John South-East Essex Technical College Dagenham. Cottrell Anthony Morris Acton Technical College London. Crane William Marshall South-West Essex Technical College Walthamstow.Cunningham James Technical College Paisley and Royal Technical College, Technical College Glasgow. Glasgow. 341 Dalby Arthur College of Technology Leeds. Davies Benjamin B.Sc. (Lond.) Technical College Cardiff Royal College of Science and Battersea Polytechnic London. Dewhurst John Technical College Blackburn. Edwards Vaughan Municipal Technical College Hull. Exley David Frank Royal Technical College Salford. Farndon John Ernest The Polytechnic Regent Street London. Fletcher Norman William Royal Technical College Salford. Foster Roy Marshall Royal Technical College Salford. Goodfellow Geoffrey Ivor B.Sc. (Lond.) Medway Technical College Gilling-Gorsuch Thomas Talbot B.Sc. (Lond.) The Polytechnic Regent Street, Green Bernard Edward Municipal Technical College Hull.Hampson Noel Arthur B.Sc.(Lond.) Royal Technical College Salford. Holmes Alexander B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. Imperial College London. Hough Cyril David University of Nottingham and Nottingham and District Jackman Geoffrey Baldwin B.Sc. (Lond.) Royal Technical College Salford. Jackson Eric College of Technology Leeds. Jones Alan Cecil South-East Essex Technical College Dagenham. Kirby Leonard Municipal Technical College Hull. Langford David Houlden Municipal Technical College Hull. Lanham Edward Albert B.Sc. (Lond.) South-East Essex Technical College, Larson John Eric Loughborough College Loughborough and College of Lawrance Derek Robert Technical College Coventry. Liggins Tom Technical College Coventry.MacLennan Alastair Paterson B.Sc. (Lond.) The Polytechnic Regent Street, Morton Robert Ainsley College of Technology Leeds. Mountain Albert College of Technology Leeds. Norris Richard Colin B.Sc. (Liv.) The University and City College of Technol-Palfrey Walter Royal Technical College Salford. Passmore Richard Ian Oliver King’s College and The Polytechnic Regent Rand John Arthur City College of Technology Liverpool. Ringe James Peter South-East Essex Technical College Dagenham. Shenton Frank Cooke College of Technology Manchester and Royal Techni-Side Derek Norman Norwood Technical College London. Singleton Leslie College of Technology Leeds. Skull Alan B.Sc. (Lond.) The Polytechnic Regent Street London. Smith Ronald Gregson City College of Technology Liverpool and Denbigh-Stead Cecil Vivian B.Sc.(Lond.) Royal Technical College Salford. Steel Alan Edward College of Technology Leeds. Stroud Kenneth Cecil George B.Sc. (Lond.) South-West Essex Technical Swanwick John Douglas B.Sc. (Lond.) Queen Mary College and The Poly-Whitton John Bryan Municipal Technical College Hull. Williams Leslie City College of Technology Liverpool. Witty Alan Ronald Municipal Technical College Hull. ham and Harris Institute Preston. London. Technical College. Dagenham. Technology Leicester. London. ogy Liverpool. Street London. cal College Salford. shire Technical College. College Wal thams tow. technic Regent Street London. r 342 EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP Branch C Organic Chemistry with special reference to High Polymers.Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water. Hadley Gordon. Finch Roland Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). Harral James Charles. Harris Tennyson. Murfin John Webster B.Sc. (Lond.). Shearing Leonard Albert B.Sc. (Lond.). Stephenson William Harold. Taylor Leonard BSc. (Lond.). Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Burke Thomas Eric. Radford Arthur John B.Sc. (Lond.). Special Examination in Chemical Spectroscopy. Hartley Henry Eric Rogerson. MEDALS AND PRIZES FOR AWARD 1950 The Meldola Medal.-This medal is the gift of the Society of Maccabaeans and is normally awarded annually. The next award will be made early in 1951 to the chemist who being a British subject and under 30 years of age at 31 December 1950 shows the most promise as indicated by his or her published chemical work brought to the notice of the Council of the Royal Institute of Chemistry before 31 December 1950.No restrictions are placed upon the kind of chemical work or the place in which it is conducted. The merits of the work may be brought to the notice of the Council either by persons who desire to recommend the candidate or by the candidate himself by letter addressed to “The President Royal Institute of Chemistry 30 Russell Square London W.C. 1,” the envelope being marked “Meldola Medal.” Beilby Memorial Awards.-From the interest derived from the invested capital of the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund at intervals to be determined by the administrators representing the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Institute of Metals awards are made to British investigators in science to mark appreciation of records of distinguished work.Preference is given to investigations relating to the special interests of Sir George Beilby including problems connected with fuel economy chemical engineering and metallurgy and awards are made not on the result of any competition but in recognition of continuous work of exceptional merit bearing evidence of distinct advancement in science and practice. In general awards are not applicable to workers of established repute but are granted as an encouragement to younger men who have done original independent work of exceptional merit over a period of years. Consideration will be given to the making of an award or awards from the Fund early in 1951 and the administrators will therefore be glad to have their attention drawn to outstanding work of the nature indicated not later than 31 December 1950.All communications on this subject should be addressed to the Convener of the Administrators Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund Royal Institute of Chemis-try 30 Russell Square London W.C.1. The Harrison Memorial Prize (see p. 364). The Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize (see p. 357). The Newton Chambers Award (particulars to be given in Part V of this Journal). [ 343 THE REGISTER Letter references preceding names indicate the Local Section (if any) to which each Member and Student is attached (see p. iv). NEW FELLOWS (P) Allott Eric Newmarch M.A.B.Sc. (C) Gaddie Robert,B.Sc. Ph.D. (Edin.). B.M. B.Ch. (Oxon.) F.R.C.P. Giri K. V. B.A. (Madras) D.Sc. (P) Bach Stefan Joseph Ph.D. (Can-tab.) Dr.Eng. Dip. in Eng. (P) Iyer Kalkrishna Harihar M.Sc., (Berlin). Ph.D. (Bombay). A.I.I.Sc. (Calcutta) A.1 .I. Sc . ASSOCIATES ELECTED TO THE FELLOWSHIP (P) Andrews Kenneth John Maynard (Q) Portwood Walter Ernest. M.Sc. (Lond.) Ph.D. (Cantab.). (P) Radford Arthur John B.Sc. (C) Brown Frank. (Lond.). (0) Casson Arthur Leslie B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Roberts Neville Wyn M.A. (H) Catchpole Arthur George B.Sc. (Oxon.). Ph.D. (Lond.). (P) Shore Miss Agnes B.Sc. Ph.D. (P) Fill Matzas Alfonso Texas. (Lond.). (P) Fullman Benjamin B.Sc. (Lond.) (P) Stephenson Richard John M.Sc., F.I.M. Ph.D. (Lond.). (C) Hadley Gordon.(Q) Stromberg Harry M.Sc.Tech. (T) Hallett Leslie Horton Williams (Manc.). M.A. (Cantab.). (P) Hammond Roy Albert Frederick Vanderstichele Miss Paule Laure, B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. M.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Hartley Henry Eric Rogerson. (S) Wilkinson James Henry B.Sc., (P) Heywood Mark Mellalieu F.I.R.I. Ph.D. (Lond.). (P) McLean Donald Henry B.Sc. (P) Winteringham Francis Peter Wors-(P) Vahrman Marcus B.Sc. (Lond.). (Edin.). ley. NEW ASSOCIATES (F) Allen Liam M.Sc. (N.U.I.). (P) Bulmer Gerald M.A. Ph.D. (Can-( S ) Amot Roger B.Sc. (Lond.). tab.). (M) Bakes William Eric. (N) Burnell William Henry. (P) Banerjea Promode Ranjan M.Sc. (C) Carlier Miss Gwendoline Isobel (Calcutta) Ph.D. (Zurich). Maud M.Sc. (Birm.). (P) Brackley Peter Gordon B.Sc. (Q) Carruthers George Norman M.A., (Lond.).B.Sc. (Oxon.) B.Sc. (Lond.). (S) Brand Miss Patricia Campbell (Q) Chadwick Derek Bagnall. BSc. (Glas.) A.R.T.C. Chand Ram M.$c. Ph.D. (Punjab). (P) Brookbank John Anthony M A . (P) Cohn Miss Irene Marianne B.Sc. (Cantab .). (Lond.). (X) Brown Arthur Dolby B.Sc. (S) Collins Harold John. (Lond .) . (Q) Cottam James B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Brown Colin Willgoose B.Sc. (P) Cottrell Anthony Morris. (Lond.). (P) Crane William Marshall. (A) Bruce David Breckinridge B.Sc. (C) Cummings William George B.Sc. (Aberd .). (Lond .). 344 (K) Cunningham James. (Q) Massey Leonard M.Sc.Tech. (K) Davidson Alexander Latimer B.Sc. (0) Mendelowitz Arnold MSc. Eng. (P) Davies Benjamin B.Sc. (Lond.). (Witwatersrand) M.S.A.Chem.1. (P) Dewdney Frank George.(P) Monroe Adam Gregory. (Q) Dewhurst John. (N) Morton Robert Ainsley. (P) Domleo Allan Paul B.Sc. (Lond.) (N) Mountain Albert. A.R.C.S. (P) Murray Kenneth Leslie B.Sc. (F) Duff Samuel Raymond B.A. (Lond.). B.Sc. (T.C.D.). Murty Kambhampaty Suryanara-(M) Edwards Vaughan. (H) Epstein -Peter Francis B.Sc. Neppe Max Leonard B.Sc. Eng. (Leeds). (Witwatersrand) A.M.Inst.Pet. (E) Ewington Charles Gordon B.Sc. (0) Norris Richard Colin B.Sc. (Liv.). (Wales). (Q) Palfrey Walter. (Q) Exley David Frank. (P) Parkhouse Denys. (P) Farndon John Ernest. (P) Passmore Richard Ian Oliver. (P) Flint Dennis A.M.1nst.F. (U) Peiser Herbert Steffen M.A. (Can-(Q) Foster Roy Marshall. tab.). (0) Goodfellow Geoffrey Ivor B.Sc. (Q) Pendleton Alan George B.Sc.Tech.(M) Green Bernard Edward. (S) Phillipson David B.Sc. (Lond.). (J) Grieve Thomas (Jun.) A.H.-W.C. (V) Price Dewi B.Sc. (Wales). (B) Grime Ronald B.Sc. (Q.U.B.). (0) Rand John Arthur. (S) Grimes Fred Cameron B.Sc. (D) Richmond Donald Vivian B.Sc, (Q) Halsall Thomas Gilbert M.Sc. (P) Ringe James Peter (FF) Hamilton Douglas Paton B.Sc. (P) Side Derek Norman. (Q) Hampson Noel Arthur B.Sc. (P) Skull Alan B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Harris Joseph B.Sc. (Lond.). (D) Smith Royston Albert B.Sc. (Q) Haward Robert Nobbs B.A. (Bris.). (Q) Heron Jack. (W) Stacey Bernard Ellis B.Sc. (Q) Hicks Donald B.Sc. (Glas.). (Bris .). (H) Hindley Frank B.Sc. (Sheffield). (P) Hockings Eric Francis. (K) Steel Edward B.Sc. (Glas.). (P) Holmes Alexander B.Sc. (Lond.) (K) Stewart Archibald B.Sc.(Glas.),. Hough Cyril David. (P) Stroud Kenneth Cecil George, (N) Jackson Eric. B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Jones Alan Cecil. (P) Swanwick John Douglas B.Sc-(N) Jones John Clifford B.Sc. (Birm.). (Lond.). (P) Kelleher Jeremiah M.Sc. (N.U.I.). (E) Tanner Haydn B.Sc. (Wales). Koenig Theodore Anthony. (Q) Upton William Eugene B.Sc. (P) Lanham Edward Albert B.Sc. (Manc.). (Lond .). (J) Weir Alexander B.Sc. (Edin.). (H) Larson John Eric. (P) Welding George Neale B.A. (Can-(C) Lawrance Derek Robert. (C) Liggins Tom. (0) Williams Leslie. MacDowell Denis William Herbert (P) Williams Leslie Alfred B.Sc, M.Sc. (Q.U.B.). (Lond.). (D) MacMillan Richard Butler R.A. (M) Witty Alan Ronald. (Manc.). (Glas.) A.R.T.C. yana B.Ed. M.Sc. (Andhra). (Lond .). (Manc.). (Lond.).(Lond.). Ph.D. (Manc.). (St. Andrews). (N) Singleton Leslie. (Lond.). (0) Smith Ronald Gregson. Ph.D. (Cantab.). (P) Spragg Walter Thomas. (Q) Shenton Frank Cooke. (N) Steel Alan Edward. A.R.C.S. A.R.T.C. tab.) B.Sc. (Lond.). (B.C.). 1 345 RE-ELECTED ASSOCIATES (B) Houston John D.Sc. (Q.U.B.). (P) Marsden Cyril B.Sc. (Leeds). NEW STUDENTS (C) Allcott Trevor John. (P) Anderson Jack Ernest. (X) Atkinson Kenneth Frederick. (P) Bailey Denis Raymond. (P) Ballard Denis George Harold. (U) Bamford Terence. (0) Barkley James Victor. (P) Blackwell Ian. (P) Booker Charles James Louis. (W) Cannon Peter. (P) Carver Gordon Ivor. (C) Cooke Anthony John. (0) Culkin Frederick. (N) Dean John McBride. (0) Dennan Patrick John. (X) Dixon George Leslie.(FF) Docherty William Thomas. (P) Dowling Lionel Thomas. (Q) Edwards Alan. (D) Edwards Brian Albert. (H) Emerson David McCulloch. (C) Ferguson Hugh Fraser. (Q) Fletcher Henry. (J) Flint George Russell Dobson. (0) Forshaw Ian Peter. (P) Goodman Albert Henry. (Q) Greenhalgh Robert. (P) Hallums John William. (H) Hands Richard Edward. (G) Holmes Alan William. (P) Horsefield Charles Thomas. (0) Hughes George Alan. (P) Ingle Richard Brouncker. (M) Iveson George Robert. (U) James Howard. (0) Jamieson Geoffrey Paul. (C) Johnson Derek Raymond. (P) Lakin Terence Leonard John. (M) Land Peter Bowman. (Q) Landmann Axel Wolfgang. (0) Latham Jeffery Vincent. (Q) Lord Sidney James. (M) Lown Edward Watson. (P) Mackenzie John. (J) Macrae Roger.(D) Maybery John Victor. (0) Mikschik Ferdinand Martin. (0) Miller Frank Wilmot. (P) Mills Raymond Frederick Arthur. (J) Mitchell William. (K) M’Kend John. (0) Morgan-Jones Eric William. (R) Piggin Bruce Paul. (P) Ranshaw John Gordon. (P) Rickards Michael John. (U) Roberts John Alan. (0) Robinson Kenneth Buckley. (P) Ryan Miss Ann Elizabeth. (Q) Scott Peter. (P) Shaw Robeft Alfred. (D) Simmons Robert Henry. (0) Snape George Peter. (0) Staines Norman James. (P) Stickland William Frederick Harry. (P) Stokes Ronald Charles. (P) Swain Derek Edward. (Q) Swainston John Uttley. (E) Telling Geoffrey Morgan. (N) Thomas Kenneth Stuart. (0) Timmons Alban. (P) Tuck Basil. (P) Walter Braham Henry. (R) Werner Ian Robert. (N) Widdop Jack.(E) Williams David Granville. (T) Williams Hew Awain. (T) Williams Stephen Thomas. (P) Wills Graham Boyce. (Q) Wilson Arthur Derrick. (C) Wilson Colin. (Q) Wood David Muir. (0) Wood John. (P) Layzell Barry -Thomas Garibaldi. (0) Le Couteur Bryan Philip. (P) Young Miss Barbara Lillian Joy. (P) Littler Miss Winifred Margaret. (C) Worrall William Ernest. 346 DEATHS Fellows Cyril William Buckles B.Sc. (Lond.) A.I.R.T. Cyril Percy Callister D.Sc. (Melbourne) F.A.C.I. John Gerald Frederick Druce M.A. M.Sc. (Lond.) Dr. Rer. Nat. (Prague). Herbert Edon-Brown. Roland Victor Norris M.Sc. (Manc.) DSc. (Lond.). Frederic William Rixon M.A. Ph.D. (Giessen) M.Sc. (Vict.). Associates Ernest Bryan Adams M.Sc. (Birm.). Harold Adams. John George Alexander Jeffrey M.C.B.Sc. (Edin.) A.1nst.P. OBITUARY Harold Adams died on 18 April 1950 in his 47th year. He received his early education at Smedley Road Elementary School, Cheetham Central School and Newton Heath Junior School Manchester. In 1918 he became a junior assistant in the British Dyestuffs Corporation works at Blackley Manchester studying meanwhile at the Manchester College of Tech-nology and gaining the Associateship of the College in 1925. From 1932 to 1934 he was chemist to the Stockport United Chemical Co. Ltd. and in the latter year became a consultant to G. H. Briggs Ltd. and other firms. From 1930 he was for some years also a part-time lecturer in organic chemistry at the Manchester College of Technology. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1930.Cyril William Buckles died on 29 June 1950 in his 54th year. He received his early education at Norwich Municipal Secondary School and the City of Norwich School and in 1914 was appointed analyst to A. J. Caley and Sons Ltd. He attended classes meanwhile at Norwich Technical Institute. From 1916 to 1920 he was on Active Service with the Special Brigade (Gas Services) Royal Engineers. On demobilisation he entered University College, London and graduated B.Sc. of the University of London with 2nd Class Honours in chemistry in 1924. In 1925 Buckles joined the department of the War Department Chemist as an analyst at the Royal Arsenal Woolwich and in 1929 was appointed technologist in the rubber service laboratories of British Dyestuffs Corporation Limited, Blackley.He returned to the department of the War Department Chemist in 1930. In 1932 he entered the service of Pirelli-General Cable Works Ltd., Southampton as research chemist and rubber technologist being promoted to chief chemist in 1938. He served on several technical panels and sub-committees of the Cablemakers’ Association and was an Associate of the Institution of the Rubber Industry of which he became a member of Council in 1946 and an examiner in 1948. He also lectured on rubber at University College, Southampton. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1925 and a Fellow in 1945. 1 347 Cyril Percy Callister died on 5 October 1949 in his 57th year. He received his early education at State Schools Grenville College and the School of Mines Ballarat Victoria proceeding to Queen’s College University of Melbourne where he graduated B.Sc.with 1st Class Honours in chemistry in 1914. He was awarded the degree of M.Sc. in 1917 and obtained his D.Sc. in 1931 for investigations on the autolysis of yeast and the manufacture of cheese. In 1915 he was appointed works chemist to Lewis and Whitty Richmond, Victoria but shortly afterwards he enlisted in the 1st A.I.F. A few months later he was transferred to special munitions work with the Defence Department. This work took him to the United Kingdom where he served in positions of responsibility in H.M. Factories at Queensferry and Gretna. In 1918 he carried out research at University College London and was then appointed chemist in the Arsenal Branch of the Australian Department of Defence.Returning to civil life he became chief chemist to Lewis and Whitty in 1920, and in 1923 was appointed chief chemist to Fred Walker and Co. Pty. Ltd. food manufacturers forerunners of the Kraft Walker Cheese Co. Pty. Ltd. In 1935, he became a director and technical superintendent of the latter firm a position which he held until the time of his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1917 and a Fellow in 1926. John Gerald Frederick Druce died on 22 June 1950 in his 56th year. He was educated at Kendrick Secondary School Reading and received his scientific training at University College Reading (191 1-12) and University College London (1912-15) graduating B.Sc. of the University of London with 2nd class Honours in chemistry.He proceeded to the degree of M.Sc. in 1920, During vacations he studied at the Charles University of Prague and was awarded the degree of R. Nat. Dr. in 1923 being the first English student to obtain this distinction. He later graduated M.A. of the University of London, presenting a thesis on the progress of science in Central Europe in the Middle Ages. From 1915 to 1919 Druce was assistant lecturer and demonstrator at the Borough Polytechnic London and from 1919 until the time of his death was head of the chemistry department at Battersea Grammar School. He published numerous papers on the organic compounds of tin and carried out research also on rhenium and element No. 43. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1919 and a Fellow in 1925.He was an active member of the Committee of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section. John George Alexander Jeffrey died on 21 June 1950 in his 54th year. He was educated at George Heriot’s School Edinburgh and commenced his scientific training at the Heriot-Watt College in 1914. From 1915 to 1919 he held a commission in the Infantry saw service in France and was awarded the Military Cross. He then entered the University of Edinburgh and graduated B.Sc. in 1921. In that year he was appointed a chemist to the Attock Oil Co. Ltd. Rawalpindi, India. From 1925 to 1928 he was employed by the Indo-Burmah Petroleum Corporation in Rangoon as a chemist and in 1928 became works manager at the Seikkyi Refinery. In 1942 he returned to the Attock Oil Co.Rawalpindi, as works manager. During his service in India and Burma he was from 1922 to 1928 attached to the Auxiliary Force India and from 1925 to 1935 held a commission in the Reserve of Officers of the Army in India retiring with the rank of Major. [ 348 Jeffrey came back to this country in 1945 and was subsequently consulting chemist to Steel Bros. and Co. Ltd. and a director of McTaggart and Evans, Ltd. He was an Associate Member of the Institute of Petroleum. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1921. William Laverty died in February 1950 in his 61st year. He received his early education at St. Mirin’s Boys’ School Paisley and St. Aloysius’ College Glasgow and entered industry as a junior assistant chemist to the Scotch and Irish Oxygen Co.(later the British Oxygen Co. Ltd.) Glasgow in 1907. In 1910 he was appointed chemist-in-charge to the Kelvindale Chemical Co. (later Cooper and Nephews) Glasgow. He studied meanwhile at Paisley Technical College obtaining the diploma in technical chemistry and at the Royal Technical College Glasgow. In 191 6 he was appointed assistant chemist in the laboratories of the Caledon-ian Railway Co. and in 1923 on the absorption of this company in the Lon-don Midland and Scottish Railway Co. he became senior assistant chemist to the new organisation. In 1938 he moved to the research department of the Company at Horwich Lancs. and subsequently passed into the service of British Railways London Midland Region. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1927.Gavin Lawson died on 16 April 1950 in his 41st year. He was educated at Newmilns Public School Galston Higher Grade School and Kilmarnock Academy. After four years as a pharmacy assistant in Newmilns he entered the Royal Technical College Glasgow in 1930 qualifying as a pharmaceutical chemist. After short periods as demonstrator in botany at the Royal Technical College chemist to the Hayes Manufacturing Co. Ltd., Cramlington and demonstrator in organic chemistry at the Royal Technical College he was appointed in 1936 chief chemist to Cumming Parsons Ltd. He subsequently became general manager and a director of the company. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1937. Albert Richard Mansfield died on 17 May 1950 in his 58th year. Educated at Stirchley Council School and the Friends School Sibford he entered the service of Cadbury Brothers Ltd.in 1907 as a junior assistant, becoming second assistant in 1912. He studied meanwhile at Birmingham Central Technical College. He joined the Worcestershire Regiment in 1915 and was wounded and invalided in 1917. From then until the end of 1918 he was a shift chemist at H.M. Factory (Chance and Hunt Ltd.) Oldbury. Returning to Cadbury Brothers he became chief assistant in the control laboratory. In 1942 he was appointed a Temporary Alkali Lnspector of the Ministry of Health but at the end of the war he resumed his employment with Cadbury Brothers. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1928 and a Fellow in 1943. [ 349 Roland Victor Norris died on 28 April 1950 in his 63rd year.He was educated at Tideswell Grammar School and Ripon Grammar School and entered the Victoria University of Manchester in 1905 graduating B.Sc. with 2nd Class Honours in chemistry in 1908 and M.Sc. in 1909. After a further year’s research at the University he was for some months private assistant to the late Professor W. H. Perkin before going to the Lister Institute with a Grocers Company Research Fellowship in biochemistry. Awarded a Beit Memorial Research Fellowship in 1912 he continued research at the Lister Institute on the results of which he was granted the degree of D.Sc. of the University of London. In 1914 he was appointed physiological chemist at the Imperial Bacteriological Laboratory Muktesar U.P. India. He served with the 103rd and 110th Mahratta Light Infantry during the 1914-18 war and on demobilisation was appointed Government agricultural chemist Madras.In 1924 he became professor of biochemistry at the Indian Institute of Science Bangalore which post he held until his appointment in 1929 as Director of the Tea Research Institute of Ceylon Talawakelle. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 19 1 1 and a Fellow in 19 19 and served for many years on the Institute’s Advisory Committee in India. Edward Ernest Howard Thorne died on 28 March 1950 in his 85th year. He received his scientific training at King’s College and University College, London and in the laboratory of the late Dr. Augustus Voelcker. In 1886 he went to Barbados B.W.I. as chemist at the Antilles Marine Works of H.E. Thorne and Son. He acted as Government Chemist at times between 1888 and 1890. He spent the whole of his life in the service of agriculture in Barbados. Thorne was appointed an O.B.E. in 1937. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1888 and a Fellow in 1895. Harold George Tribley died on 2 May 1950 in his 55th year. He was educated at Boyle’s School Yetminster Dorset and Foster’s Grammar School Sherborne and received his scientific training at the City and Guilds of London Finsbury Technical College during 19 1 3-1 5 and 19 19-20, obtaining the diploma of A.C.G.F.C. in 1919. He served in the Chemical Section of the R.N.A.S. at Stratford from 1915 to 1919. After a short period as assistant to the County Analyst for Worcestershire he secured in 1920 an appointment as chemist to the United Chemists Association, Ltd.at Cheltenham. He rose to the position of chief chemist and remained with the Association until the time of his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1920 and a Fellow in 1943. Corrigendum.-JournaZ 1950,74,111,278. In the obituary of Brian MaxwelI Shaw 1.3 for “Public Analyst of Southwark” read “Public Analyst for Surrey.” r 350 NOTES PERSONAL The following are included in the Birthday Honours list:-Knight Bachelor (Kt.) James Irvine Orme Masson M.B.E. F.R.S. Fellow. James Eckersley Myers O.B.E. Associate. John Henry Garner Fellow. Herbert George Howson Fellow. Foster Sproxton Fellow. Frederick Vincent Tideswell Fellow. Reginald Edward Vaughan Fellow.John James Hunter Hastings Associate. Officer of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire (O.B.E.) Member of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire (M.B.E.) Professor R. G. Baskett O.B.E. Associate chief scientific officer of the Ministry of Agriculture for Northern Ireland has been appointed agricultural attach6 in Washington. Professor Frank Bell Fellom head of the chemistry and pharmacy depart-ment of Belfast College of Technology takes up the chair of chemistry at the Heriot-Watt College Edinburgh on 1 September. He will be succeeded at Belfast College of Technology by Dr. M. Crawford Fellow at present head of the chemistry department of Wigan and District Mining and Technical College. Mr. E. Booth Fellow has been appointed as superintending chemist in charge of semi-plant and laboratory scale chemical manufacture and Mr.E. A. Swinton Associate as superintending chemist in charge of plant-scale chemical manufacture at the new factory of the British-Schering organisation at Hazel Grove in Cheshire. Mr. D. M. Freeland Fellow is one of two recipients of prizes awarded by the Royal Society of Arts each consisting of a Silver Medal and Life Membership of the Society for the best suggestions for a subject to be set in the 1951 national competition for the award of a Gold Medal and &500. Mr. A. Jobling Associate has been awarded an 1851 Exhibition senior studentship to carry out research in physical chemistry at the Imperial College of Science and Technology London. Dr. A. Marsden Fellow was recently presented with an inscribed silver cigarette case by the chemistry staff and students of the College of Technology, Bristol to commemorate his completion of thirty years as part-time lecturer in inorganic chemistry .Mr. G. H. Moore Fellow has been appointed Vice-Principal of the College of Technology Bristol. Mr. K. Ray Fellow has been appointed Director of Inspection in the India Store Department under the High Commissioner for India in London. Dr. M. A. T. Rogers Associate has been appointed head of the academic relations department of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd. Dyestuffs Division, on the retirement of Dr. E. H. Rodd Member of Council. Mr. W. I. Stephen Registered Student a graduate of the University of Aberdeen has been awarded the Albright-Wilson Postgraduate Studentship in Analytical Chemistry tenable at the University of Birmingham.Mr. K. V. Sundaram Ayyar Fellow has retired from the post of Govern-ment Analyst Madras and has been succeeded by Mr. s. Narayana Ayyar, Fellow. The latter has been succeeded as Deputy Government Analyst by Mr. Y . G. Doraiswamy Associate. [ 351 Dr. D. L. Woodhouse Fellow has been appointed lecturer and senior research fellow in chemical pathology in the University of Birmingham. Dr. D. E. Woods Fellow who won the King’s Prize at Bisley in 1933 and the Conan Doyle Statuette in 1949 has been selected for the British rifle shooting team which is to tour Cananda this summer. INSTITUTE NOTES Twenty-Second Conference of Honorary Secretaries of Local Sections.-The Conference was held on 1 April 1950 at the Ardeer Factory of Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd.Nobel Division Stevenston Ayrshire. The President occupied the chair and Mr. G. Roche Lynch (Vice-president; Chairman of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee) Professor F. Challenger (Vice-president; Chairman of the Publications and Library Com-mittee) and Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones (Hon. Treasurer) were also present. The Sections were represented by their Hon. Secretaries except the Belfast and District Section (by Mr. A. N. Adamson) the Leeds Area Section (by Dr. H. J. Callow) the North Wales Section (by Dr. W. R. Angus) and the Sheffield, South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section (by Mr. D. J. D. Unwin). The Secretary and the Registrar were in attendance.The principal matters discussed at the Conference were :-The position of Higher National Certificate candidates who failed through falling slightly below the pass line in one subject only; the views of the Institute in relation to those of the Association of University Teachers and other bodies on the proposals in the draft Report of the National Advisory Council for Industry and Commerce on “The Future of Higher Technological Education” (cf. Journal, 1950 111 283); the development of the Institute’s Journal (see p. 357); policy regarding publication in the technical press of the full text or of summaries, of lectures delivered at Section meetings or joint meetings with other bodies; the risk of individual opinions on matters with political implications voiced at open meetings being reported in the press as the views of the Institute or of a majority of its members; arrangements for bringing to the notice of the public during the Festival of Britain the contributions of chemistry to the life and welfare of the community (see Journal 1950 111 282).Constitution of the Council.-At its meeting on 21 July the Council accepted with regret the resignation of Mr. F. P. Dunn as a General Member of the Council and elected Dr. P. F. R. Venables in his stead until the next Annual General Meeting. Mr. Dunn had found it necessary to reduce his commitments for the time being. The thanks of the Council have been expressed to him for the valuable services he has rendered to the Council and its Committees especially the Publications and Library Committee of which he has been Chairman and to which he has given valuable advice in connection with the development of the Journal and the series of Lectures Monographs and Reports.Benevolent Fund Holidays for Children Scheme.-This scheme which was introduced some years ago at the suggestion of Professor Findlay has had very valuable results and is being continued during the present year. Grants up to E l 0 per child under 16 years of age are made at the discretion of thecommittee to parents (mostly widows of members) to help them to provide for their children an appropriate summer holiday. For 1950 grants totalling E.215 10s. have been made under the scheme for the benefit of 27 children belonging to 13 families. Associateship Examination French and German Translation Papers.-The Council has accepted a recommendation by the Board of Examiners that publi-cation in the Journal of French and German translation papers set in the Associateship examinations should be resumed.(See p. 32). r 352 Accommodation in the Institute’s Building.-Since the vacation of the second floor of the building by the British Leather Manufacturers’ Research Association in the spring the old laboratory has been dismantled and the Council has agreed in principle to proposals for adapting the room to provide much needed additional office and committee room accommodation. Detailed plans have now been drawn up involving extensive re-organisation of the use of existing space and it is hoped that the necessary constructional work may be put in hand in the autumn.SCIENCE IN PARLIAMENT Coal Research (a) Dust Suppression.-On 1 May Dr. Stross asked the Minister of Fuel and Power what use had been made of chemical detergents in the suppression of dust in coal mines; and how far they have been proved to be of value. Mr. P. NOEL-BAKER The use of chemical detergents as wetting agents in the suppression of dust is under experimental trial at many coal mines. They are giving promising results particularly in the consolidation of deposits of dry dust on mine roadways and in mines where the underground conditions make it desirable to use as little water as possible. The National Coal Board and His Majesty’s Inspectors of Mines continue to give close attention to the matter. (b) Expenditure.On 19 May Mr. Dodds asked the Minister of Fuel and Power what is the present expenditure on research and development projects concerning coal; and what does this expenditure amount to per ton of coal production. Mr. P. NOEL-BAKER Just over El million a year. This is the equivalent of about lbd. per ton of coal production. This figure includes expenditure by my Department and various other organisations as well as by the National Coal Board. The figure does not cover research and development by private firms whether as makers of machinery for the mining preparation or utilisation of coal or as large users of coal; nor does it cover development in the sense that the National Coal Board are constantly engaged in the development of mining techniques and machinery at the collieries.No separate figures for each development are available. (c) Calorific Standards. On 1 May Mr. H. A. Price asked the Minister of Fuel and Power why as basic standards had been established for other nationally important commodities, could not they be so established for coal since it had never been legally defined and well known varieties often contained all sorts of foreign bodies varying from shale to carboniferous limestone. Mr. NOEL BAKER said the National Coal Board had this view very much in mind and had carried a considerable distance quite new and very important work on scientific analysis and grading which would ultimately help all consumers. Exports (Scientific Specimens) On 15 May Mr. Watkinson asked the Chancellor of the Exchequer why a C.D.3 form is required for the export of scientific specimens on an exchange basis to foreign learned and technical societies.THE CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER (Sir S. Cripps) Where exports are subject to the provisions of the Exchange Control Act the Customs must have evidence either that payment is being made by an approved method or that exportation without payment has been sanctioned. Form C.D.3 serves this purpose and the permission required for the export of goods on an exchange r 353 basis to foreign learned and technical societies is indicated by the Bank of England by an endorsement on the form. Flour (Quality).-In the House of Lords a debate took place on 20 and 25 April on a Motion by Lord Hawke relating to the present quality of flour for bread-making.Lord Hawke said that the present-day flour produced a dirty-coloured bread with bad keeping quality; its taste was not good; it was indigestible and it required adulteration for technical reasons the reason being that the extraction rate was too high. Speaking of adulterants he said that with the higher extraction rate there was more of a certain substance known as phytic acid in the flour and to offset this it was necessary to insert in the bread some chalk-like substance which was said to be harmless to human beings but people who suffered from diseases which took the form of a deposit of chalk did not view with great delight the presence of chalk in their bread. He thought the time had come when we ought to revert to an 80 per cent. extraction rate and should consider a lower rate in the light of any experiments which had taken place in regard to fortification.For the Government LORD ALEXANDER said that there were two important considerations one was whether we could buy the extra wheat needed to alter the quality of the flour by lowering the extraction and the second was whether the milling offals which would be available as animal feeding stuffs would be dearer than imported feeding stuffs. It had not yet been decided what should be the permanent post-war extraction rate; the whole matter was under consider-ation. The question of reconvening the conference on the post-war loaf would be given consideration by the Minister of Food. Lord Alexander went on to say that a sub-committee had been set up to examine what progress had been made in the investigations which were recom-mended by the post-war loaf conference.No doubt when that sub-committee had looked into the progress that had been made in the investigation the matter would be further considered by the Minister. With regard to the nutritional content of the present loaf Lord Alexander said that it was the opinion of the Government’s nutritional advisers that the high extraction rate whether 85 as now or as high as 90 per cent. might well be one of the contributory factors in the great improvement that had been shown in recent years in statistics of the nation’s health. . . with the framework of the increased supplies of food however it might be possible to reduce the extraction rate without lowering the average nutritional intake.The present methods of the treatment of bread which had been widely used for 25 years had not been proved injurious in any way to human beings. So far as dogs were concerned a committee on which the Medical Research Council is represented had looked into the matter and had recommended that in future, instead of the improvers which had been used and upon which the experiments had been based chlorine dioxide should be used. This recommendation had been adopted in the U.K. but it would take some time to change over the necessary plant to give full effect to the decision. With regard to calcium the amount added was 14 oz. per 2801b. sack and from that point of view no great harm seemed to be done. Lord Alexander said that with 85 per cent.extraction the following were the weights of the contents per ounce protein 3.3 g.; fats 0.5 g.; iron 0.6 mg.; calcium 46 mg.; phosphorus 54 mg.; vitamin B.l (aneurin) 0.082 mg.; ribo-flavin 0.037 mg.; nicotinic acid 0.57 mg. Finance Bill 1950.-The Finance Bill which is introduced annually by the Government to give effect to their Budget proposals was this year given a Second Reading on 16 May. The Bill contains the following Clause extending taxation relief to certain Scientific Research Associations :-I 354 Extension of charities relief to certain scientific research Associations. 30.-(1) Where-(a) an Association which has as its object the undertaking of scientific research which may lead to or facilitate an extension of any class or classes of trade is approved for the purposes of this section by the Committee of the Privy Council for Scientific and Industrial Research; and (b) the memorandum of association or other similar instrument regulating the functions of the Association precludes the direct or indirect payment or transfer to any of its members of any of its Income or property by way of dividend gift division bonus or otherwise howsoever by way of profit, there shall be allowed in its case all such relief from income tax and stamp duties as falls to be allowed in the case of a body of persons which is established for charitable purposes only and the whole income of which is applied to those purposes: Provided that the condition specified in paragraph (6) of this section shall not be deemed not to be complied with in the case of an Association by reason only that the memorandum or other similar instrument regulating its function does not prevent the payment to members of the Association of-(i) reasonable remuneration for goods labour or power supplied or services (ii) reasonable interest for money lent; or (iii) reasonable rent for any premises.rendered; or (2) In this section the expression “scientific research” means any activities in the fields of natural or applied science for the extension of knowledge. (3) Section nineteen of the Finance Act 1925 (which prescribes the procedure to be followed in the case of certain claims for relief from income tax and confers a right of appeal in connection therewith) shall apply to claims for relief from income tax under this section.Technological Education Extension of’ Colleges.-On 1 May Mr. Black-burn asked the Minister of Education what steps he is taking to expedite the extension of existing technical colleges and the creation of new technical colleges in Birmingham and throughout the country. THE MINISTER OF EDUCATION (Mr. Tomlinson) Local education authorities are well aware of the need to improve the accommodation of technical colleges, and I am doing everything I can to help them. Last year projects estimated to cost &5,700,000 were started and further projects to the value of El0 millions are in various preparatory stages. The Birmingham authority have begun work on two branch technical colleges each estimated to cost a quarter of a million pounds and are about to begin the first instalment estimated at three-quarters of a million pounds of a new central technical college.University Accommodation.-On 25 April Mr. Higgs asked the Chancellor of the Exchequer whether he is aware that under present conditions although there is a large volume of openings for industrial chemists in this country and the applications for places in chemistry schools in universities greatly exceed those available there is still great delay in providing the necessary facilities for the provision of the laboratories and accommodation necessary for such students at the universities; and whether he is satisfied that sufficient funds are available to the University Grants Committee in this connection. THE CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER (Sir S.Cripps) I am well aware of the importance of an adequate supply of university graduates trained in chemistry. The number of students taking honours courses in that subject has doubled since the war and new laboratories are under construction or planned for erection in the near future at a number of universities. As the hon. Member will be aware the building operations of the universities have to be adjusted to what is possible within the limits of the Government’s investment programme, but I am satisfied that the claims of the scientific departments are receiving due consideration from those responsible. 1 3 5 5 INSTITUTE ANNOUNCEMENTS EXAMINATIONS The Council has decided that in future Examinations for the Fellowship will be held in January and September in each year instead of in April and September.Examinations will be held in January 1951 as follows:-For the Associateship : In the week beginning Monday 15 January in London. If the number of entries is large some candidates in the London area may be required to do their practical exercises on Wednesday to Saturday 10 to 13 January inclusive. Candidates who have not yet been accepted should obtain from the Registrar the prescribed form of application without delay so as to leave ample time to secure thereon the necessary signatures certifying that they have complied with the Regulations concerning their courses of training. The completed application form must reach the Institute not later than Monday 9 October 1950. No application in respect of the January Examination will be considered if received later than that date.Entry forms will be sent as soon as they are ready to all candidates who have been previously accepted and to those whose applications have been received as above and accepted. The last date for the receipt of entry forms will be Monday 13 November 1950, after which no entry can be accepted. For the Fellowship: In the week beginning Monday 22 January in London or elsewhere at the discretion of the Council. Last dates for application and for entry as for the Associateship except that candidates who desire to present themselves for examination in a Special Branch of work must submit their entry forms before Monday 9 October. SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING Revision of By-Laws Preliminary notice is given that a Special General Meeting of the Institute will be held at 5.30 p.m.on Friday 20 October 1950 at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C.1 to consider resolutions relating to the revision of the By-Laws. A formal notice of the meeting will be sent in due course together with prints showing the proposed changes in the By-Laws and the relevant resolutions submitted by the Council ANNIVERSARY MEETINGS 1951 and 1952 Preliminary notice is given that the next Annual General Meeting of the Institute will be held in London on Friday 27 April 1951. Other anniversary meetings will be held on this and the following day concluding with the anni-versary dinner at Grosvenor House Park Lane London W.1. on Saturday, 28 April.Particulars of these events will be announced in due course. The Council has accepted a cordial invitation from the Dublin and District Section of the Institute to hold the Anniversary Meetings in Dublin in 1952. It is understood that the Chemical Society is also considering holding its anniver-sary meetings in Dublin in 1952 and it is hoped that these may be arranged to take place in the same week and that some of the social events may be common to the two bodies. r 356 MELDOLA MEDAL LECTURE Dr. A. J. B. Robertson Meldola Medallist 1949 has agreed to give his Meldola Medal Lecture entitled “Some General Problems in the Study of Chemical Reactions,” under the joint auspices of the Institute and the King’s College Chemical Society in the Anatomy Lecture Theatre King’s College, London at 5.15 p.m.on Monday 1 December 1950. SIR EDWARD FRANKLAND MEDAL AND PRIZE 1950 The next award of this Medal and Prize (value El0 10s.) will be considered by the Council in February 195 1. The award will be made for the best essay not exceeding 3,000 wordsin length on “The Attractions of Chemistry as a Career” submitted by a Registered Student who is not more than 22 years of age on 31 December 1950. The Council reserves the right not to make an award if no essay of sufficient merit is received. The object of the awards is to encourage Students to give thought to matters of professional and historical interest and to express their ideas in clear and concise English. Essays must be forwarded to the Secretary of the Institute at 30 Russell Square London W.C.l to reach him not later than 31 December 1950.En-velopes must be endorsed “E. F. Frankland Prize.” Each essay must be accompanied by a signed declaration that it is the independent work of the candidate. THE JOURNAL Reports of Proceedings of the Council and of Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections.-In the Editorial to Part 111 of the Journal reference was made to the need for economy in expenditure on the Institute’s publications and to a decision to omit as separate features in future issues of the Journal the formal “Proceedings of the Council” and Reports of Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections. This decision has caused some misgiving and the Council desires to make it clear that the omission of these reports in the form hitherto published will not involve the exclusion of any information that should be brought to the notice of members or is likely to be of interest to them.On the contrary it is believed that reporting such matters under separately headed paragraphs in “Notes” or “Announcements” or in particular cases, as special articles will enable members more readily to keep themselves informed a bout important new developments whether they arise from discussions in Council or in Conferences of Hon. Secretaries. It has indeed been widely held that reports of the Proceedings of the Council as published in recent years have been quite apart from expense, unsatisfactory for their purpose. In writing such reports of a particular meeting of the Council there is some obligation to include a reference to prac-tically all the matters on the Agenda; otherwise a false picture may be given of the scope of the work of the Council.This has meant however that state-ments on matters of special importance and interest were liable to be over-looked through being embedded in references to the adoption of reports of committees and other routine matters unless they were repeated in other parts of the Journal. At Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections some of the questions discussed are naturally concerned with Local Section procedure and organisa-tion on which an exchange of ideas among Hon. Secretaries is most desirable but which may be of little interest at that stage to the general body of members. [ 357 Moreover conclusions arrived at by these Conferences on questions that cannot be settled by purely administrative action become the subject of recommenda-tions to the Council and cannot be effectively reported until they have been further discussed by the Council or appropriate committees.It is regarded as of great importance that there should be full freedom of discussion at Con-ferences of Hon. Secretaries and it would be unfortunate if any commitment to publish reports of such discussions were felt to limit that freedom. It is intended of course to continue to circulate minutes of Conferences among Hon. Secretaries. The Council therefore desires to assure members that the decision to omit “Proceedings of the Council” and Reports of Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections as formal items in the Journal will not lead to the suppression of any information which can properly be brought to the notice of members.On the contrary it is believed the new procedure will make such information more easily accessible and that the provision of special articles on mattxs of major importance will enable members to follow the trend of current develop-ments more readily than has hitherto been possible. Past Issues of the Journal and Binding Covers.-The Council has decided that past issues of the Journal shall be made available for purchase until further notice at the following prices:-2s. per part or 10s. per annual set up to and including 1945; 3s. per part or 15s. per annual set for the years 1946 1947 and 1948; 5s. per part or 21s.per annual set for 1949 and onwards. It has further been agreed that the charge for covers for binding the Journal for 1949 and earlier shall be 3s. in respect of orders placed after 18 May,1950. OTHER MATTERS Petition for the Formation of a new Local Section.-The Council has accepted -subject to the concurrence of the Committee of the Liverpool and North-Western Section-a request for permission to establish a new Local Section of the Institute to serve the counties of Cumberland and Westmorland and the Furness District of Lancashire. The number of members in this area has been growing rapidly largely through the establishemnt of a new atomic energy factory and access to existing centres of Local Section activity is practically impossible. Residential Clubs Fund.-An apparent lack of demand for the services which this Fund was intended to provide has raised serious doubts about the desirability of attempting to proceed with the scheme.The attention of members-especially of elderly members and of those in personal touch with them-is therefore directed to the letter from the Chairman of the Residential Clubs Fund Committee on this subject which accompanies copies of this issue of the Journal sent to Fellows and Associates in Great Britain and Ireland. Report of the Symposium on “Recent Advances in the Fermentation Industries.” -Most of the papers presented at this Symposium held at St. Andrews on 25-27 July 1949 have now been collected and prepared for publication as a Report, which will be available in due course for sale to members of the Institute and others at 10s.per copy. Advance orders for copies of the Report sent with appropriate remittance to the Principal Assistant Secretary of the Institute will be dealt with as soon as publication takes place. Free copies will be sent only to those who paid the registration fee for attendance at the Symposium and to the authors of papers. 358 OTHER ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES British Association for the Advancement of Science.-The 1 12th Annual Meeting of the British Association will be held in Birmingham from 30 August to 6 September 1950. The President for the Meeting is Sir Harold Hartley K.C.V.O. C.B.E, M.C. F.R.S. and the Chairman of the Local Executive Committee is Sir Raymond Priestley M.C.Vice-chancellor of the University of Birmingham. The subject of the Presidential Address on 30 August will be “Man’s Use of Energy.” Section B-Chemistry is under the Presidency of Professor E. L. Hirst, F.R.S. whose Presidential Address on “Modern developments in carbohydrate chemistry” will be delivered at 10 a.m. on 31 August. The Section Recorder is Professor L. Hunter (Department of Chemistry University College Leicester), and the Secretaries are Dr. D. C. Martin and Professor W. Wardlaw C.B.E. The subjects to be discussed in Section B will be Carbohydrate chemistry; Chemistry of plastics rubber and fibres; Chemistry of the cell with special reference to the nucleus (jointly with Section K-Botany and Forestry); Chroma-tography; Chemical energy; Chemistry of muscular contraction (jointly with Section I-Physiology).Programmes of the Meeting and tickets may be obtained: (a) Until 25 August from the Office of the British Association Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l. (b) Until 28 August by written appzication only to Local Treasurer British Association Council House Birmingham 1. (c) On and after 29 August in the Reception Room University Union, Edgbaston Birmingham. Subscriptions must accompany applications. Cheques should be made payable to the British Association. The annual subscription for Members is Two Guineas for which they are entitled to attend meetings and receive publications. Hotel or other accommodation in Birmingham should be booked direct. A list of hotels may be obtained from the Public Relations Officer City of Birmingham Information Department Council House Birmingham 1.Handbook of Higher Technological Courses.-The Regional Advisory Council for Higher Technological Education has produced a handbook of advanced courses to be held in colleges in London and the Home Counties during 1950-5 1. The majority of the courses will comprise a number of evening meetings ranging from 3 or 4 to 25 or 30 on specialised aspects of technology or commerce. The subjects are those most likely to attract men and women already technically qualified by a degree Higher National Certificate or a similar qualification. The first edition is being widely circulated. To enable the Advisory Council to assess the demand for such a handbook a subscription form for the ensuing editions is being enclosed with each copy and the publication of further editions will largely depend upon the number of orders received.Any Members who wish for copies of the first handbook and/or any future issues should send a remittance of 2s. 6d. to Mr. G. B. Spary at 26 Tudor Road, New Barnet Herts. using the official form of subscription if they have received it. r 359 Courses at Acton Technical College.-( 1) A course of Lecture-Demonstrations on Microchemical Analysis will be held during the Autumn Term 1950 on Fridays at 7.30 p.m. beginning 22 September. (i) Microchemical Analysis in General and Inorganic Chemistry four lectures by Miss I. H. Hadfield (22 September-13 October). (ii) Semi-micro and Microchemical Technique applied to Organic Chemistry : four lectures by Miss M.Corner (20 October-10 November). (iii) (a) Microchemical Analysis in Metallurgical Operations one lecture by (b) Microchemical Analysis applied in Analysis of Oils and Fats four lectures The course is intended for industrial chemists research workers and others Fee for the full course 20s.; for any one section 10s. Mr. C. Whalley (17 November). by Mr. C. Whalley (24 November-15 December). who may be interested in modern microchemical technique. (2) A series of advanced courses in the Chemistry and Technology of Plastics will be held during the Session 1950-51. The courses are part-time and are designed for chemists and engineers engaged in the industries associated with the use of plastics. Sessional fee for courses on Chemistry and Technology of Plastics or Plastic Machines and Mould Design and Technology of Plastics 35s.; single subject 20s.(3) A course of Lecture-Demonstrations in Biochemistry will be given by Dr. A. E. Bender during the Autumn and Spring Terms 1950-51 on Thursdays at 7.30 p.m. beginning on 28 September 1950. Part 1 of the course will consist of twelve lectures (28 September-14 December) on “Nutrition”; Part 2 (11 January-15 March 1951) of ten lectures on “Enzymes their Nature and Function” and “Intermediary Metabolism.” Fee for the whole course 30s. ; for each Part 15s. Further particulars of the above Courses and Registration Forms may be obtained from the Principal Acton Technical College High Street Acton, London W.3. Courses at Chelsea Polytechnic.-( 1) Six Post-graduate Lectures on “Syn-thetic Perfumery Chemicals Their Preparations and Olfactory Properties,” by Mr.A. J. Krajkeman will be given on Fridays 13 October to 17 November, 1950 at 7.30 p.m. Fee for the Course 10s. ( 2 ) Biochemistry.-Four groups of five lectures on Biochemistry will be given by Dr. E. M. Crook and Dr. F. L. Warren during the Autumn and Spring Terms on Mondays at 7.15 p.m. beginning 2 October 1950. The lectures are designed for students who have a knowledge of chemistry to degree standard and wish to acquire a knowledge of general biochemistry. Fee for the whole Course 40s.; for each part 10s. (3) The Chemistry and Microscopy of Food Drugs and Water.-A special course of lectures and practical work based on the syllabus for the Fellowship of the Royal Institute of Chemistry Branch E will be given for 1 st-year students E 360 on Tuesday and Thursday evenings during two complete sessions beginning 26 September.Responsible Lecturer Mr. R. G. Minor; Lecturer in Materia Media Mr. E. S. Mayer; Lecturer in Bacteriology Mr. A. W. G. Chetham; Assistant Lecturers and Demonstrators Mr. A. J. M. Bailey and Mr. W. R. Rankin. Course Fee for each Session E4 4s.; Laboratory Fee 5s.; Membership 1s. (4) Milk Processing and Control.-A Final Course Section B Chemical and Microbiological Control of Milk Processing will begin on 29 September, 1950. Fee 45s. (5) Dairy Technoloqy.-Two series of four lectures will be given in the Chemistry Department at 7.15 on Tuesdays beginning respectively on 14 November 1950 and 13 February 1951.The lectures will be given by a number of different speakers and are designed to provide up-to-date information for persons holding managerial executive or technological posts in the industry as well as for food chemists Public Analysts and others of professional standing interested in milk. Fee for each series of lectures 7s. 6d. Further particulars of the above Courses may be obtained from the Principal, Chelsea Polytechnic Manresa Road London S.W.3. Sir John Cass College.-A programme of Special Courses to be held during the forthcoming session has been issued of which the following is a summary:-Wave Mechanics and Molecular Structure (6 meetings) beginning 3 1 October 1950; lecturer Professor C. A. Coulson F.R.S. Fee 15s.Crystal Physics (lo) 5 October 1950; Mr. L. A. Thomas. 25s. X-ray Crystallography (lo) 4 January 1951; Mr. L. A. Thomas. 25s. Pure Mathematics-Real and Complex Variables. Three courses of 10 meetings each beginning 6 October 1950 12 January 13 April, 1951; Dr. W. L. C. Sargent. 25s. each course. Statistical Methods in Scientific and Industrial Research Statistical Analysis (12) 25 September 1950; Design of Experiments (12) 8 Janu-ary 1951; Mr. D. R. Reed. 40s. for complete course. Polarography (8) 13 April 1951; Dr. A. J. Lindsey and Mr. J. V. Westwood. 20s. Spectrochemical Analysis (12) 29 September 1950; Mr. A. S. Nickelson and Mr. A. R. Philpotts. 25s. Microchemical Analysis (lo) 11 January 1951; Mr. D. W. Wilson and Dr. Joy P. Stern. 25s. Heat Transfer (8) 6 October 1950; Dr.J. M. Coulson. 20s. Distillation (8) 12 January 1951; Mr. G. A. Dummett. 20s. Thermodynamics for Chemical Engineers (16) 10 October 1950; Mr. N. W. Roberts. 27s. 6d. Industrial Law (12) 28 September 1950 Mr. Eric Walker. Patents (8) 25 January 1951; Mr. Eric Walker. 20s. General Technology of Petroleum (20) 28 September 1950; Mr. L. W. G. Firmin Mr. P. F. Ellis Mr. S . A. Hunn and Dr. E. J. Boorman. 30s. Domestic and Industrial Fuel 1st year course (17) 17 October 1950; 2nd year (19) 18 October 1950; 3rd year and revision (12) 11 January, 1951. Lectures mainly by staff of the Fuel Research Station. 25s. each course. Solid Fuel Analysis (12) January 1951; Mr. L. J. Edgcombe. 25s. 25s. Further particulars of any of the above courses may be obtained from the Principal Sir John Cass College Jewry Street Aldgate London E.C.3.[ 361 Courses at Northampton Polytechnic.-(1) A course of ten lectures on “Refractories their Manufacture Properties and Uses,” will be given in the Department of Applied Chemistry by Mr. L. R. Barrett on Tuesdays at 7 p.m., from 3 October to 5 December 1950. Fee for the course 30s. (2) In the Department of Applied Physics courses have been arranged on: “X-ray Diffraction,” by Mr. A. E. de Barr on Tuesdays at 7 p.m. beginning on 12 October 1950 “Industrial Spectroscopy,” by Mr. C. A. Padgham on Wednesdays beginning on 13 October 1950. (3) A class in Scientific German is being organised during the forthconling session. Applications for admission to these courses should be made to the office of the Polytechnic St.John Street London E.C. 1. Course at Manchester College of Technology.-A course of lectures and laboratory instruction based on the syllabus for the F.R.I.C. Branch E. “The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water,” will be given by Mr. A. Alcock (City Analyst Salford) during the 1950-51 session on Monday and Thursday evenings beginning 2 October. Enrolment at the College on 21 22 25 and 26 September. Course at the Imperial College of Science and Technology.-A short course of seventeen lectures on “The Firing of Bricks,” designed for technical men in industry will be given from Monday 25 September to Friday 29 September, 1950 in the Royal School of Mines Prince Consort Road London S.W.7.Fee E5. Further particulars may be obtained from the Deputy Registrar, City and Guilds College Exhibition Road London S.W.7. Symposium on “Polymer Chemistry as Applied to Plastics.”-The Plastics and Polymer Group of the Society of Chemical Industry is holding a three-day Symposium under the above title from 21 to 23 September 1950 in the Beveridge Hall Senate House University of London W.C.1. It is intended that as far as possible contributions shall be planned to bridge the gap between those engaged in theoretical studies and those concerned with industrial applications. Communications should be addressed to the Hon. Secretary for the Sym-posium Dr. N. J. L. Megson Ministry of Supply R.716 Shell Mex House, London W.C.2. Registration Fee 10s. to members 42s.to non-members of the Society of Chemical Industry to be sent to J. R. Whinfield Esq. Hon. Treasurer Sym-posium c/o Society of Chemical Industry 56 Victoria Street London S.W.1. Chemical Works Safety Conference.-A Chemical Works Safety Conference will be held at Scarborough from Friday 29 September to Sunday 1 October, 1950 under the Chairmanship of Mr. J. Davidson Pratt C.B.E. Director of the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers. Fee for the Conference €6 covering hotel accommodation meals (from dinner Friday to lunch Sunday inclusive) and gratuities (but not drinks). Members are entitled to preprints of the papers and a copy of the published proceedings including the papers and discussion. Application for membership forms should be made to the Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents 131 Sloane Street London S.W.l.which is making the detailed arrangements on behalf of the A.B.C.M. The Faraday Society Spectroscopy and Molecular Structure and Optical Methods of Investigating Cell Structure.-A General Discussion on the above subjects will be held in the Department of Zoology The University Cambridge 362 (by kind permission of Professor John Gray) from mid-day Monday 25 September to mid-day Thursday 28 September 1950. A. Spectroscopy and Molecular Structure (1) Electronic Spectra (2) Vibrational and Rotational Spectra of Simple Molecules (3) Vibrational Spectra of Complex Molecules. B. Optical Methods of investigating Cell Structure (1) Microscopical Apparatus-Instrument Design and Technique (2) Applications of Micro- and Macrospectrography .Forms of application for accommodation and advance proofs will be avail-able on application only from The Secretary The Faraday Society 6 Gray’s Inn Square London W.C.l. Conference on the Biological Hazards of Atomic Energy.-A two-day conference on this subject is being arranged jointly between the Institute of Biology and the Atomic Scientists’ Association with the support of the British Association for the Advancement of Science on Friday and Saturday 20 and 2 1 October 1950 at the Royal Institution Albemarle Street London W.l. The object of the Conference is to consider on the basis of the available facts from both the biological and physical aspects the possible biological hazardc arising from the development and application of atomic science now and in the future.Preliminary arrangements are being made by a joint committee under the chairmanship of Professor A. Haddow Chester Beatty Research Institute, Royal Cancer Hospital Fulham Road London S.W.3. Post-Graduate Lectures of the Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association.- The tenth series of Post-Graduate Lectures entitled “Topics in Colloid Science,” will be given by Dr. A. S. C. Lawrence in the Cheetham Town Hall Manchester, on 29 September 6 and 13 October 1950 at 6.30 p.m. Applications for tickets should be made at once to Mr. J. Hannaford, Aldwych House London W.C.2 enclosing a remittance of 10s. for the three lectures. The 23rd International Congress of Industrial Chemistry organised by the SocietC de Chimie Industrielle will be held at Milan from 17 to 23 September, 1950.Particulars may be obtained from the office of the Society at 28 Rue Saint Dominique Paris (VIP). The SociCtC de Chimie Industrielle is also arranging an International Meeting on Analysis and Testing and an Exhibition of Laboratory Materials and Industrial Control Apparatus to be held in Paris from 20 to 24 November, 1950. IMPORTANT EVENTS IN 1951 AND 1952 Festival of Britain.-May to September inclusive 1951. Royal Sanitary Institute.-Health Congress at Southport 23-27 April 1951 ._ Third World Petroleum Congress.-The Third World Petroleum Congress will meet in the Kurhaus Scheveningen Netherlands from 28 May to 6 June 1951. Four lectures are to be delivered by speakers of international repute:-Professor J.J. Broeze “Future aspects of the applications of fuels and Professor C. Hugel “RCcent progr&s dans la chimie du pitrole et de ses. Dr. G. M. Lees “The oilfields of the Middle East.” Mr. E. V. Murphree “Benefits from research to the petroleum industry.” Further information will be available in due course from The Institute of lubricants.” dkrivks . ” Petroleum 26 Portland Place London W. 1. r 363 British Plastics Exhibition and Convention.-A British Plastics Exhi bition and Convention are to be held at Olympia London about June 1951. Building Research Congress.-A comprehensive congress on building research will be held in London from 11 to 20 September 1951. The Depart-ment of Scientific and Industrial Research is providing the central organisation for the Congress which is sponsored by the British professional institutions and learned societies interested in building science and by Government departments, with the support of representative industrial federations in Great Britain.Papers are being invited from research workers in many countries on a wide range of topics. The purpose of the Congress will be to review the progress made in research in relation to architecture building and the associated branches of civil engineering. Detailed information will be available in due course from the Organising Secretary Building Research Congress 195 1 Building Research Station, Bucknalls Lane Garston Watford Herts. International Union of Leather Chemists’ Societies.-The Second Biennial Congress of the International Union of Leather Chemists’ Societies will be held at Regent Street Polytechnic (Portland Hall Annexe) Great Portland Street, London W.1.from 10 to 13 September 1951. Further details will beannounced later. International Congress on Analytical Chemistry 1952.-The meetings will be held in Oxford commencing on 4 September 1952. Accommodation will be provided in Colleges but some hotel accommodation will also be available. The technical sessions will take place in one of the main University buildings. The arrangements for the Congress are in the hands of a representative General Committee under the Chairmanship of Sir Robert Robinson O.M., P.R.S. The Chairman of the Executive Committee is Mr. G. Taylor O.B.E., President of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists.Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E. is Hon. Treasurer of the Congress and the Hon. Secretary is Mr. R. C. Chirnside F.R.I.C. Research Laboratories The General Electric Co. Ltd. Wembley Middlesex. MISCELLANEOUS Chemical Society Harrison Memorial Prize.-The Selection Committee, consisting of the Presidents of the Chemical Society the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Pharmaceutical Society, will make an award of the Harrison Memorial Prize in December 1950 if there is a candidate of sufficient distinction to warrant an award. The Prize not exceeding f.150 will be awarded to the chemist of either sex, being a natural-born British subject and not over 30 years of age on 1 December, 1950 who in the opinion of the Committee shall during the previous five years have conducted the most meritorious and promising original investiga-tions in Chemistry and published the results in a scientific periodical or periodicals.Applications (5 copies) should give the full name of the applicant; age (birth certificate must accompany the application); degrees (with name of University); any other qualifications and experience; titles of published papers (with names of co-authors) including full references to publication; where research was carried out; testimonials and references; any other relevant particulars. Applications or nominations must be received by the President The Chemical Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1 not later than 1 December, 1950.For particulars of other awards see p. 343. 1364 Brussels Treaty Cultural Identity Cards.-Brussels Treaty Cultural Identity Cards will be available to nationals of the Brussels Treaty countries (France, Belgium Netherlands Luxembourg and the United Kingdom) for :-(a) Visits associated with the professional duties of or research by teaching staff of universities technical colleges and schools adult educationalists librarians museum staff archivists advanced research workers and others it being understood that the card would not be issued to persons travelling mainly for commercial ends. (b) Attendance at a university or other institute of learning for at least one term by persons who have attained their first degree. Persons attending short-term summer vacation courses are not eligible.The criterion of issue of the card is the purpose of the visit and not the profession of the applicant. The advantages and facilities offered in each country vary they are detailed in a handbook which will be issued with the card. Only a limited number of cards will be issued in each country until experience has been gained in the working of the scheme. Applications for cards in the United Kingdom will be dealt with by the Ministry of Education (Curzon Street London W. l) the Scottish Education Department (St. Andrew’s House Edinburgh 1) and the Ministry of Education, Belfast for tea&ers in England and Wales Scotland and Northern Ireland respectively; by the Association of Universities of the British Commonwealth (5 Gordon Square London W.C.1) for the teaching staff and students of universities; and by the Royal Society (Burlington House London W.l.) for certain scientists who are not members of universities.I.M.M. Abstracts.-The Institution of Mining and Metallurgy has begun the publication of monthly abstracts of world literature on economic geology and mining (except coal) mineral dressing extraction metallurgy (excluding iron but including refining) and allied subjects. Annual subject and author indexes will be issued. For the time being I.M.M. Abstracts will be published as part of the Bulletin of the Institution the subscription rate for which is &3 per annum (12 issues). Enquiries should be addressed to The Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, Salisbury House Finsbury Circus London E.C.2. International Committee for the Study of Clays.-An International Committee for the Study of Clays (C.I.P.E.A. “ComitC International pour l’atude des Argiles”) has been formed with the aim of grouping specialists in the study of clays from whatever angle in different countries. They are represented on the Committee by a maximum of two members per country. An executive sub-committee was appointed in London during the recent Geological Congress and consists of four persons S. Henin (France) Chairman; M. Lepingle (Belgium) Secretary; R. E. Grim (U.S.A.) Member; D. M. C. MacEwan (Great Britain) Member. The aims of the Committee are to collect a full documentation on the results and methods of clay studies; to promote contacts between specialists in such studies; to organise conferences from time to time in which questions relevant to clay studies will be discussed aiding specialists to compare their results and to unify their methods of description. The Committee will aid in bringing about exchanges of reference samples between research workers and will try to define the terminology and methods used in the scientific study of clay. With these ends in view they hope to obtain representatives in each country who will maintain contact between the International Committee and the researc workers there whether grouped or not in a regional organisation. Several national committees of this type devoted to clay studies have already been formed notably in Belgium France Great Britain and Sweden. Questionnaires on the various subjects within the scope of the International Committee will be sent to its representatives who will be charged with circulating them in their respective countries and collating the replies obtained. A first enquiry of this type concerns differential thermal analysis and a special sub-committee has been formed for the purpose. The British representatives are Dr. D. M. C. MacEwan (Rothamsted Experi-mental Station) and Dr. G. W. Brindley (University of Leeds). Chart of the British Chemical Industry.-The Report on the Chemical Industry 1949 published by the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers, contained a chart setting out the principal products of the chemical industry, showing broadly how the starting raw materials are further treated and made into final products for most other industries. The chart has now been published separately and copies may be obtained price 1s. post free (cash with order) from the Association at 166 Piccadilly London W.1. COMING EVENTS The following list has been compiled from the latest information available. The Institute cannot hold itself responsible for changes that hay be made of which it may receive no notification. Place names are printed in heavy type. 1950 August-September 30 August-3 September. INSTITUTION OF PRODUCTION ENGINEERS Summer School of Production Engineering at St. Peter’s Hall Oxford. 30 August-6 September BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. Annual Meeting in Birmingham. September 3-9 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) AND THE SOCIETY OF PUBLIC ANALYSTS AND OTHER ANALYTICAL CHEMISTS : Summer School in Analytical Chemistry in London (see also page 306). 16 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section) Excursion to North Wales. 21 THE ROYAL SANITARY INSTITUTE Papers on “Water Supplies,” in the Winter Gardens Malvern at 10 a.m. 27 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section) AND THE SOCIETY OF PUBLIC ANALYSTS AND OTHER ANALYTICAL CHEMISTS (Micrachemistry Group) “The Micro-analytical Chemistry of Fluorine,” in Birmingham. 25-28 FARADAY SOCIETY Discussion on Spectroscopy and Molecular Structure and Optical Methods of Investigating Cell Structure (see p. 363). 29 THE FARADAY SOCIETY (Colloid and Biophysics Committee) Informal Conference on “The Electrical Double Layer,” in the Chemistry Depart-ment University of Manchester 10 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. October 13 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section) “Some Chemical Aspects of Cancer Research.” Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. in Birmingham

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9507400287

出版商:RSC    

年代:1950

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY PART IV 1 950 EDITORIAL LABORATORY TECHNICIANS In a certain university chemistry department it used to be said that the professor might be away for a year one of the lecturers for a month and any of the demonstrators for a week without any serious disturbance of the academic programme-but if the senior “lab. man” had a day off chaos would ensue. Even for that more leisurely age this range of relative indispensability was probably exaggerated but in these days when universities are overflowing with undergraduates the professor cannot absent himself for long while the absolute-if not the relative-need for the presence of the principal laboratory technician is more pressing than ever. Tn smaller departments where the senior technician is also the junior and still more in schools where he may have to serve several departments it is generally recognised that without the ubiquitous “George” or “Fred” life soon becomes unbearable.In the research laboratories of the smaller industrial firms and research institutes there is a similar dependence on the man who knows where everything is or where it can be got and can rig it up and make it work or find something else that will do the job. Indeed one of the nightmares of directors of laboratories during the war was that one of their few skilled laboratory technicians might be suddenly “called up.” They had reason to bless that farsighted committee which made it possible to secure deferment for laboratory assistants of any age provided that the case was supported by-strange to relate-the Medical Research Council! On the other hand little was done before the war to provide for main-taining the supply of these key men.Professors and directors of labora-tories sometimes encouraged more promising laboratory boys by recount-ing the achievements of Faraday indicating that hard work during the day and attendance at the technical school at night could take them to any heights-even to a professorial chair or the directorship of a labora-tory. It is true that nothing can keep a really good man down and that many laboratory assistants have followed the hard road to a professional qualification in science and achieved considerable eminence in academic and industrial fields. But they have always been only a small minority.The commoner experience was that the boy having struggled for a year or two with a matriculation course and been defeated by French or English, eventually gave up the attempt and found himself at age 18 without a recognised “trade” and with little prospect of getting beyond the task of 367 fetching and carrying and the everlasting bottle-washing Even the few who had the ability and determination to stay the course and who obtained, after years of hard grind an external university degree or professional qualification in science were often physically and mentally exhausted in the process and became fourth-rate scientists instead of-what they might have been-first-class laboratory technicians. In these days the Nation-a1 Certificate schemes provide inore appro-priate avenues for the laboratory assistant who in his ordinary job is doing work which is directly related to the application of one particular science as for example the chemical technician in the control laboratory of a large industrial firm which can afford to employ a variety of other kinds of technicians for non-chemical duties.Such courses are not only relevant to his daily work but are recognised by the student as being so. Rapidly increasing numbers of assistants in chemical laboratories of various sorts are following these courses both to the Ordinary National Certificate stage and to the Higher. It is becoming more generally realised also that these courses furnish valuable training for the more ambitious student of chemistry who aspires to take the examination for the A.R.1.C.-assuming that he has reached the prescribed level of general education and is prepared to devote time to the study of appro-priate ancillary subjects.With the establishment of the new Certificate ,of General Education a growing proportion of National Certificate candidates will presumably have satisfied the first of these requirements before embarking on the course and will be in a good position to continue the study of mathematics physics and an optional science to the necessary level. It has often been suggested that the acquirement of a Higher National Certificate in Chemistry should exempt from part of the Insti-tute’s examination for the Associateship but this has proved impracticable, as all the principal branches of chemistry are involved in both but a higher standard of competence in each of them is required for the A.R.I.C.There are therefore no parts of the latter examination from which exemption could reasonably be granted. But the H.N.C. holder who is otherwise eligible should regard the A.R.I.C. examination as a further step in the same ladder of qualification. National Certificate courses being in a specific branch of science or technology such as chemistry applied physics metallurgy or engineering, do not usually meet the needs of the more general type of laboratory technician or laboratory steward in the laboratories of teaching institutions and the research laboratories of industrial organisations for his work is largely based on laboratory arts and practices that are not specific to physics chemistry biology or any other single branch of science or technology.He himself is not always a potential physicist or chemist or other particular kind of professional scientist but may be a potential first-class science laboratory technician or laboratory superintendent-and we believe that it is of importance that if he has the inclination and the ability to attain that status he should be encouraged to do so. [ 368 Indeed it seems to us that if teachers and research workers are to perform effectively their tasks of disseminating and advancing scientific knowledge in these days of increasing specialisation it is essential that they should have the co-operation and help of greater numbers of capable technicians-of men and women whose skill and experience is com-plementary and not necessarily inferior to their own.The efficient running of a hospital depends not only on the work of the physicians and surgeons but also on that of anaesthetists nurses and numerous types of auxiliaries. How could the army function if there were not in addition to the Commissioned Officers a comparable number of N.C.Qs. and Warrant Officers? And what subaltern when addressed as “Sir” by the Regimental Sergeant Major treats the latter as a person of lower standing-and what happens to him if he does?! These analogies, though imperfect may give the clue to what is needed-a separate (though riot rigidly exclusive) hierarchy for laboratory technicians within which there is a prospect of advancement to salary levels comparable with at least the middle range of those for professionally qualified scientists.The development of such a hierarchy requires however a means for assessing the competence of laboratory technicians in their own field and, if they are to have reasonable mobility in employment would be facili-tated by the establishment of some generally recogiiised standards of qualification. This general conclusion has long been accepted by the Council of the Institute. It was realised that any move towards the establishment of such standards of qualification might need to be stimulated by the pro-fessional Institutes concerned with the relevant sciences-including at least the Royal Institute of Chemistry and the Institute of Physics-but that the driving force would best be provided by laboratory technicians themselves.The two Institutes therefore made it known that they would look with favour on the formation of an “association” that would aim at raising the efficiency and usefulness of laboratory technicians by establish-ing standards of qualification and that they would be prepared to assist in this task in any ways that might be useful. Soon after this statement had been published a conference on the whole question of the services of laboratory technicians was held (in 1946) on the initiative of the Association of Scientific Workers the Association of University Teachers and the British Association of Chemists and was atteiided by repre-sefitatives of a wide range of organisations including the R.T.C.and the Institute of Physics as well as by a number of senior laboratory technicians. As a result of this discussion there was set up a Gommittee representative of the sponsoring bodies the professional institutions educational bodies Government departments and other interested parties and particularly of laboratory technicians themselves ; representatives of indus-try were subsequently co-opted. This Committee on the Education and Training of Laboratory Technicians in accordance with its terms of reference reviewed the [ 369 existing position-particularly as regards qualifications already provided, such as the “Laboratory Arts” Certificate of the Institute of Physics-and then proceeded to frame a course of training designed to meet the common basic needs of laboratory technicians in science laboratories, with provision for increasing specialisation in certain directions after the first year.The Committee was against earlier or more extensive specialisa-tion in the proposed three-year “Certificate” course as it was held to be undesirable that the technician should be committed too soon to work in a laboratory of any particular type; the more specialised techniques would be best covered in a subsequent “Diploma” course where there would be a much wider range of options. In drafting syllabuses for the proposed Certificate course it was realised at the outset that the approach of the laboratory technician was (and should be) different from that of the scientist and might usefully be made through the practice of “techniques” including experience in the use of instruments and other laboratory equipment with instruction in relevant scientific principles built up around such practice.It was considered important that the divisions of the course should not be along established academic lines but should be based on groups of related techniques; it was particularly desired to avoid the course being treated as a mere aggregation of parts of existing technical college courses in physics chemistry engineering etc. In drawing up syllabuses on these lines particularly valuable service was rendered by the group of senior laboratory technicians on the Com-mittee. They prepared the first drafts of all the main sections and their enthusiasm also found an outlet-independent of the work of the Com-mittee-in bringing about the formation of a body known by the some-what misleading title of the “Science Technologists Association” (S.T.A.).The aims of this Association were substantially those suggested in the statement issued by the two professional Institutes and the establishment of this new body was accordingly welcomed by the latter. The Coinniittee on the Education and Training of Laboratory Tech-nicians issued in 1947 a widely circulated interim Report setting forth an outline of the proposed course with draft syllabuses on which comment was invited. An experimental course based directly on these syllabuses, has been run during the past two years at the Paddington Technical College and has provided useful information on the practical difficulties to be overcome.In the final report issued in 1949 some modifications and extensions of the draft syllabuses were made and it was concluded that the Committee had thereby fulfilled its terms of reference and could not as constituted usefully proceed further with the task of putting the syllabuses into final form and arranging for the establishment of courses and examinations based on them. It was felt that this could best be done by an organisation with long experience in the conduct of examina-tions of nationally recognised status. It was accordingly recommended that the Committee be discharged and its papers handed over to the City [ 370 and Guilds of London Institute with an invitation to the latter to act, in consultation with appropriate bodies (such as those represented on the Committee) as the examining body for nationally recognised certificates in laboratory arts and techniques.The recommendation of the Committee was adopted by the bodies which sponsored the 1946 Conference and the City and Guilds of London Institute accepted the invitation. An exploratory Committee subse-quently converted into the Advisory Committee of the City and Guilds of London Institute on the Education and Training of Laboratory Technicians was promptly set up and with commendable speed completed early this year its task of securing general agreement on the form and content of examination syllabuses and conditions of admission to the examinations. The Technology Department of the City and Guilds of London Institute has now published under the title of “Laboratory Technicians’ Work,” Regulations and Syllabuses for the Laboratory Technicians’ Intermediate Certificate Examination adopted on the recommendation of the Advisory Committee to come into operation in the Session 1950-51.The publication of this document marks an important stage in the realisation of the aims of professional scientists as well as of laboratory technicians. We believe that both will feel that the matter is in safe and experienced hands with the “City and Guilds,” whose examinations in other technical subjects have a well-merited high reputation. The Advisory Committee is representative of all interests including the S.T.A. and among professional and scientific bodies the Institute of Physics, the R.I.C.the Physiological Society the Anatomical Society of Great Britain the Biological Council the Institutions of Mechanical Electrical and Chemical Engineers and the Institution of Metallurgists. The technicians who served on the earlier Committee-and indeed all members of that Committee-may derive satisfaction from the fact that the syllabuses (also covering a three-year course) for the new Intermediate Examination follow closely similar lines to those which they drafted. Where changes or additions have been made there is no doubt that they are improvements. The suggested curriculum for the new Intermediate Examination is divided into three sections I. Science and Drawing ; 11. General Labora-tory Techniques and Organisation including Workshop Practice ; 111.Specialised Laboratory Techniques. In Sections I and I1 the sylla-buses are common for all candidates; from Section I11 one of ten groups of specialised techniques is to be selected by the candidate. The first-year course may be the same for all candidates while the selected group of specialised techniques with the related auxiliary science and drawing, is intended to be introduced gradually in the second year and more intens-ively in the third year. Making provision for a course of this kind with numerous options and requiring in many respects a new approach by teachers with the [ 371 co-operation of experienced laboratory technicians will undoubtedly raise many difficult problems for the technical colleges. We believe however, that the effort involved is well worth while and look forward to the early establishment in a number of important centres throughout the country, of courses based on these syllabuses.The presence on the Advisory Committee of representatives of the Ministry of Education the L.C.C., the Standing Conference of Regional Examining Unions the Association of Technical Institutions the Association of Principals of Technical Institutions and the Association of Teachers in Technical Institutions gives an assurance of the active support of the educational authorities. There is good reason to hope that this important experiment will now proceed and be extended to the full Technological Certificate stage in a manner that will serve to raise the status of laboratory technicians and increase the value of the services they render to the advancement of science and technology and the development of industry.THE INDIAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY We gladly accede to the request of Dr. D. Chakravarti Hon. Secretary of the Indian Chemical Society to print the following letter addressed to us and offer our sincere apologies for having misrepresented the practice of Indian chemists in publishing their papers:-“On behalf of the Indian Chemical Society I beg to invite your kind attention to a statement on page 98 Vol. 74 (1950) of your esteemed Journal “although the Indian Chemical Society has recently celebrated its Jubilee most of the leading Indian chemists appear still to prefer the Journal of the Chemical Society to the Journal of the Indian Chemical Society as a medium for publication.” As a matter of fact Indian students working in foreign countries sometimes find it convenient to publish their papers in the Journals of those countries.Authors of papers from India except only one or two seldom seek publication in foreign Journals. T would request you therefore to publish this letter in your Journal by way of rectifying the misconception that has arisen out of the statement referred to above. REVISION OF THE BY-LAWS OF THE INSTITUTE Notes on proposals for Revision of the By-Laws of the Institute to be submitted by the Council for the approval of a Special General Meeting to be held at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C.l. at 5.30 p.m. on Friday 20 October 1950. INTRODUCTION The need for an extensive revision of the By-Laws to bring them into line with modern requirements and practices had been recognised for some years before the committee on Revision of Charter and By-Laws, appointed by the Council in 1945 proceeded to survey the field and put forward preliminary recommendations on general principles.These principles-especially those relating to the re-constitution of the Council -were discussed at Local Section Meetings and Conferences of Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections during the next two years and a substantial measure of agreement was reached on controversial issues. In 1947 it was decided however to postpone more detailed consideration of pro-posals for a general revision of the By-Laws until a new Charter had been obtained for a few of these proposals were inadmissible under the then existing Charter and it seemed desirable in any event to establish the broad principles to be covered by the Charter before attempting to settle finally the precise terms of the By-Laws.It had already been necessary however to amend certain By-Laws to give greater elasticity in fixing the date of the Annual General Meeting and in arranging the time-table of events leading thereto (approved by a Special General Meeting 15 and 22 November 1946). Also following the grant of the new Charter (14 April 1949) By-Laws 43 and 49 were amended so as to enable citizens of the Republic of Ireland (no longer necessarily British subjects) to continue to be eligible for admission as corporate members or students of the Institute (approved by the Annual General Meeting 29 April 1949).In the meantime as soon as the terms of the proposed new Charter had been approved by the Annual General Meeting in 1948 the Council and its Committee on Revision of By-Laws re-examined the earlier proposals for amending the By-Laws and published (Journal and Proceed-ings 1948 IV 209) a somewhat modified statement of principles relating to the re-constitution of the Council. Comments on this statement were received from the Committees of several Local Sections and the whole subject of revision of the By-Laws was discussed at length at the next two Conferences of Hon. Secretaries (Journal and Proceedings 1948, VI 298; 1949 111 264). In the light of these discussions and of further observations by the Council the Committee on Revision of By-Laws then prepared a report [ 373 setting forth specific recommendations for changes of substance to be made in the By-Laws.Independent suggestions were also put forward by the Censors on changes to be made in the chapter of the By-Laws relating to their work. The report of the Committee was considered in detail by the Conference of Hon. Secretaries on 22 October 1949 (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 509) and by the Council on 18 November 1949, when approval was given to a number of modifications suggested by the Conference by Committees of Local Sections and by members of the Council. It was then resolved that the Report as modified be forwarded to the Solicitors with instructions to redraft the By-Laws in accordance with the recommendations.At its meeting on 21 July 1950 the Council received a complete draft of the proposed new By-Laws prepared by the Solicitors in consultation with the Officers of the Institute and with Counsel. Following discussion, general agreement was reached on all outstanding points of substance raised by the Solicitors or by members of the Council and its Committee. The Council then resolved that subject to amendment of the draft in accordance with these conclusions and to the advice of the lawyers on certain points of drafting the whole of the rroposals for revision of the By-Laws be submitted to a Special General Meeting to be held on 20 October 1950. It was recognised that if these proposals were approved by that Special General Meeting and were allowed by the Privy Council at a sufficiently early date the election of Officers General Members of Council and Censors to take office at the Annual General Meeting on 27 April 1951, would be conducted in accordance with the new By-Laws.In this event, the number of General Members of Council would be reduced from 27 to 21 and advance arrangements should be made for the number of District Members of Council to be raised at the same time to 18 in accordance with an undertaking previously given by the Council. It had been agreed that this should be done by making the North Wales Section into a separate District (in view of its relative inaccessibility to other established centres) and by increasing from one to two the number of District Members of Council to be elected by the District comprising the London and South-Eastern Counties and the East Anglia Sections.The second of these actions cannot be taken under the existing By-Laws, but both can be taken by the Council itself when the new By-Laws are in operation. It is proposed therefore to invite provisional nominations to these two potential vacancies at the same time as the other District Members of Council are nominated under the Regulations (see p. 414), on the understanding that the Fellows so nominated will not be elected unless the new By-Laws are approved by the Special General Meeting and allowed by the Privy Council at a sufficiently early date to enable the election of General Members of Council to take place in accordance with them and unless the Council passes a resolution under the new By-Laws validating these changes in District representation.374 PROPOSED CHANGES IN THE BY-LAWS The recommended changes are shown in detail in a printed pamphlet to be sent with this issue of the Journal to all corporate members of the Institute. On right-hand pages of that pamphlet the existing By-Laws (referred to below as “present By-Laws”) are set forth and on left-hand pages the corresponding proposed new By-Laws (referred to below as “new By-Laws”). The aim of the present article is to indicate the nature and purpose of the material changes recommended by the Council follow-ing the extensive discussions and consultations referred to above. General Matters In drafting the new By-Laws the opportunity has been taken to make certain changes in terminology so as to conform with that used in the new Charter and to remove certain ambiguities and archaisms in the present By-Laws.The principal changes of this kind are:-(1) To refer to the Institute by its new title (Charter 1949). (2) To introduce wherever appropriate the expression “corporate member,” with the significance given to it in the new Charter but with the proviso (made to simplify drafting) that it shall not relate to any Honorary Fellow unless specifically provided (new By-Law 2; cf. new Chapter V). (3) To use the expression “the Annual Report of the Council” to include the Annual Statements of Account (including the Balance Sheet) with the Auditors’ Report (new By-Laws 4 (I) 68 69 70 77). The present By-Laws are not consistent on this point.(4) To draw a clear distinction between the “Honorary Officers”-President Vice-presidents and Hon. Treasurer-and the “Adminis-trative Officers”-such of the senior salaried officials of the Institute as the Council may from time to time so designate-and to provide (also to simplify drafting) that the expressions “Officer” or “Officers” shall not include any Administrative Officer unless specifically pro-vided (new By-Law 16). Also to place upon the Council the responsi-bility of specifying by title (such as Secretary or Registrar) which of the Administrative Officers is authorised and required to act in any matter on which under the By-Laws action by an Administrative Officer is prescribed (cf. new By-Laws 4 (2) 16 26 (2) 27 (2) 28 (2), 31 (3) 39 (2) 40 48 51 82).The purpose of this is to enable the Council at its discretion to vary from time to time the duties and responsibilities of any Administrative Officer irrespective of the title he happens to bear or to vary his title without necessarily altering his duties and responsibilities ; such changes may often become desirable as the business of the Institute grows in volume and complexity and should be possible to effect without requiring amendment of the By-Laws on each occasion. [ 375 (5) To make a clear distinction between the expression “the United Kingdom”-which now refers only to Great Britain and Northern Ireland-and the expression “Great Britain and Ireland”-which is used when it is intended to include also the Republic of Ireland (cf.By-Laws 17 28 30 82 84). Specijk Matters Chapter I. “General” (1) and (2). No change of substance is proposed except as noted above under New Chapter 11 (including present Chapters 11 and HI). (1) By-Laws 4 and 5 have been transposed in order to make the sequence of subject-matter more logical. (2) New By-Law 4 has been re-drafted in accordance with the general proposals above and so as to give a clearer specification of the ordinary business of the Annual General Meeting. (3) Present By-Laws 4 (para. (c)) and 6 (2)-also 20 (para. (c))-have been omitted from the new By-Laws as the new Charter does not require that any resolutions passed at a General Meeting shall be con-firmed at a subsequent General Meeting. (4) New By-Law 5 has been amended in respect of provision (b) so as to give more time to make arrangements for holding a Special General Meeting while making it clear that any Special General Meeting requis-itioned by corporate members shall be held within three months from the date of the deposit of the requisition whether it is convened by the requisitionists or by the Council.(5) By-Law 9 has been amended to make it clear that business on the Agenda of a General Meeting that was not dealt with at all before an adjournment can also be transacted at an adjourned meeting; the present By-Law refers only to “business left unfinished.” (6) In By-Law 11 (2) the time allowed for processes involved in taking a postal vote has been extended so as to give longer time for sending and returning voting papers and thus to enable members resident abroad to participate in the ballot.(7) By-Laws 12 and 13 have been transposed. (8) By-Law 14 (3) has been amended so as to provide that a member who appointed a proxy to vote on his behalf at a General Meeting shall not be prevented (as under the present By-Law) from exercising his vote himself in any postal ballot subsequently held. (9) In By-Law 15 the form of appointment of a proxy has been altered so as to enable the appointor to specify if he so wishes in which direction his vote is to be cast on each resolution coming before a General r 376 Meeting. This new provision (which is in accord with modern procedure in voting by proxy) together with the existing provision for demanding a postal vote (By-Law ll) helps to ensure that no resolution shall be passed against the wishes of a majority of the members.New Chapter 111 (present Chapter IV). (1) The principal changes in By-Law 16 are indicated under “General” (4) above. The reference in the present By-Law to fixing the salaries of and entering into agreements with Administrative Officers has been transferred to a more appropriate place (new By-Law 34). (2) In new By-Law 17 the constitution of the Council has been altered so as to decrease the number of General Members of Council from 27 to 21 and to allow for the number of District Members ofCounci1 (including the one to be elected by the Council to represent parts of the world outside Great Britain and Ireland) to be raised to a number not exceeding 21.This gives effect to a general desire that the proportion of District Members to General Members should be raised without increasing the total number of ordinary Members of the Council. It has been agreed that as soon as the number of General Members of Council has been decreased to 21 the number of District Members of Council should be raised to not less than 18 (see Introduction above and p. 414). The proviso to By-Law 17 gives continuity in the transition from the operation of the present By-Laws to that of the new. (3) Paragraph (e) of By-Law 19 has been amended so as to give wider discretion to the Council in the removal of any Officer or Member of the Council who has been unable or has failed to fulfil his proper functions. It is recognised that absence from a specified number of Ordinary Meetings of the Council with or without the consent of the Council is by no means the sole or a necessarily sufficient ground for removal as the value of the services rendered to the Institute by an Officer or Member of the Council cannot be measured only by the number of meetings he attends.(4) In the proviso to new By-Law 21 it is made clear that a Fellow who has been elected to fill a casual vacancy shall not be ineligible for election in the same capacity on the expiry of the period for which the Fellow he replaced was elected except that no Fellow may serve in a particular capacity for more than four successive years. This limitation in respect of Officers and District Members of Council is provided by By-Laws 22 and 23 but as under new By-Law 23 General Members of Council will now be elected for three years special reference to them has had to be introduced here in order to make the desired limitation effective in their case.(5) By-Laws 22 and 23 have been extensively amended so as to give effect to the following proposals on which general agreement was reached after long discussions and consultations :-377 (i) The President and the Vice-presidents shall be elected to hold office for two years and the General Members of Council to serve for three years but the Treasurer and the District Members of Council are to be elected or re-elected each year as under the present By-Laws. The reduction in the maximum term of office of the President is pro-posed (at the suggestion of past and present holders) in order that this office may not become so onerous as to make it inacceptable to Fellows of appropriate eminence who are still active in the profession.It seemed desirable to make the period for which the Vice-presidents are elected the same while securing continuity by making the immed-iate past President an additional Vice-president ex oficio (see (ii) below). The maximum period of continuous service of an ordinary Member of Council as such will remain unchanged but a new feature of the proposals is to elect the President Vice-presidents and General Members of Council for the prescribed maximum periods instead of submitting their names for re-election each year as under the present By-Laws. In practice these Officers and the General Members of Council are almost invariably re-elected so long as they are eligible and little change will therefore result from the introduction of this new and electorally simpler procedure.(ii) A President on his retirement from that office at the end of the period for which he was elected shall become an additional Vice-president ex oficio for the next ensuing two years. No other past President or Fellow of the Institute is eligible for this office if the immediate past President dies or resigns during the two years following the completion of his term of office as President. (iii) The conditions of eligibility of Hon. Officers and Members of Council for re-election have been revised in order to take account of the above-mentioned alterations in period of appointment while preserving the existing provision that no Fellow shall hold a particular office or serve as an ordinary Member of Council for more than three successive years (except as permitted in the proviso to new By-Law 21).In the proviso to By-Law 22 arrangements are made for the transition from the operation of the present By-Laws to that of the new. In para. (c) of By-Law 23 it is made clear that a General Member of Council who has completed the maximum period of continuous service as such cannot then be elected to serve immediately as a District Member of the Council or vice versa. (iv) It is made clear that in By-Laws 21 22 and 23 the term “year” shall mean the period between one Annual General Meeting and the next-which may not be exactly twelve months as the Annual General Meeting can be held at any date prior to 30 April in a given year (though the requirements of new Chapters I1 and I11 of the By Laws ensure that it must be held after 1 March).[ 378 (6) By-Law 25 has been amended so as to conform with the provisions of new By-Laws 22 and 23. Under this new By-Law it will be necessary to elect each year only three Fellows as Vice-presidents and only seven Fellows as General Members of the Council while an election for President will be held only in alternate years. By-Law 25 (3) places a responsibility on the Council to select Fellows for nomination for election as General Members of Council under this By-Law with due regard to the representa-tion on the Council of the various interests and branches of the profession of chemistry.This draws attention to what has long been accepted as desirable practice. (7) In By-Law 26 the number of corporate members required to nominate a candidate for election as a General Member of the Council has been reduced from 20 to 10. (Note The Regulations for the election of District Members of Council have been amended (see p. 415) so as to increase from 5 to 10 the number of corporate members required to nominate a candidate for election as a District Member of the Council.) (8) In new By-Law 26 (3) it is provided that any nomination of a candidate as a General Member of the Council shall be accompanied by a statement by the candidate that he is willing to accept such nomina-tion. (9) In By-Law 27 (1) the Council is required to give such particulars about the candidates for election as Honorary Officers and General Members of the Council as it may from time to time consider desirable.This regularises what has long been an established practice. (10) In new By-Law 29 (2) the interpretation of the phrase “in arrear with any subscription” has been made more specific in relation to the annual subscription of a corporate member. (11) In new By-Law 30 the Council itself is empowered to determine and define from time to time the number and the territories of the Districts into which Great Britain and Ireland are to be treated as divided for the purpose of the election of District Members of the Council and to specify the number of District Members of Council (if greater than one) which the corporate members in each such District shall be entitled to elect-subject of course to the limitation on the maximum total number of District Members of Council imposed by By-Law 17 and to the new requirement that the territory of each District in Great Britain and Ireland shall consist of the area of one or more Local Sections.Placing this power in the hands of the Council and requiring the Council under By-Law 30 (2) to prescribe by Regulations the manner in which the election of District Members of the Council shall be conducted is intended to ensure that at all times the territories of Districts shall be related to the areas of Local Sections however these areas may be changed or whatever new Local Sections may be constituted.It is intended that I 379 the number of District Members shall be raised to the maximum of 21 when the extent and distribution of corporate membership of the Institute in Great Britain and Ireland warrants such increase and it is not intended that any District shall be entitled to elect more than one District Member of Council unless the number of corporate members in its territory is an outstandingly large fraction of the total corporate membership of the Institute. (12) The present provision under which District Members of the Council are elected annually though eligible to serve as Members of the Council for up to three successive years is retained in order to meet the desire that in certain Districts comprising the area of more than one Local Section the District Member of Council may be changed at intervals of less than three years so as to give due representation to the respective Local Sections.New Chapter IV (present Chapter V). (1) The substance of present By-Law 38 has been brought in immedi-ately after By-Law 32 as giving a more logical sequence and present By-Laws 33-3 8 have been re-numbered accordingly. (2) In By-Law 39 (2) conditions for affixing the Common Seal to documents have been modified so as to make the procedure more flexible, while ensuring that due safeguards are maintained. Reference to the Seal has been omitted from new By-Law 41. (3) By-Law 40 has been extended so as to enable the Council to place upon Administrative Officers or other salaried officials specified by the Council responsibility for signing cheques drawn on certain subsidiary accounts for discharging the normal current outgoings of the Institute under general instructions issued by the Council.(4) In new By-Law 41 the substance of present By-Laws 41 and 42 has been included with some variation and re-arrangement in conformity with the terms of Section 6 of the new Charter. (5) New By-Law 42 is additional and deals with the power of the Council (implied but not specifically stated in the present By-Laws) to make vary and repeal regulations and standing orders for carrying out any of the objects of the Institute under the provisions of the Charter and By-Laws and with the responsibility of the Council for making such regulations or standing orders known to persons concerned.New Chapter V (present Chapter VI). (1) Present By-Law 43 has been completely re-written in order to provide for admission to corporate membership of the Institute to be open not only to British subjects but also to citizens of any country within the British Commonwealth (who may not always be British subjects) as well as to citizens of such countries formerly within the 380 Commonwealth as may be specifically approved for this purpose by the Institute in General Meeting. Provision has already been made (at the Annual General Meeting on 29 April 1949) for citizens of the Republic of Ireland (a country formerly within the Commonwealth) to be eligible for admission to corporate membership of the Institute. (2) By-Law 43 (2) extends the provisions already made in present By-Law 43 for the admission of Fellows and Associates to cover the admission of persons to any other grades or categories of corporate membership that may in the future be established by the Council with the approval of a General Meeting under the terms of the new Charter.(3) New By-Law 44 is additional and deals with the admission and privileges of the new category of Honorary Fellows (see also “General” (2) above). The intention is to admit as Honorary Fellows a strictly limited number of persons who have rendered exceptional service to the advancement of the profession of chemistry. (4) New By-Law 45 replaces present By-Law 44 and has been modified in order to clarify procedure as regards notice to be given of the holding of elections.( 5 ) New By-Law 46 includes the substance of present By-Laws 45 and 46. (6) In new By-Law 47 (1) reference is made to the obligation on a corporate member on resignation to deliver up to the Council for cancella-tion any certificate of membership then held by him (cJ present By-Law 58 which covers exclusion or suspension as well as resignation). (7) New By-Laws 43 to 48 have been amended so as to draw a distinction between the election and the admission of a corporate member. A candidate who has been “elected” is not formally “admitted” until he has made the declarations required by new By-Law 46 (present By-Laws 45 and 46). New Chapter VI(present Chapter VII). (1) By-Law 49 dealing with the admission of Students has been modified to conform with new By-Law 43 (1) as regards nationality require-ments for admission of corporate members.Other conditions for the admission of Students in present By-Law 49 have been omitted as no such conditions are laid down in the By-Laws in respect of admission of corporate members and the whole subject is regarded as being more appropriately covered by Regulations that can be varied from time to time by the Council without requiring amendment of the By-Laws. (2) In new By-Law 50 as in new By-Law 60 the term “annual sub-scription” in its application to Students has been replaced by the expression “annual registration fee” which is already in general use. (3) In new By-Law 50 (1) it is made clear that Students are not entitled to attend Annual or Special General Meetings of the Institute.[ 381 New Chapter VII (present Chapter VIII). No change of substance is proposed. New Chapter VIII (present Chapter IX). (1) The title of this Chapter has been altered from “Censors” to “Ethical Conduct.” (2) By-Law 54 has been amended so as to remove the present require-ment that the Council shall nominate each year for the office of Censor at least five candidates to fill four places-a procedure which has been regarded as undignified in relation to these offices. In the new By-Law, the Council is required to nominate each year only four Fellows in respect of four vacancies and the election is to be conducted in the manner prescribed in By-Law 27 (2a) for the election of Honorary Officers. No maximum term of continuous service is prescribed for the Censors.(3) By-Law 56 has been amended so as to place upon the Council the sole responsibility for any disciplinary action to be taken under section 13 (2) of the Charter. The Council has always been ultimately responsible for such action but in the present By-Laws the Censors have power to admonish or reprimand a member or to call upon him to resign his membership. Under the new By-Law the Censors can only recom-mend to the Council any disciplinary action they consider should be taken. (4) By-Law 57 has been completely re-written and examples of acts deemed to be discreditable within the meaning of section 13 (2) of the new Charter (section 16 (3) of the former Charter) have been removed. It has been concluded that although in the present By-Laws there is a state-ment that the enumeration of discreditable acts there given should not be treated as exhaustive the inclusion of such examples in the By-Laws is liable to give a false impression of what acts might be deemed discreditable.In the new By-Law such enumeration has therefore been replaced by a provision for the appointment of an Ethical Practices Committee to advise the Council on any matters of ethical practice especially those that may arise in the interpretation and application of section 13 (2) of the Charter and to make recommendations to the Council on the substance and form of any statements on ethical practice which the Committee considers should be published by the Council for the information and guidance of members. It is made clear however that no such advice, however given or published shall limit the discretion of the Censors or of the Council in investigating or judging any particular case of alleged unprofessional conduct.(5) In By-Law 59 it is made an obligation on the Council to publish in the Journal of the Institute a notice of the exclusion or suspension of any corporate member under section 13 (2) of the Charter. In the present By-Law such action is only permissive. [ 382 New Chapter IX (present Chapter X ) . (1) By-Law 60 has been modified by writing “July” instead of “August” in prescribing the date of admission on or after which a cor-porate member shall be credited with half the annual subscription in respect of the following year. (2) New By-Law 60 (2) has been added to make it clear that the Council has authority to terminate the liability of any corporate member to pay further annual subscriptions after reaching a prescribed age or after payment of a prescribed number of annual subscriptions.(3) In new By-Laws 61 (1) and 62 upper limits of amounts of annual subscriptions payable by Fellows and Associates have been deleted for it seemed unnecessary to prescribe such limits in the By-Laws as no variations in the amounts of annual subscriptions can be made without the consent of a General Meeting. (4) In By-Law 61 (2) reference to an upper limit to the amount of the life subscription payable by a Fellow has also been deleted as the scale of such life subscriptions would always be determined in actuarial relation-ship with the prevailing annual subscription rates and need not therefore be prescribed independently in the By-Laws.( 5 ) By-Law 66 has been extended to deal with the surrender of certifi-cates of membership by corporate members excluded or suspended for non-payment of annual subscriptions (cf. new By-Laws 47 (1) and 58). (6) By-Laws 68-70 have been amended in accordance with the pro-posals stated above under ‘General.” New Chapter XI (present Chapter XII). ( 1 ) Minor drafting amendments have been made in accordance with the proposals stated above under “General.” (2) In By-Law 77 reference to a date by which the Auditors’ Report shall be made to the Council has been deleted as this is regarded as a purely administrative matter to be arranged between the Auditors and the Council in relation to the time-table of events leading to the Annual General Meeting.The rigid prescription of such a date in the By-Laws might lead to difficulties and unnecessary expense, New Chapters XII-XVI (present Chapters XIII-XVII). No changes of substance have been made. New Chapter XVII (present Chapter XVIII). (1) This Chapter has been substantially amended to take account of the fact that the whole of the land surface of Great Britain and Ireland is now completely covered by the areas of Local Sections whereas when the present By-Laws were drawn up only part of this territory was [ 383 served by Local Sections. At that time each member of the Institute was at liberty to decide whether or not he should join the Local Section (if any) serving his area and some Sections charged a local subscription (see present By-Law 94 (2)).In the new By-Laws the practices that have grown up in recent years to meet the new conditions have been regularised. Thus in By-Law 90 (1) it is laid down that every corporate member (other than an Honorary Fellow) whose registered address is within the area of a Local Section shall be a member of that Section though dis-cretion is left to the Council in exceptional circumstances to allow a corporate member the alternative of remaining a member of a Local Section to which he has long been attached notwithstanding his having removed to the area of another Section. On the other hand the present practice (not referred to in the By-Laws) whereby a corporate member may on request receive notices of meetings held by a neighbouring Section as well as of those held by his own Section will be preserved.With these provisions (and those noted under (2) and (7) below) the Committees of Local Sections will be in a position to know at any time which members of the Institute belong to their Section and are entitled to vote in the election of the District Member(s) of Council for the District within which the Local Section lies. (2) In By-Law 90 (2) the established practice of not allowing a corporate member to be a member of more than one Local Section or of the Corn-mittee of more than one Local Section is now clearly stated with the proviso that a District Member of Council during his period of service as such shall be eligible for membership of the Committees of all Local Sections (if more than one) included within the District which elected him.(3) In By-Law 88 the present restriction on places where Local Sections may be formed is removed. (4) Present By-Laws 89 and 90 have been run together as the new By-Law 89 and the terms have been modified so as to require an applica-tion for authority to form a Local Section to specify the area to be served by the Section and to be signed by such number of corporate members within that area as is required to constitute the minimum initial member-ship of such Section i.e. 40 for any Section in Great Britain or 20 for any Section outside Great Britain. (5) New By-Law 91 which replaces present By-Law 92 provides for a Student of the Institute to be attached to the Local Section if any, within which his registered address lies.(6) New By-Laws 92 to 96 replace present By-Laws 93 to 97. (7) New By-Law 93 leaves to the members of a Local Section the initiative in drafting of Rules for the conduct of their affairs for submission to the Council for approval. Out-of-date provisions (c) and (e) in present By-Law 94 (2) have been deleted. [ 384 (8) New By-Law 95 makes it a definite responsibility of the Council to contribute from the funds of the Institute such sums as the Council may regard as appropriate towards the formation and maintenance of Local Sections. New Chapter XIX (present Chapter X X ) . No change of substance has been made. THE CHEMICAL COUNCIL JOINT SUBSCRIPTION SCHEME Since its inauguration on 1 January 1941 the Joint Subscription Scheme for members of the three Chartered chemical bodies (the Chemical Society the Royal Institute of Chemistry and the Society of Chemical Industry) has grown in popularity as the difficulties that naturally beset a project brought into operation in war-time have been progressively overcome and the scope and usefulness of the scheme have been extended.Thus in 1949 the number of joint subscribers to the three Chartered chemical bodies exceeded 3,400 whereas before the introduction of the scheme it was estimated that less than 500 individuals paid the separate subscriptions to all three of these bodies. Under the provisions of the scheme a member of the three Chartered bodies (or of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry only) is enabled to obtain by payment of a single annual subscription all the privileges per-taining to his grade of membership in each body and to receive publications up to a specified limiting value but freely chosen from the schedule of all those issued by the three bodies; furthermore additional publications can be purchased at reduced prices.In recent years the scheme has been extended to cover, additionally membership of either the Faraday Society (F.S.) or the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists (S.P.A.). The chemist is thereby enabled to obtain a range of services that he actually needs at any given time, in return for a single payment that is substantially less than the sum of the separate subscriptions of the bodies concerned.Members and Students of the Institute are thus encouraged to join the publishing societies and achieve the satisfaction of knowing that they are paying a fair share towards the cost of maintaining and developing all the various services required by the chemical community as a whole. For 1951 the joint subscriptions payable by Members and Students of the Institute will be as follows:-Registered C.S. S.C.I. . . . . & 7 6 0 6 1 0 6 3 5 0 2 5 0 C.S. S.C.I. F.S. . . & 9 6 0 8 1 0 6 4 1 0 0 3 1 0 0 C.S. S.C.I. S.P.A. &8 7 0 7 11 6 4 16 0 3 16 0 These subscriptions cover membership or studentship of the Institute as well as membership of the specified publishing societies. Students of the Institute under age 22 can alternatively obtain “joint student facilities” in the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry for an annual payment of 10s.in addition to their annual registration fee of 10s. to the Institute. Further particulars of the scheme with details of publications available to various categories of joint subscribers and forms of application for membership of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry may be obtained on application to the Conjoint Chemical Office 9-10 Savile Row London W.1. F.R.I.C. A.R.I.C. A.R.I.C. Student (any age) (any age) (under age 25) (under age 25) c 385 NATIONAL CHEMICAL INSTITUTIONS OVERSEA In the Editorial to Part I1 (1950) of this Journal reference was made to the development of chemical institutions in other countries especially in other parts of the British Commonwealth with a view to comparing the constitutions and ranges of activities and services of these bodies with those of the chemical societies and institutions in this country.The hope was expressed that it would be possible to follow this up by a series of authoritative articles on some of these overseas institutions contributed by officers or prominent members of the respective bodies. The first of the articles in this new series (cf. the earlier series on “Other Professions”) is printed below. I. THE NETHERLANDS CHEMICAL SOCIETY Nederlandse Chemische Vereniging By T. VAN DER LINDEN Dr.Sc. (Secretary of the Netherlands Chemical Sociely) The Netherlands Chemical Society was founded in April 1903 on the initiative of Dr.W. P. Jorissen and the late J. Rutten chemical engineer. The first chairman was the late Dr. Ernst Cohen Professor of Physical Chemistry in the University of Utrecht. As is the case with many similar societies in other countries the purpose of the Netherlands Chemical Society is to promote the progress of chemistry in the full sense of the word and to look after the interests of its members. From this it follows that although its scientific aspects are considered as of greatest importance material considerations are not neglected. Membership is open to all chemists who have graduated at a University. Each application must be supported by two ordinary members of the Society. In exceptional cases non-graduate chemists can acquire membership if they can produce sufficient proof that they have the same capacities as graduates and occupy similar positions.Students of chemistry in Universities can become extraordinary members. They enjoy all the rights of the ordinary members except the right of voting. Their membership dues are half of those of the ordinary members. At present the number of members including student-members exceeds 2,900. The objects of the Society are set forth in the Regulations as follows :-(1) to hold meetings to discuss matters in accordance with the objects of the Society; (2) to edit and issue periodicals and papers in the field of chemistry ; (3) to found support and subsidise institutions promoting the objects of the Society; (4) to exercise influence where desirable in matters [ 386 connected with the objects of the Society; (5) to promote the objects of the Society by other legal means.Some further discussion of these points may be of interest. MEETINGS. There are two annual meetings one in summer and one in winter. Each year the summer meeting is held in a different part of the Nether-lands to strengthen the contact with members living in that part of the country. This meeting extends over three days and the programme includes excursions to factories receptions and other social functions. The winter meeting is always held in Amsterdam and lasts only one day. On both occasions the business of the Society is dealt with in a general meeting which is followed by a lecture. Furthermore original research by members is reported at sectional meetings.The Society has nine sections dealing with:-(1) Analytical and microchemistry ; (2) Biochemistry ; (3) Chemical technology and industrial chemistry ; (4) Photography and photo-chemistry ; (5) Ceramic chemistry ; (6) Clinical chemistry; (7) Organic chemistry; (8) Physical and colloid chemistry ; (9) Nutritional questions. Besides the meetings already mentioned where members present the results of their scientific research the sections hold general discussions on special subjects. In addition to the sections there are in nineteen towns of the Nether-lands groups of members called “Chemical Circles,” which from September to May organise monthly lectures on subjects in the field of chemistry and related sciences. PUBLICATIONS. The Netherlands Chemical Society issues two periodicals the weekly Chemisch Weekblad and the monthly Recueil des travaux chimiques des Pays-Bas.The Chemisch Weekblad which is intended mainly for the members of the Society and is therefore published in Dutch contains reviews on scientific subjects reports of meetings and general discussions laboratory reports short articles on items from the recent literature and on questions of chemical education reviews of books short reviews of patent applica-tions economic news etc. and notes and articles about the Society. The Chemisch Weekblad was founded in 1903 at the same time as the Society. The publication was only once interrupted namely from May, 1943 to August 1945 in order to avoid the compulsory inclusion of recruiting propaganda for the German army.The Recueil des travaux chimiques des Pays-Bas contains original papers mainly by Netherlands chemists in English French and German. Its principal task is to make available to foreign chemists the results of I 387 chemical research in the Netherlands. The Recueil was founded by five well-known Netherlands chemists W. A. van Dorp A. P. N. Franchimont, S. Hoogewerff E. Mulder and A. C. Oudemans under the name of “ Recueil des travaux chimiques des Pays-Bas et de la Belgique.” Although co-operation with the Belgians was very limited this name was main-tained for many years. In 1920 the Recueil was transferred by the editors to the Netherlands Chemical Society. The last part of the name “et de la Belgique” had already been omitted after the foundation of the Bulletin de la Socie‘te‘ chimique de Belgique (now Bulletin des Socie‘te‘s chimiques belges) in 1904.Members and supporters (subsidising industries) of the Netherlands Chemical Society receive the Chemisch Weekblad free of charge. They are entitled to subscribe to the Recueil at a considerably reduced price. On request members of non-Netherlands nationality can receive the Recueil in place of the Chemisch Weekblad and the Chemisch Jaarboekje (see below) both of which are published in Dutch. Membership of the Society and subscription to the Recueil is compulsory for all those who wish to publish any scientific communication in the Recueil. For publication in the Chemisch Weekblad there is no limitation. Each edition of the Recueil amounts to 1,650 copies and of the Chemisch Weekblad to 3,500 copies.Besides these two periodicals the Netherlands Chemical Society publishes an annual “Yearbook.” Part I contains a list of the members of the Boards of the Society of the sections of the circles and of the committees followed by a list of names and addresses of all members and supporters. It also contains information regarding government municipal and private laboratories in the Netherlands and on allied societies and associations. Besides Part I there are other parts of the Yearbook issued at irregular Part I1 Tables of figures and other data dealing with chemical laboratories (last edition 1938) ; Part IIIA. List of periodicals in the field of chemistry and related sciences in Netherlands libraries (last edition 1937) ; Part IIIB.A similar list of books (last edition 1939). During the later years of the war ten well-known Netherlands chemists at the request of the Netherlands Chemical Society began the preparation of a complete review of researches carried out in the Nether-lands during the war years. In 1948 an elaborate review was published by D. B. Centen’s Uitgevers Maatscliappij in Amsterdam under the title of “Chemistry in war-time in the Netherlands.” The purpose of this book was to make available in a convenient summary the results of all chemical research published in the Netherlands during the war. 1 388 1 intervals namely : COMMITTEES. Besides the editorial committees concerned with the two journals and other publications of the Society several committees have been established for special purposes.Some of them may be mentioned here. (a) Chemical Council of the Netherlands. Its task is to represent the Netherlands Chemical Society in the International Union of Chemistry. Its members at least ten in number, are chosen from both the academic and the industrial fields. The organisation of the Fifteenth Conference of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry held in September 1949 in Amsterdam was in the hands of this Council. (b) Library Committee. The Netherlands Chemical Society has no library of its own because the country has a sufficient number of well-equipped libraries in which the books and periodicals are available to every scientist. The task of the Library Committee is to prepare lists of the titles of periodicals and books on chemistry and related sciences to be found in Netherlands libraries.These reviews are supplied free of charge to the members of the Society in the form of parts of the Chemical Yearbook (see under “Publications” above). (c) Committee to jix the Fees for Chemical Analyses etc. The question as to what is a reasonable remuneration for chemical operations especially the analysis of substances of different kinds by analytical laboratories and professional chemists often gives rise to difficulties. Consequently the Netherlands Chemical Society many years ago drew up a series of rates for these services. These rates are not binding but are only meant as a guide for the laboratories. The task of the Committee is to revise the rates from time to time in accordance with changing circumstances.It is obvious that these rates are of con-siderable general interest. (d) Committee for Education. The task of this Committee is to keep itself informed on all questions concerning the teaching of chemistry in the schools which are preparing pupils for study at the Universities. The Committee advises the General Board of the Society on educational matters. (e) Central Committee for Examinations for Analysts. Every laboratory either academic or industrial needs besides university-trained chemists an assistant staff having less chemical education which can be charged with the execution of routine analyses and similar work. In former times these assistant chemists (called [ 389 “analysts”) obtained their education in the laboratory itself.They entered employment at the age of twelve to fourteen years and their value to their employers naturally increased in the course of years. Gradually, however it became evident that a better educated assistant staff was needed. This led to the establishment by the Netherlands Chemical Society in 1917 of an examination for a certificate of competence as an analyst. A direct consequence was the setting up of private courses to impart to the candidates the theoretical and practical knowledge required for these examinations. This first step of the Netherlands Chemical Society has led in the last thirty years to a rather extensive organisation which nowadays provides most of the laboratories in the Netherlands with well-trained analytical personnel.At the head of this organisation is the Central Committee for Examinations for Analysts. So far as I am aware this institution is quite unique and I consider it sufficiently important to discuss in some detail. The establishment of an examination and a certificate for clinical analysts on behalf of the hospital laboratories followed in 1924-25. Besides the existing chemical examination which provides the analytical and industrial laboratories with analysts in 1928 another examination was established for analysts employed in laboratories for scientific research, especially the laboratories of Universities. To the above-mentioned examinations was added in 1943 in co-operation with De Bond voor Materialenkennis (Association for the Study of Materials) an examination and a certificate for analysts in physico-meclianical laboratories.Finally, in 1945 an examination and a certificate in plant analysis were established in co-operation with the Royal Netherlands Botanical Society. The examination for each certificate consists of two parts. The first part is the same for all candidates whatever direction they wish to follow afterwards and comprises a theoretical examination (written and oral) in chemistry physics and (oral only) in the properties of materials. Candidates who have passed the theoretical test are then examined in the usual laboratory manipulations e.g. the exact execution of a titration, of a simple gravimetric analysis of the determination of melting and boiling points and in the use of the microscope and the refractometer etc.Only those can be admitted to the first part of the analytical examina-tion who have a certain degree of general education which has to be proved by a preceding examination. Exempted from this examination are all candidates who have passed through schools of more than elementary instruction provided this instruction includes a sufficient knowledge of algebra geometry and foreign languages (English French, German). Nowadays private courses preparing for this first part of the analytical examinations are provided in every town of importance in the Netherlands. To show the wide recognition attained by this examination it may be mentioned that in 1950 about 1,500 candidates were examined.Eighteen [ 390 Committees examined the candidates orally and practically and about 650 candidates passed. To the second part of the analytical examinations only those are admitted who have had practical training as analysts for a t least two years in a suitable laboratory. The examinations are especially concerned with the practical abilities of the candidates who are required to demonstrate their capacity in the execution of a number of analyses. They are also required to have a theoretical knowledge of the chemistry of the analytical methods which are part of the examination. Only a clinical analyst is exempted from the two years’ practical training. Here one year’s experience suffices and the training is usually obtained through courses arranged in co-operation with large government or municipal hospitals to guarantee suitable experience in clinical chemistry and bacteriology.The second part of each examination lasts for at least two days and is held once a year with the exception of the second part of the clinical examination which takes place twice a year. In 1950 176 candidates will sit for the certificate in industrial analysis, 49 for that in research analysis and 7 for that in botanical analysis. The clinical examinations for 1950 are concluded. 194 candidates were examined of whom 125 passed. The Central Committee draws up the syllabuses for these examinations, appoints the examiners and makes all other arrangements. (f) Committee for the Advanced Training of Analysts. For all those who have obtained analyst’s certificates examinations are established in advanced theoretical mathematics physics physical chemistry organic chemistry and in special branches of chemistry.Only those who have passed all these examinations acquire the certificate for advanced theoretical knowledge. It is the task of the Committee to make all arrangements connected with these examinations. ( g ) Committee to stimulate ScientiJic Research by young Netherlands Chemists. Con-sequently many students of chemistry have tended to seek employment in chemical industry or elsewhere directly after their graduation in order to earn their living. In former years graduates in chemistry used to stay a few years longer at the University to carry out research usually acquiring the degree of Doctor of Science.For lack of these graduates chemical research at the Universities began to suffer. Moreover the young chemists who enter industry without a training in research have less experience than formerly. This is unfortunate for both parties. The Netherlands Chemical Society therefore took the initiative in collecting funds from which maintenance allowances are granted to promising young graduates who wish to apply themselves to chemical research at the University for some years longer. E 391 1 After the late war study at Universities became very expensive CENTRAL INSTITUTE FOR PHYSICO-CHEMICAL CONSTANTS. This Central Institute is an independent foundation which originated from the Netherlands Chemical Society. In 1941 a committee was established called the Committee on Physical Constants in order to promote the study of the uniform determination of physical constants of organic compounds and to arrange for the centralisation of the data.The primary cause was the publication of two papers in the Chemisch Weekblad 1941 38 51 and 343. These drew attention to the lack of uniformity in both the determination and the notation of the physical constants of organic compounds. In May 1945 this Committee pub-lished a report urging the foundation of a Central Institute for studying the methods of determination of physical constants. It was also proposed that the Institute should itself undertake the determination of these constants. Circumstances arising out of the war prevented the execution of this plan.In May 1947 however the Central Institute was founded and it took over all the duties of the Committee on Physical Constants on 1 January 1948. The expenses of the Central Institute are covered by contributions from the Ministry of Education Arts and Science from a few large industrial concerns and from the Netherlands Chemical Society. The Board of Governors includes representatives of scientific associations and of chemical industry. The Board of Management consists of members of the former Committee on Physical Constants. In the short time which has elapsed since its foundation the Central Institute has carried out important research on fractional distillation, on the standardisation of the apparatus for determining temperature-time curves during the melting process on the apparatus for the determination of melting points and boiling points of compounds between room temperature and ca.250°C. on the exact determination of viscosity with small quantities of a substance on the refraction increment due to the double bond and on the relations between refractive index density and structure of homologous series of organic compounds. As early as 1947 the Central Institute got in touch with the Inter-national Union of Chemistry. In 1949 at the 15th Conference of the International Union in Amsterdam Professor J. P. Wibaut chairman of the Board of Management of the Central Institute presented a report on the scientific work of the Institute (see Comptes Rendus de la Quinziime Conference p. 115). The initiative of the Netherlands Chemical Society in establishing the Central Institute for Physico-chemical Constants has provided the country with an important scientific institution which will no doubt have an influence extending far beyond the confines of the Netherlands.[ 392 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER SOCIETIES. The Netherlands Chemical Society has agreements with several similar societies whereby members secure some important reductions of dues. These societies are :-(a) Het Koninklijk Instituut van Ingenieurs (The Royal Institute of Engineers) ; (b) De Nederlandse Natuurkundige Vereniging (The Netherlands Physical Society) ; (c) De Vlaamse Chemische Vereniging (The Flemish Chemical Society Belgium) ; ( d ) La Societk chimique de Belgique (The Belgian Chemical Society); (e) The Faraday Society (EngIand) ; (f) De Indonesische Chemische Vereniging (The Indonesian Chemical Society) ; ( g ) The American Chemical Society, U.S.A.(Members of the Netherlands Chemical Society enjoy a 10 per cent. reduction in the subscription price of the periodicals of the A.C.S. ; members of the A.C.S. enjoy a similar reduction of the membership dues of the Netherlands Chemical Society.) Members of the Netherlands Chemical Society and those of the Netherlands Physical Society are allowed to attend all meetings and general discussions of both societies. They are entitled to subscribe at reduced rates to the Nederlands Natuurkundig Weekblad and to the Recueil. In collaboration with the Koninklijke Nederlandse Maatschappij ter bevordering der Pharmacie (Royal Netherlands Association for the furtherance of Pharmacy) holiday courses in chemistry are organised each year.It is the author’s hope that this review of the organisation and the work of the Netherlands Chemical Society may give some idea of the valuable services which tke Society performs for chemists and for pure and applied chemistry in the Netherlands. SCIENTIFIC LIAISON IN THE BRITISH COiMMONWEALTH At a meeting of the Parliamentary and Scientific Committee on 19 June, 1950 members heard addresses from Mr. R. McChlery * Central African Scien-tific Officer and Dr. J. G. Malloch Canadian Scientific Liaison Officer on the origins and work of the British Commonwealth Scientific Offices. The Scientific Officers of Australia New Zealand South Africa and India the United Kingdom Liaison Officer in the B.C.S.O.the Secretary of the B.C.S.O. (London) Com-mittee and the Secretaries of the Australian and New Zealand Departments of Scientific and Industrial Research were present at the meeting. Mr. McChlery said that a fine spirit of co-operation in scientific matters was developed within the Commonwealth during the war and in an endeavour to maintain and foster this in times of peace the Royal Society held the Empire Scientific Conference in 1946 which was followed by the Commonwealth Scientific Official Conference. During the war Commonwealth Scientific Missions were established in Washington. The British Commonwealth Scientific Office (London) might be regarded as having resulted from these Conferences and the experience of the Washington Office.* Mr. McChlery has since returned to Southern Rhodesia and has been succeeded by Dr. G. R. Bates. [ 393 The Commonwealth Scientific Official Conference recommended the estab-lishment of a Standing Committee a Working Party and a Centre for Common-wealth Scientific Liaison in London. The Standing Committee would consist of the executive heads of Government organisations for scientific and industrial, agricultural and medical research in the United Kingdom the Dominions and India together with three scientific representatives nominated by the Colonial Ofice and its function would be to consider the best means of ensuring the fullest possible collaboration between Government scientific organisations of the Commonwealth. The Working Party in the United Kingdom would be composed of deputies of the members of the Standing Committee under the chairmanship of the Secretary of that Committee and it would propose action within the Committee’s terms of reference.Several Commonwealth countries had for some years maintained Scientific Liaison Officers in London as part of the organisation of their respective High Commissioner’s Offices but it was felt that co-operation in matters of common interest would be facilitated if these officers could be accommodated under one roof. The first Scientific Liaison Officer opened his office in Africa House, Kingsway in April 1948. Other offices were established there within a few months together with the Overseas Liaison Division of the D.S.T.R. and a Common Services Section.Each Office was compietely autonomous retaining complete liberty of action in the conduct of its affairs and being responsible only to the authority ofits own Government. “The primary duty of a Scientific Liaison Officer may be regarded as that of fostering co-operation between scientific workers in his home country and those in this country. He has to cover a wide field and has to have a general apprecia-tion of the work in progress in his home country. He then endeavours to put workers in touch with one another leaving them free to carry on correspondence in their own special subject. His office does not thereby become a post office but a means of building up a series of direct contacts between workers. He also has to report on scientific research and development in this country.To this end, visits are paid to research establishments and contacts are made with scientific workers in Government departments universities and industry. In addition, specific queries are investigated and replies sent out.” Each officer pursued his own way but the advantage of being together was seen in the exchange of information which took place in informal discussions, and the various offices were kept in touch with the work as a whole by the circulation of a weekly list of enquiries and current activities. “As deputies of the Standing Committee Members in our various countries, the Senior Scientific Liaison Officers of each Office together with representatives from the U.K. and Colonies form the Working Party.The 1946 Conference charged the Standing Committee and the Working Party with the duty of seeing that the recommendations of the Conference were implemented. The actual details of this work are undertaken at regular meetings of the Working Party which makes recommendations to the Standing Committee members. The Working Party also makes all preliminary arrangements for Specialist Scientific Conferences and plays a large part in the Organising committee for such Conferences.” The Common Services Section of the B.C.S.O. was responsible for the secretarial services of the Standing Committee the Working Party and the Organising Committees for Specialist Conferences and had facilities for duplicat-ing photo-copying and micro-filming. It was controlled by a House Committee, with representatives from each Office.Among the tasks of the House Com-mittee and the Common Services Section were the collection of information on the utilisation of thc results of research the issue of a list of scholarships tenable in the Commonwealth the establishment of a register of translations of scientific [ 394 papers in the Commonwealth and the preparation of directories of Common-wealth Radio Research Organisations and Commonwealth Collections of Micro-organisms. All the Offices served as headquarters for Commonwealth scientific visitors to this country and they had proved of value in supplying the background of scientific activity to United Kingdom scientists about to visit one of the Common-wealth countries. There were also in the Offices the Overseas Liaison Division of the D.S.I.R.and a United Kingdom Liaison Officer. These were of great value in keeping the Officers in touch with official United Kingdom science and in providing information on general matters. Scientific Liaison Officers frequently represented their Governments on various scientific committees and boards. In some cases they were responsible also for the general oversight of post-graduate students froin their countries working in this country. Dr. J. G. Malloch said that no country of the Commonwealth had sufficient trained scientists and it was therefore very desirable that research projects should be distributed and that there should be the greatest possible measure of co-operation. He believed that the machinery for co-operation existed and future expansion was dependent on the use made of it.The first great attempt to co-ordinate the attack on the scientific problems of what was now the Commonwealth was the Imperial Institute. It had rendered very valuable service to the Colonial Empire but had never developed into a truly Commonwealth institution. From its history they should learn to prefer flexibility to rigidity informality to formality. The second Commonwealth scientific effort was now known as the Common-wealth Agricultural Bureaux which had started as an entomological service for the African Colonies in 1910 had expanded into an Imperial organisation in I91 3 and was given very much its present functions by the Imperial Agricultural Research Conference of 1927. “With the exception of those in the original fields of entomology and mycology the Bureaux are information centres not research laboratories.Their main but not sole function is the preparation of abstracts of the scientific literature in their specific fields. Their work aids the research scientists in laboratories and experimental stations all over the Commonwealth and Empire and indeed in every country where attempts are made to solve the problems of agriculture. The control of the organisation is vested in a Council composed of representatives of the Commonwealth countries who contribute the financial support on an agreed basis. The day-to-day administration is in the hands of a permanent secretariat and they keep in touch with the member countries through a system of correspondents .. . The Bureaux have been highly successful. They perform a highly specialised function and in the main they are not directly concerned with investigation. Their activities have value irrespective of the local problems and conditions. These facts must be taken into account when the suitability of the C.A.B. type of organisation to co-operation in the solution of technical problems has to be considered.” The British Commonwealth Scientific Conference held in 1946 did not arrange any definite co-operation in actual investigations. It was felt that to do this successfully the necessary discussions should take place informally between small groups with specialised knowledge of the subject in question. The Standing Committee was specifically charged with arranging such meetings of specialists.Since 1946 three of these had been held in London and two in Australia in addition to the Regional Conference in South Africa; another in the field of fuel research would take place shortly. r 395 “The interesting thing about these conferences is that most of them have not followed the pattern of the conventional scientific meeting with the reading of papers on the results of investigation. By far the greater part of the dis-cussion is on ways and means by which the workers in different Commonwealth countries can help each other in solving the problems of their specific fields. There is adequate preparation so that the time available during the meetings can be spent on those topics where discussion is likely to prove most useful.It is important that these conferences are not bound by any theoretical con-ceptions of Commonwealth co-operation and the means chosen for mutual help are those best suited to the particular subject under investigation.” At the meetings in 1946 the Royal Society was asked to call a Conference on Information Services and this was done in 1948. The discussions at that Conference had covered many of the problems connected with the dissemination of scientific information and to carry on the work the Royal Society had appointed an Information Services Committee on which there was Common-wealth representation. Meanwhile individual scientists and organisations had been active in this connection. In many cases co-operation had resulted from personal acquain-tance and complementary interests; in others it had arisen because of facilities or conditions available in one country that could not be obtained in another.Shortly before the establishment of the National Research Development Corporation in the United Kingdom legislative sanction had been given for the creation of a similar body in Canada. Already there had been preliminary interchanges between the two organisations with a view to mutual assistance. Dr. Malloch went on to refer to the scheme of Post-Doctorate Fellowships operated by the National Research Council of Canada which enabled selected young scientists of any country who had just finished their formal training to work for a year or two in the Council’s large and well-equipped laboratories in Ottawa.Several United Kingdom students had been awarded Fellowships. The scheme benefited both the Fellow and the Council as it introduced into a large Government laboratory some of the best qualities of the university atmosphere. It had been so successful that the United Kingdom and New Zealand were experimenting along the same lines. “In science as in any other sphere practical co-operative action is only possible when there already is a co-operative spirit. This cannot be created by any conference resolution and ultimately it rests entirely with individuals. It can be built up and encouraged but it is a slow process. However like most human attributes it strengthens with use. It can find real expression only when there are common interests and action will lead to mutual benefits.” One of the tasks of the Liaison Officers was to facilitate personal acquaintance between scientists of similar interests in the Commonwealth countries but they must avoid the establishment of rigid official channels.There was in addition a need for a body broadly representative of Common-wealth scientific interests able to recognise the opportunities for fruitful co-operation and to take appropriate action. They had such a body in the Standing Committee about which Mr. McChlery had spoken. “We have the basic machinery,” Dr. Malloch concluded “and if we use it with vigour tempered by wisdom we can look forward to a steady development of Commonwealth co-operation in Science .” [ 396 BOOK REVIEWS Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry.J. B. Conant and A. H. Blatt. Pp. ix +413. (New York The Macmillan Co.; London Macmillan and Co., Ltd. 1950.) 30s. net. The distinguished writers of this book have gallantly attempted to solve a difficult problem-to present a reasonable survey of organic chemistry to an ill-defined class of students who do not intend to take up chemistry profession-ally but are destined to be industrialists or biologists. One can sense the authors’ difficulties throughout the book. How much prior knowledge is to be assumed? What balance is to be struck between theoretical industrial and biological chemistry ? The method adopted is to start with a consideration of an industrially and biologically important compound alcohol building up an account of the ideas of structural formulae homologous series isomerism and so on as the narrative proceeds.The paraffins similarly treated soon lead up to an account of the petroleum industry and synthetic rubber. The coal tar industry is in eclipse being dismissed in 20 lines as an adjunct of the steel industry! In spite of extreme compression the clarity of exposition is remarkab!e in many chapters-for instance that on carbohydrates. Few errors are obvious, but one bad one was detected the first synthetic dye mauve being stated to be a triphenylmethane derivative in two places p. 319 and p. 293. Dyes however, receive scant attention but for the biological student there are brief accounts, with many complex formulae of vitamins sex hormones antibiotics and synthetic drugs. One might have expected in such a book some account of toxicity and industrial hazards but this subject has been by-passed save for a mention of the carcinogenic properties of a dibenzanthracene.The intelligent reader of this book should gain an appreciation of the wide-spread importance and the complexity of organic chemistry and might well be inspired to delve more deeply into the subject. There is an index but no literature references are given. E. H. RODD. Physico-chemical Constants of Pure Organic Compounds. J. Timmermans. Pp. viii + 693. (New York Elsevier Publishing Co. Inc. 1950. London distributors Cleaver-Hume Press.) 95s. The scope and limitations of this monumental book are summed up in the words of the author’s introduction. It records as completely as possible, those physico-chemical constants of organic compounds which have been measured with sufficient care to warrant their acceptance as data established with a precision worthy of contemporary science.Professor Timmermans is the Director of the International Bureau of Physico-chemical Standards and his laboratories in Brussels have been responsible for many of the measurements recorded in his book. In compiling the book the literature has been surveyed up to January 1950. Compounds are grouped in chemical classes and under each compound are given generally in tabular form such data as are considered worthy of inclusion. The physical constants are in three groups constants of heterogeneous equilibria, including b.p. f.p. vapour pressure and critical constants; constants of homo-geneous phases including density viscosity surface tension refractive index and dielectric constant; and thermal properties specific and latent heats and combustion data.Methods of preparation and purification of the compounds cited are discussed. Frequently the results obtained by several different investi-gators are quoted and full literature references are given. [ 397 The work will be of the greatest value to all those concerned with accurate values of constants whatever their sphere of work. It is only fair however to point out that the very high standard of the book sets a limitation on its value to the average chemist. Data for some well-known compound will be missing from the book because the standard of accuracy of the determination has not been high enough.For instance no data are given for iodoform but only a reference to one worker’s determination of melting point. The only data for methylnaphthalenes are the accurate determinations by Mair and Streiff of the National Bureau of Standards of constants of the monomethyl derivatives; no data are given for the dimethyl derivatives although their m.pts. are all known. The printing and style of the book are worthy of the contents. There are name and formula indexes and a complete index of the names of authorities quoted. E. H. RODD. The Chemistry of the Acetylenic Compounds. Vol. 11. The Acetylenic Acids. A. W. Johnson. Pp. xxvii + 328. (London Edward Arnold and Co., 1950.) 50s. net. Those interested in the chemistry of acetylenic compounds have a great advantage in that this group is well-defined and relatively small so that it is possible in principle for a survey to be made of its literature which is essentially complete and yet concise enough to be assimilated as a whole.They are deeply indebted to Dr. A. W. Johnson who is undertaking with success this formidable, but feasible enterprise. But his book may perhaps more usefully be commended to the reader without specific interest in this field who will probably be surprised at the extent to which acetylenic compounds have been and can be applied in work on heterocyclic systems and in general synthetic chemistry. The second volume of The Chemistry of the Acetylenic Compounds retains the systematic structure which characterised the first dealing with acetylenic alcohols.A detailed “Contents” section amounting to eighteen pages enables the reader to find the paragraph he is seeking with very little labour. The subject is then divided into five parts :-Acetylenic Monocarboxylic Acids ; Acetylenic Polycarboxylic Acids ; Polyacetylenic Carboxylic Acids ; Diacetylenic Dicarboxylic Acids and Acetylenic Non-carboxylic Acids. Each part contains (A) a short section on historical aspects; (B) a note on nomenclature; (C) a note on natural occurrence; (D) a section on methods of formation (under such headings as “11. Formation . . . from the Ethynyl Hydrocarbons; (a) Action of Carbon Dioxide on the Alkali Metal Derivatives . . . (b) Action of Carbon Dioxide on the Grignard Derivatives . . . (c) Condensation of Bromo-esters with the Sodium Derivatives .. .”); and (E) a description of the physical properties of the members of the series. Then follows a compre-hensive account of chemical reactions classified as involving (in Part I) (F) only the triple bond (G) only the carboxyl group (H) only the free ethynyl group if any (I) only the group R in ori3-acetylenic acids R.C = C.C02H and (J) the whole molecule. Under (G) are grouped the methods used to prepare the usual derivatives-esters amides etc.-followed by detailed accounts of their physical and chemical properties. References of which there are about 1,000 in Part I alone are tabulated after each section. A Table of Physical Constants follows in which all acetylenic acids hitherto reported are listed with recent references to each.It is perhaps unfortunate that the information here does not include spectrographic data in the few cases where they are available; instead they are (usually) quoted in the text. Finally a short chapter provides an adequate summary of work published in 1949 and rectifies minor omissions. A good Subject Index is included. 398 This is a comprehensive work of reference and considering the field covered, it is extraordinarily up-to-date. A number of topics known to the reviewer were found to be accurately and fully discussed and no omissions of con-sequence were discovered. The author has wisely decided not to adopt a rigor-ously critical attitude and in some cases has summarised without comment, conclusions unlikely to be true. This is surely a lesser evil than than of con-tradicting earlier statements without detailed refutation (usually impossible because of lack of space).Tables and formulae often hand-drawn where conventional type would be difficult to handle are used liberally with advantage. Errors and misprints are few ; the light-absorption data on page 34 are incomplete and in one case incorrect and a reaction described on page 79 as a dirnerisation of a-naphthylpropiolic acid is illustrated as a condensation between one molecule each of a- and /3-naphthylpropiolic acids. One might also object to the out-dated representation of homoanthroxanic acid and methylanthranil on page 189 though not on page 71. But these are trivialities. The author is to be congratulated on the second volume of his excellent monograph.The third and final volume on acetylenic carbonyl compounds will be eagerly awaited. M. C. WHITING. Vitaminology the Chemistry and Function of the Vitamins. Walter H. Eddy. Pp. v + 365. (Baltimore Williams and Wilkinson Co.; London Baillikre, Tindall and Cox 1949.) 46s. 6d. net. This book is likely to be most useful to the advanced investigator who wishes to pick up the “leads” to the literature in a particular field of vitamin research. In a sense the title is perhaps misleading because attention is given almost exclusively to certain of the biochemical aspects of “vitaminology,” and there is relatively little to be found about the clinical effects of deficiency the pathology or the incidence of the deficiency diseases the dietetic implications and so on.The book is essentially a compilation of summaries of original papers often with quotations verbatim. The references to the literature are given in numerical order section by section within each chapter. This method has some undeni-able advantages but it would seem better on the whole (in the opinion ofthe reviewer) to adhere to the growing practice of citing all references by authors’ names in alphabetical order and also to accept international conventions in the way of abbreviating the names of the journals. An author index would also have added to the usefulness of the work. The text may perhaps mislead the non-specialist reader in places because allusion is sometimes included to work which has not been confirmed or to views which have later been abandoned.Since the book is not to be regarded as a text-book for the general student any criticism about the entire absence of graphs and illustrations is perhaps less to the point than it would otherwise have been. A pleasing feature is the inclusion of no less than 148 structural formulae of vitamins and numerous related substances. However the reviewer feels in duty bound to draw attention to the relatively large number of errors or mis-prints which somehow have managed to slip into these formulae. To take some random examples serious and misleading errors will be found in the formulae for cocarboxylase alloxazine isoalloxazine co-enzyme I co-enzyme 11 a-carotene chroman vitamin K and folic acid (B conjugate); and there are various minor errors discrepancies or inconsistencies in the formulae for p-aminobenzoic acid phytin indole-3-acetic acid vitamin A a-tocopherol and durohydroquinone-to name only some of them.This lack of care is all too apparent not only here but in many other current books where structural formulae are printed. Whether the fault be with the printers the publishers the proof readers or the authors-or probably to 399 some extent with all-it is time that a protest were made so that such errors are not for ever passed by without a word. In fairness to the present book, it must be reiterated that this list of “printers’ errors” could be paralleled by similar instances from not a few standard works. Notwithstanding these incidental criticisms this is a useful book which should find a welcome place on the shelves of all workers in vitamin research.LESLIE J. HARRIS. The History of Sugar. Noel Deerr. Vol. I pp. xiv + 258; Vol. 11 pp. xiv + 378. (London Chapman and Hall Ltd.) Vol. I. 1949 50s. net; Vol. 11 1950 55s. net. The author whose name is very well known in the sugar industry for his lifetime work-his many published contributions including that of the standard textbook Cane Sugar-has spent many years of his retirement in the compilation of these two most interesting volumes. It can be inferred from the title that the subject dealt with is not that of sugar technology but some of this is discussed from the historical angle. It is claimed that the History is not put forward as the result of sustained historical research (readers will differ from this view) but as an attempt at the orderly arrangement of such information as may be found in publications in the principal libraries in this country and the U.S.A.Volume I traces the growth and spread of the sugar cane from the indigenous plant in South Pacific islands to South-East Africa by migrations of populations, thence to India and China and later following conquests to West Asia Europe and the Mediterranean. The Arabs introduced it to North Africa and Spain and thence by the agency of Spanish and Portuguese conquerors it reached the New World where conditions of soil and climate favoured its propagation. The fortunes of the colonies of Portugal Spain England France Holland and Denmark in the Americas are closely linked with the progress of the cane sugar industry and the growing demand for sugar in Europe and the history becomes therefore one also of the political and economic aspects of these countries.In Volume I1 slavery and the importation of African negroes are considered in their relation to the sugar plantations. Insurrections the rise of abolition feeling and the attempted boycott of slave-produced sugar emancipation and its consequences make a long and interesting story. The indenturing of Asiatic labour Indian and Chinese in America and Australia is discussed together with the varying and difficult problems that in time arose. The sugar industry had become one of the major industries of the world and politicians endeavoured to reap the harvest or alternatively by ill-conceived legislation and control placed many hindrances on production.Fluctuations caused by such means and by the constant repercussions of European wars explain much that is otherwise difficult of comprehension. Chapters on Refining and Invention and Research deal more thoroughly with earlier phases in the industry than with more recent developments and more stress is laid on the earlier pioneers. A third volume could remedy this deficiency. Numerous plates and figures in the text illustrate and add to the interest of the volumes. Innumerable references are quoted to substantiate the text and to assist readers who wish to delve still deeper into the subject. It is a scholarly work not at all tedious to read the print being large and manya.necdotes,legends, footnotes maps and illustrations adding further interest to the pages.Chemists will indeed find little chemistry but should benefit by the broadening of the mind which should result from the study of these two volumes written by a chemist. Bolitics world history and economics not to mention tit-bits for after-dinner speeches would be assimilated serving to remove some of that narrowness of outlook of which chemists have often been accused. H. C. S. DE WHALLEY. [ 400 Oils Fats and Fatty Foods-Their Practical Examination. Bolton and Revis. 3rd edition revised by K. A. Williams. Pp. vii + 500. (London J. and A. Churchill Ltd. 1950.) 63s. The phrase in the title “their practical examination” emphasises the out-standing purpose of this book. Older chemists are acquainted with this feature of the earlier editions but are well aware that during the twenty-two years since the second edition new methods have been devised and old ones improved.It is not surprising therefore to find that there are nearly one hundred more pages in the new edition and that there has been a considerable revision of the text and layout. The analysis of oils and fats presents special problems in that they are very complicated mixtures of complex substances. Yet the analyst is frequently asked for instance how much of a certain oil or fat is present in a mixture. The analytical methods given for oils and fats are as the author states “detective aids to commonsense.’’ It is true that by certain methods developed largely by Hilditch and his collaborators-which are briefly described in the present book-it is possible to obtain accurate information on the fatty acid composition of oils and fats and considerable information on their glyceride composition.However application of these methods is generally time-consuming and therefore rarely possible when the examination is required for commercial or legal purposes. Such examination which must be carried out with the skill and accuracy of normal analysis can be facilitated by applying the knowledge that is so well provided in this book-particularly in the chapter on “Interpretation of analytical results.’’ Since the second edition of this work appeared bodies such as the British Standards Institution the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists the International Commission on Methods for the Examination of Oils and Fats and the American Oil Chemists’ Society have published revised or new methods and information for oil and fat analysis.These in many of which Dr. Williams has taken a prominent part all receive very adequate recognition in this new edition. Among the newer determinations described are those for thiocyanogen value unsaturated acids by the spectrophotometric method rosin by the McNicoll method solid saturated acids by the Bertram method and mono-glyceride by the periodic acid method. The section on rancidity now includes descriptions of the Lea and other peroxide tests the Schaal oven test and the Swift stability test. New features of methods for examining the physical properties of fats include descriptions of a dilatation test and also the micro-penetrometer test of Bailey.It is pleasing to see that many of the older empirical tests of doubtful specificity such as a number of colour tests etc. have been omitted. Some of these tests illustrated the poverty of our knowledge of the chemical constitution of oils and fats about 30 years ago. Complete information concerning the properties of many oils and fats is provided and many of the seeds and fruits from which they are derived are described and illustrated. This is particularly valuable as the information in most instances is based on the author’s extensive experience. One good example is the account of the products from the various palms in South and Central America; these may attain more industrial importance in the future. Whereas much of the information published in the past has been very confusing, the account referred to provides a reasonably clear picture.Although emphasis has been laid on the value of this book for the “practical examination” of oils and fats it also provides good accounts of the refining and hydrogenation of oils and fats and much information about butter and margarine, milk and milk products cocoa and chocolate and animal feeding stuffs. The r 401 book is well printed and although the price appears to be high it must be remembered that it reflects that detailed knowledge which is oniy obtainable by years of practical experience. P. N. WILLIAMS. Industrial Electro-Chemistry. C. L. Mantell. 3rd edition. Pp. x + 781. (London New York and Toronto McGraw-Hill Book Co.Inc. 1950.) 64s. This is the third edition of Dr. Mantell’s comprehensive book and follows the line of previous editions; even the increase to 781 pages from the 528 of the 1931 edition does not do justice to the extent of the progress. Since the author defines electrochemistry as the production of chemical changes by the electric current and interprets this in the widest terms he sets himself a big task. The book is at its best in describing the principles and especially the practice of the important industrial processes for refining or extraction of metals and the preparation of chemical compounds by electrolysis of aqueous solutions or fused salts. In each case a clear description of the process is given illustrated in most cases with flow sheets drawings pictures and operating data in graphs or tabular form.Supplementary to these a separate general section on the economics of power generation and on the materials of construction is included, since these more often determine the success or failure of the processes than the basic scientific principles. The section on electrothermics includes similar descriptions of processes such as the manufacture of calcium carbide graphite and carborundum which cannot be achieved in any other way but also very adequate-although possibly misplaced-accounts of electric furnace processes where electricity is used as a convenient but not necessarily an essential method of producing the high temperatures required. Similarly the section on electro-chemistry of gases rightly includes processes for ozone hydrogen peroxide and fixation of atmospheric nitrogen but might well omit discussion of mercury rectifiers luminous tubes and electronics.Electroplating and electroforming for decorative and protective and for engineering purposes are rightly included but as a result of the extensive litera-ture which these subjects have acquired in recent years the 45 pages devoted to them tend to give a rather unbalanced and oversimplified picture. Similarly the chapters on electro-analysis and corrosion cannot do justice to these subjects. A curious point is that deuterium is mentioned only in a summary table; but perhaps the production of this element does not come into the “industrial” category. Throughout the examples are chiefly drawn from American practice; this however is reasonable enough in view of the author’s statement that in the U.S.A.industries based on electrochemistry consumed more than a quarter of all electric power generated. Extensive references are given to the scientific and technical literature but not to the many excellent specialist text-books which would usefully amplify the very condensed treatment without confusing the enquirer with too much detail. Many of the references are modern and new to this edition but many much older ones are still included. The book concludes with a few reference tables and author and subject indexes. The printing binding and general production are up to the publisher’s usual high standards. G . E. GARDAM. Practical Applications of Spectrum Analysis.Herbert Dingle. Pp. ix + 245, Spectrum methods of analysis are now applied to a wide variety of problems and Professor Dingle has sought to provide a book of guidance for spectroscop-ists no matter in what field they may be employed. He has consequently [ 402 1 19 plates. (London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 40s. net confined himself to a discussion of the broad general principles of his subject, and has eschewed illustrations of modern equipment on the grounds that it must inevitably “date.” The book is also expressly a record of the author’s experi-ence in the applications of spectrum analysis. It is eminently readable and the various problems with which the spectroscopist is confronted are discussed with enviable lucidity. The initial chapter deals with the fundamental aspects and general principles of spectrum analysis.It is a brief and somewhat elementary account but affords a satisfactory introduction to a book which claims to deal only with the “practice” of spectrum analysis. Subsequently methods used to render the sample luminous are discussed. These include the flame and arc and spark discharges. Mention is made of the use of oxy-coal gas and oxy-hydrogen flames but curiously enough nothing is said of the air-acetylene flame which is now so widely adopted for the determination of alkalis and alkaline earths in solutions. The description of the principal optical features of the prism spectrograph should enable the spectroscopist to understand what may be expected from the various types and assist him to make the best use of his instrument.Too often too much is taken for granted when the modern spectrograph arrives from the manufacturer “ready for use.” The section on the photographic plate is ex-tremely limited in its scope and makes no mention of the characteristic features of emulsions required for different types of work. When discussing the essential features of diffraction grating spectrographs the author also compares them with the prism instrument from the point of view of versatility. He concludes that if circumstances permit of the employment of only one spectrograph then a prism instrument should be chosen. The apparent lack of interest in gratings in the past has in the reviewer’s opinion been due to the fact that they have not been readily obtainable in this country whereas prism instruments of high quality have.The book is mainly concerned with qualitative analysis and this forms the subject of two excellent chapters one dealing with general procedure the other with the individual elements. The spectral characteristics of the “raies ultimes” -the lines last to disappear as the concentration of an element is reduced-are discussed and the author has developed a simplified nomenclature to indicate the energy levels between which electron transitions have occurred to cause the emission of these lines. The method fails to give a quantitative measure of the energy required to effect such transitions but should help the beginner to grasp the underlying significance of the “raies ultimes” and also to form a clear mental picture of what occurs during sample excitation.The information given for the individual elements is presented in a convenient form for the spectro-scopist concerned with qualitative analysis. The reader is warned not to accept the author’s word as final but to be prepared to be guided by his own experience, since so many factors contribute towards spectral line intensities. Quantitative analysis is dealt with in a matter of seven pages and the author states in his preface that this adequately reflects the present achievement in this field. The reviewer cannot accept this as a fair assessment however since it is because it has become possible to make quantitafive determinations that there has been such a rapid increase in the use of spectrum methods of analysis during the last few years.About half the book consists of tables of line sensitivities identification lists and reproductions of various types of spectra. In a busy laboratory this will become the most thumbed section of the book. By then however the reader for whom the previous part has been his introduction to spectrum analysis will turn to those earlier pages for refreshment of his knowledge with a deeper appreciation of the learning and experience embodied in them J. H. OLDFJELD. [ 403 Chemical Engineers’ Handbook. Edited by John H. Perry. Revised 3rd Edition. Pp. xv + 1942. (London New York and Toronto McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc. 1950.) €7 4s. 6d. To review the 3rd Edition of Perry’s “Chemical Engineers’ Handbook” is a pleasant task since the Handbook is already well known and highly regarded, and the new edition is an all-round improvement on previous ones.There are two groups of people-those who already know of “Perry” and its virtues and those who for one reason or another do not. If therefore we commence with a recital of its virtues those to whom it has already proved of value will no doubt accord the reviewer their indulgence. However much we may deplore dependence upon American publications, there is no doubt that practising chemical engineers must needs have a “Perry” to their hand. In thirty sections dealing with unit processes and matters of basic interest it affords a concise explanation of current knowledge supported by references to the technical literature and tabulated data. As a compilation of information in one cover “Perry” is unrivalled but it is also of first-rate interest and value to the industrial chemist faced with a rapidly developing industry and the need for ever increasing liaison with the chemical engineer.The industrial chemist may however find the various sections rather heavy going; the information presented is in a very concise form and when dealing with the sections in detail some previous knowledge of the subject-matter is a distinct advantage. This very conciseness however is of considerable merit if a general knowledge of the subject only is required. The reliability and accuracy of “Perry” has so far as the writer is aware never been questioned. Considering now those to whom “Perry” is an old friend the 3rd Edition has been produced not only with increased page size but also with decreased thick-ness which makes the volume considerably easier to handle and enables the diagrams and graphical data to be presented on a larger scale.The index has been increased and is little short of foolproof. The sections have been revised slightly but the difference between the 2nd and 3rd editions is not immediately obvious from the list of contents. The detailed changes are best indicated by quoting the preface: “The following sections have been thoroughly revised Flow of Fluids; Heat Transmission; Solvent Extraction; Mixing; Adsorption; Physical and Chemical Data; Physical and Chemical Principles; Mathematics; Mathematical Tables and Weights and Measures; Humidification Dehumidification Spray Ponds and Cooling Towers; Fuels; Electrochemistry; Refrigeration; Electricity and Electrical Engineering; Materials of Construction; Mechanical Separations; Safety and Fire Protection; and Accounting and Cost Finding.“The following sections have been rewritten and expanded Size Reduction ; Power Generation; Gas Absorption; Distillation; Plant Location; Drying; Movement and Storage of Materials; Process Control; and High Pressure Technique. In addition the following chapters have been rewritten and expanded Low-temperature Refrigeration and Processes; Miscellaneous Methods of Mechanical Separations; and Sublimation. “The following new sections have been added in this edition General Theory of Diffusional Operations; Furnaces and Kilns; Size Enlargement; Azeotropic Distillation; Multi-component Distillation; Extractive Distillation; Molecular Distillation and Dialysis.“The following sections or chapters have been deleted in the present edition in order to use the space for material believed to be more valuable in this hand-book Reports and Report Writing; Indicators; Qualitative Analysis; Organic Chemistry. The material on indicators however has been revised and placed in another section. As a result of these changes some of the handbook sections have had to be renumbered.” [ M As always with new editions it is a matter of some difficulty to decide whether the improvements which in this case are considerable justify their purchase when an earlier edition is available. While many chemists may question the high cost involved there is no doubt that the 3rd edition has much to commend it in comparison with its predecessors of 1934 and 1941.H. w. c R E ~ R . BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED The Pharmaceutical Industry in Germany during the period 1939-1945. B.I.O.S. Surveys Report No. 24. J. B. M. Coppock. Pp. 120. (London H.M. Stationery Office 1950.) 3s. 6d. net. The German Coal Tar and Benzole Industries during the period 1939-1945. B.I.O.S. Surveys Report No. 25. A. L. Deadman and G. H. Fuidge. Pp. 181. (London H.M. Stationery Office 1950.) 5s. 6d. net. Pocket Encyclopedia of Atomic Energy. Frank Gaynor. Pp. 204. (New York Philosophical Library Inc. 1950.) $7.50. Technical Data on Fuel. Edited by H.M. Spiers. Pp. xv + 517. (London: British National Committee World Power Conference 1950.) 25s.net, postage 63d. Recommended Methods for the Sampling and Determination of Moisture in Coke, at Coke Ovens and Blast Furnaces. Report of the South Yorkshire Coke Quality Panel. Pp. vi + 17. (London The Joint Coke Consultative Commit tee 1 9 50). National Physical Laboratory Report for the Year 1948. Pp. viii 4 64. (London H.M. Stationery ORice 1950.) British Standard 1583 1950. One-mark Bulb Pipettes. (British Standards Institution 24-28 Victoria Street London S.W.l. 1s. 9d. net. 2s. net post free). PUBLICITY FOR CHEMISTRY The Chemical Council has approved the final report of its Committee of Enquiry on Publicity for British Chemistry. In this report stress is laid on the potential value of articles on chemical topics in the more prominent weekly papers as well as in some of the more important daily papers and the Chemical Council has decided to send to the Press copies of a provisional list prepared by the Committee of persons qualified both as chemists and as writers who have indicated their willingness to contribute occasional articles of this kind.The Royal Institute of Chemistry has accepted the invitation of the Chemical Council to act as a centre to direct enquiries from editors to appropriate experts. In the Chemical Council’s letter to the Press emphasis is laid on the need for ensuring that articles will not be treated in a way that distorts the meaning or destroys the balance of presentation. It is insisted that neither the con-tributors of articles nor the Officers of the Institute should be troubled by telephone enquiries on items of “hot news,” since there is a risk of information so obtained being incorrectly reported SUMMER SCHOOL IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 1950 When it was first suggested that a Summer School in Analytical Chemistry should be organised by the London and South-Eastern Counties Section it was immediately recognised that any such venture should comprise a full share of practical work in addition to specialist lectures and demonstrations not that the organisers believed that within the short space of one week it would be possible to give complete instruc-tion in the large number of the newer-mainly physical-techniques available to analytical chemists but that the opportunity of handling and operating the various pieces of apparatus involved would be of maximum benefit to those taking part.It was therefore a matter of very real regret that many of those seeking both practical and theoretical instruction had to be disappointed owing to very keen competition. Some idea of the popularity of the School can be gained from the fact that only ten days after the original announcement was made in December 1949 one of the courses was completely filled yet during the week immediately preceding the School applications were still coming in for this and the other courses. The moral is obvious but one cannot but sympathise with those late comers whose applications were held up while some cumbersome machinery was set in motion to decide whether or not they should be sent in.It is to be hoped that on any future occasion ways and means may be found to prevent this sort of thing recurring although in such matters there is often something to be said for taking the law into one’s own hands. However every late applicant had the opportunity of attending the lectures and demonstrations although some intending to travel long distances understandably considered this alternative not worth while. Participation in the courses was restricted to members of the Institute and of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists. Experience confirmed the wisdom of this decision and in spite of all the limitations 211 chemists attended from all over the British Isles and one came from as far as Athens. Of these 144 were able to take lectures and practical work the remainder attending lectures and demonstrations only.The School consisted of four concurrent courses dealing with (i) polarography (ii) absorption and emission spectroscopy (iii) organic micro-analysis and (iv) radio-chemical analysis absorptiometry, fluorimetry nephelometry and chromatography. A full list of the individual lectures and lecturers is given at the end of this article. Much of the success of the School must be attributed to the four organisers of these courses Dr. A. J. Lindsey Mr. D. W. Wilson Mr. Gerald Ingram and Dr. R. E. Stuckey respectively. In addition to the four main courses of study an introductory address which was attended by all students was given by the Deputy Government Chemist Dr. J. R.Nicholls C.B.E. F.R.I.C. on “The Development and Selection of Analytical Methods,” in which he placed special emphasis on the relative functions of the chemist and the technician in the analytical laboratory. [ 406 A concluding address was given by the President under the title of “Analytical Chemistry in the British Universities.” A series of four lectures on “Statistical Methods with special reference to Analytical Chemistry,” by Mr. Dennis Read was exceptionally well attended over three-quarters of the whole school being present at all four lectures. These four lectures are to be published in the Institute’s series of Lectures, Monographs and Reports and will be available to all members in due course. Finally it is a pleasure to record the indebtedness of the organisers to all those manufacturers of apparatus who so generously co-operated in the arrangement of the practical classes by lending costly instruments and providing demonstrators ; to all lecturers and demonstrators many of whom came long distances to assist; to the authorities of the Imperial College of Science and Technology the Imperial Institute and the University of London Laboratories for their help in providing accommo-dation for the lectures and practical classes; and to all those willing helpers who in various ways made this venture possible.LECTURE PROGRAMME General Lectures “The Development and Selection of Analytical Methods,” Dr. J. R. Nicholls C.B.E.; “Analytical Chemistry in the British Universities,” Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. ; “Statistical Methods, with special reference to Analytical Chemistry,” Mr.D. R. Read. Polarographic Analysis (Course 1) “Principles of Polarography” and “Techniques of Polarography,” Dr. W. Cule Davies ; “Determination of Metals by Polarography,” Mr. A. S. Nickelson ; “Organic Polarography,” Mr. J. Haslam ; “Biochemical Applications of Polarography,” Dr. J. E. Page ; “Polarography as a Method of Fundamental Research,” Dr. J. O’M. Bockris ; “Recent Developments in Polarographic Instrumentation,” Mr. L. Airey. Absorption and Emission Spectrochemical Analysis (Course 2) “Basic Principles of Spectrochemical Analysis,” Dr. A. C. Menzies ; “Emission Spectroscopy-Instruments,” Mr. E. S. Dreblow ; “Absorption Spectro-scopy-Instruments,” Dr. G. H. Twigg ; “Qualitative Emission Spectro-scopy,” Mr.B. S. Cooper ; “Quantitative Emission Spectroscopy,” Mr. H. T. Shirley ; “Ultra-Violet and Visible Absorption Spectroscopy,” Professor R. A. Morton F.R.S. ; “Infra-red Absorption Spectroscopy,” Dr. H. W. Thompson F.R.S. ; “Some Recent Applications of Spectro-chemistry,” Dr. E. A. Braude. Organic Micro-analysis (Course 3) “Operational Techniques in Organic Micro-Analysis,” Dr. C. L. Wilson ; “Qualitative Organic Micro-Analysis,” Miss M. Corner ; ‘‘Determination of Elements in Organic Compounds,” Mr. G. Ingram ; “Determination of Groups in Organic Compounds,” Mr. A. J. Nutten ; “Determination of Oxygen in Organic Compounds,” Dr. W. T. Chambers ; “Determination of Fluorine [ 407 in Organic Compounds” and “Applications of Organic Micro-analysis,” Mr.R. Belcher. Absorptiornetry Fluorimetry Chromatography and Radio-Chemical Analysis (Course 4) “Introduction to Radio-chemistry,” Mr. F. Morgan ; “Measurement of Radiation,” Dr. J. F. Duncan ; “Application of Radio-chemistry to Analytical Chemistry,” (I) Mr. A. A. Smales and (11) Mr. A. W. Kenny ; “Ab~orptiometry,~’ (I) Mr. R. A. C. Isbell and (11) Mr. E. J. Vaughan ; “Fluorimetry and Nephelometry,” Mr. R. A. C. Isbell ; “Chromatography-Basic Principles,” Dr. Tudor Jones ; “Inorganic Chromatography,” Mr. R. A. Wells ; “Organic Chromatography,” Dr. Tudor Jones. KENNETH PANKHURST. ACTIVITIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS Birmingham and Midlands.-On 6 September about 200 young chemists accepted an invitation by the Midland Chemists’ Committee to an informal tea at the University of Birmingham to meet Professor E.L. Hirst F.R.S. President of Section B of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. The guests were received by Professor Hirst and Mr. J. R. Leech J.P. Chairman of the Committee and during tea they were able to meet amongst others, Professors Sidgwick Wardlaw Melville Stacey and Hunter and Dr. D. C . Martin. Mr. Leech took advantage of the occasion to impress upon his audience the importance of associating with a chemical professional organisation and likened the advantages of such association to those which accrue when research workers operate as a well-balanced team. Hull and District.-Mr. R. W. Moncrieff well-known as a writer on a wide range of subjects was the speaker at the meeting on 9 January on “Olfaction and Odour” and provided for inspection a series of organic compounds to illustrate the relation between odour and chemical constitution.On 13 February Sir Jack Drummond delivered a lecture on “The Function of Fats in OUT Food.” Prior to the meeting the guests at an informal dinner included the President and Hon. Secretary of the local section of the Pharma-ceutical Society. Many members of the Pharmaceutical Society accepted the invitation to hear the lecture and these together with Institute members and students present contributed to a very successful meeting. The discussion was vigorous and at times amusing. Mr. T. Harrison President of the local section of the Pharmaceutical Society ably expressed the thanks of all to the lecturer.Mr. D. J. T. Bagnall seconded the motion on behalf of Institute members. A social evening was enjoyed by some 70 members and friends on 23 March in the Grill Room of the Royal Station Hotel. Mr. and Mrs. A. P. Backshell welcomed members and their guests. Mr. Bagnall was the question-master in a round of “Twenty Questions” in which a conscripted team of married chemists easily scored over their single colleagues. Mr. R. C. Taylor with members of the Hessle Operatic and Dramatic Society then entertained for nearly an hour with a shortened concert version of The Quaker Girl. After refresh-ments an unusual entertainment in more serious vein followed when Mr. M. W. Craven Jackson assisted by Mr. K. F. Scott gave a lecture-demonstration of hypnosis. [ 408 Dr.R. Holroyd of I.C.I. Ltd. lectured on 17 April on “The Chemistry of Aviation Petrols.” The attendance was rather disappointing but a considerable number of apologies for absence were recorded from members. The lecture was very interesting especially to those engaged in research and development programmes. Dr. E. C . Craven proposed a vote of thanks which was seconded on behalf of the visitors by Mr. G. E. Gray. The Fourth Annual General Meeting took place on 8 May when the following were elected:-Hon. Secretary Dr. W. H. Pedelty; Hon. Treasurer Mr. R. S. Howard; Hon. Auditor Mr. M. D. Rogan; Committee Mr. L. H. Coulson and Mr. R. B. Croad. The following resolutions were adopted (1) That in the coming session Section meetings should be held on Thursdays so that members from Lincolnshire could take advantage of the late return ferry facilities; (2) That the May meeting be discontinued and the Annual General Meeting be held in April; (3) That an Hon.Recorder be appointed by the Committee to collaborate with the Hon. Secretary in matters of publication of lectures and Section activities; (4) That the Section welcomes the co-operation of the Hull Chemical and Engineering Society in the Joint Syllabus especially when it is recalled that for many years it was the only society catering for chemical interests in the area. The Hon. Secretary’s Annual Report was adopted. Thanks were expressed to Mr. W. E. Bibby for assistance with publications to Mr. H. E. McGrath for his services as lanternist and to Mr. P. H. Cutting for his work as representative on the Yorkshire Council for Further Education.The business meeting closed with a tribute to the fine work of the Chairman Mr. A. P. Backshell during the Session. The meeting was then opened to visitors an$ students to hear Dr. H. Baines lecture on “The Photographic Latent Image. Members of the Hull Photographic Society present by invitation participated in the discussion. THE REGISTER DEATHS Fellows George Mason Hills M.A. B.Sc. (Oxon.). Frederic Herbert Lees. Barker North A.R.C.S. Theodore Rendle. Walter Frederick Robins B.Sc. (Lond.). Thomas Richard Walker M.A. (Cantab.) M.1nst.F. Donald Cumming Wilson BSc. (Edin.) A.H.-W.C. F.R.S.E. Associates Harry Noel Griffiths BSc. Ph.D. (Liv.). William Kenneth Latham Harding.Frederick Harold Hurren. Eric Cecil Keeley B.Sc. (Lond.). Harold Mennell. William John Phillips B.Sc. (Lond.). Anthony Melland Robinson M.A. (Cantab.). John Foryd Whalley B.Sc. (Liv.). William Henry White B.Sc. (Vict.). William Stanley Wood BSc. (Manc.) OBITUARY Ernest Bryan Adams died on 13 July 1950 in his 64th year. He was educated at Acton Higher Grade School and Birmingham Central Secondary School and entered the University of Birmingham in 1906 graduating B.Sc. with 1st Class Honours in chemistry and M.Sc. In 1911 he was appointed works chemist to Curtiss and Harvey Cliffe, Kent and in the following year became chemist in charge of their cordite factory. From 1919 to 1923 he was research chemist at the Blackley works of British Dyestuffs Ltd.and was then appointed chief chemist to J. M. Mandle-berg and Co. Ltd. In 1925 he became chief chemist to the English Sewing Cotton Co. Ltd. Manchester and held this appointment up to the time of his death. He was the author of several papers and patent specifications. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1925. Herbert Edon-Brown died on 26 September 1949 in his 74th year. He was educated in France at the Lycee Janson de Sailly Paris and studied chemistry under Berthelot at the University of Paris during 1891-92. He continued his scientific training at King’s College London 1892-94. From 1894 to 1897 he was second assistant to the late Sir Edward Frankland. After short periods with A. Boake Roberts and Co London and La Compagnie GCnCrale d’oxygkne Paris he entered the cement industry being chemist to Hilton Anderson Brooks and Co.Martin Earle and Co. Casebourne and Co. Hall and Co. and Cia. Anglo-Espaiiola de Cementos Portland between 1899 and 191 3. From 191 3 to 191 6 he was a consulting chemist and engineer and in the latter year was appointed chemist and manager to the Nitrogen Products and Carbide Co. Ltd. In 1921 he became a partner in the firm of Paillard and Benoit and practised also as a consulting chemist in food manu-facture. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1916. Harry Noel Griffiths died on 30 July 1950 in his 45th year. He received his early education at Runcorn County Secondary School and Widnes Municipal Secondary School and his scientific training at the University of Liverpool where he graduated B.Sc.with 2nd Class Honours in chemistry in 1930. He was a research student in the Department of Industrial Chemistry of the University from 1930 to 1933 and obtained the degree of Ph.D. in the latter year. He then joined the staff of the Southern Oil Co. Ltd. Traf€ord Park, Manchester as an assistant chemist. At the time of his death he was technical superintendent of the Company. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1935. Eric Cecil Keeley died on 22 December 1949 in his 48th year. He was educated at Maidstone Grammar School and King’s School Canter-bury. From 1921 to 1923 he was a pupil in the laboratory of the late P. A. Ellis Richards. In 1923 he entered King’s College London and graduated B.Sc. of the University of London in 1926.In 1927 he obtained an appointment in the laboratories of Bovril Ltd. as an analyst and in later years was engaged on the research side of the organisation. During the last war he served as a Gas Identification Officer in the London area. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1927 Harold Mennell died on 22 April 1950 in his 65th year. He received his early education at the Central Higher Grade School Man-Chester and entered the Manchester Municipal College of Technology in 1901 to study applied chemistry (dyeing) gaining the diploniz in chemistry and chemical technology in 1904. He was assistant chemist to J. Crosfield and Sons Warrington 1905-6, and analytical chemist to the Fuel Saving Co. Manchester 1906-8. From 1908 to 1917 he was an analyst in charge of the laboratory of the London and North-Western Railway Carriage Works at Wolverton.After a year as research chemist to L. B. Holliday Ltd. Huddersfield he joined the staff of the British Deystuffs Corporation Ltd. Huddersfield in 191 8. In 1922 Mennell was appointed cotton technologist to Tootal Broadhurst Lee Co. Ltd. Manchester. He was subsequently a chemist to the Company and at the time of his death was works chemist and departmental manager at their Sunnyside Mills. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1921. Barker North died on 11 July 1950 in his 81st year. He received his scientific training at the Royal College of Science London, from 1885 to 1858 and was awarded the Associateship of the College. He continued at the College carrying out research under Sir Edward Thorpe until 1890.After two years as assistant to Benedict Kitto and a year as research assistant to Sir Norman Lockyer he became chemistry master at Longton Technical School in 1893. In 1895 he was appointed lecturer in chemistry and physics at the Army Training College. Felixstowe. North went to Bradford Technical College in 1901 as senior lecturer in chemistry and assistant professor. In 1920 he was appointed head of the Evening Department and Registrar of the College and held these posts until his retirement in 1932. He was the author of two text-books of chemistry and of several papers in scientific journals. Keenly intcrested in scientific education he was a past president of the Association of Teachers in Technical Institutions.He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1917. Theodore Rendle died on 29 July 1950 in his 66th year. He was educated at the Carpenter Company’s Institute. After spending two years in the laboratories of A. Boake Roberts and Co. and a year as assistant to the late B. E. R. Newlands he was for eight years chief assistant to the late A. R. Ling. He studied meanwhile at the East London College. In 191 1 he was appointed chief chemist to Hargreaves Brothers and Co. Ltd., Hull. He returned to A. Boake Roberts and Co. in 1916 as chief chemist and works manager. In 1921 he resigned this position and went back to Hargreaves Brothers and Co. to assume the technical management of all their factories. Finally in 1924 he joined the staff of Chivers and Sons Ltd.Histon Cambridge, as chief chemist and senior technician. At the time of his death he was senior technical manager of the firm and of M.P.P. (Products) Ltd. Rendle published numerous papers on food chemistry and technology in scientific and technical journals. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1940. Frederic William Rixon died on 13 July 1950 in his 71st year. He graduated B.Sc. of the Victoria University of Manchester with 1st Class Honours in chemistry in 1899 and proceeded to M.Sc. In 1901 he was awarded an 1851 Exhibition Scholarship and went to the University of Giessen where he obtained the degree of Ph.D. [ 411 About 1909 he was appointed lecturer in chemistry in the University of Bristol and was senior lecturer for many years prior to his retirement a few years ago.During the 1914-18 war he was on the staff of the Deputy Inspector of High Explosives Liverpool Area and was in charge of the work in Bristol. He published several papers in English and German scientific journals. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 19 18. Thomas Richard Walker died on 26 July 1950 in his 60th year. Educated at the Royal Grammar School Lancaster he entered Peterhouse in 1909 obtaining 1st Class Honours in the Natural Science Tripos University of Cambridge in 1912 and the degree of M.A. From 1913 to 1915 he was tutor in chemistry and physics at St. George’s College London. In 1915 he was appointed to take charge of the statistics and returns office of Cammell Laird and Co. was appointed chief metallurgical chemist at their Grimesthorpe Works in 1917 and became superintendent of the Company’s chemical laboratories in 1920.On the amalgamation of the steel interests of Cammell Laird and Co. and Vickers-Armstrong Ltd. under the title of the English Steel Corporation Ltd. in 1930 Walker became chief chemist of the Corporation with headquarters in Sheffield a position he continued to hold up to the time of his death. He served on many committees connected with the steel industry and fre-quently contributed papers to technical journals. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1938. William Henry White died on 6 June 1950 in his 74th year. He was educated at Leeds Higher Grade School and Leeds Boys’ Modern School and received his scientific training at the Yorkshire College (now the University of Leeds) graduating B.Sc.of the Victoria University in 1895. He obtained the B.Sc. degree of the University of Leeds in 1905. In 1898 he was appointed assistant science master at Leeds Middle Class School being promoted to senior science master in 1901. From 1907 to 1920 he was a teacher of chemistry at Leeds Central High School. He became chemistry master at Glendale County School Wood Green in 1920 and continued in this post until his retirement in 1938. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1922. William Stanley Wood died on 10 February 1950 in his 52nd year. Educated at Southport College and Oundle School he received a com-mission in the Royal Artillery in 1917 saw active service in France and was awarded the Military Cross in 1919.On demobilisation in 1919 he entered the Victoria University of Manchester, where he graduated B.Sc. with 1st Class Honours in chemistry and subsequently spent a year in research. In 1923 he was appointed assistant chemist to Waterdale and Co. Ltd., Prestwich and was later works manager and chemist. In 1932 he became manager of Manchester Dyers (1914) Ltd. and in 1934 was appointed director and manager of the wire works of J. Royston Son and Co. Ltd. Halifax. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1923 NOTES PERSONAL Dr. L. H. Ahrens Fellow has been appointed Assistant Professor in the Department of Geology Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Professor A. J. Allmand M.C. F.R.S. Fellow has received the title of Professor Emerita on his retirement from the Daniel1 Chair of Chemistry at King’s College University of London which he has held since 1938.He has been professor of chemistry at King’s College since 1919. Dr. W. H. Brindley M.C. Associate has received the honorary degree of M.Sc. of the University of Manchester for industrial and public services. Mr. A. C. H. Cairns Associate has been appointed to the Board of Industrial Soaps Ltd. Warrington. Mr. W. E. Carlton Associate government chemist Zanzibar Protectorate, has been appointed to succeed Dr. W. D. Raymond O.B.E. Fellow as govern-ment chemist Tanganyika Territory. Mr. H. J. G. Challis Fellow has been appointed Division Chief Analyst in the Research Department Imperial Chemical Industries (Metals Division), Witton Birmingham.Mr. T. C. Denston Fellow has been appointed Secretary to the British Pharmacopoeia Commission on the retirement of Dr. C. H. Hampshire, Fell0 w. Mr. T. H. Gant M.B.E. Fellow has been elected an Honorary Associate of the Central Technical College Birmingham. Dr. E. G. Hallsworth Associate senior lecturer in agricultural chemistry in the University of Sydney Australia has been appointed to the newly-created chair of agricultural chemistry in the University of Nottingham as from I January 195 1. Mr. E. H. Hopkins Fellow has been appointed technical manager of the vitamin oils department of the Crookes Laboratories Ltd. Dr. J. Kenyon F.R.S. Fellow has retired from the position of Head of the Chemistry Department of Battersea Polytechnic which he has held for thirty years.Mr. A. E. Leighton C.M.G. Fellow has retired from the position of Con-sultant on Explosives to the Department of Supply Commonwealth of Australia, an office which he assumed after his retirement from the post of Controller-General of Munitions Supply just prior to the 1939-45 war. Dr. M. K. Maitra Fellow has been appointed Chief Inspector of Explosives to the Government of India. Dr. Hubert Martin Fellow lately reader in biochemistry in the University of Bristol has taken up the appointment of Director of the Science Service Laboratory recently built by the Canadian Department of Agriculture at the University of Western Ontario London Ontario. Dr. F. L. Rose Fellow has received the degree of D.Sc. of the University of Nottingham.Dr. J. L. Shinwell Fellow has been appointed to take charge of the research department of British Vinegars Ltd. Professor F. G. Young F.R.S. Fellow professor of biochemistry in the Uni-versity of Cambridge has been appointed a member of the Medical Research Council INSTITUTE ANNOUNCEMENTS EXAMINATIONS The Council has decided that in future Examinations for the Fellowship will be held in January and September in each year instead of in April and September. Examinations will be held in January 1951 as follows:-For the Associateship: In the week beginning Monday 15 January in London. If the number of entries is large some candidates in the London area may be required to do their practical exercises on Wednesday to Saturday 10 to 13 January inclusive.Candidates who have not yet been accepted should obtain from the Registrar the prescribed form of application without delay so as to leave ample time to secure thereon the necessary signatures certifying that they have complied with the Regulations concerning their courses of training. The completed application form must reach the Institute not later than Monday 9 October 1950. No application in respect of the January Examination will be considered if received later than that date. Entry forms will be sent as soon as they are ready to all candidates who have been previously accepted and to those whose applications have been received as above and accepted. The last date for the receipt of entry forms will be Monday 13 November 1950, after which no entry can be accepted.For the Fellowship: In the week beginning Monday 22 January in London or elsewhere at the discretion of the Council. Last dates for application and for entry as for the Associateship except that candidates who desire to present themselves for examination in a Special Branch of work must submit their entry forms before Monday 9 October. SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING Revision of By-Laws A Special General Meeting of the Institute will be held at 5.30 p.m. on Friday 20 October 1950 at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C. 1 to consider a resolution relating to the revision of the By-Laws. A notice of the Meeting is enclosed with this issue of the Jourtzal together with a copy of the proposed new By-Laws and the existing By-Laws and an explanatory article will be found on p.373. NOMINATION AND ELECTION OF DISTRTCT MEMBERS OF COUNCIL Fellows and Associates are reminded that for the election of District Members of the Council to take office from 27 April 1951 nominations should be received at the offices of the Institute on or before Monday 11 December, 1950. Tn accordance with By-Law 30 (I) the Districts were defined by the Institute in General Meeting held on 7 March 1921 and amended in 1923 1935 1937 and on 21 October 1949. The Districts were then defined as follows for the 414 purpose of the election of District Members of Council for 1950-51 and for future years until these definitions have been further amended:-Reference number of District. England.I. 11. 111. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. Names and reference letters of Local Sections whose areas constitute the territory of the District. Birmingham and Midlands (C). Bristol and District (D); Mid-Southern Counties (R); South-Western Counties (W). East Midlands (H). Leeds Area (N); Huddersfield (L). Liverpool and North-Western (0). London and South-Eastern Counties (P); East Anglia (G). Manchester and District (Q). Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast (S); Tees-Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands (U); Hull side (X). and District (M). Wales and the County ~f Monmouth. South Wales (V); Cardiff and District Scotland. Aberdeen and North of Scotland (A); Dundee and Dis-11. Edinburgh and East of Scotland (J); Stirlingshire and 111.(E); North Wales (T). I. trict (FF). District (WW). Glasgow and West of Scotland (K). Northrn Ireland. Belfast and District (B). Republic uflreland. Dublin and District (F). Overseas. [Covering all areas outside Great Britain and Ireland.] Provisional nominations are also invited on or before the above date in (a) a District Member of Council for the proposed new District covering the area of the North Wales Section (Tj; (b) a second District Member of Council for the District “England VI.” Fellows nominated to these two additional places on the Council cannot be elected until the proposed new By-Laws have been approved by a General Meeting and allowed by the Privy Council and until the Council has passed a resolution under the new By-Laws giving effect to the intention to bring about these changes in District representation.The following Regulations apply to the nomination and election of District Members of Council: I. (1) Any ten* Members whose registered addresses are within any one District in Great Britain or Ireland as defined and adopted by the Institute in accordance with the By-Laws may nominate one eligible Fellow as a candidate for election as a District Member of Council for that District but no Member shall nominate more than one such Fellow; except that the Committee of any Local Section constituted in accordance with By-Law 94 2(a) may as such, nominate for election one candidate (or such greater number of candidates as is * Altered from “five” by resolution of the Council in order to bring the provision into line with that of the proposed By-Law relating to the nomination of General Members of Council.respect of the following: equal to the number of District Members of Council to be elected by the District), or if there be more than one Local Section in a District the Committees of all the Local Sections in that District shall sit jointly or consult in other agreed manner, for the purpose of making such nomination(s). (2) Any nomination made under these Rules shall be delivered to the Secretary at the Offices of the Institute on or before the second Monday in December in the year preceding the date of election and shall be in the following form:-“We the undersigned Members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry, do hereby certify that A.B. of (registered address). a Fellow of this Institute, is in our estimation a fit and proper person to be a District Member of the Council of the Institute and we do hereby nominate him as a candidate for election as a District Member of the Council.” (3) Any such nomination may consist of several documents in like form, The Member of Council for the Overseas District is elected by the Council. 11. (1) On or before the fifth day of January in any year the Council shall cause to be sent to every Member in each District in Great Britain and Ireland in the manner prescribed by By-Law 81 a balloting list containing the names of the candidates nominated for election as District Members of Council for such District and the balloting list shall indicate which if any of the candi-dates has been nominated by the Committee or Committees of the Local Section or Sections in the District each signed by one or more Members.(2) Each Member desirous of voting-(a) Shall record his vote for a District Member of the Council by making a cross against the name of the candidate for whose election he desires to vote but no Member shall vote for more than one such candidate for any particular vacancy. (b) Shall deliver or transmit his balloting list in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the signature of the Member addressed to the Secretary, at the office of the Institute so that it be received not later than the first post on the Monday immediately preceding the third Friday in January in the year for which the election is being held.111. (1) The envelopes containing the balloting list shall on the day before the third Friday in January in the year in which the election is held be opened by two Scrutineers neither Members of the Council nor candidates nominated for election as District Members of the Council who shall be nominated by the Council in December of the year preceding the election at a meeting con-vened with notice of that purpose. (2) The Scrutineers shall present their Report to the Council at the meeting on the third Friday in January convened with notice of that purpose. (3) The candidate (or in a District for which a greater number of District Members of the Council is to be elected that number of candidates) receiving the greatest number of votes in each District respectively shall be elected and in any case of an equality of votes the Council shall decide the matter by ballot.(4) If at any time after the balloting lists have been sent to Members and before the dissolution of the Annual General Meeting any candidate who would otherwise have been elected has died or has withdrawn his nomination or has in any way become ineligible for Membership of the Council then the candidate 416 having the next greatest number of votes shall be elected or if there be no such candidate the vacancy shall be filled as provided in Rule IV. (5) The election of District Members of the Council shall be notified to Members when they are served with the balloting list for the election of General Members of the Council at the Annual General Meeting.IV. After the first election any vacancy among the District Members of the Council occurring between the Annual General Meetings owing to death, resignation removal or otherwise shall be filled by the election by the Com-mittee of the Local Section in the District concerned of one eligible Fellow; or if there be more than one Local Section in the District the Committees of all the Sections therein shall hold a joint meeting or adopt such other procedure as may be agreed among them for the purpose of such election. If there be a casual vacancy in the case of the District Member of the Council for the Overseas District such vacancy shall be filled by the Council by the election of one eligible Fellow. The Fellows whose names are given below are the present Members of the Council for the Districts indicated.Those whose names are given in italics will have completed three successive years’ service on the Council and are ineligible for re-election in accordance with By-Law 23. England I. 11. 111. IV. V. VI . VII. VIII. IX. County of Monmouth Scotland I. Wales and the 11. 111. Northern Ireland Republic of Ireland Overseas Eric George Kemp Pritchett B.Sc. Charles George Lyons M.A. Ph.D. Frederick Cecil Bullock B.Sc. Arthur Clarence Francis A.H.- W.C. Bernard Dunstan Wilkinson Luff. Clifford Walter Herd B.Sc. Ph. D. John Thompson Marsh MSc. F.T.I. Herbert Edward Blayden B.Sc. Reginald Arthur Mott D.Sc. A.1.Min.E. John Oswald Samuel M.Sc. M.1nst.F. William Turner Horace Williamson B.Sc.Ph.D., Hugh Hannay Campbell B.Sc. A.H.-W.C. Ph.C. Archibald Robert Jamieson BSc. Cecil Leeburn Wilson M.Sc. Ph. D. AIfred Godfrey Gordon Leonard BSc. Ph. D., Charles Forrester K.-i-H. Ph.D. A.H.-W.C., F.R.S.E. F.R.C.Sc.I.,F.I.C.I. F.Inst.F. A.M.I.Chem.E. F.R.S.E. ANNIVERSARY MEETINGS 1951 and 1952 Preliminary notice is given that the next Annual General Meeting of the Institute will be held in London on Friday 27 April 1951. Other anniversary meetings will be held on this and the following day concluding with the anni-versary dinner at Grosvenor House Park Lane London W.I. on Saturday, 28 April. Particulars of these events will be announced in due course. The Council has accepted a cordial invitation from the Dublin and District Section of the Institute to hold the Anniversary Meetings in Dublin in 1952.It is understood that the Chemical Society is also considering holding its anniver-sary meetings in Dublin in 1952 and it is hoped that these may be arranged to take place in the same week and that some of the social events may be common to the two bodies. [ 417 TERMS OF ENGAGEMENT OF CHEMISTS As briefly announced in Journal 1950,111 217 the Registrar of the Institute, Mr. R. L. Collett M.B.E. will open a discussion on the above subject after the Annual General Meeting of the London and South-Eastern Counties Section, at the Waldorf Hotel Aldwych London W.C.2 on Wednesday 15 November, 1950. The discussion is being arranged with the co-operation of the Association of British Chemical Manufacturers.Members attending are particularly asked to bring with them Part I11 of the “Journal,” 1950 in which “Notes on Terms of Engagement of Chemists” were published. MELDOLA MEDAL LECTURE Dr. A. J. B. Robertson Meldola Medallist 1949 will give his Meldola Medal Lecture entitled “Some General Problems in the Study of Chemical Reactions,” under the joint auspices of the Institute and the King’s College Chemical Society in the Anatomy Lecture Theatre King’s College London, at 5.15 p.m. on Friday 1 December 1950. The chair will be taken by Professor A. Findlay C.B.E. M.A. D.Sc. LL.D. F.R.T.C. who will present the Meldola Medal to Dr. Robertson. It is regretted that in the announcement in Joiirnal IV 357 the day was given as Monday instead of Friday. OTHER ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES Handbook of Higher Technological Courses.-The Regional Advisory Council for Higher Technological Education has produced a handbook of advanced courses to be held in colleges in London and the Home Counties during 1950-5 1.The majority of the courses will comprise a number of evening meetings ranging from 3 or 4 to 25 or 30 on specialised aspects of technology or commerce. The subjects are those most likely to attract men and women already technically qualified by a degree Higher National Certificate or a similar qualification. The first edition is being widely circulated. To enable the Advisory Council to assess the demand for such a handbook a subscription form for the ensuing editions is being enclosed with each copy and the publication of further editions will largely depend upon the number of orders received.Any Members who wish for copies of the first handbook and/or any future issues should send a remittance of 2s. 6d. to Mr. G. B. Spary at 26 Tudor Road, New Barnet Hats. using the official form of subscription if they have received it. Courses at Acton Technical College.-( 1) A course of Lecture-Demonstrations on Microchemical Analysis to be held during the Autumn Term 1950 on Fridays at 7.30 p.m. began on 22 September. The remaining lectures are :-(i) Semi-micro and Microchemical Technique applied to Organic Chemistry : (ii) (a) Microchemical Analysis in Metallurgical Operations one lecture by (6) Microchemical Analysis applied in Analysis of Oils and Fats four lectures The course is intended for industrial chemists research workers and others Fee for the full course 20s.; for any one section 10s.four lectures by Miss M. Corner (20 October-10 November). Mr. C. Whalley (17 November). by Mr. C . Whalley (24 November-I5 December). who may be interested in modern microchemical technique (2) A series of advanced courses in the Chemistry and Technology of Plastics will be held during the Session 1950-51. The courses are part-time and are designed for chemists and engineers engaged in the industries associated with the use of plastics. Sessional fee for courses on Chemistry and Technology of Plastics or Plastic Machines and Mould Design and Technology of Plastics 35s.; single subject 20s. (3) A course of Lecture-Demonstrations in Biochemistry to be given by Dr.A . E. Bender during the Autumn and Spring Terms 1950-51 on Thursdays at 7.30 p.m. began on 28 September 1950. Part 1 of the course will consist of twelve lectures (28 September-14 December) on “Nutrition”; Part ,2 (1 1 January-15 March 1951) of ten lectures on “Enzymes their Nature and Function” and “Intermediary Metabolism.” Fee for the whole course 30s.; for each part 15s. Further particulars of the above Courses and Registration Forms may be obtained from the Principal Acton Technical College High Street Acton, London W.3. Courses at Chelsea Polytechnic.-(1) Six Post-graduate Lectures on “Syn-thetic Perfumery Chemicals Their Preparations and Olfactory Properties,” by Mr. A. 3. Krajkeman will be given on Fridays 13 October to 17 November, 1950 at 7.30 p.m.Fee for the course 10s. (2) Biochemistry.-Four groups of five lectures on Biochemistry to be given by Dr. E. M. Crook and Dr. F. L. Warren during the Autumn and Spring Terms on Mondays at 7.15 p.m. began on 2 October 1950. The lectures are designed for students who have a knowledge of chemistry to degree standard and wish to acquire a knowledge of general biochemistry. Fee for the whole course 40s.; for each part 10s. (3) The Chemistry arid Microscopy of Food Drugs and Water.-A special course of lectures and practical work based on the syllabus for the Fellowship of the Royal Institute of Chemistry Branch E to be given for 1st-year students on Tuesday and Thursday evenings during two complete sessions began on 26 September.Responsible Lecturer Mr. R. G. Minor; Lecturer in Materia Medica Mr. E. S. Mayer; Lecturer in Bacteriology Mr. A. W. G. Chetham; Assistant Lecturers and Demonstrators Mr. A. J. M. Bailey and Mr. W. R. Rankin. Course Fee for each Session €4 4s.; Laboratory Fee 5s.; Membership 1s. (4) Milk Processing and Control.-A Final Course Section B Chemical and Microbiological Control of Milk Processing began on 29 September, 1950. Fee 45s. (5) Dairy Technolu~gy.-Two series of four lectures will be given in the Chemistry Department at 7.15 on Tuesdays beginning respectively on 14 November 1950 and 13 February 195 1 . The lectures will be given by a number of different speakers and are designed to provide up-to-date information for persons holding managerial executive or technological posts in the industry as well as for food chemists Public Analysts and others of professional standing interested in milk.Fee for each series of lectures 7s. 6d. Further particulars of the above Courses may be obtained from the Principal, Chelsea Polytechnic Manresa Road London S.W.3. [ 419 Courses at the Sir John Cass College.-A programme of Special Courses to be held during the forthcoming session has been issued of which the following is a summary :- . Wave Mechanics and Molecular Structure (6 meetings) beginning 3 1 October 1950; lecturer Professor C. A. Coulson F.R.S. Fee 15s. Crystal Physics (lo) 5 October 1950; Mr. L. A. Thomas. 25s. X-ray Crystallography (lo) 4 January 1951; Mr. L. A. Thomas. 25s. Pure Mathematics-Real and Complex Variables.Three courses of 10 meetings each beginning 6 October 1950 12 January 13 April, 1951; Dr. W. L. C. Sargent. 25s. each course. Statistical Methods in Scientific and Industrial Research Statistical Analysis (1 2) 25 September 1950; Design of Experiments (1 2) 8 Janu-ary 1951; Mr. D. R. Reed. 40s. for complete course. Polarography (8) 13 April 1951; Dr. A. J. Lindsey and Mr. J. V. Westwood. 20s. Spectrochemical Analysis (12) 29 September 1950; Mr. A. S. Nickelson and Mr. A. R. Philpotts. 25s. Microchemical Analysis (lo) 11 January 1951; Mr. D. W. Wilson and Dr. Joy P. Stern. 25s. Heat Transfer (S) 6 October 1950; Dr. J. M. Coulson. 20s. Distillation (8) 12 January 1951; Mr. G. A. Dummett. 20s. Thermodynamics for Chemical Engineers (16) 10 October 1950; Mr.N. W. Roberts. 27s. 6d. Industrial Law (12) 28 September 1950 Mr. Eric Walker. 25s. Patents (8) 25 January 1951 ; Mr. Eric Walker. 20s. General Technology of Petroleum (20) 28 September 1950; Mr. L. W. G. Firmin Mr. P. F. Ellis Mr. S. A. Hunn and Dr. E. J. Boorman. 30s. Domestic and Industrial Fuel 1st year course (17) 17 October 1950; 2nd year (1 9) 18 October 1950; 3rd year and revision (1 2) 1 1 January, 1951. Lectures mainly by staff of the Fuel Research Station. 25s. each course. Solid Fuel Analysis (12) January 1951; Mr. L. J. Edgcombe. 25s. Further particulars of any of the above courses may be obtained from the Principal Sir John Cass College Jewry Street Aldgate London E.C.3. Courses at Northampton Polytechnic.-(1) A course of ten lectures on “Refractories their Manufacture Properties and Uses,” will be given in the Department of Applied Chemistry by Mr.L. R. Barrett on Tuesdays at 7 p.m., from 3 October to 5 December 1950. Fee for the course 30s. (2) In the Department of Applied Physics courses have been arranged on : “X-ray Diffraction,” by Mr. A. E. de Barr on Tuesdays at 7 p.m. beginning on 12 October 1950 “Industrial Spectroscopy,” by Mr. C. A. Padgham on Wednesdays beginning on 13 October 1950. (3) A class in Scientific German is being organised during the forthcoming session. Applications for admission to these courses should be made to the office of the Polytechnic St. John Street London E.C.l. Course at the College of Technology Bristo1.-A course of twelve Post-Graduate Lectures on “The Corrosion of Metals and their Protection” will be given by a panel of specialist lecturers on alternate Fridays at 7 p.m.through-out the Winter Session beginning 6 October. Fee for the course 42s. Further particulars and enrolment forms may be obtained from the Head of the Department of Science College of Technology Unity Street Bristol I . [ 420 Courses at Manchester College of Technology.-(1) A course of lectures and laboratory instruction based on the syllabus for the F.R.I.C. Branch E.: “The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs and of Water,” to be given by Mr. A. Alcock (City Analyst Salford) during the 1950-51 session on Monday and Thursday evenings began on 2 October. (2) A course of about twenty lectures on “Theoretical Aspects of Colour Chemistry,” by Dr.A. Burawoy will be held on Wednesdays from 6.15 to 7.15 p.m. beginning 18 October 1950. Particulars of the above courses may be obtained from the Principal College of Technology Manchester 1. Post-Advanced Courses in Chemistry in the Merseyside Area.-Particulars have been published of courses of lectures to be held during the 1950-51 Session at the City College of Technology Byrom Street Liverpool the Municipal Technical College Gamble Institute St. Helens the Municipal Technical College Victoria Square Widnes and the Wigan and District Mining and Technical College. Details may be obtained on application to the Principal of any of the above Colleges. Fee for the course 35s. Conference on the Biological Hazards of Atomic Energy.-A two-day conference on this subject is being arranged jointly between the Institute of Biology and the Atomic Scientists’ Association with the support of the British Association for the Advancement of Science on Friday and Saturday 20 and 21 October 1950 at the Royal Institution Albemarle Street London W.1. The object of the Conference is to consider on the basis of the available facts from both the biological and physical aspects the possible biological hazards arising from the development and application of atomic science. There will be four sessions I. Biological and Medical Effects of Nuclear Radiations (Chairman Sir Henry Dale); 11. Tolerance Levels and Measures of Protection (Chairman Sir John Cockroft); 111. Biological Implications (Chair-man Sir Ernest R.Carling); IV. Atomic Energy and the Future (Chairman, Lord Boyd Orr). Arrangements axe in the hands of a joint committee under the chairmanship of Professor A. Haddow Chester Beatty Research Institute, Royal Cancer Hospital Fulham Road London S.W.3. International Scientific Film Association.-The Fourth Congress of the Association will be held in Florence from 14 to 22 October 1950. Particulars may be obtained from the Scientific Film Association 4 Great Russell Street, London W.C. 1. MEDALS AND PRIZES Harrison Memorial Prize.-The Selection Committee consisting of the Presidents of the Chemical Society the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Pharmaceutical Society will make an award of the Harrison Memorial Prize in December 1950 if there is a candidate of sufficient distinction to warrant an award.The Prize not exceeding 2150 will be awarded to the chemist of either sex, being a natural-born British subject and not over 30 years of age on 1 December, 1950 who in the opinion of the Committee shall during the previous five years have conducted the most meritorious and promising original investiga-tions in Chemistry and published the results in a scientific periodical or periodicals. Applications (5 copies) should give the full name of the applicant; age (birth certificate must accompany the application); degrees (with name of University) any other qualifications and experience; titles of published papers (with names of co-authors) including full references to publication; where research was carried out; testimonials and references; any other relevant particulars.Applications or nominations must be received by-the President The Chemical Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.1. not later than 1 December, 1950. The Meldola Medal.-This medal is the gift of the Society of Maccabaeans and is normally awarded annually. The next award will be made early in 1951 to the chemist who being a British subject and under 30 years of age at 31 December 1950 shows the most promise as indicated by his or her published chemical work brought to the notice of the Council of the Royal Institute of Chemistry before 31 December 1950. No restrictions are placed upon the kind of chemical work or the place in which it is conducted.The merits of the work may be brought to the notice of the Council either by persons who desire to recommend the candidate or by the candidate himself by letter addressed to “The President Royal Institute of Chemistry 30 Russell Square London W.C. 1 ,” the envelope being marked “Meldola Medal.” Beilby Memorial Awards.-From the interest derived from the invested capital of the Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund at intervals to be determined by the Administrators representing the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Institute of Metals awards are made to British investigators in science to mark appreciation of records of distinguished work. Preference is given to investigations relating to the special interests of Sir George Beilby including problems connected with fuel economy chemical engineering and metallurgy and awards are made not on the result of any competition but in recognition of continuous work of exceptional merit bearing evidence of distinct advancement in science and practice.In general awards are not applicable to workers of established repute but are granted as an encouragement to younger men who have done original independent work of exceptional merit over a period of years. The Administrators are empowered to make more than one award in a given year if work of sufficient merit by several candidates is brought to their notice. For 1949 three awards each of one hundred guineas were made to Mr. F. R. N. Nabarro Dr. C. E. Ransley and Dr. K. W. Sykes respectively. Consideration will be given to the making of an award or awards from the Fund early in 3951 and the Administrators will therefore be glad to have their attention drawn to outstanding work of the nature indicated not later than 31 December 1950.All communications on this subject should be addressed to the Convener of the Administrators Sir George Beilby Memorial Fund Royal Institute of Chemis-try 30 Russell Square London W.C. 1. Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize.-The next award of this Medal and Prize (value E l 0 10s.) will be considered by the Council in February 1951. The award will be made for the best essay not exceeding 3,000 words in length on “The Attractions of Chemistry as a Career,” submitted by a Registered Student who is not more than 22 years of age on 31 December 1950.The Council reserves the right not to make an award if no essay of sufficient merit is received. The object of the awards is to encourage Students to give thought to matters of professional and historical interest and to express their ideas in clear and concise English Essays must be forwarded to the Secretary of the Institute at 30 Russell Square London W.C.1 to reach him not later than 31 December 1950. En-velopes must be endorsed “E. Frankland Prize.” Each essay must be accompanied by a signed declaration that it is the independent work of the candidate. The Newton Chambers Prize Essay Competition 1950.-In 1945 Messrs. Newton Chambers & Co. Ltd. offered to the South Yorkshire Section (now the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section) of the Institute a sum of El00 per annum for seven years for the award of an annual prize for contributions to the subject of Chemistry and Industrial Welfare.The object of the award is to encourage chemists particularly younger chemists to make greater use of their knowledge of chemistry and their facilities for experi-mental work to enhance the existing knowledge of Industrial Welfare. Applica-tions to compete for the Award for 1950 are invited under the following conditions :-1. The 1950 competition is open to all Fellows Associates and Registered Students of the Royal Institute of Chemistry. 2. The 1950 Award is offered for an essay paper or papers published or unpublished embodying the candidate’s own observations or experi-mental work on some aspects of the application of chemistry to the promotion of Industrial Welfare.The term “Industrial Welfare” will be widely interpreted. Such matters as safety measures handling of toxic materials the training of personnel smoke and fume abatement personal protection for the employee comfort in working protective clothing, health of operatives and so on but not political implications are all within its scope. A critical examination of existing knowledge is admissible to the competition providing that the conclusions reached constitute an addition to the knowledge of the subject. 3. Each candidate must transmit to the Hon. Secretary Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section Royal Institute of Chemistry (Rap. K. C. Barraclough BSc. F.R.I.C. The Brown Firth Research Laboratories Princess Street Sheffield 4) to reach him on or before 31 December 1950:- (a) A formal letter of application to enter the competition stating his name address date of birth and status (Fellow, Associate or Registered Student) in the Institute; (b) two copies of each essay or paper submitted together with a brief statement in duplicate, indicating in what respect the essay or paper advances knowledge of the application of chemistry to the promotion of Industrial Welfare; and (c) a declaration by the candidate that the work is his own or in the case of joint papers a statement signed by the candidate and his collaborators as to the extent to which the results and conclusions are the work of the candidate.4. The decision of the Committee of the Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section on any matter connected with the Award is final.The Committee will pay due regard to the age of candidates and the conditions under which they are working. The Committee may at its discretion divide the Award between two or more candidates or may withhold the Award if no entry of sufficient merit is received. 5. The Committee may require a candidate to attend for interview in con-nection with his application. 6. The Committee reserves the right to publish the successful essay or paper (if not already published) in whatever form it thinks desirable. Royal Society of Arts 1951 Prize.-As part of the Society’s celebrations of the centenary of the Great Exhibition of 1851 which it originated and as a constructive effort to assist the nation in its present difficulties the Council of [ 423 the Royal Society of Arts propose to award on 1 May 1951 a Prize of a Gold Medal and a sum of E500 for an entirely new and outstanding contribution to the national economic recovery.In so doing they will be reviving the method of offering prizes for inventions and other objects which was employed by the Society in its early years with profound benefit to the nation. Holding the opinion that no line of economic development is of greater importance to this country at the present time than the improvement of its home food supplies the Council have decided to offer the Prize for A Means of Promoting the Production or the Economic Utilisation of Food in Britain. The proposal may be quite general or may be concerned with any particular branch or aspect of food production.Examples of the kind of proposal which the Council are seeking are an overall plan; a scheme for encouraging a return to the land; a system to ensure the marketing of perishable food (such as fish and vegetables) in better condition. Proposals submitted must be as well documented as possible and the Council have therefore decided not to prescribe any fixed limit of length for written communications. At the same time they wish to impress upon all competitors the importance of conciseness in their remarks. The Judges may require some practical demonstration of any mechanical device or process submitted. Entries which may be submitted by British subjects citizens of the Common-wealth and the Irish Republic and foreigners permanently resident in the United Kingdom must reach the Secretary of the Royal Society of Arts John Adam Street Adephi London W.C.2 by 1 March 1951 and the Couficil’s decision which will be final will be made on the recommendation of a panel of Judges whose names will be announced in due course.If so advised by the Judges the Council retain the right to withhold all or part of the Prize. The patent rights or copyright of all entries will remain the property of the competitors but the Society will have the right to exhibit a prizewinning entry or publish it in the Society’s Journal. RESEARCH GRANTS AND SCHOLARSHIPS The Chemical Society Research Fund.-The Research Fund of the Chemical Society provides grants for assisting research in all branches of chemistry, about &700 per annuni being available for this purpose.Applications from Fellows of the Society will receive prior consideration. Application form3 may be obtained from the General Secretary The Chemical Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l and should be returned not later than 1 November, 1950. New Zealand Post-Graduate Scholarship-The New Zealand Council of Scientific and Industrial Research is offering a post-graduate scholarship to enable a British graduate in science or engineering to spend two years in the Dominion. Particulars can be obtained from the New Zealand Scientific Office Africa House Kingsway London W.C.2. 1424 COMING EVENTS The following list has been compiled from the latest information available.The Institute cannot hold itself responsible for changes that may be made of which it may receive no notification. Under each date meetings arranged by Local Sections of the Institute arc listed first in alphabetical order of Sections. Next come meetings of The Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry. Finally meetings of other organisations are mentioned. 1950 October 10 BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS “Plastics.” Mr. P. R. Hawkins at Loughborough College Loughborough at 7.15 p.m. Scientific Instrument Manufacturers’ Research Association.” Mr. A. J. Philpot C.B.E. at the College of Technology Manchester at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Cardiff and District Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry South Wales Section) “The Nutritive Value of Flours of Different Colour.” Dr.D. W. Kent-Jones at University College Cathays Park Cardiff at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Visit to the Pest Infestation Laboratory London Road Slough (3 p.m.). “Factors Affecting the Distribution of Fumigants.” Mr. W. Burns Brown at the Grammar School Slough at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Manchester and District Section) Student Section Annual General Meeting. “The Work of the Royal Institute of Chemistry.” Mr. J. T. Marsh at the Royal Technical College Peel Park Salford, at 6 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group Microbiological Panel) : Symposium on “Air Disinfection and Sterilisation,” in the Large Hall of the Medical Society of London 11 Chandos Street Cavendish Square London W.l at 3 p.m.INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM “The Role of Petroleum in European Recovery.” Mr. Vernon Smith at Manson House 26 Portland Place London W.1, at 5.30 p.m. MANCHESTER METALLURGICAL SOCIETY “A Metallurgist in the Chemical Industry.” Mr. E. J. Heeley at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square, Manchester at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Bristol Section) “The Changing Face of Chemical Industry.” Dr. A. C. Monkhouse in the Chemical Department The University Woodland Road Bristol 8 at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section) “The Profession of Chemistry.” Professor W. Wardlaw C.B.E. at the Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7.30 p.m.THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Radio-active Isctopes their Production in Atomic Piles and Some Industrial Uses.” Dr. J. E. Johnston at Acton Technical College High Street, Acton London W.3 at 7 p.m. Place names are printed in heavy type. SOCIETY OF INSTRUMENT TECHNOLOGY (North-West Section) “The British 11 12 [ 425 October 12 CHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting for the reading of original papers in the Rooms of the Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.1 at 7.30 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Scottish Section) “Accelerated Weathering-so called.” Mr. P. J. Gay at St. Enoch Hotel Glasgow, at 7.15 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY “History of Rubber.” Lecture at the Bell Hotel Leicester at 7.30 p.m.1 3 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section) “Some Chemical Aspects of Cancer Research.” Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. at The University Edmund Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Dundee and District Section) “Chemistry in Relation to Soil Science.” Dr. W. T. H. Williamson in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Dundee at 7 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute South Wales Section and University College of Swansea Chemical Society) “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Sulphur Compounds occurring in Nature.” Professor F. Challenger at University College Swansea at 5.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the University College Chemical Club) : “Research in the Paint Industry.” Dr. J. W. Dorling in the Washington Singer Laboratories Prince of Wales Road Exeter at 5 p.n.CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University College of North Wales Chemical Society) “Studies in the Synthesis of Flavours.” Professor T. S. Wheeler in the Department of Chemistry University College of North Wales Bangor at 5.45 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Liverpool Section) Chairman’s Address. Dr. S. J. Kennett in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University, Liverpool at 6.30 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Manchester Section) “The Appli-cation of Rheology to some Problems of Linoleum Manufacture.” Dr. S. R. W. Martin at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 2 p.m.; and “Topics in Colloid Chemistry.” Dr. A. S. C. Lawrence at the Town Hall Cheetham at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Manchester Section) “The Swelling of Fibres.” Dr.W. W. Barkas at the Gas Showrooms Town Hall Extension Manchester at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF GLASS TECHNOLOGY (North-West Section) “The Chemical Durability of Glass.” Professor W. E. S. Turner O.B.E. F.R.S. at the Gas Showrooms Radiant House St. Helens at 6 pm. TEXTILE INSTITUTE (Scottish Section) “Research in Industry” (Film) : Mr. H. Corteen at the School of Economics Dundee at 7.30 p.m. 14 MIDLAND CHEMISTS’ COMMITTEE Dinner-Dance in Queen’s Hotel, Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. 16 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Some Chemotherapeutic Problems in Tropical Diseases.” Brigadier J. S. K. Boyd O.B.E. at the Bull Hotel Dartford at 7.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Yorkshire Section) Jubilee Memorial Lecture “Solid and Catalytic Reactions.” Professor W.E. Garner, C.B.E. F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Leeds, at 7 p.m. 17 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group) “Iodinated Proteins and Thyroxine in Animal Husbandry.” Dr. K. L. Blaxter in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre Royal College of Science South Kensington London S.W.7 at 2.30 p.m. r 426 October 17 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Newcastle Section) “Potassium Deposits in North-East Yorkshire.” Dr. A. Fleck at Newcastle upon Tyne. BRADFORD CHEMICAL SOCIETY “The Chemical Structure of Wool.” Dr. S. Blackburn at the Technical College Bradford at 7 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY (Scottish Section) Film Evening at the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders 39 Elmbank Crescent, Glasgow C.2 at 7.30 p.m.SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Scottish Section) “A Study of the Metachrome Dyebath.” Dr. G. H. Lister at St. Enoch Hotel, Glasgow at 7 p.m. HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY (jointly with Hull Association of Engineers) “Coal Mining Industry.” Mr. L. Tagg at Church Institute Albion Street Hull at 7 p.m. INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS (North-Western Utilization Group) : “Some Notes on Electrical Installations in Large Chemical Factories.” Mr. D. B. Hogg M.B.E. at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square, Manchester at 6.15 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM (Northern Branch jointly with the Society of Manufacturers of Petroleum Equipment) Meeting at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.30 p.m.18 THE INSTITUTE (East Midlands Section jointly with the Institute of Fuel): “Industrial Waste Water.” Dr. B. A. Southgate in the Electricity Showrooms Derby at 7.15 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Symposium on “The Chemist Outside the Laboratory” “The Chemist as an Administrator,” Dr. D. W. Hill; “The Chemist as a Company Director,” Dr. W. D. Scott; “The Chemist as a Technical Salesman,” Mr. R. S. Tarring; “The Chemist as an Information Officer,” Mr. S. E. Fox. At the Cora Hotel Upper Woburn Place London W.C.1 at 3.30 p.m. (Tea.) PLASTICS INSTITUTE (Scottish Section) “Thermosetting Moulding,” Mr. H. L. Morgan; “Some Applications of Resins and Plastics in Paper Conversion,” Mr. J. L. Melville at the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders 39 Elmbank Crescent Glasgow C.2 at 7.30 p.m.INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM (Northern Branch jointly with the Institute of Fuel North-Western Section) “The Fuel Heat and Power Aspects of the Petroleum Chemicals Plant for Petrochemicals Ltd. Partington.” Mr. E. Bonwitt and Mr. H. E. Charlton at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 2 p.m. 19 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University of Nottingham Chemical Society) Lecture by Professor Wynne-Jones at The University, Nottingham at 6.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute Manchester and District Section and the Society of Chemical Industry Manchester Section): “The Chemistry of the Tropolones.” Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S., in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Manchester at 6.30 p.m.SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Northern Ireland Section and Food Group jointly with the Institute Belfast and District Section) “The Application of Science in the Baking Industry.” Dr. J. B. M. Coppock, in the Agriculture Lecture Theatre Queen’s University Elmwood Avenue Belfast at 7.30 p.m. r 427 October 19 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Road and Building Materials Group, jointly with the Royal Institute of British Architects) “Building Stones of London.” Mr. R. J. Schaffer in the Lecture Hall Institution of Struc-tural Engineers 11 Upper Belgrave Street London S.W.l at 6 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM “Planning a Large Scale Crude Oil Development in a Desert Region.” Mr. C. A. P. Southwell M.C. at the Grosvenor Hotel Chester at 7.15 p.m.SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Scottish Section) “pH Control and Practical Wool Dyeing.” Dr. G. H. Lister at the Scottish Woollen Technical College Galashiels at 7.30 p.m. ROYAL SANITARY INSTITUTE “Detection of Enteric Carriers in Towns by means of Sewage Examination,” Dr. B. Moore; “Food Hygiene Scheme in a Health Resort,” Mr. G. L. Loveless. In the Council Chamber, Oldway Mansion Paignton at 10 a.m. 20 THE INSTITUTE (Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section) “Recent Work on the Transuranic Elements.” Dr. R. Hurst G.M. in the Chemistry Department Marischal College, Aberdeen at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with Birmingham University Chemical Society) “Chemistry and the Scattering of Light.” Dr.E. J. Bowen, F.R.S. at The University Edgbaston Birmingham 15 at 4.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute South-Western Counties Section and the Society of Chemical Industry) “The Basic Principles of Chemical Engineering.” Mr. M. B. Donald at the Technical College, Plymouth at 5 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with St. Andrews University Chemical Society) : “Historical Science as an Instrument of Culture.” Professor John Read, F.R.S. in the Chemistry Department United College St. Andrews at 5 p.m. BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at the National Institute for Medical Research Mill Hill London. PHARMACEUTICAL SOCIETY (Hull Branch) “The History of the Hull Medical School.” Mr.W. Hay at Imperial Hotel Hull at 8 p.m. 21 SOCIETY OF LEATHER TRADES’ CHEMISTS (Manchester Group) “Vegetable Tanning,” Dr. D. Burton M.B.E.; “A Repairer’s Viewpoint on Leather,” Mr. W. L. Roberts. At the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester, at 2 p.m. 23 INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS (North-Eastern Centre) “Some Notes on Electrical Installations in Large Chemical Factories.” Mr. D. B. Hogg M.B.E. at the Neville Hall Westgate Road Newcastle upon Tyne at 6.15 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY (Manchester Section) “Engineering in the Rubber Industry.” Mr. E. Morris at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.15 p.m. 24 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Chemical Engineering Group) “Flow Pattern in Furnaces” and film “Film Flow.” Dr.J. H. Chesters at Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1. INSTITUTE OF PHYSICS (London and Home Counties Branch) “The Preparation and Publishing of a Scientific Paper.” Dr. H. R. Lang at the Institute of Physics 47 Belgrave Square London S.W.1 at 5.30 p.m. [ 428 October 25 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Alchemists’ Club and the Andersonian Chemical Society) “Recent Developments in Macrocyclic Pigments.” Professor R. P. Linstead C.B.E. F.R.S. at the Royal Technical College, George Street Glasgow C.l at 3.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Editing for the Chemical Society.” Dr. R. S. Cahn, in the Chemical Laboratory Trinity College Dublin at 7.45 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group Nutrition Panel) “Factors in Distribution Affecting the Quality and Nutritional Value of Foodstuffs.” I.Dr. G. A. Reay and Dr. E. H. Callow in London. PLASTICS INSTITUTE (London and District Section) “The Limitations Qf Plastics.” Dr. V. E. Yarsley at the Waldorf Hotel Aldwych London, W.C.2 at 6.30 p.m. MANCHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY (Chemical Section 1 : “Stainless Steel” (Technicolour Films). At Reynolds Hall College of Technology finchester at 5.30 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS (London Section) “Research Aspects of Polyvinyl Chloride Plastics.’’ Mr. C. E. Hollis at the Wellcome Research Institute 183 Euston Road London N.W.l at 7 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS Meeting at The University Edmund Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS “Some Implications of the First Report of the Wool Dyes Committee.” Mr.B. Kramrisch at the King’s Head Hotel Loughborough at 7 p.m. BRITISH COKE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION Conference on “Coal Blending for Carbonisation in Coke Ovens.” In the Lecture Theatre of the Royal Society of Arts 6 John Adam Street London W.C.2 at 2 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PHYSICS (Education Group) “The Technical University.” Lord Eustace Percy at the Fyvie Hall The Polytechnic Regent Street, London at 3 p.m. (Admission by ticket.) 25-28 INSTITUTE OF PHYSICS Conference on “Some Aspects of Fluid Flow,” at Ashorne Hill nr. Leamington Spa. 26 THE INSTITUTE (Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Edinburgh Section) “The Scientific Examination of Pictures.” Dr.A. E. Werner, at the North British Station Hotel Edinburgh at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Manchester and District Section) Sixth Dalton Lecture, “The Physical Chemistry of Iron and Steel.” Sir Charles Goodeve, F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Manchester, at 6.30 p.m. PHARMACEUTICAL SOCIETY (Manchester Salford and District Branch) : “Modern Developments in Pharmaceutics.” Mr. B. J. Thomas in the Council Chamber Houldsworth Hall Manchester at 7.45 p.m. 27 THE INSTITUTE (Cardiff and District Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry South Wales Section) Dinner at the Royal Hotel, Cardiff. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the Cambridge University Chemical Society) “Science in Criminal Investigation.” Dr.G. E. Turfitt at the University Chemical Laboratory Pembroke Street Cambridge at 8 p.m. 429 October 31 THE INSTITUTE (Leeds Area Section jointly with the Leeds University Chemical Society) “Why Flour Improvers are used. The Agene Problem.” Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre, The University Leeds at 6.30 p.m. HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY “Ultramarine.” Mr. H. N. Kay at Church Institute Albion Street Hull at 7.30 p.m. November 1 THE INSTITUTE (Cardiff and District Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry South Wales Section) “The Scattering of Light by Small Particles and some Applications to Colloid Chemistry.” Mr. H. A. Vodden at Newport. INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS (Tees-side Sub-centre) “Some Notes on Electrical Installations in Large Chemical Factories.” Mr.D. B. Hogg M.B.E. at the Cleveland Scientific and Technical Institute, Middlesbrough at 6.30 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS Short illustrated lectures at Radiant House Bold Street Liverpool at 7 p.m. 2 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Bristol Section) “The Hahn Emanation Technique.” Dr. J. S. Anderson in the Chemical Department The University Woodland Road Bristol 8 at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Liverpool and North-Westem Section) “Some Applications of Science in the Detection of Crime.” Dr. J. B. Firth in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Liverpool at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “The Nature of Plastics” (with a film).Mr. D. Mahon at the Technical College Brighton at 7 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Symposium “Tropolones and Allied Compounds,” arranged by Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. in the Rooms of the Society, Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1 at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University of Nottingham Chemical Society) “The Cortisone Problem.” Professor C. W. Shoppee in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Nottingham at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Nottingham Section) “Brown versus White Bread.” Mr. J. N. Fears at the Gas Showrooms Nottingham, at 7.15 p.m. TEXTILE INSTITUTE (Scottish Section) Meeting at Kilmarnock. 3 THE INSTITUTE (Tees-side Section) “Meteorites.” Professor F.A. Paneth, F.R.S. at the William Newton School Junction Road Norton, Stockton-on-Tees at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with St. Andrews University Chemical Society) : “Chemical Aspects of the Cell Nucleus.” Professor J. N. Davidson in the Chemistry Department United College St. Andrews at 5 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Glasgow Section) “Ion Exchange Materials.” Dr. T. Currie at the Royal Technical College George Street Glasgow C.1 at 7.15 p.m. PHARMACEUTICAL SOCIETY (Hull Branch) “Vitamin B,-Recent Develop-ments.” Dr. E. Lester Smith at Imperial Hotel Hull at 8 p.m. 4 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Recent Developments in Rheology.” Dr. D. W. Scott Blair in the Zoology Lecture Theatre The University Reading at 2.30 p.m.(Tea.) [ 430 November 4 INSTITUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS (North-Western Branch) “Glass-lined Equipment used for the Preparation of Organic Compounds.” Mr. C. H. G. Hands and Mr. F. R. Whitt; “Experimental Determination of Jacket Film Heat Transfer Coefficients for Merrill Oil Dowtherm and Tetracresyl Silicate.” Mr. E. Barton and Miss E. V. Williams at Reynolds Hall College of Technology Manchester at 3 p.m. 6 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (London Section Food Group and Agriculture Group) “Scientific Aspects of Wine Production.” Mr. R. Barrington Brock M.B.E. in the Rooms of the Chemical Society, Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 6.30 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Hull Section jointly with Hull Chemical and Engineering Society) “Metal Spraying.” Mr.A. R. Old and Mr. W. E. Ballard at Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7 p.m. 7 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Film Display, at Norwood Technical College Knights Hill London S.E.27 at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Manchester and District Section) “Industrial Developments in the Polymer Field over the last twenty years.” Dr. E. Isaacs at the Municipal Technical College Manchester Road Bolton at 7 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group Crop Protection Panel) “Physico-Chemical Problems in the Use of Insecticides.” Dr. G. S. Hartley in the Rooms of the Geological Society Burlington House, Piccadilly London W.l at 5.30 p.m. ELECTRODEPOSITORS’ TECHNICAL SOCIETY (Midlands Centre) “Storage and Handling of Acids.” Dr.H. Saenger at the James Watt Memorial Institute Great Charles Street Birmingham 3. 8 THE INSTITUTE (Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section) “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Poly-cyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons.” Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. in the Chemistry Department Marischal College Aberdeen at 5.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Rockets and Chemistry” (with films). Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths at the County School Ridgeway Road Isleworth at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Manchester and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Manchester Section) : “Catalysed Oxidation.” Professor C.E. H. Bawn in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Manchester at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group) “The Significance of Aqueous Vapour Pressure in the Food Industry.” Mr. F. R. Jones Mr. R. W. Money Dr. J. B. M. Coppock and Mrs. D. E. Cookson in London. INSTITUTE OF FUEL (North-Westem Section) “Steam Raising Utilisation and Costing.” Mr. R. H. Thompson at the Grosvenor Hotel Chester, at 7 p.m. MANCHESTER METALLURGICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute of Metals) : “Metallic Materials used in the Construction of Lamps and Valves.” Dr. B. P. Dudding at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester, at 6.30 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM “Stability of Mineral Oils in Toilet and Cosmetic Preparations.” Dr. W.W. Myddleton at Manson House 26 Portland Place London W.l at 5.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS “The Felting of Animal Fibres.” Dr. J. B. Speakman at the Bull Hotel Nuneaton at 7 p.m. 431 November 9 THE INSTITUTE (Belfast and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Northern Ireland Section) : Annual Dinner in Belfast. THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section) “The Public Analyst and his Work.” Mr. T. McLachlan D.C.M. at Royal Station Hotel Hull, at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the West Ham Municipal College Chemical Research Club) Film Display at West Ham Municipal College Romford Road London, E.15 at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Stirlingshire and Distrrct Section) “Coal Tar Research.” Dr.D. McNeil at the Golden Lion Hotel Stirling at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University of Nottingham Chemical Society) “Recent Chemical Applications of Electric Dipole Moment Measurements.” Mr. L. E. Sutton F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Nottingham at 6.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute Liverpool and North-West-ern Section the Society of Chemical Industry Liverpool Section and the British Association of Chemicals) “Polymerisation and its Reversal.” Professor F. S. Dainton in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The Univer-sity Liverpool at 4.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF GLASS TECHNOLOGY (North-West Section) “Glass in the Ceramic Industry.” Mr. W. S. Ratcliffe at the Gas Showrooms Radiant House St.Helens at 6 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Manchester Section) “Scientific Methods of Examining Paintings.” Mr. F. I. G. Rawlins at the En-gineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.30 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Scottish Section) “Paint Machinery-Latest Developments.’’ Mr. G . R. MacFarlane at St. Enoch Hotel Glasgow at 7.15 p.m. INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS (Utilization Section) “Some Notes on Electrical Installations in Large Chemical Factories.” Mr. D. B. Hogg M.B.E. at the Institution of Electrical Engineers Savoy Place, London W.C.2 at 5.30 p.m. 9-10 THE INSTITUTE (Belfast and District Section) Talks for Schools on “Careers in Chemistry.” Professor F. Challenger and Miss M. Olliver, in Belfast.10 THE INSTITUTE (Dundee and District Section) “Bond Lengths Their Measurement and their Significance.” Professor E. G. Cox in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University St. Andrews at 5 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Editing for The Chemical Society.” Dr. R. S. Cahn, in the Washington Singer Laboratories Prince of Wales Road Exeter, at 5 p.m. BEDSON CLUB “Resonance Transfer of Energy between Molecules.” Dr. E. J. Bowen F.R.S. at Newcastle upon Tyne. TEXTILE INSTITUTE [Scottish Section) Question Night at the School of Economics Dundee at 7.30 p.m. 13 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointIy with the Chelsea Polytechnic Chemical Society) “The Physical Chemistry of Haemolysis.” Dr. J. H. Schulman O.B.E. at Chelsea Polytechnic, Manresa Road London S.W.3 at 7 p.m.1432 November I 3 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Fine Chemicals Group) “The Chemo-therapy of Cancer.” Professor A. Haddow at the Royal Institution, Albemarle Street London W.l at 7 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Yorkshire Section jointly with the Brad-ford Chemical Society) “Chemical Processing for the Textile Industry.” Mr. J. G. Evans at the Technical College Bradford at 7 p.m. I4 THE INSTITUTE (Liverpool and North-Western Section “Partition Chroma-tography.” Dr. R. R. Goodall at Wigan and District Mining and and Technical College Wigan at 7 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Andrews Club) “Some Problems in the Chemistry of the Polysaccharides.” Professor E. L. Hirst F.R.S., in the Chemistry Department Queen’s University Belfast at 7.30 p.m.INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY (Scottish Section) “Safety in the Rubber Industry”; Report of the N.J.I.C. Committee. At 25 Charlotte Square Edinburgh at 7.30 p.m. HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING. SOCIETY “Chemicals from Petroleum.” Dr. J. L. Edgar at Church Institute Albion Street Hull at 7.30 p.m. 15 THE INSTITUTE (Cardiff and District Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry South Wales Section) “Solid and Catalytic Reactions.” Professor W. E. Garner C.B.E. F.R.S. at Cardiff. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Visit to Thomas Morsons Ltd. Ponders End Middlesex at 2.15 p.m. (Registered Students only.) Annual General Meeting. Discussion on “Terms of Engagement for Chemists,” to be opened by Mr.R. L. Collett M.B.E. at the Waldorf Hotel Aldwych London W.C.2 at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Birmingham and Midland Section) : “Recovery and Concentration of Acetic Acid in Cellulose Acetate Manufacture.” Mr. W. F. Hastie at The University Edmund Street, Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. INSTITUTE OF FUEL (North-Western Section) “The Coal-fired Open-cycle Gas Turbine.” Mr. W. V. Battcock at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM “Carbon Black Manufacture” (with Film). Mr. L. W. Cabot and Mr. J. W. Edminster at the Grosvenor Hotel Chester, at 7.15 p.m. 1 5-1 6 INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS (Utilization Section) Conference on “Electricity as an Aid to Productivity.” At the Institution of Electrical Engineers Savoy Place London W.C.2.16 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Bristol Section) Social Evening and Film Show at the Grand Hotel Bristol. THE INSTITUTE (East Midlands Section) “Research in Artificial Fibres.” Mr. J. G. N. Drewitt at the College of Technology Leicester at 7.1 5 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Manchester and District Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry Manchester Section) Dinner and Dance at the Midland Hotel Manchester. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting for the reading of original papers in the Rooms of the Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 7.30 p.m. 1433 November 16 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University ColIege Scientific Society) : “Recent Theories of Molecular Structure.” Professor Sir John Lennard-Jones K.B.E.F.R.S. in the Science Lecture Theatre Univer-sity College Hull at 6 p.m. SOCIETY of CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Road and Building Materials Group) : “The Manufacture of Fletton Bricks.” Mr. T. G. W. Boxall in the Lecture Hall Institution of Structural Engineers 11 Upper Belgrave Street London S.W.l at 6 p.m. TEXTILE INSTITUTE “The Manufacture of Viscose Rayon by the Continuous Process.” Mr. L. Rose at the Bull Hotel Nuneaton at 7 p.m. 17 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Annual Dinner-Dance in the Connaught Rooms Great Queen Street London, W.C.2 at 7 for 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Some Problems in Gas Flow and Sorption.” Professor R. M. Barrer in the Chemistry Department The University, Glasgow at 7.15 p.m.CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with ’the Southampton University College Chemical Society) “Kinetics of the Bacterial Cell.” Sir Cyril Hinshel-wood F.R.S. in the Physics Department University College South-ampton at 5 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute South Wales Section and the University College of Swansea Chemical Society) “Ion Exchange Resins.” Professor C. W. Davies at University College Swansea at 5.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Liverpool Section) “Manufacture Dis-tribution and Utilisation of Liquid Oxygen.” Mr. c. R. Houseman at Workington at 7 p.m. BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at St. Mary’s Hospital Medical School, London. 20 THE INSTITUTE (Leeds Area Section) Annual General Meeting.“Chemical Energy.” Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Leeds at 6.30 p.m. ELECTRODEPOSITORS’ TECHNICAL SOCIETY (London Centre) Annual General Meeting. “The Manufacture and Fabrication of Steel with special reference to Surface Quality.” Mr. T. Dennison at the Northampton Polytechnic St. John Street Clerkenwell London E.C. 1. 21 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the Welwyn Garden City Scientists’ Club) “Some Applications of Infra-red Spectroscopy to Organic Research.” Dr. H. P. Koch at The Cherry Tree Welwyn Garden City at 8 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Liverpool Section) Castner Memorial Lecture “Electrothermics and Electrothermal Processes.” Dr. Christian Aall in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Liverpool at 6.30 p.m.SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Chemical Engineering Group) “Some Aspects of Semi-Technical Scale Experimentation in Chemical Industry.” Dr. R. Holroyd at Burlington House Piccadilly London, w.1. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Plastics and Polymer Group) “Dielectric Properties of Terylene.” Mr. W. Reddish in the Rooms of The Chemical Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1 at 6.30 p.m. 1 434 November 21 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group) “Magnesium as a Plant Nutrient.” Mr. H. Trefor Jones in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre Royal College of Science South Kensington London S.W.7, at 5 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Scottish Section) “Fast Shades on Nylon.” Dr.C. T. Douglas at St.’ Enoch Hotel Glasgow at 7 p.m. 22 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Visit to the Royal Mint London E.C.3 at 2.15 p.m. (Registered Students only.) SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group Microbiological Panel) : “Recent Aids to the Study of Microbiology.” Sir Alexander Fleming, Dr. W. J. Elford Mr. D. A. Tanfield and Dr. W. H. Hughes in London. MANCHESTER L ~ R A R Y AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY (Chemical Section) : “Recent Developments in the use of Rayon.” Dr. H. A. Thomas at Manchester High School for Girls Grangethorpe Fallowfield Man-Chester at 5.45 p.m. MANCHESTER METALLURGICAL SOCIETY “Methods of Examination and Indentification of Aircraft Materials.” Mr. K. S. Rawlin and Mr. C. Wilkinson at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.30 p.m.PLASTICS INSTJTUTE (Scottish Section) “Thermosetting Moulding Materials and Recent Developments.” Mr. R. G. Farnsworth at the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders 39 Elmbank Crescent GIasgow C.2 at 7.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURIS’IS “The Dyeing of Wool-nylon Half-hose.” 7 p.m. Mr. H. Hadfield at the College of Technology Gicester at 23 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Bristol Section) “Cereal Chemistry.” Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones in the Chemical Department The University Woodland Road Bristol 8 at 7 p.m. THE INSTTRJTE (Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Edinburgh Section) “Homolytic Aromatic Substitution.” Professor D.H. Hey at the North British Station Hotel Edinburgh at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Chemistry and Fire Fighting.” Dr. N. 0. Clark at the Sun Hotel Chatham at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Tilden Lecture “A Chemotherapeutic Search in Retrospect.” Dr. F. L. Rose O.B.E. in the Department of Chemistry, University College of North Wales Bangor at 5.45 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute Liverpool and North-Western Section the Society of Chemical Industry Liverpool Section and the British Association of Chemists) “The Chemistry of Tropolone and some of its Derivatives.” Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Liverpool at 4.30 p.m.PLASTICS INSTITUTE (London and District Section) “A Survey of Poly-styrene Developments.” Mr. N. G. H. Thomas and Mr. D. G. Cavanagh, at the Waldorf Hotel Aldwych London W.C.2 at 6.30 p.m. 24 THE INSTITUTE (Glasgow and West of Scotland Section) “Electrostatic Forces in Chemistry.” Professor D. H. Everett M.B.E. at the Royal Technical College George Street Glasgow C.1 at 7.15 p.m. [ 435 November 24 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the St. Andrews University Chemical Society) “Homolytic Aromatic Substitution.” Professor D. H. Hey in the Chemistry Department United College St. Andrews at 5 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting for the reading of original papers at New-castle upon Tyne. ELECTRODEPOSITORS’ TECHNICAL SOCIETY (Sheffield and North-East Centre) “Silver Plating.” MI-.F. G. Parker at the Grand Hotel, Sheff ield. 25 THE INSTITUTE (North Wales Section) “Advances in Carbohydrate Chemistry.” Professor M. Stacey at Wrexham at 6.30 p.m. 27 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the Woolwich Polytechnic Scientific Society) Film Display at the Woolwich Polytechnic London S.E. 18 at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Manchester and District Section) Meeting for Registered Students. Reading of original papers; films. In Reynolds Hall College of Technology Manchester at 6.30 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY (Manchester Section) “The Con-tinuous Vulcanisation of Rubber Cables.” Mr. E. Tunnicliff at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.15 p.m. 28 THE INSTITUTE (Belfast and District Section jointly with the Andrews Club) : “Some Aspects of Cellulose Autoxidation.” Dr.D. Entwistle in the Chemistry Department Queen’s University Belfast at 7.30 p.m. TEXTILE INSTITUTE (Scottish Section) “The New Fibres.” Dr. B. P. Ridge, at the North British Hotel Edinburgh at 7.30 p.m. 29 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section) “New Techniques for the Investigation of Chemical Reactivity.” Professor H. W. Melville, F.R.S. at The University Edmund Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Visit to Kodak Ltd. Wealdstone Middlesex at 2 p.m. (Registered Students only.) BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS Scientific Film Show at Radiant House, Bold Street Liverposl at 7 p.m.30 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the University Chemical Society) Lecture by Professor M. Stacey F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Sheffield at 5.30 p.m. December 1 THE INSTITUTE (with the co-operation of King’s College Chemical Society): Meldola Medal Lecture-“Some General Problems in the Study of Chemical Reactions.” Dr. A. J. B. Robertson (Meldola Medallist, 1949) in the Anatomy Lecture Theatre King’s College Strand, London W.C.2 at 5.15 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section) “Instrumentation in Modern Methods of Analysis.” Mr. E. J. Vaughan in the Chemistry Department Marischal College Aberdeen at 7.30 p.m.CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute South-Western Counties Section and the Society of Chemical Industry) “Paper Making.” Dr. J. Grant in the Washington Singer Laboratories Prince of Wales Road, Exeter at 5 p.m. r 436 December 1 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with St. Andrews University Chemical Society) : “Micro Techniques in Chemistry.” Dr. A. F. Coulson in the Chemistry Department United College St. Andrews at 5 pm. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Manchester Section jointly with the Institute Manchester and District Section and the Chemical Society) : “The Application of Radioactive lsotopes in Industry.” Mr. K. Fearn-side at Reynolds Hall College of Technology Manchester at 6.30 p.m. ALL CHEMICAL SOCIETIES Ramsay Chemical Dinner at the Beresford Hotel, Glasgow at 6.45 p.m.2 INSTITUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS (North-Westem Branch) “The Associate Membership Examination.” Mr. G. U. Hopton at Reynolds Hall College of Technology Manchester at 3 p.m. 4 OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Hull Section) “Insulating Varnishes.” Dr. F. C. Stephen M.C. at Royal Station Hotel Hull, at 7 p.m. Process Controller.” Mr. J. R. Boundy and Mr. S. G. Bergen M.B.E., at the College of Technology Manchester at 7.30 p.m. 6 THE INSTITUTE (Livsrpool and North-Western Section) “Radiation and Light Sources for the Chemist.” Mr. W. H. Cumming at Widnes Municipal Technical College Widnes at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Visit to the Distillers Company Ltd. Hammersmith London at 2 p.m.(Registered Students only.) SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group jointly with the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists) “Applications of Paper Chromatographic Methods in the Sugar and Allied Industries.” Mr. H. C . S. de Whalley in London. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM “Spectroscopic Methods in Hydrocarbon Research.” Papers by Mr. J. G. Reynolds Dr. N. Sheppard and Dr. W. C. Price at Manson House 26 Portland Place London W.l, at 5.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society the Society of Chemical Industry Bristol Section and the Chemical Engineering Group) “Carbon as a Material of Construction.” Mr. A. W. Morrison in the Chemical Department The University, Woodland Road Bristol 8 at 7 p.m.THE INSTITUTE (Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast and Tees-side Sections jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry Newcastle Section) “What is a Chemical Bond ?” Professclr C. A. Coulson, F.R.S. at the University Chemical Laboratories South Road Durham, at 7.45 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Stirlingshire and District Section) “Manufdcture of Yeast.” Mr. R. F. Willrnott at the Lea Park Rooms Falkirk at 7.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Northern Ireland Section and Food Group) “Breserit-day Knowledge concerning Milk and Milk Prcducts.” Mr. N. Knowles in the Agriculture Lecture Theatre Elmwood Avenue, Belfast at 7.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL Ib. DUSTRY (Noitingham Section) “The Adreno-corticotrophic Hormone of the Pituitary Gland.” Dr. C. J.0. R. Morris at the Gas Showrooms Nottingham at 7.15 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Scottish Section) Lecture on “Printing Inks and Printing,” at St. Enoch Hotel Glasgow at 7.15 p.m. 5 SOCIETY OF INSTRUMENT TECHNOLOGY (North-W-cst Section) “An Electronic 7 437 December 8 THE INSTITUTE (Dundee and District Section) “Bituminous Products Pro-duction and Control.” Mr. Watson Mr. Merry and Mr. Wylie at the Royal British Hotel Dundee at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Glasgow and West of Scotland Section) “Problems in the Production of Useful Power from Atomic Energy.” Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E. at the Royal Technical College George Street Glasgow, C.l at 7.15 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section jsintly with the Chemical Society and University College Scientific Society) “Chemical Personalities a Century Ago.” Professor John Read F.R.S.in the Science Lecture Theatre University College Hull at 6 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (North Wales Section) “Acetylene and Acetylenic Com-pounds in Organic Synthesis.” Professor E. R. H. Jones F.R.S. at Bangsr at 5.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with Birmingham University Chemical Society) “Homolytic Aromatic Substitution .” Professor D. H. Hey, at The University Edgbaston Birmingham at 4.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Fine Chemicals Group) “The Preparation of Radio-active Materials in a High Degree of Purity.” Dr. W. J. Arrol in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre King’s College Strand, London W.C.2 at 7 p.m. BRADFORD CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Some Interesting Flow Phenomena.” Dr.G. F. Wood at the Technical College Bradford at 7 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PHYSICS (Manchester and District Branch) “The Structure of Coal.” Sir Charles Ellis F.R.S. in the New Physics Theatre The University Manchester at 7 p.m. BEDSON CLUB “The Application of Halogen Fluorides in Preparative Inorganic Chemistry.” Professor M. J. Emelem F.R.S. at Newcastle upon Tyne. 10 OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Manchester Section) “Partition Chromatography.” Dr. R. R. Goodall at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 2 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Manchester Section) “The Acramin Pigment Printing Process using aqueous binding agents.” Dr. Lochner, at the Gas Showrooms Town Hall Extension Manchester at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF GLASS TECHNOLOGY (North-West Section) “Refractories.” Dr.A. T. Green O.B.E. at the Gas Showrooms Radiant House St. Hellens at 6.30 p.m. 11 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry London Section and Fine Chemicals Group) “The Manufacture of Inorganic Chemical Reagents.” Mr. D. H. Bell at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street London W.C.l at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Yorkshire Section) “Paints Surface Finish and Design.” Dr. L. A. Jordan C.B.E. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Leeds at 7 p.m. INSTITUTE OF FUEL (North-Western Section) “The Coal-fired Open-cycle Gas Turbine.” Mr. W.V. Battcock at the Municipal Annexe Dale Street, Liverpol at 2.30 p.m.MANCHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY Ramsden Memorial Lecture. Professor Sir Robert Robinson O.M. P.R.S. at Reynolds Hall College of Technology Manchester at 5.30 p.m. r 438 December 12 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL TNDLSTRY (Chemical Engineering Group) “The Development of Catalysts in Industrial Chemistry.” Dr. Ir. Hoog at Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1. SOCIETY OF CiiEMrc AL INDUSTRY (Liverpool Section) Leverhulme Memorial Lecture “The F2ts 1900- 1950. An Essay in Historical Chemistry.” Professor 1’. P. Hilditch F.R.S. in the Chemistr:f Lecture Theatre The university Liverpool at 6.30 p.m. INSTITUTION OE THE RUBBER TNms-i KY (Manchester Section) “The Testing a d Grading of Raw Rubber.” Dr. C. M. Blow at the Engineers’ Club, Albert Square Manclaester at 6.15 p.m.SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Scottish Section) “Aspects of the New Petroleum Chemical Industry in the United Kingdom with special reference to the Textile Industry.” Mr. J. M. Butler at St. Enoch Hotel Glasgow at 7 p.m. HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY “Science and Building.” Dr. N. Gebbie at Church Institute Albion Street Hull at 7.30 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS Film Evening at the Moon Hot4, Spondon Derby at 7.15 p.m. 13 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Birmingham and Midland Section and Fine Chemicais Group) “Dextran Blood Plasma Substitute.” Mr. A. R. Lockwood at The University Edmund Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group Nutrition Panel) “Factors in Distribution Affecting the Quality and Nutritional Value of Foodstuffs.” Second meeting of the Series in London.INSTITUTE OF FUEL (North-Wcstern Section) “Production of Domestic and Industrial Coke.” Mr. T. Nicklin at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square, Manchester at 6 p.m. PLASTICS INSTITUTE (Scettish Section) “Cellulose Acetate Moulding Powders and Futirre Developments.” Dr. V. Siannett at the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders 39 Elmbank Crescent Glasgow C.2 at 7.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS “Textile Applications of the Amino Resins.” Mr. A. L. Horobin at the Victoria Station Hotel Nottingham, at 7 p.m. 14 THE INSTITUTE (East Midlarids Section) “Analytical Chemistry Chemical Analysis and the Analyst.” Mr. R. C. Chii-nside at the Technical College Nottingham at 7.15 p.m.THE INSTITUTE (Edinkiirgh and East of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemisal Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Edinburgh Section) “Modern Trends in Fuels and Lubricants.” Dr. E. M. Dodds, at the Worth British Station Hotel Edinburgh at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section) “Electrostatic Hazards in Industry.” Professor E. G. Cox at Royal Station Hotel Mull at 7.30 p.111. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting for the reading of original papers in the Rooms of the Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.1 at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting for tne reading of original papers in the Chemistry Department The University Manchester at 6.30 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY Film Evening at the College of Technology Leicester at 7 p.171.c 439 LOCAL SECTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE Sections are glad to welcome members of other Sections to their meetings and social functions except when Members travelling abroad who desire introductions where there are Local Sections or Honorary numbers are restricted as for works visits. Corresponding Secretaries of the Institute are advised to notify the Secretary of the Institute. Sections. Hon. Secretarief. Aberdeen and North of Scotland : Belfast and District: Birmingham and Midlands : Bristol and District: Cardiff and District: Dublin and District: H. G. M. Hardie Ph.D. A.R.I.C. 21 Braesidc Avenue Aberdeen. C. S. McDowell B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Belmont Milebush. Carrickfergus. E. M. Joiner B.Sc. F.R.I.C. A.C.I.S. 15 Halton Road Sutton B. W. Minifie F.R.I.C. 8 Oakenhill Road Brislington Bristol 4. G. M. Kerman F.R.I.C. c/o The Aberthaw and Bristol Channel Portland Cement Co. Ltd East Aberthaw. Barry Glamorgan. H. D. Thornton B.Sc. A.R.C.Sc.I. F.R.I.C City Laboratory, Municipal Buildings. Castle Street Dublin. Coldfield Warwickshire. (FF) Dundee and District W. S. Liddle B.Sc. F.R.I.C. 275 Blackness Road Dundee. East Anglia: East Midlands: Edinburgh and East of Scotland: Glasgow and West of Scotland: Huddersfield : Hull and District: Lceds Area: Liverpool and North-Western: London and South-Eastern Manchester and District: Mid-Southern Counties : Newcastle upon Tyne and North-North Wales : Sheffield South Yorkshire and South Wales: South-Western Counties: Counties : East Coast: North Midlands : John Williams B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C 28 Corder Road Ipswich, C. W. North B.Sc. A.K.C. F.R.I.C. F.T.I. 582 Nottingham J. K. Grant BSc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. Department of Biochemistry, W. G. D. Wright A.R.T.C. F.R.I.C. c/o Messrs. James Macneill & E. A. C. Crouch B.Sc. A.K.C. F.R.I.C. 81 Wiggan Lane, W. H. Pedelty M Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. The Universal Oil Co Ltd., W. A. Wightman M.A. F.R.I.C. The University Lecds 2. J. Ashley-Jones A.R.I.C. c/o J. Bibby & Sons Ltd Great Howard K. G. A. Pankhutst BSc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. c/o B.L.M.R.A., Arthur Carroll F.R.I.C. 9 Central Avenue Sale Manchester. G. H. Osborn F.R.I.C. Layton Spettisbury Dorset. J. 0. Harris B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C Chemistry Department King's College Newcastle upon Tyne S. R. Illingworth D.Sc. A.R.C.S. F.P.I.C. c/o Denbighshire Technical College Wrexham Denbighshire. K. C. Barraclough BSc F.R.I.C. The Brown Firth Research Laboratories Princess Street Sheffield 4. E. E. Ayling M.Sc. F.R.I.C. University College Singleton Park, Swansea. C. V. Reynolds B.Sc Ph.D. F.R.I.C. Public Analyst's Laboratory, 83-84 Queen Street Exeter. suffolk. Road Derby. University of Edinburgh Teviot Place Edinburgh 1. Sloan Ltd. 38. French Street Glasgow S.E. Sheepridge. Huddersfield. Hull. Street Liverpool 3. Milton Park Egham Surrey. (WW) Stirlingshire and District F. S. Fowkes B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. 28 Learmonth Street, (X) Tees-side A. R. Martin D.Sc Ph.D. F.R.I.C 80 High Street Norton, Falkirk Stirlingshire. Stockton-on-Tees Co. Durham. Cape of Good Hope H. W. Schirach. B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Enckhausen Silwood Road, India Bangalore I. S. Patel B.A B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Indian Institute of Science, S. M. Mehta B.A. MSc. A.R.I.C. Royal Institute of Science, Rondebosch Cape Town South Africa. Bangalore India. Mayo Road Bombay 1 India. Western India: Malaya : New Zealand: T. A. Spillane M.Sc. A.R.I.C. Chemical Laboratory Municipal N. H. Law M.Sc. A.N.Z.I.C. F.R.I.C. Dominion Laboratory, Offices Singapore Malaya. Sydney Street West Wellington C.I. New Zealand. [ 440

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9507400367

出版商:RSC    

年代:1950

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY EDITORIAL THE CHEMICAL ELEMENTS Those who began to learn chemistry as long as 50 years ago will remember that even at that time the list of the known chemical elements was a long one. The atomic weights of most of these elements had already been determined with an accuracy that might still suffice in many present-day practical applications and the general appearance of the periodic table was not greatly different from what we now know-or at least from what we knew until a few years ago. MendelCeff’s predictions of the properties of eka-boron eka-aluminium and eka-silicon had been magnificently fulfilled by the discovery of scandium (1879) gallium (1875) and germanium (1886); most of the rare earth metals had been differentiated though the problem of how to place them in the periodic table could not then be solved; the inert gases in the atmosphere had recently been identified and separated by Ramsay and Travers and placed in a new “zero” group of the periodic table; while the discovery of the first of the new radioactive elements radium and polonium had just been announced by the Curies.Indeed at the opening of the twentieth century it appeared that only about half-a-dozen chemical elements remained to be discovered to complete the sequence up to uranium and it seemed probable that these gaps would soon be filled. On the other hand confidence in the accuracy of atomic weights even of such well-established elements as iodine and tellurium was not such as to ensure that the few apparent reversals of order in the periodic classification were not due to experimental errors in the determinations.We recall Brereton Baker’s rueful account of having to bum a suit of clothes that reeked permanently of tellurium compounds as a result of his vain endeavour to show that current values for the atomic weight of that element were substantially too high! Never-theless the prospect of resolving these supposed anomalies in the periodic table was one of the factors in the general urge to improve experimental techniques in atomic weight determinations which led especially in the hands of T. W. Richards and his school to the attainment of the greatly increased order of accuracy we now know. In the meantime the discovery of additional radioactive elements was proceeding apace actinium was detected by Debierne in 1900 and a sufficient number of the elements emanating from radium thorium 441 and actinium were identified in the next few years to enable Rutherford and Soddy to propound their famous “disintegration theory” in 1903.In the following ten years these elements in various isotopic forms were shown to belong to clearly-defined disintegration series and all of them were placed in appropriate places in the periodic table. On the other hand progress in the discovery of other missing elements was relatively slow. Two additional rare earth metals europium and lutetium were identified respectively by Demarqay in 1901 and Urbain in 1905 but these did not fill known gaps in the periodic table as there was then no basis on which the total number of these rare earth elements could be predicted.Indeed this did not become possible until the work of Moseley on the X-ray spectra of the elements led to the intro-duction of the concept of atomic number and established it as the true basis of the periodic classification. This transformation of earlier ideas removed the apparent anomalies in the order of the atomic weights of argon and potassium cobalt and nickel and tellurium and iodine, and made it clear that only two elements (numbers 61 and 72) were still missing between barium (56) and tantalum (73). The only other gaps in the table below uranium at that time were 43 and 75 (Mendelkeff’s eka- and dwi-manganese) the halogen 85 (eka-iodine) and the alkali metal 87 (eka-caesium).Claims to have detected these last six missing elements were put forward at various times in the ensuing years. We remember attending a meeting soon after the end of the first world war at which evidence for the discovery of element 72 was produced and the name “oceanium” proposed for it-and the disappointment which followed when it sub-sequently transpired that the rejoicings had been premature. There was not long to wait however for the discovery of this element which was made in 1923 by Coster and Hevesey who named it hafnium. Two years later Noddack and Tacke added rhenium (75) to the list of known elements but their claim to have detected element 43 (which they dubbed “masurium”) was not substantiated. The same fate overtook alleged discoveries of elements 61 (the so-called “illinium”) 85 and 87 and it is only recently that these places in the periodic table have been filled-and then essentially by “artificial” elements produced by bombardment of the atoms of others by fast-moving sub-atomic particles.The confirmation or rejection of claims to have discovered new ele-ments the resolution of conflicts in nomenclature and decisions from time to time on the best representative values of atomic weights are clearly matters for international action and these tasks have long been among the most important of those undertaken by the various Com-missions of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry. At this stage in the development of our knowledge of the chemical ele-ments particular interest attaches to the recently issued Report of the Fifteenth Conference of the Union held at Amsterdam in September, 1949 for the recommendations of the Commissions on Atomic Weights [ 442 and on Nomenclature in Inorganic Chemistry cover most of the outstand-ing matters in this field on which international agreement is needed.As regards atomic weights the appropriate Commission adopted only one specific variation “to accept for the atomic weight of beryllium Honigschmid and Johansen’s value 9.01 3 which agrees closely with the value 9-0126 determined by mass spectrograph.” It was decided how-ever that “pending completion of a critical survey of mass-spectrographic determinations now in progress changes in atomic weights based on such determinations be not made at this time unless there was obvious reason to do so.” In the table of “International Atomic Weights 1949,” which is appended to the Report the names and symbols used for the elements are those adopted in consultation with the Commission on Inorganic Nomenclature.For elements that have been recently discovered or “synthesised,” including the transuranian elements the recommendations are as follows (atomic numbers are given in the first column) :-43 Technetium Tc [99] 61 Promethium Pm [147] 85 Astatine At [210] 87 Francium Fr [223] 93 Neptunium Np [237] 94 Plutonium Pu [239] 95 Americium Am [241] 96 Curium Cm [242] It is noted that for these elements atomic weights in the ordinary sense of the term cannot be given since the ratios of their isotopes will alway$ be variable depending on the circumstances of their origin.It was decided however to include in the published table of International Atomic Weights the mass number of the most stable isotope of each of these elements but to enclose this number in brackets-as has been done in the last column of the table above-to distinguish it from an atomic weight. The Commission on Inorganic Nomenclature has also considered the names to be applied to certain elements for which two or more names are current and has recommended the adoption of beryllium (4) niobium (41) lutetium (71) hafnium (72) and protoactinium (91) with the symbols Be Nb Lu Hf and Pa instead of any of the rival names and symbols for these elements of specified atomic number. It would seem that the recommendation to change the name of element 74 from tungsten to “wolfram” is in a different category and is less likely to be generally acceptable than the others.Although no reason for this proposal is stated in the Report it is understood to have arisen from the fact that this is the only element for which the symbol (W) does not begin with the initial letter of the current name of the element or of an ancient Latin designation. This would be a logical basis but we may doubt if it is now practicable to get rid of such a well-established name as tungsten which has passed into popular as well as scientific use. Moreover “wolfram” r 443 has always been applied to the mineral tungstate of iron and manganese, and we should have thought that if the “wolf” root was to be introduced at all it might be better done by calling the element “wolfrium,” which would be in accord with the general agreement to use the ending -urn or -ium for newly-named metallic elements.It may be noted that recommendations of the International Union have no force unless they are supported by scientific opinion in the countries represented on it though in general the standing of the Union and its Commissions is such as to command such support. In this country the British National Committee for Chemistry-a Committee of the Royal Society on which the principal chemical societies and institu-tions are represented-is the official link between chemists and the Inter-national Union in that its function in this connection is to convey to British chemists the recommendations of the International Union and to report back to the Union representative opinion upon those recommenda-tions ; it takes no responsibility for imposing the recommendations.It is understood that the British National Committee has satisfied itself that opinion in this country is in opposition to the proposal that the name wolfram should be used generally in place of tungsten and will inform the International Union accordingly. For the present at any rate we should therefore keep to tungsten. There is little doubt that the other recommendations of the XV Con-ference of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry on the names symbols and atomic weights of the chemical elements will be generally accepted though we believe that the supporters of “glucinum” instead of beryllium as the name for element 4 have not yet been com-pletely silenced.In any event we can at long last regard all the places in the periodic table up to 96 as being occupied by named elements even though in a few instances the occupant is an artificially prepared entity and only the mass number of a common isotope can be quoted instead of a normal atomic weight. Subject to a decision as to whether the elements following radium should be strung out along the last series in the table or regarded as “actinides,” corresponding to the rare earth “lanthan-ides,” and shown as a vertical group or in some other way and subject also to confirmation of reports of transuranic elements beyond 96 we may pro-ceed with some confidence to prepare new wall-diagrams of the periodic classification for display in lecture theatres-not before it is necessary according to some we have seen recently! Moreover although not all the elements can be obtained in visible quantities even if expense does not matter we look forward to seeing extensions of those museum collections of specimens of the elements in bottles placed along parallel sets of shelves representing the framework of the periodic table.None of the newer elements is gaseous at ordinary temperature and it is therefore unlikely that there will be any cause for storekeepers to protect themselves by adding to the labels of bottles-as once happened to that marked “nitro-gen” in a certain museum-the pencilled note “received empty”! [ 4 4 4 THE FUTURE OF THE RESIDENTIAL CLUBS FUND By DR.D. W. KENT-JONES Chairman of the Residential Clubs Fund Committee. On behalf of the Residential Clubs Fund Committee I issued as a separate leaflet with Part IV of the Journal a memorandum asking for the opinions of members of the Institute on how the project for providing residential accommodation for elderly members and their wives or for their widows should be developed if at all in view of the small amount of interest it appeared to have aroused. Nearly 100 letters have been received in reply and it is desirable that members should know the general character of the views expressed. Naturally these views were very diverse and relate to various aspects of the problem. There was however one almost unanimous conclusion, which was supported by a majority of Hon.Secretaries of Local Sections at their recent Conference-that it would be unwise to wind up the Fund at this stage. It was generally felt that the basic idea was sound and that the Committee should not be discouraged because only a few requests had been received from potential residents for information about the scheme. It was emphasised that old people especially married couples, would not readily decide to give up their own homes however inconven-ient or difficult to manage particularly if joining a residential club meant removal to a different locality away from friends and established interests. This would apply especially to those who could afford to pay the full charge (at least 3 guineas a week) in a residential club and had therefore a measure of independence which they would fear to lose.On the other hand it was for old people who had reasonable financial resources but were no longer able to cope with their own domestic affairs that a service of this kind was thought to be most desirable. Such a scheme would be non-profit-making but residents would not feel they were dependent on charity. It was recognised from the outset that residences run by Crossways Trust would not wholly satisfy these condi-tions for the other organisations participating in this Trust are all Benevolent Funds concerned essentially with housing their beneficiaries. What then is the present position of the Residential Clubs Fund” We still have the right when vacancies become available to a limited number of places in the original residence run by Crossways Trust on the South coast as well as to future vacancies in their new establishment designed for cases requiring nursing attention provided we make available certain capital sums from the Fund already raised.In addition the Benevolent Fund of a professional association has independently offered to nominees of the Residential Clubs Fund accommodation for short periods of convalescence in their recently opened establishment in Surrey. What else can be done at this stage? It seems difficult to appeal for large funds for a project which is still somewhat vague. It would seem [ 445 at present too adventurous to set up a residential club of our own or even in conjunction with other professional bodies until the position is clearer although this possibility is still being considered and kindred institutions are being approached.Enquiries are also being made as to the possibility of making arrangements with various chains of hotels to get special terms for members of the Institute with support from the Fund so that the amount paid by residents would represent the actual mst and would not include “profit.” On the basis of the general trend of the replies the Residential Clubs Fund Committee have decided to carry on for the time being even though they cannot offer anything very definite and hence cannot make a strong appeal for a really big fund. It is hoped however that this frank appraisal of the position will result in further subscriptions being received from many who sympathise with the general purpose of the project so that the fund at present standing at about E6,000 can be built up.The Fund requires either direct capital donations or loans which can be recalled at six months’ notice and on which for the time being interest is disclaimed. Members of the Institute may take it that in accordance with the majority of replies the whole matter will continue to be pursued but it would be misleading if it were thought that at this stage anything more definite can be promised than is indicated in this communication. THE JOINT COUNCIL OF PROFESSIONAL SCIENTISTS In 1942 the Joint Council of Professional Scientists was set up by the institutes of Chemistry and Physics in association with representatives of professional botanists geologists mathematicians and zoologists.Its main objects were to voice the collective opinions of qualified scientists on matters of public interest to provide a liaison between professional organisations of scientists for co-ordinated action in matters of common interest and in particular to concern itself with:+) the utilisation of scientists to the best advantage in the service of the community; (ii) the education training supply and employ-ment of scientists; (iii) the better understanding of the place of scientists in the community; (iv) the maintenance of adequate qualifications and ethical standards among professional scientists; (v) the supply of information and advice to public and other bodies on matters affecting scientists.The Joint Council was first established for the period of the war emergency, but has since been maintained to facilitate consultation among the professional institutes and joint action by them on matters of common concern. In 1947 representatives of the then recently constituted Institution of Metal-lurgists were added to the Joint Council. At the beginning of this year the Institute of Biology was formed and it was decided to reconstruct the Joint Council so as to give representation to this new body. The Joint Council now consists of three representatives each of the Institute of Biology the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Institution of Metallurgists and the Institute of Physics with two co-opted members-a geologist and a mathematician. A wide range of the interests of professional scientists is now covered and the Joint Council can look forward to a new period of useful service.E 446 THE CHEMIST AS ADMINISTRATOR’ By D. W. HILL Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. I have found this paper somewhat difficult to prepare. In the first place it overlaps very considerably with the themes of the other papers in this symposium. For example the chemist who aspires to become a Company Director or a Salesman or an Information Officer must obviously be an administrator. All of these are in fact aspects of administration. The truth is that administration is a part of life. In some degree or other we are all administrators. We have to organise our own affairs, in our homes and expenditure; we have to take part in and administer our professional institutions such as the Royal Institute of Chemistry ; and our work cannot be carried out haphazardly but has to be organised and every experiment arranged in order to obtain definite results as efficiently as possible.The arrangement of a symposium of this des-cription calls for administrative ability on somebody’s part. I must therefore try to differentiate between the administration in which we all take part and that to which we are committed when we accept responsibility of certain sorts. I am not helped when I consult the dictionary for the Concise Oxford Dictionary apart from some special meanings such as the administration of oaths or remedies merely tells me that an administrator is a manager or one capable of organising. My second difficulty is that in saying what I have in mind to say I may sound priggish.I could of course describe a synthesis of the duties which I and other administrators have to carry out but this will no doubt be more authoritatively done for the various fields which com-pose the other sections of this symposium. I think it preferable therefore to try to distil these into some sort of philosophy underlying administration and to see to what extent chemists are more or lep fitted by their pro-fessional training to become administrators and what if any additional qualities they need above those required by their profession. It is apparent that the specialist requirements for administrators m different spheres will be different. The specialist needs of an Educationist will be different from those of a Company Director and both will differ from those of a Civil Servant-for whom I understand that expert know-ledge in any subject is considered a disadvantage-or from the Governor of a backward colony.I shall assume that in whatever field he exercises his administrative abilities the chemist has taken care to equip himself with its specialised requirements. There are in addition I believe certain similarities for administrators in all fields and it is these which I wish to discuss. * A paper read at a Symposium on “The Chemist Outside the Laboratory,” arranged by the London and South-Eastem Counties Section of the Institute, at the Cora Hotel London on 18 October 1950. r 447 To do this I must of necessity paint a picture of perfection; so let me say at once to avoid the charge of priggishness to which I have already laid myself open that by the standard I draw I fear there are no perfect administrators ; but of course there are no perfect chemists either-only better and worse ones.Let me say at the outset that there are good grounds for believing that chemists ought to make good administrators. In so far as adminis-tration is a part of life they presumably share this experience with all other classes of the community; yet for some reason it is not generally considered that chemists or indeed scientists in general make good administrators. Classicists and humanists on the other hand appear to be regarded as natural administrators. You will recall no doubt the well-known remark of the Dean of Christchurch at the beginning of the nineteenth century that “The great virtue of education in the classics is that it leads one to positions of considerable emolument in this world and an assured security in the next.” It has been said that an administrator is one who knows less and less about more and more while experts among whom I suppose we as chemists must class ourselves are reputed to know more and more about less and less.How to reconcile these extremes and produce in a single individual the qualities of both must be the theme of any discussion on the chemist as an administrator. It is the apparent difficulty of the synthesis of these two extremes which I believe has led to the popular view of the unsuitability of scientists as administrators. Fortunately history and experience both teach that we are not setting ourselves an impossible aim for Lavoisier known as the father of chemistry became Commissary to the French Treasury while Benjamin Franklin was virtually the founder of the United States being one of five signatories to the Declaration of Independence a member of the Convention that drafted the constitution of the new Republic and a delegate to the French Republic to seek aid for the struggling States.It may be argued that these belong to history when chemistry was a broader and perhaps more humanistic subject than it now is. In more recent times however two British Chancellors of the Exchequer Sir John Anderson and Sir Stafford Cripps were trained as chemists the former carrying out research in physical chemistry and the latter managing an ordnance factory after their graduation; in another field Sir James Irvine and Dr.J. B. Conant are respectively Vice-chancellor of the University of St. Andrews and President of Harvard. In the light of experience, therefore I think we are justified in believing that chemists can become not only administrators but good even outstanding administrators. Now this reluctance to grant administrative ability to chemists is all the more strange when one considers that the characteristic reputed to be common to all scientists is objectivity. They are supposed to be able to be dispassionate in their judgments to consider evidence on its merits and to arrive at logical conclusions. This ought to be a useful mental r 448 background for an administrator for he should be able to see his prob-lems clearly to formulate them decisively and to obtain definite answers to his questions.We might as well admit immediately that outside their own professional field chemists are not always so transparently objective in their judgments as we might expect. Nevertheless by virtue of their training there is more likelihood of their being objective than there is for other differently trained individuals. How then is this very valuable characteristic discounted when considering them for administrative positions ? I believe that the answer is to be found in the limitations imposed by a scientific training. The same training which has given chemists a precision of thought and an exactitude of mind has also insisted continuously upon quantitative relationships.There are two aspects of chemical training which are not sufficiently separated. The first is the scientific method introduced by Francis Bacon in the seventeenth century. The second is the idea of quantitative precision introduced by Lavoisier. The former is applicable to all fields of thought the latter only to measurable qualities. It must always be the object of an administrator to make his problems quantitative in order to bring precision into his solutions. It is no part of his task to gamble but we must recognise that many of his problems are not yet amenable to quantitative treatment. There are two dangers here for the chemist. The first is that he may be tempted to discard as unimportant all that he cannot measure.Un-fortunately this is far from being true. In many of the problems with which the administrator is faced-problems of human relations finance, economics and politics-there are no blacks and whites but only different shades of grey. They cannot be quantitatively assessed in the manner to which the chemist’s training has accustomed him but must be nicely balanced without exact knowledge. This implies judgment and brings us to the second danger and perhaps the most important single reason for suspecting chemists of lack of administrative ability; for judgment is largely an appreciation of quality and in the quest for assessment of quantity he may well have lost the sense of quality. How many times in reading accounts of cases in the courts have we found a judge in his summing up commenting that a particular individual did not strike him as a reliable witness! In consequence the evidence is discounted in proportion to the judge’s discriminatory sense.In other words the stated alleged facts are weighted by a quality considera-tion. The lawyer’s training may teach him to weigh evidence on a factual basis but h s legal experience leads him to test its imponderable quality. The ideal is to separate the two aspects of the chemist’s training and to employ the scientific method to the full in his thinking while recognising the limits which he must set himself when exact data are not available, developing in its place a sense of quality for use when the quantitative approach breaks down. I 4 4 9 Administration is essentially a positive approach to problems.In general the administrator must do something about every problem that comes before him. Incidentally this is a further and perhaps the most important difference between the outlook of the lawyer and the chemist. Both are trained to weigh evidence but the lawyer’s weighing must always end in a decision. Every case that comes before the courts must be settled one way or another and within a reasonable time. As chemists we may be able to defer a decision without creating any new difficulties, but when the administrator does nothing he is literally taking a positive decision-the decision to do nothing-which may have far-reaching results. His approach must therefore always end in a conclusion which can be formulated as a decision.Assuming that he has learned this lesson it is not uncommon for a chemist to arrive at a conclusion and to put into practice decisions based upon it only to find that the project either fails completely or is largely unacceptable. He cannot then understand why this should be so since his original conclusions were logical and his decisions rational. This is a common failing with scientists. The main reason for it I believe is that they have treated their problem like an experiment that is to say as something complete in itself. They have failed to differentiate .between experiment and experience. The former stands alone while the latter is linked on all sides with other relationships. It is precisely for this reason that we do experiments.We want isolation in order to define our conclusions. But in life we cannot isolate in this way and it is the understanding of the often tenuous relation-ships which constitutes judgment to which we have already referred. The apparently logical conclusion may be completely vitiated by additional conditions which must be fulfilled. It may for example be offensive to an individual’s pride or it may be uneconomic. I have found it very useful on occasions to determine so far as possible the logical procedure in a particular case and then to proceed step by step to see how far the procedure is practicable adjusting it accordingly. It is astonishing on occasions to what extent of adjustment one has to go. There is a consider-able advantage in this method however in that if one is aware of the extreme possibility and also of the steps which have been taken to adjust this to practicability then at the appropriate time when something more is found to be practicable than was originally expected one is not taken by surprise but can retrace the same steps to a new point of adjustment.This brings us to a consideration of the extent to which the adminis-trator should plan his affairs. Planning and organisation at least in the world of affairs are often considered to be synonymous and plans are expected of an administrator because of his organising ability. It is difficult to detect a coherent plan in most successful organisations especi-ally large ones. It seems in fact that the more rigid they are the more planned the less successful they are likely to be.Plans there must obviously be but as soon as the affairs widen their boundaries to include 450 uncontrollable factors (and this is especially true of long-term plans where the time factor assumes the greatest importance) the plan must cease to be a blue-print and become an impressionist sketch. Details must be left for the conditions of the occasion and flexibility rather than rigidity must be the characteristic of the plan. In this the chemist’s training is once again a benefit and a handicap : a benefit in that he can proceed logically but a handicap in that he may be tied by his logic to an untenable position. The practical trimming of an unassailably logical conclusion is in my view the best answer to this dilemma.It permits the full exercise of logical powers sharpened by a scientific training and at the same time a recognition of the needs of the moment. It has also the outstanding virtue that it prevents inconsistency. Judgments and decisions may have to be made in the light of immediate needs but if the logical picture has been first created they will remain consistent and this is a true test of successful administration. This brings me to a new point. I have already suggested that the application of the scientific method should be an advantage in administra-tion. It is not however necessarily an advantage to reveal the method of thought. The scientific method is a good one in fact the most successful method we know but it is a specialist method. We must recognise that chemists along with other scientists have been trained to think in a certain way according to a certain pattern; and the pattern of thought is different from that of the average individual.In this connection the success of the method is relatively unimportant. What is important, because it is immediately striking is the difference between the scientific method and the ordinary way of thinking. The scientific method is too austere to command a liking from those who may be more human or perhaps more woolly in their methods. The danger here for the chemist turned administrator is not that he may be wrong in his judgments but that he may be premature because he should see (and may be tempted to reveal) the ultimate logical solution to a problem instead of the immediate temporary one which can be used as a stepping stone to the ultimate as people become accustomed to it.I once worked under an eminent civil servant who was never tired of referring to what he called “the inevitability of gradualness.” We may well ask ourselves why a method of thought which has proved itself so abundantly in science and why quantitative concepts which are so essentially desirable should not be obvious passports to success in administration. The main reason is that the administrator deals not only with problems but with people. In our professional life we are dealing largely with a world of our own making. We perform experiments selected by us under conditions determined by us with unwanted factors eliminated by us. When we go from this world of our own making to a world of others’ making we are presented with a different situation.People are not subject to natural laws in the sense to which we have become accustomed. We have passed from the realm of inanimate r 451 nature to the realm of very animate nature which seems to obey few laws and even those which it does obey are outside our experience. Selfishness pride obstinacy bitterness ruthlessness irresponsibility and many other undesirable human traits as well as many desirable ones such as altruism devotion kindness and responsibility crop up in the most unexpected ways and places. We cannot and should not treat people as ciphers but we must expect to meet all the human characteristics be able to recognise them when they appear to allow for them and in the last resort to use them.In this respect the administrator is a technician just like an engineer. His is an active profession and it is part of his job to use these human traits just as the engineer uses mechanics. For example I was told many years ago that I could accomplish almost anything I wished so long as I did not want the credit for it. On the whole I have found this to be true. The method of thought and the specialist training of the chemist are reflected in his speech. Language and thought can each stand alone but they can also be matched to make a rare combination. We need not discuss whether it is preferable to have ideas without words in which to express them or a formal expression without ideas upon which to drape it ; whether in fact a body is more important than its clothing ; but it may be suggested that the danger of seductive language is the same as that of seductive clothing.Just as the deficiencies of an unattractive figure may be hidden by carefully designed clothing so fallacious arguments and loose thinking may be given an appearance of truth by clothing them in acceptable language. The problem confronting the chemist who would be an administrator is to provide his ideas and conclusions with a clothing of language which will make them acceptable to his hearers. Unfortunately words to the scientist are valueless until they have been defined beyond all misunder-standing and in the search for precision all sciences including our own, have invented whole new vocabularies with this object.The familiarity of ordinary words which endears them to most men makes them unpalatable to the scientist because they have associations which are foreign to the exactitude he wishes to convey. St. John Gogarty in his Tumbling in the Hay describes a one-time tutor at Trinity College Dublin in these words “McNulty has got a life sentence from science or rather to it. He is surrounded by frozen dead and inelastic words that have only one meaning. Stone walls do not a prison make but scientific terms do.” He goes on to say that “a word should be like a Chinese ideogram, admitting of hundreds of interpretations permitting full play to the imagination and adumbrating truth in its every shade and meaning.” This is a thesis to which no scientist would subscribe but nevertheless the administrator must be able to explain himself in a simple and lucid manner.The power of forceful explanation is a stock-in-trade of every successfu 1 public man be he politician lawyer school-master or parson. Every student of the arts has an opportunity to obtain a facility with [ 452 words which without a natural aptitude is denied to students of the natural sciences. Moreover their obsession with experiments in which the conditions are defined makes it extremely difficult for chemists to give a direct and categorical answer even to the most simple question. Their “yeas” are so seldom “yea” and their “nays” are so seldom “nay.” They are forever hedged about with conditions and only within the conditions will they pledge their word.Broadly speaking this conditional approach is not sufficient for the administrator. I heard recently of a scientist in a relatively large concern who had been removed from an executive position which he had held for only nine months the reason given being that in the course of the nine months he had not made a single positive recommendation but had presented very ably but only the pros and cons of each problem presented to him. Now this is a useful contribution, but it is not the contribution of the executive or administrator. Definite conclusions definitely expressed are required from one who aspires to administrative position. There is an aspect of administration in which it is more difficult to assess the value of chemical training. I have already stated that adminis-tration is positive in that it leads willy-nilly to decisions.The final decisions must usually be made by one man. Sometimes after hearing all the evidence and receiving all the advice of friends and colleagues, he must decide to take a line of his own. Consequently the administrator has a considerable degree of loneliness thrust upon him and the higher the administrative position he reaches the lonelier is he likely to be. In his dealings with people he must accept confidences and secrets com-plaints and jealousies without betraying them. Pre-knowledge must be kept to himself and preconceived ideas frequently worked on in secret until the time is ripe for their discussion. There is a sense obviously, in which the background of a chemical training can assist the administrator in this aspect of his work for the successful chemist or other scientist must have learned to isolate himself from distracting influences and it is no new thing for him contrary though it is to human nature in general, to be lonely.By his specialisation and by the nature of his work the chemist usually has a big facility for immersion in his career to the exclusion of all else. As a career chemistry from the very first demands the whole energy of its followers. While they are still students chemists spend long hours in the laboratories in addition to the quite abnormal amount of reading required to master the unfolded knowledge of the past and to keep abreast with the revelations of the present. For a scientific career all else must be sacrificed.This absorption and separation from the need for normal affairs may conceivably stand the chemist in good stead. He ought by virtue of his training to be less subject to the herd instinct than the majority of men. Against this we must set the limitations already mentioned which this self-imposed absorption places upon him. It is r 453 true that he may be able to keep his own counsel but it may be equally true that his counsel may be so limited as to be hardly worth keeping. So far I have been dealing with administration in general. But unlike accountants who seem to be prepared for administration in any field except accountancy it is probable that most chemists who become administrators will find themselves directing and controlling the work of other chemists.This field of administration is I believe especially difficult. The difficulty arises from the similarities between the adminis-trator and the administrated. In most fields there is a considerable gulf fixed between the directing mind and those below. But when chemists are called to administrative responsibilities involving other chemists they are dealing for the most part with individuals many of whom might reasonably have occupied the same position and most of whom are suf-ficiently intelligent to be justified in believing that but for disinclination, they could do the job equally well. Possessing the same training and outlook as the administrator they are not easily subject to authoritative pronouncements of the kind which might be issued by a higher to a lower intelligence but wish to understand why certain steps are being taken.As logical thinkers perhaps starting from different premises they may, and often do disagree upon the line of argument and being naturally of an independent turn of mind (it is unlikely that they would have become chemists otherwise) they do not react easily to discipline. This puts the administrator in a difficult position because as I have already indicated, he may be forced to respect a confidence which may be the mainspring of his decisions. The chemical administrator is likely therefore to be subject to criticism which is spared the administrator in other fields. This will not be lessened by the fact that he speaks-he must speak-two languages. In general he deals not only with chemists but with laymen.He is the interpreter. He must speak and understand the language of chemistry and he must be able to interpret it without too great inaccuracy into everyday terms. Interpretation especially where nuances are involved is always difficult and the administrator may therefore very easily find himself shot at from both sides. Finally it seems that in most other walks of life the position of adminis-trator is something to be aimed at. The absorption of chemists in their profession the undoubted magnetism of the subject to those so inclined, leads them to view almost as traitors those who forsake the active pursuit of chemistry for some other as they feel inferior task. In dealing with chemists therefore the administrator meets with a suggestion of contempt, as for one who could have been a chemist but chose ununderstandably, to be an administrator.That this type is a necessary evil most chemists are prepared to accept but they are also convinced that it is an inferior one. In the light of what I have so far said it may well be asked whether any of us with an absorbing profession at our fingertips would wish to I 454 become administrators. It is perfectly true-and we have all seen examples-that it is possible for a satisfied and happy chemist to make the exchange only to find himself a dissatisfied and unhappy administrator. Much of this arises from the frustrations of an administrator’s life, particularly a scientifically trained one as a result of circumstances and factors outside his control largely through the vagaries of human nature.Although the administrator has a degree of authority which he can exercise to get his ends this is no substitute for the control of circumstances which can be exercised in research plant control or analysis. Assuming however that we wish to see chemists as administrators, how do we qualify? We come back now to our definition as given by the Concise Oxford Dictionary. In terms of technical abilities there is no doubt that the first requirement is the ability for organising. This is, I believe a natural aptitude which can be developed in those who already possess it but I doubt whether it can be implanted in those who do not. The chemist who would turn administrator must therefore first decide whether he has an inclination for organising affairs and if so whether he has the ability to follow his inclination.Organising ability is a sine qua non of administration but it is not sufficient to be able to detail an organisation on paper. We have all seen organisational charts looking very much like family trees and often going into very great detail and I have no doubt that we have often seen them also when they didn’t work. This is because even on paper the place of people must be recognised in any organisational plan for ultimately every plan works through the individuals to whom are entrusted the details of it. I had occasion during the war to set up and to advise in the setting up of many organisations, and it was impressed upon me many times that a perfect organisation with poor individuals to carry it through would fail while outstanding individuals could carry through successfully the sketchiest and sometimes most illogical form of organisation.It is essential therefore for the administrator to combine his organising ability with a knowledge of and a liking for people. It may perhaps be possible in some regimented hierarchy like a National Board to be an administrator who has no contact with people and who can cold-bloodedly draw his plans but for the most part the administrator must be a warm-blooded animal capable of imparting warmth and enthusiasm to his plans and to the people who must carry them out. A further requirement of the administrator may be described as versatility. It is not usually sufficient for an administrator to organise one thing well.In the carrying out of the organisation he will find that he has started a train of events which will lead him into the widest possible fields and which are quite inescapable. Let us suppose for example, that the chemist decides to build a new laboratory. He settles down with his knowledge of chemistry and his specialised information on the par-ticular branch in which he is working and he writes out a specification of what he requires. On paper this may look very good but as an [ 455 administrator he now has to get the plans converted into bricks and mortar and equipment and staff. Within a month or two of releasing from their secret fastnesses his ideas of laboratory construction he will find himself in the midst of a vast project demanding meticulous attention and con-stant care if the scheme is to go through with any resemblance to his original ideas.Broadly speaking the breadth of the administrator’s interests may be contrasted with the narrowness of the expert’s and as I suggested earlier, this is the crux of the matter. Let me quote from a recent speech by Sir Geoffrey Jefferson the famous neuro-surgeon. Speaking on Aristotle’s contention that “Nihil est in intellectu quod non fuerit in sensu,” he said “1 fancy that there are few who would not feel insulted by Aristotle. ‘What,’ they might say ‘what monster says that this mind of mine is composed of nothing but the odds and ends of the past-much of it, in any case best forgotten? Am 1 then no better than one of those stuffed toys which no matter how delightful its exterior is found to be packed with repulsive odds and incongruous ends ? Surely surely these thoughts and ideas that I have are essentially my own inventions the ingenuities of my own fertile and charming mind and not the pickings from the dust heap of my past.’ ” In Lancashire we have a saying that “Where there’s muck there’s money,’’ meaning that many valuable products may be derived from the apparently valueless dust-heaps of the world.If I were asked therefore, to give a single recipe for the would-be administrator I should advise him to see that the odds and ends packed into the dust-heap of his mind are of such quality that he can distil from them the essential judgment which is the hall-mark of administration.By wide reading varied experience extensive interests-especially in so far as they are concerned with people-the odds and ends can be selectively stored against the day when they are rediscovered as valuables in raking through the dust-heaps of our pasts. Finally there are certain technical rules of the game which have to be adhered to in administration just as in any other game. There are certain ways in which an administrator is expected to behave. I have already commented on the fact that he must speak two languages. The rules of the chemical world with which I assume he is already acquainted are not in all respects the rules of the world at large in which as an administrator he must learn to find his way about. He need not be an expert but at least he must be reasonably at home and able to talk with economists financiers politicians business men and all those who go to make up the world outside the laboratory.There are many other sides to these rules but I will select one only. The administrator is expected to dress in a certain fashion. This is not so unimportant as it sounds for almost every trade or profession has its own distinctive wear. The academic gown of the don the wig of the barrister the white flannels of the cricketer and even the sports jacket r 456 and corduroy trousers of the undergraduate are the insignia of their callings. It is not good enough therefore for the administrator to disregard the rules of the game and to arrive at his office dressed in the clothing of an undergraduate.The neat suit and hat and perhaps in London the rolled umbrella are as much the badge of office of the adminis-trator as are the white flannels of the cricketer. It must be remembered that it was not so long ago that men wore top hats and frock coats to the office and changes occur but slowly. This side of the administrator’s life should not be sneered at for it really is important. Even in a village team cricketers who do not wear white flannels are looked upon as cads, and it is doubtful whether Sir Donald Bradman if he had consistently refused to wear white flannels would ever have found a place in the Australian Test Team. Make no mistake the white flannels do not make the cricketer but they are important for they are his uniform. So the neat suit of the administrator does not necessarily make him a good administrator but it is essential as the uniform of the profession.Let me add one word more. I believe that chemists make good administrators not because of their expert knowledge nor even when they have it because of wide experience but because their training makes for the discipline of character which is the last essential of the truly successful administrator. There must be a moral basis for though I have described an administrator’s work as active it must be self-evident that what a man does is a reflection of what he is. When I received my D.Sc. at the hands of Mr. Churchill he advised us in his speech to judge men by their actions and not by their protestations. A man’s character will portray itself in his behaviour.Hypocrisy weakness, selfishness lack of balance cannot be concealed for long when men’s deeds are judged. The administrator is not a politician swaying a temporary audience but one who is striving to build securely a permanent organisa-tion. In these circumstances it is not what we say but what we do and ultimately what we are that counts. Above all things we should have regard to character. I do not believe that enough regard is paid to it. If it were I believe that chemists would be among the first choices for administrative posts because by the nature of their profession they have been disciplined to integrity-the first requisite of character. The world needs first-class administrators. It is a pity that more and better chemists do not elect to tread this difficult but in the long run rewarding path.I457 HIGHER TECHNOLOGICAL EDUCATION Numerous reports on this subject have been issued in recent years, including the Percy Report the Report of the City and Guilds of London Institute the Barlow Report the Report of the Parliamentary and Scien-tific Committee the second Report of the Advisory Council on Scientific Policy the Report of the Federation of British Industries and reports by a number of professional bodies. In 1948 the Minister of Education appointed the National Advisory Council on Education for Industry and Commerce under the chairman-ship of Lieut.-General Sir Ronald M. Weeks to advise him “on all matters concerned with the development of education in this field from craftsmanship up to the highest levels of management.” The attention of this body has been largely devoted in the first instance to “how best higher technological education should be developed in this country with particular reference to the technical colleges.” In the course of its work the National Advisory Council has consulted a large number of organisations including the Regional Advisory Councils for Further Education the universities the professional institutions the associations of local authorities and educational bodies generally and the major industrial organisations such as the Federation of British Industries, the British Employers’ Confederation and the Trades Union Congress Consultation with some of these organisations including the professional institutions has been largely pursued by inviting their observations on preliminary drafts of proposals of the National Advisory Council and especially on a confidential draft Report that was made available to them in December 1949.In that draft the main problem was stated to be “developing higher tech-nology in the technical colleges in such a way that the status of the work of the colleges will be adequately recognised and their students given an opportunity to secure a qualification of which the prestige will be comparable with that normally accorded to University Degrees.” It seemed to have been assumed at the outset that the establishment of some new type of award-and of awarding body-was an essential factor in arriving at a solution of this problem. Thus, having noted that there were already “many Colleges of Technology giving full-time courses of instruction associated in many instances with the particular fields of industrial production in their own areas the standard of which both in content and duration may be compared with that of University courses leading to the award of a degree,” the draft Report went on to say “Apart however, from the Higher Diploma awarded by the Ministry of Education and the professional bodies and membership examinations carried on by professional bodies there is no avenue of award for men taking such courses other than the external degree of the University of London.” The adequacy of these existing awards or of possible developments of them, did not appear to have been seriously considered except that as regards London external degrees it was stated “These external degrees whilst carrying a considerable prestige are limited in scope and cater for but few technologies; many technologies (such as building rubber ceramics and plastics) which hold positions of importance in the sphere of modern industrial production are c 458 excluded.” In no other part of the draft was there a specification of the branches of technology for which existing provision was alleged to be inadequate and, although it was stated that the concern of the Advisory Council in this connection was with “students whose general education was sufficiently high to enable them to reach a standard at the end of their Technical College course equivalent to that of a good honours degree in a university course,” there was no clear indica-tion of the scope and scientific content of the courses under consideration or, indeed of how far the distinction between “technologists” and “technicians” had been appreciated.This distinction is one which has assumed increasing importance in the minds of many organisations that have been studying prob-lems of education and training for industry and has been a subject of discussion in letters and articles in the daily Press and such periodicals as Nature. The second Editorial to Part I of this Journal for 1950 also dealt with the matter. Having concluded however that “whatever national pattern for the future organisation of technological education is devised the establishment of an appropriate award is essential if the position of Technical Colleges generally in the eyes of industry the student and the public is to be enhanced,” the National Advisory Council went on in its draft Report to consider the form that such an award should take and the nature of the awarding body.The solution then favoured was the creation of an independent “Royal Institute (or Society) of Technology,” directly financed by the Exchequer which would be responsible for “recognising” courses of appropriate standard in technical colleges and for admitting to its Associateship (or to the higher grade of Membership) persons who had taken such courses and had passed approved examinations conducted in the colleges but with external examiners appointed by the Royal Institute of Technology.It was expected that the establishment of this national body would not only “call the attention of the country to the Government’s concern about technology but it would serve as a fillip to the authorities to improve conditions in the major colleges as an assurance to the teachers of a proper measure of academic freedom and to the students as an encouragement to embark upon the full-time technological courses which would be started.” It was also intended that the new Institute would be a means of stimulating post-graduate courses in universities and technical colleges alike and “would serve as a meeting-ground for the various technologies which are so inter-dependent in the industrial field and which though well served by their various professional institutions, generally remain separated from each other.” At the invitation of the National Advisory Council observations on the draft Report were submitted by various organisations including the professional institutes and there has been much correspondence in the Press.The observations of the Royal Institute of Chemistry submitted on 24 March 1950 are reproduced in full below so that members of the Institute may be informed about the Council’s views on various aspects of the subject. The Report of the National Advisory Council to the Minister of Education has now been published (October 1950) by H.M. Stationery Office and in view of the special interest that attaches to this subject the official “Summary and Recommendations” of the Report are also reproduced below with the permission of the Controller of H.M.Stationery Office. It will be seen that the National Advisory Council has considered many of the points raised by the Institute but maintains its earlier insistence on the need for a new awarding body at national r 459 level though with the modified title of the “Royal College of Tech-nologists.” The Council of the R.I.C. is not satisfied that its criticisms of the earlier draft have been adequately met or that reasons given for not adopting certain constructive suggestions are well founded. Doubts have therefore been expressed to the Minister of Education as to how far the recommendations in the Report would in fact contribute to the advancement of higher technological education. Observations by the Council of The Royal Institute of Chemistry on the Draft Report (T7571137) of the National Advisory Council on Education for Industry and Commerce on “The Future Development of Higher Technological Education” As the Council of the Royal Institute of Chemistry we welcome this oppor-tunity of submitting observations on the Draft Report.Because chemistry is a science our approach to this matter may differ somewhat from that of pro-fessional institutions specifically concerned with technologies. As however, chemistry enters into all productive industry and is basic to most of thetech-nologies our concern with higher technological education is no less than that of such other institutions and may be in some respects more broadly based. (1) We are in complete sympathy with the main object of the scheme proposed by the National Advisory Council-namely to raise the standard of technological education in the country-but we disagree with the means proposed for realising that aim.(2) In our view the vital need is to give direct encouragement to the technical colleges to improve their accommodation equipment and the condi-tions of service of their staffs. This would require a considerable increase in the financial resources at their disposal but might be helped by a reorganisation of the method of distributing existing funds. (3) The National Advisory Council on the other hand appears to regard the nature of the award to students of technology as of primary importance. We consider that at this stage this is a secondary matter and we do not believe that any new and artificially embellished award for technologists would of itself have much influence in raising the standard of technological education or in increasing the output of skilled technologists.(4) In order to assess the factors of the problem and its extent we feel it is essential to have at the outset a clear conception of what is meant by “tech-nology” (or “a technology”) and by “a technologist.” The Draft Report does not provide this. Indeed the definition given at the end of the first paragraph does not appear to be compatible with the proposal to institute a new award comparable in standard with an honours degree of a university. (5) We should expect a course leading to such an award to have a content of basic science (not necessarily derived solely or even mainly from one particular science) comparable in amount with that in existing honours degree courses in established technologies such as the principal branches of engineering (including chemical engineering) and metallurgy and to relate to a field of industrial application of comparable breadth.In our view very few “technologies” are at present so highly developed as to warrant a distinctive award at this level. Courses which do not conform with the above requirement would be likely to produce “technicians” rather than “technologists”-to produce men who are able to carry out established techniques or to work under instruction rather than men who have a real understanding of scientific principles and can apply them in the development of industrial processes.It may often be difficult t draw a sharp line of demarcation between these two categories and we should not like to see any rigid barrier set up between them which might prevent the scientifically-minded technician from becoming a technologist. We are convinced however that the broad distinction is an important one for anybody trained primarily as a technician cannot become a technologist in the sense here indicated without having had a good general education and taken a course covering a wide range of scientific principles. No amount of instruction in industrial techniques or “know-how” can make up for a lack of knowledge of the underlying scientific principles in a man who is expected to apply those principles to diverse problems. (6) We assume however that the proposals in the Draft Report are not intended to meet the needs of technicians.In so far as new awards may be required to encourage the output of skilled technicians of various kinds-and this is an important though separate problem-we maintain that these awards should be such as not to be confused with the honours degree of a university or with the corporate membership of a professional body. Otherwise the high national and international prestige of these established qualifications would tend to be depreciated and the standards of technological education to be lowered instead of raised. For senior technicians-who are undoubtedly required in increasingly large numbers by industry-it would seem that a diploma or a certificate in a specified field would be the more appropriate award.We have in mind for example the Higher Technological Certificates now awarded by the City and Guilds of London Institute a body incorporated by Royal Charter and with a nationally recognised reputation in industry. (7) For many years valuable work has been done in the universities-and will no doubt continue to be done-in producing technologists (including engineers) of the highest quality. Under present conditions however it is unlikely that the universities will be able to increase their output of such tech-nologists fast enough to meet the growing industrial demand and we understand that some at least of the universities are averse to further expansion in this direction as likely to upset the balance of their fields of study.The task will therefore fall largely on colleges of technology and will entail major changes in the scope of some of the existing institutions. We believe however that the extent to which this responsibility can be successfully discharged will depend on how far courses of similar status to those already built up in the universities can be established in colleges of technology. The standards cannot be lowered if technologists of the best type are to be produced. (8) Whatever need there may be for a new award of honours degree standard in particular technologies there seems to be none for any such additional award in chemistry. Not only are honours degrees in the science provided in all the universities but there is also the Associateship of the Royal Institute of Chem-istry (A.R.I.C.) which is of equivalent standard in general chemistry and is open by examination to students in technical colleges.For many of the “newer” technologies (such as plastics technology) that are now emerging chemistry, with physics and mathematics is a major scientific basis and an honours degree in chemistry or the A.R.I.C. provides the best foundation for the more technological studies. Moreover the Institute’s higher qualification the Fellow-ship (F.R.I.C.) is available as an award for proficiency in any technology based on chemistry and such awards are frequently made. Only where a technology is based to a major extent on more than one science-as is now generally recognised to be true for chemical engineering and metallurgy and may be so for textile technology-may it become desirable to institute a special under-graduate course for that technology.(9) We believe that the most important contribution that can be made to the improvement and development of technological education is to raise the 1 461 standard of work in the technical colleges. Much has already been done in this direction by the Royal Institute of Chemistry and other professional bodies, many of which are incorporated under Royal Charter. Thus in order that a technical college may be recognised for the training of candidates for the A.R.I.C. its standards of teaching staffing and equipment must be as far as chemistry is concerned acceptable to a committee of experts appointed by the Institute. Many colleges throughout the country have raised their standards in order to qualify for such recognition by professional bodies.(10) While the professional institutions have in these and other ways exercised a considerable influence on the development of higher technological education it is appreciated that much more remains to be done and this brings to our positive suggestions which are based on existing traditions and exper-ience. (a) First we are impressed with the need in the national interest of providing appropriate technical colleges with much larger funds over which they will have a reasonable measure of direct control for the development of particular courses. For this purpose consideration should be given to the establishment of a “Technology Grants Committee,” similar to the Universities Grants Com-mittee which would be empowered to allocate grants from central funds direct to selected colleges instead of through local channels.Such a body could have a profound influence on the development of higher technological education by allocating grants so as to foster promising projects in suitable colleges while giving those colleges a degree of academic freedom comparable with that enjoyed by the universities. It is this freedom which has contributed inlarge measure to the high standards of university work. Remuneration and status of the staff in technical colleges would clearly need to be comparable with those in universities in order to secure teachers of eminence in their fields. In colleges of technology encouraged to evolve under these conditions it would be impor-tant to provide increasing facilities for research and relief from the more elemen-tary work.(b) Secondly we feel that there is a need for some central organisation to consider how the newer technologies may be fostered so as to take their proper places among those already fully recognised and to co-ordinate the standards of the relevant courses. For this purpose we believe that the long experience of the established professional institutions could be effectively utilised through the setting up of a Joint Council of professional institutions with due representa-tion of the universities and the colleges of technology. This type of organisation -which we ourselves do not consider should be an awarding body and should certainly not exercise the functions of a scientific society-wuld be relied upon to maintain the traditions of professional competence and responsibility built up by the older professional bodies and followed by the newer ones.We fully appreciate that these proposals involve radical changes in the existing organisation of technological education but believe that unless this issue is faced the desired objectives will not be attained. Report of the National Advisory Council on Education for Industry and Commerce on “The Future Development of Higher Technological Education.* SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS NATURE OF PROBLEM AND EXTENT OF PROVISION. We have defined advanced technological education as education which at the minimum is of a standard comparable either to that of a fist degree at a university or to that accepted by major professional institutions for their educa-tional requirements for corporate membership.* (London H.M. Stationery Office 1950. 1s. net.) [ 462 Provision for advanced technological education is made both by universities and technical colleges and this provision is complementary. Universities are expanding their provision but no decision has yet been made on the establish-ment of a technological university. We are of the opinion that a technological university is not an alternative to developing advanced technology in technical colleges since the latter have a unique tradition for meeting the educational needs of the worker in industry and already undertake work of a standard equivalent to the first award of a university and beyond.There are also a number of national colleges under the aegis of the Ministry of Education which provide post-graduate and research facilities. We believe that there is need for further development in the technical and national colleges. ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS. and should be dealt with concurrently:-There are four main requirements for development; these are interdependent The development of advanced courses at the “first award” and “post-graduate” levels conducted in an atmosphere of freedom and experiment. The courses should be planned to meet industrial requirements with adequate scientific foundation; the conditions of entry and the duration of the courses should be comparable to those for universities. Radical improvement is necessary in the accommodation equipment and financing of technical colleges and in the salaries and conditions of teachers employed.The colleges undertaking this advanced work should be allowed as soon as conditions permit to transfer more elementary courses to other institutions. An inducement is necessary in the shape of a suitable award to encourage students to undertake these advanced courses. At present the only awards available are the external degrees of London University in a limited number of technologies the awards of other external examining bodies and awards made by the colleges themselves. A suitable body which carries prestige and will ensure high standards, is required to make this award. PROS AND CONS OF THE VIEWS OF BODIES CONSULTED. Most of the bodies that we consulted agreed on the need for developing new courses and all of them agreed on the need to improve the conditions of technical colleges.Some suggested an extension of affiliation between the technical colleges and the universities; others an extension of the external degrees of London University to new fields while a few believed that existing awards were adequate. While an extension of affiliation might be desirable provided that the tech-nical colleges are permitted to develop their courses in an atmosphere of flexibility experiment and equal co-operation there is little evidence of a willingness to extend the number or the scope of such arrangements. The London External Degree has two shortcomings from our viewpoint:-(1) It is limited and likely to continue to be limited to a few technologies; and (2) the external nature of the examination does not permit sufficient freedom and flexibility to the colleges.1463 A large number of the bodies agreed on the need for a national awarding body but their views on its nature and functions varied. Suggestions were:-A Technological Grants Committee for Technical Colleges parallel to the University Grants Committee for universities. This would introduce complications owing to the responsibility of the Ministry of Education and local education authorities for the financing of technical colleges. An Association of Professional Institutions we do not think that an association of professional institutions by itself would provide an adequate solution although we agree that the institutions should participate fully in co-operation with other interests in a national body.An Association of Colleges or Departments of Technology in a Tech-nological University. An association of colleges in a technological university would not be acceptable to the universities and in any case we believe that the technical colleges should individually develop their own traditions and acquire a recognized prestige of their own. A Royal Council of Technology concerned only with courses and awards at the first award level. The objections to a Royal Council so limited are (i) that post-graduate courses in technology already exist in tech-nical colleges and (ii) that the national body in addition to approving courses and making awards might well be able to assist in promoting technological education in other ways.A Royal Institute Society or College of Technology. We appreciate the objections of some professional institutions to the use of the term “Institute” or “Society,” and we think that in view of the nature and functions of the national body proposed the name “Royal College of Technologists’’ is the most appropriate that can be devised. Recommendations We recommend:-(i) The development of new courses of advanced technology in the technical colleges in close association with industry and with the co-operation of the regional academic boar&. (ii) Consideration by the Minister of Education of the possibility of increased financial aid to the authorities and a more generous allocation of budding permits.(iii) The establishment of a national body with the title “Royal College of Technologists.” FUN~ONS NATURE AND CONSTITUTION OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE. Functions of the Organisation.-We believe that the functions should be concerned with the educational problems of technology and not be confined to the approval of courses and awards. The awards will not confer a professional qualification and should be designed to provide at the first level an educational qualification comparable in value to a university first degree and at the second level a qualification obtainable after an advanced course of post-graduate study and research. The national body should not itself conduct examinations nor set syllabuses but should be responsible for approving the general conditions for the conduct of examinations and the appointment of the external examiners.Recommendations; We recommend there fore that the Royat College should (i) approve suitable courses of advanced technology submitted by technical colleges under conditions appropriate to first and higher awardr; (ii) approve the appointment of suitable external examiners to assist the colleges in setting and marking their own examinations. [ 464 to It Nature of the Organisation.-We believe that the Royal College will work 1 the best advantage only if it is a self-governing independent corporate body. should be composed so far as its governing body is concerned of persons of the highest eminence and distinction in the various fields of technology; and should be representative of all interests principally concerned.In carrying out its task of approving courses it should secure the co-operation of persons expert in the various fields of technological education. Constitution of the Organisation.-Various suggestions have been made and of these we have accepted the one which provides for self-government would give prestige to the Royal College secures the widest representation and ensures that the approval of the courses and conditions in the colleges shall be in the hands of expert technologists. Recommendations We accordingly recommend:-(i) That the Royal College shall consist of a Court assisted by a Council and an Academic Board. (ii) The Court shall consist for an initial period of not less than five years and not more than ten years of 16 Persons of eminence nominated by the Crown four representatives of the Council when appointed and four representatives of the Academic Board when appointed.Their appoint-ment shall be for jive years and be subject to renewal for a further period up to a maximum of ten years. After the expiry of the initial period of not less than five years and not more than ten years at such a time as the Court may determine the nominees of the Crown shall be limited to four the remaining twelve members being elected by and from Fellows and Members of the College and the representation of the Council and the Academic Board remaining the same. (iii) The Council shall be appointed by the Court and shall inchde persons nominated by universities technical colleges employers employees in industry professional institutions and local education authorities.(iv) The Academic Board shall be appointed by the Court and shall include persons from the tcaching staffs of technical colleges and universities, and persons experienced in educational matters chosen from among professional institutions and industry. Both the Council and the Academic Board shall have power to establish sub-committees including in tlie case of the Academic Board boards of studies. AWARDS. received from the various bodies consulted; they include :-A number of suggestions concerning the title of the awards to be made were (i) a degree: (ii) a certificate at the first level and a diploma at the second level; (iii) Associateship at the first Membership at the second and a Fellowship The objection to a degree is twofold.It would not receive the support of the universities and would not provide technological education with its own hallmark. Neither the certificate nor the diploma suggest an award which is equivalent in status to university awards and therefore they would not attract students to the courses. Recommendations We therefore recommend the third alternative i.e. an Associateship for the first award Membership for the second award and Fellowships and Honorary Fellowships for those who further distinguish themselves in the jield of technological education and research. E 465 1 for higher distinction in the field of technological education A Manual of Organic Chemistry for Advanced Students.Volume I. The Compounds of Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen and the Halogens. G. Malcolm Dyson. Pp. xiii + 984. (London Longmans Green and Co. Ltd., 1950.) 63s. net. Dr. Malcolm Dyson deserves the highest praise for producing this first volume on advanced organic chemistry and chemists in all English-speaking countries will be anxiously awaiting the publication of its two successors. Although the book is possibly too expensive for the average student it should be made available in the libraries of all teaching departments and research laboratories for it is easy to predict that it will be widely used. Those respons-ible for teaching organic chemistry will find a wealth of information in its pages and it is not too much to say that if the forthcoming volumes on the organic compounds containing nitrogen and sulphur etc.and on the theoretical aspects of organic chemistry fulfil the promise of Volume I Dyson's Organic Chemistry will rapidly take its place as a standard work which will have a con-siderable influence on the development of the subject. The book contains chapters on nomenclature the hydrocarbons hydro-carbon halogen derivatives alcohols phenols and ethers aldehydes and ketones, ketens and polyketides acids and esters terpenes carbohydrates steroids, etc. Most of the chapters are followed by one or more appendices in which certain selected topics are reviewed more extensively than is possible in the chapter concerned. It has been found possible in this way to deal'with such topics as the petroleum industry rubber and its analogues pyrones and plant pigments photographic developers plastics organic photosynthesis tannins, glycosides sweetening compounds and so on.These essays are stimulating and informative forming a most valuable feature of the book. The field covered is so large that the chapters cannot be dealt with individu-ally in the space available. As would be expected from the pen of the author the chapter on nomenclature is well-conceived although one has the minor criticism to make that for readers unfamiliar with complex ring systems a short explanation of the system of numbering the bridges as in the Ring Index might justify the space it would occupy (p. 33). The reviewer found Chapters 111 V VI and VIII particularly impressive. In the chapter on carbohydrates Dr.Dyson has not hesitated to include recent work although a notable omission is the use of periodate oxidation in structural studies. One feels also that the fundamental researches of Emil Fischer might have received more emphasis and the inclusion of lignin in this chapter and of ascorbic acid in the succeeding chapter is open to criticism; nevertheless a good account of carbohydrate chemistry is presented in less than a hundred pages. For such a large book there appear to be few errors although the statements about the ring structure of the aldopentoses (p. 792) and the use of D-xylose in connection with the synthesis of ascorbic acid (p. 810) are incorrect. One noted also the occasional intrusion of a d for a D (see e.g. p. 800) the omission of two hydrogen atoms in formula 1 10 (p.791) and an error in the first reference on p. 828. Boron trifiuoride is referred to in the text but is absent from the index and there is no index to authors presumably on the ground of economy. The printing and the formulae are excellent in this book which can truly be designated a magnum opus. E. G . V. PERCIVAL Structural Carbohydrate Chemistry. E. G. V. Percival. Pp. viii + 246. This book by one of Haworth’s pupils is well worthy of regard as a successor to The Constitution of the Sugars. The latter monograph written in 1928 has long been a classic and in 1948 was still the most authoritative book on the subject of sugar structure. Most of the advances in polysaccharide chemistry have however been made subsequent to the publication of Sir Norman Haworth’s book and the unpretentious volume under review sets out to bring the subject of carbohydrate structure up-to-date-a formidable task.One cannot but admire the skill the energy and the verbal economy with which this task has been fulfilled in some 250 pages. The first half of the text is devoted to the sugars and follows the usual sequence of determination of configuration and ring form. Thereafter a surprising number of the characteristic reactions of monosaccharides are described in detail and space is found for a survey of the sugar anhydrides and the amino-sugars. The chapter on oligosaccharides (horrid word!) is obviously written with the polysaccharides in mind and emphasis is placed on the type of the linkages between monosaccharide units in the naturally occurring di- and tri-saccharides.Hassid’s recent achievement of the enzymic synthesis of sucrose finds here full recognition. It is particularly as a review of the present conceptions of polysaccharide structure that this book is to be recommended. The main structural features of cellulose and starch and their congeners are delineated and although the emphasis is mainly on chemical and physical aspects the biological approach to constitutional problems and the biological significance of these polysacchar-ides is not neglected. Pectins gums and mucilages are considered under the heading “Polyuronides” and the opportunity is taken to mention the develop-ment of new methods of separating mixtures of sugars which are proving of such value in the study of complex polysaccharides.Recent constitutional work on less familiar polysaccharides is concisely summarised in a final chapter. Here the latest information about bacterial dextrans and levans galactans, mannans chitin laminarin agar and a number of others is to be found. The chapter on “Natural Glycosides” covers a wide field perhaps too wide, ranging as it does from simple phenolic glucosides through anthocyanins, mustard oils saponins cerebrosides to nucleotides and riboflavin. An excellent account of ascorbic acid chemistry is given in a chapter which also covers polyhydric alcohols inositols and deoxysugars. The book contains a wealth of up-to-date information which is easily access-ible to the reader because of the logical arrangement and the succinctness of presentation.References to the original literature are numerous and always significant but the method of referencing could be improved. Reference by number to a terminal bibliography would eliminate repetition simplify cross-reference and improve the appearance of the text. The Bibliography could well occupy the space of the Author Index for which the reviewer can see no use other than the titillation of the vanity of the authors mentioned in it. (London Frederick Muller Ltd. 1950.) 25s. net. S. PEAT. Physikalische Chemie in Medizin und Biologie. W. Bladergroen. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged. Pp. xxiv 3- 675. (Basel Wepf and Co. 1949.)-S. Fr. 45. Bladergroen’s book which first appeared in 1945 is addressed to the student and to the practising physician who may wish to learn more about the r6le of physical chemistry in biology and medicine.It begins with a 35-page descrip-tion of the structure of atoms and the nature of the forces binding them together [ 467 in molecules. Then in easy stages the reader is led through gas-kinetics to a simplified account of thermodynamics. The interrelationships between matter and electromagnetic radiation are next dealt with (27 pages) followed by an account of nuclear physics (38 pages). At this point a lengthy discussion of aqueous solutions is introduced by a discussion on osmotic phenomena and electrochemistry. A section on surface chemistry and the colloid state (1 00 pages) leads naturally to a discussion of protoplasm and the nucleus in terms of physics and chemistry.This section has drawn heavily upon Frey-Wyssling’s Submikroskopische Morpho logie des Protoplasmas und seiner Derivative it is a pity that the important contributions of Otto Sponsler to this field have been overlooked. The next two chapters deal with osmotic and colloidal phenomena in the human body. A discussion on oxidation-reduction potentials follows and, finally a 90-page summary of the metabolic processes of single- and multi-celled organisms. This book covers more ground than Bull’s Physical Biochemistry but merits comparison with Mansfield Clark’s Topics in Physical Chemistry which is written for much the same class of reader. Clark’s book deals with the same topics (metabolism excepted) but in a more direct and practical manner Blader-groen’s book is the more adventurous and imaginative.In places the proof-reading has not been well looked after. Ornithine is shown as diaminobutyric acid instead of diaminovaleric acid (p. 397); ri boflavine is depicted as a glycoside of ribose instead of as a ribityl derivative (p. 630); the values of the ionisation constants of aminoacids have all been reversed so that glycine appears to be much weaker both as an acid and a base than it really is (p. 209). How strange it is to see pyrimidines depicted as rectangles with the impossible C=C-C angle of 180”! The hexagonal structure of pyrimidines never seriously doubted has been confirmed by the X-ray diffraction measurements of C. Clews and W. Cochran at Cambridge (Acta Cryst. 1948 1 4).It is only fair to say that the author in describing the nucleotides portrays some purines as regular geometrical figures unfortunately these illustrations show the sugar residues attached to the 7- instead of the 9- position (pp. 408 410). The author’s use of different scales for the ionisation constants of acids (&) and of bases (Kb) is to be deprecated (p. 190). It is true that Kb values can be turned into KO values by subtraction from 14 but this relationship holds good only at 25”. It would be most inconvenient if alkalinity were commonly measured on a pOH scale reserving the pH scale for acidity and it is equally desirable that all ionisation constants whether of acids or bases should be referred to the pKu scale. This is almost always done in research papers but the present work is by no means the only text-book that has not yet aligned itself with this commonsense practice.Despite imperfections such as these it can be truly said that Bladergroen’s book is a stimulating one particularly as it has drawn heavily upon Continental sources which may not be so well known here as they deserve. The type and illustrations (nearly 200) are clear and the binding looks most durable. ADRIEN ALBERT. Structure of Molecules and the Chemical Bond. Y. K. Syrkin and M. E. Dyatkina. Translated and revised by M. A. Partridge and D. 0. Jordan. Pp. ix + 509. (London Butterworth’s Scientific Publications 1950.) 63s. postage Is. 3d. This provides a useful complementary text to Pauling’s well-known book, The Nature of the Chemical Bond.Though the level of the different chapters is somewhat uneven a reading of the book can be recommended for both r 468 honours students and research students in chemistry. Many of the tables of data have been put together in a way which is refreshing and suggestive and which cannot be readily found elsewhere. The rather unusual emphasis which the authors place on certain aspects of chemical binding is challenging, even when it cannot meet with unqualified commendation. For example, the section on crystal chemistry (45 pp.) appears overcompressed and out of balance with respect to a very full discussion of results on dipole moments (42 pp.) and the layout of data on bond energies (18 pp.) is not very clearly correlated with vibrational frequencies and interatomic distances (26 pp.).But such features do not deaden the stimulus to be obtained from reading the book and the publishers are to be congratulated on sponsoring an English edition. It should find a very ready sale. Any collection of criticisms of detail would be out of place in a short review. It must be pointed out however that the book encounters without always grappling successfully one of the key problems in contemporary chemistry, which arises from the noteworthy growth of “mathematical chemistry.” As it happens development has recently been particularly rapid in the special field of the mathematics of chemical binding. Sections of this book which deal with the mathematical analysis of polyelectronic systems tend to lag behind the latest work and even the accounts which are given appear somewhat condensed and obscure for the chemist with only limited mathematical equipment.This difficulty is to some extent unavoidable when a subject is advancing rapidly, and the translators have made some attempt to adapt the Russian text. An unsolved problem which this book merely serves to emphasise is to decide how much mathematical equipment may fairly be expected in the ripe chemist of the present and future. One of the advantages of the theory of bond reson-ance was that it permitted the development of strictly chemical symbolism more or less in step with mathematical calculations. It is important for the future of chemistry that developments of more powerful techniques in mathematical chemistry should be presented in such a way as to maintain the maximum exchange between the research worker in this branch of applied mathematics and the chemist with a more intuitive approach to the subject who has at the present time to absorb and make the best of all kinds of new techniques.This goal is not fully achieved in the present book and it would probably be fair to say that the more mathematical parts though in the main fairly clear are frequently rather like lecture notes and are too highly condensed to render service without very considerable further reading. A final comment about the price seems called for. The quality and the production are good and for departmental libraries the book may be regarded as very sound value at 63s. But in addition this kind of text should be owned by individual workers in more than one branch of chemistry and in view of the fact that a revised treatment will be called for in a very few years the publishing economics of a “personal” edition less tough from the standpoint of binding and paper and less costly than a “library” edition warrants examination.A. R. UBBELOHDE. Inorganic Syntheses. Vol. TII. Editor-in-Chief L. F. Audrieth. Pp. xi + 230. (New York London and Toronto McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc. 1950.) 32s. The pattern of the series of which this is Volume TI1 is probably well-known to many chemists but it may be explained briefly that the aim of the Editorial Board is to afford thoroughly tested synthetic procedures for inorganic com-pounds. Syntheses submitted for inclusion are first checked by an independent laboratory and any comments which arise in this process are then considered by the original authors before an agreed text is accepted.r 469 As published each contribution contains an introductory section followed by detailed instructions for the synthesis. There is a discussion of the physical and chemical properties together with analytical methods where a detailed account of these appears to be warranted. Full literature references are included. The 53 entries in the present volume actually represent a much greater number of inorganic syntheses since many of the sections deal with series of related compounds or give general methods of preparation for a generic group. Among these may be instanced the considerable range of poly- meta- and pyrophosphates and the groups of organosilicon compounds and of anhydrous metal fluorides and complex fluorine compounds.In connection with the last of these there is useful information on the use of liquid hydrogen fluoride. It is arguable that the inclusion of the preparation of strontium sulphide and selenide phosphors interprets the purpose of the series of handbooks a little too widely since it involves the preparation of slightly impure compounds rather than compounds of the highest possible purity. One feels that the term “synthesis” should refer to compounds rather than to what are in effect, mixtures. However this is only one item open to criticism (admittedly perhaps on a personal interpretation) among so many that are admirable. The editors are to be congratulated on their decision to make the index cumulative so that reference to the index of the latest volume enables the user to track down rapidly any compound so far included.This saves a little time and a vast amount of mild irritation. Undoubtedly Volume I11 will prove as indispensable to inorganic chemists-and others-as Volumes I and I1 have already done; and one awaits with what patience one can summon the time when the number of volumes in this series will rival the number in the parallel and up to the present better-known series of Organic Syntheses. Finally the part of the publishers in the production of this volume is as in the first impression of Volume I and in Volume 11 above criticism. CECIL L. WILSON. The Physical Chemistry of Electrolytic Solutions.H. S. Harned and B. B. Owen. 2nd Edition. Pp. xxxvi + 645. (New York Reinhold Publish-ing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 80s. net. In this new edition of Harned and Owen’s treatise the plan has been followed of reprinting the first edition with unchanged pagination and adding an appendix of 36 pages dealing with new contributions to the subject. This arrangement is not as awkward for the reader as might be feared as room has been found in the main body of the book for numerous cross-references to the new material. In addition some misprints have been corrected and in one or two cases where the older data have been shown to be in error since the first edition was published, the text has been altered to indicate this. For instance the idea that lanthanum chloride showed abnormal behaviour in dilute aqueous solutions was due to an error in calculation which the authors have noted and the table of activity coefficients for 3-I-valent salts has been recalculated to conform with the new values.A valuable feature of the appendix is a new table based on Birge’s 1941 values for the fundamental constants which gives theoretical slopes over a long temperature range for the various limiting equations of strong electrolyte theory. It was very unfortunate that Birge’s new values had not come into use when the book was first written. The result was (and is) that the numerous tables in the text were based on the older values. The position is now improved in so far as the reader may compare the new theoretical slopes with the old and assess the accuracy of the tables in the book and in the original literature with these changes in mind.470 The main topics of the new appendix are the recent values for the conduct-ances transport numbers and activity coefficients of the alkali metal halides at temperatures other than 25”; the new diffusion measurements of Harned and others; the hydration theories of Stokes and Robinson; and some new dissocia-tion constants for weak acid solutions. It is a pity that the authors’ treatment of the question of incomplete dis-sociation is not more consistent. Bjerrum’s theory of ion association the validity of which is said to be proved (p. 191) by Fuoss and Kraus’s well-known measurements on the salt tetraisoamylammonium nitrate predicts extensive association in aqueous solutions of multivalent salts.The Bjerrum criterion is accepted on page 425 but on page 428 an apparent conflict between this theory and experiment is ignored; while on page 146 we read “it appears that dissociation is far from complete in solutions of electrolytes of high valence types. However we do not wish to accept this view entirely without reserva-tion.” The literature on the same question is misquoted on page 164. Again, at page 610 of the appendix the alkali nitrates are said to be completely dis-sociated although a table on page 14.6 is devoted to the calculation of the dissociation constant of potassium nitrate Within the limited field however, to which the authors have contributed so much where an exact treatment can be based on verified theory the book is meticulous and authoritative.All research workers concerned with the behaviour of electrolytes must find it indispensable and will acknowledge their debt of gratitude to the authors for the standard collection of theoretical computations and experimental data that it contains. C. W. DAVIES. A Chemistry of Plastics and High Polymers. P. D. Ritchie. Pp. viii + 288. (London Cleaver-Hume Press Ltd. New York Interscience Publishers, Inc. 1949.) 25s. net. One of the problems which confronts those who come fresh to the subject of high polymers and those who wish to obtain an over-all picture of this vast field is that of knowing where to commence their reading. In recent years there have appeared many books on high polymers; some are extremely reliable, some are mediocre and some are to be avoided.Several deal in great detail with some specific part of the subject and besides being expensive are totally unsuited to the general reader or student. Others contain a little chemistry with more physics and engineering and become weighted down with a mass of technology relating to the plastics and allied industries. Professor Ritchie has appreciated the lack of a book in which the wide subject of natural and synthetic polymers is covered particularly from the point of view of the organic chemist and he has made a sincere and successful attempt to meet this need. His book deliberately entitled “A Chemistry” rather than “The Chemistry,’’ is one which treats the subject with a welcome precision and is not marred by unnecessary detail although for those who wish to pursue their studies he provides useful suggestions on items for further reading.Whilst the emphasis is primarily on the organic chemical side of the subject the more physical aspects are dealt with adequately enough for many readers. His style is lucid and easy to read and well illustrates his enthusiasm for the subject and his recognised ability as a teacher. The book based on post-graduate Iectures delivered by the author is not burdened with technology or manufacturing detail nor is stress laid on the purely synthetic polymers at the expense of those of natural origin. Following an introductory chapter in which some terms relating to polymers and plastics are discussed there are two chapters dealing with addition polymerisation and polycondensation and the kinetics of these processes.Four further chapters treat in some detail synthetic polymers including vinyl acrylic and diene 471 polymers and such polycondensates as the polyamides alkyds and phenol-, urea- and melamine-formaldehyde resins. Then follow chapters on natural polymers (proteins cellulose rubber and derivatives) and drying oils and a particularly interesting review of inorganic polymers. The penultimate chapter summarises our present knowledge on molecular structure and polymer properties introducing such items as second-order transition point (which we hate to see abbreviated as S.O.T.P. as if it were some new detergent !) crystallinity, solvents and plasticisers viscosity strength molecular weight the physics of polymer deformation elasticity and electrical properties.Professor Ritchie’s presentation is such that we read of plastics and polymers as a continuous story and he is to be congratulated on his ability to do this so adequately in some 280 pages although such a limitation in space has resulted in several obvious gaps. There are some criticisms which one can make. Is it necessary to perpetuate the terms A- and C-polymerisation when polymerisation and polycondensation would suffice? Again the general use of such abbreviations as T F M U, etc. for thiourea formaldehyde melamine urea etc. can be annoying and sometimes confusing as e.g. in the footnote on page 121. It may be well to point out that “Carbitol” (p. 91) is not diethylene glycol but its monoethyl ether that Neoprene is not made in this country (p.67) and that the high strength of “Fortisan” (pp. 174 and 254) is more likely to arise from the high degree of orientation and crystallinity than from superior molecular weight. It is surprising to see a wet-spinning of cellulose acetate into kerosine given equal place with the conventional evaporative (dry) spinning process (p. 170), and that cyclohexanone oxime provides an alternative and not the main route to Perlon L (p. 87). Determination of molecular weight by end-group methods is unworthily relegated to a footnote on page 252 and although dipole forces and packing are dealt with at some length in Chapter XV the “odd-even” and unit-length effects on the melting-points of linear polycondensates could well have been introduced.The statement on page 244 that annealing in polyesters occurs in several weeks and in polyamides in about 40 years would seem to require some further explanation. The book is a handy volume well indexed under both author and subject matter and is published at what in these days may be regarded as a modest price. It can be recommended warmly to those chemists who wish to know more about polymers generally and particularly to students reading for the Institute’s examinations or a degree. It will form also a useful addition to the libraries of many academic and industrial workers and although the book is not intended for specialists one cannot help feeling that they too will find it uscful. R. J.W. REYNOLDS. Thorpe’s Dictionary of Applied Chemistry. Fourth Edition (Revised and Enlarged). Vol. X Plagioclase-Sodium. Pp. xi + 913. (London Long-mans Green and Co. Ltd. 1950.) E5 net. It is 60 years since Edward Thorpe published the first edition of his famous Dictionary of Applied Chemistry. He did so at a time when textbooks on the subject particularly in the field of the Arts and Manufactures were few and far between. In a sense he was the first to attempt to publicise the advances in chemical science to the industrialist and to help the academic chemist to appreciate that his science is after all a practical science which finds its outlet in the multifarious sections of the chemical industry. It was a noble con-ception on his part and the measure of success accorded to the work on its first appearance proved that to both academic chemist and technologist its every page bore the stamp of authority.To achieve this Thorpe with true wisdom invoked the skill and experience of a wide range of specialists many of inter-national renown. Probably it i s the best effort that has ever been made in this direction and its continued and growing popularity is the best argument in favour of its general excellence. It still remains the first line of attack for all interested in chemical research or its application. With the rapid expansion in the subject it becomes all !he more necessary to have recourse to such a convenient and trustworthy review. From its original five volumes it is now to extend to twelve of which the one under review is the tenth The ideals of the Master have been maintained throughout.The editorial board under Sir Ian Heilbron are not only to be commended for this but congratulated on the speed with which the later volumes are now appearing. It is impossible in short compass to deal adequately with even the major sections. The advances in recent years are illustrated by the fact that plastics, including polyamides nylon and silicones extends to 90 pages. Rubber covers 85 pages two-thirds of the space significantly enough being devoted to the synthetic product. Important sections deal with detergents preservation of food and refrigeration proteins free radicals rheology and radium; the final 190 pages are assigned to sodium and its compounds. References appear adequate and are easily found.There is something to be said for placing these at the end of the article rather than interspersed in the text especially where they are numerous as e.g. quinoline with no less than 282 references or refractory materials with 88 references. Many well-known academic chemists directors of research organisations and representatives of important industrial concerns figure in the list of con-tributors. In a work of this kind diagrams and photographs of plant and operations are of the utmost importance. These are fully in keeping with the consistently high standard of the entire production. “Thorpe” has come to stay. It is assured of a warm welcome everywhere. W. M. CUMMING. BOOKS AND PAMPHLET§ RECEIVED BUT NOT REVIEWED Verstiindliche Elemente der Wellenmechanik.I Tiel. Karl Jellinek. Pp. xii + 304. (Basil Wepf and Co. 1950.) S.Fr. 34. Annual Reports on the Progress of Chemistry for 1949. Vol. 46. Pp. 333. (London The Chemical Society 1950.) 25s. Reports on Progress in Physics. Vol. XI11 (1950). Executive Editor A. C . Stickland. Pp. 424. (London The Physical Society 1950.) 50s. net, postage Is. The Identification of Molecular Spectra. 2nd Edition revised. R. W. €3. Pearse and A. G. Gaydon. Pp. xi + 276 with 12 plates. (London: Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 50s. net. [This book was first published in 1941. The second edition includes many new data and references and four new plates.] A German-English Dictionary for Chemists. A. M. Patterson. 3rd Edition. Pp. xviii + 541. (New York John Wiley and Sons Inc.; London: Chapman and Hall Ltd.1950.) 40s. net. Report of the Twenty-seventh Meeting of the Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science. January 1949. (Hobart : Government Printer.) 473 Reviews of Petroleum Technology Vol. 9 (covering 1947). Edited by F. H. Garner E. B. Evans and G . Sell. Pp. vii + 340. (London The Institute of Petroleum 1950.) 27s. 6d. The Condensed Chemical Dictionary. 4th Edition. Editorial director Francis M. Turner. Revised and enlarged by A. and E. Rose. Pp. mix + 726. (New York Reinhold Publishing Corporation; London Chapman and Hall Ltd. 1950.) 80s. net. Pp. 87. (London Arrow Press Ltd. 1950.) 5s. post free. [A Symposium of Lectures given at the Northampton Polytechnic London in 1950 Recent Developments in Electrodeposition Processes (E.A. Ollard); Recent Developments in Plant for Electrodeposition (E. A. Ollard); Phosphate Treatments for Iron and Steel Surfaces (H. A. Holden); Methods for the Protection and Decoration of Aluminium (V. F. Hetdey); Methods for the Protection of Magnesium Alloys (W. F. Higgins); The History and General Principles of Vitreous Enamelling (W. E. Benton); Vitreous Enamels their Composition and Methods of Application (S. Hallsworth); Vitreous Enamels and their Value in Industry (H. Laithwaite).] Modern Developments in Metal Finishing. Edited by W. F. Coxon. SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING OF THE INSTITUTE 20 October 1950 A Special General Meeting of the Institute was held in the Lecture Theatre of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street, London W.C.1 on Friday 20 October 1950 at 5.30 p.m.The Chair was occupied by the President Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. and there were present 45 corporate members (41 Fellows and 4 Associates) including 27 who were not Members of the Council. The meeting proceeded to business at 5.35 p.m. when the presence of the quorum prescribed by By-Law 7(1) had been proved. The Secretary read the notice convening the meeting as follows :-“Notice is hereby given that a Special General Meeting of the Institute will be held in the Lecture Theatre of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C.1 on Friday 20 October 1950 at 5.30 o’clock in the afternoon to consider and if thought fit to pass the following Resolution to be moved on behalf of the Council:-That under the powers exercisable by the Institute under or by virtue of its Royal Charter the By-laws of the Institute be varied by the substitution of the By-laws printed on the left-hand pages of the booklet (a copy of which has been produced to the meeting and for purposes of identification sub-scribed by the Chairman of the meeting) for the existing By-laws which are printed on the right-hand pages of the said booklet and that the By-laws so substituted come into operation and take effect if and so soon as they shall be allowed with or without modification by the Lords of His Majesty’s Most Honourable Privy Council.Any Fellow or Associate who is unable to be present at the meeting is at liberty to appoint Professor J.W. Cook President of the Chemistry Department, the University Glasgow W.2 or any other corporate member of the Institute, as his Proxy. In that event the form of Proxy must be received at the Tnstitute not later than 5.30 p.m. on Wednesday 18 October 1950.” [ 474 In moving the Resolution on behalf of the Council the President produced to the meeting a copy of the booklet referred to in the Resolution which he had signed for purposes of identification and drew attention to the article on pages 373-385 of Part V of the Journal in which the nature and purpose of the proposed changes in the By-Laws were indicated. He then went on to say:-I might remind you that the submission of this resolution on behalf of the Council is the culmination of work on which the Officers and Council have been engaged for a number of years with a view to bringing the Charter and By-Laws of the Institute into greater accord with current practice and needs.In 1945, a Committee on Revision of Charter and By-Laws was appointed to advise the Council on this task but when the field had been surveyed and a substantial measure of agreement reached on broad principles it was decided to concentrate first on securing a new Charter. You will remember that this was granted by His Majesty on 14 April 1949. As soon as the terms of the petition and of the new Charter had been decided at the Annual General Meeting in 1948 work on revision of the By-Laws was resumed. Prolonged discussions took place on the Council and at successive Conferences of Hon.Secretaries of Local Sections and observations on various questions were received from Committees of Local Sections. A number of controversial issues were thus settled and at the meeting of the Council last November the final Report of the Committee on Revision of By-Laws was accepted with certain modifications by the Council and was then forwarded to the Institute's Solicitors with instructions to re-draft the By-Laws in accord-ance with the recommendations. At its meeting on 21 July the Council received a complete draft of the proposed new By-Laws prepared by the Solicitors in consultation with the Officers of the Institute and with Counsel. A number of outstanding points were settled and the Council then resolved that subject to amendment of the draft in accordance with these final conclusions and to the advice of the lawyers on certain points of drafting the whole of the proposals for revision of the By-Laws be submitted to a Special General Meeting to be held on 20 October.In the course of preparing the draft of the proposed new By-Laws the Council has had in mind the desirability of providing reasonable flexibility in meeting possible future contingencies while safeguarding the interests of members. Thus powers to vary procedure or practice in matters of detail have been largely vested in the Council or where such matters are of greater constitutional importance in a General Meeting. By this means it is hoped to avoid the need for unduly frequent changes in By-Laws as the work of the 'Institute develops.At the same time the rights of members have been effectively preserved by retaining appropriate checks on arbitrary action by the Council or snap divisions at General Meetings. Although it is not possible to visualise all the contingencies that may arise in the future it is believed that the new By-Laws should serve the general needs of the Institute for many years to come. Before submitting the resolution I would remind you that if it is adopted, the new By-Laws will not become effective until they have been allowed with or without modification by the Privy Council. The question of whether the election of Officers and Council to take office at the Annual General Meeting on 27 April 1951 can be conducted under the new By-Laws depends on how soon this approval is granted.If it is granted before the end of 1950 there will be time to conduct the election in accordance with the new By-Laws; if after the date of the Council Meeting in February it would certainly be con-stitutionally impossible; if on some intermediate date it would be for the Council to decide the issue in relation to length of notice of the various processes that must be given to members. Members will appreciate that while they are free to discuss any aspect of the proposed changes in the By-Laws I am not able to accept any amendments 475 to the resolution except in so far as it can be shown that any purely printer’s errors have crept into the text in the booklet. Only one such error has so far come to my notice and that is in the last line of proposed new By-Law 86 where the word “from” should be substituted for the word “for”; there had been no intention of amending this phrase in the existing By-Laws.This error has been corrected in the signed copy of the booklet which is on the table. Apart from this my attention has been drawn to a few cases where the draft of the proposed new By-Laws may not be entirely free from ambiguity. Although I am not able to accept amendments on matters of this kind I understand that it will be proper to draw the attention of the Privy Council office to such points of drafting so that consideration may be given to including appropriate amend-ments with any that the Privy Council themselves may wish to make. In the discussion on the resolution a number of questions were raised by members and replies given by the Chairman.Mr. C. L. L. Claremont Fellow, expressed concern about the changes proposed in By-Laws 43 and 49 relating to conditions of admission of corporate members and students in respect of nationality. He questioned the desirability of extending eligibility for admission to persons other than British subjects especially to citizens of countries formerly within the Commonwealth. He expressed the view that if eligibility were to be extended beyond the range of British subjects it would be more logical to do away with any nationality restriction whatsoever. The President explained that the specification of British nationality was no longer as precise as it had been in the past and citizenship of Commonwealth countries was recognised in the British Nationality Act.There was no desire to exclude from eligibility citizens of countries within the British Commonwealth, and the new By-Laws 43 and 49 had been drafted so as to provide for their continued inclusion even if they should no longer be in the category of British subjects. As regards countries formerly within the Commonwealth it would be seen that citizens of any such country would be eligible for admission to membership or studentship of the Institute only if that country were specifically approved for this purpose by the Jnstitute in General Meeting. It would be remembered that at the Annual General Meeting on 29 April 1949 approval was given to a resolution providing for the continued eligibility of citizens of Eire (now the Republic of Jreland) irrespective of whether they were British subjects or not and By-Laws 43 and 49 had then been amended by adding the words “or any citizen of the Republic of Ireland” after the words “any British subject.” This involved an alteration of the By-Laws but under the proposed new By-Laws 43 and 49 any further addition to the list of such countries would not require a change in By-Laws.It would however need the approval of the Imtitute in General Meeting and this would seem to be an adequate safeguard. Mr. Claremont indicated that he was still not satisfied with the wisdom of the proposed changes in these two By-Laws and would like to see further con-sideration given to them. The President stated that it would not be possible to refer back any particular By-Laws for further consideration.Mr. Claremont then moved that the whole of the proposed new By-Laws be referred back to the Council for further examination with special reference to By-Laws 43 and 49. As this motion was not seconded the President invited further discussion on other aspects of the resolution. At the conclusion of this discussion the motion on the order paper was put and carried by 39 votes to 1. The meeting was then declared closed. [ 476 ACTIVITIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS Aberdeen and North of Scotland.-The opening meeting of the 1950-51 session was held on 20 October in the Chemistry Department Marischal College, Aberdeen. Professor R. M. Barrer presided and introduced the speaker, Dr. R. Hurst of the Atomic Energy Research Establishment Harwell who gave a talk on “Recent Work on the Transuranic Elements.” The lecture evoked quite a number of questions.The next meeting of the Section was held on 7 November in the Chemistry Department Marischal College when Professor R. M. Barrer again occupied the chair. Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. President of the Institute gave a talk entitled “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydro-carbons.” A lively discussion followed the lecture. After the lecture an informal dinner was held in the University Union in honour of the President’s visit to Aberdeen. About 30 members and friends attended and in addition to Professor Cook the guests included Professor D. Campbell President of the General Medical Council Mr. A. A. Meldrum, President of the Pharmaceutical Society and Lt.-Col.F. M. Potter O.B.E. T.D., Chairman of the Stirlingshire and District Section. Mr. Meldrum proposed the toast of “The Royal Institute of Chemistry,” to which Professor Cook replied, and Dr. R. B. Strathdee proposed the toast of “The Guests” to which Lt.-Col. Potter replied. After dinner the company adjourned to the lounge where an opportunity was afforded for informal discussion amongst the members. Belfast and District.-On 21 September Dr. M. H. Hall gave a lecture to the Section taking as his subject “A Review of Methods for determining Moisture in Organic Materials.” A very interesting discussion followed. A joint meeting with the Chemical Society and the Local Section and Food Group of the Society of Chemical Industry was held on 19 October when Dr.J. B. M. Coppock director of research of the British Baking Industries Research Association spoke on “The Application of Science in the Baking Industry.” At a meeting under the auspices of the Chemical Society on 27 October, Dr. R. S. Calm Editor of the Journal of the Chemical Society gave a lecture entitled “Editing for the Chemical Society.” Birmingham and Midlands.-The first meeting of the session took place on 16 September when a party of 19 members and friends visited Llangollen where they were entertained to tea by Dr. S. R. Illingworth on behalf of the North Wales Section. After the tea reference was made by Dr. Illingworth and Mr. F. G. Broughall Vice-chairman of the Birmingham and Midlands Section, to the absence owing to ill health of Mr.E. M. Joiner. Tributes were paid to his tireless efforts in the service of the Institute and the best wishes of the gather-ing for a speedy recovery were expressed and were conveyed to him by Mr. F. A. Jones on the party’s return to Birmingham. On 27 September a joint meeting was held with the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists when a Symposium entitled “The Micro-Analytical Chemistry of Fluorine” was presented by members of the S.P.A. Mr. Ronald Belcher who presided was reluctantly obliged to curtail a very lively discussion owifig to lack of time. At the meeting on 13 October the President Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S., delivered a lecture entitled “Some Chemical Aspects of Cancer.” The Chair-man Dr. S. H. Jenkins in introducing the speaker paid tribute to his achieve-ments in the field of cancer chemistry and at the end of the lecture which was extremely well received by a packed audience Professor M.Stacey expressed 477 similar sentiments when proposing the vote of thanks. After the lecture an informal dinner was given by the Committee in honour of the President. The guests included Professors M. Stacey and R. H. Hopkins and Mr. B. Topley. The Midland Chemists Committee Dinner Dance was held on 14 October at the Queen’s Hotel. The toast of the Visitors was proposed by the Section Chairman Dr. S. H. Jenkins and was responded to by the President of the Institute Professor J. W. Cook the President of the Society of Chemical Industry Mr. Stanley Robson and the President of the British Association of Chemists Dr.Herbert Levinstein. In the speeches references were made to the desirability of a central meeting place in which the various learned and technological bodies of the City could hold their lectures. It was stated that some progress had been made towards this goal and a tentative plan for a Technical House had been drawn up. The Dance which followed was well attended and it was generally agreed that the success of the combined function had rewarded the organisers for their efforts. Cardiff and District.-A party of members of the Section and of the South Wales Section of the Society of Chemical Industry with their ladies visited the factory of H. W. Carter Ltd. at Coleford in the Forest of Dean on 22 Sep-tember. The factory which stands high in open country manufactures syrups and juices containing vitamin C; plant for canning fruit has been added recently.The various operations were shown and explained by members of the chemical staff‘ and work in progress in the research department was demon-strated. Tea was kindly provided by the management. The return journey was made via Symond’s Yat Monmouth and Tintern Abbey. Fortunately the weather was fine and the day was both pleasant and profitable. Dublin and District.-A meeting of the Section was held in the Chemistry Department University College Dublin on 18 October 1950 Mr. J. Andrews, Chairman presiding. The President Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. made his first visit to the Section and having been welcomed by the Chairman gave a lecture on “Synthetic Analgesics and Antispasmodics” which was much appreciated by a large audience.Professor W. J. Jessop and Professor Mitchell joined in the discussion which followed and the Chairman expressed the thanks of the meeting to Professor Cook. Later in the evening the President joined the members of the Section and their ladies at a Dinner in the Gresham Hotel Dublin where he responded to the toast of the “Royal Institute of Chemistry,” proposed by Mr. Andrews. During his visit Professor Cook had the honour of being received by the President of Ireland Mr. Sean T. O’Kelly at Arus an Uachtarain Phoenix Park Dublin. Dundee and District.-The opening meeting of the 1950-51 season was held on 13 October in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Dundee, when-very appropriately-the speaker was Dr.W. T. H. Williamson, F.R.S.E. paying his first visit to Dundee in his capacity as local District Member of Council. Illustrated by specimens charts diagrams and slides his lecture on “Chemistry in Relation to Soil Science” was greatly enjoyed by a good audience of members and public and stimulated a spate of questions. Mr. A. Dargie presided and introduced the lecturer. Mr. A. Hood operated the epidiascope and Mr. N. B. B. Johnstone moved the vote of thanks. E 478 A meeting was held in the Department of Chemistry University of St. Andrews on 10 November. After tea in the Library the company reassembled in the Lecture-Theatre where under the Chairmanship of Mr. Douglas M. G. Lloyd Professor E.G. Cox (University of Leeds) delivered a Lecture on “Bond Lengths Their Measurement and their Significance.” Appreciation of this excellent survey of the results of modern X-ray crystallography was expressed in a witty motion of thanks by Professor John Read. The majority of the large audience was recruited from St. Andrews members of the Chemical Society but despite the early hour (5.15 p.m.) there was an encouraging representation from Dundee including senior students and staR of University College and the Technical College. The success of this first Section meeting to be held outside of Dundee augurs well for the future of such gatherings. East Midlands.-It was with regret that the Committee received the resigna-tion of Mr. E. M. Bavin as Hon. Secretary consequent upon his leaving the district.They placed on record their great appreciation of the service he had given the Section during the past years. Mr. C. W. North was elected in his place and Dr. A. G. Catchpole was elected to fill the vacancy thereby created on the Committee. The opening meeting of the Session took place at the College of Technology, Leicester on 21 September when Mr. J. L. Denny of the Printing Packaging and Allied Trades Research Association gave a lecture illustrated with lantern slides on “Scientific Aspects of Packaging.” After a discussion the meeting closed with a hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer. On 18 October a joint meeting was held with the Institute of Fuel at the Electricity Showrooms Derby when Dr. B. A. Southgate gave a lecture on “Industrial Waste Water.” An interesting discussion followed and the meeting ended with a vote of thanks to the lecturer.Edinburgh and East of Scotland.-The Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section in conjunction with the local representatives of the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry held the opening meetings of the 1950-5 1 Session on 6 and 7 October 1950. The occasion was a Special Joint Meeting with the Fine Chemicals Group of the Society of Chemical Industry. Lectures of outstanding merit were delivered by Dr. F. Bergel and Professor G. F. Marrian F.R.S. Dr. Bergel discussed “The Biological and Therapeutic Importance of Naturally Occurring Organic Phosphates.” Professor Marrian, in the third Lister Lecture gave a lucid account of “The Biochemistry of the Adrenal Cortical Hormones.” After the Lister Lecture visitors were enter-tained to lunch by Messrs.T. and H. Smith and J. F. Macfarlan and Co. At an ordinary meeting on 26 October the Chairman of the Section presented a dressing case and an electric clock to Mr. G. Elliot Dodds in recognition of his long and able services as Secretary to the Section. Later in the evening Dr. A. E. Werner of the National Gallery London lectured on “The Scientific Examination of Pictures.” This was an unusually interesting address illus-trated by slides some in colour radiographs and micro-sections. The thanks of the meeting were expressed by Dr. E. G. V. Percival. Hull and District.-At a recent Committee meeting the following Officers were elected for the Session:-Chairman Mr.R. S . Howard; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. C . E. Rhodes; Hon. Recorder Mr. A. P. Backshell; Representative on the Yorkshire Council for Further Education Mr. P. H. Cutting. The Committee agreed that close liaison with the Honorary Representatives in Schools and Colleges was necessary and passed a resolution that the Honorary Representatives should be co-opted. r 479 Leeds Area.-On 31 October a joint meeting of the Section with the Leeds University Chemical Society was held at the University of Leeds. Mr. G . Brearley Chairman of the Section presided and Dr. W. Kent-Jones lectured on “Why Flour Improvers are Used. The Agene Problem.” The Hon. Treasurer’s vigorous contribution to this controversial topic was much appreciated by a large audience and a lively discussion followed.A vote of thanks to the lecturer was proposed by Mr. Trefor Davies and seconded by Mr. G. Allen. Before the meeting there was a display of films at which Dr. J. W. Baker, President of the Leeds University Chemical Society presided. Mr. Brearley announced amid acclamation that the Committee had appointed Professor E. G. Cox to be Chairman of the Section for the coming year. Manchester and District.-The Section had a full and interesting summer programme. Visits were arranged to John Rylands Library Manchester (28 June) Nook Colliery Astley (28 June) Petrocarbon Ltd. (12 July), Pilkington Bros. St. Helens (25 July) and Chloride Batteries Ltd. Clifton Junction (14 September). On 30 September the Annual Picnic was held at Bolton Abbey the return journey being made via Clitheroe with dinner at the Moorcock Inn.Many of the meetings of the winter session have been arranged in conjunction with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry which appears to be a satisfactory plan. The Student’s Section held its Annual General Meeting on 1 1 October at the Royal Technical College Salford. Dr. P. F. R. Venables presided and Mr. J. T. Marsh spoke on “The Work of the Royal Institute of Chemistry.” A display and demonstration of electronic instruments followed. The first of the combined meetings under the auspices of the Chemical Society took place on 19 October when Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S., gave an absorbing lecture on “The Chemistry of the Tropolones.” The sixth Dalton Lecture was delivered on 26 October in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre of the University by Sir Charles Goodeve O.B.E.F.R.S., Director of the British Iron and Steel Research Association. The President, Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. was in the chair and in introducing the lecturer, paid a tribute to the Section and in particular to Mr. J. T. Marsh for inaugurat-ing the Dalton Lecture as a corrective to the tendency of the general public to think of science only in terms of destruction. Sir Charles Goodeve spoke on “Physical Chemistry in Iron and Steel Mak-ing,” outlining the story of an atom of iron from its birth millions of years ago, through the vicissitudes of mining extraction and commercial use to its demise in a rusted pit-prop in the soil of its first beginnings considering the physico-chemical problems presented at each stage of its history.Dr. G. N. Burkhardt Chairman of the Section proposed a hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer and expressed the Section’s appreciation of Professor Cook‘s presence. He was supported by Mr. J. T. Marsh. The Annual General Meeting of the Section will be held on 31 January, 1951 and will be followed by a lecture on “Men and Machines,” by Professor R. E. Lane of the Nuffield Department of Occupational Health University of Manches ter . Mid-Southern Counties.-A joint meeting with the Physical Methods Group of the Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists was held at Poole on the evening of 6 October for a Symposium on Flame Photometry. The Chair was taken by Mr. B.S. Cooper and three papers were read:-“Flame Photometers-a Description of two Instruments,” by Mr. A. Brealey and Mr. R. E. Ross; “Notes on the Internal Standards Technique (Flame r 480 Photometry) with special reference to Solution Filters,” by Dr. T. C. J. Ovenston; and “The Rapid Determination of Sodium and Potassium in Rocks and Minerals,” by Mr. G. H. Osborn and Mr. H. Johns. A very interesting and lengthy discussion followed. There were about 60 members present. Subsequently there was a dinner for members of both bodies at the Dolphin Hotel Poole and a very pleasant evening was enjoyed by all those attending. The Section has had the misfortune to lose by death two of its members-Mr. G. M. Hills (Experimental Station Porton) and Mr. A. M. Robinson (Admiralty Materials Laboratory Holton Heath) both young men at the height of their careers.The Committee in addition to sending a letter of condolence to the family sent a floral tribute in both cases. The Committee has arranged 22 lectures and two Symposia during the corning session. In addition the President of the Institute has promised to come to Southampton on 1 February to give a talk on “Chemotherapy.” This will be followed by a reception dinner and social evening. All members are asked to give their full support to all these activities which have been arranged on their behalf. North Wales.-On 26 October a joint meeting with the University College of North Wales Chemical Society was addressed by Dr. Leslie E. Sutton, F.R.S. on the subject of “Some Applications of Electric Dipole Moment Measurements to Problems of Stereochemistry.” The meeting attended by about 70 members was held in the Department of Chemistry University College of North Wales Bangor.On 9 November at the Grammar School for Boys Ruabon Dr. James Taylor, M.B.E. addressed a meeting on “Exothermic Reactions and Jet Propulsion.” The lecture was illustrated by numerous demonstrations and by slow-motion films. South Wales.-On 13 October a meeting was held jointly with the Chemical Society and the University College of Swansea Chemical Society at University College Swansea with Professor C . W. Shoppee presiding. Professor F. Challenger Vice-president lectured on “Some Aspects of the Chemistry of Sulphur Compounds occurring in Nature.” Stirlingshire and District.-The Inaugural Dinner of the Section was held at Mathiesons’ Rooms Falkirk on 2 October and was attended by 55 members and guests.After dinner the Chairman Lt.-Col. F. M. Potter O.B.E. T.D., introduced the principal guest Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. President. In his address the President traced the history of the Institute from its founding in 1877 to the present day. The new Section was the fifth to be formed in Scotland, and its formation following so soon after that of the Dundee and District Section provided evidence of the increasing importance of chemists in the in-dustrial and other developments taking place in Scotland. In spite of this there was still considerable confusion in the public mind regarding the function of chemists and he suggested that Local Sections could perform a very useful service by publicising their activities.He emphasised that the Institute is a professional body looking after the interests of the profession of chemistry and chemists and that the high standard of professional conduct which was demanded of members should be zealously maintained. The President concluded by con-veying the greetings of the Council to the new Section and wishing it every success in the future. A warm welcome was then accorded Dr. H. J. T. Ellingham the Secretary. In his remarks he urged the Section to pay particular attention to local interests and also emphasised the desirability of publicity Mr. E. 0. Wisbey Vice-chairman thanked Professor Cook and Dr. Elling-ham for their stimulating addresses and congratulated the Council on encourag-ing the formation of the new Local Section.This decentralisation although contrary to national trends was obviously a sign of strength. He also paid tribute to the inspiration of Col. Potter as Chairman of the Section to Mr. R. J. Loveluck for his work in founding the Section and to the Hon. Secretary, Dr. F. S . Fowkes. hlr. J . B. Kitchin welcomed the guests. These were Professor 1. A. Preece, Chairman of the Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section Mr. A. K. Jarnieson, Member of Council and of the Glasgow and West of Scotland Section Mr. Stewart Liddle lion. Secretary of the Dundee and District Section and Mr. H. H. Campbell the District Member of Council. Expressions of regret at absencc were received froin the Registrar Mr.R. L. Collett and Mr. Elliot Dodds, Vice-chairman of the Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section. A telegram of good wishes was received from the Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section. Cape of Good Hope.-At its meeting on 20 October the Council accepted a proposal by the Committee of the Cape Section that the area served by the Section should in future be that of the Cape Province of the Union of South Africa and that all members of the Institute having their registered addresses within the Cape Province should in future be deemed to be members of the Section. The Committee of the Section desires it to be known that all members of the Institute will be welcome at meetings of the Section whenever they happen to be in Cape Town. India Madras.-Following the acceptance by the Council of the pro-posal for the establishment of a Local Section in Madras the members of the Institute met in the Chemistry Lecture Hall of the Government Arts College, Madras on 4 September 1950.After tea Mr. K. V. Sundaram Ayyar spoke at length on the history of the establishment of the Section the keen interest taken by Professor Alexander Findlay and the great part played by him in its formation. He stressed the need for closer contact among the members and for the strengthening of the professional bonds of fellowship in order to advance their professional interests and thereby contribute to the progress of their country. They had before them he said the fine traditions and solid achieve-ments of their Institute in London which should stimulate the Madras members to similar efforts.He hoped that the Section would become in course of time the acknowledged and authoritative body of professional chemists in the State. He expressed his pleasure that so many had responded to his notice to meet there and was very glad to announce that those who were not able to be present at the meeting had written to express their satisfaction at its purpose and their desire to participate in the future activities of the Section. He then read the draft rules of the Section which were approved. They would come into effect after they were ratified by the Council. He then read the kind messages of greetings and good wishes from the President Professor Alexander Findlay and Dr. G. J. Fowler. The members then elected the following as Committee Members and Office Bearers for the year:-Committee Prof.B. B. Dey Prof. D. D. Kanga Prof. S. V. Ananthakrishnan Prof. M. V. Sitaraman Dr. B. S. Srikantan Dr. T. R. Govindachari Mr. M. V. K. Sastry Mr. K. V. Sundaram Ayyar Mr. A. J. Boyd Dr. P. Venkata Rao; Office Bearers Prof. B. B. Dey Chairman Mr. K. V. Sundaram Ayyar Hon. Secretary-Treasurer. Mr. V. Venkatachalam was appointed Hon. Auditor. 482 The following resolution was unanimously passed :-“The members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry met at the first meeting of the Madras Section on the 4 September 1950 send their fraternal greetings and good wishes to their fellow members in India and elsewhere. They also tender their sincere thanks to the Council for the establishment of a Local Section in Madras and to the President Prof.Findlay and Dr. Fowler for their kind messages greetings and good wishes. They also authorise the Secretary to communicate the above resolution to the Council to the President to Prof. Findlay and to Dr. Fowler.” Professor Kanga who presided on the occasion paid a glowing tribute to Mr. Sundaram for his endeavours to form the Section and to bring the members together. He said there was great need for all the chemists to come together, to syrnpathise with and understand each other. Dr. Srikantan proposed a hearty vote of thanks to the Secretary to those who participated in the meeting and to Professor Lakshmanan for so readily placing the spacious hall at their disposal and for the excellent tea provided.The meeting then terminated. Malaya.-During the first year since the Section was restarted the following lectures were given:-“Chemistry and Scotland Yard,” by Dr. W. Rintoul; “ Anti-Malarial Work in Singapore,” by Mr. H. J. Benjafield (Municipal Health Officer); “Physiological Activity and Chemical Constitution,” by Mr. A. F. Caldwell (Chief Government Pharmacist); “Dietary Standards and their Application to Local Nutritional Problems,” by Professor C. J. Oliveira; “The Work of the Colonial Development Research Council,” by Sir John Simonsen F.R.S. The lectures were all well attended and the discussions that followed indicated a lively interest in the various subjects. Visits were paid during the year to The Malayan Breweries Ltd. The Singa-pore Glass Manufacturing Co.Ltd. The Municipal Sewerage Works at Kim Chuan Road and the rubber factory of Cressonite Industries Ltd. Throughout the year the Section has tried to stimulate interest in chemistry amongst the undergraduates of the University of Malaya. These efforts were very successful as evidenced by the good attendance of science students at lectures and visits to factories. Hon. Secretaries of Local Sections.-The thanks of the Council have been expressed to Mr. E. M. Bavin and Mr. E. A. C. Crouch for the valuable services they have rendered as Hon. Secretaries of the East Midlands and the Hudders-field Sections. Both have resigned their offices owing to pending removal to other areas and they have been succeeded by Mr. C. W. North and Mr. A. K. Dunn respectively EXAMINATIONS SEPTEMBER 1950 ABSTRACT OF THE REPORT OF THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS Examinations were held as under :- Entered Passed For the Associat eship .Examiners Dr. T. G. Pearson and Professor D. H. Hey. The examination was held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington and at the Royal Technical College Glasgow, theoretical papers being taken also at various local centres, in the week beginning Monday 1 1 September 1950. For the Fellowship. The examinations were held in the Examinations Hall and Chemical Laboratory of the University of London South Kensington in the week beginning Monday 18 September, 1950. Branch C Organic Chemistry. Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Examiners Mr.G. Taylor O.B.E. and Dr. C. H. Examiner Professor D. H. Hey Drugs and of Water. Hampshire C.M.G. Branch H General Analytical Chemistry. Examiners Mr. R. C. Chirnside and Mr. J. Haslam 99 21 * 2 2 * 8 candidates completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in those parts in which they had previously failed and 21 candidates failed in part only of the examination (8 in the Translation test). 7 2 candidates completed the examination by satisfying the Examiners in those parts in which they had previously failed and 2 candidates failed in part only of the examination. EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP MONDAY 11 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions only. Give formulae and equatYons where possible.] 1. Outline one laboratory method for preparing a pure sample of each of Give a concise account of the more important features in the chemistry of the following :-(a) ammonia (b) phosphine and (c) stibine.ammonia. 2. EITHER (a) Discuss the distinctive features in the chemistry of carbon in relation to the electronic structure of the element and its position in the periodic table; 1 484 OR (b) Write informative notes on TWO of the following :-(i) the structure and properties of ozone and hydrogen (ii) the structure of the persulphuric acids ; (iii) the metalloid character of tellurium ; (iv) the peculiarities of hydrogen fluoride. peroxide ; 3. Write a systematic account of the chemistry of EITHER (a) zinc cadmium and mercury; OR (b) germanium tin and lead.4. EITHER (a) Outline concisely the chief features in the chemistry of the platinum metals showing how they accord with the position of these metals in the transition series and periodic table; (b) Describe the extraction of radium salts from naturally occurrmg sources. Show that this element is a conventional member of the alkaline earth family. OR 5. Write concise explanatory notes on THREE of the following:-(a) Goldschmidt co-ordination numbers ; (b) Fajans’ views on ionic distortion; (c) Hume-Rothery rules ; (d) “inert pair” of valency electrons; (e) resonance. Refer where possible to examples. 6. Give an account of reactions of qualitative analytical importance assoc-iated with THREE of the following:-(a) thallium; (b) beryllium; (c) titanium; (4 zirconium; (e) cerium.7. Indicate the disposition in space of covalent bonds in relation to the size Describe briefly giving examples the principal types of isomerism (including of the valency group. stereoisomerism) that occur in 6-co-ordinate complexes. MONDAY 11 SEPTEMBER 1950 2 to 5 p.m. [Answer FIVE questions ONLY. Give formulae and equations where possible.] 1. Outline the essential theory underlying the use of the following types of indicator in quantitative analysis :-(a) acid-base indicators (b) oxidation-reduct ion indicators (c) adsorption indicators . 2. Calculate the molar heat capacity of a monatomic gas at constant pressure and at constant volume. Explain why the heat capacities of polyatomic gases differ from those derived using the kinetic theory.3. EITHER (a) Discuss the factors influencing the solubility of salts in aqueous solution ; I 485 Discuss the processes occurring at the electrodes during electrolysis. Refer in the course of your answer to electrode potential decomposition voltage overvoltage successive deposition of ions carriage of current and discharge of ions. Explain what is meant by the fugacity of a gas. Show how the value may be determined for a single gas at (i) low pressures and (ii) high pressures ; Comment on the following statements (i) “Every substance has a finite positive entropy but at the absolute zero of temperature the entropy becomes zero”; (ii) “An examina-tion of spontaneous processes indicates that an increase of entropy corresponds with an increase in disorder.” Calculate the change in entropy when 1 mole of water at 0” C.is heated at atmospheric pressure to form steam at 100” C. The mean specific heat of water is 0.98 cal. deg.-l g.-l; the latent heat of vaporisation is 540 cal. g.-l. 5. Outline giving reasons the experiments which must be made to prove Explain how non-integral orders may occur in (a) homogeneous gas reactions 6. E I ~ R (a) Define the Avogadro Number and explain how it has been experimentally determined ; OR (b) Write informative notes on THREE of the following aspects of colloid chemistry +(i) electrophoresis ; (ii) coacervation ; (iii) sol-gel transformations ; (iv) syneresis ; (v) colloidal electrolytes . that a reaction is homogeneous and of the first order. and (b) heterogeneous reactions.7. Explain with the aid of phase diagrams THREE of the following:-(a) The effect of composition on the vapour pressure at constant temperature of two miscible liquids deviating from Raoult’s law ; (b) The effect of temperature on the composition of two partially miscible liquids in equilibrium ; (c) The phenomena accompanying the cooling of a homogeneous molten mixture of two components A and B that form a corn-pound AB unstable at its melting point none of the solid phases being mutually soluble ; (d) The crystallisation of aqueous solutions of two salts C and D which yield as solid phases the anhydrous salt C the anhydrous compound CD or hydrated D. 8. Write an essay on ONE of the following subjects :-(a) The trans-uranic elements ; (b) Physical methods for investigating the structure of molecules ; (c) The special features of photochemical reactions.TUESDAY 12 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer FOUR questions ONLY.] 1. Write structural formulae for the alcohols having the molecular formula C5HI20. Indicate how each member can be obtained and outline any properties by means of which it may be identified 2. Discuss the stereochemistry of nitrogen as revealed in organic com-pounds of various types. 3. Outline ONE method in each case for the preparation of SIX of the following compounds :- (a) CH,.CO.CO.CH ; (b) CH,.CO.CH,.CO.CH ; (c) CH,.CO.CH,.CH,.CO.CH ; (d) CH,.CH :CH.CH,OH ; (e) CH i C.CH,OH ; (f) CH,OH . CH .CH,. CH,OH ; ( g ) C,H,.CH,.CO.CH ; (h) C,H,.CH :CH.CO.CH,. 4. How may phenylhydrazine be prepared? Illustrate the uses of phenyl-hydrazine for (a) the identification of sugars and (b) the preparation of hetero-cyclic compounds.5. Compare and contrast the chemical properties of nitrobenzene and pyridine. Review the methods available for the opening of heterocyclic rings containing one nitrogen atom. 6. Give the evidence on which the constitutions of TWO of the following compounds are based :-(a) ascorbic acid (b) thyroxine (c) B-biotin ( d ) pyranthrone. 7. Write an essay on EITHER (a) Polymerisation OR (b) Prototropy. TUESDAY 12 SEPTEMBER 1950 2 to 3.30p.m. [The use of dictionaries is allowed.] FRENCH Translate into English :-La connaissance des sels de zirconium est encore imparfaite. Si les auteurs sont unanimes considCrer la prkparation des sels purs comme difficile ils ne sont pas tous d’accord sur les rksultats obtenus.Bien des points de cette chimie semblent encore incertains et mkritent d’etre revises. Si les recherches dans ce domaine ne progressent que trks lentement c‘est d’abord B cause de l’insuffisance de nos mkthodes de chimie minkrale. L’inefficaci tC frCquente des techniques de purification telles que la cristallisation ou la distillation, dCsarme souvent I’expkrimentateur. L’absence de systkmatique gCnCrale des corps minCraux prive le chercheur d’un outil theorique prkieux. Par ailleurs, les mCthodes* physiques d’investigation utilisCes pour discerner les esp2ces pures dans les mklanges ne sont pas d’une application gCnCrale; pour des raisons diverses certaines substances kchappent aux examens physico-chimiques.GERMAN Translate into English :-Tetranitromethan entsteht aus Nitroform durch Nitrierung mit Salpeter-schwefelsaure und aus Diacetyl-orthosalpetersaure oder Acetylnitrat mit Essigsaureanhydrid wobei die Ausbeute wegen der Heftigkei t des Reaktions-verlaufs allerdings nur klein ist. Ziemlich reichlich bildet es sich beim Erwarmen von aromatischen Kohlenwasserstoffen oder Nitrokorpern z. B Nitrobenzol mit Salpeterschwefelsaure und stark anhydridhaltiger Schwefel-saure. Das Tetranitromethan stellt eine farblose leicht bewegliche in Wasser unlosliche Flussigkeit (DY = 1,650) dar die bei + 13" krystallinisch erstarrt. Es siedet unzersetzt bei 126" ist also bestandiger als Dinitromethan und Nitroform. Mit alkoholischem Ammoniak liefert es das Ammoniumsalz mit alkoholischem Kali das Kaliumsalz des aci-Trinitro-methans.WEDNESDAY 13 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. [Lengthy descriptions of practical work are not required. of your experiments as they are made and where possible in tabular form. Make concise notes State your final conclusions clearly.]* 1. Determine the phosphoric oxide content of the sample of basic slag (A) (i) by precipitation as ammonium phosphomolybdate followed by titration, and (ii) by preliminary separation as ammonium phosphomolybdate followed by conversion via magnesium ammonium phosphate to magnesium pyro-phosphate. Instructions for both methods are available. (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) 2. The light alloy (B) contains in addition to the basis metal several alloying constituents in amounts ranging from 0.05 to 3.0 per cent.Examine (B) quali-tatively with a view to identifying the basis metal and the several alloying elements. [(B) = Aluminium alloy containing Si Fe Cu Mn Zn Mg Sb and Sn.] (This exercise must be completed to-day.) THURSDAY 14 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Complete exercise 1 begun yesterday. 3. Identify by qualitative tests the salt (C). [(C) = either ammonium persulphate or sodium perborate.] 4. Substance @) is pure benzoic acid. Study its distribution between water and the hydrocarbon (E). In the course of your written answer give a careful account of the procedure adopted drawing attention to sources of error and means adopted to overcome them.You are provided with approximately 0.1 N sodium hydroxide solution (F). The dissociation constant of benzoic acid is 6.3 x The following notes will be of assistance to you. with concentrations in moles litre-l. [(E) = Toluene.] Notes on the Distribution Experiment The benzoic acid distributes itself so that its concentration is much lower in the aqueous layer than in the hydrocarbon layer. You are advised fist to standardise the approximately 0.1 N sodium hydroxide solution (F) using some of the benzoic acid (D). If you use 20 ml. of the hydrocarbon and 120 ml. of water for each distribution experiment and total quantities of benzoic acid (D) ranging from 0.2 to 1.3 g. you will obtain reasonable burette readings by titrating 5 ml. portions of the hydrocarbon layers and 50 ml.portions of the aqueous layers. * This note was repeated on each of the three following papers As no thermostatic bath is available you must exercise your skill in holding the temperature of the solutions as constant as you can during the distribution experiments. You are advised to work at a temperature near to that of the laboratory. WAR NING:-Candidates are warned against inhaling the vapour of the hydrocarbon (E)-exercise (4). In drawing the liquid into a pipette they should either use a wafer-pump or incorporate u protective device between the pipette and the mouth. T/ie chosen temperature must be recorded. FRIDAY 15 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. t g 4.30 p.m. From the ethyl acetoacetate provided prepare and return pure specimens of (a) l-phenyl-3-methylpyrazolone (h) acetoacetanilide and (c) 2-hydroxy-4-methylquinoline (see Ewins and King J.C.S.1913 103 104). 1, (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) 2. Identify the constituents of the mixture (G) [(G) = either anthranilic acid and oxalic acid or urea and phthalimide.] SATURDAY 16 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. Complete exercise 1 begun yesterday. 3. Report as fully as possible on the sample (H). [ ( H ) = either 90 per cent. or-nitronaphthalene + 10 per cent. naphthalene or 90 per cent. 4-nitro-diphenyl + 10 per cent. diphenyl.] EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP BRANCH C ORGANIC CHEMISTRY MONDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. [Answer THREE questions ONLY. J 1. Review the reactions of organic compounds in which atomic halogens are believed to take part, 2.Give an account of the use of tracer elements in the elucidation of the mechanism of molecular rearrangements. 3. Cite the evidence upon which the accepted constitutions of TWO of the following compounds are based :-(a) Caledon Jade Green (b) Cortisone, (c) Colchicine (d) Crocetin. 4. Give an account of the chemistry of EITHER (a) quinine and cinchonine OR (b) the phthalocyanines. 5. Write an essay on Asymmetric Synthesis. [ 489 6. Indicate in outline a synthesis from accessible materials of any TWO of the following compounds :-I MONDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1950 2 to 5 p.m. [Answer THREE questions only.] 1. Discuss critically with the aid of examples the contributions made to theoretical organic chemistry by the concept of Resonance.2. Review the uses of organic compounds of lithium cadmium and zinc in organic syntheses. 3. Outline methods for the synthesis of the naturally occurring amino-acids and show how these units may be joined together to form polypeptides. 4. Discuss with tlie aid of examples the use of optical activity in the study of reaction mechanisms. 5. Give an account of work which has been carried out on the elucidation of the structure of the penicillins. 6. Write an account of present-day knowledge of the chemistry of EITHER (a) insulin OR (b) strychnine. i 490 TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY 19 and 20 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. each day. [Lengthy descsiptioirs of practical work use not sequisetl. Make coricise notes of your experiments as they ure made and where possible irr tabular form.State your final conchioris clearly.]* 1. From the 2-amiiiopyridine provided prepare pure specimens of 5-nitro-2-hydroxypyridine and 5-nitro-2-chloropyridine. Convert some of the latter into a 5-nitro-2-alkoxypyridine by reaction with a sodium alkoxide and compare it with the products obtained by the alkylation of 5-nitro-2-hydroxypyridine under various conditions in order to ascertain whether the latter processes result in 0-alkylation or N-alkylation. Extend the investigation to include more than one alkyl derivative if time permits (see Phillips J.C.S. 1941 12; Caldwell and Kornfeld J.A.C.S. 1942 64 1695). (This exercise may be extended over four days.) THURSDAY 21 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Continue exercise 1.1. Identify the compound (A). [(A) = Acetoacetylbenzylamide.] FRIDAY 22 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Complete exercise 1 and make a concise report of your results. 3. Report as fully as possible on the sample (B). * This note was repeated on each of the two following papers. [(B) = sym-Nicotinyl-benzenesulphonhydrazide. J BRANCH E THE CHEMISTRY INCLUDING MICROSCOPY, OF FOOD AND DRUGS AND OF WATER MONDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 to 11.30 a.m. 1. (a) Section 3 of the Food and Drugs Act refers to prejudice to the purchaser of a food which is not of the nature or not of the sub-stance or not of the quality of the food demanded. What do you understand by “nature,” “substance” and “quality” in this con-nection ? Give examples to illustrate the differences.(b) What defences are available in proceedings taken under Section 3 ? 2. Write a brief essay on the nutritive value of foods with particular reference to such accessories as vitamins and trace elements. MONDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1950 11.30 a.m. to 1 p.m. (THREE questions to be answered.) 1. Write an account of the pharmacology of the synthetic analgesics. 2. Define with examples the following terms :-(a) hormone (b) antibiotic, 3. Give an account of the pharmacology of the synthetic antimalarials. (c) mydriatic (d) diaphoretic (e) expectorant. [ 491 4. Write short notes on the pharinacology and therapeutics of (a) pheno-barbitone (b) ergometrine (c) heparin ( d ) ethisterone (e) chloral hydrate. MONDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1950 2 to 5 pent. (FOUR questions to be answered.) 1.Describe the influence on the quality and quantity of milk of breed age, and period of lactation of the cow and times of milking and season of the year. 2. Give an account of the use of moulds and yeasts in the food industry. 3. What chemical determinations would you regard as having particular significance or value in the examination of (a) deep well water (b) shallow well water and (c) river or stream water. What would you regard as suitable limits for potable waters ? 4. Describe briefly the methods for the determination of THREE of the following :-(a) ascorbic acid in solid and liquid foods ; (b) pectin in jam ; (c) shell in cocoa; (d) beef fat in lard; (e) cayenne (capsicum) in pepper mixtures. 5. What methods would you employ to detect and determine :-(a) mercury in urine; (6) cadmium in a soft drink.6. Write a short essay on the Photoelectric Absorptiometer the principle on which it is based and its use in food analysis. TUESDAY 19 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Report on the suitability of the oil (A) for use as a salad oil. 2. Examine the milk (B) for preservatives. (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) WEDNESDAY 20 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.ni. Complete yesterday’s exercise 1. 3. Examine the curry powder (C) and report on its composition. THURSDAY 21 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 4. Determine the percentage of fat-free dried milk solids in the ice cream mixture (D). (This exercise may be completed tomorrow.) 5. Determine the fluorine in gelatine (E). [ 492 FRIDAY 22 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m.to 5 p.m. Complete yesterday’s exercise 4. 6. Examine the soft drink (F) for poisonous contamination. 7. Identify the powders (G) (H) and (I) by microscopical examination. SATURDAY 23 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. (Reports of microscopical examinations should be accompanied by annotated sketches.) 1. Identify by microscopical examination the vegetable powders (J) (K), 2. Examine the stomach contents (P) for a narcotic poison. 3. The tablets (Q) contain three drugs one of which is an alkaloidal salt. Identify the three drugs and determine the amount of the alkaloidal ingredient in each tablet. (L) (MI (N) and (0). BRANCH H GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY MONDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. (Answer FOUR questions.) 1.Discuss modern developments in EITHER (a) Emission Spectroscopy, OR (b) Absorption Spectroscopy. Show how these may be applied in analysis. 2 Describe the methods which are available for the determination of the viscosity of organic liquids and discuss the precautions to be taken in the use of the various methods. 3. Describe briefly how you would determine FOUR of the following sub-stances when present singly in the atmosphere :-( 1) diphenyl (2) acetylene, (3) trichloroethylene (4) nitrobenzene ( 5 ) carbon monoxide (6) benzene, (7) bromine (8) tetraethyl lead (9) amyl acetate. 4. How would you propose to determine sulphur in :-(a) iron pyrites, (b) a concentrate from a native sulphur ore (c) cast iron (d) lubricating oil, (e) “pure” nickel ? Mention any special precautions that may be necessary to obtain results of a high order of accuracy.5. Write an account of the general principles of identification of organic substances. 6. What methods are available for the determination of fluorine in (a) “trace” amounts (b) major amounts? 7. Write an essay on “Complex formation in relation to Analytical Chem-istry.” [ 493 MONDAY 18 SEPTEMBER 1950 2 to 5 p.m. (Answer FOUR questions.) 1. Discuss the separation of metals by precipitation of their hydroxides at controlled pH values. Illustrate your answer by reference to the various reagents used in present-day analytical practice. 2. Discuss the methods available for the determination of silica and silicon. Illustrate your answer by reference to:-(a) silicates e.g.glass or refractory materials ; (b) metals e.g. steel aluminium ferro-silicon ; (c) water. 3. Write an essay on “specificity” as applied to analytical reagents. Discuss 4. Write an essay on the use of Ion Exchange Resins in analysis. 5. Discuss recent developments in the use of paper strip chromatographic methods in organic and inorganic analysis. 6. What methods are available for the determination of the molecular weight of organic compounds ? Discuss their limitations. 7. Write an essay on the use of the Fischer method for the determination of substances by reactions involving the formation or disappearance of water. modern views on the selection of such reagents. TUESDAY 19 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 1. Report qualitatively on the substances (A) and (B).[(A) = Hexamine. (€3) = Silicon.] (This exercise to be completed by noon.) 2. Identify and determine the three major constituents of the alloy (C). [(C) = Nickel-iron-copper. ] WEDNESDAY 20 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. 3. Identify qualitatively the constituents of the sample (D) and make as complete a quantitative analysis as time permits. [(D) = Zinc manganese ferrite. ] 4. Examine and report on the sample (E). [(E) = Ethylene glycol contain-ing 10 per cent. glycerol.] (These exercises may be continued on the two following days.) THURSDAY 21 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. Continue yesterday’s exercises. 5. Examine and report on the sample of floor polish (F). (These exercises may be continued tomorrow.) FXIDAY 22 SEPTEMBER 1950 10 a.m.to 5 p.m. Complete exercises 3 4 and 5. [ 494 REPORT OF THE EXAMINERS Examination for the Associateship Inorganic aird Physical Chemistry. There were some satisfactory answers to the inorganic and physical chemistry papers but the ill-preparedness of some of the candidates is indicated by the fact that one-quarter of them scored less than one third of the total allotted marks in one or other of these papers. A surprising number of the many candidates who attempted Q. 2 (a) in the inorganic paper had not grasped the essential reasons for the unique properties of carbon (see e.g. Sidgwick, “Chemical Elements and Their Compounds,” pp. 488-490 55 1). Some candi-dates in answering Q. 4 failed to observe the vertical group similarities between Ru and Os Kh and Ir and Pd and Pt respectively and therefore found it difficult to write systematic and concise answers.In Q. 5 Goldschmidt and Werner co-ordination numbers were sometimes confused and the inert pair of valency electrons was thought to be synonymous with a pair of unshared electrons. Some answers to Q. 7 showed that the candidates’ knowledge of the disposition in space of valencies was confined to 4- and 6- covalent atoms. There were some sketchy accounts of the factors influencing the solubility of salts in aqueous solution (Q. 3 (a) physical chemistry paper) the influence of ionic strength often going unmentioned. Q. 4 produced some strange juggling with thermodynamic “formulae,” and it was evident that several candidates had not grasped the simple statistical aspect of entropy.Some answers to Q. 6 (b) on specific aspects of colloid chemistry were off the point, as if the candidates were trying to display general information irrespective of the question asked; for example “colloidal electrolytes” was interpreted as the effect of electrolytes on colloids; in another answer an excuse was made for presenting a well done but unasked-for comparison between lyophilic and lyophobic colloids. It seems clearer in the Examiners’ view to illustrate deviations from Raoult’s law Q. 7 (a) with partial vapour pressure/composition curves rather than with curves showing total vapour pressure/composition of vapour in equilibrium with the solution. In discussing the trans-uranic elements Q. 8 (a) it would seem reasonable to indicate their origins; this was not done by several candidates.In an essay on physical methods of investigat-ing molecular structure it was unexpected to find quite often that no mention was made of the classical “additive” methods based on physical properties. Incidentally the electron microscope does not make hydrogen atoms visible. With regard to the practical examination attention needs to be drawn to an apparent increase in slipshod and inaccurate work and a number of candidates who reached a satisfactory standard in the theoretical part of the examination proved to be far below the required standard of manipulative skill. In the qualitative analysis of the alloy which was quite a difficult exercise, many candidates realised too late that they should have taken the broad hint in the question paper and worked with a larger sample of alloy.Detection of all the alloying elements was not expected but five or six were adequately characterised in a number of cases. In the identification of the salt the per-borate proved more difficult than the persulphate. Candidates seemed obsessed with the idea that the salts must contain rarer elements and in consequence insisted on finding them. Inability to realise that the decolorisation of per-manganate is not necessarily due to a reducing agent led to reports such as hydrazine sulphite sodium phosphite and a “complex nitrite of sodium.” The exercise on partition coefficients yielded some good constants but quite a number of candidates did not appreciate what was fairly evident from their results namely that the benzoic acid was associated in the toluene layer.[ 495 Organic Chemistry. The theoretical paper on organic chemistry proved to be within the ability of many of the candidates. On the other hand the practical examination once again provided unmistakable evidence that an unusually high proportion of the candidates were inadequately prepared and most were floundering well out of their depth in the not difficult identifications. The question on the isomeric pentanols was answered by most candidates in a satisfactory manner although only a very few mentioned all eight isomerides. There were a number of adequate answers to the question on the stereochemistry of nitrogen which included examples of both ter- and tetra-covalent nitrogen.The weaker candidates confined their answers to the stereochemistry of the oximes. The better candidates found little difficulty with Q. 3 and 4 but others went badly astray. In the comparison of the properties of nitrobenzene with those of pyridine only a few candidates revealed any knowledge of the substitution reactions of pyridine with electrophilic and nucleophilic reagents. In Q. 6 ascorbic acid proved to be a popular choice but no candidate appeared to have heard of pyranthrone. The essays on Prototropy were mainly con-fined to the tautomerism of ethyl acetoacetate; those on Polymerisation were more satisfactory. The standard reached in the practical examination was unsatisfactory and there was ample evidence of much slipshod and unintelligent work.In the preparative exercise many candidates failed to modify the given instructions for the use of aniline in place of o-toluidine. The identification of the constituents of the mixture (G) was rarely tackled with confidence and most candidates regarded the sample (H) as a single substance in spite of the many indications to the contrary which they themselves recorded without comment. The identification of the mixture of a nitrodiphenyl and diphenyl proved to be very much more difficult than the mixture of a nitronaphthalene and naphthalene. Translation Test. of the candidates. The easy passages for translation were beyond the capacity of about a third Examination for the Fellowship Branch E The Chemistry including Microscopy of Food and Drugs arid of Wafer.The theoretical knowledge was generally satisfactory. The defences afforded by sections 4 and 5 in connection with proceedings taken under section 3 of the Food and Drugs Act were however commonly overlooked. The practical work while sufficiently accurate in respect of straight routine analysis such as the determination of the proportion of dried milk solids con-tained in the ice-cream powder and of fluorine in gelatine was poor in the several instances where it was necessary to select the determinations appropriate to a particular purpose to interpret their significance correctly and to observe appearances and reactions with the necessary critical consideration of their implications. The specific gravity of an oil is a useful figure and its determina-tion in the samples of a mixture of olive oil and castor oil containing 25 per cent.of castor oil would have had definite indicative value yet this determination was frequently neglected. With reference to the milk containing hydrogen peroxide confusion between peroxide and hypochlorite could be condoned-having regard to the time factor in an examination-but failure to detect the presence of an oxidising ingredient is difficult to understand. Little con-sideration was given to even an approximate estimation of the foreign starch i 496 in the curry powder although the Curry Powder Order limits the added salt plus cereal to a maximum of 15 per cent.; knowledge of the various spice ingredients, although interesting is not within limits of particular service. The soft drink containing 500 p.p.m.of cadmium and 50 p.p.m. of copper proved particularly difficult and the cadmium was often missed. There was a general observation that the H2S precipitate was reddish- or yellowish-brown, but when copper in significant amounts was found to be present no further use appeared to be made of the observation; nor was there any critical consideration of the probable bulk of the H2S ppt. due to 50 p.p.m. of copper as compared with the bulk of the ppt. actually obtained. The general standard attained by the successful candidates in the written and oral examination in Therapeutics and Pharmacology was reasonably good and indicated that they had a sufficient knowledge of these subjects for work as Public Analysts. The standard of performance in the microscopical exercises was not so good as on some previous occasions.It is a general fault in this examination that candidates are too ready to report a quick identification without a record of their observations or sketches of the structures seen. 0 1 1 this occasion several candidates left the microscopic examination until the last, and some hurried incomplete and inaccurate work resulted. Most candidates were content to return the narcotic poison in the stomach contents as a bar-biturate; only two carried the analysis as far as the identification of pheno-barbitone. Most of the candidates made a fair attempt at the identification of the ingredients of the tablets but only three returned good results for the quantitative determination of the alkaloidal salt.PASS LIST EXAMINATION FOR THE ASSOCIATESHIP Barnes Sidney Charles College of Technology Manchester. Barrett Ronald Leon B.Sc. (Lond.) South-East Essex Technical College, Birkett Leonard Harris Institute Preston. Carr Arnold Ernest Royal Technical College Salford. Dearden Jack Royal Technical College Salford. Duxbury Donald Municipal Technical College Black burn, Farrar Sydney Royal Technical College Salford. Forbes Derek Guthrie B.Sc. (Lond.). George Michael Rainforth Municipal Technical College Hull. Grindell Clive Municipal Technical College Hull. Lambert Edgar Lancaster and Morecambe Technical College. Mortimer Miss Aileen Marion University College of the South-West Exeter. Rout Peter GeQrge College of Technology Liverpool. Schofield Harold James B.Sc.(Lond.) Municipal Technical College Hull. Stott Alan Fowler B.Sc. (Lond.) Royal Technical College Salford. Towler John Robert Gordon’s Technical College Aberdeen. Turner Peter Harry Central Technical College Birmingham. Tutt Derek Edward Woolwich Polytechnic London. Vickers Clive Municipal Technical College Hull. Willett Eric Arthur West Ham Municipal College Sir John Cass College and Young George Raymond Municipal Technical College Hull. Dagenham and Wigan and District Mining and Technical College. Imperial College London. [ 497 EXAMINATION FOR THE FELLOWSHIP Brniich C Organic Chemistry. Garratt William Charles B.Sc. (Lsnd.). Nendick Gordon William B.Sc. (Lond.). Chinnarasa Eliathamby B.Sc. (Lond.). Polkinhorne Harry B.Sc. (Lond.).Rolfe Edward John B.Sc. (Lond.). Smith William Cuthbert John. Spalding Robert Clarence M.A. (Cantab.). Weston Ralph Edward B.Sc. (Lond.). Brmch E The Chemistry including Microscopy oJ’Food nnd Dri4g.r and of Water, HONORARY REPRESENTATIVES OF THE INSTITUTE IN COLLEGES UNIVERSITIES UNIVERSITY COLLEGES AND TECHNICAL Since the first list of Honorary Representatives was published (Journal. 1950 TV 323) the following have agreed to act in the Colleges specified:-Universities and University Colleges LONDON The University : Royal Holloway College . . . . Mr. T. G. Bonner. University College . . . . . Dr. P. B. D. de la Mare. Technical Colleges Widnes Municipal Technical College . . Wigan Wigan and District Mining and Mr. G. H. Bottomley. Technical College .. . . . . Dr. H. K. Dean (formerly Hon. Representative at Chelsea Poly-technic London) THE REGISTER Letter references preceding names indicate the Local Section (if any) to which each Member is attached (see p. 526). NEW FELLOWS Bottomley Robert Alwyn M.Sc. Rao Mandikal Ramanna (Melbourne) Ph.D. (Minne- Aswatha Narayana M .Sc. sota) F.R.A.C.T. (Mysore) D.Sc. (Wladras). (N) Dainton Frederick Sydney M.A. (P) Scott William Dallas RSc., B.Sc. (Oxon.) Ph.D. (Cantab.). Ph.D.(Lond.) A.R.G.§.,D.Z.C. Mukherjee Sudhamoy h4.S~. (P) Wooldridge Walter Reginald, (Calcutta). M.Sc. (Lond.) Ph.D. (Cantab.). (L) Nixon Joseph B.Sc, Ph.1). (Lond.). ASSOCIATES ELECTED TO THE FELLOWSHIP (0) Aston Richard Samuel. (0) Murphy William Joseph B.Sc. (P) Ball Stanley B.Sc.Ph.D. (Liv.). (Eond.). (P) Bradford Miss Enid Agnes Nisbet Alexander B.Sc. (Glas.). Margaret B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Peppiatt Edward George B.Sc (0) Burke Thomas Eric. (Lond.) A. R.C. S . Butler George Herbert A.M. (P) Polkinhorne Harry B.Sc. 1nst.S.P. (Lond.). (P) Chinnarasa Elaiyathamby B.Sc. (P) Raine Philip Alexander. (Lond.). (P) Read Dennis Rouse B.Sc. Evans Charles Emlyn B.Sc. (Lond .). (Lond.). (C) Salt Harold Bernard M.Sc. (H) Garratt William Charles B.Sc. (Birm.). (Lond.). (S) Thomas Brymor M.Sc. (Dun-(J) Gracie David Smart B.Sc. Agric. elm.). D.Sc. (Edin.). (D) Turner Mervyn Edward Den-(0) Gregory John Edward B.Sc. nant B.Sc. (Lond.). (Liv.) A. M.1.Chem.E. (Q) Varley Harold M.Sc. (Manc.). Gruschka John B.Sc.Tech. (P) Weston Ralph Edward B.Sc.(Manc .) . (Lond .). (P) Hesford Edward. (0) Wkalley William Basil B.Sc., (N) I-Iuliah Ralph. Pb.D. (Liv.). (0) Mackey Donald Robert B.Sc. White John Parker B.§c. (Lond.). (Lond.) A.M.1.Chem.E. Mason Cyril Thomas M.A. (0) Wild Sydney Victor M.Sc.Tech. (Cantab.). (Manc.). NEW ASSOCIATES (P) Agabeg Richard Clarence B.Sc. (S) Armstrong David Gilford M .Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. Agric. (Dunelm.). Anayethullah Sarqunie Abu (H) Astill. Bernard Douglas B.Sc. Ahsan B.§c. (Calcutta) M.Sc. (Dacca) M.Sc.Tech. (Manc.). Balakrishna,Kappagantula Jwala, (Lond.). (Not tingham) . (R) Archer Derek Paul B.Sc. D.Sc. (Andhra). (M) Barker Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). 499 (H) Barnes Miss Lily B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Barnes Sidney Charles. (Glas.). (Q) Barrett Geoffrey Francis Conrad (Q) Dearden Jack.Beckwith Arthur John M.Sc. (Notts.). (H) Bee Harold Moritz B.Sc. (Lond .). (K) Beeching Percy Samuel B.Sc. (') Bennion Denis B*Sc* (Land.)- (A) Edwards Daniel Ph.C. M .P.S., (0) Birkett Leonard. (c) Thomas BSc. (V) Evans Owen John B.Sc. (Wales). (Lond.) A.R.C.S. (P) Blutstein Egon B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.). (Lond.) A.R.C.S. (S) Brady George William Forster (w) Fine Henry BSc* (Land.). B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Fletcher Norman William. (U) Briggs Patrick Ivor D.F.C. BSc. (D) Forbes Derek Guthrie B.Sc. (Not ts .) . (E) Brook Basil William BSc. Fraser John l3.S~. (Glas.). (Wales). (H) Furmidge Cedric George Lawrie, (H) Brookes Harold Edwin B.Sc. BSc. (Notts.). (Lond.). (P) Gate Peter Atholl Jackson B.Sc. (Q) Brooks Frank B.Sc. (Notts.).(Lond .). (Q) Brooks Richard B.A. B.Sc. (P) Glastonbury Harold Austin, (Oxon.) A.1nst.P. B.Sc. (Lond.). (FF) Brown Douglas Stirling R.Sc. (St. Andrews). (P) Gouldstone Peter RSc. (Lond.). (H) Bryan Douglas B.Sc. (Notts.). (D) Gregory Gordon Tan B.Sc. (0) Butterworth Miss Joan B.Sc. (Bris.). (Bris.). Gupta Shanti Sarup M.Sc. (Q) Buttle Joseph Walter B.Sc. (Punjab) Ph.D. (Liv.). (Lond.). Gurdas Singh M.Sc. (Punjab.) (Q) Carr Arnold Ernest. (P) Hackett Walter Robert. (P) Cavalla John Frederick B.Sc. (D) Harding Edgar B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond .). Harrigan Francis Patrick B.Sc. (P) Clifton Peter Vincent B.A. (G las.). (Qxon .) . (P) Hatswell Miss Joan Mary B.Sc. (W) Clist Brian George B.Sc. (Lond.). (Bris .). Havord Gordon B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Collins Raymond Frederick (P) Henley Eric Douglas B.Sc.B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond .). (K) Connelly Robert Ferguson (0) Hill Raymond B.Sc. (Manc.). A.R.T.C. (Glas.). (P) Houchell Peter Glynn B.Sc. (K) Crone Harry Robert B.Sc. (Lond.). A.R.T.C. (Glas.). (S) Hunter William Robert McIver, (P) Daglish Anthony Fenwick MA. (C) Ingles Thomas Alan B.Sc. (Cantab.) Ph.D. (Dunclm). (Birm.) , (P) Davenport Arthur Keetley B.Sc. (P) James David William Francis, (Manc.). B.Sc. (Wales). (0) Davies Arthur Trevor B.Sc. (Q) Jeffries Roy B.Sc. (Lond.). (Liv.). (P) Jenkins Raymond Douglas B.Sc. (E) Davies Trevor B.Sc. (Lond.). (Wales). (M) Deans Ashwynn Archibald B.Sc. B.Sc. (Leeds). (P) Diggle William Michael B.Sc. (N.Z.). (P) Drage Miss Olive Lucy B.Sc. (Lond .). (0) Drewitt Derek Frank B.Sc.(Lond.). (Q) Duxbury Donald. (Liv.). B . Sc. (Aberdeen) . (Q) Farrar Sydney. (p) Bond Raymond Leslie B.$c. (p) Ficken Geoffrey Ernest B-Sc* (Lond .). (N) Gooder Harry B.Sc. (Leeds). (J) Cruft Holway John A.H.-W.C. A.H.-W.C. [ 500 P) Johnson Mrs. Eileen Adela (M) Mundy Dennis B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Johnston Leslie George B.Sc. B.A. (Oxon.). B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Neal Walter Thomas Longcroft, (Lond.). (C) Neale Francis Charles B.Sc., B.A. (Madras) MSc. (Benares) (R) Oliver Brian Michael B.Sc. (Lond.). (K) O’Neill William Alexander B.Sc. B.Sc. (Lond.). Oza Thambaklal Mohanlal, malai). (P) Parker Alan B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Lambert Edgar. (P) Parkinson George Stanley B.Sc. (FF) Landsman Douglas Anderson (Lond.). B.Sc. (St. Andrews). (P) Patel Dady Kawashaw B.Sc., (P) Laney Dennis Holden B.Sc.B.Sc.Tech. (Bombay) D.Phi1. (Lond.). (Zurich). (P) Laws George Frederick B.Sc. (P) Payne John Blunden B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.) A.R.C.S. M.P.S. (P) Lea John Stanley B.Sc. (Lond.). (E) Pemberton Albert Charles (P) Levy Isidore B.Sc. (Lond.). William B.Sc.Eng. (Lond.). (P) Llewelyn David Arthur Bos- (P) Perkins Deryck James M.Sc. worth. (Lond.) A.R .C.S. (S) Loebl Miss Hanna B.Sc. (Dun- Pillai A. K. Madhaven B.A. elm.). (Madras) M.Sc. (Lucknow). (FF) Logie Gordon Robertson B.Sc. (P) Pinchin Frank James B.Sc. (St. Andrews). (Lond.). (P) Long Victor Douglas B.Sc. Ponnamperuma Felix Nelson, (Lond.). B.Sc. (Lond.). (J) Lough Alexander Kenneth (C) Pover Walter Frank Royston, A.H.-W.C. B.Sc. (Birm.). (Q) Martin William A.H.-W.C.(H) Proctor Kenneth Albert B.Sc. (P) Mason Leslie Frederick Alfred (Notts.). B.Sc. (Lond.). Radcliff Frank John B.Sc. (Syd-(H) Mathieson Alexander Robinson ney) A.A.C.I. B.Sc. (Dunelm). Ramamurti Krishnamurti M.A., (P) McDowell Robert Reginald. B.Sc. (Annamalai) B.Sc. (FF) McGavin Alexander Stewart (Madras). B.Sc. (St. Andrews). Ramnarayan Krishnaier B .A. (K) McNaughton Duncan A.R.T.C. (Madras). (Glas.). (P) Rae Robin William A.H.-W.C (J) Mieras Alexander Adrian A.H.- Ray Sailesh Chandra B.Sc., W.C. M.B. B.S. (Patna) D.P.H. (0) Morcom Ronald Edgar B.Sc. Calcutta) Ph.D. (Lond.). (Lond.). (0) Reynolds Charles Bertram (C) More John Walter BSc. Robert B.Sc. (Bris.). (Leeds) . (P) Reynolds Frederick Peter B.Sc. (P) Morgan Mrs. Gwendoline Flora (Lond.). B.Sc. (Lond.). (Q) Riding Frank B.Sc. (Manc.). (P) Mortlock Herbert Norman B.Sc. (L) Roebuck Alec B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.). (0) Rose John B.Sc. (Lond.). (M) Moverley Stuart. (0) Rout Peter George. Mrost Micha M.Sc. (Witwaters- (P) Saunders John Alan B.Sc. rand). (Lond.). (P) Mulley Miss Joan Welch Dip. (P) Schimelmitz Samuel B.Sc. Chem. (Sydney). (Lond .). [ 501 1 Karanth Kota Parameshwar Ph.D. (Birm.). (P) Kelly Francis Carmichael B.Sc. (Lond .). (P) King Harold Goodwin Cecil (Glas .). Krishna Murthy S. B.Sc. (Anna- M.Sc. Ph.D. (Bombay) (G) Schofield Haxold James B.Sc. (Lond.). Scott Andrew Eddington B.Sc. (St. Andrews). (S) Scott Cyril B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Smith Cyril Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). (H) Smith George Reginald B.Sc. (Notts.). (P) Snell Stephen Charles James Christopher B.Sc.(Lond.). (P) Stedman John Vincent B.Sc. (Lond .). (C) Stephen William Irvine B.Sc. (Aberdeen). (Q) Stott Alan Fowler B.Sc. (Lond.). (FF) Stratton David Good B.Sc. (St. C ndrews). Sul ramanian Sthanusubramania S mkara D.Sc. (Andhra). Sut ramanyan N. B.Sc. (Madras), h I. Sc. (Benares). (C) Swallow Henry Tyrrell Stanley, M.Sc.Tech. (Sheffield). (K) Taylor David Bradbury B.Sc., A. R .T . C . (G las .) . (Q) Teasdale Arthur B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Thakkar Rarneshchandra Mag-anlal M.Sc. (Bombay) Ph.D. (Zurich). (P) Tholen John Clifford B.Sc. (E) Thomas John David Ronald, (Q) Tomlinson James Edward. (A) Towler John (C) Turner Peter Harry B.Sc. (Lond.). (0) Tutt Derek Edward B.Sc. (Lond.).Varma Jyoti Prasad M.Sc. (Luckno w) . (T) Watkins Henry Richard William, B.Sc. (Lond.) A.K.C.S. (E) Watkinson Robert John. CP) Watt Peter Ridgway B.Sc. (Bris.). (H) Weatherston Andrew B.Sc. (Edin.). (V) Weston Vivian John B.Sc. (Wales). (P) Wiggins Edgar Hugh B.Sc. (Lond.). (P) Willett Eric Arthur. (D) Williams Haydn Lewis B.Sc. mris.) Dip.Ed. (J) Williamson David Lessels A.H.-W.C. (U) Wood Stanley B.Sc. (Lond.). (Lond.). B.Sc. (Wales). DEATHS Fellows Percy Corlett Austin MA. (Cantab.) D.Sc. (N.U.I.). Edward Eric Billington BSc. (Eiv.) M.Sc. (McGill). Henry Winder Brownsdon B.Sc. (Liv.) M.Sc. (Vict.) Ph.D. (Jena). John William Cobb C.B.E. B.Sc. (Lond. and Leeds) Hon. D.Sc. (Leeds), Gerald Clifton Evans. Henry Leonard Heathcote BSc.(Lond.) M.Sc. (Birm.). Edmond Ernest Johnson. Dudley Northall-Laurie M.1.Chem.E. William David Rogers B.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. Samuel Sugden D.Sc. (Lond.) A.R.C.S. F.R.S. Hon. M.lnst. Gds E. Associates James Hendry Ph .C. M.P.S. F.R.A.C.I. Lewis Edward Thomas B.Sc. (Wales). Joseph George Weighall B.Sc. (Birm.). William Henry Prescott. Registered Student [ 502 OBITUARY Gerald Clifton Evans died in December 1949 in his 70th year. He was educated at Bancrofts School Woodford Essex and studied science at King’s College London. In 1900 he was appointed chemist to F. Kendall and Son Ltd. Stratford-on-Avon and became their head chemist in 1913. He was also head chemist to the Shardlow Malt Extract Co. Ltd. and Ramsden Lankester and Co. Ltd. His connection with F.Kendall and Son Ltd. and with the brewing and related industries was maintained until the time of his death. Evans was some-time member of the Council of the Institute of Brewing. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1919 and a Fellow in 1927. William Kenneth Latham Harding died on 11 September 1950 in his 27th year. He was educated at Swansea Grammar School and entered the University College of Swansea in 1942 graduating B.Sc. of the University of Wales with Second Class Honours in chemistry in 1946. He became a student-demon-strator at the College and carried out research in physical chemistryunder Professor J. E. Coates until illness compelled him to resign. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1947. Henry Leonard Heathcote died on 20 September 1950 in his 74th year.He was educated at King Edward VI School Birmingham and Birmingham Municipal Technical School and gained a Priestley Scholarship tenable at Mason College (now the University) Birmingham. After two years he went to the Royal College of Science London with a National Scholarship in chemistry and physics. He graduated B.Sc. of the University of London with honours in chemistry in 1898. After holding a Priestley Research Scholarship at Birmingham in 1898 he was awarded an 1851 Exhibition Scholarship and studied for two years at the University of Leipzig. He became an Associate of Mason College in 1900 and graduated B.Sc. of the University of Birmingham in 1906 proceeding to M.Sc. in 1914. He was a Fellow of the Institution of Metallurgists.Heathcote joined the staff of Rudge-Whitworth Ltd. Coventry in 1901 and held the position of chief research chemist to the Company until 1927. He then formed the Servurite Case Hardening Specialities Co. at Solihull of which he was proprietor up to the time of his death. He published several papers in scientific and technical journals. He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1917. George Mason Hills was drowned whilst bathing on 12 September 1950, in his 38th year. He was educated at the Central Secondary School Sheffield and entered Corpus Christi College Oxford in 1930. He obtained Second Class Honours in chemistry and was awarded the degree of B.Sc. in 1934. He proceeded to M.A. in 1937. Following a short period of work in the Medical Chemistry Department of the University of Edinburgh he went in 1934 as personal assistant to Professor E.C. Dodds at the Courtauld Institute of Biochemistry The Middlesex Hospital, London. From 1936 to 1939 he held a Mackenzie-McKinnon Fellowship of the Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons at the Courtauld Institute. He then joined the Medical Research Council Unit for Bacterial Chemistry under Sir Paul Fildes working at the Courtauld Institute from 1939 to 1941 for a r 503 year in the Department of Biochemistry in the University of Sheffield and from 1942 to 1944 in the Microbiological Research Department at the Experimental Station (Ministry of Supply) Porton. In 1944 Hills was appointed to the Scientific Staff of the Medical Research Council and was a Principal Scientific Officer at Porton up to the time of his death.He published several papers mostly in the Biochemical Journal. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1934 and a Fellow in 1947. Frederick Harold Hurren died on 20 March 1950 in his 69th year. Educated privately and at Medburn Science School he received his scientific training at the Northern Polytechnic London and the East London College. In 1904 he was appointed chief chemist to the Rover Company Ltd., Coventry and assumed in addition the duties of foundry manager in 1910. He occupied these positions until 1929 when he became works director and chemist to Coventry Malleable and Aluminium Ltd. of which he was later managing director. In his earlier years he carried out original work on the physical properties of metals and contributed frequently to the technical press.He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1919. Frederic Herbert Lees died on 21 September 1950 in his 74th year. He received his scientific training at Owens College (now the University), Manchester from 1891 to 1896 and continued at the College as research assistant to Dr. Bevan Lean and from 1897 to 1899 as private assistant to Professor W. H. Perkin. In 1899 he was appointed research chemist at the Wellcome Chemical Research Laboratories and became chief analyst to Burroughs Wellcome and Co. at their Dartford works in 1905. He held this position until his retirement at the end of 1941. He published numerous papers in the Journal of the Chemical Society and other scientific periodicals.He was elected a Fellow of the Institute in 1912 and served on the Council in 1921. William John Phillips died on 17 September 1950 in his 34th year. Educated at West Ham Grammar School he received his scientific training at West Ham Municipal College (1933-40) and graduated B.Sc. of the University of London in 1940. In 1938 he was appointed an Assistant Examiner in the Patent Office (Board of Trade). From 1940 to 1942 he was seconded to the Ministry of Supply and worked at the Royal Ordnance Factory Bishopton. In 1943 he was promoted to an Examiner in the Patent Office where his work was mainly in the field of synthetic resins. He wm elected an Associate of the Institute in 1947. Anthony Melland Robinson died on 18 August 1950 in his 44th year.He received his early education at Winchester Lodge School Torquay, and Marlborough College and entered Clare College Cambridge in 1926, where he took 2nd Class Honours in Part TI of the Natural Sciences Tripos in 1930 passing to the degree of M.A. in 1933. From 1930 to 1936 he was employed as works chemist by Lever Brothers, Ltd. He then joined the staff of the Decimal Association as a statistical expert. In 1938 he became associated with British Medicinal Products Ltd. Croydon. In the following year he was appointed a Temporary Experimental Assistant in the Naval Ordnance Inspection Laboratory Sheffield. He was appointed [ 504 an Experimental Officer in the Royal Naval Scientific Service in 1946 and was engaged on research at the Admiralty Materials Laboratory Holton Heath, up to the time of his death.He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1938. John Foryd Whalley died on 26 June 1949 in his 49th year. He was educated at Wirral House and the City and County School Chester, and entered the University of Liverpool in 1920 where he graduated B.Sc. in 1923. From 1923 to 1927 he was engaged in private tutorial work. He was chemist and assistant works manager to the Aintree Confectionery Co. from 1927 to 1929. In 1930 he was appointed chemist and assistant works manager to William Evans and Co. Ltd. cider and pectin manufacturers of Hereford, where he remained until he joined the Royal Air Force in 1940. He was engaged on radar work and was for three years Chief Radar Officer to H.Q.No. 2 Group 2nd T.A.F. being promoted to Squadron-Leader and receiving a mention in despatches. On demobilisation in 1946 Whalley was appointed chemist to T. Ridler and Son Ltd. Hereford and held this post until his death. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1949. Donald Cumming Wilson died on 4 September 1950 in his 53rd year. He received his early education at Tranent Higher-Grade Public School and Broughton Junior Student Centre Edinburgh and his scientific training at the Heriot-Watt College and the University of Edinburgh obtaining the Associateship of the College and graduating B.Sc. in 191 9. After a year as demonstrator in chemistry at the Heriot-Watt College he became research chemist to T. and H. Smith Ltd. Blandfield Chemical Works, Edinburgh in 19 19.In I941 he was appointed a director of the Company and managing director in 1946. He was a Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Wilson took a prominent part in professional and commercial life and was a director of the Edinburgh Chamber of Commerce a member of the Edinburgh Merchant Company a Governor of Heriot-Watt College a member of the Council of the Association of British Pharmaceutical Industry and chairman of the Scottish Wholesale Druggist Association. He was elected an Associate of the Institute in 1920 and a Fellow in 1944. r 505 NOTES PERSONAL Dr. S. C. Abrahams Associate has been appointed research associate in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Dr. J. E . Arnold Fellow has been appointed technical director of the Indestructible Paint Co.Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. President has been appointed to serve on the University Grants Committee until 3 1 December 1954. Mr. R. A. L. Davies Associate has been appointed senior technical assistant to Trinidad Leaseholds Ltd. Professor C. H. Desch F.R.S. Fellow and Professor F . G. Donnan C.B.E., F.R.S. Fellow have been elected honorary life members of the Faraday Society. Sir Charles Goodeve O.B.E. F.R.S. Fellow has been elected president of the Faraday Society and Professor Sir Alfred Egerton F.R.S. Fellow and Professor H . W. Melville F.R.S. Fellow have been elected vice-presidents of the Society. Mr. Mark M. Heywood Fellow has joined the board of P. B. Cow and Co., Ltd. india rubber manufacturers as technical director.Mr. H. Trefor Jones Fellow provincial soils chemist in the Yorkshire and Lancashire Province of the National Agricultural Advisory Service has been appointed deputy provincial director for the Province. Mr. M. F. L. R. Monbiot Associate chief chemist and technical director of British Rayophane Ltd. has been appointed managing director of the company. Mr. C. D. B. Moon Fellow has been appointed works manager to Innoxa, Ltd. Dr. Y . Nayudamma Associate has accepted a temporary appointment as personal assistant to the Director and research associate of the Leather Division, Lehigh University Pennsylvania. Mr. A. M. Pennie Associate has been elected president of the Quebec City Section of the Chemical Institute of Canada for 1950-5 1.Dr. C. Simons Fellow has been called to the Bar by the Inner Temple. Sir John Simonsen F.R.S. Fellow has been awarded the Davy Medal of the Royal Society for his distinguished researches on the constitution of natural products especially the plant hydrocarbons and their derivatives. Dr. F. Randall Smith Associate has been appointed chief research chemist to T. and H. Smith Ltd. Mr. 0. G. Weller Associate has been appointed chemical engineer to the Uganda Electricity Board and has been seconded to the Uganda Government as Secretary of the Uganda Mineral Resources (Research) Committee. Mr. W. 0. R. Wynn Fellow is retiring at the end of this month from his position in the Mineral Resources Division of the Colonial Geological Surveys (formerly the Mineral Resources Department of the Imperial Institute) after nearly 43 years’ service.2 3 ~ ~ CONFERENCE OF HON. SECRETARIES OF LOCAL SECTIONS The Conference was held in the Institute on 21 October 1950 The President occupied the Chair; Mr. G. Roche Lynch (Vice-president; Chairman of the Nominations Examinations and Institutions Committee) Professor F. Challenger (Vice-president; Chairman of the Publications and Library Com-mittee) and Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones (Hon. Treasurer) were also present. The Sections were represented by their Hon. Secretaries except the Belfast an District Section (by Dr. T. Caughey) the Birmingham and Midlands Section (by Mr. S. A. Ray Assistant Hon. Secretary owing to the continued indisposi-tion of Mr. E. M. Joiner) the Leeds Area Section (by Mr.R. Gawler) the Manchester and District Section (by Dr. E. Isaacs) and the North Wales Section (which was unfortunately not represented on this occasion). The Secretary the Registrar and the Deputy Executive Officer were in attendance. Development of Local Section organisation and activities in relation to the proposed new By-Laws.-Several points were brought forward for discussion, especially in relation to Chapter XVIII of the By-Laws relating specifically to Local Sections. It was agreed that it would now be desirable to proceed with the preparation of an authoritative edition of the Local Section Officers’ Handbook and of a draft of specimen rules for Local Sections with appropriate commentary. 2. Arrangements for future Conferences of Hon. Secretaries.-Following discussion it was agreed that the present scheme of holding two Conferences annually one on the day following the October meeting of the Council and the other following the Annual General Meeting be continued.3. Provision for members in remote parts of a Section Area and policy on the formation of new Local Sections.-A useful interchange of ideas took place among Hon. Secretaries on means for providing for the interests of members of the Institute residing at some distance from the main centres of population within their areas. It was recognised that the holding of meetings at places away from the normal centres of activity had been adopted by many Sections where conditions warranted and had served a valuable purpose. It could not be expected however that provision could be made for all members living in outlying districts where the density of population of members was small.Consideration was also given to circumstances in which the formation of new Local Sections should be encouraged and it was agreed to recommend the Council to formulate their policy on the extent to which the formation of additional Local Sections in Great Britain was desirable. 4 . The Future of the Residential Clubs Fund.-In the discussion of this subject in the light of the memorandum by the Treasurer circulated with Part IV of the Journal it was generally agreed that no hasty decision should be taken to wind up the Fund. It was recognised that the needs of old people are very varied and that several kinds of provision were necessary to meet diverse requirements.Opinions differed on how far it was desirable to develop such schemes more actively or to concentrate for the time being on expanding the scope and usefulness of the Benevolent Fund. The Conference was mainly concerned with the following matters:-1. OTHER INSTITUTE MATTERS Membership of the Council.-At its meeting on 20 October the Council accepted with regret the resignation of Professor F. G. Young as a General Member of Council in view of his acceptance of an appointment as a member of the Medical Research Council which normally meets on the same days as the Institute Council. The Council has expressed its thanks to Professor Young for his services as a Member of Council and at its meeting on 17 Nov-ember appointed Sir Harry Jephcott to serve in his stead until the next Annual General Meeting.Appointment of Examiners,-Dr. T. G. Pearson examiner in inorganic and physical chemistry for the Associateship and Dr. C. H. Hampshire C.M.G., 507 examiner in therapeutics and pharmacology for the Fellowship Branch E have completed their periods of service. The Council has decided to appoint separate examiners in inorganic chemistry and in physical chemistry; Professor H. J. EmelCus F.R.S. has been appointed examiner in the former subject and Professor A. J. Allmand M.C. F.R.S. in the latter. Dr. H. E. Archer, M.R.C.S. L.R.C.P. Ph.C. F.R.I.C. has been appointed to succeed Dr. Hampshire. Constructional Work in the Institute’s Building.-For some time the Council has been concerned with the need for providing additional accommodation at 30 Russell Square for committee meetings and for the work of the office.As a result of the expansion of Institute activities since the war it has been necessary to take over the former committee room as a filing office and the only accommodation for committee meetings apart from the Council Chamber, has latterly been a small room on the mezzanine floor housing only about six people in reasonable comfort. The vacation of the laboratory by the British Leather Manufacturers’ Research Association in the spring of this year has enabled the Council to put in hand an extensive programme of constructional work involving conversion of the laboratory into a group of offices so providing much needed increase of space for printing addressing and filing and releasing two rooms on the first floor for committee meetings.At the same time the existing library is to be converted into a “Members’ Room’’ with improved facilities for visiting members to meet one another and to become more closely associated with the affairs of the Institute. Other amenities of the building are also to be improved. Estimates amounting to S7,829 for carrying out this work have been accepted. A licence was obtained during September and the work began immediately after the contract was signed at the meeting of the Council on 20 October. The alterations will include reinforcing part of the second floor to serve as an extended filing room and raising the floor level by about 2 ft.; window sills on the first floor facing Keppel Street will on the other hand be lowered by a similar amount so as to make the rooms more suitable for office pse.The whore programme of work will probably take about six months to complete. 50 Years of Membership.-The congratulations and good wishes of the Council have been sent to the following Fellows who complete 50 years of membership in 1950 and the current annual subscriptions paid by those who were not already Life Fellows have been accepted as Life Composition fees:-Stafford Aston Alexander Davidson Lewis Eynon Harold Hall, John Charles Henderson Mingaye Otto Reynard Walter Thorpe Thomas Tickle Howard James Winch INSTITUTE ANNOUNCEMENTS EXAMINATIONS An Examination for the Associateship will be held in the week beginning Monday 2 April 1951.Theoretical papers in London and Leeds and if required in certain other centres on Monday and Tuesday 2 and 3 April. Practical exercises in London and Leeds on Wednesday to Saturday 4 to 7 April inclusive. If the number of entries is large some candidates in the London area may be required to do their practical exercises on Tuesday to Friday, 10 to 13 April inclusive. Laboratory accommodation at Leeds is limited to 36 candidates. Candi-dates will be asked to state their preference as to place and date for their practical exercises but no guarantee is given that their wishes can be met. Candidates who have not yet been accepted should obtain from the Registrar the prescribed form of application without delay so as to leave ample time to secure thereon the necessary signatures certifying that they have complied with the Regulations concerning their courses of training.The completed application form must reach the Institute not later than Monday 8 January 1951. No application in respect of the April Examination will be considered if received later than that date. Entry forms will be sent as soon as they are ready to all candidates who have been previously accepted and to those whose applications have been received as above and accepted. The last date for the receipt of entry forms will be Monday 29 January, 1951 after which no entry can be accepted. GLUCKSTEM MEMORIAL LECTURE The Twelfth Gluckstein Memorial Lecture entitled “Organisation for Development in a Chemical Company,” will be delivered by Mr. Edward A.O’Neal Chairman and Managing Director of Monsanto Chemicals Limited, in the Lecture Theatre of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, Keppel Street London W.C.l on Monday 12 February 1951 at 6 p.m. THE COUNCIL 195 1-52 NOMINATIONS Whether the elections are to be conducted under the existing By-Laws or under the proposed new By-Laws depends on the date on which the latter are allowed with or without modification by the Privy Council. It is necessary, therefore to allow for both of these possibilities at this stage and this has been indicated in the following announcements about the nomination of General and District Members of Council. Nomination of District Members of Council.-The following have been nominated under By-Law 30 as District Members of Council for the Districts defined by the Special General Meeting on 21 October 1949 (Journal and Proceedings 1949 VI 497) and as only one nomination in respect of each such District was received on or before 1 1 December 1950 the Fellows so nominated will be deemed to have been elected to take office at the close of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 27 April 1951 :-England I LI District Nominee Eric George Kemp Pritchett B.Sc.Charles George Lyons M.A. Ph.D District England I11 IV V VI VII VIII IX Wales and the County Scotland I of Monmouth I1 I11 Northern Ireland Republic of Ireland Overseas Nominee Frederick Cecil Bullock B.Sc. George Rowntree Ramage Ph.D. D.Sc. Bernard Dunstan Wilkinson Luff. Ridland Owens B.Sc.Ph.D. M.1.Chem.E. Elias Isaacs B.Sc. Ph.D. Austin Raymond Martin Ph.D. D.Sc. A.R.C.S. Reginald Arthur Mott D.Sc. A.1.Min.E. John Oswald Samuel M.Sc. M.1nst.F. William Turner Horace Williamson B.Sc. Ph.D., Hugh Hannay Campbell B.Sc. A.H.-W.C. Ph.C., Archibald Robert Jamieson B.Sc. F.R.S.E. M.P.S. Thomas Caughey M.Sc. Ph.D. Thomas Sherlock Wheeler Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.C.Sc.I., (To be nominated by the Council) F.Inst.P. M.I.Chem.E. M.R.I.A. The following provisional nominations have also been made but will not be valid unless the proposed new By-Laws have been allowed in sufficient time to permit the Council to make appropriate amendments to the specification of Districts as defined by the Special General Meeting on on 21 October 1949:-England VI : additional Member Wales and the County of Monmouth I1 (North Wales) District Nominee John Williams B.Sc.Ph.D. William Rode Angus M.A. D.Sc. Ph.D. Nomination of General Members of Council.-The General Members of Council who retire at the Annual General Meeting on 27 April 1951 and are ineligible for re-election as such under the existing or the proposed new By-Laws, are as follows:-Cyril Clifford Addison Ph.D. D.Sc. F.1nst.P. Harold Burton Ph.D. D.Sc. Ralph Clark Chirnside. William Murdoch Cumming O.B.E. D.Sc. M.I.Chem.E. F.Inst.Pet., William Murdoch Cumming O.B.E. D.Sc. M.1.Chem.E. Douglas William Hill Ph.D. D.Sc. Samuel Harry Jenkins Ph.D. D.Sc. Frederick Measham Lea O.B.E. D.Sc. Frederick George Mann Sc.D. D.Sc. F.R.S. Mamie Olliver M.Sc.Harold Cecil Smith M.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.S.E. Nominations of eligible Fellows under By-Law 26 for election as General Members of Council are now invited and must be delivered at the Institute not later than 1 February 1951. [ 510 The relevant existing By-Law is as follows:-26. (1) Any twenty Members not being Members of the Council may nominate one eligible Fellow as a candidate for election as a General Member of the Council but no Member shall nominate more than one such Fellow. (2) Any nomination made under this By-law shall be delivered to the Secre-tary not later than the first day of February next before the date at which the Annual General Meeting is to be held and shall be in the following form:-“We the undersigned Members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry do hereby certify that A.B. of (registered address) a Fellow of this Institute is in our estimation a fit and proper person to be a General Member of the Council of the Institute and we do hereby nominate him as a Candidate for election as a General Member of the Council.” (3) Any such nomination may consist of several documents in like form, each signed by one or more Members. The only difference in substance in the proposed new By-Law 26 is that: (a) The number of corporate members (not being Members of Council) required to make a nomination under (1) is reduced from 20 to 10; (b) any such nomination shall be accompanied by a statement by the candidate that heis willing to accept such nomination. In order to ensure the validity of nomina-tions made this year whichever form of the By-Laws is in operation it is desirable? that each nomination should be signed by at least 20 members (preferably a few more in case any of the signatures proves to be invalid) and that it should be accompanied by a statement by the candidate that he is willing to serve if elected.ANNIVERSARY MEETINGS 195 1 Arrangements have been made for the Annual General Meeting of the Institute to be held in the lecture room of the Institution of Electrical Engineers, Savoy Place Victoria Embankment London W.C.2 at 11 a.m. on Friday, 27 April 1951. The President’s address will be delivered in the Sir William Beveridge Hall, Senate House University of London at 3 p.m. on that day and a reception and conversazione will be held in the Senate House on the same evening.The anniversary dinner and dance will be held at Grosvenor House Hotel, Park Lane London W.l on the evening of Saturday 28 April 1951. In view of the difficulties in obtaining hotel accommodation in London, which are likely to be particularly great in this week-end before the opening of the Festival of Britain members who expect to come to the anniversary meetings from other parts of the country are urged to make their arrangements at an early date. LABORATORY ACCIDENTS In the introduction to the Report of the Conference on the Origins and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents published by the Institute in 1949 the hope was expressed that the pamphlet would form the basis for further publica-tions covering general principles of laboratory precautions as well as references to particular hazards and their circumvention and members were invited to send in notes of accidents risks and precautionary measures.The Publications and Library Committee wishes to proceed in this matter and as a first step proposes to survey the available literature. The Committee would be glad to have its attention drawn to published books and pamphlets, and would particularly like to receive copies of unpublished notices instructions, c 511 etc. that may be in use in teaching research.and industrial chemical laboratories. Notes published or unpublished on specific risks and precautions and on first-aid treatment will also be welcomed. It is emphasised that the field to be covered is the laboratory and that corresponding information about chemical works is not required in this connection.OTHER ANNOUNCEMENTS SCIENTIFIC COURSES AND CONFERENCES Acton Technical College.-( 1) Part 2 of a course of Lecture-Demonstrations in Biochemistry by Dr. A. E. Bender will begin on 11 January 1951. The course will consist of ten lectures on “Enzymes and Cell Metabolism” and will be of particular use to chemists engaged in food production fermentation and the preparation and examination of chemicals of physiological importance. Fee 15s. (2) Courses in the Chemistry and Technology of Plastics will continue during the Spring Term 1951. The courses are intended primarily for candi-dates for the Associateship of the Plastics Institute but are of interest to industrial chemists engaged in associated industries.(3) A special short course of lectures on the Chemistry of High Polymers will be given on Friday evenings at 7.30 beginning 12 January 1951. The course will be of use to industrial chemists research workers and others who are interested in this field. Fee for the Course 20s. Particulars of the above Courses may be obtained from the Principal, Acton Technical College High Street Acton London W.3. Battersea Polytechnic.-A series of lectures on Industrial Instrumentation and Automatic Process Control will be given in the Electrical Engineering Department by Dr. G. L. d’Ombrain and others during the 1950-51 Session. The remaining lectures are :-Series C. Two lectures on Motorised Control Valves and Positioners. Series D. Six lectures on Temperature Measurement and Control beginning Series E.Two lectures on Level Measurement and Control. 12 and 19 Series F. Five lectures on Flow and Flow Ratio Control beginning 7 May. Series G. Two lectures on Pressure Measurement and Control. 11 and Series H. Three lectures on Telemetering beginning 25 June. Fee 7s. 6d. Series I. Six lectures on the Principles of Transform Methods in Mathe-Further particulars and enrolment forms may be obtained from the Secretary, 512 I 13 and 22 January. Fee 5s. 29 January. Fee 15s. March. Fee 5s. Fee 12s. 6d. 18 June. Fee 5s. matics by Dr. H. A. Hayden beginning 3 May. Fee 15s. Battersea Polytechnic Battersea Park Road London S.W. 1 1 Chelsea Polytechnic.-(l) Groups 111 and IV of four groups of five lectures on Biochemistry by Dr.E. M. Crook and Dr. F. L. Warren will begin on 15 January 195 1. Group 111. Five lectures on Digestion and Metabolism of Carbohydrates. Group IV. Five lectures on Digestion and Metabolism of Proteins and (2) A second series of four lectures on Dairy Technology will begin on Further particulars of the above Courses may be obtained from the Secretary, Fee 10s. Amino-acids. Fee 10s. 13 February 1951. Fee 7s. 6d. Chelsea Polytechnic Manresa Road Chelsea London S.W.3. Northampton Polytechnic.-A course of six lectures on “Some Aspects of Metal Finishing” will be given on Tuesdays at 7 p.m. beginning 12 December, 1950. (1) The Electrodeposition of Tin Dr. J. W. Cuthbertson (12 December). ( 2 ) The Electrodeposition of Tin Alloys Dr. J. W.Cuthbertson (19 (3) The Flame-Spraying of Metals and Plastics by the Powder Process, (4) The Finishing of Jewellery and Silverware Dr. G. E. Gardam (16 ( 5 ) The Testing and Inspection of Electrodeposits Dr. S . G. Clarke (23 (6) The Application of Zinc and Zinc Compounds in Metal Finishing, Fee for the Course 20s. Further particulars may be obtained from the office of the Northampton December). Mr. W. McDermott (9 January 1951). January). January). Mr. R. W. Bailey (30 January). Polytechnic St. John Street London E.C.l. Sir John Cass College.-A programme of Special Courses to be held during the 1950-51 Session has been issued. Courses that have not yet opened are:-(1) X-ray Crystallography; Mr. L. A. Thomas; 10 meetings beginning 4 January 1951. Fee 25s.(2) Pure Mathematics-Real and Complex Variables ; Dr. W. L. C. Sargent ; two courses of 10 meetings each beginning 12 January and 13 April. Fee 25s. each course. (3) Design of Experiments; Mr. D. R. Read; 12 meetings beginning 8 January. (4) Polarography; Dr. A. J. Lindsey and Mr. J. V. Westwood; 8 meetings, beginning 13 April. Fee 20s. ( 5 ) Microchem’cal Analysis; Mr. D. W. Wilson and Dr. Joy P. Stern; 10 meetings beginning 11 January. Fee 25s. (6) Distillation; Mr. G. A. Dummett; 8 meetings beginning 12 January. Fee 20s. (7) Patents; Mr. Eric Walker; 8 meetings beginning 25 January. Fee 20s. (8) Domestic and Industrial Fuel 3rd year and revision course beginning 11 January. Fee 25s. (9) Solid Fuel Analysis; Mr. L. J. Edgcombe; 12 meetings beginning in January.Fee 25s. Further particulars of any of the above courses may be obtained fromthe Principal Sir John Cass College Jewry Street. Aldgate London E.C.3 PRIZES AND AWARDS Full particulars of the Meldola Medal the Beilby Memorial Awards the Sir Edward Frankland Medal and Prize and the Newton Chambers Prize Essay Competition were given in this Journal Part V (October 1950) pp. 422-3. Intending applicants are reminded that the closing date is in each instance, 31 December 1950. Royal Society of Arts 1951 Prize.-As part of the Society’s celebrations of the centenary of the Great Exhibition of 1851 which it originated and as a constructive effort to assist the nation in its present difficulties the Council of the Royal Society of Arts propose to award on 1 May 1951 a Prize of a Gold Medal and a sum of 2500 for an entirely new and outstanding contribution to the national economic recovery.In so doing they will be reviving the method of offering prizes for inventions and other objects which was employed by the Society in its early years with profound benefit to the nation. Holding the opinion that no line of economic development is of greater importance to this country at the present time than the improvement of its home food supplies the Council have decided to offer the Prize for A Means of Promoting the Production or the Economic Utilisation of Food in Britain. The proposal may be quite general or may be concerned with any particular branch or aspect of food production. Examples of the kind of proposal which the Council are seeking are an overall plan; a scheme for encouraging a return to the land; a system to ensure the marketing of perishable food (such as fish and vegetables) in better condition.Proposals submitted must be as well documented as possible and the Council have therefore decided not to prescribe any fixed limit of length for written communications. At the same time they wish to impress upon all competitors the importance of conciseness in their remarks. The Judges may require some practical demonstration of any mechanical device or process submitted. Entries which may be submitted by British subjects citizens of the Common-wealth and the Irish Republic and foreigners permanently resident in the United Kingom must reach the Secretary of the Royal Society of Arts John Adam Street Adelphi London W.C.2 by 1 March 1951 and the Council’s decision which will be final will be made on the recommendation of a panel of Judges whose names will be announced in due course.If so advised by the Judges the Council retain the right to withhold all or part of the Prize. The patent rights or copyright of all entries will remain the property of the competitors but the Society will have the right to exhibit a prize-winning entry or publish it in the Society’s Journal. British Plastics Federation Bowen Prize Fund.-The Council of the British Plastics Federation as administrators of the Bowen (Cables and Plastics) Prize Fund will offer prizes of value up to 2150 with a maximum of three prizes for award in June 1951. Further particulars may be obtained from the General Manager British Plastics Federation 47/48 Piccadilly London W.1. Beit Fellowships for Scientific Research.-The Thirty-third Election of Fellows will take place on or about 7 July 1951. Normally one Fellowship will be awarded each year. Applications must be received on or before 1 February, 1951. Candidates must be under the age of 25 years on the date of election. Forms of application and all information may be obtained by letter only, addressed to the Registrar Imperial College South Kensington London, s.w.7. 514 COMING EVENTS The following list has been compiled from the latest information available. The Institute cannot hold itself responsible for changes that may be made of which it may receive no notification.Under each date meetings arranged by Local Sections of the Institute are listed first in alphabetical order of Sections. Next come meetings of The Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry. Finally meetings of other organisations are mentioned. Place names are printed in heavy type. In Journal Part V two meetings of the North Wales Section of the Institute, on 25 November and 8 December were included in error and the three meetings shown under 10 December should have been included under 8 December We express our sincere regret for these errors. 1951 January 2 THE INSTITUTE (Belfast and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Northern Ireland Section) : Demonstration for School Children. Dr. B.C . Gee at the College of Technology Belfast at 3 p.m. 2-4 SCIENCE MASTERS’ ASSOCIATION Jubilee Meeting in London. 3 and 4 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section) Christmas lectures for schoolchildren in Birmingham. MANCHESTER FEDERATION OF SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES Christmas lecture for young people. “Animals that live in the Sea.” Professor H. Graham Cannon F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University, Manchester at 3 p.m. 4 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Nottingham Section) “Kodak Colour Materials.” Mr. R. C. Davey at the Gas Showrooms Nottingham at 7.15 p.m. 9 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Meeting at the Royal Clarendon Hotel Gravesend at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section) : “Agreements for Chemists.” Mr.R. L. Collett M.B.E. at the Royal Victoria Hotel Sheffield at 6.45 p.m. INSTITUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS “The Sampling of Dust-Laden Cases.” Mr. C. J. Stairmand in the Rooms of the Geological Society, Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1 at 5.30 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS Visit to Gas Works Derby. HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY Presidential Address “The Chemist in Fiction in Fact and in the Future.” Mr. A. P. Backshell, at the Church Institute Albion Street Hull at 7.30 p.m. 10 THE INSTITUTE (Belfast and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Northern Ireland Section) : “The Photographic Image.” Dr. H. R. Wright in the Lecture Theatre, Department of Agriculture Queen’s University Belfast at 7.30 p.m.[ 515 January 10 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and MidIands Section) “Silicones.” Mr. B. Topley and Dr. H. Coates at the University Edmund Street Birmingham, at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL TNDUSTRY (Food Group Microbiological Panel, jointly with the Society for Applied Bacteriology) “The Cytology of Bacteria.” Papers by Dr. C. Robinow Mr. E. 0. Morris Dr. V. E. Cosslett and Dr. K. A. Bissett; discussion to be opened by Professor R. J. V. Pulvertaft. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM “The T.P. Safety Codes.” Mr. E. J. Sturgess, Mr. H. de Wilde Dr. F. Mayo and Mr. R. L. Sarjeant at Manson House, 26 Portland Place London W.l at 5.30 p.m. INST~VTE OF WELDING (Manchester and District Branch) “Applications and Developments with Resistance Welding.*’ Mr.R. Bushell at Reynolds Hall College of Technology Manchester at 7 p.m. 11 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Tndustry Bristol Section) “Modern Laboratory Glass Apparatus.” Messrs. Quickfit and Quartz in the Chemical Department The University Woodland Road Bristol 8 at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section jointly with the Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association Hull Section) “The Design and Operation of Laboratory Fractionating Columns.” Mr. L. J. Williamson at the Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7.30 p.m. 12 THE INSTITUTE (Dundee and District Section) “Sweet Food Manufacture.” Mr. Pouncy Mr. Brown and Mr. Weir at the Royal British Hotel, Dundee at 7 p.m.CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the St. Andrews University Chemical Society) “The Synthesis of some Natural Products by means of Acetylenic Compounds.” Dr. R. A. Raphael in the Chemistry Depart-ment United College St. Andrews at 5 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Manchester Section) “Leather Finishes.” Dr. F. H. Kroch at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square, Manchester at 6.30 p.m. S~CIETV OF GLASS TECHNOLOGY (North-West Section) “The Identification of Stones in Glass.” Mr. H. E. Taylor and Mr. D. K. Hill at the Gas Showrooms Radiant House St. Helens at 6 p.m. 13 INSTITUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS (Midland Branch) “Applicability of Vapour-Liquid Equilibria to Extractive Distillation.” Professor F. H. Garner O.B.E. and Mr. S. R. M.Ellis in the Latin Theatre The University Edmund Street Birmingham at 3 p.m. 15 CHEMICAL SOCIETY “The Structure and Breakdown of Enzymatic Proteins” (Centenary Lecture). Professor Dr. K. Linderstrarm-Lang, in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Western Bank, Sheffield at 5.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Liverpool Section and Food Group) : Symposium on “The Marine Transport of Food.” Dr. J. Sword, Dr. J. C. Fidler Dr. E. H. Callow and Dr. R. Gane at Radiant House, Bold Street Liverpool at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (London Section) Jubilee Memorial Lecture “The Relation between Pure and Applied Science.” Professor H. R. Kruyt at The Royal Society Burlington House Piccadilly, London W.l at 6.30 p.m. [ 516 January 15 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Yorkshire Section) “The Control of the Bacterial Population of the Atmosphere.” Mr.J. Wolf in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Leeds at 7 p.m. 16 CHEMICAL SOCIETY Centenary Lecture “The Structure and Breakdown of Enzymatic Proteins.” Professor Dr. K. Linderstrsm-Lang in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Leeds at 6 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Manchester Section) Jubilee Memorial Lecture “The Relation between Pure and Applied Science.” Professor H. R. Kruyt in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University, Manchester at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group Crop Protection Panel) “Plant Growth-Regulating Activity in the Aryloxyaliphatic Acids.” Professor R. L. Wain in the Rooms of the Chemical Society, Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 5.30 p.m.SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Chemical Engineering Group) “The Application of High-speed Centrifuges in the Chemical and Process Industries.” Mr. R. H. Dolton at Burlington House Piccadilly, London W.l. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Plastics and Polymer Group) “The Melt-Viscosity of some Phenol-Formaldehyde Novolac Resins.” Dr. T. T. Jones at the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, Manson House 26 Portland Place London W.l at 6.30 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM (Northern Branch) Annual General Meeting. Presidential address by Dr. C . A. P. Southwell M.C. at The Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.30 p.m. 17 THE INSTITUTE (London and Smth-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry London Section and Food Group): “Some Oxidase Systems in Flour.” Professor H.Burton at the Waldorf Hotel Aldwych London W.C.2 at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Tees-side Section) “Chemical Constitution and Biological Activity.” Dr. W. A. Sexton at the William Newton School Junction Road Norton Stockton-on-Tees at 7.30 p.m. INSTITUTE OF FUEL (North-Western Section) “Developments in the Utilisation of Low Grade Fuels at Collieries.” Mr. F. B. Karthauser, at The Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 2 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM Annual General Meeting. “Refinery Considera-tions.” Mr. M. A. L. Banks at the Grosvenor Hotel Chester at 7.15 p.m. 18 THE INSTITUTE (Aberdem and North of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section) “Photography as a Scientific Implement.” Dr.H. Baines in the Chemistry Department Marischal College, Aberdeen at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (East Midlands Section) “Recent Developments in the Chemistry of Natural Products.” Professor R. D. Haworth F.R.S., at the Midland Hotel Derby at 7.15 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Edinburgh Section) “Some Problems in the Structure and Physical Properties of Industrial High Polymers.” Professor P. D. Ritchie at the North British Station Hotel Edinburgh at 7.30 p.m. I517 January 18 CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Structure and Breakdown of Enzymatic Proteins” (Centenary Lecture).Professor Dr. K. Linderstrerm-Lang in the Rooms of the Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting for the Reading of Original Papers at the Washington Singer Laboratories Exeter at 5 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with The University Chemical Society) “Some Recent Developments in Macrocyclic Pigments.” Professor R. P. Linstead C.B.E. F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Manchester at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Yorkshire Section jointly with the Leeds University Chemical Engineering Society) “Modern Developments in Heat Transmission.” Professor R. J. Sarjant O.B.E. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Leeds at 7 p.m. 19 THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section jointly with Portsmouth Chemical Society) “The Newer Plastics.” Mr.G. N. S. Farrard at the Municipal College Portsmouth at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (South Wales Section jointly with the University College of Swansea Chemical Society) “Cortisone.” Professor C . W. Shoppee, at University College Swansea at 6.30 pm. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Lecture by Professor C. K. Ingold F.R.S. in the Chemistry Department The University Glasgow at 7.1 5 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Fine Chemicals Group) Discussion, “Methods of Reduction.” Dr. D. G. Jones Dr. A. W. Taylor Dr. W. A. Johnson and Mr. G. E. H. Skrimshire in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre, King’s College Strand London W.C.2 at 7 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY “The Physical Aspects of Rubber.” Mr.W. C. Wake at the College of Technology Leicester at 7 p.m. SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Manchester Section) “Continuous Fixation Processes for Water-Soluble Dyestuffs.” Dr. G. T. Douglas, at the Gas Showrooms Town Hall Extension Manchester at 6.30 p.m. PLASTICS INSTITUTE (Midlands Section) “Decorative Laminates.” Mr. C . N. Jenkins and Mr. H. S . Newcomb at The James Watt Memorial Institute Great Charles Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. 20 THE INSTITUTE (Liverpool and North-Western Section) Annual Dinner and Social at Reece’s Restaurant Parker Street Liverpool at 6.15 for 6.45 p.m. 22 THE INSTITUTE (Leeds Area Section) “Pectin in Industry and in the Labor-atory.” Miss M. Olliver in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The Uni-versity Leeds at 6 p.m.SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (London Section jointly with the Institute of Metals .London Section) “Friction and Lubrication of Solids.” Professor F. P. Bowden F.R.S. at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C. 1 at 6 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY (Manchester Section jointly with the Institute of Physics Manchester and District Branch) “The Applica-tion of Physical Techniques in the Rubber Industry.” Mr. E. F. Powell, at The Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.15 p.m. 23 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Meeting at Slough. [ 518 January 23 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Northern Ireland Section) Annual General Meeting in the Agriculture Lecture Theatre Elmwood Avenue, Belfast at 7.30 p.m.HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY “Centrifuges.” Mr. D. G. Gillies at the Church Institute Albion Street Hull at 7.30 p.m. PLASTICS INSTITUTE (London and District Section) “History and Develop-ment of Thermosetting Materials in the Rayon Industry.” Mr. A. Beecham at the Waldorf Hotel Aldwych London W.C.2 at 6.30 p.m. BRADFORD CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Pteridins.” Dr. G. R. Ramage at the Technical College Bradford at 7 p.m. 24 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Birmingham and Midland Section and Plastics and Polymer Group) Chance Memorial Lecture “New Materials for Industry.” Mr. P. C. Allen at the Imperial Hotel Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group Nutrition Panel) Third meeting in the series on “Factors in Distribution Affecting the Quality and Nutritional Value of Foodstuffs Fats and Fatty Foods.” In London.SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS “Colloquium.” Short papers on practical problems by local members at the King’s Head Hotel Laugh-borough at 7 p.m. MANCHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY (Chemical Section) : “Chemical Literature to-day.” Dr. R. E. Fairbairn at the Portico Library Mosley Street Manchester at 5.45 p.m. 25 CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Institute Liverpool and North-Western Section the Society of Chemical Industry Liverpool Section and the British Association of Chemists) “The Mammary Gland as a Factory.” Professor H. D. Kay C.B.E. F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre, The University Liverpool at 4.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (South-Western Section jointly with the Agriculture Group) “The Chemist in Agriculture.’’ Mr.Brynmor Thomas at the Technical College Tavistock Road Plymouth at 5.30 p.m. 26 THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the University College Chemical Society) “Neutron Diffrac-tion by Crystals.” Dr. Kathleen Lonsdale in the Physics Department, University College Southampton at 5 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Birmingham University Chemical Society) “The Structure of Recently Isolated Timber Extractives.” Professor F. E. King in the Chemistry Department The University, Edgbaston Birmingham at 4.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with University College Cardiff Chemical Society) “Homolytic Aromatic Substitution.” Professor D.H. Hey, at University College Cardiff at 6 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the St. Andrews University Chemical Society) “A Chemist in Industry.” Mr. R. S. Lumsden in the Chemistry Department United College St. Andrews at 5 p.m. INS’MTUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS (North-Western Branch) Annual General Meeting in Manchester. PLASTICS INS^ “Lost Wax Precision Casting.” Mr. J. S. Turnbull, at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 6.45 p.m. 1 519 January 27 BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Meeting at the British Post-Graduate Medical School London. SOCIETY OF LEATHER TRADES CHEMISTS (Manchester Group) “The Chemist’s Part in Accident Prevention.” Dr. Thierry ; “Development of Control in Vegetable Tanning.” Mr. G. Cooper at the Engineers’ Club Albert Square Manchester at 2 p.m.30 SOCIETY OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (Manchester Junior Branch) “The Application of Metallizable Dyestuffs.” Mr. F. W. Bradley at Reynolds Hall College of Technology Manchester 2 at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Manchester and District Section) Annual General Meeting at 6.15 p.m. “Men and Machines.” Professor R. E. Lane in the Lecture Theatre Gas Showrooms Town Hall Manchester at 6.45 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY “William Higgins (1 763- 1 825).” Professor T. S. Wheeler in the Chemistry Department University College Upper Merrion Street Dublin at 7.45 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS (London Section in conjunction with the Scientific Film Association) Display of Scientific Films at the Well-come Research Institute 183 Euston Road London N.W.l at 7 p.m.3 1 February 1 THE INSTITUTE (East Midlands Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry Nottingham Section) Students’ Lecture “Chromatography.” Mr. R. A. Wells at the Technical College Nottingham at 7.15 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Liverpool and North-Western Section) “The Miller the Baker and Bread Throughout the Ages.” Dr. D. W. Kent-Jones in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Liverpool at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section) Display of Recent Scientific Films at The British Drug Houses Ltd. Poole at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Tees-side Section) “Electron Transfer Reactions.” Prof-essor M. G. Evans F.R.S. at the Willian Newton School Junction Road Norton Stockton-on-Tees at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with Hull University College Scientific Society) : “The Comparative Chemistry of Carbon and Silicon.” Professor E.D. Hughes F.R.S. at University College Hull at 6 pm. Professor C. E. H. Bawn, in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Western Bank, Sheffield at 5.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section Jointly with the Alembic Club) Meeting in the Physical Chemistry Laboratory The University Oxford at 8.15 p.m. Professor E. D. Hughes F.R.S. at the Washington Singer Laboratories Exeter, at 5 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL TNDUSTRY (London Section) “The Recovery of Bromine from Sea Water.” Dr. R. 0. Gibson at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C.l at 6.30 p.m. OIL AND COLOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Hull Section) “Fungicides in Paint.” CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Catalysed Oxidations.” 5 CHEMICAL SOCIETY “The Chemistry of Carbon and Silicon.” Mr.W. H. Ritchie at Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7 p.m February 6 THE INSTITUTE (Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society the Society of Chemical Industry Edinburgh Section, and the Edinburgh University Chemical Society) “Application of Exothermic Solid Reactions to Jet Propulsion and Industrial Purposes.” Dr. J. Taylor in the Biochemistry Lecture Theatre Teviot Place Edin-burgh at 7 p.m. HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY “Recent Advances in the Gas and Fuel Industry.” Professor A. L. Roberts at the Church Institute, Albion Street Hull at 7.30 p.m. INSTITUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS “Liquid-Liquid Extraction.” Mr.A. S. White Mr. F. R. Dell Mr. H. R. C. Pratt Mr. R. Gayler and Mr. J. B. Lewis in the Rooms of the Geological Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1 at 5.30 p.m. 7 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Plastics Institute the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry, Bristol Section) “Some Aspects of Polysaccharide Chemistry.” Dr. J. K. N. Jones at Gloucester at 7 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Northern Ireland Section and Plastics Group jointly with the Chemical Society and the Institute Belfast and District Section) Meeting in the Agriculture Lecture Theatre Elmwood Avenue Belfast at 7.30 p.m. 8 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Bristol Section) “The Structural Relationships in the group of Cell Wall Polysaccharides.” Professor E.L. Hirst F.R.S. in the Chemical Department The Uni-versity Woodland Road Bristol 8 at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section) “The Development of Chemistry in the University of Glasgow.” Professor J. W. Cook F.R.S. at the Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Synthetic Liquid Fuels.” Dr. C. C. Hall at Acton Technical College High Street, Acton London W.3 at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section) “Automatic Analysis.” Dr. Cule Davies at the Cathedral Hotel Salisbury at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Stirlingshire and District Section) “Photo-reactions in the Solid State.” Dr.Mowbray Ritchie at the Lea Park Rooms Falkirk, at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY “Some Recent Developments in Photo-chemistry.” Professor R. G. W. Norrish F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre, The University Liverpool at 4.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Chemical Society of Nottingham University) “Organic Syntheses at Anodes.” Professor R. P. Linstead, C.B.E. F.R.S. at the University Nottingham at 6.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY “The Scientific Civil Service.” Dr. G. M. Bennett, C.B. F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Western Bank Shemeld at 5.15 p.m. 9 THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section jointly with the Wolver-hampton Society of Applied Science) “Operational Research.” Prof-essor Blackett at the Technical College Wolverhampton at 6.30 p.m.[ 521 February 9 THE INSITMITE (Dundee and District Section) “The Trout’s Habitat.” Mr. Andrew Dargie at Soutar’s Rooms 120 High Street Arbroath, at 7 p.m. 12 THE INSTITUTE (Leeds Area Section) “Nascent Hydrogen-a Reinterpre-tation.” Professor F. S. Dainton in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre, The University Leeds at 6 p.m. INSTITUTION OF THE RUBBER INDUSTRY (Lefcester Section) “A World Without Rubber.” Three members of the Leicester Section at the College of Technology Leicester at 7 p.m. 13 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Chemical Engineering Group) “The Manufacture of Alginates.” Mr. C. W. Bonniksen at Burlington House Piccadilly London W. 1. 14 BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS “Plant Hormones.” Dr.L. C. Luckwill, at the University Edmund Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. Socrm OF DYERS AND COLOURISTS (jointly with the Textile Institute): “The Reactions of Fabrics and Finishes to Dry-cleaning.” Mr. E. J. Davis at the College of Technology Leicester at 7 p.m. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM (jointly with the Institute of Fuel N.W. Section): “The Influence of Fuel Characteristics on the behaviour of Compression Ignition Engines.” Mr. C. D. Brewer and Mr. B. H. Thorp at the Grosvenor Hotel Chester at 7 pm. INSTITUTE OF PETROLEUM “Petroleum Waxes.” Mr. T. C. G. Thorpe at Manson House 26 Portland Place London W.1 at 5.30 p.m. ROYAL SANITARY INSTITUTE “The Problems of Reduction of Atmospheric Pollution,” Dr. S. R. Craxford and Mr. W.J. Sparkes; “The Measure ment and Survey of Atmospheric Pollution.” Mr. s. H. Richards at the Royal Sanitary Institute 90 Buckingham Palace Road London, S.W. 1 at 2.30 p.m. 15 THE 1NsrIru-m (Mid-Southern Counties Section jointly with the Pharma-ceutical Society Portsmouth Branch Portsmouth Chemical Society and the Portsmouth and District Natural History Society) “The Chemistry of the Blood.” Dr. E. M. Darmady at the Municipal College Ports-mouth at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (South-Western Counties Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry South-Western Section) “Some Chemical Problems Affecting Public Health.” Sir W. G. Savage at the Washington Singer Laboratories Exeter at 5 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Road and Building Materials Group, jointly with the Oil and Colour Chemists’ Association) “Paint and Design.” Dr.L. A. Jordan in the Lecture Hall Institution of Structural Engineers 11 Upper Belgrave Street London S.W.1 at 6 p.m. 16 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Corrosion Processes and Their Prevention.” Dr. W. H. Vernon O.B.E. at the Technical College Brighton at 7 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Birmingham University Chemical Society) “Physical Chemistry of Nerve Conduction.” Mr. J. F. B. Randles at the University Edgbaston Birmingham at 4.30 p.m. S o c m OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Fine Chemicals Group) Short original papers in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre King’s College Strand, London W.C.2 at 7 p.m. 522 February 16 PLASTICS INSTITUTE (Midlands Section) “Modern Hydraulic Presses.” Mr.R. Groves at The James Watt Memorial Institute Great Charles Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. 17 THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section) “Chemotherapy.” Prof-essor J. W. Cook F.R.S. Reception dinner and social evening at the Civic Centre Southampton. INsmVnoN OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS (North-Western Branch) “A Mech-anical Analogue for the Solution of Distillation and other Separation Problems.” Mr. N. L. Franklin Mr. J. S. Forsyth and Mr. H. Winning, at The University Leeds 2 at 2.30 p.m. BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY Symposium at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C. 1. 20 THE INSTITUTE (Liverpool and North-Western Section) “Viscosity of Lubricating Oils at High Rate of Shear.” Dr. A. F.H. Ward at the Wigan and District Mining and Technical College Wigan at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Rational Chemotherapy.” Dr. H. N. Rydon at Norwood Technical College, Knights Hill London S.E. 27 at 7 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group) “Sugar-Beet Produc-tion.” Dr. A. Carruthers in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre Royal College of Science South Kensington London S.W.7 at 2.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Plastics and Polymer Group) “Copoly-merisation.” Dr. L. Valentine at the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Manson House 26 Portland Place London W.l at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (East Midlands Section) “Silicones.” Mr. D. S. P. Roe-buck at the College Loughborough at 7.15 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the Biochemical Society and Sections of the Royal Society of Medicine) : “The Biochemistry of Fat Absorption.” Professor A.C. Frazer at The Royal Society of Medicine 1 Wimpole Street London W.1 at 6.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Sheffield South Yorkshire and North Midlands Section): “The Research Work of the Atomic Energy Establishment.” Sir John D. Cockroft C.B.E. F.R.S. at the City Memorial Hall Sheffield at 7 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Yorkshire Section jointly with the Institute of Fuel) “Britain’s Fuel Policy.” Sir Claude D. Gibb C.B.E., F.R.S. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Leeds at 7 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS (jointly with the Institute of Fuel): “Recovery of Ethylene and Propylene from Oil Gases.” Mr.M. Ruhe-mann at the Electricity Showrooms Derby at 7.15 p.m. PLASTICS INSTITUTE (London and District Section) “Plastics in Surgery.” Dr. J. T. Scales at the Waldorf Hotel Aldwych London W.C.2 at 6.30 p.m. 22 THE INSTITUTE (Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Aberdeen and North of Scotland Section) “Ion Exchange in Crystals.” Professor R. M. Barrer at Aberdeen. 21 r 523 February 22 T b INSTITUTE (Edinburgh and East of Scotland Section) Annual General Meeting. “Some Aspects of Infra-Red Measurements.” Dr. R. W. Thompson at the North British Station Hotel Edinburgh at 6.30 p.m. THE INS= (Liverpool and North-Western Section jointly with the Institute of Petroleum) “Submerged Combustion.” Mr.N. Swindon, at the Grosvenor Hotel Chester at 7.15 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Tees-side Section) “Physical Chemistry in the Iron and Steel Industry.” Sir Charles Goodeve O.B.E. F.R.S. at the William Newton School Junction Road Norton Stockton-on-Tees at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Chemical Society of Nottingham Uni-versity) Professor H. W. Melville F.R.S. at the University. Notlingham, at 6.30 p.m. 24 THE INSTITUTE (Leeds Area Section jointly with the Bradford Chemical Society) Conference on “The Training of the Chemist,” at the Technical College Bradford at 2 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Lumines-cence in Inorganic Chemistry.” Dr. C. G. A. Hill in the Zoology Lecture Theatre The University Reading at 2.30 p.m.INSTITUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS (Midland Branch) “The Behaviour of Gas Bubbles in Relation to Mass Transfer.” Mr. C. T. Meiklejohn and Mr. P. D. Coppock in the Latin Theatre The University Edmund Street Birmingham at 3 p.m. 28 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Food Group) “Radioactive Tracer Studies on the Fate of Insecticides.” Mr. F. P. W. Winteringham in London. March 1 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section jointly with the Society of Chemical Industry London Section) “Some Applications of Microbiology to Analytical Chemistry.” Mr. S. Price at the South-East Essex Technical College Longbridge Road Dagenham at 7 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY Tilden Lecture. Professor F. S. Dainton at Uni-versity College Hull at 6 p.m.CHEMICAL SOCIETY “The Chemistry of Extractives from Hardwoods.” Professor F. E. King in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University, Western Bank Sheffield at 5.30 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Bristol Section) Annual Meeting. “Solid and Catalytic Reactions with reference to the practical problems of Industry.” Professor W. E. Garner C.B.E. F.R.S. in the Chemical Department The University Woodland Road Bristol 8 at 7 p.m. Soc~ry OF CHEMICAL INDusTRY (Nottingham Section) “Co-operative Research in the Hosiery Industry.” Dr. D. Starkie at the Gas Show-rooms Nottingham at 7.15 p.m. BRITISH ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTS Annual Dinner and Social at Reese’s Restaurant Parker Street Liverpool at 7 p.m. 2 THE INSTITUTE (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) “Rockets and Chemistry” (with films).Dr. J. G. A. Griffiths at Woolwich Polytechnic London S.E.18 at 7.30 p.m. r 524 March 5 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (London Section and Fine Chemicals Group) “Properties Production and Uses of Streptomycin.” Mr. W. B. Emery at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Keppel Street London W.C.l at 6.30 p.m. OIL AND C~LOUR CHEMISTS’ ASSOCIATION (Hull Section) “Heat Transfer.” Mr. D. Ormston at the Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7 p.m. 5 SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Agriculture Group Crop Protection Panel) “Some Recent Developments in the Field of Agricultural Fungicides.” Mr. R. W. Marsh in the Rooms of the Chemical Society, Burlington House Piccadilly London W.l at 5.30 p.m.INSTITUTION OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS Meeting in the Rooms of the Geo-logical Society Burlington House Piccadilly London W.1 at 5.30 p.m. HULL CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING SOCIETY “The Soap Industry.” Mr. J. B. Wilkinson at the Church Institute Albion Street Hull at 7.30 p.m. 7 THE INSTITUTE (Belfast and District Section); Annual General Meeting in the Agriculture Lecture Theatre Elmwood Avenue Belfast at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Birmingham and Midlands Section) “Research and Fuel Problems in Great Britain.” Dr. A. Parker C.B.E. at the University, Edmund Street Birmingham at 6.30 p.m. 8 THE INSTITUTE (Hull and District Section) Social Evening at the Royal Station Hotel Hull at 7.30 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Liverpool and North-Western Section) “The Chemist in Local Government Service.” Mr.N. Heron at the Municipal Technical College Widnes at 7 p.m. THE INS- (London and South-Eastern Counties Section) Meeting at West Ham Municipal College Romford Road London E.15 at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Mid-Southern Counties Section) “By-Products of Atomic Energy.” Dr. R. Spence at the Municipal Technical College Bourne-mouth at 7.30 p.m. 8 THE INSTITUTE (Stirlingshire and District Section) “Stereochemistry of High Polymers.’’ Professor P. D. Ritchie at the Golden Lion Hotel, Stirling at 7.30 p.m. CHEMICAL Socre~y “Polyacetylenes.” Professor E. R. H. Jones F.R.S., in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Liveqool at 4.30 p.m. CHEMICAL SOCIETY (jointly with the Chemical Society of Nottingham Uni-versity) “Starch Metabolism in the Higher Plants.” Professor S.Peat, F.R.S. at The University Nottingham at 6.30 p.m. 9 THE INSTITUTE (Bristol and District Section jointly with the Chemical Society and the Society of Chemical Industry Bristol Section) Social Evening at Urch’s Cafk Gloucester at 7 p.m. THE INSTITUTE (Dundee and District Section) Meeting in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre University College Dundee at 7 p.m. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY (Liverpool Section) Annual General Meeting. “Industrial Applications of Atomic Energy.” Sir Wallace Akers C.B.E. in the Chemistry Lecture Theatre The University Liver-pool at 6.30 p.m. 525 LOCAL SECTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE Sections are glad to welcome members of other Sections to their m'eetings and social functions. except wbsn Members travelling abroad who desire introductions where there are Local Sections or Honorary numbers are restricted.as for works visits. Corresponding Secretaries of the Institute are advised to notify the Secretary of the Institute. Sections. Hon. Secretariec. Aberdeen and North of Scotland: Belfast and District: Birmingham and Midlands: Bristol and District: Cardiff and District: Dublin and District: H. G. M. Hardie Ph.D. A.R.I.C. 21 Braeside Avenue Aberdeen. C. S. McDowell. B.Sc A.R.I.C Belmont. Milebush. Carrickfergus. E. M. Joiner B.Sc. F.R.I.C. A.C.I.S. 15 Halton Road Sutton B. W. Minifie. F.R.I.C. 8 Oakenhill Road Brislington. Bristol 4. G. M. Kerman F.R.I.C. c/o The Aberthaw and Bristol Channel Portland Cement Co Ltd East Abenhaw Barry Glamorgan. H.D. Thornton. B.Sc A.R.C.Sc.I. F.R.I.C. City Laboratory, Municipal Buildings. Castle Street Dublin. Coldfield Warwickshire. (FF) Dundee and District: (G) East Anglia: (H) East Midlands: (J) Edinburgh and East of Scotland: (K) Glasgow and West of Scotland: (L) Huddersfield : (M) Hull and District: (N') Leeds Area: (0) Liverpool and North-Westem: (P) London and South-Eastern Counties: (Q) Manchester and District: (R) Mid-Southern Counties: (S) (T) North Wales: (U) Sheffield. South Yorkshire and (V) South Wales: (W) South-Western Counties: Newcastle upon Tyne and North-East Coast: North Midlands: (WW) Stirlingshire and District: W. S. Liddle. BSc. F.R.I.C. 275. Blackness Road. Dundee. John Williams B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C 28 Corder Road Ipswicb, C.W. North B.Sc. A.K.C. F.R.I.C. F.T.I. 582 Nottingham J. K. Grant B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C Department of Biochemistry, W. G. D. Wright A.R.T.C. F.R.I.C. c/o Messrs. James Macneill & A. K. Dunn B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Sandbeds Honley Nr. Huddersfield. W. H. Pedelty M Sc Ph.D F.R.I.C. The Universal Oil Co. Ltd., W. A. Wightman. M.A F.R.I.C. The University Leeds 2. J. Ashjey-Jones. A.R.I.C. c/o J. Bibby & Sons Ltd Great Howard K. G . . A. Pankhurst. B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C c/o B.L.M.R.A., Arthur Carroll F.R.I.C 9 Central Avenue Sale Manchester. G. H. Osbom. F.R.J.C. Layton Spettisbury. Dorset. J. 0. Hams B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C Chemistry Department. King's College. Newcastle upon Tyne. S. R. Illingworth. D.Sc. A.R.C.S F.R.I.C c/o Denbighshin Technical College.Wrexham Denbighshire. K. C. Barraclough. B.Sc F.R.I.C. The Brown Firth Research Laboratories Princess Street Sheffield 4. E. E. Ayling M.Sc F.R.I.C University College. Singleton Park, Swansea. C. V. Reynolds R.Sc. Ph.D F.R.I.C. Public Analyst's Laboratory, 83-84 Queen Street. Fxeter. F. S. Fowkes B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.I.C. 28 Learmonth Street, Falkirk. Stirlingshire. Suffolk. Road Derby. Universitj of Edinburgh Teviot Place Edinburgh. 1 . Sloan Ltd 38 French Street Glasgow. S.E Hull. Street Liverpool 3. Milton Park Egham Surrey. Tees-side A. R. Martin D.Sc Ph.D. F.R.I.C. SO Higb Street Norton. Stockton-on-Tees Co. Durham. Cape of Good Hope H. W. Schirach BSc. A.R.I.C. Enckhausen Silwood Road, India Bangalore I. S. Patel B.A. B.Sc. A.R.I.C. Indian Institute of Science, K.V. Sundaram Ayyer MSc. F.R.I.C. 3 Jagadiswara Street, S. M. Mehta. B.A. M.Sc. A.R.I.C. Royal Institute of Science, T. A. Snitlane M.Sc. A.R.I.C. Chemical Laboratory. Municipal N. H. Law M.Sc. A.N.Z.I.C. F.R.I.C. Dominion Laboratory, Rondebosch Cape Town South Africa. Bangalare. India. TNagar Madras 17 Madras India. Mayo Road Bombay. 1. India. Offices Singapore Malaya. Sydney Street West Wellington C.I. New Zealand. Madras : Western India: Malaya: New Zealand: 526 PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTI”TE LECTURES MONOGRAPHS AND REPORTS “A New Notation for Organic Chemistry and its Application to Library and Indexing Problems.” Lecture under the joint auspices of the Chemical Society, the Royal Institute of Chemistry the Society of Chemical Industry and the Bureau of Abstracts.G. Malcolm Dyson M.A. Ph.D. M.I.Chem.E. F.lnst.Pet., F.R.I.C. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. *“Water and Public Health.*’ W. Gordon Carey F.R.I.C. (1946.) 2s. 6d. net. “The Life and Work of George Gerald Henderson.” First Henderson Memorial Lecture. Sir Ian Heilbron. D.S.O D.Sc Ph.D LL.D F.R.I.C F.R.S. (1947.) 2s. 6d. net. §‘‘Counting Calories.” Sir Jack Drummond D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1947.) 3s. net. “Some Asmcts of Nuclear Chemistry.” H. J. Emelkus D.Sc. A.R.C.S. D.I.C., F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1947.) 3s. nei. ?‘‘Nutritional Requirements of Man in the Light of War-time Experience.” Sir Jack Drummond D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. $“The Determination of Alcohov. J. R. Nicholls D.Sc. F.R.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. §“Chemistry and Medicinal Treatment.” Sir Henry Dale O.M. G.B.E. F.R.C.P., F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. **“Some Applications of Acetylenic Compounds in Organic Synthesis.” A. W. Johnson B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.C.S. D.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. *“The Fertilisers and Feeding Stuffs Act and Some Analytical Implications.” George Taylor F.R.I.C. ( 1948.)’ 3s. net. “Chemical Ciphering A Universal Code as an Aid to Chemical Systematics.” M. Gordon M.Sc. A.R.I.C. C. E. Kendall B.Sc. A.R.I.C. and W. H. T. Davison B.A. (1948.) 4s. net. Proceedings of a ColloquiEm on “The Industrial Utilisation of Agricultural Products and of Seaweed. Published jointly by The Irish Chemical Association and The Royal Institute of Chemistry. (1948.) 5s. net. “The Chemical Research Laboratory Teddington.” R. P. Linstead C.B.E., D.Sc. F.R.I.C. F.R.S. (1948.) 3s. net. “The New Fluorocarbon Chemistry.” M. Stacey Ph.D. D.Sc. F.R.I.C. (1948.) 3s. net. Symposium on “Coal Petroleum and their Newer Derivatives.” (1948.) 7s. 6d. net. §‘‘Through Chemistry-Adornment.” C. J. T. Cronshaw B.Sc. D.Sc. F.R.I.C., M.I.Chem.E. F.T.I. (1949 No. 1.) 3s. net. “Percy Faraday Frankland.” L. H. Lampitt D.Sc. M.I.Chem.E. F.R.I.C. (1949 No. 2.) 3s. net. “Anaesthetics.’* H. B. Nisbet Ph.D. D.Sc. A.H.-W.C. F.R.I.C. F.R.S.E. (1949 No. 3.) 3s. net. Report of a Conference on “The Origins and Prevention of Laboratory Accidents.” (1949 No. 4.) “The Function of the Expert Witness in Litigation.*’ Lionel Heald K.C. “The Protection of Chemical Inventions.** J. G. Fife M.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C., F.C.I.P.A. (1949 No. 5.) 3s. net. Report of a Symposium on “Laboratory Lay-out and Construction.’* (1949, No. 6.) 4s. 6d. net. “The Development of Chemical Processes.” F. Roffey B.Sc. Ph.D. F.R.I.C. (1949 No. 7.) 3s. net. Report of a Symposium on “The Hydrogen Bond.” L. Hunter Ph.D. D.Sc., F.R.I.C. W. C. Price Ph.D. Sc.D. F.R.I.C. and A. R. Martin Ph.D. D.Sc., F.R.I.C. (1950 No. 1.) 3s. net. “Modern Methods of Organic Solvent Manufacture.” J. L. Edgar B.Sc. Ph.D., A.R.C.S. D.I.C. F.R.I.C. (1950 No. 2.) 3s. net. *+“The Synthesis of Purine Nucleotides.” James Baddiley M.Sc. Ph.D. “The Synthesis of some Natural Products by the use of Acetylenic Precursors.’* R. A. Raphael B.Sc. Ph.D. A.R.C.S. D.I.C. A.R.I.C. (1950 No. 3.) 4snet. Report of a Symposium on “Recent Advances in the Fermentation Industries." (1950 Special Report.) 10s. net. Report of a Symposium on “Microbalances.” Report of a Symposium on “Standardisation in the Chemical Field.” (1950, No. 5.) 3s. 6d. net. Lectures Monographs and Reports 1949 Nos. 1-7 (see list above). JOURNAL. Six parts annually. 5s. each 21s. per annum. First P. F. Frankland Memorial Lecture. 5s. 6d. net. (1950 No. 4.) 5s. net. 20s. a set. REGISTER OF FELLOWS AND ASSOCIATES 1948. REGULATIONS FOR THE ADMISSION OF STUDENTS ASSOCIATES AND FELLOWS. 10s. net. Gratis. * Streatfeild Memorial Lectures. Q Dalton kctrues. t Gluckstein Memorial Lecture. $ Tatfock Memorial Lecture. * * Meldola Medal Lectures

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9507400441

出版商:RSC    

年代:1950

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

INDEX 1950 Figures in italics refer to pages in the Supplement (Annual Report of the Council, 1949). Figures in bold type indicate special articles or entries of particular importance. Accounts Annual (1949) 13,37 1 11 Activities of Local Sections 44 170 246, Analytical Chemistry Summer School in, “Anatomy of the Chemist The,” 291 “Ancillary Subjects,” 287 Anniversary Dinner of the Institute (1950), 119 Anniversary Meetings of the Institute (1949) I ; (1950) 37 118; (1951 1952), 356,417,511 Announcements 80,201,280 Announcements Institute 356 414 509 Announcements Other 359 418 512 Annual General Meeting (1950) 11 1 “Applied Chemistry in Glasgow The Growth of” (Henderson Memorial Lecture) 218 Appointments Register 25 Auditors Election of 117 Auditors Report of 37 Beilby Memorial Fund and Awards Sir Benevolent Fund 28 41 111 162 167 Biochemists in Hospitals 25 38 106 168 Board of Examiners 264 Book Reviews 56 145 254 307 397,466 Books and Pamphlets Received 55 178, British Association for the Advancement British Association of Chemists 34 British Ceramic Society Jubilee 266 British National Committee for Chemistry, By-laws Amendment of 12 By-laws Revision of 2 11 37 40 113, Brussels Treaty Cultural Identity Cards, 3 17,408,477 406 George 33 115 180 343,422 261 316,405,473 of Science 359 35 168 373,414,474 3 65 “Careers in Chemistry,” 232 Cawston Miss I.M. Presentation to 41, 11 5,161 Censors 263 Censors Report of the 40 Ceramic Society Jubilee of the British 169 Certificates Presentation of 114 Charitable Funds 18 Chemical Council The 34 36 39,43 165, “Chemical Elements The,” 441 “Chemist as Administrator The,” 447 168 169,385 “Chemistry Medicine-and Economias,” 101 Clays International Committee for the Study of 365 Coal Research 353 Coming Events 83 204,284,366,425,515 Committees Constitution of 263 Committee of the Institute Ad HOC 9 263 Comhi?tees of the Institute Standing 9, 263 Commonwealth Chemical Institutes 35 Conferences of Hon.Secretaries of Local Sections 13 119 212 352 357 506 Conjoint Chemical Office 7 Consultants Directory of 114 168 Contracts of Service 213 Council Annual Report of the Supple-Council Committees of the 8 Council Constitution of the 116 262 352 Council Membership and Nomination of the 165,414 507 509 Council Proceedings of the 37 161 357 Courses and Conferences Scientific 80, 201 281 359 418 512 “Creatable Resources,” 9 Crossways Trust Ltd.22,41 Deaths 4 75 197 274 347 409 502 District Members of Council Nomination Districts Electoral 2 12 37 Editorial 1 95 209 287 367 441 Electrodepositors’ Technical Society Sil-Employing Bodies Relations with 24 39 Engagement of Chemists Notes on Terms Examinations 23 Examinations Notices of 356,414 509 Examinations Papers and Reports 185, Examinations Pass Lists 192 341 497 Exports (Scientific Specimens) 353 Festival of Britain (1951) 168 282 Finance Bill (1950) 354 Financial Statements (1949) 13 37 166 Flour (Quality) 354 Frankland P. F. Memorial Lecture Fund, Frankland Sir Edward Medal and Prize, Fuel Research and Development 183 ment of 40,414,509 ver Jubilee 266 of 213 326,484 1 62 33 115 182,357,42 Gas Examiners Additional Appointments, German in Science Courses 281 Gluckstein Memorial Lecture 509 20 1 Harrison Memorial Prize 364 421 Health Congress 267 Henderson Memorial Lecture Second, Holidays for Children 352 Honorary Representatives of the Institute Honours 67 351 118,218 in Universities etc.323,498 Important Events (1950 1951) 363 India Collection of Subscriptions and India Institute Affairs in 42 Indian Advisory Committee 38 Indian Chemical Society The 372 Institute Building Alterations to the 38, 41 353 508 Institute’s Qualifications Status of the, 163,265 Institutions recognised for Training for the Associateship 22 265 Inventors Awards to 182 Iodisation of Domestic Salt 269 Ireland The Institute of Chemistry of 268 Iron Foundries (Dust) 269 Fees from 166,203 Joint Committee with A.B.C.M.and Standing Committee of Directors of Research Associations 164 213. Joint Committee with Society of Public Analysts and Other Analytical Chemists, 263 Joint Committees Representatives of the Institute on 263 Joint Council of Professional Scientists, 34 43 165 263 446 Joint Library Committee 263 Joint Subscription Scheme 385 Journal Advertisements in the 43 Journal Development of the 1 32 39, Journal Sale to Non-members 164 114 212,357 Laboratory Accidents 51 1 “Laboratory Technicians,” 367 Laboratory Technicians Education and Training of 33 164 280 Lectures Institute 26 Lectures Publication of 39 42 Lectures Summaries of :-Aromatic Nitration 21 Baking Research Some Present Trends Bioluminescence and its Importance in Carbohydrate Chemistry Some Aspects in 123 Animal Behaviour 236 of 34 Chemistry and Medicine 142 Chemotherapy and Essential Trace Chromatography Byways in 129 Chromatography Inorganic 243 Coal The Minor Constituents of 128 Corrosion of Iron and Steel The 296 Humus and Coal as Manure 133 Inorganic Chemical Nomenclature, Leather Its Constitution and Proper-Micro-organisms Chemical Activities Mineral Nutrition in Horticulture 132 Oxidation of Cellulose and Some Indus-Petroleum Chemicals Industry Some Phospholipids The Chemistry of the, Pictures .The Scientific Examination Elements 27 Some Problems of 28 ties 242 of 137 trial Implications The 238 Aspects of the U.K. 135 299 of 364 Plastics and Corrosion. 24 Preservation of Food 121 Quantitative Inorganic Analysis New Methods in 139 Rockets and Chemistry 26 Soil Fertility 126 Sulphuric Acid Plant A Modern Con-tact 301 Synthetic Analgesics and Antispas-modics 30 Therapeutic Agents The Discovery of, 125 Thermohardening Plastics The Chemis-try and Applications of 235 Vegetable (Drying) Oils The Constitu-tion and Availability of Some 141 What is our Bread made from? 32 With Intent to Deceive 240 Library University of London 283 Local Sections :-Activities of 44 170 246 317 408 477 Conferences of Hon.Secretaries of 23, 119,212 Formation of New 22 166 358 Grants to 26 List of 440 525 Meetings of 26 Membership of 36 161 Papers read at Meetings of 253 Retirement of Hon. Secretaries of 23, 265 483 Medals and Prizes for Award (1950) 343, Meldola Medal 33 115 180 343 422 Meldola Medal Lectures 33 357 418 Membership and Studentship 4 Membership 50 Years of 508 Membership Oversea 38 42 1 529 National Certificates in Chemistry 32 “National Chemical Institutions,” 95 National Chemical Institutions Oversea, Newton Chambers Prize Essay Competi-“Netherlands Chemical Society The,” 386 Notes 67 179 265 351 413 506 Notices General 93 207 285 Obituary 76 198 275 347 410 503 Officers and Members of Council 262 Oral Examinations Committee for 23 Parliamentary and Scientific Committee, Parliament Science in 182 269 353 Pest Control Products Approved Names Presidential Address (1950) 101 Presidential Badge of Office 2 37 President Nomination of 165 Prizes and Awards 514 “Profession of Chemistry The,” 114 168 Publications Cost of I6 Publications List of 94 208 286 526 Publicity for British Chemistry Com-Qualifications Status of the Institute’s, Recognised Colleges 265 Register of Fellows and Associates (1950), Register The 69 193 272 344 409 499 Regulations Amendment of 22 Report of the Council (1949) Supplement, Representatives of the Institute Honorary, Representatives of the Institute on Joint Representatives of the Institute on Other 386 tion 68 182,423 35 for 184 mittee on 34 405 163,265 168 113 in Universities etc.323 498 Committees 9 263 Bodies 9 264 Research Fellowships Studentships etc., Research (Secret Information) 182 Residential Club’s Fund 20 41 112 115, Residential Clubs Vacancies 100 Resignations of Members 42 Royal Society of Arts 1951 Prize 423 82 424 163 167,358,445 Scholarships and Grants 203 Science in Parliament 182 269 353 Scientific Courses and Conferences 80, Scientific Liaison in the British Common-Scientific Resources (Utilisation) 271 Scottish Local Sections Symposium Scrutineers Appointment of 166 Scrutineers Report of 116 Special General Meeting 356 414 475 “Standards of Living,” 209 Students Leaflet 8 Summaries of Lectures (see Lectures, Summaries of) Summer School in Analytical Chemistry, 201 281 359 418 512 wealth 393 (1949) 33 358 406 “Teaching of Chemistry in Grammer Schools Some Observations,” 15 Technical Publications 182 Technological Education Future Develop-ment of Higher 164 283 355 458 Technological Training 270 Technology 2 “Terms of Engagement for Chemists, Treasurer Honorary Nomination of 165 Notes on,” 25 164 213 418. University Accommodation 35 5 University Grants 183 271 Vice-presidents Nomination of 16

ISSN:0368-3958    

DOI:10.1039/JI9507400528

出版商:RSC    

年代:1950

数据来源: RSC